Skip to main content

Full text of "Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club."

See other formats 


JANUARY, 1907 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


€bditor 


JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART 


Associate €nitors 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB” 


i eae President, : 
eye HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. 


Vice- Presidents, 
S EDWARD S. BURGESS, Pu. D. LUCIEN M. UNDERW OOD, PH.D, Ee: D. 


Recording Secretary, 
C. STUART GAGER, Pu.D. 
- Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. 


Corresponding Secretary, i, 
JOHN K. SMALL, Pu.bD. ie 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. ~ 


Treasurer, 
CARLTON €. CURTIS, Ph.D. 
Columbia University, New York City. 


Meetings twice each month from October to May i inelasive® ie ae d T uesda’ ay, 
300 P.M., at the American Museum of Natural History ; the last Mewes | 
a. i the Museum Building of the New York Botanical Garden 


_ PUBLICATIONS 
sad ae business communications relati 
‘should be aero to. > the Treasurer, 
Yow ue 


ng to the pathic 
Carlton C. haga Columbia Uni- 


Deo . John Hendley en Banh 
» Bronx ean New York City. 
d 1901, "Price, $1.0 oo a year. 


0 e addressed to Dr. Marshal A Hi 
, Bronx Park, New York City. 


established on. (See ts pages of cover) 


_Founpep py WittiaM Henry Leccetr, 1870 _ 


ae 7 


_ JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART 


0 


CONTENTS 


Evans, ALEXANDER WILLIAM. Hepaticae of Puerto Rico, VII. Sticto- 
lejeunea, elaine ies nines and 6 Ne (with 
plates 1-4) - 


“il 


RYDBERG, PER AXEL. Sitidted on the Ravky Mountain ee XVII - 35 
HAYNES, CAROLINE COVENTRY. Two new species of oe from 
Jamaica (with plates 5 and 6 57 
WILson, Guy West. Studies in North American Peronosporale, I, 
The genus Albugo (with ten figures) - « 61 
BURLINGHAM, GERTRUDE SIMMONS. Some Lactarii from Windham 
County, Vermont - Bt ee - 85 
Peck, CHARLES Horton. New species of fungi - * OF 
NASH, GEORGE VALENTINE. Costa Rican orchids, I (with piste 7 uw 8) 113 
GAGER, CHARLES STUART. An occurrence of sored in the Ce of 
Zea Mays (with three figures) - * 445 
BRITTON, ELIZABETH GERTRUDE, and HoLiick, CHARLES ARTHUR. 
American fossil mosses, with description of a new resend from. 
Florissant, Colorado (with plate . “439 
Housre, HomeR DoLiverR. Studies in the North American Cunvilvula: 
ceae, a Célveabains. Bonamia, and midgets - - - 143 
MACKENZIE, KENNETH KENT. Notes on Carex, II ee 
ROWLEE, WILLARD WINFIELD. Two new willows — the pe akiaicis 
Rocky Mountains - ~ 157 
Cook, MELVILLE THURSTON. ‘The embryology of _Rbytdophyllum 
(with plate ro) - ek 
BERRY, EDWARD WILBER. Gatibalions to the Mesozoic ‘dae of the 
Atlantic coastal plain, II. North Carolina (with plates 11- 16) - 185 
GRIFFITHS, Davip. Concerning some West American fungi - - 207 
IRKWOOD, JOSEPH EDWARD. Some features of ieee in 
: the Cucurbitaceae (with plates 17-21) - edad 
UNDERWOOD, LucrEN Marcus. American ferns, VIL. A pretinihary 
review of the North American Gleicheniaceae (with two figures) - 243 
ABRAMS, LE Roy. Studies on the flora of Southern California, II - 263 
Cook, MELVILLE THURSTON. The sia Goad of ws Mangle 
(with plates 22 and 23) - ane 
SCHREINER, OSWALD, and REED, HowAnp SPRAGUE. The proc 
tion of deleterious excretions by roots (with a — - - 279 
SHEAR, CoRNELIUS Lorr. New spe cies of fungi - 395 
Knox, ALICE ADELAIDE. The sten: of Ibervillea Sonorae (th sits 
24 and two figures) - io i 


« 


iv CONTENTS 


PEcK, CHARLES Horton. New species of fungi - 5 
HARPER, ROLAND MCMILLAN. A midsummer ued through the 

coastal plain of the Carolinas and Virginia - 51 
WILson, Guy West. Studies in North American Peronosporaes, a, 

hytophthoreae and Rhysotheceae —-- - 387 


RYDBERG, PER AXEL. Studies on the Rocky el asic date: XVIII 417 
BENEDICT, RALPH CuRTISS, The genus Tapes Seth I; ie of 


subgenera, and the American species - - - 445 
KERN, FRANK DuNN. New western ate of Gymnosporangium and 

Roestelia  - - - 459 
MurRILL, WILLIAM Benoa Sins Philippine ee - 465 
Howe, MARSHALL Avery. Phycological studies, III. F urther notes 

on Halimeda and Avrainvillea (with plates 25— 30) ~ - 49! 
Wooton, ELMER ee and STANDLEY, PauL. The genus ioe 

in New Mexico - - - 517 


Evans, ALEXANDER Wittual Bieatlias of Suu Rico, VIII. 


Bryopteris (with plates 31-33) - - 


WILLIAMS, ROBERT STATHAM. Mosses from tropical America - - oo 
BARNHART, JOHN HENDLEY. A new en from “i Island 
(with plate 34) - - 579 
ARTHUR, JOSEPH Cones “wey species of Oradea: VI - - 583 
EDGERTON, CLAUDE WILBUR. Notes on a parasitic Gnomonia — 
three figures - - 593 
CUSHMAN, JOSEPH vous A synopsis of the oe England 9 species 
of Tetmemorus - + - 599 
MACKENZIE, ibis aide: Ho on en Ill - - - - 603 
pith 
AMERICAN CODE OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE - - - - 167 
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE eae —1905) = - $2 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE (1906) - 
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE (1907) 


01, 213, 319, 379, 439, 483, 521, 609 


105, 267, 575 


; 
bi 
: 
Cs 


ERRATA 


Dates of Publication 


1, for January. Pages 1-56. Issued February 27, 
2, Febru §7-112. pril 9, 
3, March. 113-166. May 7, 
» a Apel, 167-220. June 11, 
5, « May. 221-270. July 10, 
6, June. 271-328. uly 26, 
7s uly. 329-386. September 12, 
8, August. 387-444- October 10, 
9, September. 445-490. October 19, 
. 10, October. 491-532. December 17, 
. 11, November, 533-578. January II, 
. 12, December. 579-630. February 27, 
Errata 


Page 221, title, for qollen read pollen. 

Page 255, line 2, for 1869 read 1896. 

Page 411, line 31, for Pucinia read Puccinia. 

Page 423, line 23, for Gooding read Goodding. 

Page 430, line 6, for Zedypodium read Thelypodium. 
Page 573, line 15, for 1897 read 1907. 


PRS a ee SOS ee eases tere res, 


Vol. 34 No. 1 
BULLETIN 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


JANUARY, 1907 


Hepaticae of Puerto Rico» 
VII. STIGTOLEJEUNEA, NEUROLEJEUNEA, OMPHALANTHUS, AND LOPHOLEJEUNEA 
ALEXANDER WILLIAM EVANS 
‘(WITH PLATES I-4) 
STICTOLEJEUNEA 


The genus Stictolejeunea is so clearly defined among the Ze- 
Jeuneae that even Spruce was almost willing to accord it generic 
rank. It includes two species only, the variable S. sguamata 
(Willd.) Schiffn. and S. Kunzeana (Gottsche) Schiffn. Both of 
these species are widely distributed in the American tropics, S. 
squamata occurring on the plains and at low elevations on the 
mountains, while S. Kunuzeana is restricted to somewhat higher 
altitudes. S. sguamata, which must be regarded as the type of the 
genus, has also been recorded from the East Indies and from the 
Hawaiian Islands. The first of these records is based upon the 
original specimens, which Weber received from Willdenow. These 
are labeled, “in corticibus Ayrti caryophyllatae ex Ind. orient.” 
Portions of the original material have been examined by Stephani * 
and also by Schiffner,} both of whom pronounce it identical with 
the American plant. The species is also listed by Mitten f from 
the East Indies, but solely on the authority of the original record. 
Since the plant has not recently been collected in these regions, in 
spite of its striking character, it is possible that there was an error 
in the original label. There is also much doubt in regard to the 
specimens from the Hawaiian Islands, and it is probable that this 


* Hedwigia 29: 18. 1890 
Tt Bot. Jahrb. 23: 595. 18097. 
t Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. S< 432.” 1861. 
(The BULLETIN for December 1906 (33: i-v, 591-635) was issued 7 F 1907. ] 
: 1 


Y Evans: HEpATICAE OF PuERTO RIco 


record is based either on an incorrect label or on a false determi- 
nation. At all events the specimens so labeled, which are quoted 
in the Synopsis, seem to have disappeared. On the whole the 
evidence that S. sguamata occurs outside the American tropics is 
very inconclusive. 

The two species of Séctolejeunea grow preferably on trees, 
although S. sqguamata is occasionally found on rocks. They differ 
somewhat in habit, but both of them exhibit a regular pinnate or 
bipinnate branching. In many cases the plants are distinctly plu- 
mose in appearance, the majority of the branches being limited in 
growth. Both species are conspicuous and differ from most of 
the larger Lejeuneae in their pale or bright green color, which be- 
comes yellowish or brownish only upon age. Not infrequently 
they form pure mats or tufts of considerable extent, but they also 
occur mixed with other species. 

The leaves spread widely from the stem, the lobes being plane 
and varying in outline from ovate to oblong (PLATE I, FIGURE 2). 
They are rounded at the apex, and their margins are entire. The 
lobules are relatively small and bear a strong superficial resem- 
blance to the galeate or clavate lobules which are found in the 
genus /rullania. They are, however, entirely different in struc- 
ture and conform more nearly in this respect to the lobules of 
other Leyeuneae. They are attached to the axis by a long basal 
line which runs almost longitudinally (FIGURE 4). From this line 
the free margin curves abruptly toward the postical margin of the 
lobe, meeting it close to the base and extending just beyond it. 
The margin is entire and appressed to the lobe throughout the 
greater part of its length. The lobule is strongly inflated, form- 
ing a distinct water-sac, and the bulging portion sometimes ex- 
tends beyond the line of contact between the free margin and the 
lobe. The apical tooth of the lobule is curved and slender (FIG- 
URES 12, 13); it is also strongly involute and forms, together with 
the shallow sinus and the basal portion of the margin of the lobe, a 
circular opening into the sac. The keel is short and often in- 
curved, and it is largely to this fact that the lobule owes its pecu- 
liar appearance. The hyaline papilla is not marginal but is dis- 
placed to the inner surface of the lobule, somewhere between the 
base and the apex. In this respect the genus agrees with Odon- 


PS eee me ee Ter Te ee LPN 


Evans: HeEpaTicaE oF Puerto Rico 5 


tolgjeunea and with other genera of the Leyewneae Holostipae. In 
addition to the papilla just mentioned there is a second papilla at 
the junction between the free margin and the axis, and a third 
papilla is also to be observed at the antical base of the lobe. Of 
course these two papillae, as Leitgeb * has pointed out, are usual 
in the Lejewneae, but in Stictolejeunea they are remarkably large 
and conspicuous. 

The leaf-cells are plane or nearly so and their walls are slightly 
thickened (FIGURE 8). Except in the basal portion of the lobe the 
thickening is fairly uniform and there are no distinct trigones. 
Ocelli are numerous and form a striking feature of the plants (F1c- 
URE 3). They never occur in groups but are scattered through- 
out the lobes, underleaves and perianths. On a robust individual 
there may be thirty or more on a single lobe. The ocelli are 
scarcely larger than the other cells and are distinguished by their 
thin walls and more refractive contents. Many specimens of 5S. 
sguamata are also characterized by peculiar hyaline cells, the pro- 
toplasmic contents of which have disappeared. These cells form 
a scarious border along the margins of lobes, lobules and under- 
leaves. At the apex of a lobe they sometimes form a zone three 
or four cells wide, and this zone gradually narrows out and disap- 
pears on both antical and postical margins (FIGURE 9). On the 
underleaves and along the free margin of the lobule the hyaline 
- cells are usually in a single row. Cells of this character are 
apparently never developed in S. Kunzeana and they are far from 
constant in S. sguamata (see FIGURE 10). They seem to be most 
frequent in exposed situations and doubtless enable the plants to 
cling more closely to the substratum. Similar hyaline cells are 
found in the genera Neurolejeunea, Cololejeunea and Diplasiole- 
jeunea, 

The underleaves in Stictolejeunea are broadly orbicular in out- 
line and undivided (FIGURE 1). They are usually large and loosely 
imbricated. At the base they are abruptly and narrowly decur- 
rent for a short distance, and the line of attachment is distinctly 
arched. When rhizoids are present they grow out from a basal 
disc (FIGURE 7), and their tips are frequently branched. 

One of the most important characters of the genus, as Spruce 


* Unters. iiber Lebermoose 2: 1 5. 1875. 


4 Evans: HeEpatTicAE OF Puerto Rico 


points out, is its type of branching. Throughout the /wbuleae the 
branches are invariably lateral and are derived from the postical 
halves of the segments cut off from the apical cell. Two special 
types of branching within the group are however recognized and 
described by Leitgeb.* In the genus Arwd/ania the whole of a 
postical half-segment is used up in the formation of a branch, and 
the leaf which develops from the same segment is therefore desti- 
tute of a lobule. In the majority of the Leyeuneae, on the other 
hand, a portion only of the postical half-segment enters into the 
formation of the branch, and a complete leaf with both lobe and 
lobule develops from the same segment. In the genus Stictole- 
Jeunea both types of branching are exhibited. The ordinary 
vegetative branches are like those found in Frudlania, and the 
leaves subtending them are therefore without lobules (F1GURE 2). 
The male and female branches, however, and the subfloral innova- 
tions are like those found in other Lejeuneae and are borne be- 
hind leaves with lobules (F1icuREs 1, 3). The first underleaf of a 
vegetative branch is very small and is displaced from its normal 
postical position in such a way that the branch apparently springs 
from its axil. The first side-leaf is also small and shows but slight 
trace of a lobule. In the second side-leaf the lobule is already 
well-developed, although the lobe is still small, and the second 
underleaf is normal, both in size and in position. 

Even in its branching, however, Stictolejeunea is not wholly 
unique among the Lejeuneae. In Dicranolejeunea the vegetative 
branches also conform to the /rul/ania type, and the same state- 
ment would apply to the majority of the vegetative branches in 
Ptychanthus and Bryopteris. The first two of these genera agree 
with Stictolejeunea and other Lejeuneae in their subfloral innova- 
tions. The genus /uéula, which may also be mentioned in this 
connection, agrees with Frullania in its vegetative branches but 
produces subfloral innovations and occasionally male branches of 
the Leyennea type. So far as their branching goes, these five 
genera form connecting links between Frullania and the typical 
Lejeuneae. 

The female branch in Stictolejeunea is exceedingly short and 
bears a single leaf and a single underleaf in addition to the bracts 
* Bot. Zeit. 29: §57, 558. 1871. woe 


Evans: HEpATICAE OF PuERTO Rico 5 
and bracteole (FiGuRE 1). The inner bract, which is situated on 
the side of the branch away from the axis, is subtended by a short 
and sterile innovation, which rarely bears more than five pairs of 
leaves. The bracts are much smaller than ordinary leaves. They 
are complicate and bifid, with rounded lobes, those of the inner 
bract being subequal in size. The bracteole is free and differs 
from ordinary underleaves in being longer than broad. 

The perianth is strongly compressed and bears a broad and 
rounded postical keel. It is obovate in outline, gradually broad- 
ening out from a narrow base. At the apex the compressed lateral 
keels are dilated into two large auricles, the short beak being in- 
cluded between them at the bottom of a deep depression. The 
surface of the perianth is smooth and the keels develop neither 
teeth nor wings. A somewhat similar type of perianth is found in 
Neurolejeunea, in Odontolejeunea and its immediate allies, and in 
certain species of Cololejeunea. In some of these cases, however, 
the structure is further complicated by the presence of teeth or 
_ spines, ; 

The male spikes in Stictolejewnea are short, and the bracts 
exhibit no striking peculiarities (FIGURE 3). The antheridia occur 
in pairs, and the bracteoles are restricted to the bases of the spikes. 
Vegetative reproduction has not yet been described for the genus. 
At the present time only one species is known from Puerto Rico, 
namely : 
AO STICTOLEJEUNEA SQUAMATA (Willd.) Schiffn. 
Jungermannia squamata Willd. in Weber, Hist. Musc. Hepat. 

Prodr. 33. 1815. 

Phragmicoma ocellulata Nees & Mont. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. II. 19: 

259. 1843. 

Lejeunea squamata Nees in G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 322. 1845. 
Symbiezidium squamatum Trevis. Mem. R. Ist. Lomb. III. 4: 403. 

1877. 

Lejeunea (Sticto-Lejeunea) squamaia Spruce, Hep. Amaz. et And. 
82. 1884. 
Stictolejeunea squamata Schiffn. in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzen- 

Min 2°: 13%. 4895. 

Rale-green, glossy, becoming brownish with age, growing in 
depressed mats: stems prostrate, 0.2 mm. in diameter, more or 


6 Evans: HEeEpaticAE OF PuERTO RICO 


less regularly pinnate, the branches obliquely spreading, simple or 
sparingly subdivided, with smaller leaves than the stem but not 
microphyllous : leaves imbricated, the lobe plane or nearly so, 
slightly falcate, ovate, often attaining in the stem-leaves a length 
of 1.4 mm. and a width of 0.85 mm., attached by a curved line 
of insertion and arching across or slightly beyond the axis, 
antical margin straight or nearly so near base, then more or less 


of the lobe: underleaves contiguous or slightly imbricated, 
broadly reniform, mostly plane, 0.85 mm. long, 1.2 mm. wide, 
rounded or subretuse at the broad apex, sometimes broadly 
cordate at the base, sometimes straight or nearly so along the 


basal margin, entire : inflorescence dioicous : Q branch springing . 


directly from the main stem; bracts sometimes narrowly winged 
along the keel, the lobe ovate to obovate, rounded at the apex, 
measuring (in larger bract) 0.8 x o. 5 mm., lobule obovate, rounded 
at the apex, 0.5 mm. long, 0.25 mm. wide ; bracteole obovate, 0.6 
mm. long, 0.4 mm. wide, rounded to truncate at the broad apex 
perianth long-exserted, obovate, 1.4 mm. long, 0.85 mm. wide, 
apical auricles rounded to truncate, not overlapping, beak short 
but distinct : ¢ inflorescence occupying a short branch or terminal 
on a longer branch ; bracts in from t¢ 


arched keel and erect, rounded divis 
of spike, broadly obovate : 


On bark of trees, more rarely on rocks. Without definite 
locality, Sintenis (gg). Near Cayey, Evans (84). El Yunque, 
Evans (134, 173, 792, 195). Mount Morales, near Utuado, 
flowe (1100). The following West Indian stations may also be 
quoted: Cuba, Wright, Underwood & Farle; Haiti, Nash; 
Jamaica, Boswell, Evans ; Guadeloupe, L Herminier ; Dominica, 
Elliott, Lloyd ; St. Vincent, Eliott, In South America the species 
is known from various parts of Brazil, Martius, Bongard, Spruce, 
and, on the mainland of North America, has recently been collected 
by Maxon in Costa Rica. 


Evans: HEPATICAE OF PUERTO RICO 7 


Although the account just given adds but little to Spruce’s 
full description, it seems advisable to figure the species and to re- 
describe it on account of its striking peculiarities. S. Kunzeana is 
closely allied to S. sgzamata and was first recognized as a distinct 
species by Spruce, the authors of the Synopsis considering it 
simply a well-marked variety. It is, however, much more robust 
than S. sguamata and differs from it completely in habit, the 
stems arising from a prostrate caudex and being entirely free from 
the substratum. These stems are bipinnate but the branching is 
much looser than in S. sgwamata. The lobule in S. Kunzeana is 
very small and narrowly.cylindrical in form, the free margin 
being strongly curved near its base and then running parallel with 
the axis. The lobule is built up on the same plan as in S. 
squamata, but the apical tooth and sinus are very much shorter. 
The apical auricles of the perianth are larger and more dilated 
than in S. sguamata, so that they sometimes overlap above 
the beak. In many cases they are bordered by a broad white 
zone, due to the dying away of cells, and in this way the perianths 
acquire a very striking appearance. S. Kunzeana has not yet 
been reported from the West Indies but is known along the chain 
of the Andes from Guatemala to Chile. 


NEUROLEJEUNEA 

The subgenus Neuro-Lejeunea, as originally described by 
Spruce,* included three species, Z. seminervis Spruce, L. catenulata 
Nees, and Z. Breutelii Gottsche. The first two are characterized 
by the presence of a false nerve, consisting of a row of ocelli, 
which runs longitudinally through the lobes and extends to the 
middle or a little beyond. This peculiarity is given as one of the 
subgeneric characters and is responsible for the name of the group. 
In spite of these facts the third species which Spruce recognized, 
L. Breuteliit, shows no sign of a false nerve, being entirely desti- 
tute of ocelli. Of course a nerve of this nature cannot be ex- 
pected to yield a very reliable generic or subgeneric character, 
and its absence from L. Breutelit would not necessarily exclude it 
from a group to which L. seminervis and L. catenulata belonged. 
Similar nerves occur in various species of Frudlania, in Ceratole- 
A RENE RCN EY ne een 


* Hep. Amaz, et And. 84. 1884. 


8 Evans: HeEpaticaE oF Puerto Rico 


Jeunea brevinervis, and in certain species of Cololejeunea, although 
the majority of the plants belonging to these same genera present 
a uniform cell-structure or show basal ocelli only. Fortunately the 
three species which Spruce referred to Neuro-Lejeunea present 
characters in common which would distinguish them as a natural 
and clearly defined group of plants, even if false nerves and ocelli 
- were left entirely out of consideration. 

In certain respects Veurolejeunea shows an approach to Cerato- 
lejeunea, several species of which have undivided underleaves. 
This fact was soan recognized by Stephani,* who added Lejeunea 
portoricensis Hampe & Gottsche to Neurolejeunea but at the same 
time transferred Z. Areutelii to Ceratolejeunea. Shortly after- 
wards,} upon studying the type specimen of CL. catenulata he per- 
ceived its close relationship to L. Breutelii and suggested that this 
species also ought perhaps to be transferred to Ceratolezeunea. 
Later,{ however, he replaced it in Neurolejeunea without question. 
When Schiffner § raised the group to generic rank he accepted the 
views of Stephani, retaining in the genus L. catenulata, L. seminer- 
vs and L. portoricensis but excluding L. Breutelii, Spruce,|} on 
the other hand, continued to regard L. Breuteliiasa Neurolejeunea, 
although he followed Stephani in including Z. portoricensis in the 
same group. In the opinion of the writer Z. portoricensis forms a 
connecting link between Neurolejeunea and Ceratolejeunea, with 
the [preponderance of its characters pointing toward the latter 
genus. In order to avoid Proposing a new genus for its accom- 
modation it is here transferred to Ceratolejeunea, In 
however, the three species are retained which 
placed there by Spruce. ; 

The genus Neurolejeunea is apparently confined to the American 
tropics. Its three species usually grow on the trunks of trees or 
on rotten logs, sometimes forming pure mats, sometimes mixed 
with other hepatics. They are all more or less tinged with olive- 
brown, and the pigmentation is often so pronounced that the color 
of the chloroplasts is completely masked. The s 


Neurolejeunea, 
were originally 


pecies seem to 
* Hedwigia 27: 288, 283. 1888. 
TZ. ¢. 29: 18. 1890. 

{ Bot. Gaz. 17: 171. : 

4 Engler & Prantl, Nat, Pflanzenfam. 13 


: 131. 1895. 
\| Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 30 : _ : 


334. 1894. 


FFB SEO I MED 


Evans: HeEpaTicaAE OF PuERTO RICO 9 


be most at home in moist forests, especially on the lower slopes 
of mountains. 

The stems are prostrate and freely but irregularly branched. 
In most cases the branch-leaves are smaller than those borne on 
the stem, and occasionally microphyllous branches are produced. 
The latter, however, are less modified than in certain other genera 
of the Leyeuncae. The lobes of the leaves spread widely from 2} 
the stem and are broad and rounded at the apex (PLATE 2, FIG- 
URES I-3). The margin is entire throughout, unless hyaline cells 
are present at the apex. The lobule is strongly inflated, especially 
in the basal portion, and forms a distinct water-sac. The free 
margin spreads widely from the axis and terminates in a slender 
curved tooth which is usually from three to five cells long and 
two cells wide at the base (FIGURES 7, 8). This tooth and the 
shallow lunulate sinus commonly bound the circular opening into 
the sac. The hyaline papilla arises from one of the marginal cells 
of the sinus but is displaced to its inner boundary and cannot be 
seen without dissection. The keel is arched and sometimes very 
strongly so. The leaf-cells have thickened walls, but the thicken- 
ing is uniform or nearly so and there are no distinct trigones. Of 
course when ocelli are present these have thin walls, and the same 
is true of the hyaline cells found at the apices of the lobes in NV. 
catenulata (FIGURES 5, 6). The underleaves are orbicular and 
undivided. They are attached by a short and slightly arched 
basal line, and their margins are entire (FIGURES I-3). 

The female inflorescence is borne on a short or somewhat elon- 
gated branch and usually innovates on both sides, the innovations 
being nearly always simple and sterile (FIGURE 1). The bracts are 
larger than the branch-leaves which precede them but smaller 
than the leaves on robust stems. They are distinctly complicate 
and unequally bifid, and their lobes spread obliquely. The 
bracteole is free and differs but little from the other underleaves 
€xcept in size. In most respects the perianth is similar to that 
described for Stictolejeunea. The postical keel, however, is much 
more variable and is sometimes produced upward as a broad and 
rounded sac, which may equal in length the two lateral auricles 
(FIGURE 12). In extreme cases the beak of the perianth may even 
be displaced to the antical surface of this sac. When the sac is 


10 Evans: HeEpATICAE OF PUERTO RICO 


not formed the postical keel of the perianth is often distinctly two- 
angled. The lateral keels are sometimes very indistinctly winged, 
but they are never toothed. The male spike is short, and the 
bracteoles are limited to its base. Except for the perianth the 
genus has but little in common with Szictolejeunea. 

Two species of Neurolejeunca have been found in Puerto Rico, 
one by the writer and the other by Schwanecke and Sintenis. 
Neither appears to be abundant. Descriptions of these two 
species are given below and are followed by a description of 
Lejeunea portoricensis. | 


NEUROLEJEUNEA CATENULATA (Nees) Schiffn. 

Phragmicoma catenulata Nees, Naturg. Eur. Leberm. 3: 248. 

1838 (nomen nudum), 
Lejeunea catenulata Nees, in G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 323. 1845. 
Symbwesidium catenulatum Trevis. Mem. R. Ist. Lomb. III. 4: 

403. 1877.5. 
Lejeunea (Neuro-Lejeunea) catenulata Spruce, Hep. Amaz. et And. 

84. 1884. 
Lejeunca (? Cerato-L ejeunea) catenulata Steph. Hedwigia 29: 131. 

1890. 
Neurolejeunea catenulata Schiffn. in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflan- 

zenfam. 1°: 131. 1895. 

Brownish-green, more or less glossy, growing in depressed 
mats : stems prostrate, 0.1 mm. in diameter, irregularly pinnate, 
the branches obliquely to widely spreading, simple or sparingly 
subdivided, usually with smaller leaves than the stem, sometimes 
distinctly microphyllous: leaves imbricated, the lobe plane or 
nearly so, falcate-ovate, measuring in the stem-leaves 0.9 mm. in 
length and 0.6 mm. in width, attached by an almost longitudinal 
line of insertion, antical margin arching partially or wholly across 
axis, outwardly curved to the broad and rounded apex, postical 
margin straight or slightly incurved, sometimes forming a con- 
tinuous line with the keel, sometimes slightly indented at the junc- 
tion ; lobule ovoid, 0.2 mm. long, 0.12 mm. wide, sometimes in- 
flated throughout, sometimes strongly inflated in the basal portion 
and plane in the outer half, keel slightly arched or almost straight, 
free margin curved, usually appressed to the lobe throughout its 
entire length but sometimes revolute at the base, sinus shallow 
unulate, apical tooth mostly two to four cells long and two cells 
wide at the base ; cells of lobe plane or nearly so, averaging g p at 


Evans: HeEpaTICAE OF PUERTO RICo ll 


the margin and 18 x 13 yin median and basal portions, walls uni- 
formly thickened, middle lamella sometimes distinct ; ocelli averag- 
ing 23 x 144, usually in a continuous straight row from eight to 
twelve cells long, extending from the base to about the middle of 
the lobe, subparallel with the keel and about one-fourth the dis- 
tance from the postical margin to the antical ; hyaline cells (when 
present) occupying the broad apex of the lobe and forming a group 
from one to three cells wide, the marginal ones free and rounded 
at their tips, sometimes attaining a length of 20: underleaves 
contiguous to slightly imbricated, broadly orbicular, 0.4 mm. long, 
0.45 mm. wide, abruptly narrowed at the base, sometimes minutely 
auriculate or indistinctly short-decurrent on one side, apex broad, 
rounded to slightly retuse, margin entire: inflorescence dioicous : 
© inflorescence borne on a more or less elongated branch, inno- 
vating on both sides (rarely on only one side), the innovations 
obliquely spreading, usually simple and sterile; bracts obliquely 
spreading, the lobe falcate, oval to obovate, 0.85 mm. long, 0.4 
mm. wide, rounded at the scarious apex, margin entire, ocelli less 
distinct than in the leaves, often irregularly scattered in the basal 
region or forming an interrupted row, keel sharp, very narrowly 
winged, lobule ovate, 0.35 mm. long, 0.17 mm. wide, rounded at 
the apex ; bracteole orbicular-obovate, 0.55 mm. long, 0.5 mm 
wide, gradually narrowed toward the base, rounded to retuse at 
the broad apex, margin entire ; perianth about half-exserted, obo- 
vate in outline, 0.85—1.2 mm. long, 0.6-0.85 mm. wide, narrowed 
toward the base, compressed, antical face plane or with a short 
and low median fold, lateral keels sharp and occasionally indis- 
tinctly and interruptedly winged, rounded at the upper angles or 
dilated into flat horns, the apex of the perianth thus varying from 
truncate to deeply emarginate, beak short but distinct, postical 
keel sharply two-angled or rounded, sometimes dilated in the 
upper part in the form of a rounded swelling extending beyond 
the beak: J inflorescence terminal on a more or less elongated 
branch ; bracts in from three to five pairs, imbricated, strongly in- 
flated, shortly and subequally bifid, keel strongly arched, lobes 
rounded and scarious at the apex ; bracteoles similar to the under- 
leaves but smaller: antheridia and mature sporophyte not seen 
(PLATE 2, FIGURES I-12). 

On bark of trees and on logs. El Yunque, Zvans (779, 143, 
144). Also collected recently in Jamaica, Evans. The type lo- 
cality of Lejeunea catenulata is given in the Synopsis as follows: 
“Th Lymenophyllo ciliato et Neckera abietina Hook. Americae 
septentrionalis (Hb. Sieber., Flotov., N.).’”’ On account of the 
indefinite nature of this record further information regarding the 


bb Evans: HeparicAE OF PUERTO RIco 


type specimen was much to be desired. This has been cape 
supplied by Prof. Dr. H. Graf zu Solms-Laubach, of Strassburg, 
where the herbarium of Nees von Esenbeck is preserved. Under 
Lejeunea catenulata two specimens are to be found. The first is 
labeled as follows, in Nees von Esenbeck’s handwriting : “ Phrag- 
-micoma catenulata N, ex herb. Sieber Am. sept. in Veckera abietina 
v. Flotow.’’ This specimen undoubtedly represents the type of 
the species, and a portion of it, which was sent to the writer for 
examination, agrees in all respects with the specimens from Puerto 
Rico and Jamaica. The inscription on the second specimen is in 
Gottsche’s handwriting and reads as follows: ‘ Lejeunia floccosa 
Ld. Java. An Hymenophyllum welches sie mit etwas /. cucullata 
als Original dieser letzteren an Lehmann geschickt hatten. Diese 
Pflanze wiirde sich eher als f ixcompleta bei Phragmicoma catenu- 
‘ata unterbringen lassen.” This specimen consists of a single 
small stem, which Count Solms refers without question to the Z. 
fioccosa of the Synopsis, or, as it is now called, Cololejeunea floccosa 
(Lehm. & Lindenb.) Schiffn., a tropical species confined to the 
islands of eastern Asia. Unfortunately the label on the type 
specimen does not indicate the part of “ North America” where it 
was found. In all probability it came from one of the Antilles, 
since Sieber’s collectors in North America confined their attention 
to these islands.* This being the case the moss mixed with the 
type must have been incorrectly determined, the true Nechera 
abietina Hook., or Dendroalsia abictina E. G. Britton, being re- 
stricted to the region west of the Rocky Mountains from British 
Columbia to California. At all events Neurolejeunea catenulata 
does not seem to have been collected recently except in the West 
Indies. + 

Even when sterile, MV. catenulata is an easily recognized species. 
It forms brownish tufts which cling closely to the substratum, and 
its plane and appressed leaves are usually distinctly glossy, espe- 
cially when dry. The false nerves and the patches of hyaline cells 
at the tips of the lobes are also very striking features. Apparently 
the hyaline cells enable the leaves to cling more closely to the 


ili eis pen ieee eset ce 
* Allgem. Deutsche Biog. 34: 177. 1892. 
t In the Nat. Pflanzenfam. Schiffner accredits 


the species to Africa but does not 
state his evidence. 


Evans: HEpaticAr or Puerto RIco 13 


substratum, in much the same way as in Stictolejeunea squamata. 
_Microphyllous branches are only occasionally present, and the 
modifications which they exhibit are not very strongly marked. 
Their leaves bear a strong resemblance to those found at the base 
of anormal branch and apparently retain some of the juvenile char- 

acters of the species. The lobes of these leaves are sometimes 
~ only 0.15 mm. long ; they are destitute of hyaline cells and tend 
to assume a suberect position. The lobules and underleaves on 
microphyllous branches are smaller than usual but otherwise 
normal. Branches of this character are more frequent in crowded 
tufts and are perhaps due to a lack of illumination. 

The perianth in JV. catenu/ata is subject to a great deal of varia- 
tion. When well-developed the lateral auricles and the large 
postical swelling extend for a considerable distance beyond the 
beak, and it sometimes appears as if the latter were an outgrowth 
from the antical surface of the swelling. Under these circum- 
stances there is frequently a short and low fold in the middle of 
the postical keel (rrcurE 12) and a similar fold in the middle of 
the antical surface. When poorly developed the apex of the 
perianth is truncate and the beak forms the most projecting part, 
no lateral auricles being formed. When this is the case the pos- 
tical keel is usually distinctly two-angled, and there are no sup- 
plementary folds on either surface. Between these two extremes 
there are many intermediate conditions. The wings along the lat- 
eral keels forma very inconstant feature of the perianth (FIGURE 1). 


Neurolejeunea Breutelii (Gottsche) 
Lejeunea Breutelit Gottsche, in G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 324. 1845. 
Symbiezidium Breutelii Trevis. Mem. R. Ist. Lomb. III. 4: 403. 

I : 

Lejeunea (Neuro-Lejeunea) Breuielii Spruce, Hep. Amaz. et And. 

84. 1884. 

Léjeunea (Ceratolejeunea) Breutelii Steph. Hedwigia 27: 283. 1888. 
Ceratolejeunea Breutelii Schiffn. in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzen- 

fam. 1°: 125. 1895. 

Dark olive-green or brownish, somewhat glossy, loosely tufted : 
stems 0,1 mm. in diameter, with few rhizoids, irregularly pinnate, 
the branches obliquely to widely spreading, variable in length and 
rarely subdivided, usually with smaller leaves than the stem and 


14 Evans: HeEpaTICAE OF PuERTO Rico 


sometimes microphyllous : leaves more or less imbricated, the lobe 
slightly to strongly convex, falcate-ovate, 0.6 mm. long, 0.35 mm. 
wide, attached by an almost longitudinal line of insertion, antical 
margin arching partially or wholly across the axis, almost straight 
near the base, then strongly outwardly curved to the rounded or 
very obtusely pointed apex, postical margin also outwardly curved, 
strongly indented at junction with keel; lobule ovoid, 0.17 mm. 
long, 0.1 mm. wide, narrowed in the outer part, strongly inflated 
throughout, keel strongly arched, slightly roughened from pro- 
jecting cells, free margin revolute but appressed to the lobe in the 
outer part, apical tooth sharp, commonly consisting of a row of 
two cells, appressed to the lobe, sinus nearly straight in an intact 
leaf, lunulate when flattened out; cells of lobe plane or slightly 
convex, averaging 8 # at the margin, 13 x 10 in the middle and 
23 X 144 at the base, walls more or less thickened with indistinct 
trigones ; ocelli and hyaline cells wanting: underleaves distant to 
contiguous, broadly orbicular, 0.2 mm. long, 0.25 mm. wide, some- 
times plane but usually reflexed along the sides and often at the 
apex as well, abruptly narrowed at the base and sometimes mi- 
nutely and indistinctly auriculate, apex broad, rounded or truncate: 
inflorescence dioicous: Q inflorescence on a more or less elongated 
branch, innovating on both sides, the innovations obliquely spread- 
ing, usually simple and sterile; bracts obliquely spreading, the 
lobe ovate, somewhat falcate, 0.75 mm. long, 0.45 mm. wide, 
antical margin much more curved than the postical, apex rounded, 
margin entire, lobule ovate, 0.2 mm, long, 0.15 mm. wide, rounded 
at the apex ; bracteole broadly orbicular-obovate, 0.5 mm. long, 
0.55 mm. wide, gradually narrowed toward the base, broad and 
rounded to truncate at the apex; perianth about half-exserted, 
1.25 mm. long, 0.75 mm. wide, obovate in general outline, gradually 
narrowed toward the base, broad and emarginate to obcordate at 
the apex with a distinct beak, antical face plane or with a broad 
median groove, lateral keels sharp, sometimes narrowly and indis- 
tinctly winged, dilated in the upper part into broad and rounded 
horns, postical keel sharply two-angled or rounded, occasionally 
bearing a low and short fold on its surface, often extended beyond 


short branch ; bracts mostly in 
bricated, strongly inflated, shortly and subequally bifid with rounded 
or bluntly pointed lobes and a strongly arched keel; bracteoles 
similar to the underleaves but smaller; antheridia and mature 
sporophyte not seen (PLATE I, FIGURES 17-23). 

On trees and rocks. Puerto Rico, without definite localities, 
Schwanecke, Sintenis (23). Also recorded from the following 


Evans: HEpaTICAE oF PuERTO RICO 16 


islands: St. Kitts, Breutel, the type locality ; Guadeloupe, Z’ Her- 
minier, Marie, Duss; Dominica, Elliott; Martinique, Bélanger: 
Recently collected by the writer in Jamaica. 

NV. Lreutelu is very closely related to N. seminervis (Spruce) 
Schiffn., the type of the genus, which is known at present only 
from northern Brazil. The two species agree in general appear- 
‘ance, in size, in color, and in the form and structure of the leaves, 
underleaves and floral organs. In J. seminervis, however, the 
underleaves are plane and there is a false nerve in the lobes, con- 
sisting of a row of ten or more ocelli. Since these differences, 
although so slight, are apparently constant the two species should 
undoubtedly be kept apart. The relationship which they bear to 
each other is in fact the same as that which exists between Cera- 
tolejeunea valida and C. brevinervis. From UN. catenulata the pres- 
ent species may at once be distinguished by its convex leaf-lobes 
and by its entire lack of both ocelli and hyaline cells. 

The most important characters separating Weurolejeunea from 
Ceratolejeunea are apparently those derived from the leaf-cells, the 
lobules, and the perianths. In Newrolejeunea the walls of the cells 
are more or less uniformly thickened, the trigones being indis- 
tinct; in Ceratoleyeunea the trigones are large and conspicuous. 
In Neurolejeunea the lobule is tipped with a tooth two or more 
cells in length, and the hyaline papilla is borne in the sinus and 
slightly displaced from the margin; in Ceratolejeunea the lobule is 
tipped with a single cell, and the marginal papilla is borne at its 
proximal base. In Neurolejeunea the lateral horns of the perianth 
are flat, and the postical keel (when produced at all) forms a single 
Swelling ; in Ceratolejeunea there are four distinct horns, all more 
or less inflated. Lejeunea portoricensis agrees with Neurolejeunea 
in its leaf-cells (FIGURE 15), but with Ceratolejennea in its lobules 
(FIGURE 18) and perianths (FIGURE 13). It is, therefore, referred 
to this latter genus. 


Ceratolejeunea portoricensis (Hampe & Gottsche) 
Lejeunea portoricensis Hampe & Gottsche, Linnaea 25: 352. 1852. 
Lejeunea (Neuroleyeunea) portoricensis Steph. Hedwigia 27: 288. 

1888, 


Neurolejeunea portoricensis Schiffn. in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflan- 
zenfam, 1°: 131. 1895. 


16 EVANS: HEPATICAE oF PUERTO RICO 


Yellowish-green, apparently becoming pale with age, mixed 
with other hepatics: stems prostrate, 0.15 mm. in diameter, irreg- 
ularly pinnate, branches obliquely to widely spreading, sometimes 
subdivided, often ascending, usually with smaller leaves than the 
stem but scarcely microphyllous: leaves imbricated, the lobe 
widely spreading, slightly falcate, broadly ovate, 0.9 mm. long, 
0.7 mm. wide, plane or somewhat convex, occasionally scarious 
at the apex, attached by a short almost longitudinal line of inser- 
tion and arching across the axis, antical margin nearly straight 
near the base, then strongly outwardly curved to the broad and 


underleaves of stem distant, plane, orbicular, 0.35 mm. long, 
cuneate toward the base and attached by a short and almost 
straight line, retuse at the apex with broad and rounded lobes, 
margin as in the leaves; underleaves of the ascending branches 
contiguous to subimbricated, more or less reflexed at the broad 


ng, 0.5 mm. wide, 
rounded at the apex, margin as in the leaves, keel sharp, some- 
times with a narrow and entire wing in the upper part, lobule ovate 
to obovate, 0.4 mm. long, 0.2 mm. wide, rounded to very obtuse 
at the apex ; bracteole free or very slightly connate on one side, 
orbicular, 0.4 mm, long, cuneate toward the base, broad and 


Evans: HEpaticar oF PUERTO Rico 17 


truncate to retuse at the apex, margin as in the leaves ; perianth 
almost hidden by bracts, obovoid, 0.7 mm. long, 0.5 mm. wide, 
compressed, beak short but distinct, antical surface plane or nearly 
So, postical surface with two sharp keels more than half as long 
as the perianth, lateral keels and postical keels all extended beyond 
the beak in the form of short, erect, rounded and inflated horns: 
o inflorescence and mature sporophyte not seen (PLATE 2, FIG- 
URES 13-22). 

Onatwig. Puerto Rico, Schwanecke (726), the type locality. 
Not since collected on the island, but reported by Spruce from 
either Dominica or St, Vincent, where it was collected by Llhott. 

When the writer’s paper on the Puerto Rico species of Cerazo- 
‘ejeunea * was published, no reference was made to C. portoricensis 
because it was supposed that this species belonged to Meurolejeunea. 
A study of the type, however, which is preserved in the Hampe 
herbarium, brings out the facts which are noted above. The 
“ status morbidus”’ described by the original authors as having the 
leaves digitate-palmulate at the apex probably represents the 
normal condition of the species, the peculiar appearance being due 
to the presence of hyaline cells. These cells doubtless serve the 
Same purpose as in Vewrolejeunea catenulata, in helping the plants 
cling to the substratum. Hyaline cells of this nature have not 
been described for any other species of Ceratolejeunea. 

The only species with which C portoricensts is likely to be 
confused is Neurolejeunea catenulata. The irregularity in the 
arrangement of the ocelli, the different plan upon which the lobules 
are constructed, the single subfloral innovation, and the four- 
horned perianth will at once serve to distinguish it. In separating 
it from the other Puerto Rico species of Ceratolejeunea, the dif- 
ferent cell-structure, the hyaline cells at the apices of the lobes, 
and the undivided or merely retuse underleaves all yield differen- 
tial characters of importance. The species is also somewhat 

anomalous from the fact that it never develops the utriculi which 
are found in so many members of the genus. 


OMPHALANTHUS 
The artificial character of the genus Omphalanthus, as ori- 
ginally described in the Synopsis Hepaticarum, was clearly demon- 
Fe ne alae emebiinolig de 


* Bull. Torrey Club 32: 273-290. pl. 19, 20. 1905. 


18 Evans: HEpATICAE OF PUERTO Rico - 


strated by Spruce. It is made up of two very distinct sections, 
one characterized by undivided underleaves, the other by bifid 
underleaves. Spruce considered both of these sections subgeneric 
in value and included them under the comprehensive genus 
Lejeunea. For the first he reserved the name Omphalanthus, 
changing it to Omphalo-Leeunea for the sake of consistency. 
The species included under the second section he transferred to 
his subgenus Zaxi-Lejeunca. This disposition of the matter has 
been followed by subsequent writers, including Schiffner, who 
raised both these subgenera to generic rank. In doing this, how- 
ever, he discarded the name Omphalo-Lejeunea and restored the 
original name Omphalanthus. 

As thus restricted the genus consists of a single variable 
species, O. filiformis, which has a very wide distribution in the 
American tropics. This species may be described as follows: 


OMPHALANTHUS FILIFORMIS (Swartz) Nees : 
Jungermannia filiformis Swartz, Prodr. Fl. Ind. Occ. 144. 1788. : 
Jungermannia birotunda Ehrh. Beitr. 4: 45. 1789. 
Jungermannia geminiflora Nees, in Martius, Fl. Bras. 1°: 354. 


Phragmicoma filiformis Nees, Naturg. Eur. Leberm. 3: 248. 
1838. 4 
Lejeunea filiformis Nees, in Montagne, Flor. Boliv. 64; d Orbigny, ~ 
Voy. dans l’Amér. Mérid. 7°. 1839. : 
Lejeunea geminifiora Nees, /. c. 66. 1839. 
Omphalanthus geminifiorus Nees, in G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 303- 


1845. 
Omphalanthus filiformis Nees, ¢. c. 304. 1845. 
Lejeunea tenuifolia Tayl. Lond. Jour. Bot. 5: 391. 1846. 
Lejeunea (Omphalo-Lejeunea) filiformis Spruce, Hep. Amaz. et | 
And. 87. 1884. : 
Pale yellowish-green, becoming brownish with age, growing in 
loose tufts : stems erect or ascending, with few rhizoids, 0.15 mm. — 
in diameter, sparingly and irregularly branched, the branches ob-— 
liquely to widely spreading, with smaller leaves than the stem but — 
never microphyllous : leaves imbricated, the lobe attached by an 
almost longitudinal line, abruptly dilated from a narrow base, the 
inflated portion orbicular, 0.7 mm. long, convex and sometimes — 


Evans: HEpATICAE OF PuERTO RIco 19 


wrapped around the stem, almost concealing the underleaves, 
antical margin of lobe arching across or a little beyond the axis, 
strongly outwardly curved from the base to the rounded apex, 
postical margin also rounded, forming an angle of 90° or more 
with the keel, margin entire or minutely and indistinctly crenulate 
from projecting cells ; lobule ovate in outline, 0.4 mm. long, 0.2 
mm. wide, inflated throughout, sometimes constricted in the outer 
part, keel straight or nearly so, slightly decurrent, forming an 
angle of about 45° with the axis (and base of lobule), free margin 
revolute to apex, sinus straight or nearly so, forming an angle of 
about 90° with the free margin, apex rounded or very obtuse, in- 
definite in structure, hyaline papilla marginal, borne at about the 
middle of the sinus; cells of lobe more or less convex, averaging 
13 #4 in diameter at the margin, 18 » in the. middle and 29 p» at the 
base, trigones very large, triangular in outline with somewhat 
bulging sides, separated by small pits or occasionally confluent, 
intermediate thickenings infrequent and usually minute, cell- 
Cavities substellate ; ocelli none : underleaves contiguous to slightly 
imbricated, broadly orbicular, 0.75 mm. long, 0.9 mm. wide, plane 
or more or less convex from below, abruptly narrowed and very 
short-decurrent at the base, attached by a strongly arched line of 
insertion extending about one third the length of the underleaf, 
apex broad and rounded, margin as in the leaves: inflorescence 
dioicous: Q inflorescence borne on a more or less elongated. 
branch, innovating on one side, rarely on both, the innovations 
simple or again floriferous ; bracts obliquely spreading, complicate, 
unequally bifid, the lobe obovate, 0.75 mm. long, 0.4 mm. wide, 
rounded at the apex, margin entire or irregularly sinuate, lobule 
ligulate, the free portion sometimes very short, 0.3 mm. long, 0.05 
mm. wide, rounded to obtuse at the apex, keel sharp, not winged ; 
bracteole free, oblong to obovate, 0.6 mm. long, 0.4 mm. wide, 
rounded to emarginate at the broad apex, margin as in the bracts ; 
perianth slightly exserted, obovoid or obconical, 0.85 mm. long, 
0.55 mm. wide, gradually narrowed toward the base, rounded to 
truncate at the apex and abruptly narrowed to a small circular 
Opening, beakless, terete or very obscurely triangular in cross- 
section, surface smooth : 3 inflorescence occupying a short pri- 
mary branch ; bracts in two to ten pairs, imbricated, inflated at the 


base, deeply and subequally bifid with ovate-triangular obtuse 


Obes : capsule 0.5 mm. in diameter; spores irregular in form but 
mostly longer than broad, about 25 y in short diameter, greenish- 
-rown, surface bearing scattered circular patches of minute and 
indefinite radiating ridges, otherwise minutely verruculose ; elaters 
measuring about 160 x 13 #4 (PLATE 3, FIGURES I-9). 

On trees, banks and rocks. Puerto Rico, without definite lo- 


20 Evans: HEpaTICAE OF PUERTO Rico 


cality, Schwanecke. Luquillo Mountains, Sintents (36). El Yun- 
que, Evans (12, 54, 56): The species is most at home at low 
elevations on the mountains and, according to Spruce, scarcely 
ascends to 2000 m. It has been recorded from the following 
West Indian Islands: Jamaica, the type locality, St. Kitts, Guad- 
~ eloupe, Dominica, and Martinique. On the mainland its range 
extends from Mexico to Bolivia, and it has also been reported 
from the Galapagos Islands. Whether the species occurs outside 
the American tropics is doubtful. Many years ago it was reported 
from the East Indies by Montagne,* and has since been listed 
from Madagascar by Gottsche.t The East Indian record, how- 
ever, does not seem to have been confirmed, and according to 
Spruce t the specimens from Madagascar, so far as he had seen 
them, ought to have been referred: to Lejeunea (Euosmolejeunea ?) 
Montagnei Gottsche.§ 

The genus Omphalanthus occupies a somewhat isolated posi- 
tion among the Lejewneae of Puerto Rico. The loosely cespitose 
habit of its single species, the long and sparingly branched stems, 
the pale color and the terete perianth (ricuRE 1) will at once dis- 
tinguish it from other genera with undivided underleaves. The 
structure of the lobule is less definite than is usual in the Leyewneae 
The apex is blunt and the hyaline papilla, although retaining its 
marginal position, is displaced into the sinus (FIGURE 6). The 
nearest relative of the genus, as Spruce has pointed out, is Pedtole- 


jeunea, which has no known representatives in the West Indies. 


This genus agrees with Omphalanthus in color and general habit 
and in the structure of the lobule. The leaves, however, are more 
narrowed toward the apex and are often distinctly pointed, the 
leaf-cells have much smaller trigones, the underleaves are long- 
decurrent,_and the perianth is distinctly five-keeled. Peltolejeunea 
is a tropical genus of which about eight species are at present 
known. Most of these occur in the mountains of South America ; 
the others have been recorded from Africa or from the islands of 
the Pacific. 

Omphalanthus filiformis is fully described by Spruce, and the 

*G. L. & N, Syn. Hep. 305. 1845. eo a 

+ Abh. Bremen Naturw. Ver. 7: 352. 1882. 

t Pearson, Christiania Vidensk.-Selsk. Forh. 18928: 4. 

% Ann. Sc. Nat. IT. Bot, 19: 261. p/. 9. f 3. 1843. 


er ern eR ER a Lr PS 


ee ee oe eS eee ee ee ee ee 


The broad | 


Evans: HEPATICAE OF PuERTO Rico 21 


account of the antheridial spike, as given above, is adapted from 
his description. The species, however, in spite of its distinctness, 
has never been figured, and attention is therefore called to it 
again. Spruce was the first to reduce O. geminiflorus toa syn- 
onym of O. fliformis. In this he has been followed by later 
writers, including both Stephani and Schiffner, although the latter 
retains geminifiorus as the name of a variety. In the writer's 
experience the species occurs in numerous forms but these are too 


inconstant to be designated by formal names. 


LOPHOLEJEUNEA 

Lopholeeunea is one of the largest and most widely distributed 
genera of the Lejenneae Holostipae, including between 30 and 40 
recognized species. Most of these are confined to tropical regions, 
but the genus has also been reported from southern Florida, 
Chile, Japan and New Zealand. Of the species so far described, 
only six are at present known from America, one of these being 
the endemic Z. Anderssonii Steph., of the Galapagos Islands. 
About a dozen species have been recorded from Asia and the 
East Indies and nearly as many from various islands of the 
Pacific. The remaining species are African. The genus is most 
at home at comparatively low altitudes. The majority of the 
species grow on the bark of trees or shrubs or on rotten logs, a 
few are occasionally found on rocks, and at least one species has 
been collected on living leaves. 

In some cases the plants form pure depressed mats of con- 
siderable extent, but it is more usual to find them mixed with other 
Lejeuneae. The stems are prostrate, and the leaves remain closely 
appressed to the substratum even when dry. In sunny places, 
where the plants attain their best development, the walls of the 
cells are usually so deeply pigmented that they give a dark-brown 


or black color to the whole tuft ; in shady localities the pigmenta- 


tion tends to be less pronounced and the plants appear olive-green, 


_ &F even bright-green, the color of the chloroplasts showing through 


He walls. A glossiness in the leaves is also frequently apparent. 


obes spread widely from the axis and are more or less 
Founded at the antical base (PLATE 3, FIGURES 10, 12). They are 
usually plane or only slightly convex, but the apex, which is some- 


pas Evans: HEPpATICAE OF PUERTO RICO 


times rounded and sometimes narrowed to a point, is often dis- 
tinctly revolute. In nearly every species the margin of a normal 
leaf is entire but it tends to be toothed in the vicinity of a female 
inflorescence. The cells of the lobe resemble those described for 
Ceratolejeunea,* although the middle lamella is rarely distinct and 
the local thickenings of the wall are usually less conspicuous. 
Ocelli and hyaline cells are apparently never differentiated. 

The lobule when well-developed consists of two subequal and 
fairly distinct portions, one inflated and the other plane and more 
or less appressed to the lobe (FIGURE 10). The inflated portion, 
or water-sac, is in the basal part of the lobule, extending for a 
variable distance along the keel, and is sometimes so strongly 
swollen that it bulges beyond the free margin. The plane portion 
occupies the outer part of the lobule and extends from the sac to 
the free margin. The latter is slightly separated from the lobe in 
the outer part of the sinus, thus leaving a narrow opening into the 
sac. In many cases the apical tooth cannot be clearly seen with- 
out dissection, not only because it is small and inconspicuous but 
also because it is bent inward toward the lobe. The tooth consists 
of a blunt projection usually composed of a single cell (F1GURE 16). 
The hyaline papilla arises either from the tooth itself or from a cell 
near it on the proximal side; in either case it is slightly displaced 


from the margin and is to be looked for on the surface of the lobule — , 


which is turned toward the lobe. If the sinus is traced to 
its outer extremity it is sometimes found to pass directly into the 
postical margin of the lobe and sometimes to end at some little 
distance from the margin. In the latter case the lobule is adnate 
to the lobe in the outer part, and the adnate portion is sometimes 
four or five cells across. A somewhat similar condition has been 
described for certain species of Drepanolejeunea.t In all the 
species of Lopholejeunea studied by the writer the free margin is 
entire, except for the apical tooth. In Z. exlopha (Tayl.) Schiffn.,t 
however, according to Schiffner,§ it bears several long cilia, 

* Bull. Torrey Club 32: 275. 1905. 

t Bull. Torrey Club 30: 21. 1903. 

}Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 13: 129. 
Lond. Jour, Bot. 5: 391 

3 


. 1846.) 
© eberm. der ‘*Gazelle’’ Exped. 28. 1890. The specimens upon which this 
observation was based were collected on the island of Amboina and showed female 


1895. (= Lejeunea eulopha Tay. 


ST ee ee 


Evans: HeEpATICAE OF PUERTO Rico 23 


each composed of a single row of cells. Unfortunately the lobule 
is often poorly developed and fails to show some of the pecu- 
liarities which have been described. 

The underleaves are broad and undivided, varying in outline 
from rotund to reniform (FIGURE 10). They are attached by a short 
and slightly arched line of insertion, and the margin, except some- 
times in the vicinity of the inflorescence, is entire. The underleaves 
are usually plane throughout but the median region sometimes 
bulges slightly toward the substratum, and in certain species the 
margin is revolute to a greater or less extent. The rhizoids are 
sometimes abundant and sometimes very few ; they grow out from 
the bases of the underleaves without the development of radicellif- 
erous discs. 

The inflorescence is usually autoicous but a few dioicous spe- 
cies have been described, and even in species which are normally 
autoicous unisexual individuals are not infrequent. The female 
branch is variable in length but is usually more or less elongated. 
In the majority of cases it is simple, occasionally it gives offa branch 
some distance behind the flower, and in very rare instances a true 
subfloral innovation is developed. The last condition, however, is 
doubtless abnormal and the absence of innovations may well be con- 
sidered a reliable generic character. The bracts differ considerably 
from ordinary leaves and are either dentate or spinose in nearly 
every species (FIGURES 17, 18). The lobule sometimes consists of 
a minute tooth at the base of the lobe and is sometimes much 
larger (PLATE 4, FIGURE 9), marked variations in these respects 
being occasionally exhibited by a single species. The bracteole is 
usually undivided as in ordinary underleaves, but its margin may be 
either toothed or entire. As in other genera without subfloral inno- 
vations there is a gradual transition from normal leaves and under- 
leaves to bracts and bracteoles, and for the sake of clearness it is 
perhaps advisable to restrict these latter terms to the floral leaves 
immediately surrounding the perianth. 

The perianth in Lopholejeunea presents some of the most strik- 
ing peculiarities of the genus (FIGURE 10). It is strongly com- 
Ht a a peared ee ag 


flowers but no perianths, Since no allusion is made to them in Schifiner’s ** Comspect. 
Hepat. Archip, Indici,”? published in 1898, it is possible that they were incorrectly 
determined. 


24 Evans: HEPpATICAE OF PuERTO Rico 


pressed, the lateral keels being very sharp. The antical surface 
is commonly plane or slightly concave, but occasionally bears a 
short and low keel. On the postical surface there are two sharp 
keels, although it would be equally correct to regard these as the 
two angles of a single broad and low keel. Each of the four 
sharp keels gives rise to two interrupted wings, which are deeply 
laciniate. In certain species the laciniae are so numerous that 
they almost conceal the remainder of the perianth; in other species 
they are fewer and appear like scattered teeth or spines. Aside 
from the laciniae the surface of the perianth is commonly smooth, 
and the apex is broad, truncate and distinctly rostrate. 

The male inflorescence varies greatly in length, sometimes 
occupying a branch throughout its entire extent, sometimes being 
restricted to its terminal portion. The bracts are at first imbricated 
but afterwards tend to become more or less separated. They are 
subequally bifid and bear the antheridia in pairs. Bracteoles are 
to be found along the whole length of the spike. 

Although the genus has not before been reported from Puerto 
Rico, three species occur in the collections examined by the writer. 
One of these is the abundant and widely distributed Z. Sagracana 
(Mont.) Schiffn., which may be considered the type of the genus ; 
the second is referred to L. Muelleriana (Gottsche) Schiffn., the 
determination being based on the description given by Spruce and 
the specimens distributed in the Hepaticae Spruceanae ; the third 
is apparently undescribed. - All three species have been very spar- 
ingly collected on the island. 


LoPHOLEJEUNEA SAGRAEANA (Mont.) Schiffn.* 
Brownish or blackish-green, somewhat 
pressed mats: stems prostrate, 0.1 mm. 
pinnate, the branches widely spreading, simple or sometimes sub- 
divided, usually with smaller leaves than the stem but rarely mi- 
crophyllous : leaves loosely to closely imbricated, the lobe plane 
or somewhat convex, widely spreading, slightly falcate, oblong- 
ovate, 0.75 mm. long, 0.55 mm. wide, antical margin arching across 
or considerably beyond the axis, strongly outwardly curved to the 
broad and rounded apex, postical margin slightly curved, forming 
an obtuse angle with the keel, margin entire throughout ; lobule 


in diameter, irregularly 


* For a full Synonymy of this species, see Evans, Bull. Torrey Club 32: 1 


1905. a 


glossy, growing in de- | 


. 


Near 


Evans: HEPATICAE OF PuERtTO Rico 25 


ovate in outline, 0.25 mm. long, 0.2 mm, wide, the inflated portion 
conspicuous, occupying the inner half of the lobule and forming 
a hemispherical swelling often extending beyond the free margin, 
apical tooth rounded and often indistinct, sinus broad and shallow, 
adnate portion from one to three cells long; lobule sometimes 
poorly developed ; cells of lobe plane or slightly convex, averag- 
ing 10m at the margin, 20 in the middle and 30 X 204 at the 
base, middle lamella often distinct, trigones large, triradiate with 
rounded to pointed ends, intermediate thickenings occasional, cir- 
cular to oval in outline, pits small and narrow, often obliterated by 
the confluence of the local thickenings, free walls of cells uniformly 
thickened: underleaves contiguous to imbricated, plane or with a 
slight median bulging, reniform, 0.35 mm. long, 0.5 mm. wide, 
rounded to subcordate at the base, apex broad and rounded, margin 
entire: inflorescence normally autoicous: Q branch variable in 
length but rarely much abbreviated ; bracts widely spreading, the 
lobe falcate, suborbicular or broadly ovate-orbicular, 0.95 mm. 
Idng, 0.85 mm. wide, antical margin strongly arched (except near 


and irregular scattered teeth, the largest three or four cells long, 
broad at the base and blunt or sharp at the apex, lobule appressed 
to the lobe or explanate, very minute, reduced to a mere tooth at 
the base of the lobe, 0.15 mm. or less in length ; bracteole free, 
broadly 
ing, Margin plane or nearly so, entire or vaguely and irregularly 
Sinuate ; perianth extending but little beyond the bracts, oval to 
obovate in outline, 0.75 mm. long, 0.55 mm. wide without the 
laciniae (0.95 x 0.95 mm. including the laciniae), beak short, ant- 


ical face plane or nearly so, wings of keels deeply laciniate, the 
laciniae cro 


ase, acute 
dentate, often attaining a size of 0.2 x 0.07 mm.: do! spike occupy- 


On the b 


ark of trees and on rotten logs. Near Cayey, Evans 
(85), Betw 


fen Cayey and Caguas, Howe (1412, 1413 p. p.). 


ayaguez, Mrs. Britton & Miss Marble (629 p. p.). Type 
locality, 


tributed in the American tropics: it is already known from eight 


® 


Cuba, Ramon de la Sagra. The species is widely dis- . 


26 Evans: HEpATICAE OF PUERTO RICO 


of the West Indian Islands, and on the mainland its range extends 
from subtropical Florida, through Mexico, to southern Brazil and 
Bolivia. It has also been reported from Africa and from the East 
Indies, but these records need confirmation. 

The original figures of Montagne and the accompanying text * 
leave little doubt as to the more essential peculiarities of the type 
specimens. These evidently represent a somewhat slender form of 
the species and fail to show some of the characters which are de- 
scribed above. On account of its great variability L. Sagraeana 
has been the source of considerable confusion, and its relationship 
to Lejeunea subfusca Nees, originally described from Java, is still a 
matter for discussion. According to Stephani { the type specimen 
of L. subfusca represents the ordinary form of L. Sagraeana. 
' For some reason, however, he maintains Z. Sagracanaas the name 
of the species, in spite of the fact that Nees von Esenbeck’s plant 
was published fifteen years earlier than Montagne’s. These views 
of Stephani were never quite acceptable to Schiffner,§ who con- 
tinues to regard L. subfusca as a well-marked variety of Z. 
Sagraeana and who even implies that the two plants may be 
specifically distinct. Through the kindness of Count Solms the 
writer has had the privilege of examining two stems of L. subfusca 
from the Nees herbarium, one of which was taken directly from 
the type material. Unfortunately the specimens are both sterile, 
but their loose and delicate habit and certain peculiarities in their 
leaves would seem to indicate that they are amply distinct from Z. 
Sagracana. The lobe is clearly falcate and measures 0.6 x 0.4 
mm., while the lobule is only 0.17 mm. long and 0.08 mm. wide. 
The water-sac occupies about half the lobule and extends outward 
from the base almost to the end of the keel. The basal part is the 
most strongly inflated, but apparently never bulges beyond the free 
margin. From the basal part the sac gradually narrows and opens 
outward by a flattened canal, bounded on the inside by the ap- 
pressed portion of the lobule and on the outside by the adnate 
portion and by the outer part of the keel. The adnate portion is 


* Ramon de la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. y Nat. Cuba g: 464. pl. 18, f. 1. 1845. 
7G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 315. 1845. (= /ungermannia subfusca Nees, Hep. Jav- 
36. 1830.) 
{ Hedwigia 29: 16. 1890. 
3 Bot. Jahrb. 23: 593. 1897.— Conspect. Hepat. Archip. Indici 296. 1898. 


Evans: HeEpaticaE OF Puerto Rico 27 


unusually long and sometimes measures four or five cells across, 
while the apical tooth, consisting of a single cell, can usually be 
demonstrated without dissection. Although the structure of this 
lobule is essentially the same as in Z. Sagracana, it is markedly 
different in appearance and shows no indication of the hemispher- 
ical basal swelling which has been described for that species. The 
underleaves of L. subfusca are distant and broadly orbicular, meas- 
uring 0.25 x 0.3 mm. The differential characters derived from 
the bracts have already been indicated by Schiffner and afford 
another reason why the two species should be kept apart. 

In the Synopsis Hepaticarum a specimen of Lejeunea subfusca 
is quoted which was collected in Chile by Bertero. <A portion of 
this specimen, also sent by Count Solms, has been studied by the 
writer and is evidently distinct from the Javan specimen. In all 
probability it represents a slender and sterile form of Z. Sagraeana 
but is too fragmentary for positive determination. Many years 
later Lejeunea subfusca was doubtfully reported from Brazil by 
Spruce * and from Juan Fernandez by Mitten.¢ Since both of 
these records are considered untrustworthy, even by their authors, 
there seems to be no good reason for regarding the species as an 
American plant. 

Several varieties of Z. Sagraeana have been described. Some 
of these are based on differences in the size and form of the lobule, 
Some on differences in habit. Whether these differences are con- 
stant or simply due to environmental conditions can hardly be de- 
termined at the present time. Slender and poorly developed forms 
when sterile sometimes resemble the: following species so closely 
that it is impossible to determine them with certainty. 


LopHOLEyEUNEA MUELLERIANA (Gottsche) Schiffn. 


Lejeunea Muelleriana Gottsche, Mex. Leverm. 184. 1863. 

Lejeunea (Lopho-Lejeunea) Muelleriana Spruce, Hep. Amaz. et 
And. 121, 1884. 

Lopholejeunea Muelleriana Schiffn. Bot. Jahrb. 23: 599. 1897. 

: rownish-green, usually paler and less robust than the preced- 

Ng species, somewhat glossy, growing in depressed mats: stems 

“gt i a ak ale 


*Hep. Amaz. et And. 122, 1884. 
T Challenger Rept. Bot. 13: 88, 1884. 


28 Evans: HEpATICAE oF PUERTO RICO 


prostrate, 0.85 mm. in diameter, irregularly pinnate, the branches 
widely spreading, simple or sparingly subdivided, often with smaller 
leaves than the stem but not distinctly microphyllous : leaves con- 
tiguous to loosely imbricated, the lobe plane to slightly convex, 
widely spreading, somewhat falcate, ovate, 0.65 mm. long, 0.45 
mm. wide, antical margin arching partially across to a little beyond 
the axis, more or less outwardly curved from the base to the 
rounded or bluntly pointed apex, postical margin slightly curved, 
forming an obtuse angle with the keel, margin entire throughout 
or vaguely and irregularly sinuate ; lobule ovate in outline, 0.25 
mm. long, 0.15 mm. wide, the inflated portion less conspicuous 
than in LZ. Sagraeana, forming a flattened hemispherical swelling, 
rarely extending beyond the curved free margin, apical tooth 
rounded and often indistinct, sinus broad and shallow, adnate por- 
tion usually a single cell across; lobule often rudimentary ; cells 
of lobe plane or nearly so, averaging 10 4 at the margin, 21 4 in 
the middle and 32 x 21 y» at the base, middle lamella not distinct, 
trigones smaller than in ZL. Sagraeana, triradiate with pointed ends, 
intermediate thickenings numerous, oval, sometimes two or three 
between two trigones, pits distinct, rarely obliterated : underleaves 
distant to contiguous, reniform, 0.25 mm. long, 0.35 mm. wide, 
rounded at the base, broad and rounded to truncate at the apex, 
margin entire : inflorescence normally autoicous: Q branch more 
or less elongated ; bracts obliquely spreading, usually somewhat 
complicate but sometimes explanate, the lobe scarcely falcate, 
ovate, 0.9 mm. long, 0.55 mm. wide, antical margin a little more 
curved than the postical, apex varying from rounded to apiculate 
or subacute, margin irregularly angular-dentate or sinuate, the 


the apex ; lobule ligulate and often hardly distinguishable when 
explanate, 0.3 mm. long, 0.035 mm. wide, the free margin some- 
times merging gradually into the lobe, sometimes tipped with an 
acute apex ; bracteole free, orbicular, 0.75 mm. long, slightly 


sinuate in upper part but not distinctly toothed ; perianth one third 
to one half exserted, obovate in outline, 1 mm. long, 0.7 mm. wide 
without the laciniae (0.95 mm. wide including the laciniae), beak 


{ 


Ee ee ee ee ee ee a a ee ne ae Pe 


Evans: HeEpaTicaE OF PuERTOo Rico 29 


branch or terminal on a longer branch ; bracts mostly in from two 
to six pairs, obliquely spreading, shortly bifid, both divisions 
rounded at the apex or the lobe obtusely pointed, keel arched ; 
bracteoles as in Z. Sagraeana : mature sporophyte not seen (PLATE 
4, FIGURES I-8). 

On trees. North slope of the Luquillo Mountains, Heller 
(783). El Yunque, Evans (724). Type locality, Mexico, Miller. 
The species has also been reported from the following stations : 
Martinique, Bélanger ; Guiana, Leprieur ; Venezuela (collector not 
named) ; Brazil, Spruce. To these Jamaica, Evans, may be added. 
According to Professor Lindau, of Berlin, the type specimen of 
Leeunea Muelleriana is not to be found in the Gottsche her- 
barium. 

Unfortunately the specimens from Brazil and Puerto Rico, 
which have been referred to L. Muelleriana, do not agree in all re- 
spects with the original description of the species, the main dis- 
crepancies being in the characters derived from the leaves. Ac- 
cording to Gottsche the lobes are normally ovate and acute, 
although the statement is added that they are occasionally rounded 
at the apex. According to Spruce the lobes are frequently 
founded at the apex, but he nevertheless intimates that they are 
normally more or less pointed. So far as the writer has observed, 
the Specimens distributed by Spruce are nearly always characterized 


_ by rounded lobes, acute or even obtuse lobes being a marked ex- 


ception. The bracts and subfloral leaves are more frequently nar- 
rowed at the apex, but even here rounded lobes are far from 
unusual. Judging from these specimens (with which those from 
Puerto Rico closely agree), the acute lobes described by Gottsche 
represent an exceptional variation rather than the normal condition 
of the Species. However this may be, a considerable range of 
Specific variation is to be expected in Lopholejeunea, and there 
Seems to be no reason at present for attempting to segregate Z. 
Muelleriana as defined above. 

When compared with well-developed Z. Sagracana the present 
Species is somewhat less robust, the leaves and underleaves tend 
#0 Be less crowded, the lobules are more frequently rudimentary, 
and the local thickenings of the cell-walls are less conspicuous. 
Since these differences are purely relative they cannot always be 
relied upon, but fortunately they are supported by more constant 


30 Evans: HeEpaTIcAE OF PuERTO RIco 


differential characters derived from the floral leaves and perianths. 
In L. Sagracana the bracts have widely spreading lobes, subrotund 
in outline and rounded at the apex, the bracteole is broader than 
long and plane or nearly so along the margin, the perianth is 
almost hidden by the bracts, except for the projecting laciniae, 
while the latter are densely crowded and usually broaden out from 
anarrow base. In Z. Mwelleriana the bracts have obliquely spread- 
ing lobes, ovate in outline and often distinctly narrowed toward 
the apex, the bracteole is orbicular and narrowly reflexed near the 
base, the perianth is more exserted, and the laciniae, which are 
much less numerous, usually taper from a broad base. In all 
probability the specimens from Brazil and Trinidad, which have 
been referred to Lejeunea Sagraeana y of the Synopsis, repre- 
sent a form of Z. Muelleriana, a fact to which Gottsche has already 
called attention. * 

Another close relative of ZL. Muelleriana is Lejeunea (Lopho- 
leyeunea) Mariei Besch. & Spruce, a species known at present from 
the island of Guadeloupe only, where it was collected in 18 77 by 
Ed. Marie. Through the kindness of Mr. Slater, the writer has 
been able to examine the type specimen of this species from the 
Spruce herbarium. It is about as large as L. Muelleriana, but its 
leaves are more strongly falcate and apparently always rounded at 
the apex. The lobule is rarely rudimentary and shows a some- 


what larger water-sac, which extends outward from the axis rather © 
than forward, very muchas in Lejeunea subfusca. Theadnate portion, © 


however, is only one or two cells across. Several of these dif- 
ferences are noted by Spruce, but one of the characters of Z. 
Mariei which he especially emphasizes, the dioicous inflorescence, 
seems to be inconstant, some of the plants included in the original 
material being clearly autoicous. The perianths of the two species 
are very similar, but the bracts of Z. Mariei are distinguished by 
being entire or only slightly denticulate, the lobule is commonly 
more distinct, and the bracteole is plane. 


Lopholejeunea Howei sp. nov. 


Dull olive-green, growing in depressed mats: stems prostrate, 
0.13 mm. in diameter, irregularly pinnate, the branches obliquely 


* Mex. Leverm. 183. 1863. 
fT Bull. Soc. Bot. de France 36: clxxix. 1889, 


Evans: HeEpaticar oF Pusrto Rico 31 


to widely spreading, simple or sparingly subdivided, usually with 
smaller leaves than the stem but not microphyllous : leaves imbri- 
cated, the lobe convex, often revolute at the apex, widely spread- 
ing, falcate, oblong-ovate, 0.75 mm. long, 0.5 mm. wide, antical 
margin arching partially or wholly across the axis, strongly out- 
wardly curved from the base to the apex, postical margin straight 
or slightly curved, forming an angle of go° or more with the keel, 
apex broad, rounded to very obtuse, margin entire or nearly so ; 
lobule ovate in outline, 0.35 mm. long, 0.2 mm. wide, the inflated 
portion occupying the basal half and forming a subhemispherical 
swelling occasionally extending beyond the free Margin, apical 
tooth rounded and often obsolete, rarely apparent without dissec- 
tion, sinus broad and shallow, adnate portion one cell across ; 
cells of lobe plane to somewhat convex, averaging 164 at the 
margin, 28 # in the middle and 35 y at the base, trigones distinct 
but not conspicuous, triradiate with acute, sometimes constricted, 
fays, intermediate thickenings occasional, oval: underleaves con- 
tiguous to slightly imbricated, plane or somewhat revolute at the 
apex, reniform, 0.5 mm. long, 0.75 mm. wide, straight or very 
slightly decurrent at the base, apex broad, rounded or truncate, 
Margin entire: inflorescence autoicous: Q branch more or less 
elongated, usually with several pairs of leaves; bracts obliquely 
Spreading, unequally bifid and commonly complicate, the lobe 
ovate-oblong, 1.4 mm. long, 0.7 mm. wide, not falcate, often re- 
flexed at the abruptly acute or apiculate apex, margin sharply and 
irregularly dentate especially in the upper part, the teeth averag- 
ing six on the antical margin and four on the postical, mostly one 
to four cells long and one or two cells wide at the base, lobule 
obcuneate from a narrow base, 0.6 mm. long, 0.2 mm. wide, acute 
°F apiculate at the apex, margin entire; bracteole free, ovate, 1.35 
mm. long, 0.85 mm. wide, bifid about one tenth with acute, tri- 
angular and often reflexed divisions. separated by an acute to ob- 
tuse sinus, margin irregularly dentate as in the bracts, usually with 
from four to eight teeth on each side and from one to three in the 
Sinus ; subfloral underleaf undivided, commonly dentate along its 
Toad apex ; perianth about half-exserted, obovate in outline, 1.4 
mm. long, 1 mm. wide, beak short, antical face plane or slightly 
depressed, wings of keels much interrupted, sparingly and irregu- 
larly dentate, the teeth rarely more than two or three cells long 


8M one or two cells wide at the base, wings of postical keels 


shorter and more rudimentary than the others: spike occupy- 
ng a short branch; bracts in about six pairs, strongly inflated, 
Subequally bifid, complicate with a strongly arched keel, the 

rounded to subacute at the apex, bracteoles similar to 


divisions 
the underleaves but smaller: mature sporophyte not seen (PLATE 
20) 


4, FIGURES 


os Evans: HEpaTICAE OF PUERTO RICO 


On trees. Between Cayey and Caguas, Howe (1413 P. p.). 
growing mixed with ZL. Sagraeana and Euosmolejeunea trifaria. 
These specimens may be considered the type. A single plant of 
the species without perianths but with male and female flowers 
occurs mixed with the type specimen of Levewnea Marie from the 
island of Guadeloupe. It has also been collected by the writer 
in. Jamaica and may therefore be expected from other localities in 
the West Indies. 

This interesting species is named in honor of Dr. Marshall A. 
Howe, of the New York Botanical Garden, who first collected 
specimens with perianths (March, 1906). It differs from all other 
known species of Lopholejeunea in the possession of a bifid bracteole, 
but in other respects is a typical member of the genus. Among 
American species it is further aberrant because it bears teeth along 
the margin of the bracteole, but this second peculiarity has been 
described for at least three paleotropic species ; namely, LZ. culopha, 
of the Pacific Islands, L. dentistipula Schiffn., of Amboina, and ZL. 
Jimbriata (Gottsche) Schiffn., of Madagascar, Australia and New 
Guinea. In these three species, however, the bracteole is broad 
and rounded at the apex. 

L. Howei is about as robust as ZL. Sagraeana but differs not 
only from this species but also from Z. Muelleriana in its color, 
which is olive-green rather than brown or black. It is also desti- 
tute of glossiness. In the characters derived from leaves, under- 
leaves and cell-structure it agrees closely with Z. Muelleriana, the 
lobes of the subfloral leaves showing an even stronger tendency to 
be sharp-pointed. More striking differences are to be found in the 
bracts and perianths, the lobules of the bracts being larger and 
more conspicuous and the wings of the perianth bearing fewer and 
smaller teeth. In old perianths these teeth show a tendency to 
break off, so that the keels appear either entire or irregularly den- 
ticulate. The differential characters derived from the bracteoles, 


which are perhaps the most important of all, have already been — 


emphasized. 
YALE UNIVERsITY. . 
Explanation of plates 3-4 


As in the previous papers of this series the figures were drawn by the writer and 
prepared for publication by Miss Hyatt. 


| 
| 


Evans: HeEpaTICAE OF PuERTO Rico oo 


PLATE 1 


Stictolejeunea sgquamata (Willd. ) Schiffn. 1. Part of female plant with two peri- 
anths, postical view, 2. Part of branching stem with most of the underleaves 
removed to show the lobules and the bases of the branches, postical view, x 25. 3. 
Male inflorescence, postical view, X25. 4. Two lobules, postical view, X45. 5. 
Base of leaf, antical view, 45. 6. Base of leaf subtending a branch, antical view, 
af, < 45. 8. Cells from middle of lobe surrounding an ocel- 
lus, X 265. 9. Apex of a lobe with a hyaline border, 200. 10. Apex of a lobe 
without a hyaline border, 200. 11, Antical base of lobe showing large papilla,  » 
200. 12, 13. Apices of lobules, showing hyaline papillae displaced from the margin, 
200. 14-16, Bracts and bracteole from a single involucre, X25. The figures were 
all drawn from specimens collected by the writer, figs. I, 3, 14-16 from Jamaican 
specimens (345), the others from Puerto Rico specimens (792, 795) 

Neurolejeunea Breutelii (Gottsche) Evans. 17. Female branch with perianth, the 
innovations dissected away, postical view, < 35. 18. Part of stem, postical view, x 
35- 19. Part of stem, antical view, X35. 20. Cells from middle of lobe, < 265. 
21~23. Bracts and bracteole from a single involucre, 35. e specimens were all 
drawn from specimens collected by Duss in Guadeloupe (022). 


PLATE 2 


Neurolejeunea catenulata (Nees) Schifin. 1. Female branch with perianth, pos- 
tical view, 35. 2. Another female branch with perianth, the innovations dissected 
away, postical view, < 35. 3. Part of plant with a short female branch, postical view, 

25. 4. Leaf, antical view, 35. 5. Cells from base of lobe with row of ocelli, 

6. Apex of lobe, showing hyaline cells, )< 200. 7. Apex of lobule, showing 

hyaline papilla, & 200. 8. Apex of another lobule, 200. 9-11. Bracts and bracteole 

from a single involucre, 35. 12. Perianth, postical view, X 35. e figures were 

all drawn from specimens collected by the writer, fig. 12 from a Jamaican specimen 
(323), the others from Puerto Rico specimens (743, 744). 

Ceratolejeunea portoricensis (Hampe & Gottsche) Evans. 13. Female branch 
with perianth and innovation, postical view, 35. 14. Part of stem, antical view, 
X35- 15. Cells from middle of lobe, those at right of figure drawn from a lower level 
to show the thin places in the vertical walls, 265. 16. Apex of lobe with hyaline 
cells, 9X 200. 17. Antical margin of lobe, 200. 18. Apex of lobule, 200. I9. 
Stem-underleaf, X35. 20-22. Bracts and bracteole from a single involucre, X 35. 


€ figures were all drawn from the type specimen. 


PLATE 3 


7-9. Bracts and bracteole from a single involucre, X 35. The figures were all drawn 
tom Puerto Rico specimens collected by the writer (56). 

: Lopholejeunea Sagraeana (Mont.) Schiffn, 10. Part of a female plant with 
Penanth, postical view, < 25. 11. Female branch with perianth, postical view, the 
underleaves and bracteole dissected away, < 25. 12. Part of stem, antical view, X 25. 
13. Cells from middle of lobe, X 265. 14. Cells from base of lobe in cross-section, 


34 Evans: HepaTicaE OF PuERTO RICO 


S< 265. 15. Cells from antical margin of lobe, X 200. 16. sh of lobule, 200. 
17-19. Bracts and bracteole from a single involucre, X 25. . Transverse section 
through middle of perianth, 25. The figures were all drawn ae Cuban specimens 
collected by Underwood & farts ( 1145). 


PLATE 4 
Lopholejeunea greens (Gottsche) Schiffn, 1. Female branch with perianth, 
postical view, X 25. 2. Female branch with sites; antical view, 25 ells 


from middle of lobe, - ‘tbs. 4. Apex of lobule, X 200. 5-7. Bracts and bracteole 
from a pra involucre, 25. 8. Transverse section hick middle of perianth, 
* figures were all drawn from Puerto Rico specimens collected by the writer 


24). 

Lopholejeunea Howei Evans, 9. Part of plant with perianth, postical view, X 25. 
10. Part of stem, the underleaves dissected away to show the lobules, postical view, 
25. 11. Part of stem, aia view, X 25. 12. Cells from middle of lobe, 265. 
£3. ae of lobule, 2 -16. Bracts and inane le from a single involucre, 

, 18. Subfloral bie ‘25. 19. Subfloral underleaf, < 25. 20. Tra 

verse ere through middle of perianth, < 25. The figures were all drawn from the 
type specimen. 


Pe Se ee ee 


Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora—XVIl 


Per AXEL RYDBERG 


’ Pedicularis siifolia 

Perennial with a rootstock; stem glabrous, 3-6 dm. high, 
leafy ; leaves pinnately divided to the midrib, glabrous, 5-F5 cm. 
long ; divisions lanceolate, narrowed at the base, t—4 cm. long, 
more or less doubly serrate-dentate ; spike short, 3-8 cm. long ; 
bracts linear, oblong, or lanceolate,¢ entire. or slightly toothed ; 
calyx glabrous or with a few scatféred hairs, 8-9 mm. long, its 
lobes lanceolate ; corolla yellowish, nearly 2 cm. long; galea 
about 8 mm. long, curved, upper portion helmet-shaped with a 
short conical beak ; lip 4 mm. long, rather deeply 3-cleft with 
rounded lobes. - 

This species is somewhat intermediate between P. Candyi and 
P. bracteosa. In habit it resembles closely the latter, but the 
corolla is that of the former, having an evident although short 
beak. It grows in the mountains of western Montana and Idaho 
at an altitude of 600-1200 m. 

Montana: Grant Creek, June 7, 1897, JZ. /. Elrod and assist- 
ants 97. iP 

Adenostegia ciliosa 

Annual; stem more or less branched, puberulent, purplish, 
1.5-2 dm. high; leaves 2-3 cm. long, finely puberulent, 3-5- 
cleft into filiform divisions; flowers in small headlike clusters ; 

racts similar to the leaves but with broader bases and more or 

or less hirsute-ciliate with’ white flat hairs; calyx nearly 1.5 cm. 
long, more or less ciliate; its divisions about 5-ribbed ; corolla 
about 15 mm. long; galea 5-6 mm. long, hooded at the apex ; 
lip nearly as long, pubescent without; stamens 4, anthers 2- 
celled, sparingly short-bearded. 

This species is probably most closely related to A. ramosa 
Nutt., but is easily distinguished by the ciliate bracts and calyces. 
It grows on dry mesas at an altitude of about 2000 m. 

Wyominc : Spread Creek, 1897, Frank Tweedy 545- 


| ’ Castilleja arcuata | 

Perennial, more or less tufted at the base; stems erect, stric ie 

usually simple, 2-4 dm. high, shining, yellow or tinged with 
35 


36 RypBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 


purple, glabrous or short-villous in the inflorescence ; leaves nar- 
rowly linear, 2-6 cm. long, 1-3 mm. wide, glabrous or the lower 
sparingly white-villous ; bracts brownish, 1-2 cm. long, 3-cleft 
with lanceolate lobes, white-villous with short hairs; calyx 12-15 
mm. long, deeply cleft below, less deeply so above, its lobes lance- 
olate, about 1 mm. long; corolla 2.5—3 cm. long, at last strongly 
curved, greenish with yellow margins; galea 12-15 mm. long; 
lip about 3 mm. long, with linear-lanceolate lobes. 

This species is related to C. cognata and C. linariaefolia. 
From the former it differs in the color of the bracts, different 
pubescence and the more arching corolla, from the latter in the 
color of the bracts, the lower habit and the smaller corolla. It 
grows in meadow land with alkaline soil. 

Uran: South end of Fish Lake, August 10, 1905, Ayad- 
berg & Carlton 7508. 

Castilleja magna 

Perennial; stem a meter or so high, glabrous and shining, 
angled; leaves lanceolate, 4-6 cm. long, glabrous, 5-ribbed and 
reticulate, more or less acuminate ; inflorescence short and dense ; 
bracts ovate, entire, tipped with crimson, as well as the axis of the 
inflorescence viscid-ciliate ; calyx about 2.5 cm. long, cleft half- 
way down both above and below, its lobes lanceolate, acuminate, 
4-5 mm. long; corolla 4-5 cm. long, greenish, tinged with 
crimson and with crimson margins; galea fully 2 cm. long; lip 
about 3 mm. long, its lobes lanceolate. 

This species somewhat resembles C. rhexifolia, but is a taller 
plant, with smaller bracts and much larger corolla. The latter is 
of about the size of that of C. Suksdorfii, which however is a much 
smaller and more pubescent plant and has narrow leaves. 

British Corumsia: Trail above Carbonate, 1904, Charles H. 
Shaw 205. 


» Castilleja Leonardi 


obtuse ; corolla 2 cm. long or less, densely puberulent; galea 
about 1 cm. long; lower lip about 2 mm. long, its lobes lanceo- 


RYDBERG: Rocky Movunraln FLORA 37 


This species is related to C. Jauta and C rhexifola, From 
the former it differs in the broad leaves and dense pubescence, and 
from the latter in the small size of both the plant and the flower, 
the thick leaves and more copious pubescence. 

Uran: Head of American Fork Cafion, 188 5, &. £. Leonard 
751 in part (type) ; mountains around the south fork of Big Cot- 
tonwood Creek, 1905, Rydberg & Carlton 6 592. 

Castilleja humilis 

Perennial, with a short woody caudex; stems several, about 
2dm. high, glabrous below, somewhat viscid-pubescent above ; 
leaves oblong to elliptic-lanceolate or the uppermost ovate, 2—3 
cm. long, obtuse or acute, finely puberulent ; bracts entire, obovate, 
tipped with dark crimson, a little shorter than the corollas ; inflor- 
€scence short and dense; calyx densely puberulent, 10-12 mm. 
long, equally cleft above and below, its lobes ovate, obtuse, about 
1.5 mm. long; corolla about 15 mm. long, densely puberulent, 
greenish with purple margins; galea 7-8 mm. long; lip 2 mm. 
long, its lobes lanceolate, acuminate. 

In habit this species most resembles C. rhexifolia, but the 
Plant is much smaller and the corolla of about half the size. It 
grows in alpine woods. 

Wyominc: Medicine Bow Mountains, Albany County, 1900; 
Aven Nelson 7919. 

’ Castilleja variabilis 

Perennial with a rootstock ; stems usually single, more or less 
pubescent, 4-8 dm. high; leaves linear-lanceolate or lanceolate, 
4-6 cm. long, 3-ribbed, puberulent and more or less short-hirsute, 
rarely glabrous ; bracts lanceolate, deeply 3-cleft, greenish at the 
base, otherwise yellow with scarlet or brick-red tips or sometimes 
almost wholly brick-red ; calyx viscid-villous, about 2.5 cm. long, 
tinged with yellow ; corolla yellowish-green with scarlet or yellow 
Margin, about 4 cm. long; galea nearly 2 cm. long; lip dark- 
sreen, 3 mm. long, with lanceolate lobes. 

This species somewhat resembles C. lanceolata, but has larger 
“flowers and differently colored bracts. These are nearly of the 
Same color as those of C. /utescens and C. desertorum, but both of 
these species have smaller flowers and 3-cleft upper leaves. C. 
Variabilis Sows in mountain valleys and on hillsides, at an altitude 
of 2500-3000 m. 

Uran: Big Cottonwood Cafion, below Silver Lake, 1905, 


38 RypBERG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA 


P. A. Rydberg 6773 (type) and 6800 ; divide between Big Cotton- 
wood Cafion and Heber Valley, 1905, Rydberg & Carlton 6646 ; 
Big Cottonwood Cajfion, 1905, A. O. Garrett, 1504. 

‘ Castilleja Vreelandii 

Perennial with a rootstock ; stem usually single, 6-8 dm. high, 
glabrous or nearly so, shining ; leaves lanceolate, 3—5-ribbed, 
glabrous or nearly so, 4-6 cm. long, somewhat acuminate ; bracts 
lanceolate, usually 3-lobed with acute lobes, tipped with crimson ; 
calyx 2-2.5 cm. long, tinged with crimson, equally cleft, viscid- 
villous below, puberulent above, its lobes lanceolate, acute, 6-8 
mm. long; corolla dark-green with purplish margins ; galea about 
2 cm. long; lower lip 2 mm. long, with lanceolate teeth. 

This species is related to C. /anceolata, but differs in the larger 
flowers and the broader, almost glabrous leaves. It grows in the 
mountains from Montana and Idaho to Wyoming and Utah. As 
the type is regarded the following : 

Montana: Divide between McDonald and Camas Lakes, Ig901, 
F. K. Vreeland rooo. 

/ Castilleja purpurascens 

Perennial with a short caudex ; stems several, 1-3 dm. high, 
glabrous or slightly puberulent, villous above, usually dark-purple ; 
leaves narrowly linear, finely puberulent, 3-5 cm. long, 2-3 mm. 
wide ; inflorescence short and dense; bracts lanceolate, acute or 
obtuse, the lower usually entire, the upper more or less cleft, 
tipped with crimson ; calyx 15-20 mm. long, more or less villous, 
especially towards the base, equally cleft, its lobes 2-3 mm. long, 
obtuse ; corolla 2.5-3 cm. long, green with crimson margins; 
galea about 1 cm. long; lower lip 3 mm. long, with narrowly 
lanceolate lobes. 

This is probably most closely related to C. Tweedyi and C. 
miniata, but differs in the lower habit, the darker coloration of 
the bracts, the narrow leaves, obtuse calyx-lobes, and usually 
purplish stem. 

Britisa Cotumpia: Flood-plains of Kicking Horse, 1904, 1. 
Peterson 11 (type). 

ALBERTA: National: Park, Banff, 1897, Mr. & Mrs. C. Van 
Brunt go; Pipestone Pass, 1904, /. Macoun 67803. 

’ Castilleja viscida 
_ Cespitose perennial with a short woody caudex ; stems I-3 
dm. high, viscid- or glandular-puberulent and with scattered crisp 


RYDBERG: Rocky MounraiIn FLORA 39 


white hairs ; leaves 1.5—3 cm. long, 3-5-cleft at the middle, densely 
glandular-puberulent, the body lanceolate, 3-ribbed, the lobes 
narrowly lanceolate and directed forward; bract similar to the 
leaves, tipped with crimson or scarlet ; calyx equally deeply cleft 
above and below, 18-20 mm. long, its lobes lanceolate, 5 mm. 
long, acuminate or acute; corolla about 2.5 cm. long, dark-green, 
with crimson margin ; galea about 1 cm. long; lip 3 mm. long, its 
lobes lanceolate. 

This species is related to C. hispida, C. Bradburyi and C. 
rupicola. From the first two it differs in the lower habit and 
viscid or glandular pubescence, and from the last one in the shorter 
galea. It grows in the mountains among rocks at an altitude of 
2700-3300 m. 

Uran: Mountains near the headwaters of Big Cottonwood 
Creek, 1905, Rydberg & Carlton 6 593 (type), 6565, 6540, 6554, 
6635 and 6546 ; Mount Nebo, xo. 7703, 7750 and 7755. 


“Castilleja ampliflora 

Perennial, cespitose and somewhat woody at the base; stems 
3-4 dm. high, usually branched, ascending, puberulent and some- 
what villous ; most of the leaves entire, lanceolate, 2-3 cm. long 
with a short and rather dense pubescence; the upper 3—5-lobed, 
the middle lobe being broad and the lateral ones small ; bracts 
3-lobed with a broad rounded middle lobe, crimson, I-1.5 cm. 
long; calyx 1.5-2 cm. long, villous, equally cleft above and 
below, its lobes 3-4 mm. long; corolla nearly 3 cm. long, more 
turgid than usual ; galea fully 1.5 cm. long; lip 3 mm. long, with 
lanceolate lobes, 

This is perhaps most closely related to C. Bradburyi, but the 
stems are more branched, the corolla more turgid, the leaves more 
‘Inclined to be entire, and the galea fully as long as the corolla-tube. 
x stows at an altitude of 1150-1350 m. 

Monrana: Divide between McDonald and Camas Lakes, July 
29, 1901, F. K. Vreeland 995: 


” Castilleja gracillima 
Perennial with a rootstock ; stems usually solitary, slender, 
purplish, 2-4 dm. high, sparingly villous ; leaves linear-lanceolate, 
2-4 cm. long, 3-ribbed, sparingly short-villous; bracts ovate, 
entire, toothed or 3-cleft, rose or brownish, puberulent, villous- 
Ciliate ; calyx about 15 mm. long, equally cleft above and below, 
Its lobes lance-oblong, obtusish, 3 mm. long; corolla purplish 


40 RypserGc: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA 


slightly longer than the calyx; galea 8 mm. long; lip about 3 
mm. long, its lobes ovate. 

This species is closely related to C. padlida, but differs in the 
leaves, which are shorter, neither long-attenuate nor falcate, and 
in the different color of the bracts and corolla. 

In mountain meadows especially on the geyser formations at 
an altitude of 2000-2700 m. 

Wyominc: Lower Geyser Basin, Yellowstone Park, 1897, 
Rydberg & Bessey 4964 (type); Lone Star Geyser Basin, xo. 4961 ; 
Upper Hoback Basin, 1900, C. C. Curis. 

Montana: Mountains near Indian Creek, 1897, Rydberg & 
Bessey 4967. 

ALBERTA: Vicinity of Banff, 1899, W. C. McCalla 2187. 


’ Castilleja parvula 

Cespitose perennial with a short caudex; stems many, 5—I5 
cm. high, puberulent ; leaves lanceolate, 1-2 cm. long, puberulent ; 
bracts ovate, dark brownish- crimson, finely puberulent, entire or 
with short lobes ; calyx 12-14 mm. long, puberulent, equally 
cleft above and below, its lobes oblong, obtuse, 2-3 mm. long; 
corolla 17-18 mm. long, greenish with purplish margins ; galea 
about 7 mm. long; lip 2.5—3 mm. long, its lobes lanceolate. 

This species is closely related to C. occidentalis, but differs in 
the bracts, which are darker, of a deep crimson shade and not at 
all villous, and also in the corolla, which is decidedly greenish and 
with a shorter lip. It grows among rocks on high mountains, at 
an altitude of nearly 3000 m. 

Uran: Mountains north of Bullion Creek, near Marysvale, 
1905, Rydberg & Carlton 7158 (type) and 7090. 


’ Castilleja pulchella 


Perennial with a cespitose caudex ; stems 5-15 cm. high, as- 
cending, more or less villous especially above ; leaves 1-4 cm. 


ee ae ne a ee ee ee re eR Ne A a 


long ; the lower entire and linear-lanceolate, the upper broader : 


and 3-cleft, puberulent and slightly villous ; ‘lobes linear-lanceo- 
late, attenuate; bracts elliptic, usually 3-cleft, the middle lobe 
broad and rounded, tinged with brownish, villous; calyx yel- 
lowish, tipped with brownish, about 18 mm. long ; lobes very short 
and rounded ; corolla slightly exserted ; galea 7 mm. long ; lip 5 
mm. long, its lobes lanceolate, obtuse. 


This species is intermediate between C. /utea and C. occidentalis. 


RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 41 


It has the habit, pubescence and coloration of the latter but the 
leaves, bracts and calyx-lobes of the former; the form of the 
corolla is intermediate between those of the two. C. pulchella 
grows on high mountains at an altitude of 2500-3300 m. 

Montana: Mountains near Indian Creek, 1897, Aydberg & 
Bessey 4967 (type); Electric Peak, zo. 4968. 

Wyominc : Big Horn Mountains, 1899, Tweedy 2345 ; Dome 
Lake, 1896, Aven Nelson 2435; Teton Forest Reserve, 1897, 
Tweedy 247. 

“ Castilleja Pecten 

Perennial ; stem stout, 4-5 dm. high, puberulent throughout ; 
lower leaves linear, entire, 5-6 cm. long, puberulent; the upper 
3-5-cleft with linear divisions ; bracts rhombic-obovate or broadly 
cuneate in outline, almost pectinately cleft into linear divisions, 
puberulent, upper portion yellowish or the tips brownish ; calyx 
about 2 cm. long, puberulent, equally cleft above and below ; 
lobes lanceolate, about 3 mm. long; corolla a little over 2 cm. 
long ; galea 8-9 mm. long ; lip about 4 mm. long, its lobes oblong. 

In general habit and coloration it resembles somewhat C. 
desertorum and C. lutescens, but the lower lip is nearly half as 
long as the galea and of different shape, and the bracts are pecu- 
liar. The structure of the corolla places this species nearest to 
C. fasciculata, but it is a much larger plant. 

Ipano: Beaver Cajion, 1895, C. L. Shear 3041 (type) and 
3038. 

3 Lupinus marianus 


42 Rypserc: Rocky MOounNTAIN FLORA 


and the paler and smaller corolla; from the latter in the long linear- 
subulate bracts and narrow leaflets. 

Uran: Along Bullion Creek, above Marysvale, July 21, 1905, 
Rydberg & Carlton 7024 (type) and 7025. 

Lupinus stenophyllus (Nutt.) 
Lupinus foliosus stenophyllus Nutt.; T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1: 377 

(synonym). 1840. 

Stem slender, probably 1 m. high, finely silky-strigose ; stipules 
small, subulate; petioles of the stem-leaves about 3 cm. long, 
strigose ; leaflets about 5, narrowly linear-oblanceolate, about 3 cm. 
long, 4 mm. wide, usually conduplicate, acute, green, glabrous 
above, sparingly silky-strigose beneath; raceme about 1 dm. long, 
lax, more or less one-sided; bracts lanceolate, shorter than the 
calyx, deciduous; calyx densely silky-strigose, more or less 
spurred at the base; upper lip ovate, 4 mm. long, the lower 
lanceolate, 6 mm. long; corolla light-blue, 7-8 mm. long; banner 
slightly shorter than the broad wings ; fruit unknown. 

This species has been included in LZ. /axiflorus and L. tenellus. 
It resembles the latter in habit but differs in the spurred calyx and 
green leaves. From the former it differs in the narrower leaves, 
glabrous above, and the smaller flowers. The type was collected 
on the “ Oregon Plains” by Nuttall. 


Lupinus laxispicatus : 


Perennial; stems 3-4 dm. high, slender, striate, sparingly | 


3-4 . 

strigose ; stipules small, lanceolate ; petioles strigose, 5-15 cm. 
long; leaflets 7-10, narrowly oblanceolate, acute, green, glabrous 
above, strigose beneath, 4-5 cm. long, about 6 mm. wide ; inflor- 
escence lax, rather few-flowered ; bracts lanceolate, shorter than 
the calyx, deciduous; calyx grayish silky-strigose, gibbous ; lips 
lanceolate, the upper 6 mm., the lower 7 mm. long; corolla blue, 
about 10 mm. long; banner only slightly shorter than the wings. 

This species is nearest related to L. Scheuberae, which however 
has broader leaves, larger flowers and the upper lip of the calyx 


is ovate and much shorter than the lower. ZL. /axispicatus grows 


on high mountains. __ 
IpaHo: Kootenai County, July, 1887, 7. H. Sandberg. 
Lupinus Macounii 


__ Perennial with a short caudex ; stems several, 3-6 dm. high, 
silky-strigose, somewhat branched; stipules lance-subulate ; petioles 


at Sei 
cee ae 


RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 43 


2-5 cm. long, strigose; leaflets about nine, linear-oblanceolate, 
2-3 cm. long, usually conduplicate, silky-strigose on both sides; 
racemes dense, 5—10 cm. long; bracts narrowly lanceolate, not 
exceeding the buds, deciduous ; calyx gibbous at the base, short- 
silky with spreading hairs ; lower lip lanceolate, 6-7 mm. long, the 
upper hardly 4 mm. long, ovate; corolla 8-g mm. long, dark- 
blue, the banner with a lighter spot, somewhat shorter than the 
wings ; legume densely silky, villous, about 2 cm. long, 6 mm. 
broad, 3—4-seeded. 

The type was labeled ZL. argenteus argophyllus. Its relation- 
ship is closer however to the true ZL. argenteus, differing in the 
smaller, darker flowers, the spreading pubescence on the calyx 
and pedicels and above all in the shorter upper lip of the calyx. 
It grows at an altitude of 1000-2500 m. 

SASKATCHEWAN : Cypress Hills, 1894, John Macoun 4070 (type 
in herb. Columbia Univ.). 

Montana: Spanish Peaks, 1896, /lodman 629 (in part). 

Wyomine: Big Horn Mountains, 1899, Zweedy 2363 ; Leckie, 
1901, Merrill & Wilcox 759. ; 


Lupinus subulatus 


Perennial with a short caudex; stem 4-5 dm. high, densely 
silky-strigose, striate, leafy ; stipules subulate ; petioles silky- 
strigose, 3-6 cm. long; leaflets 7-10, narrowly oblanceolate or 
linear-oblanceolate, densely appressed, silky on both sides, 2-4 
cm. long, cuspidate or mucronate ; raceme dense, 1-1.5 dm. long ; 
bracts subulate-setaceous, much exceeding the buds ; calyx ap- 
pressed silky-canescent, scarcely gibbous ; lower lip 8 mm. long, 
Narrowly lanceolate, the upper ovate-lanceolate, 6 mm. long ; 
corolla dark-blue with keel and a spot on the banner light-colored, 
about 1 cm, long; petals subequal, banner rather densely pubes- 
cent without. : 

This is related to L. holosericeus, L. canescens, and L. oreophilus, 
but easily distinguished by the long subulate-setaceous bracts. 

Montana: Columbia Falls, June 3, 1897, &. S. Williams (type). 

WASHINGTON : Spokane, 1898, Piper 2823; also 1892, Hen- 
derson, 

Lupinus flavicaulis 

Perennial with a short caudex; stems several, with erect 
branches, densely pubescent with short yellowish spreading hairs, 
almost velutinous, 3-5 cm. high; stipules subulate ; petioles 2-4 


44 RypBerG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 


cm. long, velutinous ; leaflets 7-10, narrowly oblanceolate, usu- 
ally conduplicate, densely silky on both sides, acute, 2-4 cm. 
long; racemes dense, 5—-IO cm. long ; bracts subulate, shorter 
than the buds; calyx gibbous, villous ; lower lip lanceolate, 7 
mm. long; upper lip ovate, 5-6 mm. long ; corolla about 10 mm. 
long, light-purple or pink ; banner with a darker spot, pubescent 
without; legume 2-2.5 cm. long, 7 mm. wide, densely silky- 
villous, 3-4-seeded. 

In general habit, size, form, and color of the corolla and leaf- 
lets, this resembles L. decumbens very closely, but differs in the 
dense, short, spreading pubescence of the stem and the denser, 
longer, looser pubescence of the leaves. These characters place 
it in the same group as ZL. Bakeri and L. dichrous, which it other- 
wise little resembles. It grows on dry plains and hills. 

Wyominc : Snake River, 1894, Aven Nelson 1098 (type in herb. 
Columbia Univ.); Evanston, 1882, V. L. Britton. 
Uran: Divide, 1898, /sabel Mulford 268. 


Lupinus macrostachys 

Perennial with a short caudex; stem 5—10 dm. high, puberu- 
lent and with long silky spreading or reflexed hairs ; stipules 
setaceous ; petioles short-pubescent with spreading hairs, 2-10 
cm. long; leaflets 7-8, linear-oblanceolate, acuminate, 3-6 cm. 
long, appressed-silky on both sides, grayish-green ; raceme dense, 
2-3 dm. long; bracts lanceolate, acuminate. merely equaling the 
buds; calyx velutinous, gibbous; lower lip broadly lanceolate, 
obtuse, about 8 mm. long; upper lip ovate, almost as long; 
corolla 10-12 mm. long, dirty-white, tinged with blue; banner 
with a darker spot; legumes fully 2 cm. long, densely silky- 
villous, 4—5-seeded. 

This species is related to L. leucophyllus, from which it differs _ 
in the less dense and strictly appressed silky pubescence (scarcely 
_ canescent) and the color of the flowers. In L. deucophyllus they 
are rather light-blue or pink with darker striations (rarely white), 
the banner with a lighter spot. It grows at an altitude of about 
1000 m. : 

Montana: Jocko Creek, 1901, D. 7. MacDougal 253 (type 
in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). | 


Lupinus roseolus 


Perennial with a cespitose caudex; stems ascending of de- 
cumbent, about 1 dm. high, sparingly strigose, 3-5-leaved, slendef; 


5-10 cm. lon 


RYDBERG: Rocky MounTAIN FLORA 45 


stipules setaceous ; petioles 1-3 cm. long, slender, usually red- 
tinged ; leaflets about 7, narrowly linear-oblanceolate, acute, I-2 
cm. long, sparingly silky, short-strigose ; raceme 2-4 cm. long ; 
bracts subulate, shorter than the buds ; calyx gibbous, silky with 
short spreading hairs ; lips broadly lanceolate, subequal, 5-6 mm. 
long ; corolla nearly white, tinged with rose, about 8 mm. long ; 
pod densely silky, perhaps 1.5 cm. long when fully developed. 

This resembles L. argenteus in the form and color of the flow- 
ers. It has also the peculiar hue and pubescence of that species, 
but it is a much smaller plant and of a different habit. The latter 
will place it near Z. Zyalii. It is an alpine plant growing at an 
altitude of 3000 m. 

Wyominc: Continental Divide, Buffalo Fork, August 1897, F. 
Tweedy 270. 

Lupinus scaposus 


Annual, with sessile clasping cotyledons ; stem branched at the 
base, 1-1.5 cm. high, sparingly ciliate ; stipules lanceolate, acumi- 
Nate ; petioles 3-5 cm. long, ciliate, slender; leaflets about 7, 
Spatulate, t cm. long, sparingly silky-hirsute on both sides or 
glabrous above ; peduncles longer than the leaves, ciliate ; raceme 
Short, 1-4 cm. long; bracts lanceolate, short; calyx ciliate, the 
lower lip broadly lanceolate, entire, 5 mm. long, the upper 2-cleft, 
ovate ; corolla purplish, 6 mm. long, paler at the base; banner 
Shorter than the wings ; legume ciliate, 1 cm. long, 6 mm. wide, 
2-seeded 


In habit mostly resembling L. brevicaulis but more evidently 
caulescent, with longer peduncles. The most distinctive char- 
acters, however, are the different calyx and its entire lower lip. 
This associates it with ZL. pusil/us, from which it differs in the long 
peduncles and smaller flowers. 

Cotorapo: Glenwood Springs, 1899, Geo. E. Osterhout. 


Lupinus rubens 


Annual, with sessile, clasping cotyledons ; stem ciliate, tinged 
» branched near the base, about 1 dm. high; petioles 
l y Ciliate, 2—4 cm. long ; leaflets 6-7, spatulate, I-1.5 cm. 
ng, ciliate on both sides or glabrous above, acute ; raceme lax, 
g, overtopping the leaves ; bracts minute, subulate ; 
Calyx ciliate, the lower lip lanceolate, 5 mm. long, the upper barely 
: mm. long ; corolla 7 mm. long ; banner dark-purple with a yellow 
Pt; wings and keel lighter, tinged with lilac. 


46 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 


This species is related to L. puszlus, but differs in the more 
elongated racemes, which much exceed the leaves, the smaller 
flowers of a different color and the short upper lip of the calyx. 

Urau : Southern Utah, 1874, Parry 47 (type in herb. Colum- 
bia Univ.) ; St. George, 1877, Palmer SO. 


Trifolium confusum 


Perennial with a rootstock; stems erect, simple, 2-3 dm. 
high, glabrous below, sparingly strigose above ; stipules ovate, 
acute, about 2 cm. long, glabrous, veiny ; leaflets of the lower — 
leaves oval and rounded at the apex, of the upper ones lanceolate, 
and acute, 2-3 cm. long, finely denticulate, glabrous or nearly so; 
peduncles 5-7 cm. long ; head globose ; flowers reflexed in fruit ; 
calyx-tube 2 mm. long, glabrous except the villous margin ; teeth — 
villous, 4-5 mm. long, subulate-setaceous ; corolla rose or pur- 
plish, 13-15 mm. long; ovary 4-ovuled; legume sparingly hairy, 
stipitate. 

This species belongs to the 7. /ongipes group. It is probably 
most nearly related to 7. Rydbergit and T. pedunculatum. From 
the former it differs in the nearly glabrous calyx-tube and the 
rose-colored and larger corollas ; from the latter in the larger and 
reflexed flowers. It differs from 7. longipes and T. Rusdyi in its 
different habit and nearly glabrous calyx. 

SouTHERN Utan: 1874, C. C. Parry 35 (type in herb. Colum-_ 
bia Univ.). 

Trifolium Aitonii 


Perennial with a rootstock; stem 3-4 dm. high, glabrous — 
below, strigose above ; stipules ovate, short-acuminate, about 2— 
cm. long, veiny; leaflets ovate, thin, obtuse or rounded and | 
mucronate at the apex, finely denticulate, 2-4.5 cm. long, glab- 
rous above, sparingly hairy beneath; peduncles several, 1-2 
dm. long; heads globose; flowers reflexed in fruit on pedicels 
2-3 mm. long; calyx pubescent throughout; tube 2 mm. long; 
teeth subulate, about 4 mm. long; corolla about 12 mm. long; 
legume stipitate, strigose, about 2-seeded. 

This species is related to TZ. /atifolium, from which it differs 
mainly in the different habit, larger size, longer peduncles and» 
larger ovate instead of oval or obovate leaflets. 

Ipano: Palouse County, 1892, G. B. Aiton 6 in herb. 
N. Y. Bot. Gard.). seus 


RYDBERG: Rocky MounTAIN FLORA 47 


Trifolium uintense 


Trifolium dasyphyllum S. Wats. Bot. King Exp. 60, in part. 1871. 

Not 7. dasyphyllum Torr. 

Cespitose, subacaulescent perennial ; stipules large and scarious ; 
petioles 1-4 cm. long, sparingly strigose ; leaflets oblanceolate, 
broadest above the middle, acute and mucronate, entire, I—2 cm. 
long, sparingly pubescent or glabrate above ; peduncle about 6 
cm. long, sparingly strigose; head obovate, rather few-flowered ; 
bracts lanceolate, 5-8. mm. long, 3-nerved, slightly if at all 
scarious-margined ; calyx only slightly pubescent; tube 2.5 mm. 
long; teeth subulate-setaceous, about 7 mm. long; corolla purple, 
about 15 mm. long ; ovary pubescent, about 6-ovuled. “ 

This is a member of thé 7: dasyphyllum group, but differs, from 


* 


its relatives in»the broader, decidedly oblanceolate leaflets-dnd the 
3-nerved bracts. 

Uran: Uintas, 1869, S. Watson 241 (type in herb. Columbia 
Univ.). 

Trifolium inaequale 

Cespitose glabrous perennial, with very short stems ; stipules 
Ovate, short-acuminate, about 1 cm. long; petioles 3-10 cm. 
long, glabrous ; leaflets oblanceolate or oblong, acute or obtuse, 
minutely denticulate, rather fleshy, 1.5-3 cm. long; peduncles 
I~2 dm. long; heads sub-globose ; bracts ovate or lanceolate, 
5-7 mm. long, usually shorter than the calyces, usually cleft: or 
toothed at the apex ; calyx glabrous; tube 3 mm. long; teeth 
unequal, the upper 2-2.5 mm., the lower 3-5-4 mm. long, lance- 
subulate ; corolla purple, about 1, 5 cm. long ; Ovary 4-ovuled ; 
legume glabrous, stipitate. 

This is related to 7: Parryi and T. montanense. From the 
former, it differs in the decidedly unequal calyx-teeth, the nar- 
Wer and smaller, ovate instead of obovate, bracts and stipules, 
and the less sharply denticulate leaflets ; from the latter in the 
larger size and the ovate instead of obovate bracts. 

Utan : Bear River Cafion, 1869, S. Watson 243 (type in herb. 
Columbia Univ.) ; Dyer Mine, Uintah Mountains, 1902, Goodding 
7244, 


lo 


Tium variegatum 


proot and short cespitose caudex; stems 
ore or less mottled with purplish-brown ; 
deltoid, 4 mm. long, distinct; leaves 5—8 
ate to nearly orbicular, rounded or retuse 


Perennial with a ta 
Aumerous, Strigose, m 
Stipules triangular or 


€m. long . leaflets oboy 


48 RypBErRG: Rocky MOouNTAIN FLORA 


at the apex, thick, sparingly strigose, soon glabrate, 5-10 mm. 
long; peduncles 4-7 cm. long; raceme short, 1-2 cm. long, in 
fruit 3-6 cm. long, 3—15-flowered ; calyx black-hairy ; tube 2-2.5 
mm. long; teeth subulate, 1-2 mm. long; corolla ochroleucous ; 
banner 6—7 mm. long ; wings and keel 5 mm. long; pod scarcely 
stipitate, about 2 cm. long, 4 mm. broad, oblong, tapering at both 
ends, slightly arcuate, sulcate on the lower suture except at the 
ends, acute on the upper suture, mottled with purplish-brown and 
minutely strigose. 

This is perhaps most nearly related ‘to T. sparsifiorum (A. 
Gray) Rydb., but is a much larger and coarser plant. The latter 
species has usually smaller leaves, smaller corolla, white and 
tinged with violet, strongly oblique calyx and pods of about half 
the length, more curved and more distinctly stipitate. 

Cotorapo: Platte Cafion, May 19, 1894, State Agricultural 
college, Colorado, distribution xo. z5 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot., 
Garden). 

Hamosa atratiformis 


Perennial ; stem 2-3 dm. high, erect, branched, strigose ; stip- 
ules triangular, strigose, 1-2 mm. long; leaves 3-5 cm. long ; 
leaflets 13-19, oblong, strigose below, glabrous above, 4-6 mm. 
long ; peduncles 5-7 cm. long: raceme lax, 2-3 cm. long; calyx 
black-strigose ; tube about 2 mm. long; teeth subulate, I mm. 
long; corolla ochroleucous, about 7 mm. long; pod linear, 
straight, minutely strigillose. 

This is closely related to H. atrata (Astragalus atratus S. Wats. 
Bot. King Exp. 69. 1871), but differs inthe short leaves and the © 
smaller flowers, which are scarcely more than half as long as in 
that species. 


SourHEerN Uran: 1874, C. C. Parry 47 (type in herb. Co- 
lumbia Univ.). 
Xylophacos aragalloides 


Cespitose perennial; stems 1 dm. or less long, decumbent at 
the base, densely white-strigose ; stipules scarious, strigose, trian- 
gular, with a subulate acumination, 5~8 mm. long; leaves 10-15 
cm. long; leaflets 11-19, lanceolate to elliptic, silky-canescent, — 
5-12 mm. long, acute; peduncles about 1 dm. long; raceme — 
short, 4-10-flowered ; calyx ascending, strigose with black and — 
white hairs; tube cylindric, about 8 mm. long; teeth subulate, — 
3-4 mm. long; corolla purplish, about 2 cm. long; legume lunate, — 
about 4 cm. long, tapering at both ends, rather deeply sulcate be- 


RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN ELORA 49 
low, transversely reticulate, sparingly strigose ; upper suture prom- 
inent. 


This species is related to X. amphioxys (A, Gray) Rydb., but 
differs in the long subulate instead of triangular calyx-teeth, in the 
banner much exceeding the wings, and in the narrower leaflets. 

Urau: St. George, 1880, JZ, £. Jones 1633 (type in herb. 
Columbia Univ.) ; 1877, Dr. E. Palmer rot. 


Homalobus uniflorus 

Pulvinate-cespitose perennial with a much-branched caudex; 
stipules ovate, scarious, ciliate ; leaves reduced to oblanceolate or 
linear-spatulate phyllodia, appressed silky-canescent, I-2 cm. 
long, 1-3 mm. wide; peduncles 1-2 cm. long, usually 1-flow- 
ered; calyx silky-canescent; tube campanulate, 2 mm. long; 
teeth subulate, of about the same length; corolla dark bluish- 
purple, 8 mm. long. 

This species is closely related to H. stmplicifolius and H. 
brachycarpus Nutt. From the former it differs in the dark bluish- 
purple, not ochroleucous corolla; the elongated peduncles, the 
longer and broader leaves, and the comparatively longer calyx- 
lobes ; from A. drachycarpus it is distinguished by its solitary flow- 
ers and darker corolla. 

Wyomine: Evanston, 1897, Aven Nelson 29717 (type in herb. 
N. Y. Bot. Gard.). 


Homatosus campestris Nutt.; T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 2: 351. 1838. 
Astragalus campestris A. Gray, Proc. Am, Acad. 6: 229, in part. 

1866. Not Astragalus campestris L. 1753. 

Astragalus convallarius Greene, Erythea 1: 207. 1893. 

There has been a confusion concerning the identity of this 
species, evidently because Dr. Gray, when he transferred the 
species to Astragalus, had in mind something entirely different 
from Nuttall’s Homalobus campestris. All the specimens of this 
Species (except the type and one more) in the herbaria of the New 
York Botanical Garden and Columbia University have been referred 
to A. junceus. H. campestris is also closely related to that species, 


_ differing in the black-hairy calyx, the longer calyx-lobes, and the 


pod, which tapers gradually to the base. The black-hairy calyx 
and the shape of the pod it has in common with Homalobus junci- 
Sormis (A. Nelson) Rydb., but it has longer calyx-teeth and nar- 
Tower and longer leaflets. In both H. junceus and H. junciformis 


Mo.Bot.Gara en 
isos 


50 RyDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 


the calyx-teeth are triangular, about as broad as long. All three 
species have rootstocks, or a deep-set root and the stems branching 
below ground, the corollas are ochroleucous, the keel curved from 
near the base and without any purple. What Dr. Gray and many 
later writers regarded as Astragalus campestris is a combination of 
several species characterized by a cespitose caudex or strongly- 
branched rootstocks, white, pink- or purple-tinged corollas, and 
the keel curved only at the tip and with a dark-purple tip. The 
aggregate consists of Homalobus decurrens Rydb., H. hylophilus 
Rydb., H. tenuifolius Nutt., H. divergens Blankinship (7. camporum 
Rydb.), and other species. 

The range of 4. campestris seems to be limited to Wyoming, 
northern Colorado and northeastern Utah. 


Homalobus oblongifolius v 
Homolobus hylophilus Rydb. Bull. Agr. Exp. Sta. Colo. 100: 210, 
in part. 1906, 
Perennial with a cespitose caudex ; stems ascending, branched, 
2-3 dm. high, glabrous or nearly so; stipules ovate, scarious, 4-5 
mm. long; leaves 8-10 cm. long ; leaflets 11-19, usually oblong, 


but varying from elliptic to linear-oblong, 1-2 cm. long, 3-6 mm. 


wide, glabrous above, sparingly strigose beneath, rounded at the 
apex; peduncles 5-10 cm. long; raceme short, 3-5 cm. long, 
5-10-flowered ; bracts lanceolate, scarious, 1 mm. long; calyx 
strigose with black hairs; tube campanulate, 2-2.5 mm. long; 
teeth subulate, fully 1 mm. long; corolla 1 cm. long, white, tinged 
with purple ; keel with a narrow dark-purple tip; legumes 22.5 
cm. long, strigose, 4 mm. wide ; the lower suture strongly curved, 
the upper straight or slightly upturned towards the apex. 

This species was included in H. hylophilus in my Flora of 
Colorado, ?. €., as far as the Colorado specimens are concerned. 
It resembles H. hylophilus, but the leaflets are thicker and the pod 
decidedly strigose and of another shape. In H. hylophilus the 
legume is straight and glabrousfrom the beginning. WH. oblongifolius 


is found as far as known only in the mountains of Colorado, while. 


H, hylophilus belongs to Montana, northern Wyoming and Idaho. 

Cororapo : Cerro Summit, 1901, Baker gog (type) ; Leadville, 
1884, M. £. Jones ; North Park, near Teller, 1884, CS. Sheldon 
108 ; Marshall Pass, WZ. E. Jones. 


New York BOTANICAL GARDEN, © 


SS se eee ee 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 
(1901-1905) 


The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by 
Americans, published in a or based-upon American material ; the word Amer- 
ica being used in its broadest sense. 

Reviews, and papers which relate exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, 
manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and 
no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is 
made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted 
wholly to botany. Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in 
some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editot 
to errors or omissions their kindness will be appreciated. 

This Index is reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers, 
at the rate of one cent for each card, Selections of cards are not permitted ; each 
subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscription. Corre- 
spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey 
Botanical Club 
Adams, C.C. Postglacial origin and migrations of the life of the 

northeastern United States. —I. Jour. Geogr. I: 303-310. 5 
1902 ;-—II. Jour. Geogr. 1: 352-357. O 1902.  [Illust.] 

Arthur, J.C. Three edible toadstools. Ind. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 
98: 43-57. pl. 1-7. 1904. 

Atkinson, G. F. The genera Balansia and Dothichloe in the United 
States, with a consideration of their economic importance. Jour. 
Myc. 11: 248-267. p/. 87-88. 22 D 1905. 

Brand, A. Ueber einige Symplocaceen des Herbier Delessert. Ann. 
Conserv. & Jard. Bot. Genéve 7-8: 277-287. 15 Ap 1904. 

Briquet, J. Verbenaceae Balansanae paraguarienses, Ou énumération 
Critique des Verbenacées récoltées par B. Balansa au Paraguay de 
1874-1877 et de 1878-1884. Ann. Conserv. & Jard. Bot. Geneve 
7-8: 288-319. 1 My 1904. 

Includes descriptions of new species in Verbena (3), Lantana (2), and Lippia (7). 

Buchenau, F, Alismataceac. Das Pflanzenreich 4%: 1-66. /. 7-79. 
25 Au 1903. 

Buchenau, F, Butomaceae. Das Pflanzenreich 4%: 1-12. f. 1-5: 
25 Au 1903. 

Wchenau,F. Scheuchzeriaceae. Das Pflanzenreich 4%: 1-20. f- 1-9. 
25 Au 1903. 
51 


§2 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Cardot, J. Mousses et coup d’oeil sur la flore bryologique des Terres 
magellaniques. 1-48. //. r-Ig. ¥5 190%. 

Expédition Antarctique Belge: Résultats du voyage du S. Y. Belgica: Rapports 
scientifiques : Botanique. 

Chester, F. D. & Smith, C. 0. Notes on fungous diseases in Dela- 
ware. Del. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 63: 17-32. pl. 1-3. 1 ¥F 1904. 

Clements, F. E. Formation and succession herbaria. Univ. Stud. 
[Univ. of Nebraska] 4: 329-355- O 1904. 

Clinton, G. P. Diseases of plants cultivated in Connecticut. Rep. 
Conn. Agric. Exp. Sta. 1903: 279-379. Av. 9-28. [1904.] 

Cogniaux, A, Orchidaceae — VI. Flora Bras. 125: 181-384. pis 
so-8r. 15 My 1got. 

Includes descriptions of new species in Zpidendron (2), Brassavola, Sophronitis, 

and Elleanthus (2). 

Cogniaux, A. Orchidaceae—VII. Flora Bras. 126: 381-664. pi. 
82-119. 15 D 1902. 

Conard, H.S. Nymphaea (sub.-gen. Brachyceras Casp.) in Africa. 
Ann. Conserv. & Jard. Bot. Genéve 7-8: 18-20. 15 My 1903. 
With a description of WV. caliiantha sp. nov. 

Conzatti, C. Taxinomia de las Orquideas mexicanas. Mem. Soc. Ci. 
Ant. Alzate 21: 249-272. ‘‘1904.’’ [1905.] 

Coville, F. V. List of publications of the Division of Botany. U.S. 
Dept. Agric. Bot.Circ. 30: 1-10. My Igor. 

Cummings, M. B. Fertilization problems: a study of reciprocal © 
crosses, Maine Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 104: 81-100. f. 10-18. 
Je 1904. 

Dalla Torre, K. W. von & Harms, H. Genera Siphonogamarum ad Q 
systema Englerianum conscripta. 1: I-80. 1900; 2: 81-100. 
1900; 3: 161-240. I901; 4: 241-320. 1901; 5: 321-400: | 
1903; 6: 401-480. 1904. 

Dewey, L. H. Canada thistle (Carduus arvensis (L.) Robs.). U. 
S. Dept. Agric. Bot. Circ. 27: 1-14. f. 1-4. Revised ed. Je- 
Igo. ; 

Dudley, W.R. Zonal distribution of trees and shrubs in the souther™ — 
Sierra. Sierra Club Bull. 3: 298-312. f. z-6. Je 1901. 

Durand, T. & Jackson, B. D. Index kewensis plantarum phanero- 
gamarum: supplementum primum, 1: 1-120. [Brussels, 1902] ; 
2: 121-224. Brussels, [1902]; 3: 225-328. Brussels, [1903]: 

Eisen, G. The fig: its history, culture and curing, with a descriptive — 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 53 


catalogue of the known varieties of figs. U.S. Dept. Agric. Pomol- | 
ogy Bull. 9: 1-317. pl. 7-15 +f. 2-93. “1901.” [F 1902.] 

Emerson, R. A. Heredity in bean hybrids (Phaseolus vulgaris). 
Ann. Rep. Neb. Agric. Exp. Sta. 17: 33-68. 1904. 

Engelhardt, H. Bemerkungen zu chilenischen Tertiarpflanzen. Abh. 
Nat. Ges. Isis 1905: 69-72. f/. 7. 1905. 

Includes a description of Erythroxylon Reichei sp. nov, 

Engler, A. Ueber floristische Verwandtschaft zwischen dem tropischen 
Afrika und America, sowie iiber die Annahme eines versunkenen 
brasilianisch-athiopischen Continents. Sitz.-ber. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. 
1905: 180-231. 16 F 1905. 

Grosser, W. Cistaceae. Das Pflanzenreich 4°: 1-161. f. 1-22. 19 
My 1903. 

Halsted, B.D. Report of the botanist. Ann. Rep. N. J. Agric. 
Exp. Sta. 24: 459-554. pl. 1-14. 1904. 

Heering, W. Die Baccharis-Arten des Hamburger Herbars. Jahrb. 
Hamb. Wiss. Anst. Beih. 21°: 1-46. 1904. 

Hitchcock, A.S. Bermuda grass. U. S. Dept. Agric. Agrost. Circ. 
G++ 456. f. 1, 2. [Ap] 1901: 

Holway, E.W.D. Notes on Uredineae. IV. Jour. Myc. 11: 268. 
22 D 1905. 

Hopkins, C. G. Nitrogen bacteria and legumes. III. Agric. Exp. Sta. 

Bull. 94: 305-328. f. 7-5. F 1904. . 

Hume, H. H. Anthracnose of the pomelo. Fla. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 
74: 157-172. pl. 1-4. 1904. _ 

Hume, H. H. Potato diseases. Fla. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 75: 177- 
198. p/. 1-4. 1904. 


Koehne, E. Lythraceae. Das Pflanzenreich 47%: 1-326. f. I-59. 
9 O 1903. 
Loew, 0. Catalase, a new enzym of general occurrence, with special 
- Teference to the tobacco plant. 1-47. [Mr] rgot. 
- S. Dept Agric. Rep. No. 68 
Longyear, B. 0. Fungous diseases of fruits in Michigan. Mich. 
. Agric. Exp. Sta. Special Bull. 25: 1-68. £ z-g2. Mr 1904. 
MacKay, A. H. Phenological observations in Nova Scotia and Can- 
ada, 1902. Proc. & Trans. Nova Scotian Inst. 11: 144-157. O 
1904. ' 


54 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Merrill, E. D. Some Arizona grasses. U.S. Dept. Agric. Agrost. 
Circ. 32: I-10. 22 Ap 19g0T. 

New’species are described in Panicum, Bouteloua and Leptochioa. 

Metcalf, H. A soft rot of the sugar-beet. (Bacterium teutlium Met- 
calf.) Ann. Rep. Neb. Agric. Exp. Sta. 17: 69-1 16. f. 1-6. 1904. 

Mez, C. TZheophrastaceae. Das Pflanzenreich 4%: 1-48. f. Z-7- 
19 My 1903- 

Monahan, N. F. The influence of the atmospherical electrical poten- 
tial on plants. Ann. Rep. Mass. Agric. Exp. Sta. 16: 31-36. LB 
1904. 

Morgan, A. P. North American species of Marasmius (continued). 
Jour. Myc. 11: 233-247. 22 D 1905. 

Includes-a description of A/. nuptialis sp. nov. 

Mutchler, F. On the structure and biology of the yeast plant. ( Sac- 
charomyces Cerevistae.) Jour. Med. Research 14: 13-50. pl. 3: 
N 1905. 

Nelson, E. Native and introduced saltbushes. Wyo. Agric. Exp. 
Sta. Bull. 63: 1-19. Au 1904. [Ilust. ] 

Paddock, W. Large potato vines and no potatoes. Colo. Agric. Exp. 
Sta. Bull. 92: 1-8. pi. 7, 2. 1904. 

Pammel, L. H. The cedar apple fungi and apple rust in Iowa. lowa 
Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 84: 1-36. f. I-II. 1905. 

Pampanini, R. Description d’une nouvelle Cunoniacée du Brésil. 
Ann. Conserv. & Jard. Genéve 7-8: 328, 329. 1 My 1904. 
Belangera Chaberti sp. nov. 

Pilger, R. Zaxaceae. Das Pflanzenreich 4°: 1-124. f. 7-24. 8 D 
1903. 

Porter, T.C. Catalogue of the Bryophyta and Pteridophyta found in 
Pennsylvania. 1-66. Boston, 1904. 

Rolfs, F. M. Potato failures: a second report. Colo. Agric. Exp: 
Sta. Bull. 91: 1-33. pd. 1-5. 1904. 

Schumann, K. Zingiberaceae. Das Pflanzenreich 4: 1-458. f. I- 
52. 40 1904. 

Scribner, F. L.. List of publications of the Division of Agrostology: 
U. S. Dept. Agric. Agrost. Circ. 36: 1-8. [Jl] 1901. 

Scribner, F. L. & Ball, C. R. Miscellaneous notes and descriptions 
of new species. U.S. Dept. Agric. Agrost. Bull. 24: 39-50: Js 
14-23. 9\Ja Igot. 

With new species in Andropogon (2), Panicum, Aristida (2), and Elymus (4)- 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 55 


Scribner, F. L. & Merrill, E. D. Notes on Panicum nitidum Lam., 
Panicum scoparium Lam., and Panicum pubescens Lam. U. S. 
Dept. Agric. Agrost. Bull. 24: 31-38. f 8-73. 9 Ja Igor. 

Scribner, F. L. & Merrill; E. D. Some recent collections of Mexican 
grasses. U.S. Dept. Agric. Agrost. Bull. 24: 5-30. f 7-7. 9 Ja 
Igor. 

New species are described in 7ripsacum, Andropogon, Paspalum (2), Panicum (2), 

Muhlenbergia, Agrostis, Tristachva, Leptochloa, and Elymus 

Selby, A.D. Tobacco diseases and tobacco breeding. Ohio Agric. 
Exp. Sta. Bull. 156: 87-114. f. 7-3 + pl. 1-8. N 1904. 

Sheldon, J. L. A corn mold (fusarium moniliforme n. sp.). Ann. 
Rep. Neb. Agric. Exp. Sta. 17: 23-32. 1904.  [Illust.] 

Sheldon, J. L. Diseases of melons and cucumbers during 1903 and 
1904. W. Va. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 94: 119-138. p/. 7-5. D 
1904. 

Shriver, H. List of wild flowers and trees in vicinity of Cumberland, 
Maryland. 1-38. Cumberland, Md., 1901. 

Starnes, H.N. The plum in Georgia. Ga. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 
67: 235-285. pl. r-¢+f. 1-19. D 1904. 

Stephani, F. Hépatiques. 1-6 S 1go1. 

Expédition “sag ag Belge: Résultats du voyage du S. Y. Belgica: Rapports 
scientifiques : Botani nique 

Stevens, F. L. The history of the tobacco wilt in Granville County, 
North Carolina. U. S. Dept. Agric. Off. Exp. Sta. Bull. 142: 
166-168. 1904. 

Stone, G. E. The influence of current electricity on plant growth. 
Ann. Rep. Mass. Agric. Exp. Sta. 16: 13-30. f 7, 2. 1904. 

Sturgis, W. C. Remarkable occurrence of MJorchella esculenta (L.) 
Pers. Jour. Myc. 11: 269. 22 D 1905. 

Sudworth G. B. Charles Mohr. 1824-1901. Proc. Wash. Acad. 
Sci. 5: 403-405. 4 F 1904. 

Sumstine, D. R. Another fly agaric. Jour. Myc. 11: 267, 268 
22D 1905. 

Thiselton-Dyer, W. T. Index kewensis plantarum phanerogamarum : 
Supplementum secundum. 1-104. Oxford, 1904. 

Van Hook, J. M. Diseases of ginseng. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. 
Sta, Ball, 219: 163-186. f. 18-42. Je 1904. 

Waldron, L. R. Weed studies. N. Dak. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 62: 
437-457. f. 1-5. N 1904. 


56 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Whetzel, H. H. Onion blight. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 
218; 135-161. f. I-17. Ap 1904. 

Winkler, H. Betulaceae. Das Pflanzenreich 4°: 1-149. fl. 7,2 +/. 
z-28. 17 Je 1904. 

Winton, A. L. _The anatomy and microscopic identification of the 
fruits of darnel and chess. Rep. Conn. Agric, Exp. Sta. 1903: 
165-174. f. 1-8. [1904. ] 

Winton, A. L. The anatomy of certain oil seeds, with especial refer-° 
ence to the microscopic éxamination of cattle foods. Rep. Conn. 
Agric. Exp. Sta. 1903: 175-198. f. 9-26. [1904.] 

Wood, L. H. Report on the region between the Northern Pacific 
Railroad and the Missouri river. Its topography, climate, vegetation, 
irrigation possibilities and coal deposits. State Geol. Surv. No. 
Dak. Bienn. Rep. 3: 41-125. p/. 8-24 -+ map. 1904. 

Vegetation in the region, pages 80-87. 

Woods, A. F. Observations on the mosaic disease of tobacco. U. 5. 
Dept. Agric. Pl. Ind. Bull. 18: 1-24. pl. 1-6. 15 My 1902. 4 

Wooton, E. 0. Native ornamental plants of New Mexico. N. Mex. — 
Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 51: 1-40. 1904. [Illust. ] . 


rd 
Buti. ToRREY CLuB VOLUME 34, PLATE I 


1-16. STICTOLEJEUNEA SQUAMATA (Willd.) Schiffn. 
17-23. NEUROLEJEUNEA BREUTELII (Gottsche) Evans. 


BuL_. TorrREY CLuB VOLUME 34, PLATE 2 


1-12, NEUROLEJEUNEA CATENULATA (Nees) Schiffn. 
13-22, CERATOLEJEUNEA PORTORICENSIS (Hampe & Gottsche) Evans. 


BuL_. ToRREY CLUB VOLUME 34, PLATE 3 


1-9. OMPHALANTHUS FILIFORMIS (Swartz) Nees. 
10-20. LOPHOLEJEUNEA SAGRAEANA (Mont.) Schiffn. 


BuLL. TorREY CLUB VOLUME 34, PLATE 4 


1-8. LOPHOLEJEUNEA MUELLERIANA (Gottsche) Schitfn. 
9-20. LOPHOLEJEUNEA HOWEI Evans. 


RHE BRYOLOGIS: 


WITH THE JANUARY, 1907, NUMBER BEGINS ITS 
TENTH YEAR and. VOLUME 

It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the’study of the Mosses, Hepatics 

and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original and artistic drawings 

and halftones: It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional 

as wellasamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year. 


Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. 


INDEX TO 
AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on 
library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the 
rate of one cent for each card. 


Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of 
the Torrey Botanical Club, 


CARLTON C. CURTIS, CoLumBiA UNIVERSITY, New York City. 
Beginning with January, 1903, the Index has also been reprinted on paper, on one 
side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year. 


North American Flora 


HIS work is designed to present descriptions of all plants grow 
independent of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include 
Greenland, Central Americ ca, the Republic of Panama, avid the 

West Indies, except Trinidad, Tobago, and Curacao and other islands off 
the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is essentially South American. 
It will be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York 
Botanical Garden through the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund 
bequeathed by Charles P. Daly. 

It is planned to issue se as rapidly as they can be prepared, the 
Gub of the work making it possible to commence publication at any 

mber of points. The rae work will form a series of volumes 
with the following sequen 

Volume tr. eaten Schizophyta, Diatomaceae. 

Volumes 2 to Io. ngi. 
V 


ae. 

Volumes 14 and 15. Bryophyta. 

Volume 16. Pteridophyta and Gymnospermae. 

Volumes 17 to 19. Monocotyledones. 

Volumes 20 to 30. Dicotyledones. 

The preparation of the work has been referred by the Scientific Direc- 
‘tors of the Garden ae a — consisting of Professors L. M. Under- 
wood and N. L. Brit 

Professor Genee Atkinson of Cornell University, Professors Charles 
R. Barnes and John M. Coulter of the University of Chicago, Mr. Fred- 

erick V. Coville of the United States Department of Agriculture, Pro- 
pane Edward L. Greene of the United States National Museum, Pro- 
fessor Byron D. Halsted of Rutgers College and Professor William Tre- 
lease of the Missouri Botanical Garden have consented to act as an advis- 
ory committee 
Each author will be wholly responsible for his own contributions, 
being restricted only to the general style adopted for the work, which 
must vary somewhat in the treatment of diverse groups. 

e subscription price is fixed at $1.50 for each ah it is Bil gs 
that four or five parts will be required for each volume. A limited num- 
ber of separate parts will be sold at $2.00 each. Address, 


THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN 
BRONX PARK, NEw YorK CITY 


Volume 1s, Part 1, Ustilaginales, ee Ustilaginaceae and Tilleti- 
aceae, by G. P. Clinton, was issued 
olume-7, Part 2, commencing the Unedinaics, by. J. C. Arthur, is 
in pre 
V oli me 22, Part 1, including taper tee wane by George V. Nash 
Crassulaceae by N. i Britton and J. pee and 
Parnassiaceae aA P. A. Rydberg, was issu Mays go5- 
Volume 22, Part 2, including ir maton and ‘Hiyaraugeactae by J. 
K. Small and P. A. Rydberg, pase Iteaceae and Hamamelidaceaé 
by N. L. Britton, Pterostemonaceae by J. K. Small, sce Somme eke: 
Wilson and Phyllonomaceae by H. H. Rusby, was issued Dec. 18, 1995: 


ao rm 
- - eel a 


PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- 
: MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


. MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : 
. ol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus 
Pobgonion (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 
; Curator of the Herbarium, Bem 
Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price oO. 
2. A Monograph of the North ecae Potentilleae (1898). 
By be rae Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. 
Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 
2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: 


Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00 
Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00 
Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00 
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 
Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00 
Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903-(current). 


List of separate numbers available on application. 
3. A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert 
pal Fellow | in le oh. 1895-18 
230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). 


Published s Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, 
epartment invites ee relative to ‘exchanges of her- 
barium peacerieh for any of the above named publications. Address 


P we or L. M. Underwood, Columbia University, N. Y. City. 

ae Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and 
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the 
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward 
to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- 
sor : Soatigetd 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- 


- son B 


hres volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642 
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in 5 the text, autie every 
Species described. 

Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in am, 


‘$9.00 for ~ three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ 


ately, $10.0 B 
L 5. Our D Mative Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth eee 1900. by 
ucien od Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1 
a Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published fe Henry Holt & 
0., New York, Price $1.00. 
6. Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- 
Wood, Professor of Botany, 
C Duodecimo, 236 en 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & 
0. ve $1. 
c A Text- ek of General Botany ( B97) y a, gee 
urtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Bo -. 
Ctavo, 360 pages er 87 illustrations. Published by Longmans, 
Green & Co, » New York. Price $3.00. 


ESTABLISHED 1851 


EIMER & AMEND 


205-211 Third Ave., 
Corner 18th Street NEW YORK 


MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 


Chemicals and 


Chemical Apparatus 


Sole Agents for a 


| Uur Specialties 
ICROSCOPES 


and 
ACCESSORIE 


BALANCES 
and 
WEIGHTS j 
mAnd for many 0 
renowned Ei ‘Op 
houses in our line 


COMPLETE LINE OF 


Bacteriological Apparatus 


WE HANDLE 
EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY 


Inspection of premises cordially invited, 


MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


A series of technical papers on botanical ane published at irregular intervals. ie 
Price $3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchange 

. oS NOnk; price, $1.00: 

Bailey, L. berty Hyde: Studies of the types of various species of the genus Carer. 
eet = 25 My 1889. 


Vol. 1 oe 2; not furnished separately 


artindale, Isaac Comly. arine algae of the New fess coast and adjacent a 
waters of Sates. Island. pis s 87-1 24 Au 1889 
Vol. 1, No. 3; price, 75 cents: : 


Spruce, Ri Richard. Bee 7cae pate nae, in Andibus Boliviae orientalis, annis — . 
_ 1885-6, a cl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages 113-140. 20 Ja 1890 ae 
Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 ¢ 
oo Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. Fae paler 30 My 1890. 
Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished separa tely : 
Haleted, Byron D David. ” Reserve food-materials in buds and a parts - 
Pages 1-26, plates r, 2. 10 S$ 1890 
Ake 1. 2, No. 2; price, 75 cents: 
Vail, Anna Murray & ick, Charles Arthur. Contributions to the botany a 
. Virginia. Pages uty "Bib 3,4. 23 D 1890. tee 
Vol. 2, No. 3, not furnished aera : ts 
‘Holm, Herman Theodor. Lege eg, to the knowledge of the i germination of 
some North American plants. Pag 108, plates 5-19. ¥ Ap ie | : = 
Vol. 2, No. = price, 75 cents 
a William Efner. ‘The genus Polygala in Nath America. Pages t09- 
152. 30D 1891. 
Vol. 3, Nol; not aarany separately : 
hn Kunkel & Heller, Amos Flora of western Saka Caroline 
Patapades territory. Pages 1-39. 20 F F 1892: 
- ‘Wol 3, No. 2; price, $2.00 
: e Naiadaceae of North America fe 
ina ia Pagek oi plates 20-74. 15 Mr 1893 
et, = No. 3; not furnished separately ee ee ‘s 
enumeration of the plants ican in Bolivia by Miguel 
en I. ne Paces 1-67. 283A panes: ae 


Vol. 4, No. 1; not separately: , te 
Index ¢ Hepaticarum. Part I, Bibliography - Pages” 


a illustrations of ail the 


ces Vol. 4, No. 2; not farnished separately: : a - 

l, John Kunkel & Vail, Anna efimgrmgese Report on the botanical explora 

1 of southw: caert Vone during the season of 1892. Pages ote a 
18 N reaer p 1894. 

| yok 4, Kos 3; pa e, 50 cents oe 

Henry Hurd. An enumeration of th e plants collected in Bolivia by Mi 

Bang. Part 2. Pages 203-274. “10 aye Api . 

Vol. 4, ; price, 50 cents a ae vee 

Stockton. diac apogee Gs Pages 7 oa, plates 83-8. 
Vol. 4, No. 5; price, 75 cents oe 

. ‘The North American species os “Phys lis poe related genera. 


207-374. 15 et 18 


. Vol. 5; price, $3.00 
List of Peridot ae Lena yla growing eee cultivation in northesseam 
7. 4D 1893-31 D 1894 
“wots 6, No. 1; price, $1.25: .— : 
Henry Hur enumeration the plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel. 
Part 3. foes % : 30. 1896. 
Vol. 6, No. 2; price, 50 cen 

A ies of the North American fcc: and Brachythecia 


" Wol. 6, No. 3; price, 5o¢ 
ife history of Sphaerella lacustris ( Haematococeu. 
1899. a4 


eh Elliot. The 
Pages 211-246, plates 86, 87 (colored). 8 Je 
Vol. 6, No. 4; price, 50 cents: 
wood, Lucien Marcus. A review of the genera of ferns proposed prior to” 
. Pages 247-283. 1 D1 
1. 6, No. 5; price, 25 cents: 
on lichen distribution in the upper Mississippi 


“Vol. ; price, $3.00 
very. The pte and Tatkacerotts of California 


| Marshall A 
1-208, plates 88-122. 5 Aw 


Vol. eget 1; price, $1.75 


Sfiaels: The comparative embryology of the Rubiaceae. 
1-26,- ate 4 26 Au 
1902. 


1899. Part II. Pages 27-112, féates eh k 


oe Vol. 8, No. 2; price, $1.00: 
, Alexander William. ere sane of the United States. and canada 
st = 3, plates 16-22. 15 
; Vol. ee Se 3; a 7 5 cents: 
| Blizabeth @ ertrude ers Hed life history 
line pst : Page tS5-211, pater oa 30 Au 
Vol. 9; price, $3.00 
A \ monograph of the Erysiphacece Pages I- 292, t 


Vol. 10; price, $3.00: — 

O Vaseede of Pre-Clusian botany in its relation to Asie 
soy os No. 1; price, Bet es 
David. The North American Sordariacte, 


Vol. deren No. 2 a "price, $1.75 : 
¢and Chaetephoraceas 0 of the Un ited st 


“Pages 1 1-134, fas Z 


200 A ae 


_ Vol. 12, oe a price, $1.00 oe 
Ac — toa revision of the | North 


FEBRUARY, 1907 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


€pditor 


JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART 


Associate Coditors | 

WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL 
NDER WILLIAM EVANS HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS : 
-Ewuiot HAZEN CHARLES Bupp ROBINSON 
ALL Avery Howe ANNA Murray VAIL 


‘ CONTENTS 


species of Aytonia from Jamaica. Plates 5 aad 6.Y : 
eas J CAR 4 LINE ert: TRY HAYNES 


. from Windham Coun Vermont. 
a ERTRUDE SIMMONS a 
| HORTON —_ 


ASTER, PA. - 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


President, 
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. 


Vice- Presidents, 
EDWARD 5S. BURGESS, Px. D. LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD, Pu.D., Gk De 
. Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, 
ed ‘STUART GAGER, Pu. D. JOHN K. SMALL, Pu.D. 
ios Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. > Béushical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. 


7) reasurer, j 
CARLTON C. CURTIS, Ph.D. 
mbia ee New York City. 
- MEETINGS 
Meetings twice each month from October to Brey inclusive: the second Ta ues, 
eee ¥, M., 


_ PUBLICATIONS © : 
a ae other biisinéss Communications relating to > the publics 
of the Cla sos _ hepa to the scpuicmnie Carlton C. Curtis, Columbia U 


ce bao enattisied ie Price, $3. 00 a year; single nia 


ats. Of former volumes, only 24~33 can be supplied RRB: ; wane oe 
other volumes are available, but the entire stock of some numbe 
the ¢ completio 


n of sets. rence intended er patito in 
ohn Hendley 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


J 
Cc) 
rs 
re 
eal 
= 
x 
2B 
we 
> 
Bee 
= 
= 
#5, 
jes 
~~ 
Pa 
Se 


as 
a i 5 
A 
eae 
a 
“ake 
ee 


FEBRUARY, 1907 


Two new species of Aytonia from Jamaica 
; CAROLINE COVENTRY HAYNES 
(WITH PLATES 5 AND 6) 


Aytonia Evansii sp. nov. 


ectly behind © receptacle, furcate, surrounded with purple lan- 
eolate or linear paleae 2-7 cells in maximum width: peduncle 
mm. long: carpocephalum 2~3-lobed, generally maturing two 
Pposite sporogonia, concave at apex, scales of the carpocephalum 
eolate or linear-lanceolate, 5-12 cells in maximum width, 
farly hyaline : spores averaging 87.4, yellow or brownish, en- 
“oped in a very loose reticulate-rugose exospore : elaters 2-4- 
, attenuate at ends 223-306 in length, 13 #in maximum 
ath. (PLatE 5.) 
_ The above description has been drawn from material collected 
‘banks, near Portland Gap, Blue Mountains, Jamaica, July ah, 
1903, A. W. Evans 213. 
i [ The BULLETIN for January 1907 (34: 1-56, pi. rg) was issued 27 F 1907.] - 
57 


ag a ere a Sie Een shoe sae ED ee Wien oe mice ¢ 
ea ee eee 


58 Haynes: AYTONIA 


Plagiochasma elongatum Lindenb. & G., from Mexico, known 
to the writer only through descriptions, appears to resemble the 
Jamaican plant but the latter differs in possessing a shorter and 
broader frond which is 10-14 mm. long while that of P. elongatum 
reaches 35 mm.; P. elongatum has only 2~3 cells around pore, the 


Jamaican plant 4~5 cells; the ventral scales of Aytonia Evansti — 


taper gradually, while those of Plagiochasma elongatum are de- 
scribed by Stephani * as abruptly attenuate to the appendiculum. 


Aytonia jamaicensis sp. nov. 


Thallus light-green with a narrow purple margin, somewhat 
plane or broadly canaliculate, ovate to linear-oblong, 5-18 mm. 
x 5-6 mm., innovating from the apex and from the side of the 
costa ; margins of thallus elevated undulate-crenulate and slightly 
crisped ; width .of thallus in cross-section six times that of 
maximum height ; the epidermal cells generally quadrate, showing 
small trigones ; the stomata large, elevated, with 5-8 cells around 
the pore in 2-4 concentric series: ventral scales vinous-purple, 
strongly decurrent and approximate in the median ventral line, 
imbricated, broadly lunate or ovate, projecting beyond margin of 
thallus only at notched apex, reflexed over the growing point; 
appendicula ovate-lanceolate, occasionally geminate, strongly 
constricted, 7-12 cells in maximum width, with a_uniseriate 
apiculum of 1-3 cells in length, margins subentire, undulate- 
crenate or sparingly toothed : oil-bodies completely filling isolated 
cells in the colorless stratum of thallus : monoicous: 9 receptacles 
usually several in a series on an apical innovation in front of 
androecium: scales of androecium deltoid or cuneate-ovate: 
peduncle 11-16 mm. long: carpocephalum 2—4-lobed, generally 
maturing two opposite sporogonia and then concave or transversely 
furrowed above or sometimes slightly convex ; scales of the car- 
pocephalum lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, 5-14 cells in greatest 
width, often acuminate with a constriction near the apex: spores 
averaging 85 4, yellow or brownish, enveloped in a very loose 
reticulate-rugose exospore, this easily detachable, spore after 
removal of exospore averaging 46: elaters 2-3-spiral, occasion- 
ally forked, somewhat attenuate at ends, 2 55-374 long, 84 in 
maximum width. (PLATE 6.) 


The above description has been drawn from material collected | 


at Chestervale, Jamaica, February, 1903, L. W. Underwood 1173 
(type) and 7777 [both mixed with Redoulia hemisphaerica]. 


* FRANZ STEPHANI. Species Hepaticarum. Bulletin de Herbier Boissier 6: 
785. 1898. 


| 
| 


j 
A 
: 


Haynes: AYTonia 59 


The species is related to Plagiochasma Wrightii Sulliv., which 
shows the following differing characteristics : stomata not so much 
elevated, the 5—8 cells around the pore being in 2 or 3 concentric 
series ; appendicula not so much constricted, narrower, margins 


_ always entire ; peduncle shorter, 2-4 mm.(?); scales of the car- 


pocephalum never constricted ; spore distinctly tetrahedral and 
winged, exospore not so loose. Type duplicate of P. Wrightii 
from Texas in Herbarium Underwood shows 5-8 cells around 


pore instead of 6 cells as given by Herr Stephani in his Species 


Hepaticarum. 

These two Jamaican species differ from each other in shape and 
size of stomata, form of ventral scales and their appendicula, the 
Position of androecium and in the character of the cuticle. 

The above work was done under the supervision of Dr. Mar- 


: shall A. Howe to whom I am deeply grateful. Thanks are also 


due Professors Underwood and Evans for allowing me to study 
their material. 


New York BoranIca. GARDEN. 


Explanation of plates 5 and 6 


PLATE 5. Aytonia Evansii sp. nov. 


Tand 2. Plant, natural size. 

3- Outline of cross-section of thallus, <9 

4. Median cross-section of thallus showing stomata, X 55. 

5. Stoma, < 242. 

6, Plant, showing two immature carpocephala and androecium, X 6. 

7. Plant, showing nearly mature carpocephalum, with peduncle 4mm. long, and 


androecium, <6 


8 and 9. Ventral scales, X 13. 
to. Ventral scale showing geminate appendicula, X 13. 
TI-13. Scales from the carpocephalum, 13. 
14. Scale from the carpocephalum showing cells, X 55 
15. Surface view of stoma ; epidermal cells and trigones, 360. 
o. 


20. Elater, 2-spiral, 175. 
*1. Oil-body completely filling cell, X 250. 
22. Scale from androecium, 55. 


60 Haynes: AYTONIA 


PLATE 6, Aytonia jamaicensis sp. NOV. 

1. Plant, natural size. 

2 and 3. Outlines of cross-sections of thallus, X 9. 

4. Median cross-section of thallus showing stoma, X 55. The fungal hyphae 
shown here in certain cells were found inalmost all specimens examined and occur 
generally os the ventral ceria of the thallus, 

5. Stoma, X 242. 


6 and xe Upper and lower sides of a single immature carpocephalum, > 6 
8 and 9. Opposite sides of a single carpocephalum with two mature sporogonia, 
no. 8 showing upper portion of peduncle, < 6 
1o and 11. Opposite sides of a single carpocephalum showing the mature sporo- 
gonia, a third abortive one, and upper portion of peduncle, >< 
12, Ventral scale showing geminate appendicula, 17 
13. Ventral scale showing single appendiculum, 17. 
14-17. Scales from the carpocephalum, 13. 
18 and 19. Scales from the sibs cobeilankuie showing cells, 55. 
20. Surface view of stoma, & 360. 
21. Surface view of epidermal cell and trigones, 250. 
22. Spore, inner — < 250; 
23. Spore, outer 2 
24. Spore, ola ae: MK 242. 
25. Elater, 2-spiral, 182. 
26. Elater, 3-spiral, 175. 
27. Oil-body completely filling cell, 250. 
28. Scale from androecium, 55. 


Studies in North American PeronosPorales—!. The genus Albugo 


Guy WeEsT WILSON 


The North American species of Peronosporales offer a rich 
field for investigation. Containing as this order does some of 
the worst fungous pests of the farm and garden, extensive studies 
of certain species were undertaken at an early date in our myco- 
logical history, yet our present knowledge of the group is very 
fragmentary. The greater part of the printed information con- 
cerning it consists of notes on various species scattered through 
articles of a general mycological nature. Some species have been 
made the subject of independent articles, while few papers deal 
with a considerable number of species. Only two of these are 
comprehensive in scope. One is a series of notes by Swingle * 
upon the specimens in the herbarium of the Division of Vegetable 
Pathology, the other is Dr. Farlow’s monograph,} which includes 
thirty-eight species and requires less than an octavo page for a 
complete host index. Since then the number of species credited 
to North America has almost doubled and the list of hosts increased 
many fold, 

The genus A/dugo constitutes the family Albuginaceae, the spe- 
cies of which bear a superficial resemblance to the Uvedinales, from 
which they are readily distinguished by the light color and glisten- 
ing appearance of the sorus and by the unsculptured conidia which 
are borne in chains. More marked points of difference, but not so 
readily observed, are the germination of all spores by zoospores 
instead of by germ-tubes, and the production of sexual odspores. 

The odspores of all the North American species have been 
Studied, in the preparation of the present paper. Upon the basis of ~ 
OOspore-characters the species fall into two well-defined groups. 
The first of these includes the North American A. candida, A. 
/pomoeae-panduranae and A. Lepigoni, and the foreign A. sidirica and 

* Jour. Myc, 7: 109-130. 1892. 

t Bot. Gaz. 8: 306-325, 327-337 3 9: 37-4°- 1883-84. 

61 


62 Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


oospore tuberculate or ridged. According to the investigations of 
Zalewski * and Stevens + this is the more specialized group. The 
former author points out the more complex character and apparently 
more complete development of the epispore, while the latter deals 
with cytological phenomena only. The second group of species is 
characterized by a reticulate epispore and contains the remaining 
species of which the odspores are known, and in all probability 
the two species in which they are at present unknown. There are 
three or four well-defined types of reticulation represented, all of 
which are found among the American species. The first of these 
is represented by A. Bliti and A. platensis and may be considered 
typical of this group. The reticulations are very evident, the 
meshes large and the areolae deep and unoccupied by any eleva- 
tions. The pattern is often somewhat imperfectly developed. 
From this type the other species vary in a striking manner, yet the 
primary characters remain the same. In A. Tragopogonis and A. 
Swertiae the areolae are not so deep and the reticulations are 
crested at their angles with more or less prominent tubercles. In 
A, Portulacae the variation takes the form of tubercles within the 
areolae while the reticulations themselves are similar to those of 
A, Bit. Unique within the genus is A. occidentalis, which has the 
epispore finely reticulate and the areolae so shallow as to give the 
impression, at first sight, of pits rather than reticulations. The 
conidia are quite similar to those of A. tropica, but the odspore- 
characters indicate a closer relationship to A. platensis or A. Swer- 
ttae. According to Zalewski the reticulate spores have a less pet- 
fectly developed epispore which reaches its highest development in 
A. Tragopogonis. This arrangement of species is confirmed by the 
work of Stevens. 

The material upon which the present paper is based is con- 
tained in the herbaria of the New York Botanical Garden and of 
Columbia University and in the private collections of Dr. L. M. 
Underwood, Dr. J. C. Arthur and the author. The literature of 
the genus has been carefully looked over by means of Dr. Farlow’s 
Bibliographical Index and other aids. No localities are cited 
from which material has not been examined, but all published 


* Bot. Cent. 15: 215-224. 1883. ; 
t Bot. Gaz. 32: 77-98, 157-169, 238-261. p/. r-g-+ fext figs. 1901. 


Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 63 


reports have been taken into account in determining the distribu- 
tion of species; and mention is made of all reported hosts upon 
which no specimens have been seen. The determinations of all 
hosts have been verified, with the resulting omission of a few of 
those previously published. These discrepancies are noted in the 
proper places by the insertion after the specimen of the previously 
published host name. All specimens containing odspores are 
marked by an asterisk (*). Inasmuch as the hosts, or species 
closely related to the hosts, of all the extralimital species of the 
genus occur in North America, these species have been included 
in the key, and brief mention made of them in their place in the 
Sequence of species. In conclusion I wish to express my appre- 
ciation of the courtesies which have been shown me in this work 
by the loan of specimens, by critical suggestions and by the deter- 
mination of hosts. 


ALBUGO (Pers.) S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. Pl. 
2: 540. 1621 


Uredo § Albugo Pers. Syn. Meth. Fung. 223. 1801. 
Cystopus Lévy. Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 8: 371. 1847. 

Conidiophores simple, cylindric or clavate, crowded into sub- 
epidermal sori without peridium or paraphyses ; conidia cylindric 
or globular, borne in chains, smooth, hyaline or with light-yellow 
Contents ; odspores globular, produced in various parts of the 
host, often separate from the conidia and forming more or less 
Conspicuous masses; spores liberated by the rupture of the epi- 
dermis of the host ; germination always by zoospores. 

Type species, A. Cruciferarum S. F. Gray = Uredo candida 
Pers, 

Key to the species 
Odspore tuberculate ; conidia globose or more or less cylindric, not as long as broad, if 
discoid the membrane of equal thickness throughout. 

Oéspore with prominent tubercles ; conidia similar, or the terminal smaller. 

Oéspore with a few very large tubercles; conidial membrane of equal thickness 


throughout. 
Conidia globular, hyaline. 
Conidia and odspores large ; 


ts 
1. A. candida. 


Conidia and odspores small; hosts ak 
; 2. A. sibirica. 


oraginaceae. 
Conidia discoid, yellow. 3. A. tropica. 


64 Witson: NortTH AMERICAN PERON ALES 


Oéspore with numerous small tubercles; conidial 
embrane with an equatorial thickening. 4. A, [pomoeae-panduranae, 
Oéspore finely echinulate; conidia dissimilar, the 

terminal larger. . A, Lepigoni, 
Oéspore reticulate (unknown in nos. 8 and 9); conidia cylindric or elliptic, usually 

longer than broad, if discoid the membrane with an equatorial thickening. 
Odspore with the areolae unoccupied ; conidial membrane with an equatorial 

thickenin 


Oédspore coarsely reticulate ; conidia elongate. 
OS sth +h 2 1 bd Pes | Load 1 


ir angles; conidia cylindric, 
or with more or less rounded corners, hyaline, the terminal larger. 
Conidial membrane always with an equatorial thickening. 
Conidia more or less rounded ; 
hosts Gentianaceae. . A, Swertiae. 
Conidia cylindric; hosts Com- 
positae. 7. A. Tragopogonis. 
Conidial membrane of the terminal 
conidium only with an equatorial 
thickening. . A, quadrata. 
Oéspore without tubercles; conidia obo- 
void or elliptic. 

Conidia obovoid, the terminal larger. 9. A. Zi//aeae. 
Conidia elliptic, the terminal smaller. 
Conidia uniformly hyaline. 
Conidia light-yellow, the termi- 

nal with a dark equatorial 


10. A. Biiti. 


and. 11. A. platensis. 
Oédspore finely and shallowly reticulate, appear- 
ing pitted; conidia discoid, yellow. 
Céspore with a tubercle in each areola; conidia 
cylindric, the membrane of uniform thickness. 13. 4. Portulacae. 


ca 
te 


. A. occidentalis. 


1. ALBUGO CANDIDA (Pers.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 
a: G68... 1891 
Aecidium candidum Pers. in Gmelin, Syst. Nat. 27: 1473. 1791: 
Uredo candida Pers. Syn. Meth. Fung. 223. 1801. 
Uredo Chetranthi Pers. Syn. Meth. Fung. 224. 1801. 
Cystopus candidus Lév.; Berk. Jour. Hort. Soc, London 3: 271: 

1848. 

Sori on all parts of the host except the roots, white or rarely 
light-yellow, prominent and rather deep-seated in the tissues of the 
host, very variable in size and shape, often confluent and frequently 
producing marked distortion of the host; conidiophores hyaline, 
clavate, about 35-40 x 15-172; conidia similar, globular, hyaline, 
with uniform thin walls, 15-18 #4; odspores usually confined to the 
stems and fruits of the host, rarely in the leaves, chocolate-colored, 


Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 65 


about 40-55 4; epispore thick, verrucose, or with low blunt ridges 
which are often confluent and irregularly branched. 

This is the most widely distributed and by far the commonest 
species of the genus. Occurring as it does upon such a large 
number of hosts, a wide variation in characters is to be expected, 
yet an examination of numerous specimens, both American and .- 
foreign, has shown a remarkable stability of essential characters. 
The fungus as it grows upon Bursa, from which it was originally 
described, does not differ materially, either in habit or measure- 


ments, from that upon other species of Brassicaceae. In Europe 


the same fungus attacks various species of Capparidaceae and 
exhibits the same characters. An A/bugo which occurs in Europe 
upon eseda has also been referred to this species, from which it 
differs materially in habit, producing a much thinner and more 
superficial sorus than those produced upon the other two families 
of hosts. In the absence of odspores and of perceptible difference 
in the conidia this disposition of the material had best be retained. 

The point of greatest variation in the species in America is that of 
oospore-formation. The odspores have not been observed on the 
majority of hosts and their location varies greatly in cases where 
they are known. Odspores have been examined from the follow- 
ing hosts: Brassica nigra (stems), Bursa Bursa-pastoris (capsules), 
Camelina microcarpa (leaves), Raphanus sativus (capsules), Roripa 
Armoracia (leaves) and Sophia pinnata (leaves), Swingle* also 
reports odspores from Dentaria diphylla (leaves), Bursa Bursa- 
pastoris (stems) and Lepidium campestre (stems). The morphology 
of this species has been studied by Wager + and Stevens. } 


On BRASSICACEAE: 

Arabis furcata S. Wats., Montana, Rydberg & Bessey 4230; 
Washington, Suhsdorf 266. 

Arabis lyrata L., New York, Underwood. 

Arabis virginica (L. ) Trel., Alabama, Underwood ; Mississippi, 
Tracy. ae ; 

Barbarea Barbarea (L.) MacM., California, Heller 570 
(Fungi Columb. ia 


it 


*Jour. Myc. 7; 110, 111. 
tAnn. Bot. 10: 297-342. tes is aoe 1896. 
T Bot. Gaz. 32: 91, 98, 254. pl. 2. 1901. 


66 


Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


Brassica arvensis (L.) B.S. P., South Dakota, Chaney. 

Brassica campestris 1.., Massachussetts, Humphrey (Econ. 
Fungi 407). 

Brassica integrifolia (West.) O. E. Schultz, St. Croix, Rick- 
secker 3306. 

Brassica nigra (L.) Koch, Alabama, Carver ; Illinois, Burrill ; 
Indiana, Olive ; Iowa, Arthur ; Nebraska, Williams ; New 
Jersey,* Halsted (Econ. Fungi 256); South Dakota, 
Griffiths (W. Am. Fungi 46). 

Brassica sp., Wisconsin, Pammel. 

Bursa Bursa-pastoris (L.) Britton, California, Copeland ; Illinois, 
Earle, Seymour ; Indiana, Underwood 3734 (Ind. Fl. 98a), 
* Wilson ; lowa, Macbride ; Kansas, Baker (Fungi Columb. 
2108); Massachusetts, Farlow (N. Am. Fungi 2042); 
Michigan, Beal (Econ. Fungi 2574); Missouri, Galloway, 
Galloway & Tracy, Trelease ; New Jersey, Halsted (Econ. 
Fungi 257a), Stevens ; New York, Arthur, Britton, Under- 
wood, Underwood & Cook (Illust. Fungi gr); Ohio, Kedler- 
man (Ohio Fungi 722) ; Ontario, Dearness (Fungi Columb. 
133); Wisconsin, Pammel. 

Camelina microcarpa Andrz., Ohio, * Tyler (Ohio Fungi 63, on 
‘“C. sativa (L.) Crantz”’) ; Virginia, Murrill. 

Cardamine bulbosa (Schreb.) B. S. P., Indiana, Olive. 

Chetranthus asper Nutt., Oregon, Suksdorf 220. 

Cheiranthus pacificum Sheldon, Oregon, Sheldon. 

Dentaria diphylla Michx., New York, Shear (N. Y. Fungi 
199), Underwood. 

Dentaria laciniata Muhl., South Carolina, Rolfs 1687. 

Hesperis matronalis L., Ontario, Dearness. 

lodanthus pinnatifidus (Michx.) Steud., Indiana, Arthur. 

Lepidium densiflorum Schrad., Nevada, Baker 1087. 

Lepidium virginicum L., Florida, Hume 34; Mlinois, Earle ; 
Indiana, Arthur, Underwood ; Kansas, Bartholomew (Fungi 
Columb. 2770); Nebraska, Williams ; New York, Under- 
wood ; Mississippi, Tracy; South Carolina, Ravenel 
(Fungi Car. 4: 93), Rolfs 1661; Texas, Ravenel 2914; 
Bahama Is., Hitchcock (on “ Cakile maritima Scop.?”’); 
Bermuda, Brown & Britton. 


Witson : NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 67 


Nesha paniculata Desv., Quebec, Eggleston 2978. 

Raphanus sativus L., linois, Breyfogle ; Indiana, Underwood ; 
Iowa, Arthur; Kansas, *Bartholomew (Fungi Columb. 
1805); New York, Arthur, * Underwood. 

Roripa Armoracia (L.) A. S. Hitchcock, Indiana, Stewart, 
* Wilson ; Kansas, Bartholomew (Fungi Columb. 7806), 
Kellerman ; Massachussetts, Seymour (Econ. Fungi 4540); 
Missouri, Demetrio (N. Am. Fungi 2420) ; New Jersey, 
Stevens ; New York, Arthur, Holzworth, Underwood ; Ohio, 
Kelsey (Econ, Fungi 4542); South Dakota, Williams. 

Roripa hispida (Desv.) Britton, Illinois, Arthur. 

Roripa obtusa (Nutt.) Britton, Kansas, Bartholomew (Fungi 
Columb. 2709). 

Roripa palustris (DC.) Bessey, Oregon, Cusick 2600. 

Roripa sessilifiora (Nutt.) A. S. Hitchcock, Illinois, Patterson ; 
Iowa, Ehinger; Kansas, Bartholomew (Fungi Columb. 
2001); Kentucky, Price ; Tennessee, Ruth 747. 

Roripa Walteri (Ell.) Greene, Florida, Underwood ; Texas, 
Bush 25, Lighthipe. 

Schoenocrambe linifolium (Nutt.) Greene, British Columbia, 
? Macoun. 

Sisymbrium officinale (L). Scop., Indiana, Arthur, Olive, Under- 
wood, Wilson; Massachusetts, Farlow (N. Am. F ungi : 
2046) ; Missouri, Bartholomew (Fungi Columb. 2777) ; New 
Jersey, Halsted (Ec. Fungi 259a); New York, Underwood 
270a,; Nova Scotia, Robinson 463a ; Ontario, Dearness 
(Econ. Fungi 2594); Pennsylvania, Britton ; Washington, 
Parker, Piper ; Wisconsin, Pammed. 

Sophia Hartwegiana (Tourn.) Greene, Montana, Azderson, 
Kelsey. 

Sophia incisa (Engelm.) Greene, Colorado, Baker, Earle & 
Tracy 1084 ; Montana, Kelsey. 

Sophia millefolia Rydb., Indiana, Underwood. 

Sophia pinnata (Walt.) Britton, Arizona, * Grifiths (W. Am. 
Fungi 335); Indiana, Underwood (Ind. Fl. 984); Durango, 
Palmer. 

Thlaspi glaucum A, Nelson, Wyoming, Nelson 4177- 

Thlaspi Nuttallii Rydb., Montana, Blankinship. 


68 Witson: NortTH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


Brassicaceae sp., Montana, Anderson. 

The following additional hosts are reported within our limits : 
Arabis glabra (L.) Bernh., Brassica Napus L., B. oleracea Li, 
Cakile edentula (Bigel.) Hook., Cheiranthus sp. cult., Coronopus 
sp., Draba caroliniana Walt., Lepidium campestre (ls) Ri Bey 
sativum L., Roripa Nasturtium (L.) A. S. Hitchcock, and Sinapis 
alba L. 

Type Locauity : Europe, on 7h/aspi Bursa-pastoris L. = Bursa 
Bursa-pastoris (L.) Britton, 

DistripuTion: Southern Canada to Mexico, Bermuda, and 
the West Indies. Also in South America, Europe, Asia, Africa, 
Australia, and New Zealand. 


2. Albugo sibirica (Zalew.) 
Cystopus sibiricus Zalew. Bot. Cent. 15: 222. 1883. 


No material of this species has been examined. It is known — 


only from the original description, where it is recorded from some 
species of Boraginaceae from Siberia erroneously referred by Baron 
von Thiimen to Echinospermum Lappula. It is said to differ from 
A. candida in its smaller measurements and in the structure of the 
epispore of the oospore. 


3. Albugo tropica (Lagerh.) Lagerh., ined. 
Cystopus tropicus Lagerh. ; Pat. & Lagerh. Bull. Soc. Myc. France 

m 393: $802, 

This species was described from Ecuador on some unidentified 
species of Piperaceae. Material in the herbarium of the New 
York Botanical Garden from the type locality, and presumably 4 
part of the original collection, is on Peperomia pellucida H.B.K., 4 
species which is also widely distributed in the West Indies and 
Central America. 


4. ALBuGoO IpOMOEAE-PANDURANAE (Schwein.) Swing. 
jour. Myc. 7; t52.° 69% 
Aecidium [pomoeae-panduranae Schwein. Schr, Natur. Ges. Leip- 
zig 1: 69. 1822. 
Caeoma convolvulatum Link, in Willd. Sp. Pl. 67: 49. 1825. 
Uredo Convolvulae Spreng. Syst. Veg. ed. 16. 4: 572. 1827- 


Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERON ALES 69 


Aecidium Ipomeae Schwein. ; Berk. Grevillea 3: 60. 1874. 

(Hyponym.) 

Cystopus Convolvulacearum Otth; Zalew. Bot. Cent. 15: 223. 

1883. 

Cystopus Convolvulacearum Speg. Ann. Soc. Ci. Argent. 1'7: 128. 

1884. 

Cystopus Ipomoeae-panduranae Stev. & Swing. Trans. Kan. Acad. 

Sei. 12: 67. 1889. 

Sori amphigenous or caulicolous, white or light-yellow, promi- 
nent, superficial, 0.5-20 mm., rounded, often confluent and fre- 
quently producing marked distortions of the host; conidiophores 
hyaline, clavate, unequally curved at base, about 15x30 /#; 
conidia short-cylindric, similar or the terminal more rounded, hya- 
line; the membrane with an equatorial thickening, usually very 
pronounced, 14-20 x 12-18 #4; odsporic sori separate from the 
conidial, caulicolous, rarely on the petioles, I-2 x 5-6 cm. or even 
more, causing marked distortion of the host; odspores light yel- 
lowish-brown, 25-55 /4; epispore papillate or with irregular, more 
or less curved ridges. a 

The position in the, genus of this species has varied quite a 
little in the various elaborations which have appeared in recent 
years. Berlese and De-Toni* included it in Cystopus Tragopo- 
gonis from which it was separated by Saccardo.t According to 
Zalewski (/. c.) and Fischer { it is placed next to 4. candida, in the 
first instance on account of the structure of the epispore of the 
odspore, and in the second as the result of inaccurate observations 
as to the thickness of the conidial membrane. In his Monografia 
delle Peronosporacee, Berlese attempts to accommodate the species 
to this varied treatment and so places G Ipomoeae-panduranae 
next to C. candida on account of its conidial membrane having no 
equatorial thickening, and includes C.. Convolvulacearum Spes: 
among those species which have an equatorially thickened coni- 
dial membrane, and at the same time cites various species of Con- 
wolvulaceae as hosts of C. Tragepagoms. D2 examination of 
co-type material of Spegazzini’s species leaves no doubt concern- 
ing its identity with the North American species. Three packets 
of the material distributed by Ellis and Everhart in their North 


* Saccardo, Sylt. Fung. 7: 234- 1888. 
+ Syll. Fung. 9: 340. 189I. 
t Rabenh. Krypt. Fl. ed. 2. 41: 419-1892: 


70 Witson: NortTH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


American Fungi 7809 were examined. Berlese had previously * 
cited this as authentic material of the thin-walled species, but it 
proved to be the most pronouncedly thick-walled specimen at hand. 
In a conidium of 12 » diameter the thickening frequently reaches 
5 # making the connecting strand of protoplasm but 2 p. 

The results of the morphological investigations of Stevens,f 
coupled with markings and general development of the epispore of 
the oospore, lead to the conclusion that Zalewski was correct in his 
placing of the species. That the relationship of this species should 
long be in doubt is not surprising, as the odspores which are 
borne in large galls on the stems of the host escaped notice until 
recently, while the conidia on the majority of hosts bear a super- 
ficial resemblance to those A. Tragopogonis. In all the material 
examined the conidia are short-cylindric, appearing in certain 
planes almost cubical, except in the case of those on /pomoea 
Batatas, the sweet potato, which are very much more rounded 
than typically. It is not impossible that a distinct species occurs 
in this host. 

On CONVOLVULACEAE : 

Calonyction aculeatum (L.) House, Florida, Britton 419; 
Oaxaca, Holway 3735. 

Convolvulus incanus Vahl, Texas, Heller 1970. 

Ipomoea Batatas (L.) Lam., Alabama, Earle 2265 ; Delaware, 
Chester ; Louisiana, Langlois (N. Am. Fungi 780g) ; Mis- 
sissippi, Earle (Econ. Fungi 47); New Jersey, Arthur, 
Eilis (N. Am. Fungi 205), Stevens; South Carolina, 
Ravenel (Myc. Univ. 875), Rolfs 1685 ; Porto Rico, Under- 
wood & Griggs 8. 

Ipomoea carolina Pursh, Louisiana, Langlois 598 ; South 
Carolina, Rol/fs, 

Ipomoea lacunosa L., ? Kansas, Swingle ; North Carolina, 
coll. ign. 

Ipomoea leptophylla Torr., Kansas, * Bartholomew (Fungi 
Columb. 2003). 

Ipomoea mexicana A, Gray, New Mexico, Mulford 920 ; Mex- 
ico (city), Pringle 6607. 

* Icon. Fung. Phyc. 7, 1898. oe 

t Bot. Gaz. 38: 300-302. fz, 2. 1904. 


Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 71 


Ipomoea pandurata L., Alabama, Carver; Delaware, Com- 
mons ; Florida, Hume 79, Nash 1889, Tracy 7155; 
Georgia, Underwood; Mllinois, Hart; Indiana, Arthur, 
Olive; Missouri, Kellerman, Galloway, Tracy & Galloway; 
New Jersey, * Halsted 164 (Econ. Fungi 377, also conidia 
as 336), Stevens; Ontario, * Dearness; Virginia, Paul 
(Fungi Columb. 2004). 

Ipomoea Pes-caprae L., Bahamas, Hitchcock ; Porto Rico, Hel- 
ler 13906. 

Ipomoea simulans Hanbury, Morelos, Pringle 6565. 

Ipomoea triloba L., Arizona, LeRoy, Pringle. 

Pharbitis hederacea (L.) Choisy, District of Columbia, Wil- 
liams ; Georgia, Underwood ; Illinois, Seymour ; Indiana, 
Olive, Underwood; Kansas, Bartholomew (Fungi Columb. 
2002); Kentucky, Kellerman ; Louisiana, Langlois 589; 
Missouri, Galloway, Pammel ; Nebraska, Wiliams ; New 
Jersey, Halsted (Econ. Fungi 3344, 334¢) Stevens ; South 
Carolina, Ravenel (Fungi Am. 507), Kolfs 1686 ; Virginia, 
Seymour (Econ. Fungi 3342). 

Pharbitis purpurea (L.) Voigt, Georgia, Underwood ; Missis- 
sippi, Zracy. 

Thyella tamnifolia (L.) Raf., Cuba, Britton & Shafer 679. 

The following additional hosts are reported within our limits : 

Convolvulus sepium L., Ipomoea incarnata Vahl, 7. Jalapa Michx., 
and Quamoclit Quamoclit (.) Britton. 

Type Locatity : North Carolina, on /pomoea “ pandurana te 

Disrrisution : Ontario to California, Central America and the 

West Indies. Also in South America, Europe, Asia and Africa. 


5. Arsuco Lericoni (de Bary) Kuntze, Rev. 
Gen. Pl, 2: 658. 18901 
Erysibe sphaerica 8 Caryophyllacearum Wallr. Fl. Crypt. Germ. 
2: 193. 1833. 
Cystopus Lepigoni de Bary, in Rabenh. Fungi Europ. 483. 1863. 
Cystopus argentinus Speg. Bol. Acad. Ci. Cordoba 11: 28. 1887. 
Caulicolous or epiphyllous ; sori rounded or elongate, I 
yellowish ; conidiopbeves clavate ; conidia with the membrane of 
Uniform thickness throughout, of two kinds, the terminal larger, 
hyaline or light-yellow, globular, 25-39 the membrane about 5 # 


12 Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


thick, the lower smaller, hyaline, globose or ovoid, 18-25 x 18— 
23 #, membrane about I-24 thick ; odspores produced in the leaves 
and stems of the host, 50-65 y, light-brown, finely and densely 
papillate or echinulate, the tubercles showing a tendency to be 
confluent and form short ridges. 

Infesting as it does only the maritime Caryophyllaceae, this 
species is of necessity restricted in its habitat, yet appears to 
be as widely distributed as its chief host, Tissa marina, from 
which it was originally described. Material has been exam- 
ined from various European countries and from Algiers. Hen- 
nings * also reports it from South America. What is presumably 
the same species is described as Cystopus argentinus by Spegazzini, 
who fails to give really distinguishing characters by which it can 
be separated from the present species. The morphology of the 
species has been studied by Ruhland.t+ 
On CARYOPHYLLACEAE : 

Tissa leucantha (Robs.) Greene, California, Parish 4462. 

Tissa marina (L.) Britton, California, Parish; New York, 
Britton. 

Type tocatity: Germany, on Arenaria marina L. = Tissa 
marina (L.) Britton. 

Distrisution: New York and California. Also in South 
America, Europe and Africa. 


6. Albugo Swertiae (Berl. & Kom.) 
Cystopus Convolvulacearum Speg. var. Swertiae Berl. & Kom.; 
Berl. Riv. Pat. Veg. g: 26. 1900. dees 

The only known locality for this species is the Amur region in 
eastern Siberia where it was collected on Swertia connata Schrenk 
by Komarof. An examination of this material shows the present 
species to be very closely related to A. Tragopogonis, yet quite dis- 
tinct. Species of Swertia and the closely related genus Frasera 
have a wide distribution in North America. 


7. Arsuco Tracopoconis (DC.) S. F. Gray, Nat. 
Arr. Brit. Pl. 1: 540. 1821 
Uredo candida 8 Tragopogi Pers. Syn. Meth. Fung. 233. 1801: 
Uredo Tragopogt DC. Fl. France 2: 237. 1805. 
* Hedwigia 35: 210. 1896. 
+ Hedwigia 41: 179. 1902. 


CL LL  ———— 


Witson: NortTH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 7S 


Cystopus spinulosus de Bary, in Rabenh, Fungi Europ. 479. 1862. 
Cystopus cubicus de Bary, Ann. Sci. Nat. 1V. 20: 132. 1863. 
Cystopus pulverulentus B. & C. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 10: 357. 

1860. 

Cystopus brasiliensis Speg. Bol. Acad. Ci. Cordoba 11: 481. 1889. 
Albugo spinulosa Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 658. 1891. 
Cystopus Tragopogonis spinulosus Davis, Trans. Wis. Acad. 11: 

165. 1897. (Hyponym.) f 
Cystopus Mikaniae Speg. Ann. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires III. 1: 

B7.- 1902. 

Sori hypophyllous or caulicolous, prominent, deep-seated, 
white or yellowish, pulverulent, rounded or elongate, I-3 x I- 
mm.; conidiophores hyaline, clavate, about 12-15 x 40-50/; 
conidia light-yellow or hyaline, short-cylindric, the terminal larger 
and less angular than the lower, membrane with an equatorial 
thickening, 12-15 x 18-222; odspores produced in the stems and 
leaves of the host, dark-brown or almost black at maturity, very 
opaque, 44-68 2; epispore reticulate, areolae 2 y, wing bearing 
papillate tubercles at its angles. 

The odspores, which are produced in the leaves or rarely in 
the stems of the host, have been examined from a number of 
American and European specimens on hosts representing Ambrost- 
aceae, Cichoriaceae and various tribes of Carduaceae. The wing 


of the reticulation is lowest in specimens from the first families 
_ Mentioned, while those on Carduus are scarcely more pronounced. 
The oospores from various species of Senecio have the widest 
_ wing, while those from JMatricaria are intermediate between those 


last mentioned. Odspores produced on Parthenium have broader 


and lower reticulations than do the majority of specimens ex- 
amined. It is however apparent that the American as well as the 
_ European material on the tribes Cynareae, Senecioneae, Anthemideae 
_ and Heliantheae belong to the same species. The only other North 
American hosts of this family, for an Albugo, so far as 1s known, 
"ate of the tribe Zuu/eae. As no American material on these hosts 
_ Contained odspores, they were studied from European specimens 
| 4nd found to be identical with those produced on other members 
| % Carduaceae. It appears from this that the American material 
- ftom hosts of this tribe should be referred to the present species. 


While there are minor differences in the conidia and in the rela- 


74 Witson: NorTH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


tive size of the areolae of the odspores, there do not appear to be 
sufficient grounds for the separation of the material examined into 
additional species. Especially is this true in regard to de Bary’s 
Cystopus spinulosus, which is supposed to have pronounced spines 
on the odspore. Dr. A. Fischer has examined the type specimen 
of this species and declares the character unreliable.* This is borne 
out by the more recent investigations of Dr. Magnus.} Since then 
_ Berlese has figured the spinulose odspores,{ using the material 

distributed by von Thiimen (Myc. Univ. 7423) on Lnula salicina 
from Parma. The figures of the entire oospores have a spinulose 
appearance due to the projection of the reticulations beyond the 
margin of the spore. The figure of an enlarged portion of the 
epispore looks very unlike anything found by me in the packet of 
this material, or, for that matter, in any other, as no such epispore 
has been observed by me in any specimen of the genus. 

South American material from hosts of the tribes Astereae and 
Eupatorieae was examined. Oospores similar to those produced 
on species of other tribes of this family were found on Ageratum 
conyzoides from Ecuador. From the same host Ule, in 1884, col- 
lected material in Brazil which has been referred to A/bugo brasilt- 
ensis (Speg.) P. Hennings § and which was issued in Rabenhorst- 
Winter-Pazschke Fungi Europaei 3873 as Cystopus Ti ragopogons. 
From a comparison of these two South American specimens it 
appears. that Spegazzini’s species is merely a synonym of A. Tra- 
gopogonis. Two other South American species, Cystopus Mikaniae 
Speg. and Albugo Solivae Schrot., have been described, but no 


material of either is at hand for examination. Inasmuch as the 


original descriptions of these species are scarcely distinctive and the 
hosts are closely related to species known to be hosts of A. Trago- 
pogonis, it is very probable that they are also synonyms of ‘that 
species. In addition to the above, another species, Cystopus pul- 
verulentus B. & C., was described from an unidentified species of 
Compositae from Cuba. According to Dr. Farlow || the type ‘* cal 
not be traced in Herb. Curtis by the number cited in the original 

* Rabenh. Krypt. Fl. ed. 2. 14: 422. 1892. 

+ Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 11: 327-330. p/. 15. 1893. 

tIcon. Fung. Phyc. f/. 5. 1898 

3 Hedwigia 35: 212. 1896. 

|| Bibl. Index N. Am. Fungit: 177. Igo. 


Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 75 


description.’”’ As the latter is too vague to allow of a more definite 
determination than would the mere citation of the host, this species 
had probably best be placed with the present one. The morph- 
ology of this species has been studied by Stevens.* 


On AMBROSIACEAE: 

Ambrosia artemisiacfolia L., Alabama, *Carver z8o ; Illinois, 
*Hart,; Kansas, *Swingle 1667 ; Massachusetts, */ar/ow 
(N. Am. Fungi 2056), *Seymour ; Missouri, *Demetrio (N. 
Am. Fungi 2427); New Jersey, *Halsted (Econ. Fungi 
291a), Stevens; New York, Underwood; South Dakota, 
Chaney, Williams (Econ. Fungi 2976); Wisconsin, Pam- 
mel, 

Ambrosia psilostachya DC., lowa, *Macbride ; South Dakota, 
Rydberg 798 ; Utah, Macbride. 

Ambrosia trifida L., Kansas, Swingle. 

Gaertneria acanthocarpa (Hook.) Britton, Utah, * Garrett (Fungi 
Columb. 2205). 

Iva ambrosiaefolia A. Gray, Arizona, *Griffiths (W. Am. Fungi 
336, on “ Franseria tenuifolia Gray”’); New Mexico, Tracy 
8To. 

Iva ciliata Willd., Ilinois, *Hart; Missouri, * Hart. 


On CARDUACEAE: . 

Artemisia biennis Willd., Montana, Anderson & Kelsey. 

Carduus arvensis (L.) Robins., New York, Arthur, Brown, 
* Halsted (Econ. Fungi 302), Stevens, Underwood ; Ontario, 
Dearness. 

Carduus lanceolatus L., Newfoundland, ? Waghorne. 

Carduus muticus (Michx.) Pers., Minnesota, Holway 241; 
Ontario, Dearness. 

Carduus spinosissimus Walt., Louisiana, *Zanglots 3 5. 

Matricaria matricarioides (Less.) Porter, California, *Adrams 
2487, Oregon, *Lloyd. 

Parthenium integrifolium L., lowa, * Arthur. 

Parthenium repens Eggert, Kansas, Hitchcock 1086. 

? Senecio cymbalaroides Nutt., Montana, Kelsey. 

Senecio Hartianus Heller, Colorado, Rydberg & Vreeland 5499. 


* Bot. Gaz. 32: 85, 97, 259. pu 3s Pl. tS 43 53+ 190% 


76 Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


Senecio oblanceolatus Rydb., Colorado, Demetrio (N. Am. 
Fungi 2208, on “S. aureus.” The host is mixed but 
chiefly as cited here). 

Senecio peninsularis Vasey & Rose, Baja California, *Padmer 
659. 

Senecio serra Hook., Montana, *Kelsey ; Washington, *Piper. 


On CICHORIACEAE: 
Tragopogon porrifolius L., Massachusetts, Farlow (N. Am. 
Fungi 2056); New Jersey, Halsted (Econ. Fungi 445); 
New Mexico, * Mulford r285a ; New York, Arthur, Under- 
wood, 

The following additional hosts are reported within our limits: 
Antennaria plantaginifolia (L.) Richards., Artemisia canadensis 
Michx., Gaertneria discolor (Nutt.) Kuntze, Senecio aureus L., S. 
lugens Richards., and S. serra integriusculus A. Gray. 

Type Locatity: Europe, on 7ragopogon porrifolius L. 

DistrisuTion : Newfoundland to Washington, Baja California 
and Alabama. Also in South America, Europe, Asia, Africa and 
Australia. . ; 


8. ALBUGO QUADRATA (Kalchb. & Cooke) Kuntze, Rev. 
Gen. Pl. 2: 658. 1891 


This species is known only from Cape Colony, where it was 
collected on Herpestis verticillaris Nees by McOwen. The conidia 
are most nearly like those of A. Tragopogonis, but in the absence 
of oospores it is impossible satisfactorily to refer the species to a 
place in the genus. 


9. Albugo Tillaeae (Lagerh.) 


Cystopus Tillacae Lagerh.; Pat. & Lagerh. Bull. Soc. Myc. France 

Ss 167... 2861. 

No material of this species has been examined ; but the descrip- 
tion indicates a close relationship with A. Bit. It is known only 
from Quito, Ecuador, the type locality, where it occurs on Zi//aea 
rubescens H.B.K. Species of this genus occur sparingly in 
tropical America. 


Witson: NortTH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 77 


10. ArsuGo Britr (Biv.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 
2: 658. 1891 
Uredo Bhti Biv. Stirp. Rar. Sicilia 3: 11. 1815. 
Cacoma Amaranthi Schwein. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. II. 4: 292. 

1832. 

Cystopus Bliti de Bary, Ann. Sci. Nat. 1V. 20: 131. 1863. 
Cystopus Amaranthi Berk. Grevillea 3: 58. 1874. 

Cystopus Amaranthacearum Zalew. Bot. Cent. 15: 223. 1883. 
Cystopus Cyathulae Winter; Roum. Rev. Myc. 11: 66. 1889. 

Sori amphigenous, white or very light-yellow, prominent, sub- 
superficial, rounded, sometimes confluent, I-10 mm. ; conidiophores 
hyaline, cylindric, about 15 x 60; conidia hyaline, elliptic, the 
terminal smaller, globular; the membrane with an equatorial 
thickening, 8-15 x 15-204; oOspores produced in the leaves of 
the host, dark-brown, 50-60 », averaging 55/4; epispore coarsely 
reticulate, areolae 6-8 yu. 

According to Zalewski (/. c.) there are two species of A/bugo 
on the genus Amaranthus, the first, Cystopus Bliti, being confined 
to Amaranthus Blitum, while the second, C. Amaranthacearum, . 
infests the other species of the genus. The points of distinction 
are confined to the odspore and are of questionable value, although 
their reliability could not be disproved on account of a lack of 
authentic European material. The odspores of C. Blt are said 
to be formed only on the stem of the host, to vary from light- to 
dark-brown in color and to have irregular reticulations. Those 
of C. Amaranthacearum are borne in the leaves of the host, are of 
a uniform dark-brown and are regularly reticulate. ine ony 
specimen at hand on undoubted Amaranthus Blitum contains a 
few detached leaves with conidia only. That the place of ee 
production cannot be regarded as of taxonomic value is evident, as 
this varies with the host in A. candida and in the same host in 
A. Portulacae. The color of the oospore depends entirely upon 
Maturity and may show remarkable variation just as do those » 
the present species in all specimens examined. The pattern o 
the reticulations cannot be taken as a taxonomic character unless 
accompanied by other marked distinctions, as Pe peters i Pe 
tically the same, or at most a modification of the same oy = 
tern, in 4. Bliti, A. platensis, and A. Portulacae. In all of these 


78 Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


species it is by no means uncommon to find that a number of con- 
tiguous areolae are only imperfectly separated from each other by 
simple or even branched reticulations which end blindly before 
reaching the opposite side of the areola, thus producing a more 
or less complex labyrinth of ridges in place of the regular pen- 
_ tagonal or hexagonal reticulations which are typical of this group 
of species. The morphology of this species has been studied by 
Stevens. * 


On AMARANTHACEAE: 

Acnida tamariscina tuberculata (Moq.) Uline & Bray, Iowa, 
* Arthur. 

Amaranthus Bigelovii Uline & Bray, Texas, Heller 1867. 

Amaranthus blitoides S. Wats., California, Underwood ; Mon- 
tana, Reynolds ; Washington, * Suksdorf 182. 

Amaranthus emarginatus Salzm., Guadeloupe, Duss 4067. 

Amaranthus graecizans L., Montana, * Anderson. 

Amaranthus hybridus L., Alabama, Earle 2264; Florida, 
fitchcock 293 ; Illinois, Hart, * Waite ; Indiana, Under- 
wood (Ind. Fl. 99), Wilson; lowa, *Hitchcock ; Kansas, 
Norton 425; Missouri, Bush 316, * Tracy & Galloway; 
Nebraska, Williams ; New Jersey, * Halsted (Econ. Fungi 
352), * Stevens ; New York, Peck (Roum. Fungi Sel. 4557), 
Shear (N. Y. Fungi 198), Underwood ; Wisconsin, * Davis, 
Pammel, 

Amaranthus Palmeri S. Wats., New Mexico, Metcalfe 719; 
Chihuahua, *Pringle rrro ; Jalisco, Palmer. 

Amaranthus retroflexus L.., Alabama, Zar/e ; Illinois, Burrill, 
Earle ; Indiana, * Bolley, Olive; lowa, * Arthur ; Massa- 
chussetts, * Farlow (N. Am, Fungi 206), Seymour (Econ. 
Fungi 2546); New Jersey, * Stevens ; New York, Halsted 
(Econ. Fungi 35a), Jelliffe, Peck (Myc. Univ. 679), Under- 
wood 396 ; Ontario, Dearness (Fungi Columb. 46); South 
Dakota, * Griffiths (W. Am. Fungi 33); Wisconsin, 
Pammel. 

Amaranthus spinosus L., Illinois, * Farle ; Indiana, Rose; 
Louisiana, Ball 66> 7 emkas Long (Fungi Columb. 


* Bot. Gaz. 28: 149, 233- pl. 17-15. 1900. 


Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 79 


1709), Stanfield ; Virginia, Heller 1023 ; Mexico, Berlan- 
dier ; Porto Rico, Millspaugh. 
~ Amaranthus tristis L., Grenada, Broadway ; St. Croix, Rick- 

secker 109. 

Amaranthus viridis L., Florida, * Hitchcock 298, Nash 2179. 

Cladothrix lanuginosa (Moq.) Nutt., Kansas, Hitchcock 431 ; 
New Mexico, Wooton ; Mexico, Berlandier. 

Cyathula lappulacea Mog., New York, Peck (Roum, Fungi 
Sel. 2863). 

Also reported from within our limits on the following additional 
hosts: Acnida cannabina L., A. tamariscina (Nutt.) Willd., Ama- 
ranthus crispus (Lesp. & Thev.) Braun, and A. hybridus paniculatus 
(L.) Uline & Bray. 

Type Loca.ity: Sicily, on Amaranthus Blitum 1. 

Distrisution: Vermont to Washington, Mexico, Florida and 
the West Indies. Also in South America, Europe, Asia and 
Africa. 


tr. ALBUGO PLATENSIS (Speg.) Swing. Jour. Myc. 
7: 113. 1892 
Cystopus platensis Speg. Rev. Argent. Hist. Nat. 1: 32. 
Hypophyllous, sori at first pallid, later surrounded by a pur- 
plish line, irregular in outline, I-5 m 
prominent ; conidiophores cylindric, about 40-45 
elliptic, 20-22 x 18-204, very light-yellow, the membrane with 
an equatorial thickening which is. darker-colored in the smaller 
terminal conidium ; odspores borne in the leaves of the host, very 
opaque, very dark-brown, globular, 5 5-85 p, averaging 60 p, finely © 
reticulate, areolae about 4 /. A ee 
This species is very closely related to A. Buu, from which it 
is, however, quite distinct. The conidia of A. Bliti are hyaline 
and white in mass while those of 4. platensis are slightly colored, 
appearing light-yellow in mass while the apical conidium has a 
darkened equatorial band. The. oospores, which are produced in 
the leaves of the host in both species, are very similar and at first 
sight indistinguishable. Those of A. platensis are very dark- 
brown, so opaque that until treated with HCl they appear as black 
grains, and are finely reticulate, while those of A. Bit are lighter 
in color, less opaque, slightly smaller in size and more coarsely 
reticulate, the areolae being from one third to one half larger. 


80 Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


On ALLIONIACEAE : 
Boerhaavia anisophylla A. Gray, New Mexico, Wooton 462. 
? Boerhaavia diffusa L., McComb’s Expedition, Newberry. 
Boerhaavia erecta L., Florida, Swingle 417 395 Sonora, Palmer ; 
Jamaica, Harris 6853 ; St. Croix, Ricksecker got. 
Boerhaavia hirsuta Willd., Texas, * Long (Fungi Columb. 
1605, on “ B, decumbens”); Yucatan, Gaumer jog ; Cuba, 
Britton & Shafer 1; Guadeloupe, Duss 2174; Porto Rico, 
Goll 536. 
Boerhaavia paniculata Rich., Culebra, Britton & Wheeler 2. 
Boerhaavia spicata Choisy, Arizona, Griffiths 2071; New 
Mexican, Wooton. 
Boerhaavia Xanti S. Wats., Sonora, Palmer. 
Wedelia incarnata (L.) Kuntze, Arizona, Rusby ; New Mexico, 
Skehan 102, Wooton ; Texas, Seler rgor; Utah, Goodding 
809 ; San Luis Potosi, Schaffner 562. 
Reported from within our limits on the following additional 
hosts: Boerhaavia Sonorae Rose and B. viscosa Lag. & Rodr. 
Type Locauity: Buenos Aires, Argentina, on Boerhaavia 
hirsuta Willd. 
Distripution: Utah to peninsular Florida, southern Mexico 
and the West Indies. Also in South America, Asia and Africa. 


12. Albugo occidentalis sp. nov. 


Soris hypophyllis, subrotundis vel irregularibus, rarius con- 
fluentibus, superficialibus, prominentibus, subflavidis, 1-3 mm. 


ad medium annulo cincta; oosporis in hospitis foliis, globosis, 
luteo-brunneis, regulariter tenuiterque reticulatis, 50-60 di- 
ametro, areolis pentagonis vel hexagonis, circa 2 p- crassis. 

Sori hypophyllous, rounded or irregular in outline, sometimes 
confluent, superficial, prominent, yellowish, I-3 mm.; conidio- 
phores cylindric, about 12 x 40; conidia discoid, the mem- 
brane hyaline with an equatorial thickening, contents yellow, 
14-20 x 8—16 4; odspores borne in the leaves of the host with the 
conidia, globular, 50-6o yp, yellowish-brown, very closely and shal- 
lowly reticulate, areolae about 2 L. 


Type in herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, LZ. M. 
Underwood & A. D. Selby 108, from the hills about Box Cafion, 


Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 81 


AS 
Sey 
ee 
Sect 
een 
ap eo 
Sia 
Rade 
Ee 
V3 
¥, 


i a Te eS ea rig Se ge > + 


Odspores of Al/bugo. (All X 500.) 


; vus, i i biani 7805. 
dida, from Raphanus sativus, in Fungi Colum 
Spt hs Ka da, Ecuador, ex Herb. Lagerheim. 


tropica, from Peperomia pelluci : : : 
RELEASE, from /pomoea pandurata, in Economic Fungi 337- 


Lepigoni, from Lepigonum medium, in F ungi Europaei 48, 3: 

Swertiae, from Swertia connata, in Fungi Rossiae Exsiccati jor. 
Tragopogonis, from Tragopogon porrifolius, Mulford 12850. 

Bliti, from Amaranthus hybridus, in Economic Fungi ee . 

- A. platensis, from Boerhaavia decumbens, in Fungi Columbiani 7 ia PES 
A. occidentalis, from Blitum capitatum, type specimen, Underw 


RAAAROA 


I. 
* 
2. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
* 
8 

9. 


408, ) 
i i 1 3f. 
10. A. Portulacae, from Portulaca oleracea, 0 West American Fungi 7 


82 Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


west of Ouray, Colorado, September 8, 1901, at an altitude of 
2,300-2,500m. On Bitum capitatum L. 
On CHENOPODIACEAE : 
Blitum capitatum ., Colorado, * Underwood & Selby 108. 
(Type.) 

Chenopodium rubrum L., Montana, Kelsey. 

This material was referred in the herbarium of the New York 
Botanical Garden to A. Blit’, but a superficial examination of the 
conidia was sufficient to throw doubt upon the correctness of the 
identification. The conidia differ in their yellow color and in their 
discoid form from those of A. Bliti, and from those of A. platensis 
in the brighter color and uniformly hyaline membrane, while in out- 
line they approach most nearly to those of A. ¢ropica, The oospores, 
however, are markedly different from those of these species or of 
any other member of the genus. They are very closely reticulate, 
with the areolae so shallow as at first sight to give the appearance 
of pitting rather than reticulations. This is our rarest and most 
local species, yet none are more markedly distinct. It is repre- 
sented in the material examined by only two collections, while but 
one American mycologist has referred to an A/éugo which could 
belong to the present species. The inclusion by Berlese and 
DeToni* of Azriplex among the hosts of A. Bit appears to 
be the first mention of a species of this genus on a Chenopodi- 
aceous host. No locality is given nor can the host be traced by 
any bibliographical assistance at hand. Later Pammel ¢ reported 
the occurrence of A. Blit#i upon the sugar beet in Iowa and 
mentions its occurence on Biitum. He figures the conidia from 
Beta and the odspores from Amaranthus, as they were not found on 
the former host. Later the same author f cites references to the 
occurrence of A. Bliti on Chenopodium in Europe, but no light 
has been gained from them. 

Distrisution: Montana and Colorado. Probably also in 
Iowa and Europe. 


. *Sacc. Syll. Fung. 7: 236. 1888. 
+ Bull. Iowa Agr. Expr. Sta. 15 : 236. p/. 6. 1801. 
t Jour. Myc. 7: 102, 1892. 


Witson: North AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 83 


13. ALBUGO PORTULACAE (DC.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 
Pl, 23 668) f80t 


Uredo Portulacae DC. Fl. France 5: 88. 1815. 
Cystopus Portulacae de Bary, Ann. Sci. Nat. 1V. 20: 131. 1863. 

Sori white or yellowish, on all, parts of the host except the 
roots, rounded or irregular in outline, up to 5 mm.; conidiophores 
clavate, about 9 x 25 yp, hyaline; conidia dissimilar, the terminal 
larger, cylindrical and papillate, the basal smaller, subglobular, 
about 12-15 x 15-22 yp, walls hyaline, contents light-yellow ; 
odspores borne in the stems and leaves, globular, dark-brown, 
about 70 4; epispore regularly reticulated, with short ridges or 
papillate tubercles in the areas. 

This species is restricted throughout its range to a single host, 
upon which it does not appear to be very common, although the 
distribution of both host and fungus is probably coextensive. It 
is easily distinguished from related species by the uniform thick- 
ness of the conidial membrane and by the tubercles in the areolae 
of the odspore. The morphology of this species has been studied 
by Stevens.* 

On PoRTULACACEAE: 

Portulaca oleracea \., Connecticut, Underwood ; Georgia, 
* Underwood ; Mlinois, Blount, Burrill, * Earle, Waite ; In- 
diana, Bolley, Olive, * Underwood ; lowa, * Arthur ; Mis- 
souri, Galloway ; New Jersey, Zils (N. Am. Fungi 1808), 
Halsted (Econ. Fungi 264a); New York, Underwood ; 
New Mexico, * Cockerell ; Ohio, Tyler (Ohio Fungi 83) ; 
Ontario, Dearness (Fungi Columb. 45, Econ. Fungi 2646) ; 
South Carolina, Ravenel (Fungi Am. 500) ; South Dakota, 
* Chaney, * Griffiths (W. Am. Fungi 37). 

Type Locaity : France, on Portulaca oleracea L. 

Disrripution: Vermont to South Dakota, New Mexico and 
Georgia. Also in South America, Europe, Asia and Africa. 

SPECIES EXCLUDENDAE 

While several names have been proposed under this genus 
which for one reason or another cannot be retained, it wm, £ hanalas 
scarcely necessary to mention any of these which have not gained 
admission to Saccardo’s Sylloge Fungorum. 


84 Witson: NortTH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


Cystopus Euphorbiae Cooke & Massee, Grevillea 20: 106. 
1892. 

The roughened conidia bespeak a closer relationship with the 
Uredinales than with the present genus. 

Cystopus Salsolae and C. Schlechteri P. Sydow, Hedwigia 
Beibl. 38: 142. 1889. 

Authentic material of both these species has been examined. 
In both instances the host is covered with white spots which 
closely simulate the sori of A/bugo and answer to the description in 
the diagnoses of these species. A microscopic examination of 
these spots failed to show anything except crystals of some chem- 
ical. These answer fairly well to the measurements given, but 
show no membrane or other parts as described, for the spores. 
Nothing more similar to conidia, however, was observed. The 
spores described as oOspores are present in fair abundance in 
the material of both species. They are borne apparently singly, 
at the apex of isolated conidiophores, and are the conidia of some 
species of Hyphomycetes and rather closely related to Coniospor- 
zum or Torula. 


New York BoTANICAL GARDEN, 


Some Lactarii from Windham County, Vermont 


GERTRUDE SIMMONS BURLINGHAM 


Vermont is undoubtedly one of the richest of the New England 
states in the number and variety of its fleshy fungi; yet with the 
exception of the lists of Charles C. Frost,* and a paper by Pro- 
fessor Burt,+ nothing has been published to indicate any extended 
study of the higher Basidiomycetes which occur in the state. In 
connection with a special study of the genus Lactarius, it was 
my fortune to spend last summer collecting in that portion of 
Windham county, Vermont, immediately north of the region ex- 
plored by Frost. Six miles west of Newfane village, at an eleva- 
tion of about 500 meters, we “ pitched camp” in a small farm- 
house delightfully situated in the midst of the fragrance and the 
sunshine and the bird voices of the mowing, { while closely 
encircling it on three sides was the forest with the more subtle 
odors, the cool shade, and the songs of the veery and the hermit 
thrush. Although the most extensive field work was done in the 
town of Newfane, several excursions were made into the neighbor- 
ing townships reaching west to Stratton Mountain, and east to 
Putney Mountain, including a range of elevation from 180 to 615 
meters. 

The topography of the region is characterized by a succession 
of hill-like mountains with intervening valleys traversed by some 
small stream whose waters finally reach the larger valley of the 
West River. The elevations are mostly covered with timber, and 
lower lands which were tilled two generations ago are, in some 
cases, being reclaimed by the forests. Except along the Con- 
necticut and the lower valley of the West River, chestnut groves 
are lacking. There are a few scattering oaks, but no rich oak 
woods. The white pines, too, are scarce in this part of Vermont, 
ants within thirty miles of Amherst 


* Tuckerman and Frost. Catalogue of pl 
+ Key to the genera of the Basidiomycetes of Vermont. 1599. 
** Mowing is used in New England for any Jand from which hay is cut, while 


: 
the term ‘‘ meadow’”’ is restricted to level and usually moist grass lands. 


86 BuRLINGHAM: LACTARII FROM VERMONT 


but the young trees grow rapidly where given an opportunity. 
Forests of balsam fir, spruce, and hemlock are numerous. The 
deciduous woods are made up principally of maples, beeches, 
yellow and paper birch, and aspens. Along small streams, alders 
abound. The soil is a loam or a sandy loam, with a topsoil of 
vegetable mold in the less steep and rocky woods. : 

From the middle of July to the middle of September the 
weather was unusually dry. Consequently there was a scarcity 
of the Lactarii except in naturally moist woods, and in wooded 
ravines. The swamps were not asarule good collecting grounds, 
owing to the fact that they were so often supplied by cold springs. 
Nevertheless the region, with its varying elevations, diverse forest 
conditions, and shaded ravines, proved a most fruitful collecting field. 
During July and August, after a light rain or even a heavy dew, 
Boleti and Russulae were very abundant in the more open places 
in the woods; by the middle of August the Cortinari began to 
be plentiful ; and from first to last many other genera were repre- 
sented by a lesser number of. species. But in the present paper I 
shall attempt to cover merely the summer’s work upon the genus 
Lactarius. 

The absence of Lactarius piperatus was notable, but the related 
form, Lactarius deceptivus Peck, was very common throughout 
the region. Two species were found which have not been re- 
ported before in the United States; namely, Lactarius resimus 
Fr.,* and Lactarius circellatus (Batt.) Fr. Lactarius rimosellus 
also should be mentioned as a species recently described by Dr. 
Peck (Rep. State Bot. N. Y. 1905: 37. 1906). Lactarius oculatus, 
which was described by Peck as a variety of Lactarius subdulcis, is 
here separated as a distinct species, since the Vermont specimens 
were so plainly viscid when moist. 

Many thanks are due Dr. Charles H. Peck for the privilege of 
examining the type specimens in the herbarium of the New York 


* In the Rep. State Bot. N. Y. for 1872, Peck describes Lactarius regalis, which, 
in the Rep. State Bot. N. Y. for 1884 and 1885, he refers to Lactarius resimus as @ 
variety. The type specimens show the plant in various stages including forms young 
enough to have tomentum on the margin. From the absence of this tomentum in the 
five type specimens, it would seem that they belong to a distinct species as first 
described ; but further collections of this form must be made before its position can be 
positively determined. 


BuRLINGHAM: LACTARII FROM VERMONT 87 


State Museum, and for his assistance in determining doubtful 
forms; also to Prof. L. M. Underwood, under whose direction the 
study of the Lactarii is being pursued, and Dr. Marshall A. Howe, 
who placed at our disposal for the summer the house which we 
occupied, and otherwise rendered valuable assistance through his 
intimate knowledge of Newfane. 

The following is the list of species taken, together with the 
description of new species. 


Lactarius aspideoides sp. nov. 

Pileus fleshy, rather firm, convex-umbilicate, then plane, be- 
coming infundibuliform with age, 3-4.5 cm. broad, sulphur-yel- 
low zoned with deeper yellow, zones narrow, sometimes obscure, 
very viscid when wet, gluten thick and persisting, margin involute 
and minutely tomentose at first ; gills whitish then cream-colored 
spotted with yellow, close, sometimes forking next the stem, 
adnate but acute at the inner end, 4 mm. broad, staining lilac 


base, glabrous, stuffed, becoming hollow, 2-3-5 cm. long, 6-10 
m. thi 


late, 5—7 by 7-8 p#; flesh whitish, changing faintly lilac where ex- 
posed to the air; milk white, a change in color indicated only by 
the change in the color of the broken flesh ; taste bitter. 

de sheep-pasture near small fir trees, 


In a grassy place in hillsi 
ather, September 


523 m. elevation, after heavy rain and warm we 
21-24; Newfane. : 

This species is related to Lactarius aspideus Fries, but 1s sepa- 
rated from it by the brighter-colored soned pileus, the smaller size, 
and the bitter taste of the milk. I could not detect any change in 
the color of a drop of milk, but the gills and flesh change to iilge 
where wounded. The tomentum on the margin of the young pileus 
is chaffy in appearance. 


Lactarius Bensleyae sp. V- 

Pileus firm, fleshy, nearly flat with margin inrolled, ae 
when older depressed in the center but the margin still recurved, 
surface covered with a dense minute short rather stiff pubescence, 
dry, blue-black when young and moist, then zoned with seg 
gray, finally with brownish-gray, darker in the center, ae ra 
broad ; gills whitish, some forking near the stem, close, slightly 
decurrent ; stem somewhat buff, covered more OF less with a gray 


88 BuRLINGHAM: LACTARII FROM VERMONT 


pruinosity, glabrous, dry, nearly equal, becoming hollow, 1 cm. 
or less in length, 2-3 mm. thick; spores slightly cream-colored, 
mostly globular, some slightly elliptical, echinulate, 5-6.5 y or 
rarely 6.5 by 8 ; flesh of pileus gray, of stem buff; milk white, 
unchanging, acrid. 

In black soil in a wet place at times overflowed, under yellow 
birch and young spruce woods, 500 m. elevation, July to Sep- 
tember ; Newfane, Agnes H. Bensley. 

This species is gregarious and sometimes cespitose. As many 
as 35 were found growing in an area of less than one square foot. 
It can be distinguished from Lactarius griseus Peck, by its minute 
size, its dark-colored and frequently zoned pileus, and by the short 
and dense hirsute-pubescent covering of the pileus. 


Lactarius isabellinus sp. nov. 


Pileus fleshy, not very thick, convex, then broadly convex, at 
length infundibuliform, umbonate, dry, glabrous, but a little rough- 
ened and wrinkled in the center especially when mature, azonate, 
red-fulvous in the center, buff toward the margin, all fading to 
buff when mature, 3-4.5 cm. broad; margin glabrous, even or 
faintly striate when old, and sometimes areolate-wrinkled ; gills 
pale-yellowish, becoming reddish .where bruised, crowded, thin, 
forking near the stem or midway to the margin, slightly decurrent, 
3 mm. broad, or twice as broad as the thickness of the flesh ; stem 
the same color as the pileus, equal or slightly tapering upwards, 
tomentose at the base, stuffed, becoming hollow, 4 cm. long, 6 
mm. thick ; spores white, slightly echinulate, 6-7.5 by 7-8.5 #3 
flesh white, staining yellowish from the milk; milk white, at 
length (after five minutes) becoming sulphur-yellow, astringent, 
then acrid, abundant. 

In leaf mold, moist open place in mixed woods, 460 m. eleva- 
tion, warm dry weather, September ; Newfane. 

The milk changes color slowly, and sometimes a drop will not 
seem to change, but the milk always dries yellow on the flesh. 
The species was found but once ; then, however, several specimens 
in various stages of development. 

Lactarius minusculus sp. nov. 

Pileus fleshy, thin, broadly convex, with a small umbo, be- 
coming plane then somewhat depressed in the center, glabrous, 
viscid in wet weather, sometimes shining with viscidity, azonate, 
fulvous in the center, shading to cream-fulvous, then to cream on 


BuRLINGHAM: LACTARII FROM VERMONT 89 


the margin, I.1-3 cm. broad, margin minutely crenate, pruinose 
at first, in mature specimens slightly wavy and sometimes sub- 
striate ; gills close, thin, adnate, seldom forking, broad for the 
thickness of the pileus ; stem slightly paler than the pileus, equal, 
stuffed, a little tomentose at the base when growing in moss, about 
2.5 cm. long, . thick ; spores white, subglobose, slightly 
echinulate, 6—8 » ; flesh isabelline-white ; milk white, unchanging, 
acrid. 

In moss or on decayed wood, under yellow birches, in cool, 
moist woods, 500 m. elevation, July ; Newfane. 

This species resembles Lactarius subdulcis somewhat, but differs 
in its smaller size, the viscidity of the pileus, the crenate margin, 
in being expallent, and in the acrid milk. The plants were found 
in the same general locality several times in July, always after a 
rain. Frequently the gills appear pruinose. 


Lactarius nitidus sp. nov. 

Pileus fleshy, rather thin, convex then depressed in the center, 
margin arching for some time, umbonate, glabrous, smooth, shin- 
ing-viscid when wet, mahogany-red, more golden-red toward the 
- Margin, umbo persistently dark, otherwise fading when dry, 3 cm. 
broad ; gills yellowish becoming pruinose, close, sometimes fork- 
ing, slightly decurrent ; stem mahogany-red, equal, smooth, glab- 
rous, stuffed becoming hollow, 4.5-5 cm. long, 5-8 mm. thick, 
sometimes ventricose when growing in wet places ; spores white, 
echinulate, 5-6 by 6-8 1; flesh faintly buff, turning a little reddish 
where cut ; milk white, unchanging, mild. . 

In a grassy sheep-pasture in the shade of hemlocks, and in 

woods, 500 m. elevation, warm weather, September ; Newfane. 


Lactarius oculatus (Peck) sp. nov. 

Lactarius subdulcis oculatus Peck, Rep. State Bot. N. Y. 1902: 
g7+ 1903. 
Pileus fleshy, thin, convex then depressed in the center, se 

arched then nearly plane, umbonate, viscid in dew or wet weather, 


90 BuRLINGHAM : LACTARII FROM VERMONT 


subglobose, echinulate, 6-7.5 by 8-9.5 # ; flesh buff-whitish ; milk 
white, unchanging, mild. 

In moss under pine and hemlock, 500 meters elevation, July 
to September ; Newfane. 

“ Pileus moist, subhygrophanous, vinaceous buff with a small 
central spot or umbo persistently reddish-brown or chestnut color. 
Otherwise like the species. Under spruce and balsam fir trees. 
September.” Peck, Rep. State Bot. N. Y. 1902: 37. pl. 83, fe 
20-24. 1903. 

Dr. Peck gave the name ocu/atus to the form on account of the 
eye-like appearance of the umbo in the mature or dry specimen, 
This spot is not noticeable in the moist condition. The viscidity 
of the pileus in wet weather, and the expallent color serve to 
separate it from Lactarius subdulcis. 

In addition to the above, the following species were collected : 
Lactarius AFFINIS Peck. 

In moist fir or mixed woods with evergreens predominating, 

August to September, 500 m. elevation ; Newfane. 
LAcTARIUS ALPINUS Peck. 
Mossy moist place on border of fir woods, September, 500 
m. elevation ; Newfane. 
LacTARIUS CAMPHORATUS (Bull.) Fr. 
Common, July to September; Wardsboro ; Stratton ; New- 
fane; Putney. Eadzdle, 
LACTARIUS CINEREUS Peck. 
Common in mixed woods, especially among beech leaves, most 
abundant in July and August; Newfane. 
LACTARIUS CIRCELLATUS (Batt.) Fr. 
In cool mixed woods, spruce and fir and hemlock predominat- 
ing, August to September, 500 m. elevation ; Newfane. 
LACTARIUS DECEPTIVUS Peck. 
Common especially under hemlocks, July to September; 
Newfane. LZadzd/e. 
Lacrarius DELIclosus (L.) Fr. 
Common in moist places in fir, spruce, or hemlock woods, July 
to September; Newfane. | Edible. 
LACTARIUS FLEXUOSUS Fr. 


Found twice under maples in leaves, rather dry, 500 m. eleva- - 


tion, September ; Newfane. 


a = 


BURLINGHAM: LacTARI! FROM VERMONT 91 


LacTaRIus FULIGINOsUS Fr. 

Found in mixed woods several times but not common, 500 m. 

elevation, August ; Newfane. 
Lactarius GEerarp1! Peck. 

At foot of Stratton Mountain, under maple, balsam fir, ‘and 

spruce, July, 615 m. elevation. Fatble. 
Lactarius GrisEus Peck. 

Common in wet woods on ground and on decaying wood, 
July to September, 180 to 615 m. elevation; Stratton; 
Newfane; Putney. 

Lactarius uyscrnus Fr. 

In grassy wood road and in both leaf and needle soil, under 
fir and hemlocks, moist woods, August to September, 500 
m. elevation ; Newfane. 

Lacrarius LicNiotus Fr. 
Not common, a few scattering specimens, August to Septem- 
ber, 500 m. elevation; Newfane. 
LAcTARIUS PALUDINELLUS Peck. 
In moist places in woods, found once; Newfane. 
Lacrarius parvus Peck. 
Found once on decayed wood in moist mixed woods, 500 m. 
elevation, September ; Newfane. 
Lacrarius pyroGavus (Bull.) Fr. 
Grassy open place in woods, 500 m. elevation, July ; Newfane. 
Lacrarius reEsimus Fr. 

Rare, found only one specimen, under spruce on edge of steep 

woods, 500 m. elevation, September ; Newfane. 
Lacrarius RIMosELLUs Peck. 

Found several times under beech among ferns, near wood road, 

July to August, 500 m. elevation; Newfane. £azd/e. 
Lacrarius susputcis (Bull.) Fr. ae 

Common in woods and on border of woods, especially in moist 
places, 180-615 m. elevation, June to September ; Strat- 
ton; Newfane; Putney. 

Lacrarius suppurPuREUS Peck. : 

In grassy sheep pastures with scattered firs, after heavy rains. 
530 m. elevation ; September ; Newfane. 


92 BurLINGHAM: LACTARII FROM VERMONT 


LacTARIUs THEIOGALUS (Bull.) Fr. 

Common in spruce and hemlock woods, in both dry and wet ; 
weather, 180-500 m. ft. elevation, July to September; 
Newfane. 

LACTARIUS TORMINOSUS (Schaeff.) Fr. 

Common in moist woods, sometimes nearly white, 500 m. 

elevation, August to September ; Newfane. 
LacraRius TurPIs Fr. 

Found three times in moist places; twice in fir woods, once in 
maple woods near a pine tree, 500 m. elevation, August to 
September ; Newfane. 

LAcTARIUs UviDus Fr. 

Common in Sphagnum in fir woods and under firs and alders 
in a wet ravine, 460 m. elevation, August, September; 
Newfane. Several of the specimens were attacked by a 
fungus which affected the hymenium only and did not pre- 
vent the flow of milk. This has been deposited with Dr. 
Peck for identification and description. 

a eae VELLEREUs Fr. 

Mixed woods and under beech, 180 to 615 m.elevation, August; 

Newfane. 
LAcTARIUS VOLEMUs Fr. 

Found once in woods-road under maples and beeches, 500 
m. elevation ; and once in a moist ravine near Newfane 
village, August. Edible. 

The accompanying synopsis is offered as an aid in identifying 
the above-named species. In order to make the synopsis as com- 
plete as possible, I have included the additional species which are 
given in Frost’s list, most of which were probably éollected in the 
vicinity of Brattleboro. These added species are indicated by af 
asterisk. In his list the names of eleven new species occur which 


have never been described ; these are of course omitted. 


Synopsis of species 


MILK BRIGHT-COLORED FROM THE FIRST, wounds often turning 
greenish 


Seaecics Section I. 
MILK AT FIRST WHITE THEN CHANGING COLOR Section II. 
MILK WHITE AND UNCHANGING Section ITI. 


: 


BuURLINGHAM: LACTARII FROM VERMONT 93 


Milk orange; pileus some shade of orange zoned with darker, fad- 


ing; gills deep- orange with yellowish reflections ...........:.6:.00+5 L. deliciosus. 
Milk saffron-yellow ; anprd agcadlate somewhat zonate ; gills 

Brbyish-yellow ; under pints icciccsse aceite avcetiasiiedee ae L. Chelidonium.* 
Milk dark-red ; pileus oS meri -purple approaching Indian lake, 

“<i faintly zonate ; gills dark-red, fading L. subpurpureus. 
Milk indigo-blue; entire plant indigo-blue; pileus with grayish 

lustre, zonate ; gills becoming yellowish ..........s::066 sssesseeeseeess L. Indigo.* 

II 


fem becoming sulphur-yellow.... .<s.<isdsdenssuiios vers ese iepempans 

Milk becoming salmon; at least wounds changing; pileus dry; 
spores yellow AA. 

Milk becoming lilac; at least wounds changing ; pileus viscid........ AAA. 


A 


1, Pileus viscid 
Pileus dry, fulvous in center, buff toward margin, all buff when 
mature; stem same color; gills paler; milk changes slowly... Z. isadellinus. 
2. Margin at first involute, tomentose ; pileus whitish, azonate, large, 
Minhilicate- joe a eats ae ee L. vresimus. 
Margin glabrous or merely downy when young ; pileus atte 
salmon zoned with bister or fawn more or less distinct ; 
same color or paler ; gills whitish to yellow, becoming reddish 


where bruised ; milk bitter then acrid L. theiogalus. 
AA 
Pileus sooty or the éolor of coffee and milk, surface smooth, oe ne 
in appearance, 2.5-6.5 cm. broad; gills subclose L. fuliginosus. 
Pileus more eran taberests center often wrinkled, umbonate, rich se 
dark umber to sepia, 2.5~10 cm. broad . ligniotus. 
AAA 
Pileus and stem iui at yellow; pileus zoned with deeper yellow ; 
Stem equal or abruptly puget at the base, viscid, sometimes saa 
Spotted ; plants small; milk b . L. aspideot 


Pileus pale brownish- -gray or ne mice lilac tint, center sometimes 
dark-brown to yellow-brown, sometimes faintly zonate, 5-8 cm. 


broad ; wet places in woods L. uvidus. 
Ill : 
Be MAR, ACID. vs... ccs. dpoevace seddanvensssnerce eneeevavd taurnananoes vt oesney ; 
Milk mild a scat nac as sucesoatesces a 
2. Pileus viscid Se Ore oe “ 
Pileus dry weeeetawnee . 8. 
3. Pileus viscid when wet but soon dry, glabrous......-. Poy CE 18. 
PVCS ONY issicccidsssoscatced. asensesinens ase Peete ae 21. 
4. Margin at first involute, tomentose.........s0-sss+eenererereccerereeters A 
Margin naleed ..-o<.s0cs.cs.cccssssvcersrsvscneieseceostepenscecntens eee 


5- Pileus pale-ochraceous tinged with flesh, sometimes nearly white, 
usually zonate, with beard-like tomentum roenes on margin, 


torminosus. 
7-10 cm. broad; gills white or yellowish... . L. tormi 


94 BuRLINGHAM: LACTARII FROM VERMONT 


Pileus woolly-tomentose all over, fibrillose on margin, dingy- 
flesh-colored or reddish-buff, azonate, very viscid in wet 
weather, 4-10 cm. broad; milk rire sometimes becoming 
Prale-YEllOw. crecoccsccavereccicecseeccnccesnceceseeecsees seeenseneseess L. ctlicioides.* 
Pileus olivaceous-umber, yellowish toward margin, agglutinated- 
villose, or at length sci bon ae blackish in drying, 7-15 cm. 


broad; stem uneven or spotted ; gills white, Pht yellowish, 
then gray, is black where sit eedd eekes L. turpis. 
6. Pileus some shade of yellow 
Pileus some shade of red or fulvous eS 
Pileus gray IO. 
Pileus livid or plum-colored, becoming yellowish, large and firm ; 
m ae same color as pileus or paler, not spotted L. trivialis. 
WY PIGUS SOMALE, foci. eile sesh ess ufereces unre: 
Pileus azonate, ochraceous, up to 10 cm. broad; spores white ; 
gills tinted yellow . affinis. 
8. Pileus 6-11 cm, broad ; stem often scrobiculate-spotted ; spores 
yellow L. insulsus.* 
Pileus 5-8 cm. broad; stem never spotted L. zonarius.* 
g. Pileus dull- gant in center, paler foward margin, gluten per- 
sisting, 5- broad, thin margin inflexed; stem often 
spotted, Ce te pileus; gills white to yellowish L. hysginus. 
Pileus fulvous in sao buff-fulvous toward margin, margin 
finely crenate; gills white; plants small L. minusculus. 
10. Pileus cinereus, saute azonate, disk darker, 2-5 cm. broad, 
thin, fragile; gills close, white; stem often tomentose at base, 
paler than pileus, up to L. cinereus. 
Pileus dark-gray with lilac tints, zones and disk obit eta 
fading to pale gray, 6-8 cm. broad; gills cl L. circellatus. 
11. Pileus glabrous £2. 
Margin with a roll of cottony tomentum, or pileus velvety- 
tomentose 16. 
Pileus minutely hirsute-pubescent, or squamulose-tomentose..... 17. 
Pileus minutely squamulose, ochraceous to fulvous, 2.5-4 cm. 
road ; gills yellowish to ochraceous L. alpinus. 
12. Pileus some shade of red ra, 
Hens WIR iicss ic seveosseus sovetevs 14. 
Pileus some shade of gray...... 15. 
13. Pileus reddish-brown or lilac-brown, small, slender; ait ER 
hite or yellowish, dingy-greenish where wounde on 
decaying wood L. parvus. 


Pileus bay-red, shining, ti fl pubescent when young, 

5-11 cm. broad; gills ochraceous or reddish; milk very acrid,, Z. rufus.* 
Pileus umbilicate to infundibuliform, 6-18 cm. broad; stem solid, 

short, or 2-8 cm. tall; gills very close, dichotomous, arcuate, 

decurrent L. piperatus.* 
Pileus thinner than preceding, 5-10 cm. broad; stem 5-10 cm. 


: 


gills adnate, horizontal, white at Repo jiassess Sawant L. pargamenus.* 


igh ; 
15. Pileus livid-gray, zoned, moist but not viscid, 5~7.5 cm. broad ; 
stem stuffed then hollow; gills thin, pnd subochraceous.. ZL. pyrogalus. 


f 
| BurLINGHAM : LACTARIT FROM VERMONT 95 


Fileas lead-gray or violet-gray, zoned or niclees, smooth shin- 


, then rivulose-scaly and unpolished, ma rgin flexu 
5-15 cm. broad; stem solid; gills thick, distant, inn: 
yellowish L. flexuosus. 


¥ 
. Pileus convex-umbilicate to ‘nfoncitbeliforn, up to 15 cm. broad, 
surface with the texture of chamois, margin cottony-tomen- 


_ 
oN 


. L. deceptivus. 


LOSE soc thessvicniessen 
Pileus convex to umbilicate, covered “ies a onelies saosin 
5 stem Stout ......, ccccceerercessesneeeessersenrnnens L. vellereus. 


17. Pileus hirsute-pubescent, blue- black when young, then zoned 
with gray, finally yellowish-brown near pee , 5-15 mm. 
broad ; stem short, glabrous; Spores Creal ......++-.++++srereee0 L. Bensleyae. 
Pileus squamulose tomentose, thin, gray, ane brownish-gray 
zonate ; stem tomentose at base, 2.5-6.5 cm. NOME ic. tas tees L. griseus. 
18. phen some shade Of red. .ac.cocosscnscororscceesueesssbenseanectesterees 19. 
Pileus some other Colom. .....cs-secesetesess seeshesecnsessescn ete te ccene® 20 
19. Pileus and stem mahogany, shining when moist, umbilicate, 
expanding, but margin arched, about 4 cm. broad... ... DL. nitidus. 
Pileus fulvous, darker in the center, except umbo fading t to ae 
ish, Small, fragile ..;vciest soassecnsssnvereste saretnoene tenn L. oculatus. 


. Pileus pale alutaceous, azonate, convex-umbilicate, 6-15 cm. 
broad, margin involute for some time ; stem 2,5-6 cm. igh ; 
gilis close, pallid.....<..ssssckensensrsesstorenenstystetectorers 2" 

Pileus brown, fading, often umbonate, up to 3 cm. broad, mar- 
gin striatulate ; in marshy places .....--.-+ss++eesrrerreseerereee 

. Pileus glabrous ......s.sscsseeesenesnerenenenesetes Ved ca gawasmeincenteons es 

Pileus pruinose velvety.......ssss++-serneretteeree ss 
Pileus rimulose-areolate so as to appear minutely airumnolons, 
ick-red when moist, fading when dry, and surface cracking 

into minute scale-like areas; gills yellowish, then co colored 
ike pileus; milk subwatery; odor and size like 
CA AUT AES. «suse vos sosnsnavinnnesusentaperenrere AIT TG 

. Pileus golden-fulvous or prownish- anne smooth, convex then 
plane, or slightly depressed, 5-13 © m. broad, surface some- 
times cracking ; gills white to loi turning brown where 


to 
° 


L. pallidus.* 


L. paludinellus. 
2 


bs 
- 


cebecatwes eee ee 1eoe The 


L. rimosellus. 


N 
tb 


. volemus. 


red ; odog strong in drying; stout....---+.-s-+-err 7" , 
= Pileus dark red-brown; stem same as gills yellow to brick- vee 
t red; odor sweet; plants Bll. .ccecsceccecesenses seers sh ne i .. L. camphoratus. 

- Tl tia: milk mild then bitteri odor 
Pileus pale-fulvous ; gills palli Ee. 


e; plants small... 
aie, dente = Sptbled, « 


23. Pileus ‘didaintiow’, 
broad ; stem same color ; gills distant; spores white, ‘jou, : 
lbeclate os hale L. Gerardi. 
Pileus yellowish-tawny or brownish-orange, 5-1O cm. broad ; 
broadly hited nearly 


viet distant, white or cream; spores 
ooth; stem solid, glabrous or pruinose, 
high isessnuatienoes steer gurepenenee” 


2.5 cm. or more 
L. distans.* 


New York BoraNnicAL GARDEN. 


New species of fungi 


CHARLES HORTON PECK 
Lepiota xylophila 


Pileus thin, campanulate or convex, umbonate, minutely 
squamulose, white or whitish and even on the margin when fresh, 
becoming brownish with age or in drying, with the umbo darker 
and the margin widely and distinctly plicate-striate ; lamellae rather 
narrow, free, denticulate on the edge, minutely pulverulent, whitish, 
faintly tinged with yellow or greenish-yellow ; stem slender, equal 
or nearly so, hollow, pale-yellowish or greenish-yellow ; spores 
elliptic, uniguttulate, 8-12 » long, 6-7 # broad. 

ileus 2-4 cm. broad; stem 2-4 cm. long, 2-4 mm. thick. 

On wood of red fir, Douglas fir and redwood. Hawaii. Col- 
lected by N. A. Cobb; communicated by H. von Schrenk. 

The species is closely related to Lepiota cepaestipes Sow., from 
_ which it may be separated by its different colors, its peculiar habitat, 
the even margin of the fresh pileus, and its stem which is not en- 
larged at or near the base. ; 


Clitocybe nobilis 


Pileus fleshy, convex, sometimes becoming slightly centrally 
depressed, dry, glabrous, firm, creamy-white becoming buff or 
brownish with age or in drying, often broadly umbonate and darker 
in the center, flesh white, taste and odor agreeable ; lamellae thin, 
close, decurrent, whitish ; stem solid, stuffed, or hollow witha small 
cavity, tapering upward, somewhat bulbous, glabrous, firm, white 
or whitish becoming pallid or brownish — with age or in 
drying ; spores elliptic, 7-8 4 long, 4-5 # broad. 

2 elias ate cet tool : se 5-10 cm. long, 6-8 mm. thick. 

Solitary or gregarious, in clearings, growing in black vegetable 
mold or from buried wood or bark. Deer lake, Ontario. August. 
C. Guillet. 

A fine large species of a soft or spongy 
but it shrinks much in drying and becomes firm or hard. It appar- 


ently belongs to the section Désciformes. 
97 


texture when fresh, 


98 Peck : NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI 


Collybia hirticeps 
Pileus thin, submembranous, convex, umbilicate, dry, densely 
clothed with long tufted or matted appressed mummy-brown 
hairs, which are often somewhat radiately arranged in the fresh 
plant, giving a sulcate-striate appearance to the margin of the pileus, 
margin in the young plant and in the mature dried plant strongly 
incurved ; lamellae moderately close, rounded behind, slightly ad- 
_nexed or free, persistently white ; stem long, tough, equal, stuffed 
with fibrils, tomentose, colored like or a little paler than the pileus; 
spores globose or subglobose, 4—5 y long, 4 4 broad. 
Pileus 1.5—-2.5 cm. broad; stem 5-7 cm. long, 2-3 mm. thick. 
Cespitose ; decaying wood or branches in woods. Pigeon lake, 
Ontario. August, 1905. C. Guillet. — Pennsylvania. D.R. Sum- 
stine. Closely allied to Collybia zonata Peck, from which it is at 
once distinguished by its brown color, the entire absence of zones 
and the longer coarser hair of the pileus. 


Omphalia serotina 

Pileus submembranous, convex, sometimes slightly depressed 
in the center or subumbilicate, widely striate on the margin when 
fresh and moist, slightly striate when dry, grayish-brown, grayish- 
white or subcinereous; lamellae rather broad, subdistant, adnate 
or slightly decurrent, white; stem slender, hollow, glabrous, 
slightly villose-tomentose at the base, pallid; spores narrowly 
elliptic, 8-10 » long, 4-5 » broad. 

\  Pileus 1-2 cm. broad; stem 1.5-2.5 cm. long, 1 mm. thick. 

Among fallen leaves in woods. Near Boston, Massachusetts. 
December. Mrs. E. B. Blackford. A small species somewhat 
ambiguous in character. When a specimen is placed in water it 
revives as in specimens of Marasmius, but its texture is not tough 
as in that genus. Neither is the pileus as distinctly umbilicate as 
is usual in species of Omphalia. It appears to be closely related 
to Omphalia grisea Fr., from which its smaller size and puret 
white lamellae will separate it. 


Entoloma murinum 


Pileus thin, fragile, conic, convex or nearly plane, umbonate, 
dry, silky in appearance, glabrous to the touch, grayish-brown Of 
mouse-colored, the thin margin often wavy and split, striate in the 
dried plant ; lamellae thin, close, sinuate, adnate, white becoming 
pale-pink ; stem slender, brittle, equal or slightly tapering UP- 


Peck : NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI 99 


ward, straight or flexuous, hollow, white or whitish becoming 
darker with age; spores angular, uniguttulate, 10-12» long, 
6-8 broad, often with an oblique apiculus at one end. 

Pileus 2-3 cm. broad; stem 2—-3.5 cm. long, 1.5—2 mm. thick. 

Among long grass and sphagnum. Falmouth, Massachusetts. 

September. S. Davis. 
| This species is closely related to Entoloma Peckianum Burt, 
from which it is distinguished by its smaller size, more fragile 
texture, and paler color. The umbo also is darker than the rest 
of the pileus and the margin in the dried specimens is finely 
striate. 
Entoloma deminutivum 


Pileus thin, fragile, convex becoming nearly plane, umbonate, 
hygrophanous, chestnut-brown or blackish and striatulate on the 
margin when young or moist, becoming paler and shining when 
the moisture has escaped, the small umbo darker than the rest of 
the pileus, odor farinaceous ; lamellae thin, narrow, subclose, 
slightly adnexed, subventricose, white becoming pink ; stem fragile, 
equal or slightly tapering upward, glabrous, shining, white or 
whitish ; spores angular, uniguttulate, 10-12 /4 long, 6-8 4 broad. 

Pileus 1.3—3 cm. broad; stem I.3-3 cm. long, 2 mm. thick. 

Low damp black soil under trees. Stow, Massachusetts. 


October. S. Davis. 

A small species distinguished from the preceding by its odor, 
color and hygrophanous character, and from Entoloma sericeum 
(Bull.) Fr., to which it is related, by its umbonate and darker- 
colored pileus, its white stem and its larger spores. 


Eccilia unicolor 


Pileus thin, submembranous, co er} . 
expanded, umbilicate, glabrous, silky, shining, hygrophanous, 
yellowish-brown and striatulate on 
coming paler or brownish-orange !n dryin 
thin, narrow, close, arcuate, decurrent, som 2S Si a 
edge, colored like the pileus; stem externally cartilaginous, ibd . 
or flexuous, glabrous, shining, stuffed, pruinose at the top, co ne 
like or a little paler than the pileus, with a whitish ete ioi 
tomentum at the base ; spores angular, uniguttulate, 8-12 /# long, 


6-8 ‘ . 
» broad. stem 3-6 cm. long, I-3 mm. thick. 


Pileus 1-2.5 cm. broad ; sen 
Gravelly soil in waste places. Falmouth, Massachusetts. 


100 Peck : NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI 


July. S. Davis. The umbilicus is darker at the bottom. The 
marginal striations persist in the dried specimens. 


Eccilia Subacus 


Pileus thin, submembranous, conic, convex or expanded, 
broadly depressed, umbilicate or truncate, smooth and shining 
when fresh, densely pruinose when dry, white ; lamellae thin, dis- 
tant, adnate or slightly decurrent, white becoming pinkish; stem 
slender, fragile, equal or slightly tapering upward, glabrous, stuffed 
or hollow, white; spores angular, uniguttulate, 10-12 y long, 
6-8 p» broad. 

Pileus 0.6-2.5 cm. broad; stem 2-5 cm. long, 1-2 mm. thick. 

Gregarious, growing among grass and bushes. Stow, Massa- 
chusetts. September. S. Davis. 

This species is very closely related to Acctlia Acus Smith, but 
it differs from that species in the even margin of the pileus, in the 
adnate or but slightly decurrent lamellae, and in the absence of an 
umbilicus or in having only and rarely a shallow one. The upper 
part of the stem is sometimes sprinkled with white granules. 


Flammula betulina 


Pileus fleshy, convex becoming nearly plane, floccose or fibril- 
lose, roughish, viscid when young, subviscid when old, sometimes 
slightly appendiculate on the margin, buff-colored, flesh white ; 
lamellae thin, broad, close, ventricose, adnate or decurrent with a 
tooth, whitish becoming cinnamon-brown; stem fleshy, fragile, 
equal, fibrous, stuffed, striate at the top, whitish ; spores elliptic, 
6-8 » long, 4—5 » broad. 

Pileus 5-12 cm. broad; stem 5-7 cm. long, 6—g mm. thick. 

Decaying wood of white birch. Stow, Massachusetts. October. 
S. Davis. 

In the young plant there is a slight webby veil which some- 
times adheres in fragments to the margin of the pileus, but usually 
it is fugacious. The floccose squamules on the pileus are some- 
times concentrically arranged, 

Inocybe decipientoides 

Pileus rather thin, subconic becoming nearly plane, umbonate, 

fibrillose, squamulose in the center, grayish or grayish-brown, the © 


umbo brown, flesh white ; lamellae adnexed, ventricose, subdistant, 
whitish becoming brownish-ferruginous, white on the edge; stem 


Peck : NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI 101 


fragile, equal or nearly so, hollow, shining, fibrillose, striate and 
whitish at the top, brownish below ; spores subelliptic, obscurely 
angular or slightly irregular, 1o long, 6 » broad. 
Pileus 2—3 cm. broad; stem about 2.5 cm. long, 2—3 mm. thick. 
Grassy places. Boston, Massachusetts. June. S. Davis. The 
species is closely related to /nocybe decipiens Bres., but it differs in 
the color of the pileus, in the hollow stem and in the smaller spores. 


Naucoria sororia 

Pileus fleshy, fragile, convex, broadly umbonate, glabrous, 
lacunose, subviscid, tawny, often with a slightly darker zone near 
the margin when moist, even, wavy, or slightly lobed on the 
margin, flesh firm, watery, white, taste and odor farinaceous ; 
lamellae narrow, close, adnate, whitish becoming darker with age 
and in drying; stem equal or slightly bulbous, flexuous, fragile, 
striate at the top, stuffed, pale-tawny, white within ; spores elliptic, 
10-124 long, 6-8 p broad. 

Pileus 5-10 cm. broad; stem 4-12 cm. long, 4-8 mm. thick. 

Solitary or gregarious; in open grassy places. Falmouth, 
Massachusetts. July. S. Davis. This species is related to Nau- 
coria semiorbicularis (Bull.) Fr., from which it may be distinguished 
by its lacunose pileus, its farinaceous odor and taste, and its fragile 
character, and by its stem being striate at the top. 


Psathyrella betulina 

Pileus thin, submembranous, fragile, conic or convex, some- 
times broadly umbonate, glabrous, atomate, hygrophanous, fus- 
cous or dark-brown when moist, paler when dry ; lamellae broad, 
adnate, subdistant, cinereous becoming black, white on the margin ; 
stem fragile, equal, hollow, glabrous, shining, white ; spores black, 
elliptic, 8-10 » long, 5-6 » broad. 

Pileus 1.2-2.5 cm. broad; stem 2.5—5 cm. long, I-2 mm. 
thick. 
4 Decaying branches of white birch. Stow, Massachusetts. Sep- 
_. tember. S. Davis. 
7 Hydnum sulcatipes 
Pileus fleshy but thin, convex or nearly plane, glabrous ; aculei 
d at the base and occasion- 
f the pileus, whitish, 
. qual, sulcate, the ridges some- 
times branched ; spores subglobose or broadly elliptic, 7-8 # long, 
nearly or quite as broad. 


102 Peck : NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI 


Pileus 2-3 cm. broad; stem 2-3 cm. long, 3-4 mm. thick. 

Ground in woods. Blue Mounds, Wisconsin. August. J. J. 
Neuman. 

This species is remarkable for the peculiar character of the 
stem. This resembles the stems of some species of He/ve/la and 
by reason of it I have ventured to give an imperfect description of 
the species. No notes concerning the colors of the fresh plant 
were furnished by the discoverer. 


Clavaria amethystinoides 

Clubs 2-4 cm. tall, with few rather short suberect branches, 
very pale-lilac, becoming drab-gray in drying, the branches often 
compressed and rugose, more or less pruinose when dry, the tips 
commonly acute ; spores globose, 8 y in diameter. 

- Among sphagnum. Stow, Massachusetts. September.  S. 

Davis. 

This species is evidently related to C. amethystina Bull. and 
C. Schaffert Sacc. From the former it is separated by its different 
mode of branching and its globose spores; from the latter, to 
which it seems more closely allied, by its simple, not cestipose 
mode of growth, by the acute or mucronate tips of the branches, 
and by the pruinose character of the branches, which also are often 
rugose and irregular. 


Peckiella hymenioides 

Subiculum thin, downy-tomentose, white, overrunning the 
hymenium of the host plant ; perithecia subglobose, partly con- 
cealed by the subiculum, pale-amber becoming blackish-brown ; 
asci slender, cylindric, 8-spored, 60-80 pw long, 5-6 broad ; 
spores simple, subfusiform, pointed or acute at each end, 12-15 /4 
long, 4—5 » broad. 

On the hymenium of Lactarius uvidus Fr. Newfane, Vermont. 
August. Miss G. S. Burlingham. This species is very similar in 
external appearance to Peckiella hymenit Peck, but its asci are 
much shorter, its spores smaller, and its subiculum thinner. The 
milk of the host plant was still present at the time when the speci- 
mens were collected. 

Leotia punctipes 

Receptacle subglobose, undulate, gyrose, very lustrous, dark- 

green, 4-8 mm. broad in the dried specimens ; stem slender, 1.8 


“ a 


oes 


| 


= cending, sparingly branched, yellow when 


Peck: NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI 103 


3 cm. long, 1-3 mm. thick, hollow, dotted with minute dark-green 
points, green but paler than the receptacle ; asci cylindric or sub- 
clavate; spores oblong, straight or slightly curved, 15-20 long, 
5-6 » broad; paraphyses filiform. 

Among sphagnum. Stow, Massachusetts. September. 5. 
Davis. 

This species is similar to Leotia chlorocephala Schw., from which 
it differs in its gyrose or undulate receptacle, its punctate stem and 
its habitat. The stem is not pulverulent and the spores rarely 
show any vacuoles. 


Dothiorella aberrans 

Perithecia cespitose, few or many in a cluster, rarely single, 
globose or subglobose, erumpent, black ; spores numerous, broadly 
elliptic or subglobose, hyaline becoming slightly colored with age, 


5-8 » long, 4—5 » broad. 


Dead branches of papaw, Asimina triloba (L.) Dunal. Ober- 
lin, Ohio. May. F. O. Grover. 

This species differs from Sphaeropsis Asiminae E. & E. in its 
clustered perithecia and smaller spores ; and from Dothiorella 
Asiminae in its black perithecia and its larger spores at length be- 
coming slightly colored. In this character it makes an approach 
toward the genus Haplosporella, to which it might with almost 


equal propriety be referred. 


Helicosporium Tiliae 
Tufted or by confluence effused and forming olive-brown 
patches ; hyphae erect, septate, often paler at the top, 5-8 / an 
spores forming one coil, subhyaline, 5- or 6-nucleate, obscurely 
septate, 8 y thick, the coil 20-22 broad. 
Bark of basswood, Zilia americana L. Near Emm 
September. C. H. Demetrio. 


a, Missouri. 


Rhinotrichum Sumstinei 
i i i --brown ; hyphae creeping or as- 
Widely diffused, thin, tawny-bro aie 1 pecnise 
4 sometimes the penultimate article 


light, septate, the ultimate, an lobose, colored like the 


also denticulate, 8-12 broad; spores § 
hyphae, 12-16 p in diameter. 


Dead decorticated wood. Pennsylvania. D. R. Sumstine. 


104 Peck : NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI 


Armillaria ventricosa (Peck) 


Lentinus ventricosus Peck, Bull. Torrey Club 23: 414. 1896. 
Pileus fleshy, convex or nearly plane above, glabrous, shining, 
white, the thin margin involute, flesh white or whitish ; lamellae 
narrow, close, decurrent, sometimes dentate or denticulate on the 
edge, whitish ; stem short, thick, ventricose, solid or sometimes 
hollow through erosion by insects, abruptly narrowed at the base, 
annulate, white or whitish ; spores 10-12 » long, 5-6 p» broad. 
Pileus 8-15 cm. broad; stem 5-10 cm. long, 1.5-2.5 cm. 
in the widest part. ; 
Ground. Alabama. December. L.M.Underwood.— District 
of Columbia. November. T. A. Williams. 
Fresh specimens received from the last mentioned locality indi- 
cated that this mushroom belongs rather to the genus Armillaria 
than to Lentinus. 


GEOLOGICAL HALL, ALBANY, NEw YorK. 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 
(1906) 


The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by 
Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer- 
ica being used in its broadest sense. 
__ Reviews, and papers which relate exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, 
manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, an nd 
no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is 
made in favor of some paper appearing in aa American periodical which is devoted 
wholly to botany. Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in 
some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor 
to errors or omissions their kindness will be appreciated. 
This Index is reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished in this form’‘to subscribers, 
at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each 
subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscription. Corre- 
eat hig to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey 

atte 

Ames, 0. Descriptions of new species of Acoridium from the Philip- 
pines. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 19: 143-153. 25 S 1906. 
Eighteen species are described as new 

Ammidown, L. E. Blumendachia insignis a casual plant at South- 
bridge, Massachusetts. Rhodora 8: 225,226. 24 D 1906. 

Arthur, J.C. The paired seeds of cocklebur. Plant World 9: 227- 
232. f. 39. [N] 1906. 

Bailey, J. W. Vancouver Island bryology, no. !. Bryologist 9: 95, 
96. 1 N 1906. 


Bailey, W. W. Our poisonous plants. Am. Bot. 11: 57-63. N 
1906. 
Bailey, W. W. Something about names. Am. Bot. 11: 81-83. D 
1906. 
Rho- 


Bartlett, H. H. Juncus compressus in the province of Quebec. 
dora 8: 233. 24 D 1906. 

Bean, W. J. South American beeches. 
379-381. D 1906. 

Berger, A. Neue Aloineen und andere Sukkulenten. 
Bot. Gart. Berlin 4: 246-250. 12N 1906. 


Includes a description of Agave parrasana Sp. NOV., from Mexico. 


Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1906: 


Notizbl. K6nigl. 


106 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Bessey, C. E. Objects imbedded in trees. Am. Bot. IT: 54, 55. 
N 1906. 

Birger, S. Die Vegetation bei Port Stanley auf den Falklandsinseln. 
Bot. Jahrb. 39: 275-305. p/.z,2+f, 7. 8 Je 1906. 

Bissell, C. H. A new station for Asplenium pinnatifidum. Rhodora 
8: 230. 24 D 1906. 

Blumer, J.C. Wild fruits and shrubs of the Priest River valley. 
Plant World 9: 240-246. [N] 1906. 

Bradshaw, M. F. Commonthings. Am. Bot. 11: 55-57. N 1906. 

Brandegee, T. S. New species of Mexican a collected by Dr. C. 
A. Purpus. Zoe 5: 231-241. 15S 
Descriptions of Be new species in 24 genera, th the new genera 7a/inaria 

and eases 

Brandegee, TS. Plants of California. Zoe5: 227-230. 1551906. 
Includes descriptions of new species in A//iium, Saliva, Tetracoccus, and Argi- 

thamnia. 

Britton, N. L. Recent explorations in Jamaica, Jour. N. Y. Bot. 
Gard. 7: 245-250. f. 43. N 1906. ; 

Brooks, C. Temperature and toxic action. Bot. Gaz. 42: 359-375- 
f. 1-g2- [30] N 1906. 

Brown, N. E. Xanthosoma cordatum. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1906: 
7. F 1906 
New species, native of British Guiana, 

Burns, G. P. & Hedden, M. E. Conditions influencing regeneration 
of hypocotyl. Beih. Bot. Centralb. 19': 383-392. 7. 7-4. 1906. 

Chamberlain, C. J. The ovule and female gametophyte of Dzoon. 
Bot. Gaz. 42: 321-358. p/. 137-15 +f. 1-9. [30] N 1906. 

Chase, A. Notes on genera of Paniceae. 1. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 
19: 183-192. 8 D1g06. _ [Illust.] 
Includes Lepfoloma gen. nov. 

Clinton, G. P. TZilletiaceae. N. Am. Fl. 7: 47-72. 40 1906. 

Clinton, G. P. Ostilaginaceae. N. Am. Fl. 7: 3-45. 4 O 1906. 

Clinton, G. P. Ustilaginales. N. Am. Fl. 7: 1. 4 O 1906. 

Clute, W. N. Wind-distributed seeds. Am. Bot. 11: 73-75. D 
1906. [Illust.] 

Clute, W. N. Winged seeds. Am. Bot. 11: 49-53. N 1906. 
[Illust. ] 

Cook, M. T. The embryogeny of some Cuban Wymphacaceae. Bot. 
Gaz. 42: 376-392. p/. 16-18. [30] N 1906. 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 107 


Coppedge, R. W. The effect of light on A/e/ilotus alba. Trans. Kan. 
Acad. Sci. 20': 97-105. 1906. 

DeVries, H. Species and varieties: their origin by mutation. Second 
edition. i—xvili. 1-847. portrait. Chicago, 1906. 

Edwards, A.M. ‘The examination of certain infusorial earths or clays 
for the United States Geological Survey. Nuova Notar. 17: 1o2— 
107. Jl 1906. 


Edwards, A, M. The magnesian limestone of New Jersey and the 


search for Bactl/ana in it. Nuova Notar. 17: 174-180. O 1906. 
Fedde, F. Lschscholtsiae generis species novae. II. Repert. Nov. 

Sp. 9: 27, 28. 31 Jl tg06 ;—- HL” Kepert. “Nov. Sp; 3: 3s, 

76. 20 S 1906;—IV. Repert. Nov. Sp. 3: 105. 20 O 1906; 

—V. Repert. Nov. Sp. 3: 183-185. 15 D 1906. 

Includes descriptions of 6 new species. 

Fernald, M.L. An alpine variety of Sodidago macrophylla. Rhodora 
8: 227, 228. 24 D 1906. 

Fernald, M. L. Potamogeton spathaeformis a probable hybrid in 
Mystic Pond. Rhodora 8: 224. 26 N 1906. 

Fernald, M. L. ‘Twelve additions to the flora of Rhode Island. 
Rhodora 8: 219-222. 26 N 1906. 

Fernow, B. E. A survey in the tropics [in the high Sierra Maestra of 
Cuba]. Forestry Quart. 4: 239-258. D 1906. 

Fernow, B. E. List of trees on the Sierra Maestra [Cuba]. Forestry 
Quart. 4: 259-269. D 1906. 

Fink, B. Further notes on cladonias. VIII. C/adonia botrytes, Cla- 
donia caespiticia, and Cladonia delicata. Bryologist 9: 89-91. pi. 

1 N 1906. 

Fink, B. Lichens: their economic réle. Plant World 9: 258-265. 
[D] 1906. 

Gager, C. S. Outline study of seeds and seedlings. Plant World 9: 
208-218. [O] 1906. 

Gager, C. S. Symbiosis in Guanera manicata. Jour. N. Y. Bot. 
Gard. 7: 214-217. f. 7. S 1906. 

Glatfelter, N. M. Preliminary list of higher fungi collected in the 
vicinity of St. Louis, Mo., from 1898 to 1905. Trans. Acad. Sci. 
St. Louis 16: 33-94. 14 Je 1906. 

Greene, E.L. A study of Rhus glabra. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. 8: 
167-196. 18 D 1906. 


Includes descriptions of 24 new species. 


108 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Hagen, I. Astudy of Zetraplodon australis. Bryologist 9: 92-94. 
1 N 1906. 

Hambleton, J.C. Key to the families of Ohio lichens. Ohio Nat. 
7: 14-16. 12 N 1906. 

Harms, H. Eine neue Art der Gattung MJacrolodium Schreb. (A. 
stenosiphon) aus Columbia. Repert. Noy. Sp. 3: 51-53. 25 Au1go6. 

Harper, R. M. The vegetation of Bald Knob, Elmore County, Ala- 
bama. Plant World 9: 265-269. [D] 1906. 

Haynes, C.C. Ten lophozias. Bryologist 9: 99, 100. f/.9. 1 N 
1906. 

Heimerl, A. Beitape zur Kenntnis amerikanischer Nyctaginaceen. 
Oesterr. Bot. Zeits. 56: 249-255. Jl 1906; 406-414. O 1906; 
424-429. N 1906 
Includes new species in Afiradilis, Boerhaavia (2), Bougainvillea, Neea (2), and 

Pisonia (2). 

Heller, A. A. Botanical exploration in California, season of 1905 
(continued). Muhlenbergia 2: 105-164. 20 F 1906; 165-176. 
t N 1906. 

Includes descriptions of 9 new species in 7 genera, and A/a/acolepis gen. nov. 

Heller, A. A. Botanical exploration in California, season of 1906. 
Muhlenbergia 2: 177-256. 31 D 1906. 

Includes descriptions of 20 new species in 14 genera. 

Hemsley, W. B, A new fruit from Uruguay. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 
1906: 365, 366. Digo6. ~ 
Pouteria suavis sp. nov. 

Henshaw, J. W. Mountain wild flowers of America. i-xxi. 1-384. 
Srontisp. + pl. 1-99. Boston, 1906. 

Hillier, J. M. Colorado rubber. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1906: 218 
219. Au 1906, 

Hitchcock, A.S. Noteson grasses. Rhodora8: 205-212. 26N 1906. 
Includes new species in Panicum (4) and Glyceria, 

Lorenz, A. Notes on the mosses of Waterville, New Hampshire. 
Bryologist 9: 96, 97. 1N 1906. 

McCleery, E. M. Pubescence and other external peculiarities of Ohio 
plants. Ohio Nat. 7: 16,17. 12 N 1906. 

MacDougal, D. T. The deltaof the Rio Colorado. Bull. Am. Geog. 
Soc. 38: 1-16. map + f. 1-6. Ja 1906. 

Macoun, J. The cryptogamic flora of Ottawa. Ottawa Nat. 20: 177- 
186. 3D 1906. 


Continued from Ottawa Nat. 12: 100 (1898); not, of course, from 21: 100, as 
stated. 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 109 


. Macoun, J. M. Contributions to Canadian botany. XVII. Ottawa 
Nat. 20: 135-143. 15 O1906;—XVIII. Ottawa Nat. 20: 162- 
171. 6N 1906. 

Malme, G. 0. A. Xyrides austro-americanae novae. Repert. Nov. Sp. 

3: I1I-113. 20 O 1906. 

Descriptions of 3 new species. 

Massee, G. Fungi exotici: V. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1906: 255- 

: 258. O 1906. 

Includes new species, in Ca/onectria and Stilbospora, from Trinidad. 

Massee, G. Revision of the genus Hemileta Berk. Kew Bull. Misc. 

) Inf. 1906: 35-42. p/. Mr 1906. 

: Four species are recognized, including 4. americana sp. nov., from Costa Rica. 
Masters, M. T. Aristolochia (Gymnolobus) consimilis. Kew Bull. 

| Misc. Inf. 1906: 7. F 1906. 

New species, native of British Guiana. 

Masters, M. T. Aristolochia (Gymnolobus) daemoninoxia. Kew 

| Bull. Misc. Inf. 1906: 6, 7. F 1906. 

New species, native of British Guiana. 

Meeker, G. A little experiment in flower-making. Trans. Kan. 
Acad. Sci. 20': 188, 189. 1906. 

Merrill, E.D. An enumeration of Philippine Gramineae with keys to 

genera and species. Philipp. Jour. Sci. Suppl. 1: 307-392. 31 
1906. 

Includes descriptions of 5 new species in as many genera. 

Mez, C. Additamenta monographica 1906. Repert. Nov. Sp.° 8: 
4-15. 31 Jl 1906; 33-45. 25 Au 1906; 66-71. 20 S 1906; 
97-104. 200 1906. 

Including new American species in Pitcairnia (6), Puya (12), Hechtia, Deutero- 
cohnia, Dyckia, Tillandsia (17), Guzmania, Aniba, Persea (5), Ocotea (7), Ardisia, 
Conomorpha (2), Cybianthus, Rapanea (2), and Clavija, 

Murrill, W. A. Further remarks on a serious chestnut disease. Jour. 
N. Y. Bot. Gard. 7: 203-211. f. 25-70. 5S 1906. 

a Murrill, W. A. A summer in Europe ; some foreign botanists and 
botanical institutions. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 7: 221-237. }: 
32-42. O 1906. 

Nelson, A. & Kennedy, P. B. New plants from the Great Basin. 
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 19: 155-157. 12 N 1906. 

New species in Sophia, Sphaerostigma, Godetia, Oreocarya, and Cryptanthe (3). 

Overton, J. B. The morphology of the ascocarp and spore- -formation 
in the many-spored asci of Zhecotheus Pelletiert. Bot. Gaz. 42: 
450-492. p/. 29, 70. 22 D 1906. 


110 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Paris, E.G. Muscinées de la Guiane francaise (ze article). Rev. 
Bryol. 33: 55-58-  [J}] 1906. 

Includes new species in Syrrhopodon, Meteorium, and Ectropothecium. 

Paris, E.G. Muscinées des Andes de la Nouvelle Grenade. Rev. 
Bryol. 33: 102-105. [N]1 
Includes new species in Lepidoprlum ee Rigodium. 

Parsons, H. G. Children’s gardens and their value to teachers of 
botany and nature study. Plant World 9: 237-239- / 38 [N] 
1906. 

Pease, A. S. & Moore, A. se Peculiarities of Botrychium lanceolatum 
in America. Rhodora 8: 24 D 1906. 


Pilger, R. Ein neues 4 oe (A. Bornmiiller’) aus dem siidlichen 


Brasilien. Repert. Nov. Sp. 3: 24, 25- 31 Jl 1906. 

Preston, H. W. ‘Two editions of Torrey & Gray’s Flora of North 
America. Rhodora 8: 232, 233. 24 D 1906. 

Ramaley, F. The Tokyo botanical garden. Plant World 9: 251- 
258. f. g0o-43. [D] 1906. 

Reagan, A. B. Notes on the flora of the Rosebud Indian reservation 
South Dakota. ‘Trans. Kan. Acad. Sci 20': 190-196. 1906. 
Includes Prunus Rosebudti sp. nov. 

Renauld, F. Causerie sur les Harfidia. Rev. Bryol. 33: 89-100. 
[N] 1906. 

Robinson, W. : The filmy ferns (ymenophyllaceae). Plant World 
g: 219-221. f. 33-37- [O] 1906. 

Rolfe, R. A. New orchids. —Decade 26. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 
1906: 30-34. F 1906; — Decade 27. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1906: 
84-88. Ap 1906;— Decade 28. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1906: 
112-117. Je 1906;— Decade 29. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1906: 
375-379. D 1906. 

Includes 12 new American species in II genera. 

Rusby, H. H. Observations in economic botany made at Oscoda, 
Michigan. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 7: 211-213. 5S 1906. 

Saunders, C.F. Edible pine seeds. Am. Bot. 11: 87,88. D 1906. 

Saunders, C. F. Mountain misery [Chamaebatia foliolosa]. Am. 

“Bot. 28. 63, 54.0 IN Egoe. : 

Sayre, L. E. The botanical features of the new United States Phar- 
macopoeia. ‘Trans. Kan. Acad. Sci. 20': 185-187. 1906. 

Schaffner, J.H. Nodding of the terminal heads of S/phium laciniatum. 
Ohio Nat..7: 39. 13 D 1906. 


| 
| 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 111 


Schaffner, J. H. A successful mutant of Verbena without external 
isolation. Ohio Nat. 7: 31-34. 13 D Igo6. 

Schaffner, M. The embryology of the shepherd’s purse. Ohio Nat. 
7: 1-8. f. 1-38 12N 1906. 

Schlechter, R. Orchidaceae novae et criticeae. DecasIV. Repert. 
Nov. Sp. 3: 15-20. 31 Jl 1906; —Decas V. Repert. Nov. Sp. 3: 
45-51. 25 Au 1906;—Decas VI. Repert. Nov. Sp. 3: 77-82. 
20 S 1906 ; — Decas VII. Repert. Nov. Sp, 3: 106-111. 20 O 


6. 
Includes 25 new American species in 12 genera ; of the genera one, Pittiered/a, is 


Schneider, C. K. Species varietatesque Pomacearum novae. IV. 
Repert. Nov. Sp. 3: 177-183. 15 D 1906. 
Includes a description of Amelanchier Jonestana sp. nov., from Arizona. 

Setchell, W. A. A revision of the genus Constantinea. Nuova Notar. 
17: 162-173. O 1906. 

Three species are recognized, including C. subulifera sp. NOV. 

Setchell, W. A. The Sierran puffball [Lycoperdon sculptum|. Sierra 
Club Bull. 6: 39-42. A/. 13. Ja 1906. 

Shreve, F. The Hope botanical gardens. Plant World 9: 201-207. 
J. 29-32. [O] 1906. 

Sodiro, L. Contribuciones al conocimiento de la flora Ecuatoriana. 
Monografia III. Tacsonias Ecuatorianas. i, ii. 1-31. pl. I-4. 
Quito, 1906. 

This is a revised edition of a paper published in 1903. 

Sprague, T. A. & Hutchinson, R.R. Gwurania Eggersit. 
Misc. Inf. 1906: 200, 201. Au 1906. 

New species, native of Ecuador. 

Sprague, T. A. & Hutchinson, R. R. Gurania phanerosiphon. 
Bull. Misc. Inf. 1906: 201. Au 1906. 

New species, native of Ecuador. 

Stapf, 0. Cervantesia glabrata. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1906: 76. 
Ap 1906. 

New species, native of Ecuador. 

Tayler, M. E. The germination of the morning glory. Plant World 
9: 246, 247. [N] 1906. 

Taylor, N. Botanical notes on the vegetation of the high Maestra 
[Cuba]. Forestry Quart. 4: 270-273: D 1906. 

Taylor, N. Collecting in the mountains west of Santiago, Cuba. 
Jour. N, Y. Bot. Gard. 7: 256-260. N 1906. 


Kew Bull. 


Kew 


112 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Thellung, A. Die Gattung Zepidium (L.) R. Br. Eine monograph- 
ische Studie. Neue Denks. Allg. Schweiz. Ges. 41: 1-340. f. I- 
I2. 1906. 

Tullsen, H. The probable origin of key-fruits. Plant World 9: 
233-236. [N] 1906. 

Underwood, L. M. A report on the condition of the tropical labora- 
tory. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 7: 250-255. N 1906. 

Wangerin, W. Die Umgrenzung und Gliederung der Familie der 
Cornaceae. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. 86: 1-88. f. z~ro. 14 Au 1906. 
Wiegand, K. M. & Foxworthy, F.W. A key to the genera of woody 
plants in winter, including those with hardy representatives found 
growing wild or in cultivation within New York State. Second edi- 

tion. "1-33. Ithaca, N. Y., 1906. 

Wright, C. H. Achatocarpus pubescens. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1906: 
6. F 1906. 

New species, native of Ecuador. * 

Wright, C. H. Astragalus brevidentat Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 
1906: 200. Au 1906. 

New species, native of the Galapagos Islands. 

Wright, C.H. Bidens simplicifolia. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1906: 5. 
F 1906. 

New species, native of Ecuador, 

Wright, C.H. LZuterpe Jenmanii. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1906: 203- 
Au 1906, 

New species, native of British Guiana. 

Wright,C.H. L£uterpe ventricosa. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1906: 203. 
Au 1906. 

New species, native of British Guiana, 

Yamanouchi, S. ‘The life-history of Polysiphonia violacea. Bot. Gaz. 
42: 401-449. pl. 19-28. 22 D 1906. 


BuLL. Torrey CLuB VOLUME 34, PLATE 5 


ek 
ee 
are8 


pits 
+, 
ae 
3 

$3 


LIT 
SA 
e 


“I 
re, 
ENN 


AYTONIA EVANSII Haynes. 


BuLt. ToRREY CLUB VOLUME 34, PLATE 6 


oh 
RD Eh} 
FY 


fea 


o 


AYTONIA JAMAICENSIS Haynes. 


THE BRYOLOGIST 


WITH THE JANUARY, 1907, NUMBER BEGINS ITS 
TENTH YEAR and VOLUME 

It is a 16.20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics 

and Lichens, It is fully illustrated with new, original and artistic drawings 

and halftones, It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional 

as well asamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year. 


Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. 


INDEX TO 
AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on 

library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the 

rate of one cent for each card. 

Subscriptions to the card-issue may he addressed to the Treasurer of 

the Torrey Botanical Club, 

CARLTON C. CURTIS, CorumBiaA UNIVERSITY, New York City. 
Beginning with January, 1903, the Index has also beem reprinted on paper, om one 
side only, and can be furnished in that form at the wate of $2.00 @ year, 


North American Flora 


HIS work is designed to present descriptions of all plants growing 
independent of op ua in North America, here taken to i 
Greenland, Central America, the Republic of Panama, anid the 

West Indies, except Trinidad, Tobago, and Curacao and other islands off 
the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is essentially South American. 
It will be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York 
Botanical Garden ss the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund 
bequeathed by Charles 

It is planned to issue parts as rapidly as they can be prepared, the 
extent of the work making it possible to commence publication at any 
number of points. The ae ee work will form a series of volumes 

with the following sequence 

e1. Mycetozoa, " Schizophyta, Diatomaceae. 

Volumes 2 to ro. gi. 

Volumes 11 to 13. Algae. 

Volumes 14 and 3 Bryophyta. 

Volume 16. Pteridophyta and e's reg 

Volumes 17 to 19. ecseneal rots 

Volumes 20 to 30. Dicotyledon 

The preparation of the work has be referred by the Scientific Direc- 
tors of the Garden to a committee consisting of Professors L, M. Under- 
wood and N. L. Britton. 

Professor George F. Atkinson of Cornell University, Professors Charles 

R. Barnes sie Misr: M. Coulter of the University of Chicago, Mr. Fred- 
erick V. Coville of the United States Department of Agriculture, Pro- 
fesace Edward L. Greene of the United States National Museum, Pro- 


fessor Byron D. Halsted of Rutgers College and Professor William Tre- 


lease of the Missouri Botanical Garden have consented to act as an advis- 
ory committee 

Each author will be wholly responsible for his own contributions, 
being restricted only to the general style adopted for the work, which 
must vary somewhat in the treatment of diverse groups. 

The subscription price is fixed at $1.50 for each sp it is expect ted 
that four or five parts will be required for each volume. ,A limited num- 
ber of separate parts will be sold at $2.00 each. Address, 


THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN 
BRONX PARK, NEw YorRK CITY 


olume 7, Part 1, Ustilaginales, including Ustilaginaceae and Tilleti- 
aceae, by G. P. Clinton, was issued Oct. 4, 190 
OL 9, Part 3; Coleosporiaceae, Uredinaceae and Aecidiaceae (pars), 
of the Uredinales, by J. C. Arthur, was issued March 6, 1907. 
Volume 22, Part 1, including Per eamonatc by George V. Nas h, 


7 
egies by P. A. Rydberg, was issued May go5. 
22, Part 2, including Saxifragaceae des ‘Tiydrangeacese by J. 
K. Small nares A. Rydber Peinrcongeaieges Iteaceae and Hamamelidaceae 
. L. Britton, Pterostemonaceae by J. K. Small, Altingiaceae by ee: 
Wilson and Phyllonomaceae by H. H. Rusby, was issued Dec. 18, 1995+ 


PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- 
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


. MEMoIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : 
Vol A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus 
Polygon (1895). By John Kunkel sren's Fellow in Botany, 1893~ 
895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-18 
Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price is. 00, 

2. A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898). 

By ean ee Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. 

uarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 


2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: 


Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00 
Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00 
Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00 
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00 
Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897 ice $5.00 
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 
Vol. 7. Nos. 151~175. 1898~1901. Price $5.00 
Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903—(current). 


a of separate numbers available on application. 

3 xt-book of goes Lichenology (1896). By Albert 

Seep ome Fellow in Botany, 1895-1896. 
, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4. 25 ate ; $3.80 (paper). 

Published. by Willard N. Clute & Co. Bingham 

The Department invites propositions uae io ties of 8 
barium material for ay of the above named geet Addres 
Professor L. M. Underwood, Columbia University, N. Y. 

An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, oe and 
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the 
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward 
to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- 
sor of Tanned: 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- 
son 


Thre ee volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642 
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, Siiicning every 
species described. 

Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, 


: $9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- 


ately, $10.00. 
2 r Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) 1900. By 
Lucien ume: Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. 
uodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & 
Co., bide York. Price $1.00. 
. Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- 
ood, Professor of Botany, 1896— : 
Duodecimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & 
Co. Price oO. 
eae touk of General Botany ech By ae Clarence 
Curtis, Aone in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 
Octavo 0, 360 pages a 87 illustrations. Published by i ceaneaie: 
Green & Co., New York. Price $3.00. 


ESTABLISHED 1851 


EIMER & AMEND 


205-211 Third Ave., 
Corner 18th Street NEW YORK 
MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 


Chemicals and 
Chemical Apparatus | 


Sole Agents for 

fe CAKES 
KAHLBAUM’S 
C. P. Chemicals 
and Reagents : 


Our Specialties 


MICROSCOPES ¢ 


fee 


and 
ACCESSORIES == CARL 
SCHLEICHER 
& SCHULL’S i 
MICROTOME Cas . P, Filters 
poo : SCHOTT | 
BALANCES CENOSeENee 
Famous Labora- 
and ~ 
h tory Glassware 
WEIGHTS 
‘And for many other — 
renowned European is 
a 


houses in our line 


COMPLETE LINE OF 
Bacteriological Apparatus 


WE HANDLE 
EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY 


Inspection of premises cordially invited, 


: MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


A series of technical papers on botanical subjects, published at irregular intervals. 
Price $3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchange. 
o. 1; price, 
ene sree Hyde. Studies of ike types of various species at the genus Carex 
Pages 1-85. 25 My ne 
1, No. 2; not furnished separately : ‘ 
. Martindale, Isaac on a Marine “er of the New zig coast and mOTRCENS: ia 
S waters of Staten Island. Pages 87-1 24 Au 1889 : 
Vol. 1, No. » price, 75 cents 
Spruce, Richard. efaiicae Bolivianae, in Andibus Bolivise orientalis, annis — 
1885-6, a cl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pee geste oe 1890 
Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 ce 
Sturtevant, Edward Lewis. Ons sess fruits. es 141-187. 30 My 1890. ° 
Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished separately : eee . 
Halsted, Byron David. Reserve food-materials in buds and surrounding parts, ae 
Pages 1-26, ore 7, 27°10 
pile 2, No. 2; price, 75 cent = 
Vail, Anna Murray & Hollick, Charles Arthur. Conabations to the botany ) 
Virginia. Pages 27- Se porse 3,4. 23 D 1890. 
i Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnished separately : 
Holm, Herm an esc Contributions to the knowledge of the geri: of 
some North A American plants. Pases 57-108, plates vie 15 Ap 1891 
Vol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 cen 
_ Wheelock, bb i Efner. The genus Po/ygada in Most America. Pages 109- 
i§4, '30.D'3 


‘Vol. 3, Nol; not fornished separat 


- Small, John Kunkel & Heller, Amos Arthur. noe es western North ca 
and contiguous territory. ae 1-39. 20 F 1 oe 
3, No. 2; price, $ 
Morong, Th 5S Nsdee = North ae (wih illustrations of all 


species}. “Pages sae plates 20-74. 15 Mri 
Ales 3, No. 3; not furnished separately 

Rusby, Hen An enumeration of the ene collected in Bolivia 4 a a 

Bang. phe i ¥ ' Pages 1-67. 28 Ap 1893. a 

i Vol. 4, No. 1; not furnished separately : aes 

Underwood, Lucien ‘Marcus. Index Hepaticarum. Part I, Piliogrephy = 


I-91. 10 Je 1893. ee 
Vol. 4, No. 2; not furnished separately : ke 
Small, John Kunkel & Vail, Anna Anna Murray. Regt on the botanical exp 
~ tion of southwestern Virginia during the season | ages Base ciiieae: 
75-82. I18N ws ca Ap 1894. oe 
: Vol. 4, sie 3; price, ‘50 cent ae 
Rusby, Henry Hurd. An enumeration of the put collected i in = ata by 
Bang. Part 2. Pages 203-274. "10 ‘Mr-17. oe 
Vol. 4, No. 2S price, 50 s 
na Stockton Arachis sais a “Page 7 ple 


aie 1505. 


i Vol. 4, No. 5; price, 7. ere 2 i ate 
wale Per Axel. ‘The North American ene Piysalis a ae 
Pages 297-374. . 15 $ 1896. | 


Vol. 5; price, $3.00: : 
List ts Peridot ced st reais “yee growing without cultivation in northeastern — 
orth America. Page D 1893-31 D 


oe . 1; price, $1.25 
‘Rusby, Hi enry Hurd. ae enumeration of the Bat cottetted | in Bolivia by Miguel 
Bang. "Pat 3. Pages 1-130. 17 N 1896 

is Vol. 6, No. 2; price, 50 cents 

Grout, Abel Joel. A revision of the North American /sotheciaceae and Brachythecia, 
ages 13I- 30. 0 ji pat 


oe 1. 6, No. 3; price, 50 cents 
Hazen, Tracy Elliot. life history of Sphaerella TaaA is ( Haematococcus 
- pluvialis). Pages 211- oe plates 86, 87 (colored ). oe 1899. 
Vol. 6, No. 4; price, 50 cen : 
nderwood, Lucien Marcus. A review of the genera of ferns proposed prior to_ 
og ake Pages 247-283. 1 D 1899. 


ol. 6, No. 5; price, 25 cen 
Notes on lichen distribution in ae upper Rist Valley. 
Pages 28 285-307. 1 D 1899. 


Vol. 7; price, $3. 
Bipwe, i very. The Hefaticae and Sp abhvliovders of California. Pages 
1-208, ae rghiree 5 Au 1899. 
Vol. 8, No. 1; price, $1.75 : 
Mise ‘The comparative embryology of the Rubiaceae. Part 
es B26, teen SF 26 Au 1899. Part LI, Fauss 27-112, plates ee 


Vol. 8, No. 2; price, $1. 
Alexander William. aus Lejeuneae of Be United States and Canada- 

macs Ir $183, plates 16-22. 15 F 1902. 

Vol. 8, Page eA ae 75 cents: 


te . Blizat Gertrude a. The life history P 
ae Pages ra II, ders: 2 oo 30 Au 1902. 

2S Vol. 9; price 
are ered vs monograph ‘of ie Seca Pages 1-292, plate ; 


: Vo il. 10; price, $3.00: . . 
C35, sates Sandford. History of Pre-Clusian botany in in its relation fo Aster. _ 
rages 1-xli, 1-447. 22 N 19 5 


; Vol. a No. 1; price, $1.75: 
ffiths, David. The North American Sordariaceae. Pages 1-1 4y ‘ates 19. 
30 My tr g 34, ph 


‘Vol. 11, No. 2; price, $1.75: 

Tracy Elliot. The Ulothricaceae and Chactpioracae of the United States 

1352, plates 20-42. 200 1902. 

oS : a No. 1; price, $1.50: 

{ New Providence and Andros (Bahama sand) 
1o D 1902, 


‘Rich. 
, plates 1-19 = map. 
eae ps No. 2 2; price, $1.00: oe 
contribution to a revision of the pore Ameri 
Togs ooo a Je 1906. : 


as 


Vol. at price, $3.00 3 he 
ie and variations of Biotian hues: witl 
» "Pages | i-xv, ey, Lig Z- oe Papeee a 


MARCH, 1907 We Fe 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


€pditor 


JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART 


Associate Cditors  _ 
Puitip DOWELL WILLIAM ALPHONSO MuRRILL : 


ALEXANDER WILLIAM EVANS HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS 
Tracy ELLioT HAZEN CHARLES Bupp ROBINSON 


MARSHALL AverRY HOWE ANNA Murray VAIL 


CONTENTS 
Costa Rican orchids—I. (Plates 7 and 8.) GEORGE V. 
An occurrence of glands in the embryo of Zea 3 
CHARLES STUART GAGER 125, 
fossil mosées, with description of a new species from lorissant, — 

ack. (Plate 9.) 

ELIZABETH GERTRUDE BRITTON and ARTHUR HOLLICK 1 
‘Studies in the North American Convolvulacese—11- Calycobolus, Bonamia, — 
é and S DOLIVER HOUSE 


ALENTINE NASE | bes 


Se igh a Mic CaS eae BAR 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


‘ President, 
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. : 


Vice- - Presidents, 
EDWARD: S. BURGESS, Pu.D. LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD, Pu.D., LL.D. 


Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, 
oC, STUART GAGER, Pu.D. * -JOHN K. SMALL, Px.D 
Sembilinss Garden, Bronx Park, New York City, Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. 


CARLTON C. CURTIS, Ph.D. 
Columbia University, New York City. 


MEETINGS 
= itinge twice each month from October to May inclusive: the second Tuesday, 
at 8:00 P.M., at the American Museum of Natural History; the last ges a 
ai P.M., in the Museum ater of the New York Botani - Gar 


An viechi Sok other causes communications date to the pablicatee 
the Club should be addressed to Be ee: Carlton: C. Curtis, Columbia Un 


sauce ¥ 24-33 can of aappiod serail ; certain bev ; 
of other ‘ied are avaleble but the entire stock of some n numbers 
ULLETIN Mts be ‘to Dr. John Hediep Barnhart, Editor, New im 
ar ical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. ; 
orrey Monthly, established ned 1901. Price, Br.c 00 a year. Wave 
for publication in TORREYA should be addressed to Dr. Marshall A. Ho 


Vol. 34 : No. 3 
BULLETIN 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


MARCH, 1907 


f 


Costa Rican orchids — | 


GEORGE VALENTINE NASH 


(WITH PLATES 7 AND 8) 


In the months of April and May, 1906, Mr. William R. 
Maxon, of the U. S. National Museum, during a furlough from 
that institution, made, in the interests of the New York Botanical 
Garden, an exploration of portions of Costa Rica. Much atten- 
tion was given to the collection of living plants, especially in the 
families Cactaceae, Orchidaceae, and Bromeliaceae, which furnished 
many specimens of great interest. The material was carefully 
collected and excellently packed, so that little harm came to it 
during the long journey, and it arrived in fine condition. 

The orchids were especially well represented. Of many of 
these no herbarium material was secured, as at the time of col- 
lection they were not in flower. A number of these have now 
come into flower and others will undoubtedly do so, and it is the 
object of this and succeeding articles to report upon them. 

Mr. Maxon gave, in the form of a report to the Director-in- 
chief of the Garden, an account of his explorations and many of 
‘the places visited by him, in the Journal of the New York Botan- 
ical Garden for August, 1906. As this may be inaccessible to 
‘many, the locations of some of the places referred to, which do 
ot appear in the atlases ordinarily at hand, are given here, extracted 
in the main from Mr. Maxon’s published account. : 

- The country was entered at Port Limon, the eastern terminus: 
of the Northern Railway of Costa Rica, which runs in a general 
westerly direction through the low lands of Siquirres, and then 


~The BULLETIN for February 1907 (34: 57-112, pl. §,6) was issued 9 AP 1907-] 
7 es | ie 


114 Nasu: Costa RICAN ORCHIDS 


south and west along the gorge of the Rio Reventazon, traversing 
the region of Juan Vifias and Santiago. It then proceeds through 
Cartago to San José, the capital of the country, beyond which 
place Mr, Maxon did not proceed by rail. With this place as his 
base, excursions were made into the neighboring country, includ- 
ing the valley of the Rio Tirivi and the estate of La Palma, a few 
miles northeast of the city. While here a visit was made to Santo 
Domingo de San Mateo, at an elevation of about 300 meters, a 
little to the westward of San José, and the only locality visited 
west of that city. Mr. Maxon reports it as an exceedingly dry 
region at the time of his visit, but without a characteristic desert 
vegetation. A number of orchids were secured here, some of 
them of exceeding interest. 

At Cartago, which has an elevation of about 1450 meters, 
considerable collecting was done, especially of living plants, of 
orchids and bromeliads. Collections were also made at Santiago, 
a few miles to the eastward of Cartago. At Turrialba, on the 
border of the Herra caliente, some time was spent, and from that 
place a trip was made to the low humid forest on the border of 
the Rio Reventazon, at an altitude of about 600 meters. While 
at Cartago an excursion was also made to Coliblanco, an estate 
lying at the base of the volcano of Turrialba. One of the princi- 
pal excurions while at Cartago was to the Finca Navarro, at an 
altitude of 1,350 meters. Navarro lies about seven miles to the 
southeast in a mountain valley a little lower than Cartago, at the 
junction of the Agua Caliente and the Rio Naranjo. Many of 
the orchids were secured at this point. 

Judging from Mr. Maxon’s collections and from recent publi- 
cations, the orchid flora of Costa Rica must be exceedingly rich. 
It is to be hoped that explorations so well begun may be continued, 
for such continuation is certain to yield valuable results, Follow- 
ing are some of the orchids secured by Mr. Maxon, which may be 
safely reported upon at present. 


COoRYMBIS FLAVA (Sw.) Hemsley, Biol. Cent, Am. 
Bot. 3: 207. 1884 
Serapias flava Sw. Prod. 119. 1788. 
Neottia flava Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 141 7. BGO. 


ee Pe Pe rina 


Nasu: Costa RICAN ORCHIDS 115 


On moist forested slope, Finca Navarro, no. 644. Hemsley, 
/, c., reports this from Mirador, southern Mexico, and from 
Chiriqui, Panama. Its detection in Costa Rica, therefore, was to 
be expected. Mr. Maxon in his field notes describes the flowers 
as yellow. This species was originally described from Jamaica. 


PLEUROTHALLIS POLYLIRIA Endres & Reichenb. f. 
Gard. Chron. 32: 1483. 1871 


On tree bordering the Agua Caliente, Finca Navarro, xo. 702A. 
This pretty species, one of the larger members of the genus, is a 
free bloomer, sending up usually several racemes from the same 
leaf. The flowers hang in a somewhat secund manner, giving the 
inflorescence an appearance resembling that of the lily-of-the-valley. 

Originally described from fresh living material sent by W. W. 
Saunders to Reichenbach, who does not state from what country 
the plant was derived. A herbarium specimen, collected in Costa 
Rica by M. Endres, is, however, referred to as being the same, so 
that the indications are that that country is the native home of this 


interesting plant. 


PLEUROTHALLIS MINAX Reichenb. f. Bonplandia 2: 24. 
1854 

? Pleurothallis plumosa Lindl. Bot. Reg. 28: Misc. 72. 1842. 

On a tree bordering the Agua Caliente, Finca Navarro, 70. 707. 
I have taken up with some hesitation Reichenbach’s name for this 
plant, instead of that given by Lindley, who originally described 
the flowers as ‘green, with a little purple dotting on the inside,” 
and gave the home of his plant as Trinidad. Later (Folia Orch. 
Pleurothallis 27. 1859) he makes this statement: “ Flowers green 
in gardens, orange coloured wild,” and refers to his species a speci- 
men collected by Fendler in Venezuela, 70. 2752, and also material 
secured by Wagener at Caracas. He further remarks thus: ‘“ The 
dissection of a flower of his P. minax given me by Prof. Rchb. 
and Fendler’s specimens show that plant not to be distinct from P. 
plumosa.” A specimen secured by Wagener at Caracas, at an 
elevation of 5000 feet, and presumably the one to which Lind- 
ley refers above, was the basis of /. minax. The plant which Mr. 
Maxon secured came into flower in the early part of November of 


116 Nasu: Costa RICAN ORCHIDS 


last year, the flowers being of a dull orange, thus closely ap- 
proaching the “ dottergelb” applied by Reichenbach in describing 
the color of the flowers of his species, and incidentally showing 
that the Costa Rican plants, at all events, do not produce green 
flowers in cultivation. So it does not seem possible to reconcile 
this with the green flowers originally accredited to P. p/umosa, nor 
does it seem likely that a plant from Trinidad should be identical 
with one from an elevation, in practically the same latitude, of 5000 
feet. The short velvety pubescence of the peduncle, axis of the 
raceme, bracts and flowers, and the color and details of the flowers, 
especially those of the lip, of P. minax so closely coincide with 
those in Mr. Maxon’s plant that I cannot but place it there, rather 
than take up for it the name of P. plumosa, as done by Hemsley 
(Biol. Cent. Am. Bot. 3: 201. 1883) for a specimen collected by 
Wendland, also in Costa Rica. Perhaps Lindley was wrong_as to 
the color of his flowers, although he indicates that he was dealing 
with fresh material, or he may have been mistaken as to the coun- 
try from which the material came —at all events, it seems better 
now to adopt for this Costa Rican plant a name which can be ap- 
plied with some certainty, rather than a doubtful one. A compar- 
ison with Lindley’s type may some time definitely settle the question. 


ISOCHILUS LINEARIS (Jacq.) R. Br. in Ait. Hort. Kew. 
ed. 2.8% 200. 1813 


Epidendrum lineare Jacq. Select. Stirp. Am. Hist. 221. p/. 137. f. 
fic A7O%: 
Partially shaded rocky. bank, Santiago, uo. ro8. Widely dis- 
tributed in tropical America, but originally described from 
Martinique. 


PONERA AMETHYSTINA Reichenb. f. in Saund. 
Ref. Bot. p/. 93. 1869 


Santo Domingo de San Mateo. On tree-trunk by Rio 
Machuco, zo. 5.15 ; and on tree trunk near Rio Grande, mo. 579. 
This region is described by the collector as an exceedingly dry 
one but without a characteristic desert vegetation. An interesting 
find. The plant was originally figured and described from living 
material, secured by Mr. Skinner at Santa Fé de Veraguas, 


Nasu: Costa RICAN ORCHIDS 117 


Panama, which flowered in the collection of Mr. W. W. Saunders. 
Its detection in the above locality extends its range considerably 
to the north and west of its place of discovery. The flowers in 
our specimens have the sepals and petals more acute and the 
terminal lobe of the lip somewhat narrower than indicated in the 
plate referred to above, but they agree essentially in all the other 
particulars. The hollow at the base of the column, represented 
in the drawing and rather questionably referred to by Reichen- 
bach, is quite manifest in the flowers of the Costa Rican plant. 
The lip, however, has no such hollow at the base, but, on the 
contrary, is noticeably thickened at that point. 


EpIDENDRUM COCHLEATUM L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 1351. 1763 


On trees in humid forest, Santiago, zo. ror. On tree-trunk in 
forest, Turrialba, ”o. 779. Quite widely distributed in tropical 
America, ranging from southern Mexico to Venezuela, and com- 
mon in the West Indies ; also frequent in southern Florida. 

The type locality is the Bahamas. Linnaeus appears to have 
had two things in his species. He gives three citations, as fol- 
lows: Sloane, Jam. 250. pl. 121. f. 2; Catesby, Car. 2: 88. pe. 
88; and Plum. Pl. Am. Icon, f/. 785. f. 2. In his description 
he says: “nectario cordato.”’ This effectually disposes of the 
first citation above, as that figure has a broadly obcordate or 
almost orbicular lip. The plant is figured, moreover, with very 
short round pseudobulbs, and has the sepals and petals repre- 
sented as much broader and of a different shape than those in the 
plant commonly accepted as this species. The flowers are also 
described by Sloane as ‘‘ reddish purple.” One could hardly mis- 
take this figure for what is commonly known as £&. cochleatuim. 
The other two figures cited represent what has been widely 
known as this species, that of Catesby being in color and allow- 
ing of no doubt. The lip is also decidedly cordate, as called for 
by Linnaeus, thus permitting us to retain the common conception 
of this species. Catesby’s plant was from the Bahamas, and 
Plumier gives no origin for his, but cites Catesby’s plate; the 
type locality is thus pretty clearly as indicated above. 


118 Nasu: Costa RICAN ORCHIDS 


EPIDENDRUM OCHRACEUM Lindl. Bot. Reg. 24: 
Misc. 14. f/. 26. 1838 
On trees in humid forest, Santiago, zo. zog. First received 
by Lindley from the garden of Sir Charles Lemon, who received 
the living material from George U. Skinner, who had collected it 
in Guatemala. It is widely distributed in Central America. 


EPIDENDRUM PALEACEUM (Lindl.) Reichenb. f. Beitr. Orch. 
Cent. Am. 80. 1866 
Dinema paleaceum Lindl. Bot. Reg. 26: Misc. 51. 1840. 
Epidendrum auritum Lindl. Bot. Reg. 29: Misc. 4. 1843. 

On branches of fallen tree-tops, Turrialba, zo. 76g. Rather 
extensively distributed from Guiana to southern Mexico, and origin- 
ally described from Guatemalan material. This is the second time 
this little species has been brought to us by collectors; Mr. Percy 
Wilson secured it in Honduras in 1903. It is interesting to note 
that Wendland also obtained specimens of this plant at Turrialba 
in 1857. 


LAELIA RUBESCENS Lindl. Bot. Reg. 26: Misc. 
20. pl. 41. 1840 

Under cultivation in the garden of Mr. P. Biolley, at San Jose, 
no. 358. Mr. Biolley secured the plant in January of the same 
year at Uricuaja, on the Pacific coast, at an altitude of about 200 
m. When this species was first described its native country was 
unknown, but it was supposed to be Mexico, a supposition which 
was later verified. Owing to the variability of its flowers and 
pseudobulbs, two species described subsequently by Lindley, Z. 
acuminata and L. peduncularis, are usually referred here. Under 
this broad conception it ranges from Mexico throughout Central 
America to Costa Rica. 


EPIDENDRUM STAMFORDIANUM Batem. Orch. Mex. & Guat. 
pl. rt. 1838 | 
On horizontal branch of a tree, Santo Domingo de San Mateo, 
no. 600A, This came mixed with a fine plant of Schomburgkia 
sp. (zo. 600). Another specimen, vo. 355, which was under culti- 
vation at San José, was also secured from Mr. P. Biolley, in whose 


Nasu: Costa RICAN ORCHIDS 119 


garden at that place it was. Mr. Biolley secured it at Uricuajo, at 
an altitude of about 200 m., on the Pacific coast, in January of the 
same year. 

The species was originally found by George U. Skinner along 
the shores of Lake Izabal, near Izabal, Guatemala. He sent 
plants in 1837 to England, where they flowered the following year, 
furnishing the material from which the original description and 
illustration referred to above were drawn. The flowering of this 
plant caused considerable excitement among the orchidologists of 
that day, as it was the first member of the genus known in which 
the inflorescence was not borne at the apex of the leafy stem. In 
this species, as well as in several others, the inflorescence is borne 
upon a leafless stem arising from the base of the leafy pseudobulb. 

Mr. Skinner remarks (Batem. Orch. Mex. & Guat. /. c.) that 
the plant is known in its native country as ‘‘ quartorones,” in allu- 
sion to the four colors of its blossoms. The flowers of the plants 
which have blossomed in the New York Botanical Garden have 
undergone remarkable changes in color as they faded, the white 
of the lip passing into yellow and buff, and various combinations 
of these, produced by stripes, spots and blendings. 


Elleanthus caricoides sp. nov. (PLATE 7) 


A densely tufted plant, smooth and glabrous with the excep- 
tions noted below, with numerous gracefully drooping: slender 
stems. Stems 4 dm. long or less, round, about 1.5 mm. in diam- 
eter at the base, sparsely spotted with purple : leaves 5-7 ; sheaths 
grooved, much shorter than the blades, spotted with purple, the 
lower 2 or sometimes 3 soon turning brown, bladeless or with but 
rudimentary blades; blades flat, about 7-nerved, erect, somewhat 
twisted and recurved above the base, linear-lanceolate to linear, 
shining, long-acuminate at the apex, narrowed toward the “pate 
1-2 dm. long, the lowermost sometimes a little shorter and the 
one immediately below the inflorescence often but 4-6 cm. rons 
7-8 mm. wide: inflorescence 2-3 cm. long, on a peduncle ess 
than 1.5 cm. long, the bracts, the lowermost one of ge is ae 
ally empty, ovate-lanceolate, green, apparently spira 0 Ae 
long-acuminate, 2-3 times as long as the flower, nearly erect an 
somewhat recurved above the middle ; flowers, including the sae 
which is 2—3 mm. long and more or less 5, aap SPP oh 
black-brown hairs, about 1 cm. long, gibbous on one side: ae 
sepals 7-8 mm. long, about 3 mm. wide, oblong to oblong-oval, 


120 Nasu: Costa RICAN ORCHIDS 


rather abruptly contracted above into a laterally compressed and 
keeled apex, more or less pubescent on the back with black-brown 
deciduous hairs, about 5-nerved ; dorsal sepal 5-6 mm. long, and 
about 2 mm. wide, the compressed apex much less prominent: 
petals oblong-linear, somewhat dilated at the rounded and apicu- 
late apex, 6-7 mm. long, 1.5—2 mm. wide: lip nearly campanu- 
late, completely surrounding the column so that its margins meet, 
about 7-8 mm. long, when spread out 10-12 mm. wide at the 
truncate and sparingly ciliate apex and 5-6 mm. wide at the base, 
a 2-ridged crest just below the middle, the two appendages near 
the base of the lip oblong, papillate, 1.5—-2 mm. long and about 
I mm. wide: column 7-8 mm. long, 4-toothed at the broadened 
apex. 

On the lower horizontal branch of a tree bordering the Agua 
Caliente, in the humid region, upon the Finca Navarro, mo. 692. 


CATASETUM MACULATUM Kunth, Syn. Pl. Aequin. 
Es 248.1839 


Cultivated at San José, xo. 352. Another species which Mr. 
Maxon secured from Mr. Biolley, who secured it at San Mateo, on 
the Pacific coast. It flowered with us first on November 23 of 
last year. This material very closely agrees with the description 
of Kunth, also with the details of the figure published (H. B. K. 
Nov. Gen. & Sp. 7: p/. 630). The parts are not so greenas called 
for in that description, and this perhaps accounts for Mr. Maxon 
receiving the plant under the name of var. /uteopurpurata Cogn., 
a name, however, of which I can find no record of publication. 
Mr. Percy Wilson, who visited Honduras in 1903 in the interests 
of the New York Botanical Garden, also obtained living material 
of the same species which has flowered at the Garden. 

Catesetum maculatum was found first near Turbaco, Colombia, 
at an altitude of about 324 m. I cannot think, however, that 
the C. maculatum of Bateman (Orch. Mex. & Guat. f/. 2) is the 
same thing, for the setae of the column are described and figured 
as very short, quite different from the very long ones in the true 
C. maculatum Kunth. The C. maculatum of Lindley (Bot. Reg. 26: 
pl. 62. 1840) seems to be different also; the color of the flowers 
is quite different and the petals are etre: while in the plants from 
Costa Rica and Honduras these parts are decidedly serrated, thus 
agreeing with the original description of Kunth. 


EA TOTO, EC — 


Nasu: Costa RICAN ORCHIDS 121 


CycnocuHEs Rossianum Rolfe, Gard. Chron. 69: 456. 1891 


On tree-trunk at border of forest, vicinity of Rio Reventazon, 
Turrialba, zo. 772. A most interesting find. Rolfe drew his 
description from material secured from a plant which flowered in 
the collection of Signor H. J. Ross, Poggio Gherardo, Florence, 
Italy, in 1889. This plant was purchased for C. Warscezwiczii, 
quite another species with pure green staminate flowers, represented 
by a living plantin the collections of the New York Botanical Garden. 
The native country of the original plant of Cycnoches Rossianum 
was not known, and it is interesting to have its home thus re- 
vealed. The plants which Mr. Maxon brought back with him 
have produced up to the present time only staminate flowers, 
which agree with the description given by Mr. Rolfe. 

The staminate racemes are long and slender, in the Costa 
Rican plant measuring up to 6 dm. long with the flowers rather 


scattered. The sepals and petals are yellowish-green, heavily 


blotched with purple-brown, as described by Rolfe, who says 
further that the pistillate raceme he examined had but a single 
flower which was about twice the size of the staminate flowers and 
of a uniform green color with a slightly darker shade on the lip. 


XyLosiuM FOvEATUM (Lindl.) Stein, Orchideenb. 597. 1892 
Navarro, xo. 674. This was originally described from plants 
secured in Demerara. Cogniaux (Mart. Fl. Bras. 3°: 470) gives 
its range as extending to Venezuela, Peru and Colombia. While 
the Costa Rican material differs somewhat from the South Amer- 
ican plant, judging from descriptions, it seems best for the present 


to refer it to the same species. 


: Maxillaria Valenzuelana (A. Rich.) 
Pleurothallis Valensuelana A. Rich. in Sagra, Hist. Cuba 11: 234 

1850. 

Dicrypta iridifolia Batem.; Loud. Hort. Brit. Sec. Add. Suppl. 

630. 1839. Name only. 

Maxillaria ividifolia Reichenb. f. Bonplandia 2: 16, 1854. 

On tree trunk, Cartago, vo. 53. Cogniaux (Mart. Fl. Bras. 
3° : 78) gives the distribution of this plant as extending from Brazil 
to Colombia and Cuba. Its discovery in Costa Rica therefore ex- 
tends the range to the continent of North America. 


132 Nasu: Costa RICAN ORCHIDS 


As indicated above in the synonymy, the first name applied to 
this plant is a nomen nudum ; the origin of the plant was attrib- 
uted to Trinidad. The first adequately published name seems to 
have been Pleurothallis Valenzuelana, described from Vuelta de 
Abajo, western Cuba, Reichenbach, /. c., states that his plant 
came from Cuhobas, Cuba, and indicates that it was collected 
by Poppig. Péppig employed his time as a botanical collector 
and physician, his botanical activities being principally confined to 
Matanzas and S. Elena, near Cahoba and the territory to the south 
and the southwest (Urban, Symb. Ant. 1: 130). The type 
locality of this plant is, therefore, whether one adopt the name of 
Richard or that of Reichenbach, western Cuba. 


Zygostates costaricensis sp. nov. (PLATE 8) 


Plant grayish-green. Stem very short: leaves grayish-green ; 
lower ones widely spreading, the upper ones ascending to erect ; 
sheaths equitant, 1-2 cm. long, their margins hyaline; blades 
articulated to the sheath, inequilaterally lanceolate or oblong-lance- 
olate, sometimes slightly falcate, acute, laterally compressed, 1.5-4 
cm. long, 4-10 mm. wide: inflorescence axillary, racemose, the 
rachis densely hispid with spreading hairs of variable length, the 
spreading bracts, both those at the base of the rachis and those 
subtending flowers, broadly ovate to orbicular, acute, about 2 
mm. long, partly clasping the rachis, ciliate on the margin with 
glandular hairs: flowers not crowded, on hispid pedicels which 
are shorter than the bracts: sepals free, orbicular, wing-keeled on 
the back, about 2 mm. in diameter, obtuse, the keel ciliate with a 
few teeth, the body of the sepals on the back sparingly hispid: 
petals orbicular, about 2 mm. long including the short claw, keeled 
and sparingly hispid on the back : lip papillose, incurved and arch- 
ing over the flower, concave, 4-5 mm. long when straightened 
out, green at the base, slightly dilated above where it is about I 
mm. wide when spread out, acute at the apex: the 2 appendages 
about 1 mm. long, spreading like a ram’s horns, white, papillose, — 
flattened, somewhat dilated toward the obtuse apex: column very 
slender and weak, bent back, geniculate, the rostellum with a long 
crooked beak which is recurved into a semicircle about the middle : 
anther of the general shape of the rostellum and somewhat exceed- 
ing it in length, and with a recurved tip: pollinia 4, on a long 
slender stipe which is bent back upon itself toward the apex. 

On tree-trunk in forest, Finca Navarro, vo. 680. The most 
interesting plant revealed thus far in Mr. Maxon’s collections. 


. 


NasH: Costa RICAN ORCHIDS 123 


The herbarium material of this plant brought back still had the 
old racemes attached, but all the flowers were missing, so it was 
impossible to place it satisfactorily. Fortunately Mr. Maxon suc- 
ceeded in securing some good living plants. These throve and 
came into flower in October of last year. This supplied the needed 
material for a definite determination of the plant. It was interest- 
ing to find that it belonged to the genus Zygostates, known hitherto 
only from Brazil and Paraguay, and that it was also an undescribed 
species. Another genus is thus added to the orchid flora of North 


America. 


Zygostates is closely related to Ornithocephalus, which ranges 
from northern South America and Trinidad through Panama and 
Central America, with one or two outlying species in Asia and 
Australia. It is distinguished from Ornithocephalus by the two 
appendages near the base of the column. The structure of the 
column and the unusual lip of this Costa Rican member of the 
genus differ considerably from the same organs in other species 
of the genus, but it seems best, at least for the present, to refer it 
here. 


WARSCEWICZELLA WENDLANDII DISCOLOR Reichenb. f. 
in Warn. & Will. Orch. Alb. 3: p/. 726. 1884 


On trees in humid forest, Santiago, 70. To5 ; on tree-trunk, 
Cartago, zo. 55. This interesting color-variation, in which the 
sepals and petals are pale-green instead of white, was first noted 
in a plant that flowered in the collection of Mr. A. H. Smee, in 
England. It is a very desirable plant, as it flowers freely, and for 
along period. The contrast of the lavender of the lip with the 
pale-green petals and sepals is most effective. It also has the 
added value of a pleasant perfume. 


New York BoTANIcaL GARDEN. 


124 Nasu: Costa RIcAN ORCHIDS 


Explanation of plates 7 and 8 
PLATE 7. ELLEANTHUS CARICOIDES Nash 


1. Apex of stem, natural size. 2. Flower, dorsal view, X 3. 3. Flower, lat- 
eral view, X 3. 4. Sepals, <3. 5. Petals, x 3. 6. Lip, x 3. 7. Lip, spread out, 
<3. 8. Column, anterior view, < 3. 9. Column, intent view, X 3. 10, Pollinia, 
~~ ss 

PLATE 8. ZYGOSTATES COSTARICENSIS Nash 

1. Plant, natural size. 2. Flower, lateral view, 16. 3. Flower, from above, 
<8. 4. Sepal, x 16. 5. Petal, 16. 6. Appendages, pat and anther, < 16. 
Anther, from below, < 16. 8. Anther, from above, < 16. 9. Pollinia, & 16. 


LLL LL 


wa eee canna na aR 


An occurrence of glands in the embryo of Zea Mays 


a CHARLES STUART GAGER 


The embryo of the grasses is an ancient battle-ground. Con- 
troversies over the homology of its various parts, and over their 
several functions, have been waged almost continually since the last’ 
half of the seventeenth century, when Malpighi® first described its 
anatomy. Its study formed part of the basis on which Schleiden?® 
and Schacht’ concluded that plant embryos originate in the end of 
the pollen-tube, while the embryo-sac serves only to protect and 
nourish them. By its study, in part, Mirbel and Spach,’ and 
Brongniart ' were led, on the other hand, to a diametrically opposite 
conclusion, namely, that the embryo originates in the embryo-sac, 
and that only after fecundation by the pollen. 

The battle has waged fiercely over the indentification of 
the true ‘cotyledon. The term scutellum (little shield), merely 
descriptive, harks back to Gaertner,’ in 1788. His studies on the 
fruits and seeds of plants were considerably colored by his inves- 
tigations of the eggs of animals, and he interpreted the shield- 
shaped organ in the grass embryo to be analogous to the vitellus, 
or nutritive part, of the animal egg. Hence he referred to it as 
“< attellus scutelliformis,” or, briefly, scutellum. That he recognized 
it as really homologous with the cotyledon in other families is evi- 
denced by the term “‘scutel/um cotyledoneum”’ which he also 
employed. * 

The literature shows some diversity in the significance with 
which the term scutellum is employed. Most authors use it, as 
Gaertner originally did, to apply to the entire organ, but at times 
its meaning has been narrowed} to the outer layer of cells, or epi- 
thelium of the shield. There seems to be little warrant and small 
gain in this latter restriction of it use, and the practice should be 


discouraged. he ee 
~~ * + Singularem hanc Vitelli speciem, proprio Scutelli cotyledonei nomine distingui- 
mus,’? Gaertner ® (page cxlix). 
+ Brown and Herron. Jour. 


Chem. Soc. Lond. Trans. 35 : 623. 1879. 
125 


126 GAGER: GLANDS IN THE EMBRYO OF ZEA 


A discussion of the various interpretations that have been given 
since the time of Gaertner as to the homology of its parts, would 
not be germane to this paper.* Goebel,** in 1895 and 1900 on 
the basis of Bruns’s? work and of his own study of Streptochaeta, 
interprets it as a true cotyledon, while “the epiblast, which lies 
over against it, but is not present in all grasses, is an arrested 
leaf,” and the coleoptile, or sheath of the plumule, is the third leaf. 
The first green leaf is the fourth leaf of the plant. Thus the view 
most generally held at the present time closely agrees with that 
put forward by Malpighi in 1675. 

Questions of function have been fully as puzzling as those of 
structure, if not more so, and this, too, notwithstanding the oppor- 
tunities for solution by the method of experiment. 

As early as 1845, Schleiden™ regarded the scutellum of the 
oat as an organ of absorption, and was followed in this view by 
Schacht * and Sachs.“ It was Sachs*who first pointed out the 
fact that the embryo, in its earlier stages of development, lives as 
a parasite on the endosperm, and we owe to him the term 
‘absorptive epithelium,” as applied to the outer layer of cells of 
the scutellum. 

Three principal regions are concerned in the nourishing of the 
germinating embryo. These are the scutellar epithelium, the 
aleurone layer, and the remaining cells of the endosperm. 

Dutrochet had shown that starch, as such, could not pass 
through semi-permeable membranes, like the cell-walls of plants, 
by osmosis, and thus the conclusion was forced that the food 
stored in the endosperm must be transformed before it could 
become available to the awakened embryo. 

The earliest idea to develop in this connection was that the 
effective agent in this transformation was gluten. Fabroni, in 1785, 
_is said { to have isolated from grape-juice a gluten-like, adhesive 
matter, without which fermentation did not take place. Thenard,* 
experimenting with several fruits, confirmed Fabroni’s experiment, 
and considered the glutinous matter, isolated by filtering fruit 
juices, as identical with yeast. Thus the attention of chemists 
and physiologists was naturally directed to gluten as indicated 
above. 


© The diferent theories have beun dlacmseed by Vac Tighen. bit 
+ Cited by Thomson 5 (1818), page 291. 


GAGER: GLANDS IN THE EMBRYO OF ZEA 127 


In the same year (1785), Irvine *® pointed out the fact that, in 
malting, not only did the malt become sweet, but the endosperm 
of crushed seeds, when mixed with the malt, also became con- 
verted into sugar. 

Further advance seemed to await the discovery, by Colin and 
Claubry,” in 1814, that starch is colored blue by iodine.* This 
discovery became a great aid in endosperm studies. 

In the following year Kirchhoff,*"” on the basis of his experi- 
ments, concluded that the gluten accomplishes the formation of 
sugar in germinating seeds, and in farina that has been scalded 
with hot water. He also stated that the gluten attains through 
germination the property of transforming into sugar a much greater 
quantity of starch than is to be found in the seeds, and further 
clearly saw that the production of sugar in germinating seeds 
is a chemical process, and not a consequence of vegetation. 

Experiments of a similar nature to those of Kirchhoff led 
Thomson,” in 1818, to the extreme view that the essential con- 
stituent of yeast is “a species of gluten,’ and “that it is some 
substance connected with the gluten that acts upon the starch, and 
converts it into sugar. 

The studies of Proust* and of Saussure,” in 1819, and of 
Dombasle,”’ in 1820, on the conversion of starch to sugar by the 
action of gluten, contributed only slightly to the solution of the 
real question, but thirteen years later, in 1833, Biot and Persoz * 
announced the discovery of dextrine, which they had produced 
from starch by the influence of acids. Vogel, by similar means, 
had, in 1812, produced what was probably the same substance, 
but its name and the recognition of its true nature must be 
attributed to Biot and Persoz. 

Previous to this, Braconnot," in 1824, isolated a “ special 
principle” which changed to sugar the starch from tubers of 
Helianthus tuberosus, and in the same year in which dextrine was 
discovered, Saussure *' isolated from wheat endosperm a substance 
similar to Braconnot’s ‘‘ special principle,” and which alone could 


* Scholz (Jour. fiir Chem. und Phys, 12: 349. 1814. Footnote) attributes this 
discovery to Stromeyer, but gives no citation. 

er : ee 

+ Raspail,** who discovered the mark, = 
belief in 1826, that “the carbonic-acid of the air is sufficient to effect the transforma 


tion of starch to sugar’’ (page 335)- 


r “hilum ”’ on starch-grains, stated his 


128 GAGER: GLANDS IN THE EMBRYO OF ZEA 


convert into sugar four times its weight of starch. These studies, 
and that of Payen,* in 1824, paved the way for the discovery of 
diastase by Payen and Persoz® in 1833. This substance, its dis- 
coverers announced, could convert into dextrine 2,000 times its 
own weight of starch. 

Later (1843, 1846) Payen* * demonstrated that starch must 
be altered “ by water and diastase” before it can pass through 
cell-walls, and that only after being thus altered can it pass from 
tissue to tissue. The question now became, What is the source 
of the diastase by which, in germination, the endosperm is 
digested ? 

Raspail ® had shown, in 1825, that, in germination, the endo- 

sperm gradually lost its starch, while the enlarging embryo became 
gradually enriched with starch-grains, and, in 1862, Sachs * ob- 
served that, in the germination of grass-embryos, the change of 
starch to sugar “‘ begins on the side of the endosperm which lies 
next to the absorbing scutellum.’’ He also demonstrated that 
the products of the solution of the endosperm are translocated to 
the germ, and homologized the scutellar epithelium “ with the 
organ of the same name on the cotyledons of pans, and with the 
young epidermis of the Ricixws cotyledon . . 

From this time on, beginning with Bloriasewakt sie 1875, 
_ there have followed a number of researches on the germination of 
grass embryos deprived of endosperm, and on the ability of isO- 
lated embryos to utilize artificial endosperm. Among the earlier 
and more extensive of these investigations, are those of Brown 
and Morris,'* '’ who demonstrated in 1888 the possibility of grow- 
ing grass embryos on artificial endosperm, and, in 1890, showed 
that, at the beginning of germination, starch first reappears in the 
cells of the scutellum immediately under the epithelium. Its first 
appearance here, being coincident with the earliest stages of the 


depletion of the endosperm, was taken as evidence that it came 


from the latter. 

The fundamental investigations as to whether or not the dia- 
stase could diffuse through cell-walls and, therefore, would not 
necessarily have to be secreted by the cells where it is to act, was 
not made until 1894, when Griiss,” with results contrary to those 
of Krabbe, in 1890, demonstrated the possibility of such diffusion. 


GAGER : GLANDS IN THE EMBRYO OF ZEA 129 


The work of Griiss indicated that the statement of Brown and 
Morris (1890), “that the disappearance of the cell-wall always 
precedes any visible attack upon the contained starch granules,’’ 
is not true in all cases. 

It would lead too far afield to review in detail the subsequent 
literature upon this topic. Experimental researches have led to 
at least five different views as to the place of origin of the digestive 
ferment during the germination of grasses. They may be briefly 
summarized as follows: 

1. The cells of the aleurone layer chiefly secrete the diastase, 
which acts on the starch in the endosperm. This is the statement, 
in a more modern terminology, of the old view that starch is 
turned to sugar by gluten. It was tacitly assumed by Tschirch,” 
in 1889 (page 181, legend of f 63).* 

2. The epithelium of the scutellum ts the principal secreting layer. 
This is the view of Brown and Morris,"* in 1890,+ of Griiss,” in 
1893 (page 291), and, by implication, of Reed,” in 1904. Ac- 
cording to Brown and Morris, a diastase that dissolves cell-walls 
is also secreted by these cells. 

3. The endosperm is the main source of the ferment, according 
to Green* (1890), Krabbe *® (1890), and Linz* (1896). “The 
diastase,’ says Krabbe, ‘‘is generally not translocated, but de- 
velops directly at the place of its activity.’ Secretion by the 
endosperm results “in consequence of some kind of stimulus 
on the part of the seedling.” This last assertion was contra- 
dicted by Pfeffer® in 1893. Linz™ definitely states (page 301), 
“that the epithelium of the scutellum of the seed of maize is not 
in a condition to secrete ferment, [and] that the epithelium is rather 
an apparatus which serves for the absorption of dissolved nutri- 
ment.” Further on (page 318) he says, “The aleurone layer is 
not the source of the diastase which appears in the endosperm 
during germination.” 

4. The scutellum and the endosperm secrete diastase, but not so 


*The notion that pure gluten can change starch to sugar is now, of course, 
demonstrably erroneous, but whether or not the cells of the gluten- or aleurone-layer 
in the grass-fruit can secrete a diastatic ferment is a different question. 

+ Brown and Escombe '8 (page 14) demonstrate the hydrolytic capacity of aleurone- 
cells of barley, the capacity of this layer for endosperm: depletion, and that such capacity 
on the part of the endosperm-cells is very probable. 


130 GAGER: GLANDS IN THE EMBRYO OF ZEA 


the aleurone layer. This view is stated by Pfeffer, *’ in 1900, 
(page 599), who calls the diastase secreted by the scutellum ‘“ac- 
cessory diastase,” and says its secretion may always be regulated 
by the needs of the plant. This conclusion is based in part upon 


the experimental demonstration that isolated bits of endosperm 


placed in contact with water become spontaneously depleted. In | 


these experiments, the disappearance of the starch proceeds cen- 
tripetally from the surface of the endosperm in contact with the 
water. 

5. All storage tissues are capable of auto-depletion, according 
to Puriewitsch.“* This conclusion was based upon studies of the 
endosperm and cotyledons of various seeds, and the contents of 
roots, bulbs, rhizomes, tubers, and other stems. In 1896 Griiss” 
states that ‘‘It is well known that the endosperm cells themselves 
secrete a ferment during germination” (pages 408, 422). . This; 
together with his paper of 1895, indicates that his position then 
should be classed here, but in 1897 (page 664) he says: «‘ Seed- 
lings fram which one has taken the endosperm may, without the 
aid of bacteria, nourish themselves upon starch paste, which there- 
by becomes changed to sugar.’’ This, however, does not neces- 
sarily imply a change from his preceding position. 

In addition to the above views, may be mentioned that of Wig- 
and,” who in 1888, attributed a diastatic function to the aleurone 
layer, but only through the mediation of bacteria developing in 
it; and Hansteen’s,” founded upon extensive though insufficiently 
guarded experiments, that it is not necessary for diastase to pro- 
ceed from the scutellum during germination. 

In 1890, Haberlandt”® stated (page 48) that ‘‘ The aleurone 
layer of the grass-endosperm, and presumably also of seeds of 
other plants, is henceforth to be classed with the digestive glands 
of insectivorous plants,” and in 1904 he states (page 477) that 
“its histological structure, in connection with the experimental 
fact that the isolated gluten layer richly secretes diastase, forms 
the ground for my notion concerning the function of that layer.” 
It is interesting to note that, in this last mentioned work, the 
pendulum has swung back to the original idea, advanced by Kirch- 
hoff ninety years previously, that in germinating seeds the gluten 


is a source of the agent that changes starch to sugar. It hardly 


seems probable that Haberlandt’s view will finally stand. 


GAGER: GLANDS IN THE EMBRYO OF ZEA 131 


The work of Brown and Morris indicates that the endosperm 
of the grass fruit is dead, but the only inference warranted by the 
papers of Green, Krabbe, Hansteen, Pfeffer, and Linz is, as Linz 
definitely states (page 312), that it is alive. 

The most obvious conclusion to be drawn from this review of 
the literature is that there is still need for further careful experi- 
mental investigation of the subject, in which every precaution 
shall be used to exclude bacterial contamination, and other sources 
of error. Such work has been done with the date seed by Pond,” 
whose experiments seem to leave little doubt that the date-endo- 
sperm, at least, is incapable of self-digestion.* 

The facts of teratology have frequently thrown light upon 
normal structure, helping to establish the homology of an organ 
whose interpretation would otherwise remain in doubt. From the 
fact that structure isan expression of function, anatomical variations 
in the direction of a structure whose role is well understood, may 
quite justifiably be taken, in connection, of course, with other facts, 
as evidence of the probable function of the part that varies. It 
was with considerable interest, therefore, in the light of our present 
knowledge of the homology and physiology of the parts of the 
fruit of the Gramineae, that the writer, in an examination of cross- 
sections of the corn grain, observed a variation in the scutellar 
epithelium, the significance of which can scarcely be questioned. 

This tissue, one cell thick, and variously called the “ absorptive 
epithelium ” and the “ glandular epithelium,” is, as is well known, 
clearly defined anatomically from the adjacent tissue on either side. 
The shape of its cells, narrow and oblong in section, their palisade 
arrangement, and the appearance of the protoplasm, granular and 
relatively dense in the resting seed, more vacuolated as germination 
begins, and with a well defined, vigorous nucleus, clearly distin- 
guish it. Normally it forms an unbroken layer over the convex 
surface of the scutellum. 

In the sections examined, this layer was found invaginated in 
places, in such a way as to form small pockets or sacs in the tissue 
of the scutellum. On one side there were two such structures, 
and on the other side one, with a slight suggestion of an unfinished 


* A conclusion contrary to that reached by the same author #! in 1904, when there 
was failure to observe certain necessary precautions of method. 


132 GacER: GLANDS IN THE EMBRYO OF ZEA 


fourth. The diagram (FIGURE 1), shows the location of these 
structures in the scutellum, while they are shown in detail in the 
photomicrographs, FIGURES 2 and 3. Two of them, as may be 
seen in the diagram, are of practically uniform diameter through- 
out, while the other and larger one is enlarged at the end. 
Describing the scutellum of the corn in 1902, Torrey” says : 
« At the region of the tip this secretory epithelial layer dips down 
at frequent intervals into the scutellum. The convolutions so pro- 
duced secure a larger surface of secretion where there is greatest 
need for the enzyme; for the endosperm is thickest at this point 
and in front of the embryo.”’ Whether the structures seen by 
Torrey were the same as those described above is not entirely 
clear from his description, but his figure (/ 7) indicates that they 
were at least very similar. If so, their location is not restricted ‘‘ to 
the region of the tip” of the scutellum, as is clearly shown in 


Fic. 1. Diagram of cross-section of grain of Zea Mays. ¢, combined coats of 
fruit and seed; ¢, endosperm region; s, scutellum; ge, glardular epithelium; 4%, 
tubular glands; xg, gland slightly racemose. . 


FIGURE I herewith. Thus their distribution does not seem to be 
correlated with the thickness of the endosperm. 

What is their significance? The variety of the corn is the 
“ Hickory King,” of J. M. Thorburn & Co., and the grains are 
of uniformly large area, though relatively flat and thin. Because 
of these facts it may be suggested, not unreasonably, that this in- 
vagination of the epithelium is merely an expression of vigorous, 
rapid growth, without corresponding opportunity for expansion. 
An analogy is found in the uneven, crinkled surface of foliage- 
leaves in many plants, due to the fact that one epithelium has 
grown more rapidly than the other. The wrinkling is a ‘‘ mechan- 


GAGER: GLANDS IN THE EMBRYO OF ZEA 133 


ical necessity.” This suggestion, I think, may be dismissed at once 
as having too little warrant in the facts, and as being less probable 
than another. 

If the scutellar epithelium is primarily an organ for the absorp- 
tion of nutriment, as Sachs held, the variation described would be 
even more surprising, for we should reasonably expect an evagin- 
ation, or haustorial-like projection of the tissue into the endosperm, 
rather than an invagination, especially if the conception of the in- 
timate relation between structure and function is valid. 

If, however, we have to deal here with an epithelium whose chief 
function is secretion, then the variation described is one that might 


FIGURE 2 FIGURE 3 
IG. 2. Photomicrograph of cross-section of grain of maize. _ Tissue of scutellum at 
left, tissue of endosperm at right. Showing two glands in the scutellum. 
IG. 3. Photomicrograph of the upper gland of FIGURE 2, more highly magnified 


have been predicted, and when once seen, the greater surprise 
would be that it was not of more frequent occurence. The first 
impression, that the anomalous structures are glands, is only 
strengthened by miore careful observation and more thoughtful 
consideration. Any anatomist would at once classify the smaller 
invaginations as tubular glands, the simplest secreting structure 
next to the glandular epithelium, while the larger sac more nearly 
resembles a simple racemose gland. 

Evidence of secretory activity was not sufficient in any part of 
the sections to throw light on the function of these structures. 
Their function may be inferred only from their anatomy, in the 
light of other well-known physiological observations. 


134 GAGER: GLANDS IN THE EMBRYO OF ZEA 


Obviously no inference may be drawn from this anomaly as to 
the normal or the possible functions of the endosperm cells, nor of 
the cells of the aleurone layer, nor may any definite conclusion be 
drawn, on this basis alone, as to the proper function of the tissue 
involved. The weight of the evidence, however, is in line with all 
the facts of anatomy and experimental physiology which indicate 
that the scutellar epithelium of the grass embryo is an organ of 
secretion, a true glandular epithelium. 

New YorK BoTANICAL GARDEN. 
BIBLIOGRAPHY 

& ANATOMY 
Brongniart, A. Mémoire sur la génération et le développement de 
l’embryon dans les végétaux phanérogames. Ann. Sci. Nat. 12: 
$4,145,925, 0: 1847 
2. Bruns, E. DerGrasembryo. Flora76: 1. 1892. 
. Gaertner, J. De fructibus et seminibus plantarum. Vol. I. 1788. 
. Goebel, K. Ein Beitrag zur Morphologie der Graser. Flora 81: 

17. 1895 

Organography of plants. Tr. by I. B. Balfour. Oxford, 


_ 


- GW 


1905. 
. Malpighi, M. Anatome plantarum. London, 1675. (Also ‘‘ Die 
Anatomie der Pflanzen.’’ Bearbeitet von M. Mébius. Leipzig, 


fon 


~~ 


gol. 

. Mirbel, C. F. & Spach, E. Notes pour servir a l’histoire de 

l’embryogénie végétale. Ann. Sci. Nat. II. 11: 200. 1839. 

Schacht, H. Entwickelungs-geschichte des Pflanzen-embryon. 

Amsterdam, 1850. 

. Schleiden, M. J. Mémoire sur la formation de 1’ ovule et 1’ origine 
de l’embryon dans les phanérogames. Ann. Sci. Nat. I]. 11: 129. 


o 


=) 


10. Van Tieghem, P. Observations anatomique sur le cotyledon des 
Graminées. Ann. Sci. Nat. V. 15: 236. 1872. 


II Sur les phanérogames sous graines, formant la division In- 
seminées. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 44: 99. 1897. 

12 Morphologie de l’embryon et de la plantule chez les Grami- 
nées et les Cyperacées. Ann. Sci. Nat. VIII. 3: 259. 1897- 
PHYSIOLOGY 
13. Biot, J. B. & Persoz, J. Mémoire sur les modifications que la 


fécule et la gomme subissent sous |]’influence des acides. Ann. 
Chim. & Phys. §2: 72. © 1833. 


Lol 
ce 


Ladi 
un 


cal 
ON 


N 
° 


v 
a 


ue 
9 


GAGER: GLANDS IN THE EMBRYO OF ZEA 135 


. Bloziszewski, T. Landwirtsch. Jahrb. 5: 145. 1876. Also 


Jahresb. Agric. Chem.6: 232. 1875. (Cited by Brown and 
Morris ; original not seen. ) 


. Braconnot, H. Analyse des tubercles de |’ Helianthus tudberosus, 


et observations sur la Dahline. Ann. Chim. & Phys. 25: 358. 
182 


4. 
. Brown, H. T. & Morris, G. H. Researches on the germination of 


some of the Gramineae. Jour. Chem. Soc. Trans. 57: 458. 1890. 
(For abstract, see Nature 42: 45. 1890.) 

Burton-on-Trent Nat. Hist. Soc. Trans. 1: 110. 1888. 
(Paper not accessible. ) 


. Brown, H. T. & Escombe, F. On the depletion of the endosperm 


of Hordeum vulgare during germination. Proc. Roy. Soc. London 
63: +3." 2808 


. Colin, — & Claubry, H. G. de. Mémoire sur les combinaisons de 


Viode avec les substances végétales et animales. Ann. Chim. 90: 
87. 


_ Dombasle, M. de. Lettre 4 M. Gay-Lussac, sur la conversion de 


la fécule en alcool par la fermentation. Ann. Chim. & Phys. 13: 
284. 1820. 


. Green, J. R. On the changes in the endosperm of Ricinus com- 


munis during germination. Ann. Bot. 4: 383. 1890. 


. Griiss, J. Ueber den Eintritt von Diastase in das Endosperm. 


Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. 11: 286. 1893 

Ueber das Verhalten des diastatischen Enzyms in der Keim- 
pflanze. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 26: 379 

Die Diastase im Pflanzenkérper. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. 
£3: a: 1898. 

Beitrage zur Physiologie der Keimung. Landwirtsch. Jahrb. 
25: 385. 


1896 
. Haberlandt, G. ‘Die Kleberschicht des Grasendosperms als Dias- 


tase ausscheidendes Driisengewebe. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. 
8: 40. ; ye 
Physiologische eee Ed. 2. "Leipzig, 1896. 
Also ed. 3. Leipzig, 1 

Ueber die aie ae Schildchens. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 30: 
645. 1897 

Hansteen, B. Ueber die Ursachen der Entleerung der Reserve- 
stoffe aus Samen. Flora 79: 419. 1894. 

Irvine, W. Essays, chiefly on chemical subjects. London, 1805. 
Essay vii, On Fermentation. (Read 1785.) 


136 


GAGER: GLANDS IN THE EMBRYO OF ZEA 


31. Kirchhoff, G. S. Ueber die Zuckerbildung beim Malzen des 


ww 
= 


G 
wn 


36. 


pe 
ig 


> 
wn 


> 
oo 


Getreides. Jour. fiir Chem. & Phys. 14: 389. 1815. 

Dans les graines céréales converties en malt, et dans la farine 
infusée dans l’eau bouillante. (Traduit de l’allemand.) Jour. 
de Pharm. & Sci. Access. 2: 250. 1816. 

Krabbe, G. Untersuchungen iiber das Diastaseferment unter 
specieller Beriichsichtigung seiner Wirkung auf Stirkekorner inner- 
halb der Pflanze. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 21: 520. 1890. 

Linz, H. Beitraige zur Physiologie der Keimung der Mais. Jahrb. 
Wiss. Bot. 29: 267. 


99. 
. Payen, A. Observations sur l’analyse des tubercules de V Heli- 


anthus tuberosus. Ann. Chim. & Phys. 26: 98. 1824. 
Mémoire sur l’amidon, la dextrine et la diastase, considérés 
sous les points de vue anatomique, chemique et physiologique. 
Mém. Acad. Sci. Inst. France, Sav. Etrang. 8: 209. 1843. 
Mémoire sur le développement des végétaux. 7 ¢c. Q: I. 


1846. 


. Payen, A. & Persoz, J. Mémoire sur la diastase, etc. Ann. 


Chim. & Phys. 53: 73. 1833. 


. Pfeffer, W. Ueber die Ursachen der Entleerung der Reserve- 


stoffe aus Samen. Ber. K. Sachs. Akad. Wiss. Leipzig, 45: 421. 
1893. 


Physiology of plants. (Tr. by Ewart). Vol. 1. Oxford, 


Ig00. 
. Pond,R.H. The endosperm enzyme of Phoenix dactylifera. Pre- 


liminary report. Science II. 20: 181. 1904. 

The capacity of the date endosperm for self-digestion. Ann. 
Bot. 20: Gf. T906, 

Proust, J. L. Sur le principe qui assaisonne les fromages. Ann. 
Chim. & Phys, 10: 29. IQ. 

Puriewitsch, K. Ueber die selbstthatige Entleerung der Reserve- 
stoffbehalter. Ber. Deut. Bot. Gesell. 14: 207. 1896.— Jahrb. 
Wiss. Bot. 31: 1. 1897. 


. Raspail, F.V. Développement de la fécule dans les organes de la 


fructification des céréales, etc. Ann. Sci. Nat. 6: 224, 384- 
1825. 


Additions au Mémoire sur l’analyse microscopique de la 
fécule. Ann. Sci. Nat. 7: 325. 1826. 


- Reed,H.S. A study of the enzyme secreting cells in the seedlings 


of Zea Mais and Phoenix dactylifera. Ann. Bot. 18: 267. 1904: 


. Sachs, J. Zur Keimungsgeschichte der Griser. Bot. Zeit. 20: 


145. 1862. 
7 


on 
N 


OL 
Ww 


mn 
> 


on 
~I 


on 
? 


GAGER: GLANDS IN THE EMBRYO OF ZEA 137 


. — Pflanzenphysiologie. Vol. I. Leipzig, 1892. 
. Saussure, T. de. Observations sur la décomposition de l’amidon 


a la température atmosphérique, par l’action de l’air et de |’eau. 
Ann. Chim. & Phys. 11: 279. 1819. 

De la formation du sucre dans la germination du froment. 
Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat. Genéve 6: 237. 1833. 


. Schacht, H. Lehrbuch 2: 462. 1859.— Le Microscope, page 


213. 3807. 


. Schleiden, M. J. Grundziige der wissenschaftlichen Botanik. 


2: 185. Leipzig. 1845. 
Tangl, E. Studien iiber das Endosperm einiger Gramineen. 
Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Wien. 1885. (Cited by Haberlandt, 


1890. ) 
. Thomson, T. A system of chemistry. Vol. 4. Philadelphia, 


1818. 
Torrey, J.C. Cytological changes accompanying the secretion of 
diastase. Bull. Torrey Club 29: 421. 1902. 


. Tschirch, A. Angewandte Pflanzenanatomie. Wien und Leipzig. 


1889. 
Vogel, H. A. Untersuchungen iiber den fliissigen Zucker aus 
Stirkmehl und iiber Umwandlung siisser Materien in gahrungs- 
fahigen Zucker. Jour. fiir Chem. & Phys. 5: 80. 1812. 
Wigand, A. Das Protoplasma als Fermentorganismus. Botanische 
Hefte 3: 131. 1888 


~ 


American fossil mosses, with description of a new species from 
Florissant, Colorado 


ELIZABETH GERTRUDE BRITTON AND ARTHUR HOLLICK 
(WITH PLATE 9 ) 


During the summer of 1906 Professor Theo, D. A. Cockerell 
and his wife spent several weeks at Florissant, Colorado, collect- 
ing fossil plants. Among those collected was found a beautifully 
preserved fruiting tuft of a moss, which was kindly transmitted to 
us for examination and description. The specimen was obtained 
from the well-known Tertiary shales of that locality, from which 
quantities of fossil insect and plant remains have been secured by 
many different collectors from time to time; but among the 
thousands of specimens thus brought to light only three have been 
heretofore described as mosses, viz. 

Hypnum Haydenit Lesq. Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. and Geog. 
Surv. Terr. 1874: 309. 1876; Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. 
1: 583. “1875” [1876]; Rept. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. 7 
(Tert. Fl.): 44. pl. 5.f. 14, 144, 146. 1878. (PLATE 9, FIGURES 
I, Ia. 

Fontinalis pristina Lesq. Rept. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. 8 (Cret. 
and Tert, Fl.): 135. p4.2% f. 9. 1883... (PLATE 9, FIGURES 2, 
2a.) 

Hypnum Brownii Kirchner, Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis 8: 
178. pl. 12.f. 4, 4a. 1898. (PLATE 9, FIGURES 3, ee 

None of these, however, is a fruiting specimen, and the generic 
determinations were based entirely on the leaf-characters, which, 
even if well defined, would not in themselves be characters from 
which generic or even family relationships could be satisfactorily 
determined. In this connection it may be suggested that the species 
first mentioned is more indicative of a Lycopodium ora conifer than 
of amoss, and the author voices his uncertainty in acknowledging 
that “the apparently thick leaves seem abnormal for a species of 

139 


140 BRITTON AND HO ctick: FOssIL MOSSES 


moss,” and that ‘the mode of division . . . separates it from the 
Lycopods.”’ * ; 

In regard to the second species cited it may be merely remarked 
that the correctness of its reference to the genus Fontinal’s is ques- 
tionable, so far as may be judged by the figures, while in regard 
to the one last mentioned the author, in his description, says: 
‘“‘The leaves in most cases are indistinct and only the more solid 
stems are discernible.” It is apparently a moss, but satisfactory 
evidence of its relationship with the genus Hypnum is not appar- 
ent in the figures. 

The only other American fossil-plant remains described as 
mosses, with the exception of several existing species from deposits 
of Pleistocene and more recent age, are Hypnum columbianum Pen- 
hallow, in Dawson, Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada 8': 77. fig. 3. 
1890 (PLATE 9, FIGURE 4), from lower Tertiary beds at Quesnel, 
B. C., which is more likely a conifer, apparentl¥ related to 
Widdringtonia helvetica Heer, Fl. Tert. Helv. 1: 48. pl. 16, f. 


2-18, or to Glyptostrobus Ungeri Heer, as depicted by several 


authors ; and Rhynchostegium Knowltoni E. G. Britt., described and 
figured in Bull. Torrey Club 26: 79, 80. 1899 (PLATE Q, FIGURE 
5), from the upper Eocene or Miocene sandstone at Cle Elum, 
Kittitas County, Washington. These specimens, as in the case 
of those previously mentioned, are also sterile, so that in our speci- 
men from Florissant we have the first fossil moss with fruit thus 
far recorded from America. : 


Glyphomitrium Cockerelleae sp. nov. 
(PLATE 9, FIGURES 6, 6a) 
Plants pulvinate, forming a dark-brown tuft 1 cm. high and 2.5 


cm. wide, with lignitic remains appearing like a mass of dark-brown 
radicles. Stems erect and crowded, evidently branching : leaves 


* Through the kindness of Dr, J. N. Rose, Associate Curator of the Division of 
Plants, U. S. National Museum, the type specimen of Hypnum Haydenii was transmit- 
ted to us for examination, from which our figures were made. We are satisfied that it is 
not a moss, and Dr. L. M. Underwood, of Columbia University, has expressed his 
opinion that it can not be a Lycopodium. The closest comparisons which we have been 
able to make are with certain conifers, especially with forms of Juniperus communis L., 
in which the young growing branchlets often present a striking similarity in general ap- 
pearance to this specimen. 


BRITTON AND HOLLIcK: FOSSIL MOSSES 141 


2-3 mm. long, linear-lanceolate, straight or curved, apparently 
with a thick vein and slender sharp apex: sporophytes terminal : 
seta erect and straight, 1-1.5 cm. long: calyptra mitrate and 
plicate, 2-2.5 mm. long, with well-marked ridges forming darker 
grooves in the light-colored stone. 

The capsules were not yet developed when this specimen was 
buried and nothing but the calyptra remains to indicate the nature 
of the sporophyte, but from general aspect and characters it seems 
to belong nearest to the Grimmiaceae with a resemblance to the 
Piychomitrieae, the calyptra being grooved and long, completely 
enclosing the sporophyte when young, as in Ptychomitrium, and 
prolonged into an acute apex as if the lid were rostrate. 

This species is dedicated to Mrs. Wilmatte Porter Cockerell, in 
recognition of her devotion to science and her invaluable assistance 
in securing specimens from this locality. 

This genus has been known in American bryological works as 
Ptychomitrium, but the older name has_ been reinstated by 
Brotherus in Engler & Prantl, Pflanzenfamilien (1°: 440. 1902) 
while keeping the name of the section, as indicated above. The 
synonymy is as follows: 

Glyphomitrium Brid. Mant. 30. 1819; emend. Mitt. Jour. Linn. 

SOc.. 123.105. 1869. 

Brachysteleum Reichenb. Consp. 34. 1828. 
Ptychomitrium (Bruch) Furnr. Flora 1829, Erg. 2: 19. 1829. 
Notarisia Hampe, Linnaea 11: 379. 1837. 


New York BoTraNnIcaL GARDEN. 


142 BRITTON AND HoLiick: FossiL MOSSES 


Explanation of Plate 9 
Figs. 1, Ts Haydenii Lesq. 


Pigs. 3,34 photo Brownii Kirchner. 
ig. : natural size. 

Fig. 3@ X about 5 
Fig. 4— peta! a ee Natural size. 
Fig. 5 — Rhynchostegium Knowltoni E, G. Britt. a 
Figs. 6, 6a So ae aay respond E. G. Bru. ed! Sick 

6 x ab 
rn 6a x eo 7. 


— 


rl, 


Studies in the North American Convolvulaceae. III. Calycobolus, 
Bonamia, and Stylisma 


HoMER DOLIvVER HOUSE 


The Dicranostyleae, to which belong these three genera to- 
gether with Cressa and Evolvulus, is characterized by bifid styles 
and these divisions sometimes again cleft, as in Evo/vu/us, valvular 
and usually 2-celled, 2-4-seeded capsules. The genus Calycodo- 
lus (Prevostea) has been placed in the Poraneae by Hallier, but the 
characters of the style and capsule in Ca/ycodolus are those of the 
Dicranostyleae, while the only character which it has in common 
with Porana is the inequality of the sepals. The genus Dicrano- 
styles Benth, is represented in northern South America by D. scan- 
dens Benth., and the closely allied genus Lysiostyles Benth. by ra 
scandens, 


Ke; to the North American genera of Dicranostyleae 


Outer sepals enlarged, often colored or otherwise different from the 
inner sepals. 1. CALYCOBOLUS. 
Sepals alike or nearly so. 

Divisions of the style entire; stigmas 2; corolla funnelform. 

Stamens included. 
Plants comparatively stout ; sepals leathery, rounded or 

obtuse. 2. BONAMIA. 
Plants slender ; sepals herbaceous, acute or acumi- 
nate. 3. STYLISMA. 
Stamens exserted. 4. CRESSA. 
Divisions of the style each 2-cleft; stigmas 4. 5. EVOLVULUS. 


1. CALYCOBOLUS Willd.; R. & S. Syst. 5: 4. 1819 


Twining or suberect, herbaceous or woody plants. Leaf-blades 
Flowers in axillary clusters. 
Sepals unequal, the outer ones 
inner in texture, shape, co 
included ; filaments dilated and pubescent at the base. Ovary 2- 
celled, 4-ovuled. Style bifid nearly or quite to the ovary, the 
divisions unequal. Stigmas 2, small, capitate. Capsules ovoid. 
Seeds smooth or pubescent. 
143 


144 House: NortH AMERICAN CONVOLVULACEAE 


Type species: Calycobolus emarginatus Willd. 7. c. = Dufourea 
sericea H.B.K. = Prevostea sericea Choisy. 
Dufourea H.B.K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 3: 113. 1818. Not Du- 
fourea Bory, 1810. 
Prevostea Choisy, Ann. Sci. Nat. 4: 497. 1825.—  Mém. Soc. 
Phys. Genev.6: 492. 1833.—In DC. Prodr.g: 437. 1845. 
Reinwardia Spreng. Syst. 1: 527. 1825. Not Reinwardtia 
‘Dum. 1822. 
Wilberforcia Hook. f.; Planchon, in Hook. Ic. p/. 796. 1848. 
At least eight species are known, two in Mexico and six in 
South America. Of the South American ones, the type of the 
genus, C. sericeus, may extend into Central America, and is in- 
cluded in the following enumeration : 


Key to the North American species 
Foliage densely pubescent. 
Inflorescence few-flowered on short peduncles. Mexican. 1. C, velutinus. 
Inflorescence many-flowered on long leafy peduncles. South 
i 2. C. sericeus. 
Foliage glabrous or nearly so. Mexican, 3. C. Pringlet. 


1. Calycobolus velutinus (Mart. & Gal.) 

Prevostea velutina Mart. & Gal. Bull. Acad. Brux. 122: 259. 

1845. 
Breweria mexicana Hemsley, Biol. Cent. Am. Bot. 2: 400. 1882. 
Porana velutina Hallier f. Bot. Jahrb. 16: 538. 1893. 

Softly pubescent, more or less erect and slender ; leaf-blades 
oblong-lanceolate, thick, 5-7 cm. long, acute, the base obtuse or 
rounded ; petioles 8-10 mm. long ; peduncles about 2 cm. long, 


few-flowered: the three outer sepals about 15 mm. long, ovate, . 


obtuse, glabrous at maturity, the two inner sepals subscarious and 
much smaller; corolla 2-2.5 cm. long, sparingly hirsute without ; 
anthers oblong ; ovary villous. 


TYPE LOCALITY: “In Mexico inter Tehuacan et Oaxacan prope 
la Venta de Argon.” 


DIsTRIBUTION: Southern Mexico, 


2. Calycobolus sericeus ( H.B.K.) 


Dufourea sericea H.B.K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 3: 114. pl. rzg. 1818. 
Calycobolus emarginatus Willd.; R. & S. Syst. 5:4. 1816. 


| 


House: NortH AMERICAN CONVOLVULACEAE 145 


Reinwardtia sericea Spreng. Syst. 1: 863. 1825. 
Prevostea sericea Choisy, Ann. Sci. Nat. 4: 496. 1825. 
Distinguished from C. velutinus by its leaf-blades sericeous- 
pubescent beneath, the flower clusters ample and terminating leafy 
branches, and the colored outer sepals. 
TYPE LOCALITY: ‘‘Crescit in Regno Novae Granatae, juxta 
urbem Mariquita, alt. 400 hex.” 
DisTRIBUTION : Northern South America. 


3. Calycobolus Pringlei sp. nov. 


Twining, 5 meters high, herbaceous above, woody below ; glab- 
rous except for some minute pubescence on the pedicels and at the 
base of the sepals ; leaf-blades broadly lanceolate or oblong-lance- 
olate, acute, obtuse or rounded at the base, 4-8 cm. long, glab- 
rous, texture somewhat rough and thick ; petioles short, 5-10 mm. 
long ; flowering branches one or more in the axils of the leaves, 
branching, many-flowered, leafy ; pedicels 7-10 mm. long; the 


three outer sepals elliptical, rounded at the apex, 8-10 mm. long, 


the two inner ones 3 mm. long or less; corolla 1.5 cm. long and 
as broad, slightly pubescent in bud, becoming glabrous, deeply 
5-lobed, lobes obovate, retuse ; anthers short-sagittate, blunt. 

Mexico : On limestone hills, Yantepec, Morelos, alt. 4000 feet, 
C. G. Pringle 8751, November 21, 1903 (type, sheet no. 460794 
in the Herbarium of the United States National Museum). Puebla, 
between Huajuapam, Oaxaca and Retlatzingo, &. W. Nelson 1957, 
November 19, 1894, alt. 4800-6500 feet. 

The South American species in addition to C. sericeus, above 
mentioned, are as follows: 


Calycobolus amazonicus (Choisy) 
Prevostea amazonica Choisy, in DC. Prodr. 9: 437. 1845. 


Calycobolus ferrugineus (Choisy) 


Prevostea ferruginea Choisy, Ann. Sci. Nat. 4: 498. 182 5. 


Calycobolus glaber (H.B.K.) 


Dufourea glabra H.B.K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 3: 114. 1818. 
Calycobolus pulchellus Willd.; R. & S. Syst. 5: 4- 1819. 
Reinwardtia glabra Spreng. Syst. 1: 863. 1825. 
Prevostea glabra Choisy, Ann. Sci. Nat. 4: 496. 1825. 


146 House: NortTH AMERICAN CONVOLVULACEAE 


Calycobolus spectabilis (Meissn.) 
Prevostea spectabilis Meissn. in Mart: Fl. Bras. '7: 325. 1869. 


Calycobolus umbellatus (Choisy) 
Prevostea umbellatus Choisy, Ann. Sci. Nat. 4: 496. 1825. 


2. BONAMIA Pet. Thouars, Hist. Veg. Afr. 1: 17, 32. 
pl. 5. 1804 —J. St. Hil. Expos. Fam. 2: 349. 1805. 
Stout, spreading, herbaceous or sometimes woody or twining 
lants. Leaves herbaceous or subcoriaceous, rarely cordate. 
Sepals leathery or coriaceous, equal or nearly so, usually obtuse 
or rounded. Corolla large or medium-sized, white or blue, hirsute 
without on the plicae, the limb subentire. Filaments glandular- 
villous below. Ovary 2-celled, 4-ovuled. Style bifid nearly to 
the base, the divisions unequal; stigmas 2, globose. Capsules 
chartaceous, 4-valved. Seeds smooth, or pubescent on the dorsal 
angles. 
Type species: Bonamia alternifolia J. St. Hil. 
Breweria R. Br. Prodr. 1: 487. 1810. 
Trichantha Karst. & Triana, Linnaea 28: 437. 1856. 
About 30 species, chiefly in the tropics of the old world. 


Key to the North American species 


Sepals about 12 mm. long. ‘Southwestern U. S, 1. B. ovalifolia. 
Sepals 20 mm. long or longer; corolla 9-10 cm. long. Floridian. 2. &. grandiflora. 


1. BONAMIA OVALIFOLIA (Torr.) Hallier f. Bot. Jahrb. 16: 528. 
1893 

Evolvulus ovalifolia Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 150. 18 59. 
Breweria ovalifolia A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2: 217. 1878. 
TYPE LocaLity: Mexican side of the Rio Grande below San 
Carlos. 

DistripuTion: Arid regions of the Mexican boundary, Texas 
to New Mexico. 


2: BONAMIA GRANDIFLORA (A. Gray) Hallier f. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 
5: 810. 1897 
Breweria grandifiora A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 15: 49. 1880. 
Type Locatity: Manatee and Sarasota, Florida. 
DistrisuTion: In sandy soil, Florida. 


House: NortH AMERICAN CONVOLVULACEAE 147 


The treatment of the genus Sty/isma Raf. by various Ameri- 
can authors has been the successive adoption of Sty/isma, Bonamia 
and Sreweria, as the generic name of these plants. Dr. Gray 
first used Sty/isma, and later took up Bonamia and Lreweria suc- 
cessively. The first edition of Chapman’s Flora places the spe- 
cies under Sz¢y/isma, but in the latter editions Breweria is adopted. 
All of these changes seem to be due to the fact that the Austra- 
lian genus described by Brown has about the same character of 
style and ovary. A most important fact however seems to have 
been overlooked by those who have joined the American species 
of Stylisma to Breweria, and that is that the genus Breweria pos- 
sesses a totally different habit and has comparatively stout, firm 
stems and branches, thick, firm or leathery obtuse or rounded 
sepals, points which serve to sharply separate the species of S¢y/- 
isma from Breweria. As has been shown by Hallier,* the genus 
Breweria R. Br. is congeneric with Bonamia Thouars. 


3. STYLISMA Raf. Neogenyt. 2. 1825.—Fl. Tellur. 4: 55. 
1836 


Perennial, slender, weak, prostrate or somewhat twining plants, 
herbaceous above. Leaf-blades narrow or broad, entire, not cor- 
date. Flowers 1-3, on axillary peduncles. Calyx pubescent or 
glabrous. Sepals equal or nearly so, herbaceous, pointed, some- 
what united at the base. Corolla white, rotate or subfunnelform, 
the limb plaited, 5-angled or 5-lobed. Filaments filiform. Ovary 
2-celled, 4-ovuled. Style divided nearly to the base, the divisions 
nearly equal. Stigmas 2, capitate. Capsules thin-walled, 2- 
celled, 2~4-valved. Seeds 2-4, glabrous or minutely pubescent. 

Type species: Stylisima peduncularis Raf .= Convolvulus hu- 
mistratus Walt. = Stylisma humistrata Chapm. 

Six species in the southeastern United States and one in 
northern Mexico. 

Key to the North American species 
Sepals glabrous or merely ciliate. 
Leaf-blades narrowly linear. 
Leaf-blades oblong. 
Sepals distinctly pubescent. 

Filaments pubescent. 

Foliage sparingly pubescent ; mature peduncles 1-3 cm, 
long; corolla 1.5 cm. long 


1. S. angustifolia. 
2. S. humistrata. 


3. S. trichosanthes. 


oa Bot. Jahrb. 16: 527, 573. 1893. _ Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5: 804. 1897. 


148 House: NortrH AMERICAN CONVOLVULACEAE 


Foliage densely brown-tomentose ; mature peduncles 4- 

cm. long; corolla 2 cm. long. 4. S. villosa. 

Filaments glabrous or nearly so. 

P. cles as long as the leaves or exceeding them, 

Bracts exceeding the flowers ; leaves linear. 5. S. Pickeringit. 

Bracts not exceeding the flowers ; leaves oblong to 

wly lanceolate. 6. S. aquatica. 
Pedicels step in the axils and shorter than the round- 
ovate leaves. 7. S. rotundifolia. 


1. Stylisma angustifolia (Nash) 


Breweria augustifola Nash, Bull. Torrey Club 22: 155. 1895. 
Type Locaity: Near Eustis, Florida. 
DisTriBuTIon: Sandy soil in high pine’ lands, Florida. 


2. STYLISMA HUMISTRATA (Walt.) Chapm. Fl. Southern U. S. 346. 
1860 


Convolvuus humistratus Walt. Fl. Car. 94. 1789. 
Convolvulus tenellus Desv. ; Lam. Encyl. 3: 559. 1789. — EIl. Bot. 
Ot Siok = 215, yeie . 
Convolvulus Sherardi Pursh, Fl. Am, Sept. 2: 30. 1814. 
Siylisma evolvuloides Choisy, Mém. Soc. Phys. Genév. 6: 494. 
18 33. 
Stylisma peduncularis Raf. Fl. Tellur. 4: 55. 1836. 
‘Breweria Choisyana Steud, Nom. ed. 2. 1: 224. 1840. 
Bonamia humistrata A. Gray, Man. ed. 5. 376. 1867. 
Breweria humistrata A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2: 217. 1878. 
Breweria tenella Peter, in Engler & Prantl, Natiirl. Pflanzenfam. 
4”: 16, 1601. 
Type Locatity: Carolina. 
DisTRiBuTION : Sandy soil, Virginia to Florida and Louisiana. 


3. Stylisma trichosanthes (Michx.) 
Convolvulus trichosanthes Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 137. 1803. 
Breweria trichosanthes Small, F1. Southeastern U. S. 939. 1903- 
TyPE LocALITy: Carolina. 
Distripution: Sandy soil, North Carolina to Florida and 
Alabama. 


House: NortH AMERICAN CONVOLVULACEAE 149 


4. Stylisma villosa (Nash) 


Breweria villosa Nash, Bull. Torrey Club 22: 159. 1895. 
Type tocaLity: Near Eustis, Florida. 
DistRriIBUTION :. Dry soil, peninsular Florida. 


5. StyLisMA PickeRincu (M. A. Curtis) A. Gray, Man. ed. 2. 


326, 1860. 
Convolvulus Pickeringii M. A. Curtis, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. 1: 
129. 1837. 
Stylisma evolvuloides var. angustifolia Choisy, in DC. Prodr. g: 
480; 184s. 


Bonamia Pickeringii A. Gray, Man. ed. 5. 376. 1867. 
Breweria Pickeringii A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2: 217. 1878. 
Type LocaLity: New Jersey. 
DistriputTion: Sandy pine regions, New Jersey to Florida, 
Mississippi and Texas. Also reported from Illinois. 


6. StyLisMA AQUATICA (Walt.) Chapm. Fl. Southern U. S. 346. 
1860. : 


Convolvulus aquaticus Walt. Fl. Car. 94. 1788. 
Convolvulus erianthus Willd. ; Spreng. Syst. 1: 610. 1825. 
Bonamia aquatica A. Gray, Man. ed. 5. 3 76... 1867. 
Stylisma elliptica Raf. Fl. Tellur. 4: 55. 1836. 
Breweria aquatica A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2: 217. 1878. 
TyPE LOcALITy: Carolina. 
DistripuTion: In pine lands, Virginia to Florida and Texas. 


7. Stylisma rotundifolia (S. Wats.) 


Breweria rotundifolia S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 23: 281. 1888. 

Evolvulus rotundifolius Haliier f. Bot. Jahrb. 70: 530. 1393- 
Type Locatity: Chihuahua, Sierra Madre, Mexico. 
Disrripution: In fields and thickets, pine plains, northern 

Mexico, In general appearances this species has a striking sim- 

ilarity to certain species of Evolvulus, especially A. prostratus 

Robinson, but the style has only the two divisions, typical of 

Stylisma. 
CLEMSON COLLEGE, SOUTH CAROLINA. 


Notes on Carex — II 


KENNETH KENT MACKENZIE 


The species of Carex of the sub-genus /ignea are very numer- 
ous in North America, and are distinguished from one another by 
slight characters. The differences are often very hard to express 
in written descriptions, but when pointed out in the plants them- 
selves are usually readily seen, and speaking in general terms the 
species are constant. The eastern species have become fairly well 
known, but there are many western forms which have only of late 
years begun to appear to any considerable extent in collections, 
and to four of these, all belonging to the section with the stami- 
nate flowers uppermost, the present paper will be devoted. 


’ Carex austrina (Small) sp. nov. 


Carex Muhlenbergii australis Olney ; Bailey, Proc. Am. Acad. 22: 
141. 1886. Not Carex australis T. Kirk. 1894. 
Carex Muhlenbergii austrinus Small, Fl. S. E. U.S. 218.1903. 
Culms erect, growing in strong clumps, 3-7 dm. high, the up- 
per part roughened on the angles beneath the head, usually notice- 
ably exceeding the upper leaves. Leaves with well-developed 
blades three to five to a culm, the blades ascending, 2.5-4 (rarely 
4.5) mm. wide, 1-3 cm. long, glabrous, but roughened towards 
the apex and on the margins ; spikes densely aggregated in a sol- 
itary terminal head, 15-30 mm. long, 8-15 mm. wide, the lower 
two to four distinguishable, each spike bearing the few inconspic- 
uous staminate flowers above and the ten to many ascending per- 
igynia below ; bracts 1-5 cm. long, dilated and much nerved at 
the base, long-cuspidate and conspicuous ; scales broadly ovate, 
white-hyaline,,with several strong green ribs, strongly cuspidate, 
about as wide as and usually exceeding the perigynia, conspicu- 
ous; perigynia ascending, suborbicular, 4 mm. long, 3 mm. wide, 
greenish, rounded at base, abruptly narrowed into the serrulate, 
bidentate beak, which is about one-third the length of the body, 
‘ nerveless or nearly so on the inner face, strongly nerved on the 
outer; achene lenticular, the face orbicular, 2.5 mm. long ; stig- 
mas two. 
151 


h 


152 MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX 


‘This species, which is apparently common from Missouri and 
Kansas through Arkansas and Oklahoma to Texas, was first 
named Carex Muhlenbergu australis by Olney in 1873 in Hall’s 
Plantae Texanae (page 25), without description, and it does not seem 
to have been published with description until 1886 as cited above. 
It is quite distinct from Carex Muhlenbergit Schkuhr, and merits 
specific recognition fully as much as other members of this group. 
The characters separating the two species may be contrasted as 
follows : 

Perigynia spreading, 3 mm. long; lower spikes strongly separated ; 

racts not broadly dilated at base; scales about the length of 

and narrower than the perigynia, short-awned. C. Muhlenbergit. 
Perigynia ascending, 4 mm. long; lower spikes distinct, but not 

separated ; bracts broadly dilated at base; scales (especially 

the lower in each spike) strongly awned, and exceeding and 

as wide as perigynia, C. austrina. 

SPECIMENS EXAMINED : 

Missouri : Sheffield, Bush 1997, June 6, 1904; Swan, Bush 
2936, May 21, 1905; Sheffield, Bush 1956, May 28, 1904; Dod- 
son, Mackenzie, May 10, 1896; Courtney, Bush 2082, July 9, 
1904; Dodson, Bush 1674, May 14, 1902. 

Kansas: Bucklin, Ford County, Hitchcock, July, 1892. 

Arkansas: Clay County, Eggert, May. 25, 1893. 

INDIAN TERRITORY : Sapulpa, Bush ggg and 953, May 6, 1895, 
and May II, 1895 ; also 7288, May 25, 1895 ; between Fort Cobb 
and Fort Arbuckle, Palmer 367, 1868. 

Texas: Mineola, Reverchon 2392, April 22, 1901 ; Galveston, 
Plank, March 2, 1892; Dallas, Reverchon 2885, April 17, 1902; 
Corsicana, Reverchon 3624, April 14, 1903; Houston, Hal/ 230, 
April 10, 1872 (type); Belknap, Hayes, April 6, 1858. 


’ Carex brevisquama sp. nov. 


Culms erect, rather slender, roughened on the angles immedi- 
ately beneath the head, 2.5-6 dm. high, much exceeding the 
leaves, growing in clumps, but the scaly rootstocks rather notice- 
ably creeping. Leaves with well-developed blades about three to 
a culm and attached to its lower part only, the narrow blades erect 
or somewhat recurved, 8-30 cm. long, 1 mm. wide, roughened on 
the margins and especially towards the long-attenuate apex ; spikes 
closely aggregated in a solitary, dense, terminal head, usually 15- 


MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX 153 


20 mm. long and about 7 mm. broad, the individual spikes poorly 
defined, and having from two or three to about ten ascending or 
somewhat spreading perigynia at the base of the rather inconspicu- 
ous terminal staminate flowers, which form a short cylinder ; bracts 
absent, or occasionally the lowest one present, 8 mm. long or less, 
awl-shaped, long-attenuate; scales broadly triangular, hyaline, 
with the central portion brownish straw-colored, acuminate to 
short-cuspidate, noticeably exceeded by the perigynia; perigynia 
oblong-elliptical, 3.5 mm. long, 2 mm. wide, flat on the inner, 
rounded on the outer surface, the body round-tapering at base, 


beak, which is about 1 mm. long, the body smooth, polished and 
nerveless ; achenes lenticular, with orbicular face, 2 mm. long, 2 
mm. wide; stigmas two. 

Several specimens of this distinct plant have been collected 
within the last few years, and by some collectors have been named 
Carex vallicola Dewey. The original description of this last-named 
species, however, does not answer to our plant at all, but rather 
seems to indicate Carex Hookeriana Dewey, calling as it does fora 
plant with developed bracts and large scales. Our plant is readily 
distinguished from both Carex Hookeriana Dewey and its close 
relative Carex occidentalis Bailey by the scales being much shorter 
than and exposing the perigynia, while in the two species referred 
to the scales completely cover the perigynia or very nearly so. 

SPECIMENS EXAMINED : 

Wyominc: Red Desert, Orendo Butte, Sweetwater County, A. 
Nelson 7124, June 11, 1900 (type, in Herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); 
Evanston, A. Nelson 3000, May 29, 1897 (very young); Leucite 
Hills, Merrill & Wilcox 487, June 17, 1901. 

Orecon: North Pine Creek near Snake River, Cusick 25179, 
May 24, I190I. 

’ Carex neomexicana sp. nov. 

Culms erect, growing in small clumps, 2.5—4 dm. high, much 
exceeding the leaves, which are clustered towards the base, rough- 
ened on the angles, especially above. Leaves with well-developed 
blades about three to a culm, the blades erect-ascending, 1.5-2.5 
mm. wide, 1-3 dm. long, roughened, especially on the margins ; 
spikes few (about five), all aggregated into a rather stiff head 1.5- 
2.5 cm. long and about 1 cm. wide, the upper spikes not distin- 
guishable, the lower readily distinguishable but little separated, 


154 MACKENZIE: Notes on CAREX 


each spike bearing the rather inconspicuous staminate flowers above 
and the 1-5 ascending perigynia beneath; bracts (except the low- 
est) inconspicuous and resembling the scales, the lowest bract 
exceeding its spike, 1 cm. long, slightly enlarged at base and ter- 
minating in a long cusp; scales ovate-triangular, the bodies whitish 
with green midrib, acuminate to cuspidate, about the width of and 
rather shorter than the perigynia, which are not completely con- 
cealed ; perigynia ovate-lanceolate, flat on the inner and rounded 
on the outer surface, glabrous, usually nerved on both surfaces, the 
whole 4 mm. long, the body about 1.7 mm. wide, tapering at base, 
scarcely stipitate, tapering somewhat abruptly into the slightly to 
strongly roughened, strongly bidentate, beak, which is barely 1 
mm. long and only one-third the length of the body; achenes 
lenticular, with short-oblong face, 2. 75 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide ; 
stigmas two. 

Dr. Boott long ago noticed that this plant is distinct from 
Carex Hookeriana Dewey, a note in his handwriting attached to 
one of the Santa Rita specimens of Bigelow cited below and pre- 
served in the Torrey Herbarium calling attention to the fact that 
it has nerved perigynia, while Carex FHlookeriana has nerveless 
perigynia. More complete specimens collected since this note was 
written have disclosed the fact that other differences exist, which 
separate this plant from Carex Hookeriana as well as from Carex 
occidentalis Bailey. Summarized, the more important distinctions 
may be contrasted as follows : 


the inner face; scales whitish, not concealing the perigynia. C. neomexicana. 


C. Hookeriana. 
nearly or quite concealing the perigynia. C. occidentalis. 


SPECIMENS EXAMINED : 

ARIzona: Yavapai County, Rusby 859, 1883; also 855. 

New Mexico: Wright 7952, 1851-2; “ New Mexico” Dewey ; 
Santa Rita del Cobra on the Rio Mimbras, Bigelow 1547 (type, 
in Herb. Columbia College), 


‘ Carex tumulicola Sp. nov. 


Culms erect, growing in strong clumps, 4.5-8 dm. high, 
exceeding the leaves, roughened on the angles, especially above. 
Leaves with well-developed blades about three or four to a culm, 


-- 


MACKENZIE: NoTES ON CAREX 155 


the blades erect-ascending, 1.5-2.5 mm. wide, 1-3 dm. long, 
roughened, especially on the margins; spikes five to ten, the lower 
three to six separate, the upper aggregated and undistinguishable, 
the whole head slender and often rather flexuous, 2-5 cm. long 
and less than 1 cm. wide, each spike bearing the few staminate 
flowers above and the few (10 or less) ascending perigynia beneath ; 
bracts, especially the lower, well-developed, somewhat enlarged at 
base, prolonged into a long cusp, usually or often exceeding their 
spikes, and the lowest often exceeding the head ; scales ovate-tri- 
angular, brownish straw-colored with opaque margin and green 
mid-rib, acuminate to cuspidate, rather wider and from slightly 
longer to slightly shorter than and largely concealing the peri- 
gynia; perigynia lanceolate, flat on the inner and rounded on the 
outer surface, glabrous, nerved on both surfaces, especially strongly 
on the inner, the whole 5 mm. long, the body 1.5 mm. wide, mar- 
gined above, round tapering at base into a stipe 0.5 mm. long and 
rather gradually contracted into a rough bidentate beak, which is 
about one-third the length of the body ; achenes lenticular with 
short-oblong face, 3.25 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide ; stigmas two. 

Related to the northern and high mountain Carex Hookeriana 
Dewey, this species seems to take its place in the foothills south- 
erly and easterly of San Francisco, from which region have come 
all the specimens I have seen. It is quickly distinguished from 
that plant, as follows: 


C. Hookeriana. 


Perigynia nerveless on inner surface, 3.5 mm. long or less. 
C. tumu/icola. 


Perigynia strongly nerved on inner surface, 5 mm. long. 


SPECIMENS EXAMINED ¢ 

CALIFORNIA: Lake Temescal, Alameda county, Bioletti, June 
25, 1893 (type, in Herb. Columbia College) ; Oakland, Bolander ; 
Los Gatos, Santa Clara County, Heller 7309, April 12, 1904. 


Two new willows from the Canadian Rocky Mountains * 
WILLARD WINFIELD ROWLEE 


During the summer of 1899, Mr. W. C. McCalla spent several 
months exploring and collecting in the vicinity of Banff, Alberta. 
At the writer’s suggestion he made a special effort to secure a set 
of willows of the region, in which the stages of development 
would be shown. Usually collectors have too little time at their 
disposal to label or otherwise mark individuals in the field and 
then to go over the ground a second or third time and supplement 
their first collection, a method very essential in making specimens 
of Salix. Mr. McCalla not only did this but was also well equipped 
by natural aptitude and previous study to carry on a thorough in- 
vestigation of the flora. The result of his work was an admirable 
and valuable set of plants from a region heretofore imperfectly 
know. Mr. Ball has already recognized, among McCalla’s willows, 
specimens representing his new species, Salix wyomingensts. Two 
other specimens appear to represent new species of Salix. 


Salix albertana sp. nov. 


Low stout shrub; shoots of current and preceding year dark- 
brown, covered with sparse cobweb-like pubescence, roughened by 
the leaf-scars and the more or less persistent scales ; buds small, 
brown ; leaves broadly elliptic-lanceolate, tapering equally to both 
ends, minutely glandular-serrulate or entire, clothed both sides 
with dense appressed silky tomentum when young, becoming less 
so with age, markedly opaque, petiole stout, 0.5-0.75 cm. long, 
blade 6-7 cm. long, the broadest 2.5 cm. wide, midrib and primaries 
prominent, ultimate veins distinctly reticulate ; stipules large, the 
largest 0.75 cm. long, and 0.5 cm. wide, obscurely glandular den- 
ticulate, semi-persistent ; aments large, sessile, terminal, usually in 
pairs, appearing before the leaves, silky and densely flowered ; pis- 
tillate cylindrical, 5-6 cm. long, 1.5 cm. thick, remaining dense at 
maturity ; scale black, nearly equaling the ovary at anthesis, ellip- 
tic, obtuse, clothed on the back and margins with long silky hairs ; 
capsule lanceolate, silky-pubescent, sessile, tapering into the long 


by, Contribution No. 122 from the Botanical Department of Cornell University. 
157 


158 : ROWLEE: Two NEW WILLOWS 


(2 mm.) style which is deeply divided, each division bifid ; gland 
large ; stamens 2, filaments glabrous. 

The type of this species is Mr. McCalla’s 2257, collected in 
Alberta, British Columbia, on the “higher mountain slopes in 
rather wet ground (alt. 6500-7800 ft.), June 30, July 18, and 
August 30, 1899.’’ Our specimens still retain the balsamic odor 
which in the fresh plant was as ‘strong as that of Balm of Gilead, 
and much like it.”’ 

It is quite probable that our species is S. Barrattiana var. 
angustifolia Anders. in DC. Prodr. 167: 247. In floral characters 
it is much like S. Barrattiana Hooker, as understood by Mr. 
Bebb and subsequent students, but differs fundamentally in form 
and vesture of the leaf. One (both are marked “B ”) of the two 
pistillate leafy twigs represented in Hooker’s plate of S. Barrattiana 
seems to have been based on this shrub. The other pistillate leafy 
twig, the details of leaf and floral structure, and the description, 
apply to S. Barrattiana, which has “leaves cordate at the base.” 

Present knowledge would therefore indicate that three species 
may be recognized in connection with the Barrattiana group: S. 


Barrattiana Hooker and S. Tweedyi (Bebb) Ball, both of which- 


have leaves thin and green and cordate at the base, but differ in 
that the former has leaves and capsules with a conspicuous silky 
vesture ; S. a/bertana has thick opaque leaves, acute at the base 
and apex and agrees with S. Barrattiana in vesture. All three 
have styles and stigmas which are characteristic and all have the 
same peculiar glands on the margins of the stipules and leaf- 
blades. 
Salix Maccalliana sp. nov. 


Shrub 1-2 meters high. Young shoots and leaves minntely 
puberulent, soon becoming glabrous throughout ; bark upon older 
branches dark-brown; buds yellow, rather large, flattened, pointed ; 
leaves elliptic-lanceolate, 6-7 cm. long, 1.5 cm. wide, tapering 
equally to both ends, green and glabrous on both sides at matur- 
_ ity, finely but distinctly serrate, the serrations terminating in a 
characteristic callus, petioles 0. 5-0. 75 cm. long, the petiole, mid- 
rib and primary veins light-yellowish and in strong contrast to the 
green of the rest of the leaf which is obscurely reticulately veiny 
both sides ; stipules none; aments borne on short leafy peduncles, 
the axis and the upper part of the peduncle hoary-canescent ; 
flowers densely aggregated in the ament at anthesis, the pistillate 


RowLEE: Two NEW WILLOWS 159 


becoming more lax as the capsules mature ; scale membranous 
and green at first, becoming tawny, with 3 or 4 prominent par- 
allel veins, oblong, more than twice the length of the pedicel, 
rounded at the apex, crisp-hairy on the back; capsule large, 
prominently rostrate, clothed with short spreading silky hairs, 
about 8 mm. long at maturity, pedicel short (1 mm.), about twice 
the length of the yellow gland; style glabrous, 1 mm. long, sur- 
mounted by four stout stigmas ; style and stigmas reddish-brown ; 
stamens 2, filaments with a few spreading hairs at the base. 

This beautiful shrub is obviously related to Salix glaucops 
Anders., but differs in having glabrous serrate leaves. Its leaves 
and buds suggest S. /ucida. 

McCalla 2252a (pistillate), MeCalla 2252 (staminate), type. 
Both collected in Alberta, British Columbia, at alt. 4500 feet, the 
former ‘‘at water's edge along road to Sun Dance Cajon, July 
10, 1899”; the latter on “low ground along road to Devil’s 
Head Lake, June 19 and August 19, 1899.” 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 
(1907) 


The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by 
Americans, published in AG or based upon American material ; the word Amer- 
ica being used in its broadest sen 

Reviews, and papers which eu exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, 
manufactured sorte of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and 
no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is 
made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted 
wholly to botany. Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in 
some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor 
to errors or omissions their kindness will be appreciated. 

This Index is reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers, 
at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each 
subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscription. Corte 
spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey 
Botanical Clu 


Abel, J. J. & Ford, W. W. On the poisons of Amanita phalloides. 
Jour. Biol. Chem. 2: 273-288. Ja 1907. 

Allison, A. Notes on the spring birds of Tishomingo County, Missis- 
sippi. The Auk 24: 12-25. Ja 1907. 
Several pages are devoted to the flora of the county. 


Arthur, J.C. New genera of Uredinales. Jour. Myc. 13: 28-32. 


I Ja 1907. 
Polioma, Spirechina, Prospodium, and Neph/yetis. 
Bailey, W.W. The baobab. Am. Bot. 11: 115, 116. Ja 1907. 
Barnes, C. R. Illustrating botanical papers. Bot. Gaz. 43: 59-63. 
24 Ja 1907. 
Beardslee, H.C. The lepiotas of Sweden. Jour. Myc. 13: 26-28. 
1 Ja 1907. 
Berger, A. Beschorneria pubescens Berger n. sp. Monats. Kakteenk. 
1-3. 15 Ja 1907. 
Probably a native of Mexico. 
Berry, E. W. Coastal-plain amber. Torreya 7: 4-6. 7 Ja 1907. 
Blanchard, W. H. Connecticut Rubi. Khodora 9: 4-10. 22 Ja 


1907. 
Includes descriptions of 3 new species. 


61 


162 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Blanchard, W.H. A new blackberry from Massachusetts and Rhode 
Island. Torreya 7: 7,8. 7 Ja 1907. 
Rubus multispinus sp. nov. 

Britton, E.G. Notes on nomenclature VII. Bryologist 10: 7, 8. 
2 Ja 1907. 

Britton, N. L. A new polygalaceous tree of Porto Rico. Torreya 7: 
45, 30. . 28 F 1907. 
Philebotaenia Cowellii sp. nov. 

Britton, N. L. Two undescribed species of Comocladia from Jamaica. 
sorreya- 7: 6,-9.7 Ja 1907. 
Carothers, I. E. Development of ovule and female gametophyte in 
Ginkgo biloba.” Bot. Gaz. 43: 116-130. pl. 5, 6. 16 F 1907. 
Chamberlain, C. J. Preliminary note on Ceratozamia. Bot. Gaz. 
43: 137... 16: F:19007. 

Clute, W. N. Some fruits from a tropical garden. Am. Bot. 11: 
97-105. Ja1go7.  [Illust.] 

Cockerell, T.D. A. Some new names. Muhlenbergia 3: 9. 30 Ja 
1907. 


Lsoetes echinospora Brittoni, Salix cascadensis, and Microbahia (gen. nov.) Lem- 
ni. 


_ Coker, W.C. Fertilization and embryogeny in Cephalotaxus Fortunet. 
Bot. Gaz. 43: 1-10. f/. 7 +f, 1, 18-21. 24 Ja 1907. | 
Condit, D. Winter key to the Ohio species of Euonymus. Ohio Nat. 
7: 00.25 Ja 2607, 

Cushman, J. A. Some desmids ‘rons Newfoundland. Bull. Torrey 
Club 33: 607-615. 7 F 1907. 

Davidson, A. Flora of Clifton, Arizona. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 
5:'67~70. 4 Ja. 1907- 

Detmers, F. Additions to the Ohio flora for 1905-6. Ohio Nat. 7: 
Gr. 15 Ja 1907, 

Dobbin, F, An August outing. Am. Bot. 11: 112-115. Ja 1907. 

Eggleston, W. W. New North American Crafaeg?. Torreya 7: 35, 
30. 28-8 1907. 
Descriptions of 2 new species. 

Evans, A.W. Hepaticae of Puerto Rico — VII. Stictolejeunea, Neu- 
rolejeunea, Omphalanthus, and Lopholejeunea. Bull. Torrey Club 
34: 1-34. A/. 1-4. 27 F 1907. 


Includes Lopholejeunca Howet sp. nov. 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 163 


Fedde, F. Dendromeconis generis species novae. Repert. Nov. Sp. 3: 
245, 246. 15 Ja 1907. 

Descriptions of 3 new species, all from California. 

Fernald, M. L. ises vulgare and its indigenous representatives in 
eastern North America. Rhodorag: 1-4. 22 Ja 1907. 

Fernald, M. L. The variations of Primu/a farinosa in northeastern 
America. Rhodorag: 15, 16. 22 Ja 1907. 

Foster, A. S. Observations on the vegetation of the Wallula gorge. 
Plant World 9: 287-291. [F 1907.] 

Gates, R. R. Pollen development in hybrids of Oenothera lata x O. 
Lamarckiana, and its relation to mutation. Bot. Gaz. 43: 81-115. 
pl. 2-4. 16 F 1907. 

Gleason, H. A. A botanical survey of the Illinois River valley sand 
region. Bull. Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist. 7: 149-194. p/. 8-27. 
Ja 1907. 

Gow, J. E. Morphology of Spathvema foetida. Bot. Gaz. 43: 131- 
136. f. 7-7. 16 F 1907. 

Griffiths, D. Preparation of specimens ot Opuntia. Plant World 9: 
278-284. f. 49, 50. [F 1907.] 

Grignan, G, T. Rhus typhina laciniata. Rev. Hort. I]. '7: 10, 11. 
fe ty 2. 0 Ja 1907. 

Grout, A. J. Notes on Vermont bryophytes— 1906. Bryologist 10 : 
O74 Ja igo 

Girke, M. Opuntia Gs. eens Web. Monats. Kakteenk. 17: "3-5. 
15 Ja 1907. 

Heller, A. A. New western plants. Muhlenbergia 3: 10-12. 30 
Ja 1907. 

Cakile californica and Ribes Suksdorfii spp. nov 

Holm, T. The anatomical method. nee Jour. Pharm. 79: 56-60. 
F igo, 

Holm, T. The internal structure of the stem and leaf of Rwe//ia ciliosa 
Pursh, Phlox ovata L. and Spigelia marilandica L, Am. Jour. Pharm. 
793 §t-56.. pL 7, 2. Fo agop: 


Holzinger, J. M. Is Physcomitrium immersum a gregarious moss? 


Bryologist 10: 13. 2 Ja 1907. 

House, H. D. Note upon a Guam species of /pomoca. Torreya 7: 
374 38. 28 FF 2007. 

Jensen, G. H. Toxic limits and stimulation effects of some salts and 
poisons on wheat. Bot. Gaz. 43: 11-44. f. 1-34. 24 Ja 1907. 


164 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Kauffman, C. H. The genus Cortinarius with key to the species. 
Jour. Myc. 13: 32-39. p/. 93-700. 1 Ja 1907. 
Kennedy, P. B. & McDermott, L. F. A new clover. Muhlenbergia 


aS. 907- 
Trifolium orbiculatum, native of Montana. 
Kern, F. D. The rusts of Guatemala. Jour. Myc. 13: 18-26. 1 Ja 
1997. 
Enumerates 40 species, including new species in Puccinia, Aecidium (2), and 
Uredo (2). 
Knowlton, C. H. Newly observed stations for Massachusetts plants. 
Rhodora 9: 11-15. 22 Ja 1907. 
Lyman, G. R. Culture studies on polymorphism of Hymenomycetes. 
Proc, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 33: 125-209. p/. 18-26. F 1907. 
McCleery, E. M. Stellate hairs and peltate scales of Ohio plants. 
Ohio Nat. 7: 51-56. f/. 5, 6. 15 Ja 1907. 

MacDougal, D. T. Collecting cacti in southern Mexico, Jour. N.Y 
Bot. Gard. 8: 1-13. 7. 7-7. [F] 1907. 

MacDougal, D. T. Hybridization of wild plants. Bot. Gaz. 43: 
45-58. f. 1-4. 24 Ja 1907. 

Macfarlane, J. M. Observations on Sarracenia. Jour. Bot. 45: 1-7- 
1 Ja 1907. 

Maiden, J. H. Notes on some plants which in drying stain paper. 
Am. Jour. Pharm. 79: 62-67. F 1907. 

Mark, C. G. Color of Ohio flowers. Ohio Nat. 7: 57-60. 15 Ja 
1907. : 

Massee,G. Plant diseases.— VII. ‘‘ Cluster-cup’’ disease of conifers. 
( Calyptospora Goeppertiana Jul. Kiihn.) Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1907 : 
1-3. pl. Ja 1907. : 

Morgan, A. P. North American species of Lefiofa (concluded). 
Jour. Myc. 13: 1-18. 1 Ja 1907. 
Includes descriptions of 4 new species. 

Nicholson, W. E. William Mitten. A sketch with bibliography. 
Bryologist 10: 1-5. p/. z. 2 Ja 1907. 

Ortmann, A. E. Facts and interpretations on the mutation theory. 
Science II. 25: 185-190. 1 F 1907. 

Parish, S. B. Some plants erroneously or questionably attributed to 
Southern California. Muhlenbergia 3: 1-7. 30 Ja 1907. 

Purpus, J. A. Zchinocactus platensis Spegazz. Monats. Kakteenk. 
17: 8,9. 15 Jatgo7. [lllust.] 


Native of Argentina. 


eo 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 165 


Renauld, F. Causerie sur les Harpidia. Rev. Bryol. 34: 7-14. 
[Ja] 1907. 

Renner, 0. Beitrage zur Anatomie und Systematik der Artocarpeen 
und Conocephaleen, inbesondere der Gattung Ficus. Bot. Jahrb. 
39: 319-448. 15 Ja 1907. 

Robinson, C. B. Some affinities of the Philippine flora. ‘orreya 7: 
I-4. 7 Ja 1907. 

Rolfe, R.A.  Cycnoches Loddigesi?. Orch. Rev. 15: 25, 26.f. g. Ja 


1907. 
Native of Surinam. 

Rolfe, R. A. Oncidium Waleuwa. Orch. Rev. 15: 3. Ja 1907. 
Native of Minas Geraes, Brazil. 

Rusby, H. H. ‘The wild grains and nuts of the United States. Jour. 
N. Y. Bot. Gard. 7: 269-273. [Ja 1907. ] 

Rydberg, P. A. Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora— XVII. 
Torrey Club 34: 35-50. 27 F 1907 


Includes new species in Pedicularis, Adenostegia, Castilleja (13), Lupinus (10), 
Trifolium (4), Tium, Hamosa, Xylophacos, and Homalobus (2). 
Schaffner, J. H. Synapsis and synizesis. Ohio Nat. 7: 41-48. 
pl. 4. . 15 Ja 1907. 
Schlechter, R. Orchidaceae novae et criticae. 


Nov. Sp. 3: 246-251. 15 Ja 
New species in Pleurothallis (2), uae “pidentrom (3), Camaridium, Orni- 


thidium, and Ornithocephalus, all from Costa 
Skan, S. A. Lomatia ferruginea. 
Ja 1907. 
Native of Chile and Patagonia. 
Skan, S. A. Rives mogollonicum. 


F 190 
Native of southwestern United States. 


Smith, B. G. Vo/vox for laboratory use. 


Bull. 


Decas VIII. Repert. 


Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 3: p/. 8772. 
Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 3: f/. 8720. 


Am. Nat. 41: 31-34. 8 
Ja 1907. 

Sprague, T.A. The synonymy and distribution of the species of 777- 
cuspidaria. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1907: 10-16. Ja 1907. 
Natives of Chile. 

Sprague, T. A. Zricuspidaria dependens. 
pl. 8115. Ja 1907. 
Native of central Chile. 

Stone, W. Some new plants for southern New Jersey. 
20, 40. 28 F i607. 


Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 3: 


Torreya 7: 


166 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Sumstine, D. R. New stations for two plants. Torreya 7: 36, 37. 
28 F 1907. 

Thornber, J. J. The Toumey cactus garden. Plant World 9: 273- 
277. f. 45-48. [F 1907-] 

Trelease, W. ‘The century plant, and some other plants of the dry 
country. Pop. Sci. Mo. 70: 207-228. f. 1-22. Mr 1907. 

Trotter, S. Nature names in America. Pop. Sci. Mo. 70: 63-75. 
Ja 1907 

Underwood, L. M. American ferns — VII. Bull. Torrey Club 33: 
591-605. f. 1-16. 7 F 1907 
Includes 2 new species of Stenochlaena. 

Vail, A. M. Jane Colden, an early New York botanist. Torreya 7: 
21-34. 28 F 1907.  [Illust.] 

Vail, A. M. Note on a little-known work on the natural history of 
the Leeward Islands. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 7: 275-279. [Ja 
1907. | 

Weberbauer, A. Weitere Mitteilungen iiber Vegetation und Klima 
der Hochanden Perus. Bot. Jahrb. 39,: 320-461. f/. 4, 5. 15 Ja 
1907. 

Woodward, R.W. Notes on Connecticut plants. Rhodora 9: 10 
TE. 22 Ja i907. 

Zahlbruckner, A. Neue Flechten. III. Ann. Myc. 4: 486-490. 15 

a 1907. 
Includes Lecanactis salicina sp. nov., from California. 


“ 


VOLUME 34, PLATE 7 


Bu... Torrey CLus 


ELLEANTHUS CARICOIDES Nash. 


- 


Butt. Torrey CLuB VOLUME 34, PLATE 8 


ZYGOSTATES COSTARICENSIS Nash. 


BuLL. TORREY CLUB 


AMERICAN FOSSIL 


MOSSES 


VOLUME 34, PLATE 9 


THE BRYOLOGIST 


WITH THE JANUARY, 1907, NUMBER BEGINS ITS 
TENTH YEAR and VOLUME 

It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics 

gs 


It is fully illustrated with new, original and artistic drawin 


and Lichens. 
It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional 


and halftones. 
as well asamateur. Send forsample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year. 
a 


Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N 


INDEX TO 
AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on 
library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the 


rate of one cent for each card. 
Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of 


the Torrey Botanical Club, 


CARLTON C, CURTIS, CoLumsBiA UNIVERSITY, New York City. 


Beginning with January, 1903, the Index has also been reprinted on paper, on 
side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year, 


Hersarium Specimens DESIRED 
especially Pedicularis and allied genera, also Labiatae, 
Ericaceae, Primulaceae, Ranunculaceae, Cyperaceae and 
Ferns. Will purchase or give European specimens in ex- 


change. Correspondence solicited. Address : 
HENRY DAUTUN, 


139 Franklin St., Jersey City, 


one 


North American Flora 


HIS work is designed to present detatiptions of all plants growing; 
independent of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include 
Greenland, Central America, the Republic of Panama, and the 

West Indies, except Trinidad, Tobago, and Curacao and other islands off 
the north coast of Venezuela, whose ‘flora is essentially South American. 

It will be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York 

Botanical Garden catia the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund 
bequeathed by Charles ; 

It is planned to issue parts as rapidly as they can be prepared, the 


number of points. The veaabia work will form a series of volumes 
with the following sequenc 
Volu pas. Schizophyta Diatomaceae. 


Volumes 14 and 15. Br saabials 
Volume 16. Pteridophyta and Gymnospermae. 
Volumes oe - 19. Monocotyl heh 


Volumes 0 30. Dicotyledon 
he p reparation of the work has eae referred by the Scientific Direc- 
tors of the Garden to a committee consisting of Professors L. M. Under- 


wood and N. L. ‘Britt tton. 

Professor George F. Atkinson of Cornell University, Professors Charles 
R. Barnes and John M. Coulter of the University of Chicago, Mr. Fred- 
erick V. Coville of the United States Department of Agriculture, Pro- 
fessor Edward L. Greene of the United States National Museum, Pro- 
essor Byron D. Halsted of Rutgers College and Professor William Tre- 
lease of the Missouri Botsion Garden have consented to act as an advis- 
ory committee 

Each author will be wholly responsible for his own contributions, 
being restricted only to the general style adopted for the work, which 
must vary somewhat in the treatment of diverse groups. 

The subscription price is fixed at $1.50 for each part; it is expected 
that four or five parts will be required for each volume. chy limited num- 
ber of separate parts will be sold at $2.00 each. Addre 


THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL sei 
BRONX PARK, New YorRK City 


Volume 7, Part 1, Ustilaginales, including Ustilaginaceae and Tilleti- 
aceae, by G. P. Clinton, was issued Oct. 

Vol. 7, Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Uredinaceae and Aecidiaceae (pars), 
of the oe by J. C. Arthur, was issued March 6, 1907. 

Volume 22, Part 1, including eee by ‘George V. Nash, 
Crassulaceae Sp N. L. Britton and J. N. Rose, and Penthoraceae and 
sagen jetting by P. A. Rydberg, was issued May 22, 1905. 

me 22, Part 2, including Saxifragaceae and ap ationeery by J. 
K. Small and P. A. Rydberg, Semone Be Iteaceae and Hamamelidaceae 
by ritton, Pterostemonaceae by J. K. Small, MGnplaces by Percy 
Wilson and Phyllonomaceae by H. H. Rusby, was issued Dec. 18, 1905. 


PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- 
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 
. MEMoIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : 
ol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus 
Pabygonion (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 
1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-1898. 
Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.0 
A Monograph of the North Aéoeaiega Potentilleae (1898). 
By ne ree eee Fellow in Botany, 1 
uarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 


2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT ! 


Vol. 1 OS. I-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00 
Vol. 3. Nos, 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00 
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00 
Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897 rice $5.00 
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 
Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. - 1898-1901. Price $5.00 
Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1go1-1902. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903-(current). 


List nf separate numbers available on application. 
Le General oo ap itis (1896). By Albert 
Schnsider Fellow 1 in Botany, 1895-1896 
ctavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 Sega $3.80 (paper) 
Published by Willard N. Clute & Co, Binghamton, 
epartment invites propositions relative 2 exchange of her- 
ak material for any of the above na publications. Address 
Professor L. M. Underwood, Columbia Universi 
An Taken Flora ‘of the Northern United States, Canada, and 
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to oar Parallel of the 
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward 
to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, been 
sor of oe 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. A 
son 

Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642 
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, iioscreting every 
species deaccibed. 

Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, 
$9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- 
ately, $10.00. o 

: Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) r900. By 
Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. 

Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published ee Henry Holt & 

Co., Hed York. Price $1.00. 
oulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- 
at Sermo of Botany, 1896— é 

Du odecimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & 
Co. Price aes 
: t:book of General Botany (1897). _ cmngee uhorag 
Curtis eas in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1595- 

Oc ctavo, 360 pages aes 87 Uiaseat ies Published by Longmans, 
Green & Co., New York. Price $3.00. 


ESTABLISHED 1851 


EIMER & AMEND 


205-211 Third Ave., 
Corner 18th Street 


NEW YORK 


MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 


Chemicals and 


Chemical Apparatus 


Our Specialties 


C. Ass, 
KAHLBAUM’S — 
C. P. Chemicals 


MICROSCOPES :. 
ree aa and Reagents q 
ACCESSORIES =} CARL 4 
: SCHLEICHER | 4 
& SCHULL’S . 
MICROTOMES C. P. Filters @ 
: “ 
2 sees SCHOTT .& 
BALANCES GENOSSEN’S 
Famous Labora- 
and 
tory Glassware 
WEIGHTS 


And for many other 
renowned European 
houses in our line. 


COMPLETE LINE OF 


Bacteriological Apparatus 


WE HANDLE 


EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY 


Inspection of premises cordially invited. 


MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


A sexies of technical papers on botanical subjects, published at irregular intervals. 
Price $3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchange. 
é No. 1; price, $1.00 


Bailey, Liberty Hyde. Studies of the types of various species of the genus Carex. 
Pages 1-85. 25 My 1889. 
Vol. 1, No. 2; not furnished separately : 


tindale, Isaac Comly. Marine at 9 of the New ten coast and adjacent 
waters of taken Island. Pages 87-111. 24 Au 1889 


1, No. 3; price, 75 cents: 


1 
Spruce, Richard. epaticae Bolivianae, in Andibus Boliviae orientalis, annis 
1835-6, acl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages 113-140. org 1890. 


Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cen 
Sturtevant, Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. Pasek 141-187. 30 My 1890, 
2, No. 1; not furnished separately : 


Pibeaky : 
Halsted, Byron David. ‘Goame food-materials in buds and surrounding eae Bees 
Pages 1-26 tities 4,2. 10S 1890. Pe 


Vail, Anna 


ol. ih, No, 2; price, 75 cents: 
Murray & Hollick, Charles Arth 
Virginia. Pages oe plates Fit 25 D4 


ur. Contributions to the botany of ee 
1890, 


Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnished separate’ ely: 
Holm, Herman Theodor. Cotitribuitons to the knowledge of the germination of 
some North American plants. Pages 57-108, plates ke 15 Ap 1891. 
Vol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 cents 
_ Wheeloc ock, Dee Efner. The genus Polygala in Most America. Pages gee 
e152. 30D 
‘Vol. 3, No1; not furnished separately : <e 5 
John Kunkel & Heller , Amos Arthur. Flora of western North Carolina 
and contiguous territory. ‘Pages 1-39. 20 F 1892. eee 
Vol 3, No. 2; price, $2.00 oy 
Morong, Thomas. e Naiadaceae of North pre diiy [with illustrations of al the: 
Species]. Pages ces plates 20-74. 15 Mr 1893. . 
Pee 3, No. 3; not furnished separately : . 
Rusby, Henry H An enumeration of Be plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel 

Bang. TPatt | ii aE: Pages « 1-67. 28 Ap 1893. : 
Vol. 4, No. 1; not furnished separately : oe 
nderwood, Lucien Waatouk: Index Hepaticarum. Part 1; ee Rees 

I~9gr, 10 ie 1893. 

Vol. 4, ae 2; not furnished separately : 
‘Small, J John Ki eric onaag nd ail, Anna Murray. sigeen on the rea explore 
tion of southw ern Virginia during the season o saat ~— 

75-82. 18 N pesega Ap 1894. - 
oe Vol. 4, No. 3; iow 50 cents 
Hurd. An enumeration of the plants collected i in Bolivia by Migs 
Pages 203-274. 10 Mte-17 Ap 1895 


‘Vol. 4, No. 4; price, 50 cents 
Anna Stockton. Arachis Aypogaca LL. Page 15-96 plates tes 


Vol. . No. 5; price, 75 cents: , 
, Per Axel. oe vase es Pipes and related. genera. 
oe a S $1896, . 


: Vol. Sy price, $3.00: 

as List of Pteridophyta and aia ophyta gro _— seer cultivation in northeastern 

__;North America. Pages 1-377. 4 D 1893-31 D 1894. 

2 , No. 1;. price, $1.25: 

: Lagetl Henny H urd. An Secuneraiiins of the plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel 
Pages 1-130. 17 N 1896. 


: Vol. 6, No. 2; price, 50 cen 

se Grout, Abel Joel. A revision of the North American gi ee and Brachythecia. 

- Pages prise 30 Jl 1897. 

a ee 6, No. 3; price, 50 ce 

Hazen, Tracy Elliot e life history of en dacaed ( Haematococcus 
 pluvialis). Pages 21 oe plates 86, 87 (colored). 8 s 1899. 
ee Vol. 6, No. 4; price, 50 cents 

Underwood, Lucien Marcus. A review of the genera of ferns proposed prior to 

1832. Pages 247-283. 1 D 189 

a ol. 6, No. 5; price, 25 cents: 

Pink, Bruce. Notes on lichen distribution in the upper Mississippi Valley. 
ceclig 285-307. 1 D 1899 


“Vol. 7 ; price, ree 
{ Marshall Avery. The Hepfaticae and Anthocerotes of California. Pages 
1-208, plates 88-122. § Au 1899. 
ae Vol. 8, No. 1; price, $1.75: 
Lloyd, Francis Emest. The comparative embryology of the Rubiaceae. Part 
oes plates 1-4. 26 Au 1899. Part II. Pages 27-112, plates 5. 


are Vol. 8, No. 2; price, $1. 
vans, Alexander William. The /ejewneae of the United States and Canada: 
ge 113-183, ae 16-22. 15 F 1902. 
a oe Vol. a — Bs price, 75 cents: 
Britton, Elizabeth Gertrude & lor, Alexandsina. The life history of 
Vittaria lineata, Pages 185-211, ee ne bes 190. 
. . : Vol. 9; price, ie 
monograph of he a. Pages 1-292, plates 
oo ie Vol. 10; price, $3.00% 2 
, Edward Sandford. raped of Pre-Clusian botany in its relation to Aste 
es xii, 1-447. 22 N 1902. = 
0. T; bie Bal 


Val. | Go ee 
Alice Rich. of New nigcornegess® and Badger Sori: Islands ‘ 
eer 1 ciate 7-19 oo map. 10 D 1902. 
— Ni 


©, Howard ard James. 
aceae. Page 9-94 


axe 
and v Bice Asters, wih 
cussion of Panabiiy in Aster. rages ie 1-419, piel ig oe 3 1906. 


VOL. 34 APRIL, 1907 


BULLETIN 


. OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


a €ditor 


JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART 


Associate Editors 


Puitip DoweL WILLIAM ALPHONSO MurRILt 


ALEXANDER WiLtiamM Evans HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS : 


Tracy ELuiot HAZEN | CHARLES Bupo ROBINSON 


_ MARSHALL Avery Howe ANNA Murray VAIL 


- CONTENTS — 
_ AMERICAN CODE OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE... .. . 167 
tide embryology of Rhytidophyllum. (Plate ro.) 
MEL 


: Se to the Mesozoic flora of the Atlantic coastal plain— North 
Carolina. (Plates 11-1 ee oe _. EDWARD WiLbER 2 BERRY. 185 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY Ee 
: LANCASTER, PA. ie 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


President, 
HENRY H. RUSBY, M-D. 


Vice-Presidents, 
EDWARD S. BURGESS, Pu.D. LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD, Si De LL, D. 


Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, 
~C. STUART GAGER, Pu.D. FOHN.“ Ky SMALLS PH.D. 
Saauien Garden, Bronx Park, New York City, | Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. 


: 2 Treasurer, 
CARLTON: €: CURTIS, Ph.D, 
Columbia University, New York City. 


MEETINGS: 


; cys P.M., at the: sh whesiean. Museum of anil Bidory: the jack x Wednesday 
ee in oe caesar Hayere or the New ss Bota anical Garden 


or an voluaesl only 24-33 ¢ can be supplied se 
nes are, available, but but the e 
the tion of 


Vol. 34 No 4 
BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTAN ICAL CLUB 


APRIL, 1 1907 


AMERICAN CODE OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 

The Nomenclature Commission has carefully examined the 
rules and recommendations adopted by the International Botan- 
ical Congress held at Vienna in June, 1905, and compared them 
with the canons unanimously approved by them at their meeting 
held in Philadelphia in March, 1904, which were duly transmitted 
to the Vienna Congress. 

The Vienna Congress decided to base its deliberations and its 
code on the code of nomenclature adopted by the Botanical Con- 
gress held in Paris in 1867. At the Philadelphia meeting above 
referred to, this Commission concluded that better results would 
be obtained by abandoning the Paris code altogether and substi- 
tuting for it a simpler set of rules,* more satisfactorily arranged, 
which should recognize and emphasize the method of establishing 
_ and maintaining botanical names by the method of types. The 
_ Vienna Congress failed to recognize the principle of types, how- 
ever, although its results are an advance in several ways over the 
Paris rules of 1867. This Commission is still of the opinion that 
the method by types will obtain general recognition and accep- 
tance, inasmuch as it is the only one which promises sufficient def- 
initeness to answer present requirements in biological nomencla- 
ture. The present discussion of this subject by zoologists is 
illuminating and will lead to important results. To reach greater 
Precision we suggest certain modifications of the rules govern- 
ing the selection of types enunciated at our Philadelphia meeting. 
The Vienna Congress voted unanimously that the principles of 
nomenclature should not be arbitrary, but subsequently adopted, 
though not unanimously, a list of several hundred generic names 
of plants to be excluded from the operation of all nomenclatorial 
_tules. We regard this action as in the highest degree arbitrary, as 
* Bull. Torrey Club 31 : 249-261. 1904. 

{ The BULLETIN for March 1907 ‘ae: 116-166, p/. 7-9) was issued 7 My 1907.] 

167 


168 AMERICAN CODE OF BoTaNIcCAL NOMENCLATURE 


controverting a cardinal principle ; and no method is provided for 
fixing the types of the genera which it is proposed to maintain or 
reject. 

The treatment of homonyms was not given the importance at 
Vienna that this Commission believes necessary, although we are 
now of the opinion that the canons of the Philadelphia code relat- 
ing to homonyms were framed in a somewhat more exclusive 
manner than is desirable, and we recommend some amendments 
to these canons. 

It was unanimously agreed at Vienna to maintain the oldest 
specific name when a species is transferred from one genus to 
another, or the oldest subspecific or varietal name when a sub- 
species or variety is transferred from one species to another ; but, 
when the rank is changed from species to subspecies or variety, or 
vice versa, the name need not be maintained, although it is desir- 
able that it should be. To meet this agreement the Philadelphia 
code requires modifications, as shown by the amendments here- 
with recommended 

By aclose vote, the Vienna Congress called for all descrip- 
tions of new species or genera, published after January 1, 1908, to 
be accompanied by a diagnosis in the Latin language. This re- 
quirement reaches the height of arbitrary action, and we do not 
regard the subject as one over which any botanical congress has 
jurisdiction. The progressive disuse of Latin, its elimination from 
the curricula of scientific schools, and the general teaching of two 
or more modern languages, lead us to regard this action as unnec- 
essary and unwise. 

We recommend that the Code adopted at Philadelphia be 
maintained, as amended, as ene 


J. C. ARTHUR. ARTHUR HOLLICK. 
Joun HENDLEY BARNHART. MarsHati A. Howe. 
-N. L.-Britton. F. H. KNow ron. 
FREDERIC E, CLEMENTs. GEORGE T. Moore. 

OQ. F: Coox. H. H. Russy. 
FREDERICK V. COVILLE. C. L. SHEAR. 

F. S. EARLE. Lucien M. UNDERWOOD. 
ALEXANDER W, oe Davip WHITE. 

Tracy E. Hazen. WixuiAM F, Wicurt. 


Members and Alternates of the Nomenclature Commission of the 
Botanical Club of the American Association for the Advancement of 
Science, 


a 


3 


AMERICAN CopE oF BoranicaL NOMENCLATURE 169 


CODE 
| Part I: PRINCIPLES. 

1. The primary object of formal nomenclature in systematic biol- 
ogy is to secure stability, uniformity and convenience in the 
designation of plants and animals. 

2. Botanical nomenclature is treated as beginning with the general 
application of binomial names of plants (Linnaeus’ Species 
Plantarum, 1753). 

3. Priority of publication is a fundamental principle of botanical 
nomenclature. Two groups of the same category cannot 
bear the same name. 


Norte. — Previous use of a name in zodlogy does not preclude its use in 
botany ; but the proposal of such a name should be avoided. 


4. The application of a name is determined i reference to its 

nomenclatorial type. 
Part II. Canons. 
Section I. Categories of Classification, — 

Canon 1. Connected or coherent groups of individuals are termed 
species. 

Canon 2. Species are grouped into genera; genera into tribes; 
tribes into families ; families into orders ; orders into classes ; 
classes into divisions. 

Canon 3. When additional categories are necessary for the con- 
venient presentation of relationships, they are to be obtained 
by the recognition of intermediate groups, the names of which 
are formed by prefixing sub- to the names of the above 
principal categories. 

EXAMPLES. — Subspecies, subgenus, subfamily, suborder. 

Canon 4. Other terms, such as group, section, series, and branch, 
may be used for more convenient temporary arrangement 
under the above categories, but their names are to have no 
validity in formal taxonomy. 

Nore. — The term variety is relegated to horticultural usage. 
Section Il. Formation of Names. 

Canon 5. Specific and subspecific names consist of Latin or 
Latinized adjectives or substantives, the latter being either 
nominatives in apposition or genitives. 


170 AMERICAN CODE OF BoTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 


ExAMPLes. — Hookerianus ; elites vulgaris ; heterophyllus ; malvi- 
cola ; ahi: Tuna; Engelmanni; Sonorae; Trifolit. 
Canon 6. Generic and subgeneric names consist of Latin or 
Latinized substantives, or equivalent terms. 
EXAMPLES. — Rosa; Convolvulus; Hedysarum; SaaS Liguidam- 
bar; Couroupita; Tsuga ; Gloriosa ; Impatiens ; Mani 
Canon 7. Names for subtribes, orders, and cares groups, 
are formed from names of component genera. 
(2) For names of tribes add -eae, of families -aceae, of ord- 
ers -ales, to the stem of the generic name. 
ExampLes.—Roseae; Rosaceae; Rosales. 
(6) For names of subtribes add -anae, of subfamilies -atae, 
of suborders -ares, to the stem of the generic name. 
EXAMPLES.—ARosanue ; Rosatae; Rosares. 
Canon 8. Names for subclasses and higher groups consist of plu- 
ral Latin or Latinized substantives. 
ExamPLrs.—Monocotyleaones ; Angiospermae ; Pteridephyta. 


Section IIT. Publication of Names. 

Canon g. A specific or subspecific name is published when it has 
been printed and distributed with a description (or in palaeo- 
botany a figure), or with a reference to a previously pub- 
lished ede a 

EXAMPLES.-—Coursetia arborea Griseb. Fl. Brit. W. Ind. 183 (1859), is 
published atts a description; Cynanchum njvale Nym, Syll. Fl. Eur. 108 
eh is fgrgar with a reference to the previously dsb inne 

7 ae ag coannenirel Whitei Ward 
6. pi. 7. 5, 6 (1885), a fossil species, is abraliie with a ‘teak 
but aaa a description 
(a) In the transfer . a species from one genus to another, 
the original specific name is retained, unless the result- ; 
ing binominal has been previously published. 
EXAMPLES.— Bromus pipes L. sg Pl. 77, is Festuca eee 

(L.) Vill. Hist. Pl. Dauph. 2: 110 (1787); Aram ope L. Sp. 

Pl. 965, is to be known as Arisaema triphyllum (L.) T LN. Yee 

239 (1843), not as Arisaema atrorubens Blume, Reraphia ¢ 1; 1835) 3 

urus Sassafras L. Sp. Pl. 371, is to be known as Sassafras Sassafras f 

(L.) Karst. Deutsch. Fl. 505 (1881), not as Sassafras officinale Nees & 

erm. . Med.-pharm. Bot. 2: 418 (1831); however, Schoenus ‘ 
pusillus Sw. hos: Gen. & Sp. Pl. 20 (1788), when transferred to A’yn- 

chospora, is not to be known as Rynchospora pusilla (Sw. ) Griseb. Ser: 123 

(1857), because prior to 1857 the same binomial had been used for an- 

other species, Xynchospora pusilla Chapm. (1849). 


| 
fp 
3 
a 


AMERICAN CODE OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 171 


CANON 10. A generic or subgeneric name is published when it has 
been printed and distributed (1) with a generic or specific 
description (or in palaeobotany a figure) and a binomial spe- 
cific name, or (2) with a generic and specific name and the cita- 
tion of a previously published description, or (3) with a 
reference to a specific description, which is associable by 
citation with a previously published binomial species. 

ExAmp_es,—Pachysandra Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 177 (1803), is pub- 
lished with a generic and specific description and a binomial specific name 
Brasenia Schreb. ex Gmel. Syst. 2 : 853 (1791), is published with a generic de- 
scription anda binomial specific name ; Si/phium L. Sp. Pl. 919 (1753), is pub- 
lished with a specific description and a binomial specific name ; Poacites Schloth. 
Petrefact. 416, /. 26, f. 7, 2 (1820), a fossil genus, is published with figures 
and a binomial specific name, but without a description; Ayssa L. Sp. Pl. 1058 
(1753), is published with a generic and specific name and the citation of pre- 
viously published descriptions; Dryopteris Adans. Fam. Pl. 2: 20 (1763), is 


previously published Polypodium Filix-mas L. Sp. Pl. 1090 (1753), inasmuch 
as both Adanson and Linnaeus cite Fi/ix mas of Fuchs. 

Canon 11. Names of subtribes, orders, and intervening groups are 
published when they have been printed and distributed with 
direct or indirect citations of component genera. 

EXxAMpLes. — Moraceae Lindl. Veg. Kingd. 266 (1847), is published with 
the citation of component genera; Ophioglossales Engler, Syll. ed. 2, 63 (1898), 
is published with the citation of component genera. 

Canon 12. A name is not published by its citation in synonymy, 
or by incidental mention. 

Examp.es. — Echeveria spicata, cited by De Candolle, Prodr. 3: 349 
(1828) as a synonym of Fouguierta formosa, is not published and does not in- 
validate Echeveria DC. published on page 401 of the same volume ; Acrosti- 
chum Plumieri “‘ Desv. herb,” cited as a synonym of 4. viscosum in Fée, Mém. 
Fam. Foug. 2: 46 (1845), is not published, and does not invalidate Acrostichum 
Plumieri Fée, published as a species on page 50 of the same work ; Hormisus 
opuntioides Targ., cited by Bertoloni, Amoen. Ital. 316 (1819), as & synonym 
of Fucus Sertolara Bertol. (= Halimeda Tuna), is not thereby published. 

Canon 13. Of names published in the same work and at the same 
time, those having precedence of position are to be regarded 
as having priority. 

Exampes.—Alsine L. Sp. Pl. 272, is to be regarded as having priority 
over Stellaria L. Sp. Pl. 421; Aira spicata L. Sp. Pl. 63, is to be regarded as 
having priority over Aira spicata L. Sp. Pl. 64; Hibiscus Moscheutos L. Sp. Pl. 
693, is to be regarded as having priority over 17. palustris, which it precedes on 


the same page. 


ri3 AMERICAN CODE OF BoTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 


Section IV. Application of Names. 
Canon 14. The nomenclatorial type of a species or subspecies is 
the specimen to which the describer originally applied the 
name in publication. 


podt 


PL Poly ‘nale L.. Sp. Pl. 1091 is typified by the desig- 
nation of a specimen sdtiectel i in Cente by Kalm ; Stachys arenicola Britton, 
Man. 792 rage Ee is typified by the desi a specimen from Staten Island, 
N Carex intumescens Fernaldii Baitey, Bull, Torrey Club 20: 418 
Ye hea is is ype : a specimen collected at Cedar Swamp, Aroostook Sac 

y M. L. Fernald. 


tay Wher more than one specimen was originally cited, the 
type or group of specimens in which the type is included 
may be indicated by the derivation of the name from that 
of a pte locality or host. 

s.—Eriogonum Porteri Small, Bull. Torrey Club 25: 41 
a is a bad on several specimens, of which the one collected by T. 
C. Porter is the type; Gat//lardia arizonica A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. 1?: 
353 (1884), is based on several specimens, of which die one collected by 
Palmer in Arizona is the type ; Cuscuta Cephalanthi Engelm. Am. Jour 
Sci. 43: 336 (1842), is based on hea from several boats, of which 
the one from Cephalanthus is the type. 

(6) Among specimens equally eligible, the type is that first 
figured with the original description, or in default of a 
figure the first mentioned. 

EXAMPLES. — Calyptridium roseum S. Wats. Bot. King’s Exp. 
pl. 6, f. 6-8 (1871), is based on at least three specimens, of which the one 
figured is the type; Arnica cordifolia Hook. Fl. Bor. Am, 1: 331 (1833); 
_ is based on two specimens, neither of which is figured, and the one first 
mentioned, which was collected by Drummond in alpine woods of the 
Rocky Mountains, is the type. 


or 
S 
Sut 


In default of an original specimen, that represented by the 
identifiable figure or (in default of a figure) description 
first cited or subsequently published, serves as the type. 
EXAMPLES.—7rillium sessile L. Sp. Pl. , is based on three cita- 
tions, of which the second is the type, being accompanied by a figure ; 
Centaurea Scabtosa L. § . 913, is based on a number of citations, of 

which the first mentioned is the type, as no figures are cited. 

Canon 15. The nomenclatorial type of a genus or subgenus is the 
species originally named or designated by the author of the 
name. If no species was designated, the type is the first bi- 
nomial species in order eligible under the following provisions : 
(a) The type is to be selected from a subgenus, section or 

other list of species originally designated as typical 


AMERICAN CopE oF Botanical. NOMENCLATURE 173 


The publication of a new generic name as an avowed 
substitute for an earlier invalid one does not change the 
type of a genus. 

EXxAMPLES.— Psilogramme Kuhn, Festschr. 50-Jahr. Jub, Konigs. 
Realschule zu Berlin 332 (1882), is typified by the first-mentioned species 
of the second section Eupsilogramme, and not from species included in the 
first section _/amesonia, which is based on a generic name previously pub- 

hed; Phania DC. Prodr. 5: 114 (1826), is typified by P. mudlticaulis 
DC., the only species of the section Luphania ; Guignardia Viala 
& Ravaz, Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 8:63 (1892), which was substituted for 
h in Less. 


Syn, Compos. 203 (1832), is typified by Laestadia alnea (Fr.) Auers., 
which is the first of the three species given by Auerswald and accompanied 
by a citation of Fr. Scler. Suec. Exsic. 20. 59, and not by Laestadia Bid- 
wellii (Ellis) Viala & Ravaz, the only species mentioned by Viala & Ravaz 
at the time the substitution was made. 


(6) A figured species is to be selected rather than an unfig- 


ured species in the same work. In the absence of a 
figure, preference is to be given to the first species 
accompanied by the citation of a specimen in a regularly 
published series of exsiccatae. In the case of genera 
adopted from prebinomial authors (with or without change 
of name), a species figured by the author from whom the 
genus is adopted should be selected. 

Examp.es. — Lesfedeza Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 70 (1803), is typi- 
fied by ZL. procumbens Michx. loc. cit. pl. 39s the species first figured ; 
Stigmatea Fr. Sum. Veg. Scand. 421 (1849), is typified by S. Robertiana 
Fr., the fourth species, as there are no species figured and this is the first 
in the list accompanied by the citation of a specimen in published exsiccatae, 


Scler. Suec. Exsic. 0. 423. 


(c) The application to a genus of a former specific name of 


one of the included species, designates the type. 
EXAMPLES. — Amsonia Walt. Fl. Car. 98 (1788), is typified by 
Tabernaemontana Amsonia L., one of its two original species ; Sordaria 
Ces. & Comm. Soc. Critt. Ital. 1: 225 (1863), is typified by 
Sphaeria Sordaria ¥r., one of its twelve original species. 
Where economic or indigenous species are included in 
the same genus with foreign species, the type is to be 
selected from (1) the economic species or (2) those indi- 


genous from the standpoint of the original author of the 


genus. 
ExaMpLes. — Poa L. Sp. Pl. 67 (175 3), is typified by P. pratensis 
L., the first of the economic species ; Sanguisorba L, Sp. Pl. 116 (1753), 


174 AMERICAN CopDE OF BoTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 


is typified by S. officinalis, the species indigenous from thé standpoint of 
__ the author. 

(e) The types of genera adopted through citations of nonbi- 
nomial literature (with or without change of name), are 
to be selected from those of the original species which 
receive names in the first binomial publication. The 
genera of Linnaeus’ Species Plantarum (1753) are to be 
typified through the citations given in his Genera Plan- 
gs ene 754). 


E. — The Auge Plantarum contains no generic references, but 
the On ithe of the Genera Plantarum was evidently prepared at the 
same time and was in effect a Limtidanaed volume of the same work, It 
accords much mere nearly than other editions with the treatment followed in 
the Species Plantarum, and thus makes it ete to retain more of the 
Linnaean ti names in their current applicatio 

Exa — Cypripedium VL. Sp. Pl. 951, a genus adopted fro 

der, zi a change of his name Ca/ceolus, is typified by Cy, anid 
Calceolus, the ouly species common to both authors; Sese/i L. Sp. Pl. 259, 
a genus adopted from Boerhaave, is typified by the second species of 
Linnaeus, Sese/i montanum, which is the first in Linnaeus of the species 
common to both authors; Silene L. Sp. Pl. 416, a genus adopted from 
Dillenius with a change of his name Viscago, is typified by Si/ene anglica, 
the first in Linnaeus of the thirteen en figured by Dillenius; /7éz/- 


faria L. Sp. Pl. 3 io a gg adopted from Tournefort, is typified by the 
fifth species of Linnaeus, Friti//aria Sr nae which is one of the three 
species included in Pritillaria by both authors, and is selected from these 


three because it is the one figured by eueavtark: 


Section V. Rejection of Names. 
Canon 16. A name is rejected when preoccupied (homonym). 

(a) A specific name is a homonym when it has been pub- 

lished for another species under the same meer name. 

EXAMPLES. — Acer saccharinum Wang 2, 20 

(1787), is a homonym of Acer saccharinum L. PL an See Vae- 

cinium myrtilloides Hook. Fl. Bor. Am, 2: 32 (1834), is a homonym of 

Vaccinium myrtilloides Michx. F1, Bor. Am. 1: 234 (1803), and is rejected 

whether the latter species is regarded as distinct or not; Chrysopsis pilosa 

( Walt.) Britton, Mem. agele no 5: 316 (1894), is a homonym of 

Chrysopsis pilosa Nutt. Jour. d. Nat. Sci, Phila, 7: 66 (1834), and is 

to be rejected, twining the fact that Zrigeron pilosum Walt. was 
published in 1 


(4) A generic name is a homonym when previously published 
for another genus. 


EXAMPLES. — Zorreya Arn. Ann, Nat. Hist. 1: 130 (1838), is a 
homonym of Zorreya Raf. Am. Mo. Mag. 3: 356 (1818), of Zorreya 


AMERICAN CODE OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 175 


Raf. Jour. Phys. 89: 105 (1819), of Zorreya Spreng. Neue Entdeck. 2: 
12t (1821), and of Zorreya Eat. Man. ed. 5, 420 
(c) Similar names are to be treated as homonyms only when 
they are mere variations in the spelling of the same word ; 
or in the case of specific and subspecific names, when they 
differ only in pe or genitive termination. 
EXAMPLES. — Penici//us and pecan Callitriche and Calothrix, 
Pterigophyllum and seen, may be maintained ; Cyathophora and 
yathophorum, Asterocarpus and Astro Aone. can not be maintained. 
| anu and Greenii, named for different persons, Greene and Green, may 
be maintained in the same genus; virginicus, virginianus and virginiensis, 
oreganus and oregonensis, Hookeri and Hookerianus, can not be maintained 
in the same genus 
Canon 17. A name is rejected when there is an older valid name 
| based on another member of the same group (metonym). 
ExampLes,— Aeibomia Heist, ex Adans. Fam. Pl. 2 : 509 bed bs is sees 
on Hedysarum canadense L. Sp. Pl. 748, and Desmodium Desv. Jou 
pt ae 2 (1813), is typified Hedysarum asperum Poir. Encycl. S as 
408 (1804), consequently if these species are regarded as congeneric the name 
Paes tae is to be rejected ; ee P. Henn. Nat. Pflanzenf. 1'**: 194 
(1899), cannot stand as a genus to include a sae bearing the name Bo/etinus 
Kalchb., the latter having been caine as a genus in 1877; Sisymbrium 
altissimum 1. Sp. Pl. 659 (1753), Sesymbrium Sinapistrum Crantz, Stirp 
Austr. ed. 2, §2 (1769), and Sisymbrium pannonicum Jacq. Coll. 1: 70 (1786), 
have different types, but if these are regarded as belonging to the same species, 
the two later names are metonyms of that of Linnaeus. 
Canon 18. A name is rejected when there is an older valid name 


ages on the same type (typonym). 

XAMPLES.— Miegia Pers. Syn, 1: 101 (1805), is a typonym of Arundi- 
naria set Fl. Bor. Am. 1:73 (1803), both being based on the same spe- 
cies; Asplenium Vincentis Christ, a oe 24: 109 (1897), isa typonym of 
A. Guildingii Jenm. Gard. Chron. IIT. net (1894), both being based on 
H. H. Smith’s xo. 73746 from St. spo 

Canon 1g. A name is rejected heh the natural group to which 
it applies is undetermined (hyponym). 

(a) A specific or subspecific name is a hyponym when it has 
not been connected with a description, 1 identifiable by 
diagnostic characters or by reference to a type specimen, 
figure or locality. 

EXAMPLES. — Gentiana hybrida Raf, Med. Rep. Tt. 6 :353 ( aont 
is ei cian as no diagnosis is published ; Lechea furfuracea Raf. 

1. Am. 1 : 92 (1836), is a hyponym, as its description is not Dace 

(4) A ei or subgeneric name is a hyponym, when it is 
not associable, at least by specific citation, with a 


176 AMERICAN CODE OF BorANICAL NOMENCLATURE 


binomial species previously or simultaneously published ; 
or when its type species is not indentified. 

EXAMPLES. — eee ae Necker, Elem. 1 : 214.(1790), and Ca/e- 
stam Adans. Fam. Pl. 2: 1763), are se yeh because their authors 
neither named a ace. species nor cited a species which had pre- 
viously received a binomial name ; /Vudi/us Raf. Atl. i 176 (1833), is 
a hyponym, as its type species, V. paradoxus, has not been identified. 


Part III. ORTHOGRAPHY AND CITATION. 
Section I. Orthography. 
1. The original orthography of names is to be maintained, except 
in the following cases ; the change not to affect priority. 
(2) Manifest tyeneraphical errors may be corrected. 
EXAMPL 


PLES.— Scoria Raf. isa misprint for Hicoria ; Rumhora Raddi 
is a misprint for Aumohra, named for K. von Rumobr. 
(4) Adjectival names of species and subspecies agree in gender 
with the generic name with which they are associated. 
EXAMPLES.— Polygonum articulatum \..== Polvgonella articulata 


(L.) Meissn.; Sisymbrium amphibium palustre L.—= Radicula palustris 
(L.) Moench. 


(c) Generic names derived from personal names should be 
feminine, and if originally of other forms should be 
ame 

ES.—Lippius S. F. Gray, Kantius S. F,Gray, Pallavicinius 


ae see cane be changed to Lifpia, Kantia, and Pallavicinia and 
yet date from 1821 when originally publishe 


(¢) In the case of names proposed in works in which v and j 
were used as vowels or u and i as consonants they should 
be corrected to agree with modern usage. 


ES.—Euonymus, not Evonymus ; Naias, not Najas; Neu- 
ropteris, not Neopets: ; Rivularia, not Riuularia ( Rivelaria) ; orl 
not Jungia 


2. Generic names shoul be written with initial capital letters. 
EXAMPLES.— Desfontainea, not des Fontainea ; Durvillaea, not a’ Urvillaea. 
3. If capital letters are to be used for specific names they should 
be employed only for substantives and for adjectives derived 
from abner names, 
MP eet ae Trichomanes L.; saess Trifolit (Hedw.) Lév.; 
Sichimale Smithii Hook. ; Galium Boryanum Walp. 
4. The publication of names of bilingual derivation should be 
avoided, but published names are not to be rejected on ac- 
count of such derivation. 


AMERICAN CODE OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 177 


EXAMPLES.—Liguidambar is Latin-Arabic ; /imbristylis is Latin-Greek ; 

Actiniceps is Greek Latin. 

5. The names of hybrids may be written as follows: 

(a) A hybrid may be named by placing the names of the 
parent species or subspecies in alphabetical order, con- 
nected by the sign x; but in hybrids experimentally pro- 
duced, or in which the sex of the parents is known, the 
female parent is to be written first, and the sex indicated 
by the signs 9, &. 


EXAMPLES.—Carex debilis % virescens; Digitalis lutea Q X pur- 


purea &. 

(2) A hybrid may be named when desirable like a species or 
subspecies, provided the binomial or trinomial is preceded 
by the sign x, designating it as a hybrid. 

EXAMPLE.— Salix capreola Kern, 

(c) A hybrid between species of different genera may be 
named by attaching the specific name to the generic name 
of the female parent, or, if the sex of the parents is un- 
known, to the generic name coming first in alphabetical 
order. 

EXxAMPLE.— X Ammophila baltica Link = Ammophila arenaria X 
Calamagrostis Epigetos. 

(¢) A hybrid derived from parents one or both of which are 
of hybrid origin, may be named by including the name 
of the hybrid parent in parentheses. 

EXxAMPLE.—Salix (aurita < repens) X cinerea. 

(e) Preponderance of one parent over the other may be desig- 
nated by the signs >, <. 

ExampLes.—Mentha longifolia > X rotundifolia ; Mentha longi- 
folia X < rotundifolia. 
Section II. Citation of authors. 

1. An author-citation following a name refers to the author by 
whom the name was first published ; the author’s name may 
be abbreviated, but never in such a manner as to result in 
ambiguity. 

EXxAmpLes. — Spreng. for Sprengel, not Spr., to distinguish from Spruce and 
others; Michx. for Michaux, not Mich., to distinguish from Micheli; 5. Wats. 
for Sereno Watson, to distinguish from H. C. Watson. 

2. In the following cases the name of the original author should 


178 


AMERICAN CODE OF BoTANICAL NOMENCLATURE 


appear in parentheses, followed by that of the author who first 
published the name in its accepted form and application. 
(a) A specific name originally combined with a different 


generic name, or a subspecific name originally combined 
with a phe binomial. 
— Moneses uniflora (L.) A. Gray, for the plant originally 


EXAMP 
described as Pra stat by Linnaeus and subsequently first published — 
dr 


s Moneses uni, y Asa Gray; Chondrophora nauseosa glabrata (A. 
Gray Rydberg for isdn graveolens var. glabrata A, Gray. 


(6) A generic name adopted through citation from a publi- 


cation issued prior to the first edition of Linnaeus’ Species 
Plantarum (1753). 

EXxAmpPLes, — Linnaea (Gronov.) L.; Anthoceros (Mich.) L. ; Vale- 
rianella (Tourn.) Poll. 


(c) A name applied to a category different from that in which 


it was first aaa 

EXAMPLES, — Salix cordata angustata (Pursh) Anders., originally 
Salix open ia Actaea rubra (Ait.) Willd., originally Actaea 
spicata var. rubra An ; Ardisia subg. Pickeringia is ) Mez, origin- 
ally genus Pickeringia Nu utt.; Aaphidostegium (Br Sch.) De Not., 
idiot escasdectaciaet subg. Raphidostegium Br. ey Sch. 


3. A comma between the name of the plant and the name of the 


author is undesirable. 


ExampLes,— Rumex L., not Rumex, 1..; Phacelia congesta Hook., not 
Phacelia congesta, Hook. ; //ysanthes dubia (L.) Barnhart, not //ysanthes dubia, 
L.), Barnhart. 


The embryology of Rhytidophyllum 
MELVILLE THURSTON Cook 
(WITH PLATE Io) 


The family Gesneriaceae is tropical and sub-tropical in its dis- 
tribution, but is closely related to certain other families which are 
much more widely distributed. The writer accepted an oppor- 
tunity to make a study of the genus Rhytidophyllum, which may 
be considered characteristic of the family, hoping at some future 
time to be able to make a comparative study of some of the more 
northern species of the related families. The first studies were 
made from R. crenulatum DC. and most of the figures were drawn 
from that material. Later, upon securing material of X. somentosum 
Mart., a comparative study was made. These two species show 
very distinct external specific differences, but the morphology of 
the embryo-sac and embryo is practically the same, the ovules 
and internal structures of R. ¢omentosum being slightly smaller 
than in R. crenulatum. On account of various chemical substances 
of these plants, which are not thoroughly understood, the tech- 
nique was rather difficult and the chromic acid mixtures proved 
absolutely useless. The following mixtures were used with 
SUCCESS : 


(a) Saturated aqueous solution picric acid cg SN Re OIE SE CE 100 ¢.c. 
Glacial acetic acids. ..ci6i..cesise icone Ic.c 
(6) Saturated 70 per cent. alc. sol. picric acid 100 c.c. 
Glacial acetic acid : I c.c 
(c) Saturated aqueous solution picric acid.........s.sseserseseersesess ceeseneettnees 7 100 c.c 
Sulphuric acid A 2c¢ 
(d@) Saturated 70 per cent. alc. sol. picric acid 100 c.¢ 
Sulphuric aci 2 £6. 


The first solution was by far the most successful. The ma- 
terial was then treated in the usual manner, imbedded in paraffine, 
sectioned and stained. 

The ovules assume the anatropous form (figures 1, 2) very 
early. The archesporium originates as a single sub-epidermal cell 
( figures ra, 2). In one instance only, of a large number examined, 

179 


180 Cook : EMBRYOLOGY OF RHYTIDOPHYLLUM 


was this cell divided into megaspores and then only two cells were 
formed (figure 3). The single archesporial cell elongates without 
division, in the antipolar direction, the new part being smaller in 
diameter than the older part (figures 16, 4). This cell then elon- 
gates very rapidly, and forms the two- and four-nucleate stages 
of the embryo-sac (figures 1c, 5, 6). At this time the sac is 
usually about twice as long as wide. Without further enlarge- 
ment of the sac the nuclei now divide, thus forming the eight- 
nucleate stage. The egg is large and the synergids very small 
( figure 7), but they stain very deeply. The antipodals ( fgwres 8, 
9) are about the same size as the synergids and disintegrate very 
quickly. The polar nuclei (figure zo) may unite in any part of 
the sac, but usually in the antipodal end. The micropyle and the 
pollen-tube are very conspicuous at this time, and the entrance of 
the latter obliterates the synergids (figures rz, 12). Immediately 
after the completion of the eight-nucleate stage of the sac the 
antipodals disintegrate and a very long tube is formed extending to 
the opposite end of the ovule (figures rd, 7, 8, 9,72). The 
formation of this tube is the result of the disintegration of a single 
row of cells. In avery short time the nucellar cells which sur- 
round this tube disintegrate, producing a sac uniform in diameter, 


extending almost the entire length of the ovule and enclosed by | 


only a few layers of nucellar cells, usually not more than six. 
This is followed by fertilization of the egg and union of the polar 
nuclei. The endosperm undergoes its primary division (figures 
12, 73) before the division of the egg. One of the daughter-nuclei 
remains in the micropylar part of the sac, while the other enters 
the tube and the two are separated by a wall (figure 13) which per- 
sists fora very short time. Similar walls, dividing the two daughter- 
nuclei of the primary division of the endosperm-nuclei have been 
described in a number of plants by Hofmeister (4), Johnson (5, 6), 
Schaffner (10), Cook (1), Strasburger (11), and others. Both 
nuclei now undergo repeated divisions, forming a cellular endo- 
sperm. The endosperm in the micropylar part of the sac disinte- 
grates very quickly, but the other persists for some time ( figures 
14, 15). It is very evident that the disintegration of the endo- 
sperm begins at the micropylar end of the sac and progresses 
rapidly towards the opposite end. In this end of the sac there 


: 


Cook : EMBRYOLOGY OF RHYTIDOPHYLLUM 18] 


was always present a single large pyriform cell ( figure 15) whose 
origin was difficult to determine, but it appeared to be the result 
of one of the early divisions of the endosperm. 

At the time of the primary division of the endosperm-nucleus 
some starch was present in the sac and also in the cells immedi- 
ately surrounding the micropyle, and in a very short time all the 
cells lining the sac developed starch. Before the disintegration of 
the endosperm was complete these nucellar cells were also under- 
going disintegration and this continued until the entire nucellus 
had disappeared. In brief, both the endosperm and the nucellus 
undergo disintegration to feed a rapidly growing embryo and 
eventually leave the embryo surrounded by the integuments only. 

When the embryo-sac is in the eight-nucleate stage (figure 1d) 
the nucellus consists of four to six layers of cells; as the ovule 
increases in size the cells divide, but the inner cells are continually 
disintegrating to feed the embryo. At about the time of the 
appearance of the cotyledons (figure 23a) the nucellus consists of 
four or five layers of cells (figure 16), of which the inner cells 
show the effects of disintegration. After this time no nucellar 
cells are formed, but those already existing are gradually used by 
the growing embryo (figure 25). 

The embryo. — The fertilized egg, by successive divisions, forms 
an embryo of from four to six cells in linear arrangement ( figures 
17, 18), with the basal cell very much elongated, but not enlarged 
as in the case of Capsella Bursa-pastoris as described by Coulter 
and Chamberlain (2) and Hanstein (3). The apical cell now 
divides by two longitudinal walls placed at right angles to each 
other, thus forming the quadrant stage (figure 77). The quad- 
rant is now divided by a cross-wall, thus forming the octant stage. 
Instead of producing the dermatogen immediately, as in the case of 
Capsella Bursa-pastoris and Alyssum macrocarpum, it now divides 
repeatedly by longitudinal walls (figure 78). At the same time 
the suspensor becomes very large and elongates, pushing itself 
back into the micropyle and forming an enlargement ( figure 18). 
It apparently functions for a short time as a simple haustorium, 
but very soon disintegrates. However, its old course can still be 
traced (figure 1g) in very late stages. In the meantime, the small 
suspensor cells next to the embryo divide by cross-walls. The 


182 Cook: EmBryoLocy or RuyYTIDOPHYLLUM 


embryo now increases in size and the differentiation into dermato- 
gen, periblem and plerome occurs very early (figures 20-23). The 
cell a nearest the embryo (figure 78), to which we will hereafter 
refer as the basal cell, now divides by a cross-wall into two cells, 
6 and 6’ ( figure 20). Cell 3’ now divides by longitudinal division 
into four cells, which form the root-tip (figures 27, 22, 23a, 236). 
Cell 6 now divides by both transverse and longitudinal divisions 
( figures 22, 23) into four cells of which the upper layer 4’ (figures 
23a, 236) forms the dermatogen of the root-tip. 

At about the time of the formation of the dermatogen of the 
root-tip the two cotyledons appear (figure 23 a), one of which is 
usually slightly larger than the other. Examination of a large 
number of embryos slightly older than figure 23 indicated that 
these cotyledons have an independent origin. The endosperm has 
entirely disappeared by this time and the nucellus is very much 
reduced ( figure 16). The embryo now enlarges rapidly, gradually 
utilizing the last of the nucellar tissue, and when fully mature is 
surrounded only by the integuments. 

Abnormal embryos. — Four abnormal embryos were observed. 
Two of these embryos ( figure 24) were about the same age as 
those in figure 23 but had elongated without producing cotyledons 
and without differentiation of tissues into plerome and periblem. 
The other two abnormal embryos each had three equally well de- 
veloped cotyledons. They were the same age as in Jigure 25, and 
were cut in cross sections, 

SUMMARY 

1. The archesporium is a single sub-epidermal cell. 

2. This usually becomes the functional megaspore without pre- 
vious subdivisions. 

3. There is nothing unusual in the formation of the embryo-sac. 

4. The formation of the embryo is typical of the dicotyledons 
as illustrated by Capsella Bursa-pastoris, except for variations in 
the formation of the dermatogen and in the basal (hypophysis) 
region. 

5. The endosperm is of the cellular type and is formed in the 
usual manner but disintegrates very early. 

6. Both endosperm and nucellus are utilized to feed the grow- 
ing embryo, eventually leaving the embryo surrounded only by 
the integuments, 


Cook : EMBRYOLOGY OF RHYTIDOPHYLLUM 183 


I wish at this time to express my thanks to Professor C. F. 
Baker of the Estacion Central Agronomica, Santiago de las Vegas, 
Cuba, for assistance in securing the material; to the workers of the 
New York Botanical Garden for its determination ; and to Professor 
F. E. Lloyd of the Desert Botanical Laboratory, Tucson, Arizona, 
for reviewing the manuscript and for valuable suggestions. 

The Rhytidophyllum crenulatum DC. was collected on the 
walls of Fort Cabafias, Havana, Cuba, and the R. _ tomentosum Mart. 
was collected on the hills near the village of Managua in the Prov- 
ince of Havana, Cuba. Specimens of both collections are depos- 
ited in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. 


EsTacion CENTRAL AGRONOMICA, 
ANTIAGO DE LAS VEGAS, CUBA. 


* LITERATURE 
Cook, M. T. Development of the embryo-sac and embryo of 
Castalia odorata and Nymphaea advena. Bull. Torrey Club 29: 211- 
220. fi. J2, J7. 1902, 
Coulter, J. M. & Chamberlain, C. J. Morphology of the angio- 
sperms. (Part II. Spermatophytes.) 1903. 
Hanstein, J. Die Entwicklung des Keimes der Monokotylen und 
Dikotylen. Bot. Abhandl. 11: 1-112. p/. 7-78. 1870. 
4. Hofmeister, W. Neuere Beobachtungen iiber Embryobildung der 
Phanerogamen. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 1: 82-188. A/. 7-0. 1858. 
Johnson, D. S. On the development of the Saururus cernuus L. 
Bull. Torrey Club 27: 365-372. p/. 237. 1900. 
6. . Seed development in the Piperaceae and its bear- 
ing on the order. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ. 178: 28-31. 1905. 
7. Lewis, C. E. Studies on some anomalous dicotyledonous plants. 
Bot. Gaz. 37: 127-138. pl. 7, 8. 1904. 
. Mottier, D. M. The embryology of some anomalous dicotyledons. 
Ann. Bot. 19: 447-463. p/. 26, 27. ° 
’ Riddle, L.C. The embryology of Adyssum. Bot. Gaz. 26: 314- 
324. pl. 26-28. 18098. ee 
to, Schaffner, J. H. Contribution to the life history of Sagztfaria 
variabilis. Bot. Gaz. 23: 252-273. pl. 20-26. 1897. * 
Strasburger, E. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss von Ceratophyllum 
submersum und phylogenetische Eréterungen. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 
37: 477-526. pl. Q-1I. 1902. 


La 
. 


N 


iy 


ou 


oo 


9 


La 
nl 
. 


184 Cook : EMBRYOLOGY OF RHYTIDOPHYLLUM 


Explanation of plate 10 
Fig Ig and 25 were drawn with Zeiss No. 2ocular and No. C objective and 
are slighty ik: All other figures were drawn with Zeiss No. 2 ocular and 
1/12 oil-immersion objecti 
ll figures drawn ce Rhytidophyllum crenulatum, except figures 2 and 25, 
which were drawn from 2. éomentosune. 
1G. Ia, Ovule with archesporial cell. 
Fic. 16. Ovule with functional megaspore. 
Fic. tc. Ovule with sac in four-nucleate stage. 
Fic, 12. Ovule with sac in eight-nucleate stage. 
Fic, 2. Same as Fig. 1 
Fic. 3. Two Seen 
Fic. 4. Same as Fi 
Fic, 5. Two- siiclente sa of embryo-sac. 
Fic, 6, Four-nucleate stage of embryo-sac. Same as Fig. Ic. 
Fic. 7. Eight-nucleate stage of embryo-sac showing egg-apparatus and one 
polar nucleus. 
and 9. The. antipodal nuclei. 
Fic. 10. The union of the polar nuclei. 
Fic. 11. Embryo-sac showing egg, pollen-tube and endosperm nucleus. 
Fic, 12. Embryo-sac showing fertilized egg, pollen-tube and two daughter-nuclei 
formed by the first division of the endosperm-cell. 
Fic, 13. ughter-nuclei formed by the first division of the endosperm-nucleus 
and es oe a wall, 
ndosperm in the antipodal end of the sa 
ine 7. Much older and showing the large ire cell. 
Fic. 16. Nucellus and integuments. Slightly older than Fig. 23. 
Fic. 17. Young embryo showing early divisions. ° 
Fic. 18. Young embryo showing later Sita and haustorial oe of 
the suspensor 
‘IG. 19. Remains of fieiaebiiet suspensor. Bains age as Fig. 
Fic, 20-22. Spherical embryo showing dermatogen, a. Speiiblew, and 
basal cells. 
1G, 23, a@and 6. Embryos showing origin of ie derecncoee and the basal cells. 
Fic. 24. Abnormal embryo 
Fic. 25. Embryo, two Layer of nucellar cells and integuments. 


Contributions to the Mesozoic flora of the Atlantic coastal plain — I, 
North Carolina * 
EpwaRD WILBER BERRY 
(WITH PLATES I1~16) 

Although Winchell mentioned the occurrence of fossil plants 
in Alabama as long ago as 1856,+ and Meek & Hayden refer 
to them in 1857,{ the first collections were made, so far as I am 
aware, as recently as 1884. These were sent to Lesquereux. 
Subsequently additional collections were made by Smith, Lang- 
don, Fontaine, and Ward, but none of these have ever been studied, 
although Ward furnished Smith with a provisional list of thirty- 
five species which was published on page 348 of his Geology of the 
Coastal Plain of Alabama in 1894. 

These plants conclusively prove the Mid-Cretaceous age of 
that part of the Tuscaloosa formation from which they were col- 
lected, although it is quite possible that the great thickness 
assigned to this formation by the Alabama geologists may indi- 
cate the presence of beds of Older Potomac age, especially since 
beds of this age are now definitely known from both North and 
South Carolina, and are said by Darton to be present in Georgia. 

The most southerly outcrops heretofore known of plant-bear- 
ing beds of Raritan or Magothy age, with which the Alabama 
beds are comparable, are those found in Maryland, and it is the 
purpose of the present paper partially to bridge over this interval 
of nearly eight hundred miles, and to add another link to the 
chain which has come to connect the Cretaceous floras of Marthas 
Vineyard, Block Island, Long Island, Staten Island, New Jersey, 
Delaware and Maryland. 

No Cretaceous plants have ever been described from North 
Carolina, although we find lignite mentioned by Olmsted as early 
as 1827 3 as occurring along the Neuse river.§ In Emmons's s | first 


* Published by permission of the North Carolina Geological Sareey. 
ft Proc. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 10?: 92. 1856. 
t Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 9: 133. 1857. 
3 OLMSTED, D, Rep, Geol. N. C. part 2. 1827. 
185 


186 BERRY : MeEsoZzOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 


report * petrified wood and lignite are recorded along the Cape Fear 
river about 18 miles above Fayetteville. Kerr publishing in 
1875+ writes of the lignitic beds of the Cape Fear river and 
mentions the occurrence of ‘trunks, limbs and leaves of trees,” 
correctly correlating the deposits with similar exposures on the 
Neuse river near Goldsboro, North Carolina. 

Darton, publishing in 1895, ina footnote on page 517, says 
that Ward had discovered plant remains of Potomac age along the 
Cape Fear river, although the latter author in a recent publica- 
tion § states that no characteristic fossil plants have been found in 
the Potomac of North Carolina. On page 390 of the same work 
occurs the following paragraph : 

“The higher beds farthest down the river yield imperfect 
specimens of dicotyledonous leaves having affinities with those of 
the Newer Potomac and are doubtless of that age, but those at 
Lafayette || and for ten or perhaps twenty miles below, though 
apparently barren, closely resemble Older Potomac strata, but are 
transgressed by marine deposits which occupy the top of the 
bluffs nearly the whole distance.”’ 

The first part of this paragraph refers, I suppose, to the lig- 
nitic layers such as occur at Big Sugar Loaf Landing, fifty miles 
below Fayetteville. No leaves appear to have been discovered 
near Fayetteville, where they are abundant and well preserved. 
If the latter part of the paragraph just quoted refers to the over- 
lying Pleistocene it may possibly be true; if it refers to the lamin- 
ated clays and sands of Cretaceous age, it should be added by 
way of comment, that while they do transgress the Older Potomac 
at several points, by no means are they uniformly present along 
the tops of the bluffs, and they are far from being typically marine 
deposits. Farthest down the river, where the lignitic Cretaceous 
first appears below the typically Marine Cretaceous, it contains 
sharks’ teeth and other marine remains, but as you come up the 
river, getting lower and lower in the formation, it becomes more 


* McCLENAHAN, in Emmons, Rep, Geol. Surv. North Carolina, 173. 1852. 


4 Warp, L. F. U. 5S. Geol. Surv. Monog: 48: 374. 1906. 
\| This must be intended for Fayetteville, as there is no town of Lafayette on the 
Cape Fear river. 


BERRY : MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 187 


and more transitional in character, until where it rests upon the 
Older Potomac it is clearly estuarine. In spite of inaccuracies of 
detail, however, the inference is correctly drawn that these upper 
beds are comparable with the Tuscaloosa formation of Alabama 
(loc. cit. 391). The foregoing in a very brief way exhausts the 
references to the Cretaceous flora of North Carolina. 

During the past summer the writer, under the auspices of 
the North Carolina Geological Survey, made a reconnaissance 
by boat from the Piedmont to the coast along the Roanoke, 
Neuse and Cape Fear rivers in North Carolina and the Great Pee 
Dee in South Carolina. By far the most instructive section is the 
more or less well known one along the Cape Fear, and while it is 
not my purpose to discuss the geology in this place, a word or two 
of explanation is necessary. 

In ascending the Cape Fear the Transitional Cretaceous, which 
consists of very lignitic sands and laminated clays and sands, 
greatly crossbedded in places and carrying pyrite and glauconite, 
was first seen in the vicinity of Donohue Creek Landing, about 
fifty miles above Wilmington. From this point itis exposed at 
frequent intervals almost as far up as F ayetteville, a distance of over 
fifty miles, coming to lie with a marked unc formity upon the Older: 
Potomac beds which form the river bluffs for some fifteen miles 
below that place. As we ascend the river, getting lower down in 
in the formation, all evidences of marine conditions of deposition 
disappear, the beds becoming littoral and estuarine in character. 

Leaf-remains were observed at a number of points, in most 
cases the impressions carrying too much lignite and the matrix 
being too coarse to permit of their successful collection and preser- 
vation. Near Court House Landing, about seventy-six miles 
above Wilmington in Bladen County, these Transition beds reach a 
thickness of about seventy feet and contain lenses of rather compact 
brownish drab clay carrying good leaf-impressions which have fur- 
nished the bulk of the species enumerated in the following pages. 
Similar materials were observed at several points along the Neuse 
river and also atone locality on the Great Pee Dee river in South 
Carolina. A small collection: of identifiable leaves was made in the 
vicinity of Blackmans Bluff on the Neuse river, at which locality 
about twenty feet of transitional Cretaceous is exposed. Some of 


188 BERRY: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 


the lignite at this locality was observed to contain amber in small 
drops, in this respect resembling the Cretaceous deposits of Staten 
Island, New Jersey, Delaware and Maryland. As previously 
mentioned, some of the sandy lignitic exposures on the lower Cape 
Fear river were observed to contain leaves, and in my notes the 
following are recorded from near Big Sugar Loaf Landing: d/ag- 
nolia, Laurus, Ficus daphnogenoides, Sequoia heterophylla, cone- 
impression, and fragments of a fern. It was impossible to save 
this material, so that these identifications may be regarded as ten- 
tative for the present. 

In the preserved material there are twenty-nine recognizable 
species. Of these, seven were described by Heer from Greenland, 
seven were originally described from the Dakota group, and seven 
were originally described from the New Jersey Raritan. In addi- 
tion Newberry identified in the Raritan eight more of these species 
which were originally described by Heer or Lesquereux from other 
regions than New Jersey. A number of the forms, like Andro- 
meda Parlatorii Heer, Diospyros primaeva Heer, Ficus daphnoge- 
noides (Heer) Berry, and Sequoia heterophylla Velen., have been 
found at nearly all of the localities for Cretaceous plants of Atane, 
Raritan, Dakota and Magothy age, so that they may be omitted 
from our calculations. 

There are seven forms in this contribution which it has not 
been possible to identify with previously described remains and 
which are here described as new. Of these Quercus and Ptero- 
spermites point to the beds being slightly more recent than the 
Raritan, as does the occurrence of species like Czunamomum 
Fleert Lesq. and Magnolia Capellinii Heer, which are Dakota 
group plants recorded from the Magothy formation, but not with 
certainty from the Raritan; although Lesquereux recorded both 
from beds of that age in his report to George H. Cook included in 
the clay report of 1878. The striking absence of gymnosperms 
and pteridophytes, both in North Carolina and Alabama, as com- 


pared with New Jersey, may possibly indicate that the physical — 


conditions of the region favored the replacement of the gymno- 
sperms of farther north by evergreen dicotyledons ; and the ferns, 
always a fragmentary and infrequent element in the middle and 
later Mesozoic floras, were simply not preserved or have not been 


BERRY: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 189 


discovered. A fact of considerable botanical interest is the entire 
absence of any species of Laurus or Salix in North Carolina, both 
genera furnishing a large number and variety of leaves at most 
Cretaceous localities. Thus, there are 10 species of Laurus in 
the Dakota flora besides the allied genera Laurophyllum, Lindera, 
and Malapoenna, and 10 species of Salix. The New Jersey 
Raritan has 5 species of Sa/ix, 1 of Laurus, and 3 of Laurophyl- 
lum. The Magothy has 4 species of Laurus, 1 of Laurophyllum, 
1 of Malapoenna, and 4 of Salix. 

This absence of laurels and willows is also a feature of the 
Tuscaloosa formation in Alabama, one very liable to modification, 
however, when the floras are thoroughly collected and studied. 

Because of their geographical position these beds should be 
provisionally correlated with the Tuscaloosa formation of Alabama ; 
with this reservation, however, that the Tuscaloosa flora, as far as 
it is known, coincides with that of the Raritan. Lithologically 
these North Carolina beds are much more like the Magothy of 
New Jersey, Delaware and Maryland than they are like the Rari- 
tan, and it seems probable that when the problem has been worked 
out for the whole coastal plain it will be found that the Tuscaloosa 
formation of Alabama as a whole includes sediments of Older 
Potomac, Raritan and Magothy age, while what is here called the 
Tuscaloosa formation in North Carolina, already differentiated 
from the Older Potomac, includes phases corresponding to both the 
Raritan and Magothy formations of the more northern portions of 
the coastal plain and to the upper Tuscaloosa and Eutaw forma- 
tions of the Gulf region. 

Except in one or two cases where it seemed desirable, the co- 
pious synonymy has been omitted, although in some instances a 
second citation is added to that of the author of the name in order 
to refer to especially well illustrated material. 

GYMNOSPERMAE 
CONIFERALES : 
SEQUOIA HETEROPHYLLA Velen. Gymnosp. Bohm. Kreidef. 22. p/. 

12. f.12; pl. 13 f: 2-4, 6-9. ‘1885. — Hollick, Trans. N. Y. 

- Acad. Sci. 12: 3. plz. f. 78. - 1892. —Smith, Geol. Coastal 

Plain Ala. 348. 1894. — Ward, Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. 


190 Berry: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 


15: 378, 380, 382, 392. 1895.— Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays 
49. pl. 6. f. 1-13. 1896.— Knowlton, Bull. U. S. Geol. 
Surv. 2577: 132. pl. 76. f. 5. 1905.— Berry, Bull. Torrey 
Club 33: 165. 1906.— Rep. State Geol. New Jersey 1905: 
139. 1906. 

This is the only species of gymnosperm contained in the Caro- 
lina material and it is but sparingly represented. Described 
originally from Bohemia (Cenomanian and Senonian) by Velenov- 
sky, it was recorded in abundance from the Raritan of New Jersey 
by Newberry, from Staten Island by Hollick, from Delaware and 
Maryland by the writer, and from Alabama by Smith, so that it is 
not surprising that it should be found in an intervening region. 
Knowlton, who records a specimen from the Judith river beds of 
Montana, quotes Ward (doc. cit.) as the authority for its occurrence 
in the so-called lower and upper Albirupean of Virginia. A refer- 
ence to the original is indecisive, and since beds of Raritan or 
Magothy age, with which the Albirupean is generally correlated, 
are not known to occur in Virginia, the specimen upon which 
Ward based his statement probably came from some locality in 
Maryland. 

ANGIOSPERMAE 
GRAMINALES (?) 
PHRAGMITES sp. PLATE II, FIGURE 5 

While from a perusal of the literature it would seem that 
almost anything is eligible for reference to the genus Phragmites, 
nevertheless there are in the collections from Court House Bluff 
several well-marked fragments which are clearly referable to this 
genus, without however implying generic felationship with the 
existing members of the genus. — 

While these remains are too imperfect to be of much value, 
they deserve to be recorded as showing the presence of monocoty- 
ledons in the Cretaceous flora of the region. The largest frag- 
ment, which is that figured, is 4 cm. in length by 11 mm. in width, 
with ten well-marked veins, all equal in calibre and with finer 
striations between them, and occasional transverse veinlets discern- 
able. There is a close resemblance to the Long Island remains 
which Hollick calls Poacites,* but since the original use of this 


* Bull. N. Y. Bot. Garden 3: 411. A. 77. f. 7. 1904. 


a ee — 


Berry: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 191 


term by Brongniart * should preclude it from Mesozoic termin- 
ology, the term Phragmites is preferable. 


MyRrICALES 
Myrica elegans sp. nov. PLATE II, FIGURES I-4, 6 

Leaves 4—7 cm. long and 1.5—2 cm. wide, broadly lanceolate 
in outline. Like the living species, the margin is variable, ranging 
from forms in whichit is rather angularly crenate with an approach 
to serrate in some of the teeth, through forms in which the crena- 
tions become more and more rounded until the other extreme 
shows relatively broad-bladed leaves with scalloped margins. The 
latter are quite different in appearance from’ the former, but are 
united to them by many intermediate forms of which the more 
pronounced types are figured. Midrib straight, moderately stout, 
petiole, if present, not preserved, secondaries numerous, 9-12 on 
a side, sub-opposite, equidistant, leaving the midrib at a wide 
angle which becomes more acute toward the tip of the leaf, curv- 
ing slightly and running directly to the marginal points. 

This is perhaps the commonest species at Court House Land- 
ing, and is represented by many individuals all more or less imper- 
fect because of the arenaceous nature of the matrix and the 
presence of more or less gypsum. There is no Myrica recorded 
from the Tuscaloosa formation in Alabama. In New Jersey the 
Raritan has five or six species, of which Myrica Newberryana, 
M. raritensis and M. acuta are somewhat similar to the Carolina leaf 
but still entirely distinct, Myrica raritensis Hollick being a des- 
cendant in all probability of Myrica brookensis Font., the single 
species known from the Older Potomac of Virginia. There are 
two species found in the Cretaceous of Staten Island, two in the 
Magothy formation of New Jersey and Maryland, and nine or ten 
in the Dakota group of the west, all very distinct from the leaf in 
hand. 

Myrica occurs earlier and is much more varied in America 
than in Europe, where the maximum development seems to have 
been during the Tertiary, the few Cenomanian and Senonian 
species not showing any similarities to the leaves under consider- 
ation. The Greenland Cretaceous furnishes five species, one of 
which, Myrica praecox Heer, from the Patoot beds of the west 
coast (Senonian ?), resembles Myrica elegans more closely than 


*Mém., Mus. Hist. Nat. 8: 138. 1822. 


192 Berry: MEsozoIcC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 


any other leaves with which comparisons have been made. It is 
a somewhat smaller leaf with a rounded tip and marginal crena- 
tions which are wide but lacking the crenulations of the rounded 
crenations of the Carolina leaf. Various American Tertiary species 
of Myrica are similar enough to be looked upon as possible des- 
cendants of this Cretaceous species; for instance, Lesquereux’s 
Myrica rigida and M. callicomaefoha from the Green river shales. 
There is considerable resemblance to a number of European Ter- 
tiary species, hardly worth noting however in this connection. 
There is also a general resemblance to those Tertiary forms which 
Heer and Unger referred to Comptonia vindobonensis, except that 
the margin is serrated in the latter, while in those leaves which 
lack the serrations,as those which Ettingshausen and Saporta 
have referred to this species, the leaf is long andnarrow. Among 
Jeaves which might be mistaken for Myrica, similarities may be 
noticed to some of the leaves which Lesquereux refers to Ahus, 
e. g., Rhus acuminata, while the leaves of some species of Quercus 
often approach this style of leaf as may be seen in Quercus 
Marioni Heer and Quercus Johnstrupi Heer from the Greenland 
Cretaceous. 
FAGALES 

Quercus Pratti sp. nov. PLATE II, FIGURE 9 

A single fragment of what was rather a good-sized leaf of 
Quercus occurs in the material from Court House Bluff. It is 6 
cm. long and 3.5 cm. wide, and does not show base, tip or mar- 
gins. The midrib is stout and flexuous, although the latter charac- 
ter seems to be due to the manner of preservation which has bent 
what would be otherwise a straight midrib. Secondaries numer- 
ous, regular, parallel, alternate and stout ; they leave the midrib at 
a wide angle and are nearly straight. 

This fragment closely resembles Quercus Ellsworthiana and 
Q. Wardiana from the Dakota group, and if the outline was also 
analogous to that of those leaves, it would show an ovate or ob- 
ovate, rather thick leaf with a repand or undulate margin, remotely 
suggestive of the modern chestnut oaks. There is also some re- 
semblance to the leaves which Lesquereux refers to /uglandites, 
and to Quercus sphenobasis Hos. & V. D. Marck from the Senonian 
of Westphalia. 

Quercus is a decidedly upper Cretaceous and later type, for 


BERRY: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 193 


while three species of Quercophyllum have been described from 
the older Potomac of Virginia their botanical relations are ex- 
tremely doubtful. The New Jersey Raritan has yielded but a single 
fragment of a leaf which Newberry doubtfully refers to Quercus 
JSohnstrupt Heer, while there are none reported from Alabama, 
although six are known from the Magothy formation. Nor is the 
genus present in the lower Cretaceous of England, Portugal, or 
Bohemia. In Greenland the Atane beds have six species and the 
Patoot beds eight, while the Dakota group contains the remarkable 
number of eighteen, exceeding even the number in the European 
Senonian, where Quercus is so prominent an element. 


URTICALES 

Planera cretacea sp. nov. PLATE II, FIGURES 7, 8 

Ovate-lanceolate, rather unsymmetrical leaves, 3-7 cm. long, 
by 1-2.7 cm. wide, tapering at the base and tip, the latter gradu- 
ally narrowing to an acute point. Margin entire below, with 
sharply serrate teeth above. Midrib moderately stout. Second- 
aries leaving the midrib at an acute angle, alternate or sub-opposite, 
parallel and curving, becoming obliterated toward their tips in the 
lower part of the leaf and extending into the serrations in the 
upper part. Represented by several imperfect specimens from 
Blackman’s Bluff and two or three better preserved fragments from 
the locality one half mile below Blackmans Bluff on the Neuse 
river. 


Planera seems to be unknown in the Mesozoic rocks of Europe, 
while the various forms found in the Tertiary of that region, often 
showing a considerable range in variation, are referred to the 
single comprehensive and probably polymorphic species Planera 
Ungeri Ettings. 

In this country there is one species in the Raritan of New 
Jersey * and a second in the Patoot beds of the west coast of Green- 
land, both smaller and quite distinct from the Carolina leaf, which 
does, however, somewhat resemble Carpinites microphyllus and 
Betula atavina Heer from the Patoot beds. The genus is largely 
developed in the American Eocene with six or seven species, the 
Green river shales furnishing the. majority of forms, and at the 
famous locality of Florissant,t Colorado, containing hundreds of 


* Hollick has recently described a fragmentary leaf from Gay Head, Marthas 
Vineyard, as Planera betuloides. U. S. Geol. Surv. Monog. 50: 57-f/. 8. f. 22. 1906. 
+ Possibly of Oligocene age. 


194 Berry: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 


specimens. The existing species, which is so common in our 
southern states, has been found as far north as New Jersey in the 
Pleistocene. 


Ficus papHNoGENorpEs (Heer) Berry, Bull. Torrey Club 32: 
$29. pi: 21. - YQOS. PLATE II, FIGURES I0, II 
This widespread Cretaceous species, previously recorded from 

the coastal plain of Marthas Vineyard, Long Island, Staten Island, 

New Jersey, Maryland, and Alabama, is represented by a number 

of imperfect specimens from Court House Bluff. 


Ficus Woorsont Newb.; Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 12: 33. 
pl. 2.f. 1, 2¢. 1892. PLATE 12, FIGURE I 
This determination is based on the single imperfect specimen 

from Court House Bluff shown in the figure. The species is 

abundant in the New Jersey Raritan, and has also been recorded 
from Staten Island, Delaware, and the Tuscaloosa formation of 

Alabama. 


Ficus InAEQUALIS Lesq. Fl. Dakota Group 82. p/. 49. f. 6-9 + pi. 
goof g. Boe: PLATE I2, FIGURES 2, 3 
There are a number of imperfect specimens in the material from 

Court House Bluff which have been referred to this species. 

Originally described from Kansas, it has been detected by Smith 

in the Tuscaloosa of Alabama. The North Carolina leaves dif- 

fer somewhat from Lesquereux’s type, being somewhat larger with 
more remote secondaries. The leaf-substance does not appear to — 
be thickened and the venation is rather thin for this genus. The 
leaves are markedly inequilateral and show a tendency in their 
lower secondaries toward a palmate venation, which is only sug- 
gested, however. 

RANALES 

DEWALQUEA GRONLANDICA Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct. 6: 87. pi. 29. fF: 
18, 195 pli GOS 54.6} PE AEF Phe 1884, 

Another widespread Cretaceous form of doubtful botanical 
affinity. The present material is imperfect and comes from Black- 
mans Bluff. The species, which was described originally from 
Greenland, has been collected on Staten Island, and in New Jersey | 
and Alabama. 


a —  —— —. 7. be tes 


BERRY: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 195 


Macnouia Capen Heer, Phyll. Crét. Nebr. 21. pl. 3. f. 5, 6. 

1866. PLATE 12, FIGURES 4, 5 

A clearly defined and widespread Cretaceous species repre- 
sented by several good specimens in the material from Court 
House Bluff, which, taken together, show the whole leaf with the 
exception of a small portion of the extreme base. The texture is 
coriaceous, the midrib is straight and stout, the secondaries are 
regular, alternate and camptodrome ; the tip is acute and very 
slightly produced as in some of Heer’s forms from Greenland, * 
in fact, the Carolina leaves resemble more closely those from 
Greenland than they do the other leaves which have been referred 
to this species. It is true that Heer includesa leaf with a rounded 
tip with the others but this should probably be referred to the 
same author’s Magnolia obtusata. The type leaves from Ne- 
braska as well as those from Long Island and New Jersey are 
somewhat smaller. The species has also been recorded from Van- 
couver Island by Dawson and from Bohemia by Velenovsky, 
although the leaves which the latter figures as Magnolia Capellini 
are rather doubtful fragments and not nearly so similar to the 
other leaves of this species*as, for instance, his pl. 7,f- 7, which 
he identifies as Magnolia amplifolia Heer. 


Magnolia Newberryi PLATE 13, FIGURE 6 
Magnolia longifolia Newb. ; Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 12: 

36. pl. 3. f. 9. 1892. (Not M7. longifolia Sweet.) 

This leaf has already been found on Marthas Vineyard and 
Staten Island, at Woodbridge, New Jersey, and in the Tuscaloosa 
formation in Alabama. It is one of the largest of our fossil mag- 
nolias, its oblong leaves sometimes measuring a foot in length and 
four inches in width. The North Carolina material is from Court 
House Bluff and consists of the specimen figured and its counter- 
part. It shows the imperfect central part of a large leaf and is 
11 cm. long by 5.5 cm. in width and does not show either margins, 
tip or base indicating that the entire leaf fully equaled some of 
Newberry’s larger leaves in size. The midrib is very strong as 
are the characteristic secondaries. 

The name given to this species by Newberry had unfortunately 


Hews, Fi. Foss. Arct. 62: pl. 25. f- 1) 3? pl. 45-f- T- 1882. 


196 BERRY : MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 


been used by Sweet * for an existing species and therefore has to 
be abandoned, while macrophylla, which at once suggests itself, 
was used by Vukotinovic in 1870 for a fossil species, so that the 
species under consideration may well be named in honor of its 
describer, Professor Newberry. 


Liriodendron dubium sp. nov. PLATE 14, FIGURE 3 

Leaf about 6-7 cm. long and 5 cm. broad at the widest part, 
which is in the lower half of the leaf. The petiole is not preserved 
but the midrib is very thick. The secondaries are all of small 
calibre, of equal rank and very numerous ; they branch from the 
midrib at an angle of 45 to 50 degrees and are nearly straight and 
parallel. The tip, which is not preserved, was probably pointed. 
There are two lateral lobes on the perfect side of the specimen. 
Basal part of the leaf roughly semicircular in outline and markedly 
decurrent. The only tertiary venation shown is the small straight 
nervilles connecting the secondaries, the venation being obscured 
toward the margin. 

While this species is founded upon the imperfect. specimen 
figured and its counterpart, there is little doubt of its affinities with 
the Cretaceous species of Ziriodendron. It is just the size of 
Liriodendron primaevum and L. Meekii and of Liriodendropsis sim- 
plex and L. angustifolia, being wider, however, than the latter. 
The venation is of exactly the type which obtains in the two latter 
species, and the thick midrib is an additional character of most of 
the species of Liriodendron. While the outline is not that which 
we are accustomed to associate with this genus, there are many 
modern Liriodendron \eaves which approximate it and one such is 
reproduced on PLATE 14 for comparison. With regard to the stage 
of Liriodendron development represented it may be said that while 
the venation has not advanced beyond the Liriodendropsis type the 
outline is somewhat beyond Liriodendron primaevum and L. Meekit, 
even hinting at that of Liriodendron oblongifolium, retaining how- 
ever, in all probability, the pointed tip of the progenitor of the 
genus, although this is conjectural, and there may have been an- 
other pointed lobe on each side and an apical sinus between them 
as in L. oblongifolium. However, pointed leaves in this genus are 
not the anomaly that they seem to be, for we already have one 


* Hort. Brit. 11, °1826 (Ed. 1). 


BERRY : MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 197 


from the Dakota group, and the writer has collected a variety of 
pointed leaves from the modern tree, a number of which have 
already been figured.* 


LIRIODENDRON sp. (cf. L. pRIMAEVUM Newb.). 

Collections made at Blackmans Bluff on the Neuse river con- 
tained a small-leaved Liriodendron which appears in my notes 
under the above heading. The specimen was destroyed in transit 
so there is no means of telling except in the light of future collec- 
tions whether this was simply a leaf of the preceding species or 
whether Newberry’s species is represented. Both species of 
Liriodendropsis occur in the Tuscaloosa clays of Alabama, and it 
would not be at all surprising to find Liriodendron primaevum 
also present. 

SAPINDALES 
CELASTROPHYLLUM CRENATUM Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct.'7: 41. pl. 62. 

f. 21. 1883.— Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays 99. pl. 48. f. I-19. 

1896. PLATE 13, FIGURE 5 

As Newberry well says, Heer’s type of this species is in many 
ways more like the Raritan C. Newderryanum than it is like the 
leaves which he hesitatingly refers to Heer’s species, still the latter 
vary greatly in size and outline and some are so close to the type 
that he did not feel justified in considering them distinct. The 
North Carolina specimen is a practically complete leaf 7 cm. long 
by 4 cm. wide, about the size of the largest of those figured by 
Newberry, somewhat obovate in general outline with an inequi- 
lateral base. It is comparatively somewhat narrower than the 
New Jersey leaves and the secondaries are more remote than in 
the majority figured. The venation is otherwise identical. The 
margin is very similar, the coarse crenations, if anything, being 
more aquiline and like those of C. undulatum Newb. as shown 
on pl. 26, f. 2 of the Amboy Clay flora. The summit is rounded. 
The marginal teeth are somewhat variable and disappear entirely 
toward the base of the leaf. The petiole is not preserved. 

This is a remarkably fine species and typical of the leaves re- 
ferred to this genus as it is so largely developed during mid-Cre- 
taceous times. Both this species and C. undulatum Newb. are 


* BERRY, Torreya 2: pl. 2. fi 4, 115 pl. 2. f. 12-T5- 1902. 


198 BERRY: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 


reported from the Tuscaloosa clays of Alabama, while the New 
Jersey Raritan has ten species, the Magothy two, the Dakota 
group six and Greenland five. It is represented in the Cenomanian 
of Europe and Saporta & Marion record seven species from the 
Paleocene of Belgium. It is also represented at later geological 
horizons, while several species are recorded from the Older Potomac 
beds. 
RHAMNALES 

CHoNDROPHYLLUM NorDENSKIOLDI Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct. 3°: 114. 

pl. 32. f. 11,12; pl. 30. f. 4b. 1874. PLATE 13, FIGURE I 

This leaf is intermediate in outline between C. Nordenskidldi 
and C. orbiculatum Heer, from the Atane beds of Greenland. It 
approaches the former in general outline and also resembles it 
more closely in the character of the venation, differing in the pos- 
session of a wider, apparently slightly sheathing base, although 
this feature as shown in the specimen may be due to pressure 
acting ona short and stout petiole. Outline somewhat obovate 
instead of oval. 

C. orbiculatum is not very different from Heer’s other species, 
but has a thicker midrib, pinnate secondaries, and orbicular form. 
Two additional species are referred to this genus from the New 
Jersey Raritan, both of which are entirely distinct from the Caro- 
lina leaf. In addition, C. orbiculatum has been reported from 
Staten Island, and Lesquereux has identified both this and Heer’s 
other species in the Dakota group, referring them to the genus 
Hedera where they may possibly rightly belong. The North 
Carolina material comes from one half mile below Blackmans Bluff 
on the upper Neuse river. 

MALVALES 
Pterospermites carolinensis sp. nov. PLATE 14, FIGURE 2 

Rather thick, broadly ovate leaves with a slightly cordate base, 
about 10 cm. long by 6.5 cm. broad. Margin entire except in the 
upper part of the leaf, where it was probably undulate as there is 
an indication of such on the left margin just below where the leaf 
is broken away. Petiole preserved for 1.5 cm., very stout. Mid- 
rib straight, stout, becoming enlarged below to join the petiole. 
Secondaries subopposite, strong, distant, two pairs branching from 
the base of the midrib, the lower at an angle of nearly go degrees, 
giving off several tertiaries which arch along the margin; the 


i i a nme a ed 


Berry : Mesozoic FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 199 


second branching at an angle of about 45 degrees, strong and 
nearly straight, giving off 5 or 6 camptodrome branches on the 
marginal side ; in fact what has been called the lowest secondary 
may be a branch of this vein which separates from it at its extreme 
base. Balance of the secondaries branch at an angle of about 50 
degrees and are more curved upward in their courses. Nervilles 
largely simple, straight or curved. 

Represented in the collections from Court House Landing, 
North Carolina, by the specimen figured and its incomplete 
counterpart. 

There are two recorded species of Pterospermites in the United 
States Cretaceous, one (P. modestus Lesq.) occurring on Staten 
Island and in the Tuscaloosa of Alabama, both of which are very 
distinct from the Carolina leaf, which does, however, resemble 
somewhat one of the two species (P. cordifolius) which Heer 
records from the Atane beds of the west coast of Greenland. 
There is also considerable resemblance to the leaves from the 
Wyoming Laramie referred by Lesquereux to Apeibopsis ? discolor, 
and to several of the leaves of Ficus found in the Montana 
formation. 

During the Eocene there were species in Alaska and Europe 
and the genus continued through the Tertiary with upwards of a 
dozen species in the Miocene. 


Pterospermites credneriifolius sp. nov. PLATE 13, FIGURE 4. 
This species is unfortunately founded upon an imperfect speci- 
men, 5 cm. long by 4 cm. wide, of the terminal part of a leaf with 
truncated apex and slightly dentate margin. The midrib is stout 
and widens rather rapidly below. Secondaries regular, sharply 
defined but thin, branching from the midrib at an acute angle and 
running with but a slight curve to the marginal dentations. 

If leaves of the genus Credueria Zenker, which form so promi- 
nent an element in the upper Cretaceous floras of Europe, were 
commonly recognized in America, I would say that this leaf was 
referable to that genus; or, did the remains consist of more exten- 
sive or complete material, it might be possible to identify it with 
the Credneria denticulata of Zenker, which Richter * makes a 
variety of Credneria Zenkeri and which is abundant in the Senonian 

* RICHTER, Die Gattung Credneria Zenker. 13. p/. 2. f. 6,75 pl. 6. fi 1, 12. 
Engelmann, Leipzig, 1906. 


200 Berry: Mesozoic FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 


of Saxony. To be sure, certain Dakota group leaves such as 
Populites = Platanus = Cissites affinis Lesq., Cissites Browniu Lesq., 
Sassafras = Cissites harkerianus Lesq., Cissites = Platanus Heerit 
Lesq., Cissites acuminatus Lesq., and Sterculia Saportanea (Lesq.) 
Knowlton seem very similar to those remains from abroad which 
are referred to Credneria, but the proof or disproof of their generic 
identity can only be determined by a critical investigation and revi- 
sion of the whole subject. 

While such incomplete material as we have from Court House 
Bluff, North Carolina, is scarcely worthy of being described as a 
new species, nevertheless since it is likely to be referred to it has 
seemed best to give it a name and one which would suggest the 
possible generic affinity which it is hoped may be verified at some 
future time. 

THYMELAEALES 
Cinnamomum Heer Lesq. Am. Jour. Sci. 27: 361. 1859. — 
Fl. Dakota Group 105. fl. 75. f. Z. 1892. 


PLATE 13, FIGURES 2, 3. 


This species is very close to Cznnamomum intermedium, from 
which it differs in having a shorter, fuller, and basally rounded 
leaf-blade with thicker veins. Leaves are so rarely found in a 
perfect state, and basal portions of Cizuamomum leaves being 
those largely collected, we may distinguish such fragments by the 
much fuller and rounded base combined with the thicker veins. 
The species which Newberry called C. intermedium is such a com- 
mon form that I have no doubt if we could identify the leaves of 
all stages of growth we would find that C. Heerit was simply the 
shorter fuller leaves of the same tree which bore the more lanceo- 
late leaves known as C. intermedium. At least this is my opinion 
of the leaves as they occur in the Dakota group and Magothy- 
The leaves from Nanaimo and Orcas Island referred to C. Heerii by 
Lesquereux and Newberry respectively seem to be different, but 
as I have only seen figures this cannot be certain. C. Heerit is re- 
ported from Texas by Knowlton, from Marthas Vineyard by Hollick, 


and from South America by Kurtz. It is another of those types — 
of leaf, evidently Lauraceous, which are so common on this contin- 


ent during the later Mesozoic and in Europe during the Tertiary- 
The North Carolina material is from Court House Bluff. 


hee ee ye tg 
REDE Vis TE 


Lone 


no 


ee at eas : 
PoE EEO a nen a 


=e 


sD in eas al a 


ieee FNS a i gas Naga aa als 3 
eager ee ORR ARCS Seer Be Lk, or NN as SO eG ie aI en em le Sl ON ne ee eee Sete Mae eT ee OLLI ae Re nee pot eee page eS 9 ag RS a 2s : 
feats So ata Sr. ate aN eR es it ee Io aa 
i nS Ser ie ee 


BERRY : MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 201 


UMBELLALES 

Aralia Newberryi PLATE 15, FIGURE I 

Aralia palmata Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays 117. pl. 39. f. 6, 7; pl. 
00. fudixn 1890. 

Since this name has been used several times for members of 
the living flora, I have changed it as above. 

This fragment of a trilobed leaf from Court House Bluff seems 
allied to this species of Aralia, especially to those forms from New 
Jersey referred to it by the writer. There are a variety of similar 
leaves which have been described from New Jersey and elsewhere 
in the genera Avalia, Sassafras, etc., without any definite under- 
standing of their true affinity. Thus this leaf is somewhat similar 
to Arata grénlandica Heer, to Sassafras hastatum Newb., and to 
some of the forms which have been referred to Sassafras acutilobum 
Lesq. Without the basal part of the leaf it is impossible to iden- 
tify it except provisionally. 

HEDERA PRIMORDIALIS Sap. Le Monde des Pl. 200. f 29. 1879. 
— Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays 113. pl. 79. f. 1, 95 a 37-S. 
I-7. 1806. TE 16 
Leaves of this type appear to be rather common at ead 

House Bluff and they agree very well with this species. While 

none were found in a perfect condition, figures 1, 3 and 4 give us 

nearly the whole leaf except the tip. Shape reniform or cordate 
with a deep basal sinus and 4-6 primaries palmately branching 
from the top of the petiole, which was stout. Venation entirely 
characteristic of the specie¢ as illustrated by Newberry. This 
species is reported by Heer from the Atane beds of Greenland but 
his specimens are fragmentary and not entirely convincing. More 
typical specimens are illustrated by Velenovsky from the Cenoman- 
ian of Bohemia. The Carolina leaves are somewhat larger than 
the other leaves of this species but are otherwise manifestly iden- 
tical. The genus Hedera is well characterized in the mid-Creta- 
ceous by numerous species of Raritan and Dakota age. 

MyRTALES 


Eucatyptus Geinitzi Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct. 6: 93. p/. 79- f. Ie, 
et seq... 1882, PLATE I5, FIGURE 4 


Myrtophyllum (Eucalyptus ?) Geinitsi Heer, Fl. Moletein 22. /. 
10; fo By do 88 7S. 


202 BERRY: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 


Myrtophyllum Warderi Lesq. Fl. Dakota Group 136. p/. 53. f- 

Io. 1892. 

Represented in the material from Court House Bluff by five 
fragmentary specimens beside the nearly perfect leaf figured. Leaf 
coriaceous but not thick, lanceolate, fully 18 cm. long, 2.2 cm. 
wide at the widest part which is near the middle from which point 
the leaf tapers nearly uniformly above and below, the margins 
being if anything slightly straighter below, decurring on the ex- 
tremely stout petiole. Midrib also very stout, slightly flexuous, 
apparently prominent in life, while the secondaries were thin and 
nearly immersed in the leaf substance. Secondaries very numer- 
ous, leaving the midrib at a very acute angle curving outward 
slightly and then upward, and running parallel and straight to 
join the marginal vein, which forms a hem all around the leaf and 
is but slightly looped from secondary to secondary and less than 
one millimeter from the margin. 

The genus Myrtophyllum was established by Heer in 1869 in 
his Moletein flora for leaves allied to Eucalyptus, with Myrtophyllum 
(Eucalyptus ?) Geinitzi as the type. Having found similar leaves 
in Greenland and supposed Eucalyptus fruits at the same horizon, 
he referred this species to Eucalyptus without question in 1882, in 
vol. 6 of his Fl. Foss. Arct. A great variety of leaves have been 
referred to this species, while numerous other Cretaceous species 
of Eucalyptus have been described, some apparently identical with 
it. While the type carries the generic term Myrtophyllum with it 
into synonymy, that term should possibly be retained for the 
reason that when the present unsatisfactory state of our knowledge 
of these species is cleared up it is more than probable that J/yrto- 
plyllum will have to be retained for a part of the forms at present 
included under &. Geznitzt, and also because of the doubt as to 
their being Eucalyptus leaves at all, due to the discrediting of the 
fruits, so that it may be found desirable to drop the name Auca- 
lyptus altogether and to take up Myrtophyllum for all of these 
leaves. Myrtophyllum Warderi was based on the lower half of a 
leaf from Kansas with which the Carolina material is identical. 
Some of the leaves referred to £. Geinitzi are also of this type, 
as, for instance, the Block Island leaf figured by Hollick (Ann. 
N. Y. Acad. Sci. 11: pl. g. f. 7. 1898) which specimen has, 


| 5 SS Se ereeenenns 


ee ee ee ee ee ee”  ——S 


BERRY : MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 203 


however, less ascending secondaries and a thinner midrib.* I have 
compared Lesquereux’s type (275¢ United States National Mu- 
seum) with my material and with the figures of Heer’s type and 
find that they are identical. 


EvucALYPTUS ? ATTENUATA Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays 111. f/. 76. 

oon, 4, § 180, 

A single fragment of a leaf identical with Newberry’s New 
Jersey leaves, so named, is contained in the collection from Court 
House Bluff. This species has also been detected by the writer in 
the Magothy formation, and it is reported by Smith from the Tus- 
caloosa formation of Alabama. 


Eucalyptus linearifolia : 

Eucalyptus ? nervosa Newb. ; Hollick, Bull. Torrey Club 21: 
56. pl. 174. f. 10. 1894.— Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays 112. pl. 
32. f. 3-5, 8. 1896. 

Fragmentary remains of this species were found at Blackmans 
Bluff on the upper Neuse river. It is a form common in the 
coastal plain Cretaceous and has been reported from Block Island, 
Long Island, New Jersey and Alabama. Since Newberry’s name 
is unfortunately preoccupied by £. nervosa F. Muell. (Miq. Nederl. 
Kruidk. Arch. 4: 139. 1859) it becomes necessary to rename 
this species. 

d ERICALES 
ANpRoMEDA Partatortt Heer, Phyll. Crét. Nebr. 18. p/. 7. f. 5. 

1866. — Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays 120. pl. 312. f. 1-75 Pt. 33: 

f. 1,2, 4,5. 1896. — Berry, Bull. Torrey Club 31: 79. pi. 

Phd, 2. 1004; PLATE 15, FIGURE 2 

This ubiquitous species is represented in the collections from 
Court House Bluff by the basal part of two leaves similar to the 
one figured. These are larger than Heer’s type but similar to the 
leaves from the coastal plain usually referred to this species, some 
figures of which are cited above. The species occurs in consider- 
able numbers from Greenland to Alabama and west to Minnesota 
and Kansas, 


* Hollick has recently transferred certain forms of Zucacyptus Geinttzi from Glen 
Cove, Long Island, to AM/yrtophyllum Wardert, keeping the two distinct. U. S. Geol. 
Surv. Monog. 50: 97. Bl. 35. f- 13. 1906. 


204 BERRY : MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 


Anpromepa Novak CAEsAREAE Hollick, in Newb. Fl. Amboy 

Clays 121. pl. 42. f. 9-12, 28-31. 1896. ; 

A single characteristic leaf of this species was found at Black- 
mans Bluff on the Neuse river. Described originally from the 
New Jersey Raritan, it has been detected by the writer in the 
Magothy formation at Grove Point, Maryland, and Smith has re- 
ported it from the Tuscaloosa formation of Alabama. 


Andromeda grandifolia 
Andromeda latifolia Newb. F1. Amboy Clays 120. p/. 33. f. 6-10; 
pl. 34. f. 0-11; pl. 36. f. To. 1896. PLATE 15, FIGURE 3 
Leaves of irregular size, some becoming very large, with stout 
midrib, coriaceous texture, camptodrome venation, and a margin 
inclined to be repand or irregular. The botanical affinity of this 
species, which occurs with, and somewhat resembles Andromeda 
Parlatorii, is unknown. It has been found in New Jersey and 
Alabama and on Long Island. The Carolina leaf is of large size 
and was found at Court House Bluff. 
It becomes necessary to rename this species since Andromeda 
- latifolia Newb. is preoccupied by A. /atifolia Wright, in Sauv. Anal. 
Acad. Ci. Habana 6: 250 (1870), a Cuban plant. 


Kacmia Brirroniana Hollick (?), Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 12: 

34. pl. 2. f. 6-8. 1892. 

A specimen of an Ericaceous leaf from one half mile below 
Blackmans Bluff on the Neuse river is provisionally referred to 
this species described from the Cretaceous of Staten Island ; with- 
out implying that it is related to Ka/mia, which is doubtful. 


EBENALES 

Diospyros PRIMAEVA Heer, Phyll. Crét. Nebr. 19. p/. z. f. 6, 7: 

1866 

Fragmentary specimens from Court House Bluff are rather 
larger than the usual run of leaves of this species but are other- 
wise identical. Many of these Cretaceous species from Carolina 
average larger in size, and it may be that this region was relatively 
more humid during the mid-Cretaceous. It is difficult to suppose 
that the temperature was higher, since all of the evidence derived 
from the floras has shown a uniform flora as far north as Green- 


BERRY: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 205 


land with some of the species crossing the equator and extending 
to the southern part of South America. 

This species is an abundant and widespread one ranging from 
Greenland to Alabama along the eastern coast and from Nebraska 
and Kansas to Texas in the interior region. 


GENTIANALES 
Acerates sp., Hollick, in Newb. Fl. Amboy Clays 124. pl. 32. 

Pees Pl £ief. 2, 5... SGN. 

A specimen which is comparable to this Raritan species is con- 
tained in the material from one half mile below Blackmans Bluff 
on the Neuse river. 

I doubt, however, whether any of these Cretaceous leaves de- 
scribed under this genus are related to the modern Asclepiadaceae, 
a highly specialized and recent type. 


Jouns Hopkins UNIVERSITY, 
BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 


206 BERRY : MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 


Explanation of plates 11-16 
PLATE II 

Figs. 1-4, 6. Africa elegans sp. nov. Court House Bluff, N. C. 
Fig. 5. Phragmites sp. Court House Bluff, N. C. 
Tig. 7. Planera cretacea sp. nov. One half mile = Blackmans Bluff, N. C. 
he 8. Planera cretacea sp. nov. Blackmans Bluff, N. C, 

. 9. Quercus Pratti sp. nov. Court House Bluff, N, C. 
seg Io, 11. Ficus daphnogenoides (Heer) Berry. Court House Bluff, N, C. 


PLATE 12 
Fig. 1. 4icus Woolsont Newb. Court House Bluff, N. C, 
Figs. 2, 3. Ficus inaegualis Lesq. Court House Bluff, N. C. 
Figs. 4, 5. Magnolia Capellinii Heer. Court House Bluff, N. C. 


PLATE 13 
Fig. 1. Chondrophyllum Nordenskitldi Heer. One half mile below Blackmans 
Bluff, N. C. 
Figs. 2, 3. Cinnamomum Heerit Lesq. Court House Bluff, N. C. 
Fig. 4. Plerospermites credneriifolius sp. nov. Court House Bluff, N. C. 
‘ eas crenatum Heer. Court House Bluff, N C 
Fig. 6. Magnolia Newberryi Berry. Court House Bluff, N. C. 


eh 
mm WS 
wf 


PLATE 14 
Fig. 1. Lirivdendron tulipifera Linn. Introduced for comparison. 
Fig. 2. Pterospermites carolinensis sp. nov. Court House Bluff, N. C. 
Fig. 3. Liriodendron dubium sp. nov. Court House Bluff, N. C. 


PLATE 15 
Fig. 1. Aralia Newberryi Berry. Court House Bluff, N. C. 
Fig. 2. Andromeda Parlatorii Heer. Court House Bluff, N. C. 
Fig. 3. Andromeda grandifolia Berry. Court House Bluff, N. C 
Fig. 4. Eucalyptus Geinitei Heer. Court House Bluff, N. C 


PLATE 16 
Figs. 1-4. Hedera primordialis Sap. Court House Bluff, N. C. 


Concerning some West American fungi 


DAVID GRIFFITHS 


The following species from my personal collections of the past 

four or five years appear to be new or worthy of record: 
Sclerospora Farlowii sp. nov. 

Fructification of fungus in leaf-sheaths, especially in the upper 
expanded one, less frequently in the leaves and culms, and rarely 
in the spikes ; forming irregular grayish-black discolorations which 
are darker around the edges of the infected area; odspores sub- 
globose, 28 to 45 in diameter, deep dark reddish-brown, and 
often appearing black and opaque, imbedded in tissues of the host, 
and when isolated having a few irregular fragments of mycelial 
tissue adhering. 

On Chloris elegans H.B.K., Cochise, Arizona, October, 1900. 

This is one of the commonest fungi throughout southern Ari- 
zona and northern Sonora. Several small collections have been 
made of it by myself. It has been seen many times. Invariably 
the mode of attack is the same whether it is abundant or not. 
The effect upon the plantis never serious so far as my observation 
goes. Indeed, no case has been observed where it was thought 
that the plants were at all reduced in size by the parasite. 

The type is a specimen so marked from the above collection in 
my private herbarium. A duplicate is in the herbarium of the 
United States Department of Agriculture, and the same thing is in 
the herbarium of Professor W. G. Farlow, who has examined the 


species and to whom it is dedicated. 


Ustilago Microchloae sp. nov. 


Sori in the inflorescence whose parts are transformed into a jet- 
black, shining mass in which the individual spikelets are plainly 
distinguishable, or the entire surface of the rachis and spikelets 
may be involved in one continuous sorus extending the entire 
length of the inflorescence, which may be of normal length when 
only individual florets are affected, or very much shortened in 
other cases; spores subglobose, ovoid, and often irregular, very 
variable, 12 to 18 in diameter, shiny jet-black in mass, dark- 

2 


208 GRIFFITHS: CONCERNING SOME WEST AMERICAN FUNGI 


brown to almost opaque by transmitted light ; epispore thin, 
smooth, contents granular, which is obscured at maturity 

On Microchloa indica (L.) Kuntze, on the deserts near San 
Luis Potosi, Mexico, June, 1904. The species is common in the 
San Luis Potosi and Aguas Calientes region. 


Ustitaco BoutetouaE K. & S. 

This species, which is not at all well represented in collections, 
appears to be quite common, and even abundant, in certain locali- 
ties. My experience with it indicates that it is at home in high 
altitudes. In 1904, large quantities of it were found in the San 
Francisco Mountains of Arizona, at an altitude of about 7500 feet, 
upon Louteloua prostrata Lag. Large areas were found where 
practically all of the plants were affected. Other collections have 
been made near the City of Zacatecas, Mexico, at an altitude of 
nearly 8,000 feet, and the species has been seen in several situa- 
tions in the Federal District of Mexico on the same host. My 
material has somewhat larger and darker-colored spores than 
specimens which have been examined upon Bouteloua oligostachya 
from Kansas. 

UsTILAGO HETEROGENA P. Henn. 

This species appears from my collections to be exceedingly 
variable in spore-characters, especially in so far as color and echin- 
ulation are concerned. Several collections have been made on 
Leptochloa mucronata and on L. viscida, all from the general 
region extending from twenty miles south of Altar, in the Mexican 
state of Sonora, to Tucson, Arizona. It is quite frequent in this 
region. 

Ustitaco Cynopontis P. Henn. 

So far as I know this is the first record of this species for this 
country. It corresponds perfectly with the original description, as 
well as with the specimen in Sydow’s Ustilagineen wo. jog. it 
appears to be most closely related to Ustilago hypodytes (Schl.) 
Fr. It has not been seen except at Santa Rosa, California, in 
1905. Here it was the exception rather than the rule to find 
Bermuda grass (Cynodon dactylon Pers.) lawns free from this smut. 
In many instances it would have been difficult to find unaffected 
plants. In the majority of cases seed-production was practically 
destroyed by it. 


GRIFFITHS: CONCERNING SOME West AMERICAN FUNGI 209 


Sorosporium ovarium sp. nov. 

Sori in ovaries which are but slightly enlarged, covered by a 
grayish-brown membrane of plant tissue which ruptures irregularly 
at the apex exposing the black dusty spore-mass; spore-balls 
rather firm, irregular, angular-compressed, 50 to 1004 in greatest 
diameter ; spores subglobose to angular-compressed, 8 to 12 in 
greatest diameter, with thin minutely echinulate epispore. 

On Panicum caespitosum Swartz, Dublan, Hidalgo, Mexico, 
September 9, 1905; also on the same host at Puebla, Mexico, 
August 29, 1906. The above are collections which have been 
made. The species has been observed on the same host in vari- 
ous localities upon the plateau of Mexico, especially in the vicinity 
of the Federal District. The species is closely related to S. Erio- 
chloae Griff., and, indeed, was collected for that species, so similar 
are the two in external appearance. It is distinguished from that 
species, however, by its smaller and minutely echinulate spores. 


Urocystis Sophiae sp. nov. 

Fructification of the fungus occurring most commonly upon 
the upper portion of the roots, about 2 cm, below the surface of the 
ground, but it may occur upon any portion of the root-system, 
forming wart-like tubercles of irregular shape, measuring from I 
mm. to I cm. in greatest diameter ; spore-balls irregular in size, 
from 30 to 45 # in diameter, firmly united, consisting of from one 
to four or more cells which are subglobose or angular-flattened 
by compression, about 15 # in diameter, and completely surrounded 
by mostly a single layer of hyaline or slightly tinted cells about 3 # 
in diameter ; all imbedded in a hyaline fungus-tissue apparently 
formed of anastomosing and agglutinated mycelial threads. 

On roots of Sophia andrenarum Cockerell, Tucson, Arizona, 
March 14, 1903. This was first collected in 1901 along the Santa 
Cruz River near Tucson, Arizona, but the later collection is made 
the type because the material is more abundant. This, I believe, 
is the first record of a root smut in this country. 


Urocystis AGRopyri (Preuss) Schrot. 

Quite common on Melica imperfecta Trin., at Banning, Cali- 
fornia, May, 1906. I have also collected it on Koe/eria sp., on 
the top of Mt. Lemmon, Arizona, in 1904, where it was so preva- 
lent as to render it difficult to secure enough of the host for 
identification. 


210 GRIFFITHS : CONCERNING SOME West AMERICAN FUNGI 


Aecidium Cannonii sp. nov. 

Spermogonia mostly epiphyllous, minute, reddish-brown, con- 
fined to a central area, which early dies and turns brown, and from 
which aecidia may or may not be excluded ; aecidia hypophyllous, 
about 1 mm. long, developing centrifugally, commonly beyond 
the spermogonial area, but sometimes occupying it also, open- 
ing at the apex with a lacerated recurved margin; spores irregu- 
larly polyhedral, or simply angular by compression, commonly 
24 by 30 wand again about 20 by 30 with epispore uniformly 
thick (about 3 4), subhyaline, minutely rugose with coarsely gran- 
ular contents. 

The central area of the spot upon the leaf dies early and turns 
brown as stated above. Sometimes the aecidia develop in the 
lower side of this area, but commonly only beyond it. The brown 
area is surrounded by an irregularly blackened zone extending a 
short distance beyond the aecidia. The spots are commonly I 
cm. or less in diameter. It is quite probable, however, that the 
seasonal variation may have a decided influence upon the character 
of the spot formed. As is well known, this plant drops its leaves 
on the advent of dry weather. If the wet season should happen 
to be prolonged it might cause a decided difference in the appear- 
ance of the attack. I take pleasure in dedicating the species to 
Dr. W. A. Cannon, who was the first to collect it, and who directed 
where I could find it. 

On leaves of Fouguieria splendens Engelm., in Sabiiio Cafion, 
Santa Catalina Mountains, Arizona, September 10, 1904. 


AErcIDIUM SARCOBATI Peck 
Present mycological practice of considering fungi on diverse 
hosts distinct might, in the absence of field notes, lead to the 
establishment of a different species upon Nitrophila occidentalis 
from that growing on Sarcobatus. The hosts were found growing 
together at Smoke Creek, Nevada, in August, 1902, and both 
loaded with aecidia. The peridia of the form on Nitrophila are 
slightly smaller than those on Sarcobatus, but there are no other 
differences. 
Puccinia Eurotiae sp. nov. 
Sori persistently hypophyllous, circular, usually aggregated and 
forming an entire black covering over a large section of the lamina 
of the leaf on each side of the midrib, where they may be elon- 


GRIFFITHS : CONCERNING SOME WeEsT AMERICAN FUNGI 211 


gated or polyhedral by compression, but seldom confluent to such 
an extent as to lose their individuality ; about 1 mm. in diameter, 
convex, rounded, and about 0.66 to 1 mm. high, at first covered 
by epidermal tissue and trichomes, but later naked and black ; 
teleutospores oval to obovate, broadly rounded to bluntly pointed 
above, with comparatively thick epispore either thickened or not 
at apex, contents subhomogeneous to irregularly guttulate with in- 
distinct nuclear area, 20 to 25 by 32 to 42; pedicel long, 
stout, hyaline, about 120 « long and 3 y in diameter, with irregular 
thickened areas in wall resembling warty excrescences in optical 
section. 

On Eurotia lanata Mogq., near Lovelock, Nevada, August 10, 
1902. 

Only two or three badly infested plants were found in this 
locality. The species has not been observed elsewhere. 


UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE. 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 
(1907) 


The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by 
Americans, published in ange or based upon American material ; the word Amer- 
ica being used in its broadest s 

Reviews, and papers which une exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, 
manufactured products of sat origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and 
no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is 
made in favor of some paper appearing in aa American periodical which is devoted 
wholly to botany. Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in 
some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor 
to errors or omissions their kindness will be appreciated, 

This Index is reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers, 
at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each 
subscriber must ads all cards published during the term of his subscription, Corre 
spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey 
Botanical Club 


Anderson, M. P. Nature study as an education. Jour. N. Y. Bot. 
Gard. 8: 32-42. [Mr] 1907. 

Arthur, J.C. Aecidiaceae (pars). N. Am. Fl. 7: 129-160. 6 Mr 
1907. 

Arthur, J.C. Coleosporiaceae. N. Am. Fl. 7: 85-95- 6 Mr 1907. 

Arthur, J.C. Uvredinaceae. N. Am. Fl. 7: 97-127. 6 Mr 1907. 

Arthur, J.C. Uredinales. N. Am. Fl. 7: 83. 6 Mr 1907. 

Bailey, W. W. Ai/anthus. Am. Bot. 12: 36, 37- Mr 1907- 

Bailey, W. W. Squashes and gourds. Am. Bot. 12: 1-3. F 1907. 
[Ilust.] 

Baker, J. G. Raspberries and brambles. Gard, Chron. iil. at: 
33, 34- 19 Ja 1907 
Includes several American species. 

Baxter, J. M. Lake deposits. Proc. Miramichi Nat. Hist. Asso. 
7 42, 22. © £1007. : 
A list of diatoms from two Nova Scotian lakes. 

Baxter, J. M. Microscopic forms in fresh water. Proc. Miramichi 
Nat. Hist. Asso. 5: 18-20. F 19 


Contains a supplementary list of the pa and desmid 
Brunswick, 


s of Chatham, New 


213 


214 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Bean, W. J. The western catalpa. (Cafalpa cordifolia Jaume, [C. 
spectosa Warder].) Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1907: 43-45. F 1907. 
Beauverd, G. Une nouvelle Cactacée du [Costa-Rica. Bull. Herb. 
ois. 1h. 97: 336, 137. -4:F 1907. . (illusts] 
Rhipsalis Simmileri sp. nov. 

Berry, E. W. Recent discussions of the origin of gymnosperms. 
Science II. 25: 470-472. 22 Mr 1907. 

Blanchard, W.H. A new blackberry from the vicinity of Philadelphia 
and Washington. ‘Torreya'7: 55-57. 19 Mr 1907. 
Rubus philadelphicus sp. nov. 

Blumer J.C. A simple plan for collectors of ecological sets of plants. 
Plant World 10: 40-42. [Mr] 1907. 

Bois D. Aechmea serrata. Rev. Hort. 79: 129-131. fi 39-4I. 
16 Mr 1907. 
Native of Guadeloupe and Martinique. 

Bois, D. “i; wc bnatltas procerum. Rev. Hort. 79: 57,58. 1 F 1907- 
Native of Bra 

Bois, D, a Joveolata. Rev. Hort. 79: 105, 106. f. 37. 1 
Mr 1907. 
Native of southern Brazil. 

Brand, A. Polemoniaceae. Das Pflanzenreich 4”: 1-203. f. 1-39: 
19 F 1907. 

Bray, W. L. Distribution and adaptation of the vegetation of Texas. 
1-108. p/. 1-14 + f. I-4-+ map. 1907. 
Bull. Univ. Texas no. 82. 

Britten, J. Bibliographical notes. XLII. — Plants of the Antilles. 
Jour. Bot. 45: 118, 119. 1 Mr 1907. 

Britton, E.G, The Mitten collection of mosses and hepatics. Jour. 
N. Y. Bot. Gard. 8: 28-32. [Mr] 1907. 

Britton, E.G. Rhacopilum tomentosum (Sw.) Brid. Bryologist 10: 
32, 33- pl. 5. 1 Mr 1907. 

Britton, N.L. Pioneers of science in America, John Torrey. Pop. 
Sci. Mo. 70: 297, 299. portrait. Ap 1907. 

Brown, B. W. The camera in botanical work. Plant World 10: 
15. Jf. 7, 2. (ET 1907. 

Burlingham, G.S. Some Zactarii from Windham County, Vermont. 
Bull. Torrey Club 34: 85-95. 9 Ap 1907. 
Includes descriptions of six new species. 

Burnham, S.H. A new blueberry from New Vork. Am, Bot. 12: 
8,9. F 1907. 


Vaccinium Dobbini sp. nov, 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 215 


Campbell, D.H. Studies on the Ophioglossaceae. Am. Nat. 41: 139- 
159. f. 1-77. 29 Mr 1907. : 

Claes, F. Habitat of Odontoglossum crispum. Orch. Rev. 15: 36, 
a7... F 1907 ¢ 79, 80... Mr 1907. 

Clute, W. N. ‘The advent of spring. Am. Bot. 12: 4-8. F 1907. 

Clute, W. N. Some inconspicuous flowers. Am. Bot, 12: 33-36. 


Cockerell, r. D. A. Note on atradescantia. Zvradescantia universit- 
atts. Muhlenbergia 3: 54. 28 Mr 1907. 

Collins, F.S. Is Rhinanthus Crista-galii an introduced plant? Rho- 
dora g: 26. 25 F 1907. 

Cook, M. T. The embryology of Sagittaria lancifolia L. Ohio Nat. 
7: 97-101. pil. 8. 12 Mr 1907. 

Copeland, E. B. The comparative ecology of San Ramon Polypodt- 
aceae. Philipp. Jour. Sci. 2: Bot. 1-76. p/. 1-4. Ja 1907. 

Cotton, A. D., and others. Plants from Labrador. Kew Bull. Misc. 
Inf. 1907: 76-88. Mr 1907. 

Dalgity, A.D. The common bracken as food. Am. Bot. 12: 25- 
29. pl. +f. 7. Mr 1907. 

DeVries, H. Luther Burbank’s ideas on scientific horticulture. Cen- 
tury Mag. 73: 674-681. Mr 1907. [Illust.] 

Diederichsen, J. Ueber die Kakteen in Nordamerika, ihre Verbreit- 
ung und Vergesellschaftung. Monats. Kakteenk. 17: 20-23. 15 
F 1907. 

Dihm, H. Das Blatt der Gattung or (Sabiaceen) in anatom- 
ischer Hinsicht. Beih. Bot. Centr. 21°: 117-147. pl. 5,6. 1 Mr 
1go7. . 

Contains notes on 15 American species. 

Dobbin, F. Early blossoms. Am. Bot. 12: 37-39- Mr 1907. 

Edwards, A. M. Origin of a fossil lake in New Jersey and identifica- 
tion of it by the Baci//aria in it. Nuova Notar. 18: 39-48. Ja 
1907. 

Evans, A.W. The genus Ca/yfogeia and its type species. Briclo: 
gist 10: 24-30. 1 Mr 1907. 

Fernald, M. L. The alpine Rhinanthus of Quebec and New Hamp- 
Shire. Rhodorag: 23-25. 25 F 1907. ee 
Includes description of 7. odlongifolius sp. nov. 

Fernald, M. L. Doctor Sarrasin of Quebec. Jour. Bot.. 45: 317, 
118. 1 Mr 1907. ‘ 


216 INDEx TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Fernald, M.L. Note on Cirsium muticum, var. monticola. Rhodora 
Q: 28. 25 F 1907- 

Fink, B. Further notes on cladonias. IX. Cladonia squamosa and 
Cladonia subsquamosa. Bryologist 10: 21-23. pl. 4. 1 Mr 1907. 

Fussell, L. Botanical names. Proc. Delaware County Inst. Sci. 2: 
71-76. Ja 1907. é 

Graenicher, S. Wisconsin flowers and their pollination. Ae/antha- 
ceae, Liliaceae and Convallariaceae:. Bull. Wis. Nat. Hist. Soc. II. 
5: 15-45. Ja 1907. 

Greenman, J. M. Studies in the genus Crtharexylum. Field Columb. 
Mus. Publ. Bot. 2: 185-190. 25 Ja 1907. 

Includes descriptions of 10 new species. 

Griggs, R. F.  Cymathere, a kelp from the western coast. Ohio Nat. 
7: 89-96. pl. 7+f. 7. 12 Mr 1907. 

Giirke, M. Rhipsalis platycarpa (Zucc.) Pfeiff. . Monats. Kakteenk. 
17 44, 34... 25 ME tORy. 

Native of Brazil. 

Harper, R. A. Sex-determining factors in plants. ‘Science H. 25: 
379-382. 8 Mr 1907. 

Harris, W. Grape vineculture. Bull. Dept. Agric. Jamaica 5: 1-26. 
f. 1-6. Ja 1907. 

Hassler, E. Plantae Paraguarienses, novae vel minus cognitae. Il. 
Bull. Herb. Boiss. Il. 7: 161-176. 28 F 1907.  [lllust.] 

Includes new species in Dolichopsis (gen. nov.), Lonchocarpus (2), Rhynchosta 

(2), Cassia, and Chorisia. 

Haynes, C. C. Two new species of Ayfonia from Jamaica. Bull. 
Torrey Club 34: 57-60. p/. 5, 6. 9 Ap 1907. 

Heller, A.A. The flora of Santa Clara County, California —I. . Muhl- 
enbergia 3: 33-36. 28F 1907 ;-—II. Muhlenbergia3: 47-52- 28 
Mr 1907. 

Hemsley, W. B. Auguste Francois Marie Glaziou. Kew Bull. Misc. 
Inf. 1907: 66-68. F 1907. , 

Herms, W. B. Notes ona Sandusky Bay shrimp, Pa/aemonetes extlipes 
Stimpson. Ohio Nat. 7: 73-79. f. 7, 2. 16 F 1907. 

Contains a list of the most abundant plants in the coves of Sandusky Bay. 

Holm, T. Audiaceae: Anatomical studies of North American 
representatives of Cephalanthus, Oldenlandia, Houstonia, Mitchella, 
Diodia and Galium. Bot. Gaz. 43: 153-186. pl. 7-9. 20° Mr 
1907. 


. 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 217 


House, H. D. New species of /tomoea from Mexico and Central 
America. Muhlenbergia 3: 37-46. p/. 7-37. 28 Mr 1907. 
Includes descriptions of 14 new species. 

House, H. D. A new species of Zvol/vudus from Colombia. ‘Torreya 
7: 61, 62. 19 Mr 1907. 

Howe, M. A. Report on a visit to Jamaica for collecting marine 
algae. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 8: 51-60. f g-rg. Mr 1907. 

Hiiller, G. Beitrige zur vergleichenden Anatomie der Polemoniaceen. 
Beih. Bot. Centr. 21': 173-244. p/. 8. 1 Mr 1907. 

Kaufman, P. Some foreign nuts. Am. Bot. 12: 3,4. F 1907. 

Kennedy, P. B. Botanical features around Reno. Muhlenbergia 3: 
17-32. 28 F 1907. 

Kindberg, N. C. New or less known Sryineae from N, America. 
Rev. Bryol. 34: 25-29. [Mr] 1907. 

Kunzé, R.E. Mamillaria Thornberi Orcutt. Monats. Kakteenk. 17: 
a0, 31. 16 £ 1007. 

Lawson, A. A. The. gametophytes, fertilization, and embryo of 
Cephalotaxus drupacea. Ann. Bot. 21: I-23. pl. 1-4. Ja 1907. 
Lloyd, F. E. Observations on the flowering periods of certain cacti. 

Plant World 10: 31-39. [Mr] 1907- 

Lorenz, A. Lescuraea frigida in Vermont. Bryologist 10: 34, 35- 
1 Mr 1907. 

Lunell, J. The genus 4/isma in North Dakota. Bot. Gaz. 43: 209- 
aia. f. 7. 9o Mr 1907. 

MacDougal, D. T. Hybrids among wild plants. Plant World 10: 
25-37- f. 7, 8. [Mr] 1907. 

Mackenzie, K. K. The scientific name of our common huckleberry. 
Torreya'7: 60. 19 Mr 1907. 

Masters, M.T. Adies magnifica var. xanthocarpa. Gard. Chron. III. 
4t: 114. f. 51-53. 23 F 1907. 

Native of California. 

Maza, M. G. dela. Determinacion de plantas cubanas (fanerogamas ) 
II, Revista Fac. Let. y Ci. Univ. Habana 4: 50-67. Ja 1907- 
Millspaugh, C.F. Flora of the sand keys of Florida. Field Columb. 

Mus. Publ. Bot. 2: 191-245. 11 Mr 1907. 

Moore, A. H. Revision of the genus Spe/anthes. Proc. Am. Acad. 

Arts & Sci. 42: 521-569. 18 Mr 1907- 


Recognizes 63 species, varieties, or forms: 10 species described as new. 


218 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Mottet, S. Vaccinium stamineum. Rev. Hort. 79: 93, 94. f. 29. 
16 F 1907. 
Native of North America. 

Murdoch, J. Arceuthobium in the Rangeley region. Rhodorag: 
28. 25 F 1907. 

Olsson-Seffer, H. A botanical station in tropical Mexico. Plant 
World 10: 6-11. f. 3, g. F 1907. : 
Peck, C. H. New species of fungi. Bull. Torrey Club 34: 97-104. 


9 Ap 1907. 

New aes in Fee Clitocybe, Collybia, Omphalia, Entoloma (2), Eccilia (2), 
Flammula, Inocybe, Naucoria, Psathyrella, Hydnum, haioisiag Peckiella, Leotia, 
Dothiorella, pense nit ae Rhinotrichum, iii Armilla 


Petzold, V. Systematische-anatomische Piunuciien iiber die 
Laubblatter der amerikanischen Lauraceen. Bot. Jahrb. 38: 445- 
474. Plate. 12 Mr 1907. 

Purpus, J. A. Mamillaria chionocephala J. A. Purp. Monats. Kak- 
teenk. 17: 30. 15 F 1907. : 

Rolfe, R. A. Acacallis cyanea. Orchid Rev. 15: 40. F 1907. 
Native of Brazil. 

Rolfe, R.A. L£pidendrum densiflorum. Orchid Rev. 15: 67. Mr 
1907. 

Native of Venezuela, doubtfully also of Mexico. 

Rudolph, J. Solanum jasminoides. Rev. Hort. 79: 34-36. f 7, 8 
16 Ja 1907. 

Native of South America. 

Schneider, E. S. Acanthospermum australe at Lawrence, Massa- 
chusetts. Rhodorag: 26. 25 F 1907. 

Scotti, L. Contribuzioni alla Biologia fiorale delle ‘‘ Personatae.”’ 
VI. (1). Ann. di Bot. 5: ror-z21. 12 Ja 1907. 

Many references to American species. 

Scribner, F.L. Notes on Muhlenbergia. Rhodora 9: 17-23. 25 F 
1907. 

One new species and 6 new subspecies, 

Selby, A.D. On the occurrence of Phytophthora infestans Mont. and 
Plasmopora cubensis (B. & C.) Humph. in Ohio. , Ohio Nat. 7: 
79-85. 16 F 1907. 

Shaw, G. R. Characters of Pinus: the lateral cone. Bot. Gaz. 43: 
205-209. f. J, 2. 20 Mr 1907. 

Skeels, H.C. Trees injured by the seventeen-year cicada. Am. Bot. 
12: 9-13... F 1907. 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 219 


Small, J. K. Exploration of southern Florida. Jour. N. Y. Bot. 
Gard. 8: 23-28. [Mr] 1907. 

Smith, F. G. Morphology of the trunk and development of the 
microsporangium of cycads. Bot. Gaz. 43: 187-204. p/. 10. 20 
Mr 1907. 

Solms-Laubach, H. Graf zu. Ueber unsere Erdbeeren und ihre 
Geschichte. Bot. Zeit. 65': 45-76. 1 Ap 1907. 

Many references to American species. 

Spalding, V. M. Notes on the vegetation of Box Cafion. Plant 
World 10: 11-17. f. 5, 6. [F] 1907. 

Spalding, V. M. Suggestions to ‘plant collectors. Plant World 10: 
40. [Mr] 1907. 

Sprague, T. A. Catophora coronata. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 3: i. 
61725. Mr 1907. 

Native of the Andes. 

Stapf, 0. Blepharocalyx spiraeoides. Curt. Bot. Mag. 1¥. 3: ff 
6123. Mr 1907. 

Native of Brazil. 

Strong, M. A. Further information regarding the occurrence of 
Dryopteris Filix-mas in Vermont. Rhodora 9: 27, 28. 25 F 1907. 

Sumstine, D. R. A new Lentinus from Pennsylvania. ‘Torreya 7: 
60, 61. 19 Mr 1907. 

Lentinus pulcherrimus sp. nov. 

Taylor, N. On some distribution factors in the Sierra Maestra, Cuba. 
Torreya 7: 49-55. 19 Mr 1907. 

Weingart, W. Bemerkungen zu Cereus Kalbreyerianus Wercklé n. sp. 
Monats. oo 17: 39, 40. 5 Mr 1907. 

Native of Colom 

Weingart, W. ere? Purpusii Weing. 0. sp. Monats. Kak- 
teenk. 17: 34-38. 15 Mr1go07. __ [Illust.] 
Native of Mexico. - 

Werckleé, C. Cereus Kalbreyerianus Wercklé n. sp. Monats. Kak- 
teenk. 17: 38, 39. 15 Mr 1907. 

Native of Colombia. ; 

Wercklé, C. Kakteen in Zentral-Columbien. Monats. Kakteenk. 
Ret £7520, 16 F 1907. 

Wheeler, L. A. Spring in Stony Park. Am. Bot. 12: 30~33- Mr 
1907. 

Whitman, C.0. The origin of species. Bull. Wis. Nat. Hist. Soc. 

I. 5: 6-14. Ja 1907. 


220 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 

Wilson, G.W. Melanospora parasitica. Torreya 7: 57-59. 19 Mr 
1907. 

Wilson, G. W. Studies in North American Peronosporales —k. The 
genus 4/jugo. Bull. Torrey Club 34: 61-84. f 7-70. 9g Ap 1907. 
Thirteen species recognized, of which one is new. 

Wright, C. H. Gymnogramme ( Lugymnogramme) hirtipes. Kew 
Bull. Misc. Inf. 1907: 61. F 1907. 

New species, native of Colombia. 

Wright, C. H. TZillandsia ( Anoplophytum) argentina. Kew Bull. 
Misc. Inf. 1907: 60, 61. F 1907 
New species, native of the Argentine Republic. 

Wright, C. H. Woodwardia paradoxa, sp. nov. Gard. Chron. III. 
41: 98. 16 F 1907. 


Native of Vancouver Island. 


Buty. Torrey Crus 


VOLUME 34, PLATE 10 


EMBRYOLOGY OF RHYTIDOPHYLLUM 


HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON. 


Buti. Torrey Cius VOLUME 34, PLATE II 


ae 
( 


CRETACEOUS PLANTS FROM NORTH CAROLINA 


BuLL. Torrey Crus VOLUME 34, PLATE 12 


CRETACEOUS PLANTS FROM NORTH CAROLINA 


(7 
LORD F 


BuLL. ToRREY CLUB VOLUME 34, PLATE 16 


4 


CRETACEOUS PLANTS FROM NORTH CAROLINA 


JHE BRYOLOGIAT 


WITH THE JANUARY, 1907, NUMBER BEGINS ITS 
TENTH YEAR ann VOLUME 

It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics 

and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original and artistic drawings 

and halftones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, apse ain 

as well asamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 


Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. 


INDEX TO 
AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on 

library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the 

rate of one cent for each card 

Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of 

the Torrey Botanical Club, 

CARLTON C. CURTIS, Cotumsta University, New York City. 
Beginning with January, 1903, the Index has also been reprinted on paper, on one 
side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year. 


Hersparium SpecimeNS DESIRED 


especially Pedicularis and allied genera, also Labiatae, 
Ericaceae, Primulaceae, Ranunculaceae, Cyperaceae and 
Ferns. Will purchase or give European specimens in ex- 
change. Correspondence solicited. Address : 
HENRY DAUTUN, 
139 Franklin St., Jersey City, 


— 


North American Flora 


HIS work is designed to present descriptions of all plants growing 
r independent of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include 
Greenland, Central America, the Republic of Panama, and the 

West Indies, except Trinidad, Tobago, and Curacao and other islands off 
the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is essentially South American. 
It will be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York 
Botanical Garden through the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund 


number of points. 
with the following sequence: 
Volume 1. Mycetozoa, Schizophyta, Diatomaceae. 
i. 


Volumes 11 to 13. Algae. 

Volumes 14 and 15. Bryophyta. 

Volume 16. Pteridophyta and Gymnospermae. 

Volumes 17 to 19. Monocotyledones. 

Volumes 20 to 30. Dicotyledones. 

The preparation of the work has been referred by the Scientific Direc- 
tors of the Garden to a committee consisting of Professors L. M. Under- 
wood and N. L. Britton 

Professor George F. Atkinson of Cornell University, Professors Charles 
R. Barnes and John M. Coulter of the University of Chicago, Mr. Fred 
erick V. Coville of the United States Department of Agriculture, Pro- 
fessor Edward L. Greene of the United States National Museum, Pro- 
fessor Byron D. Halsted of Rutgers College and Professor William Tre- 

1 


lease of the Missouri Botanical Garden have consented to act as an advis- ° 


ory committee. 

Each author will be wholly responsible for his own contributions, 
being restricted only to the general style adopted for the work, whic 
must vary somewhat in the treatment of diverse groups 

The subscription price is fixed at $1.50 for each part ; it is expected 
that four or five parts will be required for each volume. A limited num- 
ber of separate parts will be sold at $2.00 each. Address, 


THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN 
BRONX PARK, NEw YORK CITY 


Volume 7, Part 1, Ustilaginales, including Ustilaginaceae and Tilleti- 
aceae, by G. P. Clinton, was issued Oct. 4, 1906. 
ol, 7, Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Uredinaceae and Aecidiaceae (pars), 
of the Uredinales, by J. C. Arthur, was issued March 6, 1907. 
ume 22, Part 1, including Podostemonaceae by George V. Nash, 
Crassulaceae by N. L. Britton and J. N. Rose, and Penthoraceae and 
Parnassiaceae by P. A. Rydberg, was issued May 22, 1905. 
ume 22, Part 2, including Saxifragaceae and Hydrangeaceae by J: 
K. Small and P. A. Rydberg, Cunoniaceae, Iteaceae and Hamamelidaceaté 
; N. L. Britton, Pterostemonaceae by J. K. Small, Altingiaceae by Percy 
Wilson and Fhyllonomaceae by H. H. Rusby, was issued Dec. 18, 1905+ 


PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- 
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 
ages OF THE DEPARTMENT : 
ee of the North American Species of the Genus 
Paton (1895). y John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 
Curator of the 5? Alar 1895-1898. 
EF Gears. 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.0 
Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North Aneriiag Potentilleae (1898). 
By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. 
Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 


2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: 


Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00 
Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00 
Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00 
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00 
Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125, 1896-1897. Price $5.00 
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 
Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901 rice $5.00 
Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903-(current). 


List of separate numbers available on application. 
A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert 
Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895-1896. 
230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.2 5 eae: ; $3.80 (paper). 
Published. e Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamt 
he Department invites propositions relative to ‘exchanges of her- 
barium material for eed of the above nam publications. Address 


ree 
An Illustrated Fi lora of the Northern United States, Canada, and 
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the 
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward 
to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lard Britton, Profes- 
sor a ony: 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- 
son B 
ay volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642 
€s; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in ure text, tieteatios every 
Species described. 
Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, 
= for = three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- 
ate. y. $ Io 
5: es as ative Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) 1900. By 
Lucien Macon Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. 
Duodecimo, 1 58 pages, 35 figures. Published ay Henry Holt & 
Co., New York. Price $1.00 : 
6 Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- 
Wood, Professor of Botany, 1896— 
Co. Duodecimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & 
Tice $1 
7A Mia hock of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence 
Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1 1895-. 
Sh Octavo, 360 pages; $7 illustrations, Published by Longmans, 
Teen & Co., New York. Price $3.00. 


ESTABLISHED 1851 


EIMER & AMEND 


205-211 Third Ave., a 
NEW YORK a 

Corner 18th Street a 
MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 4 


Chemicals and 1 
Chemical Apparatus 


Our Specialties a. | 


C. A. Feo 
KAHLBAUM'S © 
MICROSCOPES é 

and YB 


ACCESSORIES = 


BALANCES 
and 
WEIGHTS 


And for many 0 
— feewee «renowned Europea 
oat houses in our line. — 


COMPLETE LINE OF 
Bacteriological Apparatus 


WE HANDLE 
EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY 


Inspection of premises cordially invited. 


A series of technical papers on botanical subjects, published at irregular iideredil” 
rice os: 00a volume. Not offered in exchange. 
1. 1, No.1; not furnished separate 
ais, Liberty os Studies of the types of various species cad the genus Carex. 
_ Pages 1-85. 25 ee 1889. 
1. 1, No. 2; not furnished separately : 
Martindale, Isaac Noe y. Marine algae of the ace eK: coast and adjacent 
waters of Staten I ae Pages 87-111. 24 Au 
» No. he pie, 75 cen 
ndi or ‘Boliviae orientalis, annis 
Page RIA ee. Soa 
Vol. = No. 4; price, 75 cents: — eS 
‘Sturtevant, Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. Pages eigege 30 My 1890. 
oe 2, No. 1; not furnished separately 
Halsted, B avid. See? Jot materials in buds ma mane ~— 
Pages ee pone SIO Sk 
gate fe price, 75 cents 
Anna ya&H Charles Arth’ Contributions to ‘kc botany of 
Virginia. goes 27-50, Set jx 4. 23 D 1890. 

Vol. 2, No. 3, not furnished ey: tely: ; 
cS , Herman Theodor. Co einer to the tlie germination 
some poe American plants. Pages 57-108, ce aa < ap 150. 
en , No. 4; price, 75 ¢ 

“The genus Polygala in Nad America. Pages 


pits No 1; not furnished separately : : 
ede eucical ate eller, Paige Arthur. orecok esters North 
ae territory. Pag Paes 20 F 189 2. 
Vol 3, No. 2; price, $2.00 ae 
Thomas e Naiadaceae oF an America [with illustrations of 
J. Pages ries plates 20-74. 15 Mr 1893. : 
Pike 3, No. 3; not furnished separately : 
Monty EH An Sie ae of the plants collected in Bolivia b b 
Teen Pages 1-67. 28 Ap 1893. 
Vol. 4, No. 1; not furnished | 
ood, Lucien Marcus. Index Hepaticarum. 
Ic Je 1893. S 


tame nm Vee. Anna Murray. Re H 
of Vega dang Be aon a oe Page 93-20 
“ISN 1893-17 A p 1894. i 


ee ee, vo. 4, No. 3; Bae 50 cents: 
¥, Henry Hurd. An enumeration of the plants collected 
8- Part 2. Pages seat ma Mr-17 “Ap 1895. 


Anoa StooKton. pre dypagnen Pages: 275 


Vol. 5; price, $3.00: 
‘List of Pt teridophyta and Spermsiabiye grow ing iit ys cultivation in northeas 
North America. Pages 4 D 1893-31 D 1894 
. oe - No. 1; price, $1.25: 
Rusby, Henry Hurd. An enumeration of the plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel 
Bang. Part 3. Pages 1-130. 17 N 1896. 
Vv , No. 2; not furnished separately : 
Grout, Abel Joel. A revision of the North American /sothectaceae and Brachythecia. 
Pages 131-210. 30 Jl 1897. 


No. 3; price, 50 ce 
iot. “life history of Sphaer ane ee ustres  ( Hacmatococcus 
P pierial). lee 2rI- 26 plates 86, 87 (colored ). Fs 1899. 
ee : 1. 6, No. 4; price, 50 cents 
Underwood, Lucien cus. A review of the genera ferns proposed prior. te 
1832. Pages ee re 1 D 1899 
Vol. 6, ee 5; price, 25 ce 
Fink, Bruce. Notes on lichen distribution ih ay upper Mississippi Vall 
Pages 285-307. 1 D 1899. 


si Vol. 7; price, $3. 
Howe, Marshall A et Scag and aici of California. Pages 
1-208, plates peees 5 Awl x 
es Vol. co < not furnished separately . 
: a Francis Emest. The comparative merergloey of the Rubiaceae. 
Pages 1-26, plates 1-g. 26 Au 1899, Part II. Pages gy plates ‘ee 
peasy <8 es abe 

ae oe Abe genie ; price, $1.00 

clajeunea of the United States and Cal 


Evans, Alexander William. 

Pages 113-183, plates 160-22. i : Ft 
ee Vol. 8, No. 2 ase 75 cents: 
Britton, Elizabeth Gertrude & T: , Alexandrina. The life oe 
Vittaria lineata. — 185-211, pres 23-31. 30 Au 1902. 


Vol. 9; price, $3.00: Oo 
Emest Stanley. A monograph of the Erysiphaceae. go 8 Pi 


i. oO Ak 
Vol. 10; price, $3.00 
Sandford. History of Pre-Clitsian. ns bocilag | in its relation to 
1902. 


0.1; price, $1 


: os ai, 5% ie 
Gute, Davia. bie Neath pecan Sordariaceae. Pages I-134, se: 


No. 2; price, $1.75: 
 Litiricaceae and Chaetophoraceac of the United 
2001 teas 


a rol. 12, No.1; 11.50: 
Flora of sete Providence and Andros (Bahama I I 
oDr 


ae el 
Vol. - 


o. 2; ee be 
igre to a revision ae: the North Ame 


34 MAY, 1907 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


€ditor 
JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART oe 


Assoriate Cvitors ee 
WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL 
‘Hensent MAULE RICHARDS 


a CONTENTS 
* of pollen-formation in the Cucurbitaceae. 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. 


Vice- Bieter 


“EDWARD s. BURGESS, Pu.D. LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD, Pu.D., LL.D. 


Recording Secretary, : Corresponding ‘Secretary, 
STUART GAGER, PH.D. JOHN K. SMALL, Pu.D.- 


Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York Ci : 


Treasurer, 
CARLTON C. CURTIS, Ph.D. 
Columbia University, New York City. 


ee MEETINGS bs 
Means twice each rome from October to May inclusive : s the second Tue: 
7 at the American Museum of Natoral History + the last Wedn 
rden. 


All subscriptions and other business communications relating to the publ 
tC the eee Carlton C Sas pasos o% 


Vol. 34 No 5 
BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


MAY, 1907 


Some features of qollen-formation in the Cucurbitaceae * 
JosePpH Epwarp KirkwooD 
(WITH PLATES 17-21) 

Studies in the development and differentiation of the anther 
have been frequent in recent years, and in this line we may cite 
the researches of Gager,? Rosenberg,” Merrell,'® and others. In 
all cases the primordium of the stamen appears as a slight eleva- 
tion of the tissue which later becomes outwardly differentiated 
into its characteristic form and inwardly into spores, tapetum, 
—endothecium, etc. Galinski ” found that in certain of the grasses 
(Secale, Triticum) the anther-wall became differentiated into four 
layers, epidermal, fibrous, degenerating, and tapetal, and that the 
_ original pollen-mother-cells may divide several times. In Zostera 
as described by Rosenberg,” the elongated archesporial cells cut 
off from their ends the cells which form the tapetum. But in 
Asclepias,? Silphium,” and a majority of seed-plants, the immediate 
hypodermal layer has been shown to divide by periclinal walls to 
form the primary tapetal and primary sporogenous cells, the latter 
in some cases undergoing repeated divisions. But in the develop- 


the chromosomes have received most attention. — The results of 
qs ris.7 
these numerous studies have been well summed up by Davis,’ and 
Coulter and Chamberlain,’ and space will not be taken here fora 
Similar task. 
— | PE eS a cat ee 

- * Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of Syracuse University. 1, : 

[The Butiertn for April 1907 (34: 167-220, #7 .10-16) was issued 11 Je 

1907.] 


221 


222 KirKWoop: POLLEN-FORMATION IN CUCURBITACEAE 


But few plants of the Czcurbitaceae have received attention 
from this point of view. Mirbel ® studied the development of the 
anther of Cucurbita Pepo and demonstrated the principal facts of 
the process. In small buds 2 mm. long he found no trace of the 
locules, but in a slightly later stage he was able to discern the 
spore-mother-cells and the tapetum. His figures of this condition 
represent the anther-wall, composed of four layers of cells under 
the epidermis including the tapetum. In buds 3 or 4mm. long 
an additional layer of cells was detected in the anther wall. The 
development of the pollen-mother-cells, the formation of the 
tetrads, and the differentiation of the pollen-grain are well de- 
scribed and figured. 

Naegeli described certain features in the formation of pollen 
in Cucurbita and in Bryonia dioica. He seems to have observed 
the first division of the microspore-nucleus in Cucurbita but not 
to have interpreted correctly what he saw. He discusses moreat — 
length the differentiation of the exine and the behavior of the 
intine upon the germination of the grain. 

To Warming,” however, weare indebted for an accurate study 
of the development of the anthers of Bryonia alba and Cyclanthera 
pedata. In both these cases the first periblem layer of the anther 
divides by periclinal walls. From the outer cells thus formed is 
developed the anther-wall by succeeding periclinal divisions, and 
the inner cells become the archesporium, In Bryonia the arche- 
sporium is a single layer of cells which later forms a mass of spore- 
mother-cells. Warming says that, as seen in transverse section, 
the pollen-mother-cells form one to several rows in each angle of 
the anther. Not all the cells cut off toward the inner side in the 
division of the hypodermal cell become mother-cells, and some- 
times those that do become mother-cells do not divide again until 
the formation of the tetrads. In Cyclanthera the inner cells result- 
ing from the division of the first periblem layer as a rule do not 
divide again but form mother-cells by growth. 

Thus the evidence indicates that in these plants the usual 
order of development of sporogenous tissue in seed plants is ad- 
hered to, but the subsequent history of the archesporium may 
vary, as it appears at present, in accordance with the form and 
structure of the anther, in some cases the original archesporial 


hh eee Nie tas  ee a  a es 


Mag iE BSE Sh eit ah Ne > a Ta ie a 


KIRKWOOD: POLLEN-FORMATION IN CUCURBITACEAE 223 


cells remaining undivided, in others giving rise to a considerable 
mass of pollen-mother-cells. 

In this study attention has been given to the development of 
the pollen in three species of the Cucurbitaceae representing as 
many genera. The forms studied are Fevillea cordifolia L., Mi- 
crampelis lobata (Michx.) Greene, and Cyclanthera explodens Naud. 

In Fevillea at the time when the anther begins to form the 
archesporium appears. At this time the anthers are rounded 
bodies, more or less flattened laterally by mutual contact. Growth 
takes place more rapidly in a radial direction, and a little later by 
reason of lateral pressure they become almost triangular in cross- 
Section. At the two angles of each anther on the periphery a 
group of cells retain their meristematic character while the rest 
become more vacuolated and react less strongly to stains. 

In the two outer angles of each anther a layer of cells contig- 


uous to the epidermis divides by periclinal walls, thus giving rise to 


the primary sporogenous and primary parietal cells. Both of these 
again undergo divisions. The parietal series gives rise to four 
layers of cells, so that the external wall of the anther early comes 
to consist of five layers of cells including the epidermis. In this 
region of the anther the greater number of sporogenous cells 
divide repeatedly so that an almost cylindrical mass of spore- 
mother-cells is developed in each angle of the anther. 

As usual, the layer of sterile cells adjoining the sporogenous 
tissue is developed as a tapetum and presents the usual appear- 
ance of such a tissue. The cells of this layer have two or more 
Nuclei each, and the size and chromatic content of these nuclei, as 
well as their deeply staining cytoplasm, mark them off in sharp 
Contrast from the adjoining sterile tissue. The tapetal cells retain 
their appearance of activity almost to the time of maturity of the 
pollen, : 

The usual process takes place in the formation of microspores. 
These are enclosed for some time in a somewhat gelatinous en- 
velope before they round off and develop the thick exine. The 
division of the nucleus of the spore takes place quite late if at all. 
Although almost mature anthers were sectioned, no case was 
found in which a microspore contained more than one nucleus. 

In Micrampelis several cells immediately below the epidermis 


924 KirKwoop: POLLEN-FORMATION IN CUCURBITACEAE 


divide by periclinal walls. These cells are distributed along the 
ridges which later plainly mark off the positions of the locules. 
The series thus formed gives rise to three layers of cells, one of 
which forms the tapetum. Outside of the tapetum only three 
layers of cells including the epidermis are to be found in the ma- 
ture anther. 

The primary sporogenous cells enter directly upon a period of 
growth, becoming spore-mother-cells without divisions. The 
mother-cells form a linear series, sometimes broadening into a 
narrow plate but never dividing to form a cylindrical mass as in 
the case of Fevillea. These cells become large and prominent 
and each gives rise to four microspores. Here as in the preced- 
ing case the nucleus of the microspore does not divide to form 
vegetative and generative nucleus until quite late. 

In Cyclanthera when the rudiment of the androecium has be- 
gun to assume the form of a disk the hypodermal cells prepare 
for periclinal divisions in two zones, one above the other. The 
cells in the two narrow bands thus situated divide as in the pre- 
vious types to form the primary parietal and primary sporoge- 
nous cells (FIGURE 11). The former divide again to three layers, 
which with the epidermis constitute the outer wall of the locule 
(FIGURE 12). The primary sporogenous cells do not divide to in- 
crease the number of spore-mother-cells, but merely enter upon a 
period of growth until the time arrives for the formation of the 
macrospores. Four microspores are formed from each spore- 
mother-cell in the usual order. They remain for some time ina 
pyramidal arrangement surrounded by a transparent, seemingly 
gelatinous envelope, and during this time the exine begins to 
thicken and the nucleus assumes a less chromatic aspect. AS 
they separate the microspores become rounded off and begin to 
develop their characteristic markings. Almost mature  pollen- 


grains were observed in the sections, but each contained only one 


nucleus. The tapetum retains its active appearance until the 
spores are almost mature. 

But the chief interest in pollen-formation in these forms is not 
in the facts just cited, but in the details of the process as they ap- 
pear in the division of the mother-cells. In the few members of 
the Cucurbitaceae here under consideration, the course of develop- 


KirRKWOOD: POLLEN-FORMATION IN CUCURBITACEAE 225 
ment leading up to the formation of the pollen differs in no impor- 
tant particular. Some apparently minor differences have been 
noted which will be mentioned. The history of the microspores 
has been most carefully followed in Mécrampelis, which is a favor- 
able object for such a study. The principal stages in the forma- 
tion of the microspore have also been noted in Fevillea, Melothria, 
Cucurbita moschata, C. Pepo, and Cyclanthera. 

So far as the writer is aware no examination has been made 
of the cytology of the pollen-mother-cells of any of the Cucur- 
bitaceae, though certain features of the vegetative cells have been 
studied by Zacharias.” 

Though less favorable in some respects than some other subjects 
for such studies, certain features have been observed which seem 
worthy of attention. 

The history of the microspore from this point of view begins 
with the formation of the primary sporogenous cell. At the con- 
clusion of the mitosis which forms it, the sporogenous cell is not 
distinctly different in appearance from any of its hypodermal 
neighbors. A considerable number of those in its immediate vicinity 
have a decidedly meristematic character. At this time the cyto- 
plasm of these cells is relatively thin as compared with the later 
states. The mitotic figure which is concerned in the first division 
of the hypodermal cell is a multipolar one, at least in the meta- 
phase, and its chromatin is massed together in a compact zone at 
the equator. 

The primary sporogenous cells become directly the pollen- 
mother-cells. They enter upon the growth period immediately after 
their formation, and soon become very conspicuous by reason of 
their size and structure. The expansion of their nuclei is the first 
distinctive feature shown in their growth, and this without any 
apparent increase in chromatic substance makes the nuclei appear 
quite clear, except for the single large nucleolus and their chro- 
Matin network, In appearance the cytoplasm consists of a very 


fine network of granular threads. The granules stain darkly and 


the cytoplasmic body has a grayish cast with the haematoxylon 
stain. At this time there is no perceptible arrangement of the 
Cytoplasmic substance and it is equally dense in all parts. With 
the growth of the cell the granules increase in size slightly up to 


996  KirKwoop: POLLEN-FORMATION IN CUCURBITACEAE 


the time of the division. ‘At about the time of synapsis the cyto- 
plasm undergoes an interesting change. At this time the position 
of the nucleus in the cell is more or less eccentric and the nucleolus 
and the chromatin mass are usually on the side of the nucleus 
nearest the cell-wall. The cytoplasm, which up to this time has 
shown no special differentiation, now displays a number of fine 
fibers running tangent to the nucleus along the arc lying opposite 
the chromatin mass. These fibers may be traced distinctly to the 
periphery of the cytoplasm, where they appear to connect with the 
plasmatic membrane. The cell at this time presents an appearance 
much as if the nucleus by rapid expansion had placed under tension 
some of the fibers of the cytoplasmic reticulum (FIGURE 24). 
Toward the periphery of the cell an apparent branching of the fibers 
was often noticed and frequently thicker portions which stained 
darkly were plainly seen. If there is any significance in these fibers 
it is not apparent. As the nucleus resumes its position at the 
center of the cell at the close of the synapsis period they are no 
longer visible but the meshes of the cytoplasmic reticulum appear 
drawn out in a radial direction from the nucleus, which is a char- 
acteristic condition just preceding the prophase. There is, how- 
ever, no indication of fibers such as appear in Codaea," Larix,’ or 
Equisetum.™ As these changes take place there is a drawing 
away of the ectoplasm or “ Hautschicht’”’ from the cell-wall, so 
that the mother-cells, instead of remaining angular, become prac- 
tically spherical. Cannon* noted the same phenomenon in the 
spore-mother-cells of cotton and regarded it as the normal and 
regular process in those cells. The same conclusion seems to be 
justified here by the evidence at hand and by the subsequent his- 
tory of the cells arising from the ensuing divisions. The spherical 
form is probably an advantage in the exact division of the cells 
into tetrads after the manner in which they usually occur. The 
nucleus, which in the earlier stages shows a perfectly even curva- 
ture of its membrane, now begins to contract and its outlines are 
less regular. This irregularity becomes more and more pro- 
nounced until the membrane is finally dissolved in the prophase 
of the first division. 

In FIGURE 23 are represented certain cytoplasmic bodies whose 
history we have made an effort to follow. At a certain stage in 


KiIRKWoOOD: POLLEN-FORMATION IN CUCURBITACEAE 227 


the development of the mother-cells they are quite conspicuous 
even under a relatively low magnification (75 diameters). They 
are a series of short, crooked, darkly-staining fibers, which lie | 
approximately parallel to one another on one side of the nucleus 
and about half way from the nucleus to the wall. They make 
their first appearance when the mother-cells are about half or two 
thirds grown and persist until the cytoplasm assumes the radial 
structure. As this change takes place they gradually disappear. 
About the time that the dark bodies disappear certain minute 
darkly-staining granules may be seen scattered promiscuously 
through the cytoplasm in its radial stage and during mitosis. 

_ The rod-like bodies are remarkably constant features in J/- 
crampelis, and appear when different staining reagents are used. 
It was first thought that they were portions of the nuclear chro- 
matin which had been struck out into the cytoplasm in the process 
of cutting, but when it is observed that in the same section where 
many pollen-mother-cells are visible these bodies lie on all sides 
of the nuclei, such a conclusion as to their origin must be aban- 
doned. Moreover in the same section some cells show them 
disposed horizontally, others show them in transverse section as 
a group of small black dots. It has been said that the fibers lie 
about parallel but occasionally they may assume a more or less 
radial arrangement around a certain point in the cytoplasm. They 
remain quite distinct up to the time when the cytoplasm begins to 
draw away from the cell-wall. The ends of these rods seem to 
weave in with the cytoplasmic meshes, especially toward the 
periphery of the cell where the reticulum is coarser. During the 
Progress of the tetrad divisions the spherical, darkly-staining 
masses may be seen scattered through the cytoplasm, but near 
the close of the division they become clustered about the nuclei, 
and thus are divided among the microspores. They increase in 
Size with the development of the spores and become very con- 
spicuous until the pollen-grains near maturity when they grad- 
ually disappear. Bodies of an apparently similar nature have 
been found by Strasburger*™ in the pollen-mother-cells of Larix, 
and Allen’, working upon the same subject, refers them to the 
class of extranuclear nucleoli and believes them to be proteid 
matters precipitated by fixing agents. But he finds them also in 


928 KirKkwoop: POLLEN-FORMATION IN CUCURBITACEAE 


liquid surrounding the pollen-mother-cells, where they seem never 
to occur in Micrampelts. 

The history of these bodies in Micrampelis is against such an 
interpretation, inasmuch as it would be difficult to account for 
their collection in the form described in a circumscribed portion 
of the cytoplasm. Moreover the change of form which they un- 
dergo seems to indicate that they are something more than mere 
passive by-products. Strasburger maintains that the cytoplasmic 
nucleoli bear an intimate relation to the kinoplasm, and supports 
his contention by citing the behavior of such bodies in Larix and 
other plants, in which they appear in connection with the spindle 
and other parts of the spindle-fibers and disappear at the conclu- 
sion of the division. He believes, however, that they are derived 
from the nucleolus, inasmuch as they appear as the nucleolus dis- 
appears and vanish again with its reappearance in the daughter- 
nucleus. 

In this view Mottier’* concurs, and chiefly on the basis of 
their staining reaction states that “there is no doubt that these 
bodies represent nucleolar substance.” He suggests furthermore 
that the presence or absence of extranuclear nucleoli may depend 
upon the activity or condition of the cell, in view of the fact that 
they may be present in or absent from cells of the same tissue in 
the same stage of development. That the bodies here under con- 
sideration in Micrampelis are of the same nature as those described 
by Mottier in Lz/ium is difficult to say, though it seems a fair as- 
sumption that they are. 

In Micrampelis no relation between these bodies and the nu- 
cleolus could be established. They appear in the cytoplasm long 
before the disappearance of the nucleolus and the nuclear mem- 
brane (FIGURE 24). That nucleolar material in solution might dif- 
fuse out through the nuclear membrane and be precipitated again in 
the cytoplasm is possible, but it seems highly improbable, and if 
so it might reasonably be expected to diffuse equally in all direc- 
tions. In Micrampelis, however, the appearance of the darkly- 
staining granules is at first in a particular part of the cytoplasm 
and that the region occupied by the fibers above referred to. 
These cytoplasmic fibers seem similar to those observed by 
Duggar ® in Symplocarpus and by Lloyd™ in Crucianella. In 


KIRKWOOD : POLLEN-FORMATION IN CUCURBITACEAE 229 


neither of these works, however, does it appear that they bear any 
relation to the extranuclear nucleoli. Duggar refers to the almost 
simultaneous appearance of the fibers and darkly-staining granu- 
les, and regards both as due to the nuclear changes in synapsis. 
Lloyd regards the appearance of such cytoplasmic fibers as pos- 
sibly due to the streaming of hyaloplasm or kinoplasm, from the 
fact of their similarity in appearance to features described by 
Wilson * and others working upon other material. That such a 
kinoplasmic streaming toward the nucleus occurs in Micrampelis 
is strongly suggested by the marked radial elongation of the cyto- 
plasmic meshes during the prophase of the first division (FIGURE 
25), but this feature is uniform throughout the cell. 

A careful study of the material at hand has convinced the 
writer that in this case the extranuclear nucleoli arise from the 
conspicuous cytoplasmic fibers which make their appearance dur- 
ing the growth of the pollen-mother-cells. These fibers, at first 
thin and delicate, become thicker and stain more darkly, sometimes 
appearing as a series of nodules strung together, and again as thick 
crooked masses. As their development proceeds the fibers dis- 
appear and the round cytoplasmic nucleoli multiply and for a time 
appear in the area occupied by the fibers (FIGURES 23-68). It is 
recognized, however, that the phenomena observed may be open 
to more than one interpretation. The fibers observed lie in the cen- 
ter of the largest amount of cytoplasm in the cell and they must be 
taken as evidence of a cytoplasmic activity of some sort. It is 
possible that, these being the centers of special activity, they are 
the points at which the disposition of certain cytoplasmic products 
first takes place. 

If we are to regard the spherical bodies in the cytoplasm of the 
Spore-mother-cells of Micrampelis as extranuclear nucleoli, accord- 
ing to Strasburger’s view, we must account for their persistence 
in the cytoplasm through all stages from one generation of cells 
to another. It does, nevertheless, seem that they are associated 
with the kinoplasm, inasmuch as they appear in the rod-like form 
to bea part of the cytoplasmic reticulum. That they are actually 
connected with the spindle at any stage of its development could not 
be determined accurately, though their position would often favor 
Such a view, During the metaphase certain fibers may be seen 


230 KirKwoop: POLLEN-FORMATION IN CUCURBITACEAE 


straying out into the cytoplasm from the poles of the spindle, and 
seem to be in contact with the dark bodies scattered through it, and 
when at the conclusion of the division the contracting mantle-fibers 
have drawn the chromosomes to the poles and the daughter-nuclet 
have organized, the wandering fibers have also disappeared and the 
dark bodies have assembled about the nuclei. Hither, however, 
they may have been carried passively, as there is a congestion of 
the granular cytoplasm about the daughter-nuclei, leaving a com- 
paratively clear broad zone across the equator of the spindle 
through which the division of the cytoplasm ultimately takes place. 

With the organization of the tetrads the cytoplasm undergoes 
a change and instead of appearing fibrillar it begins to assume an 
alveolar aspect. It is during this stage that the activity of the cell 
is directed mainly toward the differentiation of the spore and the 
storage of a food reserve, which would, of course, account for the 
predominance of trophoplasm and the relatively slight quantity of 
kinoplasm present. As the spore enlarges the cytoplasm is dis- 
tributed about its wall and only as it nears maturity does the 
central vacuole entirely disappear. The spore then becomes filled 
with granular proteinaceous matter. The differentiation of the 
exine begins while the tetrads are still clinging together, and is 
first evident by a thickening at the points where the germinal 
pores are afterwards to appear. In the mature spores, as usual, 
these are the thinnest places in the exine. The dark cytoplasmic 
bodies usually become segregated into some part of the spore as 
it approaches maturity and the cytoplasm in their vicinity usually 
stains more darkly than elsewhere. 

Great interest centers in the behavior of the kinoplasm during 


the process of cell-division, and Strasburger™ has given careful . 


consideration to the various expressions of its activity, showing 
that-it is concerned not only with the development of the spindle 
but also with the formation of plasmatic membranes. The pre 
dominance of kinoplasm over trophoplasm is one of the most con- 
spicuous features of the spore-mother-cells of plants, and this 
may appear in a variety of ways. In certain cases a distinct peri- 
nuclear zone appears just before the first division and stains very 
darkly, and from the fibers of this zone and the linin of the nucleus 
the spindle is formed, as in Cobaea'®, Lavatera®, Cassia", Gossypium 


| 
| 


KIRKWoop: POLLEN-FORMATION IN CUCURBITACEAE 231 


and other plants. On the other hand, the pollen-mother-cells of 
Equisetum™, Larix, Lilium, and Pisum show an entirely different 
condition of the cytoplasm in this respect. In these types the 
perinuclear zone does not exist and the origin of the achromatic 
figure is not so restricted. In several forms distinct fibers could be 
seen radiating from the nucleus toward the periphery of the cell 
and these fibers by folding over form a felted layer from which a 
multipolar spindle is later differentiated, and finally the multipolar 
spindle becomes bipolar by the fusion of the several poles into two. 
Allen‘ even suggests that this is a general process occurring in all 
spermatophytes. While this generalization seems not to be well 
founded, it does appear that we may generally refer the divisions 
of the spore-mother-cells in the higher plants to one type or the 
other. It has already been suggested (Cannon*) that the perinu- 
clear zone may inhibit the formation of the spindle in the periphe- 
ral cytoplasm as it occurs in Pisum. 

The process of mitosis as it occurs in Micrampelis presents 
Some features which distinguish it from most cases. It has been 
pointed out above that the cytoplasm assumes a radial structure 
as the time approaches for the first division of the spore-mother- 
cell. At the same time the separation of the plasmatic membrane 
from the cell-wall enables the cell to assume a spherical form. 
The contraction of the cytoplasm is accompanied by the contrac- 
tion of the nucleus so that the latter becomes angular and exceed- 
ingly distorted. Up to this time no special differentiation of the 
cytoplasm can be detected, but soon a few fibers can be seen run- 
ning more or less parallel with the nuclear membrane; here they 
form a very thin reticular layer. While this change is taking 
place in the cytoplasm the nuclear structures are also changing. 
The chromatin is collecting into chromosomes and the linin ap- 
pears as an almost colorless network of fine fibers which run in all 
directions. At this time the cytoplasm adjoining the nucleus 
Stains a little more darkly than the rest, and as the nuclear wall 
dissolves, pencils of fine fibers may be seen pushing out from the 
Nucleus into the surrounding cytoplasm. These bundles of fibers 
Originate from the reticulum adjoining the nucleus. Soon the 

bers are seen traversing the nuclear vacuole, which rapidly dig- 
4ppears and several poles project out from the nuclear position. 


932 KirKwoop: POLLEN-FORMATION IN CUCURBITACEAE 


The linin fibers can no longer be distinguished as such, having 
been merged with those from the cytoplasm. The spindle now 
becomes bipolar, and the interpolar fibers are brought out in sharp 
contrast to the others by their stronger absorption of the stain. 
Three kinds of fibers were visible: the mantle-fibers which run 
out from the poles of the spindle into the cytoplasm toward the 
equatorial region; the fibers which attach to the chromosomes 
and appear to draw them to the poles; and the interpolar fibers 
which occupy the center of the spindle and are easily distinguished 
throughout the anaphase and telophase. All of these except the 
contractile fibers are of a more or less sinuous form. The inter- 
polar fibers are considerably thicker in their middle region, and 
such parts are colored quite darkly by the haematoxylon stain. 


During the first division the poles of the spindle do not seem to- 


reach the peripheral cytoplasmic membrane but terminate at some 
distance from it (FIGURE 28). Outside of the space occupied by 
the spindle itself the cytoplasm is of a densely granular character, 
but even in relatively thin sections (3 4) no extensions of the 
spindle to the ‘‘H/autschicht” could be seen. 

The conception of an anchorage for the spindle by kinoplasmic 
fibers extending to the outer membrane, as expressed by Stras- 
burger,‘ seems here hardly to be justified. It seems apparent, 
however, that the mantle-fibers may fix the spindle in its position 
by a connection with the cytoplasmic reticulum. The necessity 
for the fixation of the poles of the spindle in the Hautschicht, in 
order to facilitate the drawing apart of the chromosomes by con- 
traction of the fibers, is not quite apparent. It is suggested that 
the interpolar fibers may act as a sort of stay, which, with a certain 
degree of rigidity, would facilitate the separation of the chromo- 
somes by the contraction of the overlying fibers. The evidence 
at hand as to the character of the interpolar fibers certainly favors 
such a view. 


The spindle of the second division originates like that of the 


first and is also multipolar in its early stages. The fibers of the 


cytoplasmic kinoplasm traverse the nuclear vacuole and soon 


obliterate it. No evidence ‘could be found at any time of a fe 
ticulum next the nuclear wall. The spindle forms from the kino- 
plasmic fibers which grow in from the cytoplasm. The spindle- 


! 


KIRKWoOD: POLLEN-FORMATION IN CUCURBITACEAE 233 


fibers from the first division frequently persist through the second 
and after the grand-daughter nuclei are formed they may be seen 
connected by fibers of both preceding mitoses. The spindles of 
the second mitosis lie in parallel planes usually at right angles to 
each other but often parallel. Thus the tetrads usually appear in the 
ordinary pyramidal arrangement but sometimes they are all 
in one plane. The division of the cytoplasm takes place by con- 
striction, a narrow groove marking off the line of division. This 
groove deepens until the spores are fully separated. 

The nuclear contents of the cells under consideration have 
been difficult objects for study on account of the minute size of 
the chromosomes. The nucleoli are often large and conspicuous 
and at certain stages are apparently vacuolated. In the period of 
development just succeeding the cutting off of the tapetal cell, the 
primary sporogenous cell is distinguished from its neighbors by its 
dense and darkly-staining cytoplasm. The nuclei of the primary 
tapetal and primary sporogenous cells are at first to all appearance 
similar. In both the chromatin is arranged about the nuclear 
wall in irregular masses so that the nuclear vacuole at first appears 
to contain only a large nucleolus. In this case, in which the 
spore-mother-cell is derived directed from the primary sporogenous 
cell, the period of growth is begun at once and the nuclear changes 
keep pace with the development of cytoplasmic structures. The 
linin of the nucleus soon becomes more apparent and its fibers 
may be seen passing in different directions through the nuclear 
vacuole. The chromatin soon shows a tendency to cling less 
closely to the nuclear wall and it may be seen strung along the 
linin network in small irregular masses. A marked increase in 
the quantity of chromatin is characteristic of this stage and the 
lines of the nuclear reticulum are thickly beaded with chromatin 
granules. 

The reticulum now resolves itself into a continuous thread 
Which gradually becomes more uniform. While this change 1s 
taking place all the chromatin with the nucleolus becomes crowded 
into one side of the nuclear vacuole and synapsis results. Often 
the chromatin in synapsis may be seen as a much coiled thread 
with many sharp convolutions, sometimes extending almost across 
the nucleus, During this process the nucleolus remains undi- 
minished in size and staining properties. 


234 KirKwoop: POLLEN-FORMATION IN CUCURBITACEAE 


At the conclusion of the synapsis period the chromatin appears 
in thread-like form. The longitudinal cleavage of the thread is 
quite plain before its transverse divisions are apparent. A consid- 
erable shrinkage of the chromatin now takes place and at the time 
just before the differentiation of the spindle, it has contracted to 
sixteen irregular masses which in some instances appear quad- 
ruple ; these portions representing the division of the chromatin 
giving rise to the chromosomes are very small and irregular in 
form. The chromosomes of MJicrampelis, by numerous counts, 
number sixteen in the pollen-mother-cell. 

In the earlier, presynaptic condition of the chromatin an inter- 
esting condition was observed. Instead of forming a single thread, 
a condition such as appears in FIGURE 33 is often apparent. The 
thread appears to be doubled and the chromatin-masses occur 
frequently in pairs. Overton” has described the same features in 
Thalictrum purpurascens, and Cardiff® finds it the regular condition 
in Acer platanoides and several other plants. In Zhalictrum the 
number of the chromatin-masses agrees with the number of somatic 
chromosomes and the inference is that these presynaptic masses of 
chromatin which enter synapsis in pairs are the chromosomes of 
the original mother-cells (archesporium). In Micrampelis the 
double thread in a presynaptic condition is not always easily 
demonstrated, but in certain cases appears distinctly. The chro- 
matin soon becomes massed around the nucleolus and synapsis 
results. In this condition the identity of the nuclear structures 1s 
entirely obscured, the chromatin forming a dense, darkly staining 
mass. It is difficult to believe that this appearance in preparations 
of beautifully fixed material is purely an artifact, and the opinion 
is gaining ground that the condition of synapsis represents the final 
fusion of hitherto only associated elements of different parentage, 
‘a view which agrees with other facts commonly observed during 
the division of the spore-mother-cell. Synapsis in the material 
here under consideration differs in no essential from the condition 
usually described, so far as could be determined, At the close of 
the period of synapsis the chromatin emerges in the form of a much 
coiled thread which shows a distinct longitudinal division (FIGURE 
37). A transverse segmentation is soon apparent (FIGURES 39) 
40, 41), and the chromosomes thus formed contract into short, 


KiRKWooD: POLLEN-FORMATION IN CUCURBITACEAE 235 


thick, and irregular masses (FIGURE 42). As this change is taking 
place the nuclear wall is becoming irregular and. the incipient 
stages of spindle-formation appear in the cytoplasm. The evidence 
of true tetrad formation is not very abundant at this point, but in 
certain cases a double division of the chromosomes appeared to be 
quite clear (FIGURES 43, 44). The chromosomes at this stage be- 
come so nearly isodiametrical that it becomes practically impossible 
to distinguish between a longitudinal and a transverse division of 
the chromosome. 

The first division is clearly of heterotypic form. The chromo- 
somes appear united in the form of rings in the metaphase of the 
division (FIGURES 46, 47). The spindle fibers are attached to oppo- 
site sides of the ring and the separation takes place midway between 
the points of attachment of the spindle-fibers. The relation of the 
chromosomes to the fibers appears in FIGURE 50. After the separ- 
ation of the chromosomes in the early anaphase of the division they 
round off into almost spherical bodies to which are attached certain 
bundles of spindle-fibers. In a transverse section of the spindle 
these can readily be seen and correspond in number to the chro- 
mosomes. The chromosomes during the anaphase can be readily 
counted and number sixteen (FIGURES 51, 52), a number found by 
Strasburger® and Guignard '' in certain orchids. Owing to their 
minute size and the compact condition of the mitotic figure in the 
vegetative cells the number of chromosomes could not be deter- 
mined, but it appears to be easily more than sixteen. 

As the chromosomes draw closer together toward the apex of 
the spindle they become crowded together and lose their identity, 
So that as the daughter-nuclei are organized in the telophase they 
can no longer be distinguished from one another. They present 
the appearance of having become fused into a spireme (FIGURES 53, 
54), which finally resolves itself into a reticulum, with a tendency 
toward pairing of the most conspicuous chromatin masses (FIGURE 
55). This appearance is only transient, however, as the nucleus 
Passes quickly into the prophase of the second division, when the 
chromatin appears in dense masses, at first angular and connected 
With many radiating fibers (FIGURE 56), later rounded off and periph- 
frally disposed in the nuclear vacuole (FIGURES 57, 58). 

The second division shows a thick mass of chromatin on a 


236 KrirKkwoop: POLLEN-FORMATION IN CUCURBITACEAE 


narrow spindle. The chromosomes here diverge in the anaphase 
and migrate to the poles of the spindle as two compact masses in 
which the form and relations of the chromosomes are entirely 
obscured. Only in the late telophase do the chromosomes separ- 
ate from one another and distribute themselves in the newly formed — 
nuclei (FIGURE 63). The chromatin masses soon became distrib- — 
uted along the threads of the nuclear reticulum (FIGURE 64), 
which becomes much more open and enlarged with the develop- 
ment of the spore. 

Most of the material used in this study was fixed in an acetic © 
acid-alcohol mixture, consisting of one part glacial acetic acid and ~ 
two parts 70 per cent. alcohol, which in most cases gave excellent 
results. The material was preserved in 8§ per cent. alcohol, 
cleared in xylol, and embedded in paraffine. Other methods were 
also used, particularly in the study of Micranipelis, where the pecu- 
liar cytoplasmic conditions suggested the advisability of trying 
different reagents. In this case accordingly three methods of fix- 
ation were used viz., acetic-alcohol, sublimate acetic mixture, and» 
the weaker Flemming solution. The stains employed were Haj- 
denhain’s iron haematoxylon, sections counterstained with Bis- : 


marck brown, Flemming’s  safranin- ‘oneal ~violet- orange, also 
cyanin-erythrosin and fuchsin-iodin green’ t Particula 


attention was given to the rod-like bodies in the cytoplasm oF 


each fixation. In order that conditions might be otherwise the | 
same, certain clusters of flowers of various stages of development — 
were embedded and sectioned, forming several series of ten to fif- 

teen slides, which were numbered in their proper sequence, and dif 


In the material fixed with acetic-alcohol the rod-like bod 
appeared when the preparations were stained with iron-haematoxy 
lon or with safranin-violet-orange. When fixed with sublima 
acetic (1 per cent. acetic) mixture the same cytoplasmic structu 


lon, safranin-violet-orange or cyanin-erythrosin combinations. 
material fixed with Flemming’s solution they were found only whet 
stained with the safranin-gentian-violet and orange G. The section 
were cut from 2 to 6 in thickness. 


KrRKWOOD : POLLEN-FORMATION IN CUCURBITACEAE (237 


When by such manipulations the pollen-mother-cells of the 
same anthers were treated with different stains as well as those of 
different anthers and different fixation, the chances that the unusual 
structures observed in the cytoplasm are due to the reagents is 
minimized. 


SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS 


1. The development of the pollen was followed in several 
forms. In each case the layer of cells immediately below the 
epidermis in each anther lobe divides by a periclinal wall to form 
primary tapetal and primary sporogenous cells. The former 
again divide to form two or three layers in the wall of the pollen- 
_ Sac, the latter undergo repeated divisions in the case of Fevillea to 


= form a mass of pollen-mother-cells, but in Melothria, Micrampelis 


and Cyclanthera no such divisions were observed, In these fea- 
tures the development of the sporogenous tissue and the pollen is 
essentially the same as described for other members of the Cu- 
curbitaceae by Mirbel, Warming and others, and is in accord with 
_ the condition found in most of the seed plants. 
Be foe The division of pollen-mother-cells was given special atten- 
tion in Micrampelis. The principal feature of interest here is the 
_ Presence of certain darkly-staining, rod-like bodies in the cyto- 
plasm. These appear before the mother-cells have reached their 
: full size and persist for some time, gradually breaking up as the 
cell prepares for its first mitosis and appearing to resolve them- 
selves into many minute granules which stain darkly. These 
§ranules become more conspicuous between the first and second 
mitoses and gradually disappear as the spore approaches maturity. 
No evidence was gathered as to their function, though they seem 
to be of kinoplasmic origin. In this they are extranuclear in 
origin and are not derived from the nucleolus as has been observed 
in the case of Larix and some other forms. 

3. The cytoplasm appears to be distinctly fibrillar. In certain 
Cases the fibers of the reticulum are apparently stretched in lines 
tangential to the nucleus during the period of its rapid expansion. 
As the time of the first division approaches the cytoplasm presents 
the aspect of fibers radiating from the nucleus. The fibrillar 
aspect disappears with the formation of the spindle. 


238 KrrKwoop: PoLLEN-FORMATION IN CUCURBITACEAE 


4. The spindle originates partly from the linin of the nuclear 
reticulum but mostly from the thin weft of fibers which appears 
about the nucleus as its wall is gradually dissolved. As the form 
of the nucleus changes from spherical to angular the spindle-fibers 
are collected into numerous pencils pointing different directions. 
These gradually collect to form a bipolar spindle which stands in 
the center of the large mother-cell and has no apparent connec- 
tion with the plasmatic membrane. The form of the spindle is 
narrow and sharply pointed, some of its fibers Spreading far out 
into the cytoplasm. 

5. The chromatin in early stages in the development of the 
spore-mother-cell is inconspicuous, but as the time for division 
approaches it becomes distributed in paired masses through the 
nuclear reticulum. The masses are regarded as representing 
chromosomes. They finally become merged into a compact mass 
as synapsis approaches. 

6. Synapsis here seems to be a normal phenomenon in the life 
of the cell. The chromatin becomes massed about the nucleolus 
at one side of the nuclear vacuole. From this condition it merges 
from a coiled thread split longitudinally, which soon segments 
into sixteen double pieces. These pieces become compactly 
massed at the equator of the spindle, contracting into rounded 
masses. The separation of the chromosomes is according to the 
heterotypic form of mitosis, The reduced number of the chro- 
mosomes is sixteen. 

7. In the telophase of the first division the chromatin forms a 
thread which is gradually dissolved into small granules and masses 
almost as in the resting nucleus. The second mitosis is inaugu- 
rated by the reassembling of this chromatin into irregular masses, 
which become more evenly rounded and divided into two in the 


ensuing metaphase. Owing to the size and rounded form of the . 


chromosomes, the characters of a homotypic mitosis were not 
discernible, but the appearance of the figure is essentially differ- 
ent from that of the first mitosis. In the telophase of the second 
division the chromatin distributes itself in the form of a beaded 
network which persists long into the development of the spore. 


SYRACUSE UNIVERsITY. 


Lal 


iS) 


— 


= 


on 


On 


“I 
. 


oo 


© 


ol 
(2) 


KIRKWOOD: POLLEN-FORMATION IN CUCURBITACEAE 239 


LITERATURE 

. Allen, C. E. The early stages of spindle formation in the pollen- 
mother-cells of Zarvix. Ann. Bot. 17: 281-312. pl. 14,15. 1903. 
Byxbee, E. S. The development of the pollen-mother-cells of 
Lavatera. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. III. 2: 63-82. pl. Z0-12. I9g00. 
Cannon, W. A. Studies in plant hybrids: spermatogenesis of 
hybrid cotton. Bull. Torrey Club 30: 133-172. p/. 7, 8: I903. 
Studies in plant hybrids: spermatogenesis of hybrid peas. 
Bull. Torrey Club 30: 519-543. pl. 17-19. 1903. 

. Cardiff, I. D. A study of synapsis and reduction. Bull. Torrey 
Club 33: 271-306. p/. 12-15. 1906. 

. Coulter, J. M. & Chamberlain, C. J. Morphology of angio- 
sperms. New York, 1903. 

Davis, B. M. Studies on the plant cell. Am. Nat. 38: 367- 
3955 431-469; 571-594; 725-760; 39: 217-268; f. 1-78. 
(Parts I-IV, r904. Part V, 1905.) 

. Duggar, B. M. Studies in the development of the pollen grains 
in Symplocarpus foetidus and Peltandra undulata. Bot. Gaz. 29: 
81-98. A/. 7, 2. 1900. 

- Gager,C.S. The development of the pollinium and sperm-cells 
in Asclepias Cornuti Decaisne. Ann. Bot. 16: 123-148. pi. 7. 
Tgo2, 

‘ Galinski, S. J. Ein Beitrag zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des 
Androeceums und des Gynaeceums der Griser. Bot. Centralb. 
95: I-17; 62-72; 129-135; pl. 1-7. 1893. 

- Guignard, L. Nouvelles études sur la fécondation. Ann. Sci. 
Nat. Bot. VII. 14: 163-296. pl. 9-78. 1891. 

- Hus, H. T. A. Spindle formation in the pollen-mother-cells of 
Cassia tomentosa L. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. III. 2: 329-354- 
Pl. 30-32. 1904. 

: Lawson, A. A. Some observations on the development of the 
karyokinetic spindle in the pollen-mother-cells of Codaea scandens 
Cov. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. II. 1: 168-188. f/. 33-36. 1898. 
: Lloyd, =. 2. The comparative embryology of the Rubiaceae. 
Mem, Torrey Club 8: 1-112. pl. 1-15. (Part I, 1899. Part I, 
1902.) 


: Merrell, W. D. A contribution to the life history of S#phium. 
Bot. Gaz. 29; 99-133. 1900. 


240 Kirkwoop: POLLEN-FORMATION IN CUCURBITACEAE 


16. 


_ 
~I 


N 
~ 


Mirbel, C. F. B. Complément des observations sur le Marchantia 
polymorpha, Mém. Inst. France 13: 39-74. pl. 8-z0. 1835. 


. Mottier, D. M. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Kerntheilung in den 


Pollenmutterzellen einiger Dikotylen und Monocotylen. Jahrb. 
Wiss. Bot. 30: 169-204. p/. 37-5. 18097. 


- —— Fecundation in plants. Publication No. 15, Carnegie Insti- 


tution of Washington. 1904. 
Naegeli, K. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des Pollens bei den 
Phanerogamen, Zurich, 1842. 


. Osterhout, W. J. V. Uber Entstehung der karyokinetische Spin- 


del bei Zguisetum. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 30: 159-168. p/. 7,2. 1897. 


. Overton, J.B. Uber Reduktionsteilung in den Pollenmutterzellen 


einiger Dikotylen. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 42: 121-153. pl. 6, 7. 
1905. 


. Rosenberg, O. Uber die Embryologie von Zostera marina. Bih. 


Handl. Svensk. Vetensk. Akad. 27(3)°: 1-26. p/. 7,2. 1901. 


. Strasburger, E, Uber Kerntheilung und Zelltheilung im Pflanzen- 


reich. Hist. Beitr. I. Jena, 1888. 


- —— Uber Cytoplasmastructuren, Kern- und Zelltheilung. Jahrb. 


Wiss. Bot. 30: 375-405. f. 2. 1897. 
Warming, E. Untersuchungen iiber pollenbildene Phyllome und 
Kaulome. Bot. Abhandl. 2: 1-90. pl. 1-6. 1873. 


- Wilson, E. B. Experimental studies in cytology, I. A cyto- 


logical study in artificial parthenogenesis in sea-urchin eggs. 
Archiv. Entwickelungsmechanik der Organismen 12: 529-596. 
pl. 11-17, f. I-12. 1901. 


. Zacharias, E. Uber das Verhalten des Zellkerns in wachsenden 


Zellen. Flora 81: 217-266. 1895. 


KIRKWOOD: POLLEN-FORMATION IN CUCURBITACEAE 241 


Explanation of plates 17-21 
PLATE 17. Micrampelis 
. Transverse section through part of young anther showing the formation of pri- 
mary de netal and primary sporogenous cells. 720 
2. Longitudinal section through RIE olde anther. The primary sporo- 
genous cells have become the spore-mother-c xX 720 
3. Transverse section through anther e still later stage. _ Spore-mother-cells 
usually in a single row in each locule of the anther. 9 20: 
4. Second division of spore-mother-cell. ‘Tapetum and anther-wall. 720. 
5. Microspore, tapetum, and anther-wall. >< 720. 
6. Later stage of same 72 
7. First division of spore nucleus. >< 562 
8. Division of spore nucleus completed. ss ~ near the wall. > 660. 
g. Mature pollen grain. Generative cell elon - Nucleus occupies most of 
the cell, es acdcicn obscure. Vegetative Rica to the right. 660 


PLATE 18 
Cyclanthera 
10, Vertical section through one side of the androecium, showing division of hypo- 
cee cell in the formation of primary tapetal and primary sporogenous cells. 
I. Slightly later stage of the same. To the right are shown initial sporogenous 
and aia cells, s and ¢ respectively. 480. 
12. Spore-mother-cells in synapsis stage. >< 420 
- Spore-mother-cells approaching first mitosis mother-cell. 480. 
14. Mitosis of mother-cell. >< 480. 
15. Microspores and anther-wall. >< 480. 


fevillea 

16. Vertical section through anther rudiment. 80. 

17. Transverse section through young anther. Spore-mother-cells shaded ; tapetum 
hot yet differentiated. <-48 

15. Later stage of same. Tapetum, T. XX 48 

19. Section through part of anther A 8 “gpore-csother- -cells in synapsis. 
sais cells strongly developed. 

© and 21. Successive stages in microspore formation, Multinucleate tapetal 
cells, x 480. 
PLATE 19. Aicrampelis 

Mitosis of pollen-mother-cells. Figures are drawn with an Abbé camera lucida. 
#8 Combination Zeiss 2 mm. inamersion mapond: and compensating ocular 1 
Magnification of figures I ts diameters. 

22, Normal resting ce 

23. Appearance of Ve ate cytoplasinic bodies 


25, 26. Contraction of bart and preparation for division. 

27- Showing origin of spindle. 

28-30, Metaphase, anaphase, and telophase of first division. 

3t. Mother-cell showing nuclei resulting from the first and second divisions. 
Section includes but three of the four nuclei. 

32. Young microspore. 


The 


942 KirKkwoop: POLLEN-FORMATION IN CUCURBITACEAE 


PLATE 20. Micrampelis 
ates 20 and 21 deal chiefly with the changes taking place in the nuclear struc- 
tures during the first and second divisions of the pollen-mother-cells of A/crampelts. 
Magnification 2,200 diameter 
33. Relatively early oat of the nucleus in mother. cell. 
34. A condition somewhat later than 33. Before synapsis. 
35- a 
36. n of synapsis. 
37. oe ii than 36. Spireme emerging from synapsis and showing longi- 
tudinal ee 
38. pable chromosomes as seen after transverse divisions of the spireme 
ve sein of the nuclei at the stage showing transverse dwitia of the 
spireme. 
42, 43. Showing condensation of the chromosomes. It is at about this time that 
spindle formation begins to be apparent in the cyto 
44. Appearance of some of the chromosomes aoe from various nuclei at about 
the same stage as shown in _ tag 
45. Metaphase of first divisi 
48. Anaphase of first division hawine form of chromosomes and relation of mantle- 
fibers to the same. Int terpolar fibers stain darkly. 
49. Section through mantle-fibers attached to chromosomes; sixteen in number. 


PLATE 21. piece gett 

46, 47. Metaphase of first divisions; heterotypic f 

50. Chromosomes as they appear in the Bictashdine ie ‘be first division attached to 
the fibers. 

RY; bi Chromosomes as they appear in the OM numbering sixteen. 

53, 54. Formation of spireme in telophase of first division 

55- . domaltieat of the nucleus oats at the <diidlaidei of the first division. 

56, 57. Prophase of second divi 

58, 59. Showing persistent elec Deine nuclei in prophase of second division. 

- Anaphases of the second divisio 
63. Pathe acca in telophase of i second division. 
64, 65. Transition from condition shown in 63 to the reticulate resting nucleus. 
Bape Showing transformation from dark cytoplasmic fibers to the extranuclear 

nuclei 


| 
| 


American ferns— VIII, A preliminary review of the North American 
Gleicheniaceae 


Luci—EN Marcus UNDERWOOD 


The oldest known of the American representatives of this 
family was figured by Plumier in 1703 (plate 28) and this plate 
was taken by Linnaeus in 1753 as the type of Pteris dichotoma and 
in 1759 as thetype of Acrostichum furcatum. After various vicissi- 
tudes this oldest species of the genus—probably because of 
its rarity, for it grows, apparently, only in the extinct craters of 
the Lesser Antilles —passed into forgotten synonymy. The first 
recognition of generic value in the family was made in 1793, by 
Sir J. E. Smith, who based the genus G/eichenia on Onoclea poly- 
podioides of Linnaeus, an Australian species. This was followed 
in 1804 by Willdenow’s genus Mertensia, based on five pectinate 
Species, part of which were American. This generic name could 
not hold because of the earlier Mertensia Roth (1793) in the 
Boraginaceae ; and this fact was noted as early as 1806, by 
Bernhardi, who then established the genus Dicranofteris in its place, 
basing his name on Polypodium dichotomum Thunb. from Japan.* 
It is this genus to which our American species pertain. 

Robert Brown published Platyzoma in 1810 with a single Aus- 
tralian species, and in 1861 Mettenius established Stromatopteris 
with a single species from New Caledonia.t We believe that all of 
these represent valid genera and may be separated by the following 
tabulated characters: 


fensia for a fern genus was preoccupied and substituted the name Mesosorus for it. 


243 


244 UNDERWOOD: AMERICAN FERNS 


Stems simply pinnatifid or pinnate.* 
Sori borne on the ends of ordinary veins ; rootstocks creeping. PLATYZOMA. 
Sori borne on horseshoe-shaped receptacles ; rootstocks erect. STROMATOPTERIS. 
Stems pseudo-dichotomous, once to many times forking. 
Sori borne on the ends of veins; segments in the form of 
unded lob LEICHENIA 
Sori borne dorsally on the veins or at a fork ; pinnae pectinate. DICRANOPTERIS. 


Of the above genera Dicranopteris is found in both the Old 
World and the New, extending in range from Japan to the Straits 
of Magellan. The other genera are confined to the southern 
hemisphere of the Old World. As stated above Platyzoma and 
Stromatopteris are monotypic, while Gleichenia has several species 
ranging from South Africa to Java and Australia.t The species 
of Gleichenia are frequent in cultivation in the conservatories of 
the Old World, but we have never seen any of the species of Dr 
cranopterts in cultivation anywhere. The development of the 
sexual stage is only incompletely known, having been partially 
studied by Rauwenhoff, ¢ but in Jamaica at least the early stages 
of several species are abundant on the clay banks from germinating 
Spores to young sporophytes in all stages. The young stages of 
the various species could profitably be studied at the Cinchona 
laboratory, as all four of Diels’ sections of the genus are abun- 
dantly represented within easy reach of that station. 

ome of the larger members of the genus Dicranopteris form 
thickets so deep that we have seen tunnels cut through them in 
which men could walk erect, and once, at Tweedside, Jamaica, 
Mr. Maxon and the writer walked for more than half a kilometer 
on the bent-down branches of tangles that had overgrown an 
unused bridle-path, our guides, tired of cutting paths, forcibly throw- 


ing themselves upon the tangles and we following on the springing 
elastic masses never once touching the ground and often a meter 
or more above it. Nearly all the species show a pseudodichotomy, 
and in each fork the growing axis remains in the form of a dor- 
mant bud ready to spring up as soon as the necessities of the plant 
demand additional foliar expansion. The accompanying diagram 

Sn ee ee 
* One of the South American species of the genus Dicranopteris has simple pes 
tinate stems. Too little is known of the species, however, to base any conclusions on It- 
others, 


tN. P. W. Rauwennorr: La génération sexuée des Gleicheniacées. Arch. 
Néerl. 24: 157-231. pl. 4-10. 1890, 


T In Synopsis Filicum six species of 4 Lugleichenia are recognised, but there are 


— 


UNDERWOOD: AMERICAN FERNS 245 


will illustrate the normal progress of one of the species, and it must 
be noted that in the main the diagram represents the plant at its 
simplest condition except at one point (above c’) where a bud of the 
second order of forks is represented as producing a lateral exten- 
sion of the plant, a condition possible at every one of the second- 
ary and tertiary forks. 

On account of these features some of the larger species of 
Dicranopteris do not lend themselves to what has facetiously been 
called ‘lie flat botany” since they occupy too much space in 
every direction to be easily reduced to the limits of the ordinary 
herbarium sheet, and still reveal the distinctive characters of the 
Species. Neither “rough dry botany” nor “bottle botany” will 
succeed much better in transferring the distinctive characters of 
the larger species to the laboratory, and photography, while re- 
vealing habit in the mass, can add little to the details that go to 
separate technically one species from another. They must be lived 
with in their native haunts to impress firmly their distinctive char- 
acters. The ordinary field botanist, without knowing the necessi- 
ties of the case, meets a proposition in the form of a Dicranopteris 
tangle, and simply breaks off one of the small terminal portions 
of possibly a fork of the second or third order with no hint of the 
main stem or habit of growth and brings it to some herbarium for 
preservation as a stumbling-block for the future. Such material 
unfortunately formed the basis for some of the “type specimens” 
of the genus and they can only be elucidated and correlated after 
extensive study of the plants in the field. Field-work of an in- 
telligent character alone will ever disentangle the muddles in this 
genus. The hortus siccus will furnish some of the types but they 
must be interpreted by the field study in their respective type 
localities. 

The terminology of the parts of these peculiar plants requires 
Special notice and can best be explained by reference to the dia- 
gram (FIGURE 1). We commence with a young simple upright 
branch* W7. This normally forks twice, producing a bud at +’ 
' SS eercvercpmereeree ns « 

* This upright branch from the creeping rootstock is circinate when young and is 
‘parently homologous with the “ frond’? or leaf of the ordinary fern. Like the ana- 
logous case in some of the Lygodieae it is utterly impractical touse such a terminology 
here in descriptive work. It would be particularly absurd to sneik of such a tangle 
aS we have mentioned above as ‘‘ leaves” or ‘ fronds’’ and yet such they appear to 
sy Morphologically. 


246 UNDERWOOD: AMERICAN FERNS 


and also at a’a’ ; at the latter points we may have pairs of pecti- 
nate pinnae simply (as shown on the right) or in some species we 
may have a second forking (as shown on the left), or in still other 
species this may be continued still further. Each species when 


| essabece Dist 
Fic. 1. Diagram of method of branching in Dicranopteris. 
normally mature appears to have a definite limit to the number of 


Successive forkings of the same members. So far the problem is 
simple, but see what happens later. At some period the bud at 


UNDERWOOD: AMERICAN FERNS 247 


«' unfolds and (cf. larger figure) a second fork is produced at Y 
which by successive forkings duplicates the simple condition first 
observed. The system of forks at Y may be distinguished from 
those below as forks of the second order. From Ya terminal bud 
may produce later a fork of the third order (Z) and its terminal bud 
may continue the process as long as the tissue of the main stem 
retains the power to convey nourishment. Even this condition is 
comparatively simple, if it would remain so, as it does in certain 
Species ; but in others, buds everywhere developed at the lateral 
forks as at a, a, @, a, may unroll and produce an interminable array 
of complications. A moderate example of this is shown at the 
left-hand fork above Y; from this simple example it will not be 
difficult to imagine the possibilities of complication arising in a 
vigorous upright stem. The primary branches at c, c, may be 
called the primary internodes; at d, a, d, d, we have the secondary 
internodes, and so on through the entire series of the pseudo- 
dichotomy. 

In the field it is of prime importance to get the primary fork 
in a normal condition ; in it the characters of the bud-scales and 
the extent of the decurrence of the segments on the secondary and 
Primary internodes is of great importance. Often these are both 
naked except for a casual stfpule-like segment at the bud itself; 
in others the secondary is pectinate like the upper pinnae while 
the primary is naked ; in others still the primary is pectinate on 
the inner side or in some species on both sides ; so far as we have 
been able to see, these characters are fairly constant. One species 
(D. Pectinata) presents a modification of this method of forking, 
the alternate forks producing merely a pair of pectinate pinnae, 
while the Opposite one produces a second fork of which the alter- 
Nate internode again produces a pair of pinnae, while the other 
§0es on as before, thus forming an apparently zigzag axis and 
withal most graceful sprays, as the species is vine-like and often 
Teaches a length of several meters. : 

Hooker and Baker recognized twenty-one species in their 
Gleichenia § Mertensia * (which is Dicranopteris) eight of which are 


r Synopsis Filicum ed. 2. 12,15,and 449. 1874. Besides this two of Mettenius’ 
Species published in 1864 are included in the Index and referred to p. 449 of the text, 
but no mention of them occurs on that page or elsewhere in the work. 


248 UNDERWOOD: AMERICAN FERNS 


exclusively American and two others are regarded as common to 
the tropics of both hemispheres, while the other eleven are exclu- 
sively Old-World species ranging from Japan and Hawaii to Tas- 
mania and South Africa. Strikingly in contrast with this treatment 
is the arrangement given by Sturm of the Brazilian species,* of 
which he describes twenty-five ; almost half of which (twelve) are 
reduced by Hooker and Baker under the single species, Gleichenia 
pubescens, with their characteristic lack of recognition of specific 
characters. Sturm’s treatment, although nearly a half century 
away from the present, is the only critical and reliable one the 
American species have ever received, but concerns the South 
American species only, The species extending into Mexico and 


the West Indies have never received special attention, but their 


treatment has usually been that of Synopsis Filicum, in which the 
species are massed under four names as follows : 

1. Gleichenia longissima Blume. (Type from Java! ) 

2. Gleichenia pubescens H. & B. (Type from Venezuela and 
never examined by the authors of Synopsis Filicum !) 

3. Gleichenia pectinata Presl, (Type from Caracas, Vene- 
zuela ; a common tropical American species. ) 

4. Gleichenia dichotoma Willd. (Type from Japan ! ) 

The four categories which these tangles typify were made to 
stand for four sections of the genus by Diels,t and some of them 
on account of differences in spore characters, have been thought 
worthy of higher rank.§ 

I. Of the four tangles mentioned above, the first was founded 
ona Javan plant, and represents a large group of species, two of 


* Flora Brasiliensis 1); 219-238, 


859. 
We have now no reason for believing that any species are common to the Old 
World and the New. 


| 


UNDERWOOD: AMERICAN FERNS 249 


which are found in the American tropics and a considerable num- 
ber of species are widely distributed in the Old World.* The 
members of this group are distinguished by forming a single fork, 
each branch of which develops directly into a long bipinnate por- 
tion; as in the other sections the bud at the fork may develop 
into forks of the second and third orders forming an indefinite 
growth at the end of the axis. This group forms the section 
Diplopterygium of Diels. 

2. The species of the second group, which form the section 
Holopterygium of Diels, have the characteristic forking indicated 
in FIGURE I, with the segments decurrent on the nodes sometimes 
even to the primary ones. It was in this section that Sturm char- 
acterized a dozen South American species in 18 59, anda resurvey 
of the same area at the present time would probably double that 
number; this work we hope later to be able to accomplish when 
the types in European herbaria have been studied still further, for 
without this no progress is possible. Most of the West Indian 
and Mexican species have been confused with Gleichenia bifida 
and G. pubescens, both originally described from South America, 
but a study of type material has convinced me that neither of 
these species occurs in present collections north of Panama. This 
is Strictly in accord with the conclusion reached long ago by 


* Among other members of this group the following species submerged by reduc- 
tion to Synonymy, which we have studied at Kew and Berlin, we regard worthy of 
Specific recognition : _ 
Dicranopteris glauca (Thunb. ). 

Polypodium glaucum Thunb.; Houtt. Nat. Hist. 14:177. 1783. (Type from 
Japan. ) 


Dicranopteris glabra (Brack. ). 

Mertensia glabra Brack. Wilkes Expl. Exp. 16:292. 1854. (Type from 
Hawaii, 
Dicranopteris gigantea (Wall. ). 
Gleichenia gigantea Wall. Cat. n. 157. 1827 (women nudum) ; nee 
Fil. r:5. pf. 9 4 1844. (Type from Nepal.) 
Dicranopteris longissima (Blume). 

Gleichenia longissima Blume, Enum, PI, Jav. 250. 1828. (Type from Java.) 
Dicranopteris arachnoides (Hassk.). 
F Mertensta arachnoides Hassk. Jour. Bot. Hook. 7 : 322. 1855. (Type from 
ava, ) 


It is more than likely that other species of this section are confused in European 
herbaria, particularly with D. gigantea and D, arachnoides of the above list. 


250 UnpERWooD: AMERICAN FERNS 


Sturm, who showed that the extension of range of G. pubescens 
at least was southward from its type locality rather than north- 
ward. Recently Dr. Christ has delimited a number of Costa 
Rican species, unfortunately with very poorly prepared material 
and probably without due reference to the species of South 
America. A number of his species have been re-collected in ex- 
cellent specimens by Mr. Maxon, but much more field work in 
that prolific region will be necessary before we reach the end of 
our knowledge of the range of species. We have separated 
thirteen species in this section with three others still in the position 
of spectes inquirendae. 

3. The section Acropterygium of Diels is characterized by bear- 
ing no segments on any of the internodes, the branches all terminat- 
ing in a single pair of pinnae. To this section belongs D. pectinata, 
of wide distribution, one of the most graceful of the genus.* 

4. The last section, Heteropterygium of Diels, is most peculiar 
of all in its branching. As in the Jast section there are no decur- 
rent segments, but after the second forking and each succeeding 
one, a branch is deflected downwards on either side of the fork so 
as to make an angle of about the same degree of aperture as the 
fork itself. These deflected pinnae may be nearly as large as the 
regular pinnae of the plant or, in other species, may be reduced 
toa simple pinnule only slightly larger than the ordinary seg- 
ments of the pinnae of the same plant. The type of this section 
as well as of the genus Dicranopteris is the plant described by 
Thunberg from Japan as Polypodium dichotomum. It is uncertain 
whether the Malayan plant which has a still earlier name 1s 
identical with this species or not.+ In any case the American 


ers 


*Commencing with Raddi, followed by Hooker (Sp. Fil. 1: 11,12. 1844), 
Mertensia glaucescens H. & B. has been reduced to synonymy with this species, with- 
out taking the trouble to examine Willdenow’s type. The species proves to be 4 
member of a distinct section (Holopterygium) from the present species and is to be 
compared with the glaucous species of that section more recently described from South 
America. The type locality of J/. Slaucescens is Santa Cruz, Venezuela. 

t The Malayan plant has been called Gleichenia linearis and has the following 
synonymy : 

Dicranopteris linearis (Burm. ) 

Polvpodium lineare Burm, F1. Ind. 235. pl. 67. f. 2. 1768, (type from Java); 
not Polypodium lineare Thunb. which belongs to a distinct family, but as a homony™ 
will require a new name when placed in its proper genus. 

Gleichenia linearis Clarke, Trans. Linn. Soc. II. 1: 428. 1880. 


ee 


UnpDERWoopD: AMERICAN FERNS 251 


species, which has a relatively large range, is distinct from either 
the Japanese or Malayan species, and has already been twice 
named. 

With this general account of the genus and its sections we 
present a preliminary synopsis of the North American species : 


Primary branches bipinnate. (2 mesa ‘ygium Diels. ) 


Pinnules contiguous, mostly altern 1. D. Bancroftii. 
Pinnules distant, mostly (? ) aged 3. D. Brunei, 
gut “one simply p (sometimes repeatedly) 


Ing. 
eS all naked up to the final pair of pectinate pinnae. 
With a pair of reflexed pinnae at each fork. (3 Heterop- 
terygium Diels. ) 7. D, flexuosa. 
Without reflexed pinnae at the forks. (2 Acropterygium 
Diels. ) 


Ultimate pinnae sessile. 15. D. pectinata. 
Ultimate pinnae stalked (7, ¢., the rachises naked 
at the base) 
Rachises zigzag, with reflexed segments. 17. D retrofiexa. 
x Rachises i. with horizontal segments. 16. D. fpteridella. 
Branches (some or all) pectinate; pinnae pinnatifid to the 


: base. (4 Baines ee Diels. 
: Once forked, the forks of the second and successive 
orders appearing like a bipinnatifid leaf; sinuses 
| between the teeth broad. 13. D. orthoclada. 
) Twice to four times forked. 
Primary internode (7. ¢., stem between Ist and 
fork) naked 
Under surface more or less tomentose. 5. D. cubensis. 
Under ee smooth or at most ope pubes- 
nt; rachises mostly sc 
Pinus narrow epi . cm. wide) ; 
mostly ed. 

Scales ot Withey buds dark-ful- 
vous ; segments granular-glaucous Ce 
beneath. 4. D. costaricensis. 

Scales of axillary buds pale-brown ; 
segments faintly pubescent beneath, one 
not glaucous. 11. D. jamaicensis. 

Pinnae wider (3.5-5 cm.). 

Under surfaces glaucescent; rachises 
densely-covered with pale spread- 
ing scales. 

Under surfaces faintly pubescent; 

hi 


2. D. bicolor. 


ulvous; scales of ultimate 
rachises with dark centers. 12. D. mellifera. 


252 UnpeRWoop: AMERICAN FERNS 


Scales of axillary buds pallid ; 
cales of ultimate rachises 
uniformly pale. 14. D. palmata. 
Primary internode naked on the outside, at least 


elow. 
Pinnae narrow, 2 cm, or less wide. 
Under surface thickly set with short erect 
reddish clavate bodies giving a ote 
appearance ; primary internodes 2 c 
or less long. 6. D. farinosa. 
Under surface smooth or glaucous-mealy, 
pale; primary internodes longer, 4-5 
em. long. 18. D. strictissima. 
Pinnae wider, 2.5-6 cm. 
Under sitar slightly pubescent ; ulti- 
mate rachises densely scaly. g. D. furcata. 
Under surfaces tomentose; ultimate 
rachises tomentose at first, becoming 
smooth, 8. D, fulva. 
eit internode (if any) fally pectinate; seg- 
ontiguous ; primary axis prominent, pro- 
ROLY (apparently) lateral branches. 10. D. intermedia. 


List OF THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES 
1. Dicranopteris Bancroftii (Hook.). 
Gleichenia Bancroftiti Hook. Sp. Fil. 1: 5. #7. g A. 1844. 

TYPE LOCALITY: Jamaica, Bancroft. 

DistRIBUTION: Mountains of Jamaica at altitudes of about 
1200-1500 meters; also in Costa Rica, Colombia, Venezuela, 
Ecuador, and Bolivia. 

Icon: Hooker, loc. cit. 

This species was properly distinguished from the Old World 
representatives of the /ongissima group by Hooker, and this just 
opinion was abandoned when he cast all rational ideas of geographic 
distribution aside, and as well all rational conceptions of species 
limitations. The species isa most graceful plant in spite of its 
large size; it often forms sprays four or five meters long overhang- 
ing dry banks. Its allies are discussed in the footnote on page 249: 


2. Dicranopteris bicolor (Christ). 

Gleichenia bicolor Christ, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 6: 279. 1906. 
Tyre LocaLity: Valle del Rio Navarro, Costa Rica, Werchle. 
Distripution: Known only from the mountains of Costa Rica, 

alt. about 1400 meters. 


ie eaten iaieiacaneniel 


UNDERWOOD: AMERICAN FERNS 253 


This very distinct species was first collected by J. J. Cooper 
and was referred by Mr. Baker to the all-embracing Gleichenia 
pubescens, as “a large glabrous form.” From Cooper’s fragment 
we had recognized a plant unique and distinct from any known 
species as early as 1898; the material then at hand was too 
meager for description. 


3. Dicranopteris Brunei (Christ). 

Gleichenia Brunei Christ, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 5: 13. 1905. 
TyPE LocaLity: El Desengano, Costa Rica, Brune. 
DistripuTIon: Known only from its type collection. Dr. 

Christ has kindly favored me with a part of spray which appears 

to be rather close to D. Bancroftii. 


4. Dicranopteris costaricensis sp. nov. 

A flabellate, 3-4-forked plant with narrow pinnae. Rootstock 
creeping ; main stalk slender, 2 mm. in diameter, smoothish or 
with scattered scales; primary forks diverging at an angle of 100°, 
the primary internodes 4—8 cm. long, with 1 or 2 small obtuse lobes 
at the base ; terminal bud large with dark-brown, ciliate-margined 
scales, sometimes forming a forking of the second order ; secondary 
branching diverging at an angle of 80°—g0°, the secondary inter- 
nodes 4~6 cm. long, pinnate on one or both sides in the lower 
half; tertiary branching at an angle of 40°-60°, the internodes 
5-6 cm. long, uniformly pinnate throughout, sometimes not form- 
ing a quaternary fork ; pinnae 12-20 cm. long, 1.25-2 cm. wide, 
the segments short, glaucous underneath, with strongly revolute 
Margins ; veins once forked; rachises more or less densely cov- 
ered underneath with delicate brown ciliated scales ; sporangia in 
3's or 4’s. 

Type from Costa Rica, Volcan Poas, alt. 2600 meters, a 
Donnell Smith 6859, Volcan de Turrialba, alt. 2800 meters, 
Pittier (J. D. S. 7486). 

This very distinct Costa Rican species has been confused ed 
nearly every writer with Gleichenia revoluta H. & B., a species 
described from Ecuador, which differs materially in its narrower 
pinnae, different vestiture of the segments, and different bud-scales 
and decurrence of the segments on the internodes. 


5. Dicranopteris cubensis sp. nov. 
A straggling plant of wayside banks, with stems a meter or 
h 


mote high. Rootstocks wide-creeping, slender ; 3-forked at the 


254 UNDERWOOD: AMERICAN FERNS 


first branching, 2-forked at the second; primary internodes 3.5—4.5 
~ em. long, naked with more or less appressed pubescence, the buds 
rather large with small pallid finely ciliate scales; secondary inter- 
nodes about equal length, sometimes nearly naked, but sometimes 
with segments decurrent from the tertiary forks one-half to two 
thirds the length; pinnae 25-30 cm. or more long, 5—7 cm. wide, 
the segments narrow, widening at the base, separated by 2-3 times 
their width, smooth above, covered beneath with a fine pure white 
appressed tomentum in which the sori are embedded ; veins forked, 
mostly near the base, distinct; sporangia mostly in 3’s and 4's. 
On clay banks, slopes of El Yunque, near Baracoa, Cuba, Under- 
wood & Earle 1416 (type), 1796; also collected by Wright 921 
(in part), z8zo. - 


6. Dicranopteris farinosa (Kaulf.). 
Mertensia farinosa Kaulf. Wesen der Farrenkr. 37. 1827. 
Mertensia subtrisperma Fée, Mém. Foug: 11: 122. pl. 32. f. 2: 
1866. (Type from Guadeloupe.) 
TypE LocaLity: “ Deren Vaterland ich nicht kenne” — 
Kaulfuss. 
DistRiBUTION : Known only from the island of Guadeloupe. 
ItLustRations: Kunze, Anal. Pterid. 6.f/. 3. 1837; Fée, /oc. cit. 
This is another characteristic species that has been strangely 
misunderstood in spite of the two excellent illustrations cited 
above, both of which call attention particularly to the very unique 
covering of the under side of the segments which we have seef 
in no other species of the family. Under the name Gleichenia far-_ 
inosa or Mertensia farinosa it has been mistakenly reported from all 
the greater Antilles. It appears very rarely in collections and has 
probably a limited range on the islands of the Lesser Antilles. 
Although Kaulfuss was not aware of its original place of collection, — 
his figure in Kunze’s Avadecta is unmistakable and it is more than 
probable that he found his specimen among some of the plants 
brought in by Sieber’s collectors. 


7. Dicranopteris flexuosa (Schrad.). 

Mertensia flexuosa Schrad. Goett. Gel. Anz. 863. 1824. 

Mertensia rigida Kunze, Linnaea 9: 16. 1834. (Type from Sa 
bangata, Peru, Poeppig.) 

Gleichenia flexuosa Mett. Ann. Lug. Bat. 1: 50. 1863. 


UNDERWOOD: AMERICAN FERNS 255 


Gleichenia rigida Bommer & Christ. Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 3h: 174. 

1869. Not Gleichenia rigida J. Sm. 

Type tocaity: Brazil, Maximilian Prinz Neuwied. 

DistrisutTion: Lower elevations up to 800 m. alt., Porto 
Rico, Cuba, Jamaica, and southward from Colombia along the 
Andes to Peru and Brazil. 

ILLustraTion: Mart. Icon. Crypt. Bras. p/. 60. f. r. 

This is the American representative of a rather complicated 
group of plants that have been unceremoniously massed under 
the name of Gleichenia dichotoma. This last species was described 
and figured from Japan by Thunberg as Polypodium dichotomum 
and may be distinct from the earlier Malayan representative of the 
group described by Burmann as Polypodium lineare. In any case 
the Malayan representative will bear the name Dicranopteris linearis 
(Burm.) as noted above. The fibro-vascular bundles of the last- 
named species are wiry and elastic and are used by the Malayans ~ 
for weaving hats or hat frames and other articles. The Javan 
Species is much larger than its low American representative and 
this accounts in part for the confusion which has placed several 
Old World species ranging from Hawaii and Japan to Java, Nepal, 
Madagascar and Fernando Po in one species, when there are cer- 
tainly several as indicated by their mummied fragments preserved 
in European herbaria. 


8. Dicranopteris fulva (Desv.). , 
Mertensia fulva Desv. Ann. Soc. Linn. Paris 6: 200. 1827. 
This commonest species of the island of Jamaica has been in 
recent years strangely confused with the Mertensia pubescens of 
Willdenow, which was originally described from South America. 
It was characterized in 182 7 by Desvaux in the following terms 
Which appear unmistakable : 
“Stipite et rachi dichotomo glabris ; frondibus pinnatis ; pinnis per dichotomiam 
decurrentibus, pectinato-pinnatifidis : pinnulis linearibus, elongatis, subobtusis, air 
fulvo-tomentosis ; sporangiis subquaternatis. Habitat in montibus ceruleis Jamaicae. 


The Hookerian school, Grisebach, and Jenman all confused 
this Species with Mertensia pubescens, notwithstanding the fact 
that Sturm as early as 1859 had definitely delimited that much 
smaller South American species which Willdenow himself had 


256 UNDERWOOD: AMERICAN FERNS 


described as “ subtus albido villosis,” to say nothing of numerous 
other characters. 

The present species forms immense thickets on banks and 
overgrows paths that are long neglected. Its general habit may 
be seen from a photograph taken last year in Porto Rico by Dr. 


Fic 
Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, ) 


Bank covered with Dicranopteris fulva, Porto Rico, (Courtesy of the 


M. A. Howe which is here reproduced by the courtesy of the 

New York Botanical Garden (FIGURE 2). This is the species alluded 

to‘above (page 244) at the Tweedside plantation, Jamaica. 
DisTRIBUTION: Cuba, Jamaica, Porto Rico, Hispaniola, and in 


enn 


UNDERWOOD: AMERICAN FERNS 257 


Mexico from Orizaba and Chiapas southward to Guatemala, Costa 
Rica and Panama. It is not always possible to cite specimens 
from the miserable fragmentary tips which even some of the recent 
collectors bring back to herbaria after a laborious and expensive 
journey to add to the knowledge of our tropical flora. 


9. Dicranopteris furcata (L.). 

Pteris dichotoma L. Sp. Pl. 1076. 1753. Not Dicranopteris dicho- 
toma Bernh. 

Acrostichum: furcatum Syst.”-Nat- ed 16.>as F321- ° 3750. 
(Based on Plumier //. 28, the same as had previously served 
as the type of Pteris dichotoma.) 

Polypodium furcatum Sw. Jour. Bot. Schrad. 18007: 28. 1801. 

Gleichenia furcata Spreng. Syst. Nat. 4: 25. 1827. 

Mertensia furcata Willd. Vet. Ak. Nya Handl. 166. 1804. 

Mertensia grandis Fée, Mém. Foug. 9. 31. .1857 (nomen nu- 
dum); Mém. Foug. 11: 120. 1866. (Type from La Sou- 
fri¢re, Guadeloupe.) ; 

Rootstock unknown; upright stems stout, 5-6 mm. in diam- 
eter, covered above and when young with copious pale lanceolate 
scales ; primary branches forming an angle of 80°, with one or 
two pinnae on either side at the base of the internode, which is 3 
cm. long and scaly like the main stalk; occasionally forming a 
secondary branch with the second internode 6 cm. or more long, 
fully pinnate on both sides ; pinnae 12-20 cm. long, 4.5—6.5 cm. 
wide in the middle, narrowed slightly toward each end, elliptic, 
_the segments about 3 mm. wide, tapering mainly near the tips ; 

under surfaces nearly smooth except the rachises which are 
densely scaly ; 

Type Locatity: Morne de la Calebasse, Martinique; based on 
Plumier, pl. 28. 

Distripution: Craters of extinct volcanoes [ Martinique], 
Guadeloupe, and St. Kitts (Mt. Misery, Britton & Cowell 526). 

ILLusrration : Plumier, /oc. cit. 

This species has been strangely misunderstood and until the 
collection of fresh material by Britton and Cowell in 1900 it was 
impossible to correlate the species with other collections, especially 
of the Mertensia grandis Fée, which we have since seen in his 
Collection and which was evidently based on plants with rather 
Onger pinnae. The plants from St. Kitts exactly match the illus- 


258 UNDERWOOD: AMERICAN FERNS 


tration from Plumier. The plant has not recently been collected 
in Martinique and is not likely ever to be collected there again. 
It should be sought at the summits of the higher volcanic islands of 
the Lesser Antilles. In St. Kitts it goes by the name of “ stag- 
horn fern.”’ 

By strangely following somebody’s error, Christensen * refers 
Mertensia grandis to Gleichenia Bancroftii (Dicranopteris Ban- 
croft), a member of a distinct section of the genus, 


10. Dicranopteris intermedia (Baker). 
Gleichenia intermedia Baker, JOUr, Bot. 26% 24.1887; 
Gleichenia axialis Christ, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 5: 14. 1905. 

(Type from Rio Navarro, Wercklé.) 

Type Locatity : Costa Rica, 7. /. Cooper. 

DisTRIBUTION: Costa Rica. 

Dr. Christ in some way formed the impression that Baker's 
species was “une espéce évidemment alpine,” whereas Cooper's col- 
lection was from near Cartago and not far from the type locality 
of G. aazalis, which is without question a redescription of Baker's 
plant. It really does prevent errors to visit Kew, but it is hard to 
convince continental fern students of that fact. 


11. Dicranopteris jamaicensis sp. nov. 

A mountain species with narrow pinnae much forked, some- 
times proliferous and forming low thickets. Rootstocks creeping, 
frequently branched with abundant brownish scales ; stems erect, 
25-60 cm. long, 2~4-forked; buds densely covered with pale- 
brown ciliate scales ; primary internodes naked or with avery few 
small segments on the inner side at base, scaly at first, becoming 
smooth and shiny, 3-9 cm. long; secondary internodes nearly 
naked or more often with segments on both sides below or all the 
way up, densely scaly as are the rachises with narrow pale-brown 
ciliate scales ; tertiary internodes fully pectinate ; pinnae 16-22 cm. 
long, rarely more than 2 cm. wide, with numerous closely placed 
segments separated by less than their width; under surfaces 
smooth, veins distinct, once forked, a third above the base; sof 
pale, in 3’s and 4’s. 

Blue Mountains of Jamaica, Underwood 1 511 (type), 5 08, 
919, 2500, 2552, 3209; Maxon 2617; also collected by /enman, 
FHlart and others, 


: a8 3 a faeeres i. 


* Index Filicum 423. 1906, 


; 
i 
4 


UNDERWOOD: AMERICAN FERNS 259 


Confused by Jenman with Gleichenia Matthewsii Hook., a 
Peruvian species with a widely different vestiture throughout. 


12. Dicranopteris mellifera (Christ). 

Gleichenia mellifera Christ, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 6: 28. 1906. 
Type Locauity: Valle del Rio Navarro, Costa Rica, Wercklé. 
DISTRIBUTION: Known only from Costa Rica. 


13. Dicranopteris orthoclada (Christ). 

Gleichenia orthoclada Christ, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 5: 16. 1905; 
thid. 6: 282. 1906. 

Gleichenia intermedia dissitifolia Baker, Jour. Bot. 25: 24. 
1887. (Type from Costa Rica, /. /. Cooper.) 
TYPE LocaLity: Costa Rica, Wercklé 272. 
DIsTRIBUTION : Known only from Costa Rica. 


14. Dicranopteris palmata (Schaffner) sp. nov. 
Mertensia palmata Schaffner; Fée, Mém. Foug. 9: 32. 1857 
(xomen nudum). 
Gleichenia palmata Moore, Ind. Fil. 380. 1862 (nomen nudum). 
A smoothish species with upright stems 3—4-forked, the primary 
and secondary internodes naked, the ultimate pinnae diverging at 
an angle of about 30°. Rootstock creeping, sending up strict 
branches (stems) 60 cm. or more high, the upper portion 4-6 
mm, in diameter, smooth, olive-brown ; primary branches diverg- 
ing at an angle of 90°, 7-8 cm. long, naked except for a few scat- 
tering scales ; secondary branches diverging at an angle of 60°, 
the internodes 3.5-4 cm. long, with a pair of bracts at the base 
and a line of linear scales along the inner side, otherwise naked ; 
tertiary branches diverging at an angle of 30°-40°, the internodes 
5-6 cm. long, pinnate on both sides throughout ; quaternary and 
final branches forming an angle of 30°, the pinnae 20-25 cm. 
long, 3 cm, wide, tapering gradually to the point; segments 2. 5 
mm. wide, the margin often finely revolute, blunt, with a few scat- 


‘tered hairs beneath; sporangia in 3’s or 4’s; rachises pale red- 


dish-brown with scattered ciliate scales. 

Type from moist woods, Orizaba, Mexico, Pringle 6129; also 
collected by Liebmann, Schaffner, and Bourgeau ; also common at 
1500 m. in the Blue Mountains of Jamaica, occurring singly and 
not forming thickets like the allied species. 

This species was first recognized by Schaffner as distinct and 
given a manuscript name which was published but not described 


260 UnpDERWoOD: AMERICAN FERNS 


by Fée under Mertensia and transferred by Moore to Gleichenia ; 
although the plant has thus been known for nearly fifty years it 
has remained undescribed. The plant was distributed by Mr. 
Pringle as ‘‘a smooth form” of Gleichenia pubescens, but has 
nothing to do with the species distributed by him under that name 
in the collection of the same year (zo. 6730). The Jamaica plants 
which we are unable to distinguish from the Mexican occur at 
points above Morce’s Gap on the trail to. John Crow Peak and 
above Cinchona on the road to New Haven Gap. Jamaica collec- 
tions in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden are as 
follows: Clute 184, Underwood 618, 965, 1245, 2033, 2097, and 
31738. Mr. Jenman confused this species with G/eichenia furcata, 
to which species, as properly understood, it is not closely related. 
15. Dicranopteris pectinata (Willd.). 
Mertensia pectinata Willd. Vet. Ak. Nya Handl. 168. pl. 4. 
1804. 

Gleichenia pectinata Pres), Rel. Haenk. 1:71. 1825. 

TYPE LOCALITY: Caracas, Venezuela. 

Disrripution: Generally distributed through tropical Amef- 
ica. Specimens are at hand from Jamaica, Hispaniola, Porto 
Rico, Dominica, St. Vincent, Martinique, Guadeloupe, Grenada, 
Trinidad, Guatemala, and Panama; also from Colombia, Guiana, 
Ecuador, Bolivia, and Brazil. 

16. Dicranopteris pteridella ( Christ ). 
Gleichenia pteridella Christ, Bull. Herb. Boiss. 11.6: 284. 1906. 

TYPE Locatity: Costa Rica, Wercklé. 

DisTRIBUTION: Known only from its type collection. 

17. Dicranopteris retroflexa (Bommer). 
Gleichenia retrofexa Bommer, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 35: 175: 

1896. 

Gleichenia intermedia flexuosa Baker, Jour. Bot. 25:24. 1887. 

(Type from Costa Rica, 7. /. Cooper). 

Type Locatity: La Palma, Costa Rica, Pittier I4 of. 

DisTRIBUTION: Known only from the mountains of Costa 
Rica, alt. 1800 m. 

ILLusTRATIONS: Christ, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. S:15. 100% 

This remarkable species was first described by Mr. Baker, im 


UNDERWOOD: AMERICAN FERNS 261 


1887. Having already described a new species (Gleichenia inter- 
media) from the collections of J. J. Cooper, he evidently lost cour- 
age upon finding two others in the same collection undescribed and 
referred them both, as varieties, to his G. intermedia. One of 
these is D. orthoclada, described by Dr. Christ, and the other is 
the present species, whichis the most peculiar of all the anoma- 
lies in a strange genus. We were at first inclined to regard the 
scrappy material collected by Cooper as a sport, but ample mate- 
rial collected by Mr. Maxon places us in the possession of a suffi- 
cient illustration of the species to doubt its normality no longer. 


18. Dicranopteris strictissima (Christ). 

Gleichenia strictissima Christ, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 5: 13. 
1905. 
Gleichenia glaucina Christ, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 6: 283. 1906. 

(Type from Navarro, Costa Rica.) . 

Type LocaLity: Costa Rica, Wercklé 215. 

Distrisution : Known only from Costa Rica, alt. 1450-1550 
meters, 

With specimens communicated from Dr. Christ before us, we 
are not able to separate these two species. Werckle’s specimens, 
unfortunately, do not give us good representatives of the species. 
More recently however Mr. Maxon has gathered some beautifully 
preserved specimens from La Palma (0. 432); these are of the 
Slaucina type being. strikingly glaucous beneath, a character on 
which too much reliance should not be placed in separating the 
members of this genus. The original G. strictissima has smooth 
but not glaucous under surfaces, but seems to differ in no other 
Way. 


SPECIES INQUIRENDAE 
MERTENSIA GLEICHENIOIDES Liebm. Mex. Bregner 144. 1849. 


(Type from Cuapa, Dept. Vera Cruz, Mexico, Liebmann.) 


Gleichenia Leibmanni Moore, Ind. Fil. 379. 1862. 

This species we have never seen. A tracing of a single fork 
appears in the collection of Mettenius at Berlin, and shows a 
narrow elongate pinna with crenately lobed segments wholly 
Unique in the genus. It is only known from its type collection, 
‘nd Mr. Christensen, who is at the Copenhagen museum where 


262 UNDERWOOD: AMERICAN FERNS 


Liebmann’s types should be, places it among the little-known 
species. 

GLEICHENIA TRACHYRHIzOMA Christ, Bull. Herb. Boiss. IL. @ 
280. 1906. (Type from Valle del Rio Navarro, 1,400 meters, 
Werckle.) . 

GLEICHENIA BREVIPUBIS Christ, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 6: 280. 
1906. (Type from Valle del Rio Navarro, Costa Rica, alt. 1,400 
meters, Wercklé.) 

Although Dr. Christ has sent fragments of these two Costa 
Rican species we are unable to differentiate them satisfactorily in 
our synopsis, as they do not show distinctive characters ; Werc- 
klé’s specimens are poorly preserved and do not show essential 
parts of the plants. 

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY. 


@ 


isms Peg ts aR SO aN So NN cae area mR Res RM ot 


Studies on the flora of Southern California — II, 


LE Roy ABRAMS 


“ Xylothermia montana tomentosa subsp. nov. 

Distinguished from the typical form by the broader and larger 
leaves which, together with the twigs and legumes, are densely 
hoary-tomentose. 

This subspecies is confined to the chaparral region of Southern 
California, extending from the vicinity of Los Angeles to the 
Mexican boundary. The typical form extends from Santa Bar- 
bara northward both in the Coast Ranges and the Sierra Nevada. 

Type collected by the author (3530) near El Nido, San Diego 
County, May 20, 1903. 


’ Chamaebatia australis sp. nov. 
Chamaebatia JSoliosa var. australis Brandegee, Bot. Gaz. 27: 447. 

1899. 

“Much less glandular-pubescent than the type; leaves nar- 
Tower in outline, three times as long as wide and barely more than 
twice pinnate, calyx-lobes shorter: ovary smooth.” These are 
characters that hold well and since no intermediate forms have 
been found it seems only logical that a plant so isolated geo- 
Staphically should be considered asa distinct species. The range 
and habitat of the two species, as pointed out by Brandegee, are 
quite different. In addition to the localities cited by Brande- 
gee may be added San Ysidro Ranch, Lower California, Mearns 
3861, July 2, 1894. 


ADENOSTOMA FASCICULATUM DENSIFOLIUM Eastwood, Bull. 
Torrey Club 32: 199. 1905 
This variety was based upon specimens collected by Mr. 


Fordyce Grinnell Jr. on Mt. Wilson, near Pasadena. During a 


short stay in Southern California the past summer I had an PE: 
tunity to study somewhat closely the chamiso in the mountains 
263 


264 ABRAMS: FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 


about Pasadena, and from these observations I am convinced that 
Grinnell’s specimens were from merely abnormai stunted shrubs. 
The chamiso is fairly common there, and is normally quite typical 
A, fasciculatum. 


“Xanthoxalis californica sp. nov. 


Perennial from a stout woody root, bearing many rather stout 
branching woody rootstocks at the crown; stems decumbent, 
tufted at the ends of the rootstocks, 1-3 dm. long, very sparingly 
and loosely villous; leaflets pale-green, villous; cyme only 
1-flowered or mostly 2—-flowered, scarcely exceeding the leaves ; 
pedicels 1-2 cm. long, somewhat sparsely appressed-pubescent ; 
sepals obovate-oblong, ciliate on the margin above, 5 mm. long; 
petals yellow, 8-10 mm. long, glabrous ; longer stamens glabrous ; 
styles persistent, very slender, 3-4 mm. long; capsule colum- 
nar, 10-15 mm. long, on more or less reflexed pedicels ; seeds 
strongly rugose. 

Related to X¥. Wrightii*of New Mexico and Arizona, with which 
it has been confused, but that species is densely villous-pubescent, 
decidedly glaucous, and has very short, stout styles. 

Dry hillsides in the chaparral region of Southern California. 
Type collected by the author (3274) in the Onofre Mountains, San 
Diego County, April 19, 1903. 

/ Malvastrum viscidum sp. nov. 

Annual or possibly sometimes more persistent, 5-10 dm. high, 
herbage short-stellate-pubescent throughout, somewhat ferrugin- 
ous, viscid-glandular and heavy-scented ; leaves on petioles 15-20 
mm. long, nearly orbicular, deeply cordate, 2—4 cm. broad, coarsely 
crenate ; veins prominent beneath ; upper surface rugose, appea! 
ing almost glabrous; flowers in interrupted spicate clusters ; calyx 
campanulate, 5-7 mm. broad, its lobes broadly lanceolate, slightly 
acuminate, about equaling the tube; petals reddish, turning put 
ple with age, 15 mm. long ; styles pubescent at base, 9 mm. long, 
equaled by the stamens ; immature carpels pubescent at apex, not 
reticulate on the sides. 

A close relative of WV. densiflorum S. Wats., but much less vil- 
lous and more glandular ; leaves less deeply lobed, and calyx-lobes 
much shorter. Type collected by the author (3528) on dry hill- 
ve copa Wrightii (A. Gray). Oxalis Wrightii A. Gray, Pl. Wright. ¥° 

PR . 


ABRAMS: FLorRA oF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 265 


sides near El Nido, San Diego County, May 19, 1903. Nevin’s 
specimen from San Juan Capistrano, which Watson referred to J 
densifiorum, belongs here. 


TRICHOSTEMA ParisHit Vasey, Bot. Gaz. 8: 17%, 
1880 
T. lanatum var. denudatum A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 2: 459. 1886. 

According to Vasey this “ differs from 7. /anatum in the shorter 
and broader leaves, longer and more slender thyrsus, with cymules 
more open and much ‘less woolly ; flowers smaller and filaments 
shorter.” Dr, Gray simply states “with the wool remarkably 
short.” In all the specimens examined the flowers were scarcely 
half the size of 7: lanatum, and the wool much less conspicuous. 

7. lanatum ranges from Monterey County to Orange County. 
In the southern portion of its range it is confined to the foothills 
toward the coast. 7° Parishii, according to specimens at hand, is 
confined to the dry interior foothills, extending over to the desert 
slopes. It ranges from Acton, Los Angeles County, to the 
Mexican boundary, and probably southward into northern Lower 
California. 

” Gutierrhezia bracteata sp. nov. 

Suffrutescent, much-branched above, about 6 dm. high; 
branches slender, strongly striate, granular-scabrous ; leaves at 
flowering time few, becoming reflexed, 1 mm. wide, 15-40 mm. 
ong, very sparsely short scabrous, obscurely punctate, those of 
the strictly divaricate branchlets rather numerous, short and bract- 
ike ; heads solitary, terminating the ultimate branchlets ; involu- 
‘res turbinate-campanulate, 5 mm. high; involucral bracts in 3-4 
Series, obovate, very obtuse, with greenish tips; rays usually 8, 
nearly 2 mm. broad; disk-flowers 7, 4 mm. high, including the 
achene ; pappus-scales obtuse, finely striate, ciliate on the margin. 

This species is easily separated from all other members of the 
genus by its decidedly divaricate, bracted branchlets. Its affinities 
are perhaps with G. divergens Greene, from which it is distinguished 
net only by the character of its branchlets but by its larger and 
broader heads. 

Desert slopes of San Bernardino County, between Banning and 
Seven Palms, C. R. Orcutt, Nov. 1889. Type in the Gray Her- 
barium of Harvard University. 


STANFoRD UNIVERSITY, CALIFORNIA, 


| 
| 
| 
; 
; 
| 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 
(1906) 


The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by 
Americans, published in America, or based — American material ; the word Amer- 
ica meing used in its broadest sen 

Reviews, and papers which ns excinaiveiy's to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, 
ictiactared, products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and 
no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is 
made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted 
wholly to botany. Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in 
some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor 
to errors or omissions their kindness will be appreciated. 

This Index is reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers, 
at the rate of one cent for each card. és lections of cards are not permitted; each 
subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscription. Corre- 
spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey 
Botanical Club, 


Allison, A. Notes on the winter birds of Hancock County, Missis- 
sippi. The Auk 23: 44-47. Ja 1906 
The vegetation of the county is discussed briefly on pages 44 and 45. 

Baillie, A. G. Bog _ Bull. Pictou Acad. Sci. Assoc. I: 23, 24. 
N 1906... 

Baker, C. F. Informe del Departamento de Botanica. Inf. An. 
Estac. Cent. Agron. Cuba 1: 131-145. 1 Je 1906. 

Baker, C. F, José Blain. Inf. An. Estac. Cent. Agron. Cuba 1: 
way ans. pl. 30... % Je 1906.) 3 

Borge, 0. Algen aus Argentina und Bolivia. Ark. Bot. 6‘: 
J. 1-5. 16 Jl 1906. 

Cermenati, M. Ulisse Aldrovandi e l’America. Ann. di Bot. 4: 
313-366. 20S 1906. 

Christ, H. Die Botrychium-Arten des Australen Amerika. Ark. Bot. 

6: 1-6. f 1-9. 9 Je 1906. 

Sai B. Negeri sp. n 

Cockerell, T. D. A. ‘The alpine flora of Colorado. Am, Nat. 40: 
861-873. 19 D 1906. 

Cockerell, T. D. A. The bees of Florissant, Colorado. Bull. Am. 
Mus. Nat. Hist. 22: 419-455. 17 D 1906. 

267 


268 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Includes a flower-visiting record, in which (!) is published the new combination 

Hymenoxys ligulaefiora. 

Cook, M. T. Informe del Departamento de Patologia Vegetal. Inf. 
An. Estac. Cent. Agron. Cuba 1: 147-207. p/. 24-29. 1 Je 1906. 

Cook, M. T. ‘Teratologia de la pifia. Inf. An. Estac. Cent. Agron. 
Cuba 1: 242-246. pl. 43-46. 1 Je 1906. 

Davidson, A. A revision of the western mentzelias. Bull. So. Calif. 
Acad, Sci. 5: 13-18. 30 Ap 1906. 

Dietel, P. Monographie der Gattung Ravenelia Berk. Beih. Bot. 
Centralb. 20°: 343-413. p/. 5, 6. 1906. 

Recognizes 81 species, including 6 North American ones. 

Dusén, P. Beitrage sur Bryologie der Magellanslinder, von West- 
patagonia und Siidchile. IV. Ark. Bot. 6°: 1-40. pl. J-J2. 
45 1906 
Includes 23 new species in 8 genera. 

Earle, F.S. Algunos hongos cubanos. Inf. An, Estac. Cent. Agron. 
Cuba I: 225-242. p/. 77-42. 1 Je 1906. 

Includes new species in Poctllaria (5), Pips SH Beary ie Crepidotus, 

Galera (3), Gymnochilus (5), Stropharia, (2), tina, and Pho 

Foslie, M. Algologiske notiser, II. ie Norske va ‘cae Skr. 
ty 1-28. [D] 1906. 

Inc w American species in Lithothamnion (7), Archaeolithothamnion, 
ree pentane (2), and Mastophor. 

Fries, R. E. Zur Kenntnis der hg Ona der Grenzgebieté 
zwischen Bolivia und =a ea Il. Malvales. Ark. Bot. 0: 
1-16. fi. 7,2. GAD I 
Includes new species in pio Mitocives. Sida, Gaya, and Wissadula. 

Fussell, L. List of Delaware County plants. Proc. Delaware Co 
Inst. Sci. 2: 34-46. O 1906. 

Delaware County, Pennsylvania. 

Grant, G. B. Wheelerella. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 5: 28- 3° 
Ap 1906. 

Hackel, E. Gramina cubensia nova. Inf. An. Estac. Cent. Agron. 
Cuba I: 409-412. 1 Je 1906 
New species in Paspalum (2) and Leptochloa. 

Hasse, H. E. Contributions to the lichen-flora of Southern California. 
Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 5: 38-45. 11S 1906. 

Hasse, H. E. A few lichens picked up on San Jacinto Mountain. 
Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 4: 123-125. 5 F 1906. 

Hemsley, W. B. On the Julianiaceae, a new natural order. Jour 
Bot. 44: 379-384. N 1906. 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 269 


Holm, T. Ceanothus americanus L. and ovatus Desf. ; a morphological 
and anatomical study. Am. Jour. Sci. IV. 22: 523-530. f. 7-5. 
D 1906. 

Holm, T. The root-structure of Spigelia marilandica L., Phlox ovata 
L., and Rueliia ciliosa Pursh. Am. Jour. Pharm. 78: 553-559. 
JI=6. DD t5ed. 

Jennings, 0. E. A new species of Zonicera from Pennsylvania. Ann. 
Carnegie Mus. 4: 73-77. p/. 20. D 1906. 

L. altissima sp. nov 

Kneucker, A. Bemerkungen zu den ‘‘ Gramineae exsiccatae’’ XXI 
und XXII Lieferung 1906/07. Allgem. Bot. Zeits. 12: 178-182. 
N 1906; 202— —205. 906. 

Landreth, B. A case of persistent vitality in seeds. Proc. Am. Phil. 
Soc, 45: 5-8. Je 1906. 

Lloyd, C. G. Mycological notes. 21: 245-260. p/. 70-73 +f. 88- 

97- Ap 1906; 22: 261-276. f. ‘Shin Jl 1906; 23: 277-292. 
pl. 86-90 + f. 124-130. Au1906; 24: 283-308. pl. 91-93 +f 
131-143. D 1906. 

Lloyd, C.G. The Zylostomeae. 1-28. pl. 74-85 +f. 1-6. Cincin- 
nati, Ohio. F 1906. 

Moore,C.L.  « Rusts,’’ — with notes on some Nova Scotian species. 
Bull. Pictou Acad. Sci. Assoc. 1: 20-22. N 1906. 

Palmer, T.C. Rare local ferns. Proc. Delaware Co. Inst. Sci. 2: 
34-46. O 1906. 

Parish, S.B. Cereus giganteus in California. Bull. So, Calif. Acad. 
Sci. 4: 122. 5 F 1906. 

Parish, S. B. A preliminary synopsis of the Southern California 
Cyperaceae. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 4: 126-133. 5 F 1906; 
5: 20-28. 30 Ap 1906; [35-37,] 47-54. 11 S 1906. 

Pearl, R. Variation in the number of seeds of the lotus. Am. Nat. 
40: 757-768. f. 1-g. 26 N 1906. 

Perrédés, E. F. London botanic gardens. Am. Jour. Pharm. 78: 
317-325. Jl 1906; 353-365. p/. 26-30. Au 1906. 

Robinson, B. L. Oxalis corniculata and its allies. Jour. Bot. 44: 
386-391. N 1906. 

Simmons, H.G. The vascular plants in the flora of Ellesmere-land. 
1-198. 2/. z-70. Kristiania, 14 My 1906. 

Includes a description of Poa evagans sp. nov. 

Slade, H. B. Studies in plant mutation. Am. Jour. Pharm. 78: 

311-317. Jl 1906. 


270 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Van Tieghem, P. Sur les Héliotropiacées. Ann. Sci, Nat. Bot. IX. 
4: 261-271. D 1906. 

Viguier, R. Recherches anatomiques sur la classification des Aralia- 
cées. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. IX. 4: 1-208. Jl 1906; 209, 210. D 
1906. 

Warnstorf, O. Neue Sphagna aus Brasilien. Beih. Bot. Centralb. 
20°: 128-130. 1906.  [Illust.] 

Description of 7 new species and I new variety. 

Wheeler, W. M. An ethological study of certain maladjustments in 
the relations of ants to plants. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 22: 
403-418. £/. 63-68. 17 D 1906. 

Whitfield, R. P. Notes on some Jurassic fossils from Franz Josef land, 
brought by a member of the Ziegler Exploring Expedition. Bull. 
Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 22: 131-134. p/. 78, 79. 26 My 1906. 


Mentions a few fossil plants. 


VOLUME 34, PLATE 17 


Buti. Torrey Crus 


MICRAMPELIS 


1-9. 


HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON. 


Buty. Torrey Cius 


VOLUME 34, PLATE 18 


ates) 


at 


@ G a 
Ser ee 
LST 


10-15. CYCLANTHERA 16-21. FEVILLEA 


HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON. 


Buti. Torrey Crus 


VOLUME 34, PLATE 19 


22-32. MICRAMPELIS 


HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON. 


Buti. Torrey Crue 


VOLUME 34, PLATE 209 


33-49: MICRAMPELIS 


HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON. 
ae 


Buti. Torrey Cius 


VOLUME 34, PLATE 21 


# 

em 9 fe 51 53 
® ae ® 

eeo,° 

Q@ oe? 

52 


50-68. MICRAMPELIS 


HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON. 


PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- 
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


- Memorrs oF THE DEPARTMENT 
Vol: sae ae of the N North American Species of the Genus 
Pobygonim (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 
1895 ; Curator of the He: barium, 1895-1898. 
Quarto, ain pages, 84 plates. Price $6. 00. 
Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898). 
By Per aye Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896— %s 
Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 
2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: 


Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00 
Vol. 2 S. 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00, 
Vol. 3. Nos, 51-75 1894-1895. Price $5.00 
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100 1895-1896. Price $5.00 
Vol. 5. Nos. ro1—125 1896-1897. Price $5.00 
Vol. 6. Nos 126-150, 1897-1898. Price $5.00 
Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00 
Vol. 8. Nos. 176~200 IQOI-1902. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903—(current). 


List of separate numbers available on application, 

3. A Text-book of General rDeneeey (1896). By Albert 

Schneider, Fellow 1 in Botany, 1895-1 

ctavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. eae $4. - ASE $3.80 (paper). 
Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Bingham 

he Department invites propositions dative : Sides of her- 
barium material for any of the rbove named publications. Address 
Professor L. M. Under wood, Columbia University, N. Y. City. 

4. An Illustrated Flora Of the Northern United States, Canada, and 
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the 
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward 
'o the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- 
sor of nish 1891-1896 ; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- 
son Bro 

Three ee volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, € 42 
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in ee text, illustrating every 
Species described. 

Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cioth, . 
$9.00 for “se three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- 
ately, $10. 

5- Out Bee Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth eon) Tg900. By 
Lucien yoann Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896- 

Duodecimo, 1 58 pages, 35 figures. Published by. Henry Holt & 
Co., New Yo rk, Price $1.00. j 

6 Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- 
Wood, Professor of Botany, 1896 
C Duodecimo, th pages, eae: plates. Published by Henry Holt & 

% Price 
A Te - book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence 
Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1 1895-. 

Octay 0, 360 pages; 87 illustrations. Published by Longmans, 

Green & Co. » New York. Price $3.00. 


ESTABLISHED 1851 


EIMER & AMEND 


205-211 Third Ave., 


Corner 18th Street NEW YORK 


MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 


Chemicals and 


Chemical Apparatus 


Sole Agents for 


KAHLBAUM'S 


MICROSCOPES C. P. Chemicals 
and and Reagents 
ACCESSORIE CARL 
iain SCHLEICHER 
& SCHULL’S 
MICROTOMES C. P. Filters 
| SCHOTT & 
BALANCES GENOSSEN’S 
Famous Labora 
and ye 
mae tory Glassware 
WEIGHTS dine 


BeAnd for many other 
renowned Europea? 
houses in our line. 


COMPLETE LINE OF 


Bacteriological Apparatus 


WE HANDLE 
EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY 


Inspection of premises cordially invited, 


JHE BRYOLOGIS?T 


WITH THE JANUARY, 1907, NUMBER BEGINS ITS 
TENTH YEAR ann VOLUME 

It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics 

and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original and artistic drawin 

and halftones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional 

as well asamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a 


Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. 


INDEX TO 
AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


is Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on 
library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the 
rate of one cent for each card. 
Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of 
the Torrey Botanical Club, 

CARLTON C. CURTIS, CoLumsBIaA University, New York City. 
Beginning with January, 1903, the Index has also been reprinted on paper, on one 
side only, and can be Surnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year, 


Hersparium Specimens Desirep 


especially Pedicularis and allied genera, also Labiatae, 
Ericaceae, Primulaceae, Ranunculaceae, Cyperaceae and 
Will purchase or give European specimens in ex- 
Correspondence solicited. Address : 
HENRY DAUTUN, 
139 Franklin St., Jersey City, N. J. 


Ferns. 
change, 


North American Flora 


HIS work is designed to present descriptions of all plants growing 
independent of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include 
Greenland, Central America, the Republic of Panama, and the 

West Indies, except Trinidad, Tobago, and Curacao and other islands off 
the ght coast of Venezuela, whose flora is essentially South American. 

will be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York 
Botsnicat Garden through the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund 
bequeathed by Charles P. Daly. 

t is planned to issue parts as rapidly as they can be prepared, tne 
extent of the work making it possible to commence publication at any 
number of points. The asa steehea work will form a series of volumes 
with the following seque 

Volume tr. aaa Schizophyta Diatomaceae. 


Volumes 14 and 15. phyta 
Volume 16. Patigang 2 ke and Gymnospermae 
Volumes 17 to 19. wo 
olumes 20 to 30. Dicotyledon 
The preparation of the work has tee en referred by the Scientific aes 
tors of the Sue eee a ee consisting of Professors L. M. Und 
wood and N. L. B 
Professor hide F. "tkinson of Cornell University, Professors Charles 
a: Page and John M. Coulter of the University of Chicago, Mr. Fred- 
V. Coville of i hag States Department of Agriculture, Pro- 
iesace Edward L. Greene of the United States National Museum, Pro- 
fessor Biran Dow paee of Rutgers College and Professor William Tre 
lease of oe Pigg Botanical Garden have consented to act as an advis- 
ory comm 
ach see will be wholly responsible for his own contributions, 
being restricted only to the general style adopted for the work, which 
must vary somewhat in the treatment of diverse groups. 
The subscription price is fixed at $1.50 for each part; it is expected 
that four or five parts will be required for each volume. A limited num- 
ber of separate parts will be sold at $2.00 each. Address, 


THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN 
BRONX PARK, New YorK City 


Volume 7, ie ¥, bebjoted: Sees wines: Ustilaginaceae and Tilleti- 
aceae, by G. nton, was issu 
ol.. 7, Pa rt 2; ;Coleosporiacexe, pe a and Aecidiaceae (pa 
of a Uredinaes, by J. C. Arthur, was issued March 6, 1907. oe 
olume 22, Part 1, including Podostemonaceae by George V. Nash. 
Soa by N. L. Britton and J. N. Rose, and fcsacaathial and 
Parnassiaceae by P. A. Rydberg, was issued May 22, 1905. 
olume 22, Part 2, including Saxifragaceae and Hydrangeaceae by J. 
K. Small and P. A A. Rydberg, cree Iteaceae and Hamamelidaceae 
. L. Britton, Pterostemonaceae by J. K, Small, Taugectss by bah 
Wilson and Phyllonomaceae by H. H. Rusby, was issued Dec. 18, 1905+ 


MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


A series of technical papers on botanical po published at irregular eae ts 
Price $3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchan 
No.1; not furnished separately : 


Vol. 1, 
e Bailey, Liberty Hyde. Studies of the types of various species 2f the genus Cares: 
Pages 1-85. 25 My 1889. 


, No. 2; not furnished separate 


Vo 
Martindale, Isaac Com nie. Marine nee of the New sli coast and eds 
waters of Staten Island. Pages 87-11 24 Au 1889. 


Vol. 1, No. 3; price, 75 cents: oe 
Richard. // i cies Bolivina ae, in Andibus Boliviae orientalis, —s ee 
"18866, acl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages 11 he 20 Ja 1890. 
Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cents: 

Sturtevant, Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. rie) 141-187. 30 My roe. 
2, No. 1; not furnished separately : 
Reserve food-materials in buds and surrounding parts. 

0 S 1890. 


Halsted, Byron Davi 
Pages 1-26, plates 1, 2 
1. 2, No. 3% price, 75 cen 
ail, Anna y&H Hoilié Charles Arthur. Sabie to the btn of 
a enon eal plates 3, 4. = D 1890. 
1. 2, No. 3; not furnished sented ~ 
a { spicaitoe Contributions to the wledge of the germination o 
some North American es Pages 57-408, ats Aa 15 Ap 1891. = 2 
: ; ol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 cen 
Wheelock, William bs ‘The genus Private in me America. Pages 109- . 
52. 30D 1801. : 
Vol. 3, No1; not furnished separately : iS 
ap John — oboe Heller, Amos Arthur. Flora of western North Caron 
and contiguous territory. P. pie an 1638 


59 oO. 7 price, $2.00 : 
tadaceae orth America [with ilustrations of all the 
Se i ens as eee rie te Mr 1893. oe 
ol. 3. or 3; not furnished separa tely : 
ry Hurd. An enume a ns calles in tia by Mig 
“Tear I. , "Pages 1 sey 28 Ap 1893. 
Vol, 4, ge Mee a forse’ separatel 


Vol. 4, No. 2; not donckes mata 
, John -Kankel & Vail, Anna Murray. Report on the botanical 
of southwestern hee during = season + 1892. ‘Pages | RS 

ne “SN ay] p 1894. i sae 


eerie 


vols No. 3; es 50 cents - 

mush Henry Hua numeration of the plans collected in Bots 

Bang. Part 2. his. pages pts ‘Ap pe 

Vol. 4, No. 4; price, 50 oF 
Arachis *apecee L “Tee 275-29 es 


oF ; price, $3.00: 
5 List of Fiiilepligen and Sperma: tophyla growing without cultivation in northeastern 
North America, Pages 1-377. 4 D 1893-31 D 1894 ; 


ee nett Ny sate mea pe fas: 
: aaby, Henry Hurd. An enumeration of the plants collected in Bolivia by Ne 
Bang. Part 3. maar ise 17 N 18 


ol. 6, No. 2; not fixdiaked separately 
ee of the North American sobhssaoas and Brachythecia. 


ut, Abel Joel. 
Pages 131-210. 30 jl 18 


, No. 3; price, 50 cents: 
Hazen, Tracy Elliot. life history of Sphaerella /acustris ( Haematococcus 
_ pluvialis). Pages 21 =a plates 86, 87 (colored). 8 Je 1899. 

. LL 6, No. 4; price, -§0 cents : 

Underwood, Lucien acu A review of the genera of ferns proposed prior to— 
soci Pages 247-283. 1D 1899. | 
Ga Vol. 6, No. 5; price, 25 cents 

Notes on lichen distribution in hes upper Mississippi Valley. 

1 D 1899. 


Vol e, $3.00 
Avery. The Pais and Hethocesasrs of California. Pages 
5 Au 1899. 
Vol. 8, gre 1; not furnished separa 
comparative embryology ee i © tte Part I. 
26 Au 1899, Part 11. Pages 27-112, plates 5-1}- 


Francis 
} 1-26, plates 1-4. 
1g02. 


Vol. 8, No. 2; price, $1.00: 
The Lejeuneae of the United States and Canada: 
F 1902. 


ae yee oo price, 75 cents : me. 
_Blizabeth Ger or, Alexandrina. . The life history 
Vitea a lineata, Taues e eat, i ag 23-31. 30 Au 1902. : 


ah _ Wol. 9; price, $3.00 
— A monograph of thé icon cua Pages 1-292, fi 
Vol. 10; price, $3.00: 
istory of Be Clusian botany in its relation’ to 4 


ol. 11, No. 1; price, $1.75: 
vid. The North ‘American pnt ag Pages 1-134, plates 


“ol 1. 11, No. 2; price, $1.75 . 
Elliot. The Ulothricaceae and Chactoraan of the United ; 
Ei plates 20-42. ae sass 


JUNE, 1907 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


€ditor 


JOHN: HENDLEY BARNHART 


Associate €ditors 


CONTENTS 
embryology of any pte Mangle. (Plates 21, ae 
MELVILLE T 


RSTON COOK 


Production of deleterious excretions by roo 
OSWALD SCHREINER and HOWARD SPRAGUE. REED 


OFFICERS FOR 1907: 


President, 
HENRY. Ho RUSBY? BLD. 


ei Vice- Presidents, 
a EDWARD S. BURGESS, Pu.D. LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD, PuD.., LL D. 


Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, 


-_€, STUART GAGER, Pu.D. JOHN K. SMALL, PH.D. 
_ Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City 


ogg : sss Editor, Trea : 
JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D. CARLTON c Hebe Pu. 
ge Tarrytown, N. Y. 


Columbia deep et 


Associate Editors, - ms 
WM. ALPHONSO isle ee, PH. D 


HERBERT M. RICHARDS, SO. 
ees HAZEN, Pu.D. CBs ROBINSON, sg 
HALL A. HOWE, Px.D. ANNA MURRAY VAIL. 


2 


'REAS URER, Torrey Boranicat Cius, 4r North Queen St. 3 
a.» OF Columbia University, New York City. 


| MARSHALL: A. Howe Se 
‘New York Botanical Garden 


Vol. 34 


BULLETIN ie 
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 
; JUNE, 1907 


The embryology of Rhizophora Mangle 


MELVILLE THURSTON Cook 


(WITH PLATES 22 AND 23) 


q The peculiar habit of the mangrove (Akizophora Mangle Ia); 
of germinating the seed while yet on the tree, has attracted con- 
‘Siderable attention, and it has been the subject for observation and 
Mvestigation by a number of persons, The most important 
investigations on the embryology were made by Karsten * on this 
and telated species and genera, and on species which have similar 
habit but are classed in entirely different families ; but the results 
of his work on this particular species were very meager, 
_ The study of this Species presents many difficulties, and it was 
y after repeated efforts that the author succeeded in getting the 
‘parations on which this paper is based. A few stages are 
ing, but since it is impossible for the author to secure more 
aterial at this time it was thought best to publish the results of 
investigations, 
In general it may be said that the picric acid killing and fixing 
ents were most successful, but the preparation which gave the 
St results was a mixture of 98 c.c, saturated aqueous solution of 
“IC acid with 2 c.c. sulphuric acid. 
Only one of the four ovules is fertilized (FIGURE 1), and this 
S while the other three atrophy (FIGURE 13). The ovaries 
4 ovules did not always increase in size with the same rapidity, 
that it was not always possible to judge the age and condition 
the internal structures by the size of the ovary or ovule, as will 


ie se 


* Karsten, G, Ueber die Mangrove-Vegetation im Malayischen Archipel. Eine 

ologisch-biologische Studie. Bibliotheca Botanica, Heft 22 (5: 1-71). 1891. 

© BULLETIN for May 1907 (34: 221-270, p/. +7-27) was issued 10 Jl 1 907. ] 
271 


272 Cook: EmsryoLocy OF RHIZOPHORA 


be seen by a comparison of FIGURES 4 and 5, in which the smaller _ 
is the more advanced, or by comparison of FIGURES 21 and 22, in 
which the two structures are of about the same age. It was im- 
possible to determine positively the origin of the archesporium, 
but it was apparently sub-epidermal (FIGURE 18). One or two 
tapetal cells are cut off, but whether they ever exceed this number 
or not the author is unable to say. Karsten figures two each in 
R. mucronata and Bruguiera ertopetala and one each in B. caryophyl- 
loides and Ceriops Candolleana, At this time the two integuments - 
were just appearing (FIGURE 2). The archesporial cell enlarges 
with the enlargement of the nucellus, but the integument under- 
goes the most rapid growth (FIGURES 3, 19). The ovule con- 
tinues to increase in size and the archesporial cell divides into 
megaspores. My only satisfactory preparation of this stage 


showed three megaspore-cells (FIGURE 20), but it is impossible to : : 


say whether this is or is not the regular number. Karsten figures” 
four for both R. mucronata and C._Candolleana. The nucellus is 
always small as compared with the size of the ovule. My 
material was unsatisfactory for following the development of the 
embryo-sac; however, its formation results in the complete 
destruction of the nucellus (FIGURES 5, 21). Karsten figures the 
same condition in this species and in Carallia integerrima. In 
the eight-nucleate stage it was impossible to do more than work 


the details of the egg-apparatus (FIGURES 21, 22), which were in 


every way like the normal egg-apparatus. The author did not 
succeed in finding the polar nuclei or antipodal cells, but found 
what was apparently the primary endosperm-nucleus (FIGURE 23) 
lying in the micropylar end of the sac. It was impossible t° 


follow the early divisions of the endosperm, but from this point the 


preparations were quite satisfactory. 


EMBRYO AND ENDOSPERM 
The growth of the ovule and ovary is now quite rapid. Ti 
embryo-sac increases in size both as a result of growth 
ovule and by destruction of the inner integument, so that we now 
have a sac enclosed only by the outer integument, fille 
an enormous amount of endosperm, in the micropylat 
which is a small embryo (ricurE 6), At this stage the othef 


of the 


ee ESS tae ae 


‘ 


Cook: EmBryoLocy oF RHIZOPHORA 273 


three ovules are in an advanced stage of degeneracy (FIGURE a, 
The cells of the endosperm appear to radiate rather indefinitely 
from a central point in the sac (FIGURE 6). The growth of the 
embryo may be divided into three periods: (1) first growth of 
the cotyledons, (2) growth of the hypocotyl, (3) second growth 
of the cotyledons. The youngest embryo secured was pear- 
Shaped with well-developed suspensor, but was not attached to 
the wall of the sac (FIGURES 6, 8). The suspensor persists until 
late in the development of the embryo (FicuREs 8, 9, 14). Ap- 
parently the embryo had originated as a series of cells in linear 
arrangement and developed in accordance with the capsella type. 
The only embryo of this species figured by Karsten is somewhat 
younger than this one but does not show a suspensor. The coty- 
ledonary end of the embryo grows quite rapidly and is sometimes 
* quite regular in outline (FIGURES 9, II, 12) but more frequently is 
very irregular (FIGURE 10) and apparently very much crowded by 
the Surrounding structures. At a point in the longitudinal axis 
of the embryo and not far from the suspensor, the cells are very 
small and very numerous (FIGURE 9, +). Ina short time the sep- 
aration of certain cells at this point gives rise to the plumule (FiG- 
URES 10, 12, 24); this is only discernible in section. The cells 
on the side next to the root-tip are smaller, contain more proto- 
plasm, and are apparently more active than those on the cotyle- 
donary side (FIGURE 24). The endosperm is very thin but the 
cells of the integument which come in contact with it are very 
Protoplasmic (FIGURE 25). This union between the endosperm 
cells and the integument is very close; frequently through shrink- 
age of the internal structures there would be a separation of cells, - 
but this was usually within the integument and not between the 
Cells of the endosperm and the wall of the sac (FIGURE 2 5). The 
growth of the cotyledonary part of the embryo results in the 
Pushing of the opposite end of the embryo and part of the endo- 
- Sperm out through the micropyle, and they now lie within the 
cavity of the ovary (FIGURE 12). The endosperm over the sur- 
face of the cotyledons is now very thin, thus bringing them into 
close contact with the walls of the sac (integument) (FIGURE 12). 
The cells of that part of the endosperm which has been forced 
from the sac show a rather indefinite arrangement in rows extend- 


274 Cook: EMBRYOLOGY OF RHIZOPHORA 


ing obliquely from the surface of the embryo outward and upward 
towards the integument (sac), indicating that the growth of the 
embryo has exerted great pressure on them (FIGURE 12). Up to 
this time there has been very little modification in the surface cells 
of the cotyledons; they are more protoplasmic than the inner cells 
but otherwise not materially different (FIGURE 26). The growth 
of the cotyledons now almost entirely ceases and the second period 
of growth, or growth of the hypocotyl, begins. The hypocotyl 
grows very rapidly, pierces the apex of the ovary and forms the 
long pendulous structure, which is frequently eight or ten inches 
in length (FiGuREs 14, 17). The plumule (FIGURE 15) and the 
vascular tissues of the cotyledonary structure which originated 
considerably earlier (FIGURE 10, v.s.) become more prominent and 
important. The entire cotyledonary structure undergoes consider- 
able change; the cells appear to contain more protoplasm and 
stain more deeply. The surface cells and those near the surface 
become very much elongated with their long axis at right angles 
to the surface (FIGURE 27). All these modifications are probably 
for the increased activity of these cotyledonary structures, which 
undoubtedly absorb great quantities of food for the development 
of the long hypocotyl. At about this same time numerous 
masses or strands of very much elongated cells are formed, which 
lead from the surface cells to the vascular system of the cotyle- 
dons (FIGURE 16). A more careful examination of these strands 
of cells shows them to be of the same character as the vascular 
system (FIGURES 29, 30), and the author suspected that this sys- 
tem contained more or less sieve tissue but was unable to decide 
positively on that point. Just before the separation of the hypo- 
cotyl from the cotyledonary structure, traces of tracheary tissue 
(FIGURES 29, 30) appear but it is never very abundant. The endo- 
sperm over the surface of the cotyledonary structure becomes 
very thin with the corresponding slow growth of these organs 
during this period, and the cells of the integument (wall of sac) 
are very rich in protoplasm (FIGURE 28). 

When the hypocotyl is about three inches in length, about two- 
thirds of the cotyledons are imbedded in the embryo-sac, and the 
remaining part in the ovary-chamber, surrounded by a thin layer 
of endosperm, while the hypocotyl projects through the apex of 


Loe oe See 


Si I kee ee 


Ie SPS 8 8 So Ss ER ie a A Be Sa ate, 


Cook: EmsBrYoLoGy OF RHIZOPHORA 275 


the ovary (FIGURE 17). As the embryo approaches maturity, the 
cotyledonary structure sets up a second growth which pushes the 
point of union between the cotyledons and the hypocotyl beyond 
the apex of the ovary. The cotyledons and the hypocotyl then 


_ separate and the hypocotyl drops, carrying with it the plumule ; 


while the ovary, containing the outer integument (sac) and cotyle- 
dons, remains hanging on the tree. 

It is very evident that the cotyledons perform an important 
function in supplying food to the growing hypocotyl. The dis- 
integration of the nucellus and inner integument and the forma- 
tion of the enormous endosperm are all important in the nourish- 
ment of the embryo during the early part of its development. 
This may be readily traced by comparing FIGURES 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 
12, and 17; first we have the beginning of the nucellus and both 
integuments (FIGURE 2) followed by an increase in size of the ovule 
in which the nucellus is very small (FIGURES 3, 4), then the dis- 
integration of the nucellus to form the embryo-sac (FIGURE 5), the 
enlargement of the ovule and disintegration of the inner integu- 


_ ment (FIGURE 6), a further enlargement in which about one-third 


of the embryo and a considerable part of the endosperm are forced 
out of the embryo-sac (inner integument) and lie in the chamber 
of the ovary (FIGURE 12), and lastly an elongation of the hypocotyl 
and diminution of the endosperm (FIGURE 17). 
SUMMARY 

I. Four ovules, but only one fertilized. 

2. Archesporium probably subepidermal and cutting off two 
tapetal cells. 

3. Megaspores probably four in number. 2 

4. Completion of embryo-sac results in complete disintegra- 
tion of the nucellus. ts 

5. Further growth of embryo-sac results in complete disin- 
tegration of the inner integument and formation of a large amount 
of endosperm. : 

AG. Embryo has easily recognized suspensor and is probably of 

the Capsella type. a 

7. The growth of the embryo may be divided into three 
Periods: (1) first growth of the cotyledons, (2) growth of the 
hy Pocotyl, (3) second growth of cotyledons. 


276 Cook: EmpBryoLocy oF RHIZOPHORA 


8. During first period of growth about one third of the embryo 
and the greater part of the endosperm are forced out of the embryo- 
sac and lie in the chamber of the ovary. 

g. The second period of growth is confined largely to the 
hypocotyl, but during this time the structure of the cotyledons 
undergoes great modification. 

10. This modification of the cotyledons is undoubtedly for the 
purpose of absorption. 

1. During the third period of growth, the cotyledons elongate 
and the point of union between them and the hypocotyl is forced 
beyond the apex of the ovary. 

The greater part of this work was done in Cuba, but it was 
finished in the laboratory of the New York Botanical Garden. 
The material was collected at Mariel, Cuba, and herbarium speci- 
mens have been deposited in the herbarium of the said garden. 

New YorkK BOTANICAL GARDEN, 

Bronx Park, New York City. 


Explanation of plates 22 and 23 

Figures 1 and 17 are purely diagrammatic, made with the aid of a hand lens. 
Figures 6, 7, and 12-16 are semi-diagrammatic, made with the aid of a very low power 
lens in a compound microscope. Figures 2-5 and 8-11 were made with Spencer's 4/ 
ocular and 2 mm. objective. Figures 24-29 were made with Spencer’s 8/ ocular and 
4 mm, objective. Hie: 18-23 and 30 were made with Spencer’s 8/ ocular and 16 
mm. oil immersion 

Fig. 1. Chom section of ovary showing four ovules. 

Fig. 2, Young ovule showing archesporium and origin of integument. (See 
Fig. 1 

F ig. 3- Young ovule showing archesporium and integuments. (See Fig. 19.) 

Fig. 4. Young ovule showing megaspore and integuments. (See Fig. 20.) 

Fig. 5. Ovule showing i ep of nucellus in the formation of the embryo- 
sac; also the integuments. (See Fig. 21. 

Fig. 6. Embryo-sac containing ies (¢), endosperm (end), somewhat shrunken 
and enclosed in the outer integument (0. 7.), the inner integument having undergone 
disintegration. (See Fig. 8. 

Atrophied ik Same age as figu 

Fig. 8, a-f. Embryo in serial sections find suspensor (sw). Same preparation 
as figure 6, 

Fig. 9. Embryo showing suspensor (sw), prominent cotyledonary structures and 
point of origin of the plumule (.x). 

Fig. 10. Embryo showing irregular cotyledonary structures (cof), plumule (+) 
and vanalar system (vz. s. 

Fig. 11. Tip of cotyle idea structure. About the same age as figure 

Fig. 12. Embryo (em), surrounded by er en son i and snare ‘enclonsa 
in the sac which is composed of the outer integument (o. 


Cook: EmBryoLocy oF RHIZOPHORA S77 


g- 13. Cross-section of ovary showing the one fertile and the aan eer 
ay ovules ; embryo (emd), endosperm (end), and sac (o, 7. t the 
age as e 9. 
Fig. 14. tig of embryo showing plumule (.), vascular system (v. s.), and sus- 
pensor (sz). 
Fig. 15. Part of embryo showing plumule (x) and vascular system (v. s. ). 
Fig. 16. Tip of cotyledon showing vascular system and connections with the 
surface. 
Fig. 17. Diagrammatic drawing showing relation of parts; embryo (emb), endo- 
sperm (ed), sac or outer integument (0. 7.), and ovary 
ig. 18. Archesporium and two tapetal cells. From same ae as figure 2, 
Fig. 19. Archesporium. From same preparation as figure 
Fig. 20. Nucellus and megaspores. From same rieepabation as figure 
Fig. 21. Embryo-sac showing egg-apparatus, From same eitrasiog as = ine 5. 
Fig. 22, Egg and one synergid. 
Fig. 23. Part of embryo-sac showing endosperm-nucleus and pollen-tube (4. 4). 
Fig. 24. Plumule. From same preparation as figure I 
Fig. 25. Endosperm (end), and part of the wall of the sac or outer intgument 
(0. 7.). From the same SuEiates as figures I0 a 
Fig. 26. Surface of cotyledon. From same ccna as figure I 
Fig. 27. solos of cotyledon showing modified columnar a From same 
Preparation as figure 
Fig. 28. Basen (end) and integument or wall of sac (9. 7. ). From same 
. as figure 16. 
Fig. 29. Vascular system. Same age as figure 
‘ Fig. 30. Vascular system showing formation of eens tissue. Same age as figure 
9. 


The production of deleterious excretions by roots * 


OSWALD SCHREINER AND Howarp SPRAGUE REED 


It is our purpose to show in the following paper that the roots 
of certain higher plants may produce substances which have a 
deleterious effect. The undue accumulation of these substances is 
unfavorable for the growth of plants, and hence this study throws 
some light upon problems of soil conditions and ecological 
relations. 

A number of typically unproductive soils from different parts of 
the United States have been under study in the laboratories of the 
Bureau of Soils of the United States Department of Agriculture 
for several years, and some of their properties are now understood. 
It has been demonstrated that many soils are unproductive, not 
because proper nutrients are lacking, but because they contain 
substances actually deleterious to plant growth.+ 

An aqueous extract of an unproductive soil, though contain- 
ing nutrient materials, is often a poorer medium for the growth of 
plants than distilled water. Wheat seedlings will grow for about 
three weeks in good distilled water, but various experiments de- 
scribed in the publications just cited show that seedlings grown in 
the extract of an unproductive soil give a much poorer growth in 
both top and root, and the plants often die within two weeks. 

Wheri such an extract of a poor soil is treated with an insolu- 
ble, finely divided solid it loses its toxicity for plant development 
and gives (as might be expected) a better growth of plants than 
distilled water. The method usually followed is to add carbon 
Merck to the soil extract.’ ‘The carbon black is sdried. or shaken 
With the soil extract for a few minutes and, at the expiration of a 
half hour, filtered out. The carbon black contains no nutritive 
Substances, It is practically pure carbon obtained by burning 


* Published by permission of the Secretary of Agriculture. ; : 
A great deal of evidence on this point has already been presented = — 
28 and 36 of the Bureau of Soils, and a general presentation is given in Farmers’ Bul- 
letin 257 of the United States Department of Agriculture. 
279 


280 SCHREINER AND REED: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 


natural gas and collecting the separated carbon on cool surfaces. 
It acts by absorbing part of the soluble matter from the soil ex- 
tract, a power which it possesses to a remarkable extent, by virtue 
of its enormous surface. The growth of plants in the extract 
after treatment with carbon black, ferric hydrate or other absorb- 
ing agents, is usually greatly increased. The conclusion logically 
follows that the retarded growth in the original soil extract is due 
to the presence of some substance or substances actually detri- 
mental to plant development and not to the absence of beneficial 
nutritive substances. 

This experiment is typical of a great number of experiments, 
employing various unproductive soils. In many cases the growth 
of plants was greatly improved by diluting the extract with dis- 
tilled water; in other cases by brief boiling, or by distillation, 
the toxic properties being found in the distillate. Without dwell- 
ing here at length upon the exact data derived from such experi- 
ments, it may be said that they agree in showing that the unpro- 
ductiveness of those soils was due to the presence of substances 
which exerted a toxic action upon plants. It was also shown that 
the toxic effect in the soil extracts could be overcome in various 
ways. 


Experiments upon the diminished yields of succeeding crops . 


have given results which indicate that the harmful effect of con- 
tinuous planting of the same crop may be due to the production 
of deleterious substances. Many, perhaps a majority, of investi- 
gators have assumed that the diminished yield of a second crop 
is the result of the depletion of the plant nutrients by the first 
crop. There is now evidence from a number of sources that an 
important factor in causing diminished yield is the presence of sub- 
stances detrimental to plant growth. An experiment giving evi- 
dence on this point has been described by Livingston (05) in 
which wheat was planted in a series of five pot cultures of clean 
glass sand, simultaneously with five other pot cultures planted in 
glass sand which had previously grown wheat for twenty-one 
days. The two series were subjected to the same conditions and 
growth was measured by the amount of water which the plants 
transpired. The growth of the plants in the ‘exhausted”’ sand 
was about 45 per cent. of that in fresh sand. In the same experi- 


SCHREINER AND REED: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 281 


ment the effect of a good absorbing, agent was tried. Ferric 
hydrate was added to five pots of “exhausted” sand in which 
wheat was planted. This good absorbing agent renovated the 
sand to such an extent that the growth of wheat in it was only 6 
per cent. less than that in the fresh sand. It would be obviously 
incorrect to assume that the decreased growth of wheat in the 
sand was due to the depletion of nutrients. Neither can one 
maintain that the beneficial action of ferric hydrate consisted in 
supplying nutrients. The only explanation is that the ferric 
hydrate had a strong absorbent action upon some substance, or 
substances, which were toxic to the second growth of wheat and 
Which had resulted from the growth of the first crop. 

Facts like those cited above give indications that the toxic 
condition of unproductive and “exhausted” soils may be caused 
by some substances excreted from the roots of plants. These 
indications are further supported by the results of all experiments 
upon the nature of the toxic substances. Up to the present time 
they all indicate that the toxic substances are organic, and not inor- 
ganic, bodies. It has been shown, for example, that the extract 
from a poor soil may often be benefited by incineration or mere 
charring of the organic matter present in the residue obtained by 
‘vaporating the soil extract, and redissolving it in pure water. 

hen plants are grown in such solutions they show marked im- 
Provement over those grown in the original extract. In an experi- 
ment described in Bulletin 28 of the Bureau of Soils (p. 29 ff.), 24 
Wheat plants grown in such a solution showed an increase of 25 
Per cent. in growth over a control in the original extract. Here 
there has apparently been a destruction or an alteration of the 
Substances which were previously detrimental to the growth of 
plants, 

Turning to the literature, it will be seen that there are numerous 
instances in which deleterious excretions have been demonstrated 
M the lower plants, but in the higher plants there appear to be 


No definite proofs that such excretions are produced. 


Among the earlier botanists there prevailed an idea that roots 
“xcreted waste matters. Such ideas were a logical outgrowth of 
the efforts of their time to correlate the structures and functions 
of plants with those of animals. Brugmans (’89) alleged that he 


282 SCHREINER AND REED: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 


had observed small drops tp exude during the night from roots of 
Viola arvensis growing in pure sand in a transparent dish. He 
even stated that he had observed small fragments of material at 
the extremities of the roots of certain other plants, which he 
believed to have been exuded from the roots. His observations 
rest upon what must now be regarded as insufficient evidence and 
appear to have been made without any of the precautions neces- 
sary for a scientific experiment. 

The idea that roots excrete waste matters was promulgated by 
von Humboldt and by de Candolle and by them given prominence 
in explaining natural plant associations and crop rotations. It is 
interesting to note that de Candolle (’32, 3: 1480) stated his 
belief that the cockscomb and other noxious weeds injured the 
neighboring plants by some excretion from the roots. It is a 
matter of common knowledge that de Candolle used his theory of 
root excretions as a basis for explaining the benefits of crop rota- 
tions. He reasoned that the excreta from the roots remaining in 
the soil would be harmful if the soil were again planted to the 
same crop; but that, if a different species were planted, it would 
receive very little harm from the excreta of the previous crop, and 
even possibly might be benefited by them. Plenck (’94) and 
Macaire-Prinsep (°32) also endorsed the idea of root excretion. 
Macaire-Prinsep made an experiment from which he and others 
drew incorrect conclusions. By separating the roots of a plant 
into two groups, one of which was placed in a flask containing 
pure water and the other in a flask containing a solution of 
sodium chloride or lead acetate, he found that traces of the solute 
could be detected in the flask originally containing pure water. 
He believed that the roots in the solution had taken up dissolved 
matter which had been again actively exuded by the roots. His 
work was criticised by Braconnot (’39) and Unger (’36), who 
showed that his results were due to the capillary action of the 
roots, aided, no doubt, by the siphon which they formed. Walser 
(38) and Braconnot (’39) attempted to detect excretions by eX 
amining the medium in which plants of the Papaveraceae had 
grown. They believed that it would be possible to demonstrate 
the presence of opium-like bodies in the medium if the roots pro- 
duced excretions. Without recognizing the fundamental error of 


| 


SCHREINER AND REED: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 283 


such an attempt they interpreted the failure of their analysis to 
mean that no excretions were produced by roots. They deserve 
credit, however, for showing that Brugmans had entirely misinter- 
preted the death of the root hairs and the peeling off of the outer 
layers of the root by assuming that this material was solid excre- 
tion from the living root. Nevertheless, several years later Gas- 
parrini (’57) made the absurd statement that he had observed that 
the root hairs had small lids which opened and emitted secretions. 

After the earlier work had been shown to be ill-founded by the 
investigations of Walser and Braconnot, that line of investigation 
Was given up, and it is only within recent years that any data have 
been presented on deleterious root excretions. 

Newcombe (’02), in describing the growth of roots in closed 
glass tubes containing water, says that the roots suffered distortion 
after 12 to 15 hours when the temperature was 23° C. or over. 
He referred the distortion to a possible lack of oxygen or to the 
accumulation of root excretions. 

Livingston (’05) described an experiment which indicated quite 
distinctly that toxic substances may arise during growth. The 
experiment consisted in placing an absorbent agent (carbon black) 
in a synthetic nutrient solution and measuring the growth of wheat 
plants in it. The plants from the nutrient solutions containing 
carbon-black grew 27 per cent. more than the control plants in a 
Solution in which carbon-black was lacking. In the solutions con- 
taining ferric hydrate the growth was increased 33 percent. In 
another experiment, water redistilled from potassium dichromate 
and sulphuric acid and from alkaline potassium permanganate was 
used, the distillates being condensed in a platinum tube. The 
addition of ferric hydrate to part of the cultures produced an 
increase of growth (measured by transpiration) amounting to 34 
Per cent. The conclusion was there drawn that the roots of 
Seedling wheat plants do give off substances which are poisonous 
to themselves, and that these substances can be removed or cor- 
rected by carbon-black of ferric hydrate. 

Indirectly there has been gathered some very good evidence 
"pon this point by investigators who have studied the antagonism 
between different species, 

The Woburn Experiment Station (’03) has reported a detailed 


284 SCHREINER AND REED: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 


study of the antagonism existing between the roots of grass and 
those of fruit trees. They found that the grass roots had an actively _ 
malignant action upon the tree roots which could only be due to 
some action similar to that of direct poisoning. 

Jones and Morse (’03) reported a remarkable case of antago- 
nism between the butternut, /ug/ans cinerea, and cinquefoil, Poten- 
tilla fruticosa. The Potentilla was often killed under and around 
the butternut trees on a circle of fully twice the diameter of the 
tree top. Potentilla grew vigorously beneath other species of trees 
without any injury. They found that wherever the Fotentil/a was 
killed or dying its roots were intertwined and in close relation 
to those of the butternut trees. The death of the Porentilla seemed 
to be caused by some relation to, or effect from, the roots of the 
trees. 

Another illustration of the antagonistic action of one plant 
upon another has been given by Jensen (’07), who studied the 
effect of tree roots upon wheat under experimental conditions. He 
found that the action of the tree roots had a remarkably depress- 
ing effect upon the growth of wheat. The harmful effect was 
especially marked with certain trees like Pinus and Acer, while 
others like Prunus were less harmful. The growth of the wheat 
was most retarded during the summer season when the trees were 
physiologically active. When, in the autumn, the trees became 

ormant, the growth of wheat was much improved. 

An examination of the literature dealing with the growth of 
the lower plants shows that different workers have found that the 
growth of these plants often gives rise to unfavorable conditions in 
the surrounding medium. Some typical and instructive examples 
are described by Pfeffer in his Physiology of plants (1: 512; Eng- 
lish translation by Ewart). 

Bacteriology has demonstrated quite clearly that deleterious 
substances are formed during the growth of cultures. Eijkman 
(04) has studied the reaction of the waste products of a number 
of bacteria upon the same and other species. He found that the 
organisms produced without exception thermolabile substances 
which inhibited growth. The inhibiting substances were diffusi- 
ble but could not be filtered through a porcelain filter ; they were 
destroyed when heated toa temperature at which the organisms 


Oe pee ee ee le oe ade ee ey ge ee ae OTs) 


SCHREINER AND REED: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 285 


were killed. The waste products of a given species were usually 
more toxic to that and closely related species than to those species 
more distantly related. 

Eijkman’s results are confirmed by the recent work of Rahn 
(’06) on other bacteria. Rahn finds a thermolabile toxic substance 
which is absorbed by freshly heated clay filters so that a piece of 
recently heated clay saturated with old bouillon was quickly cov- 
ered by a growth of organisms. The toxic substance was also 
destroyed by diffuse light. 

The work of Emmerlich and Loew (99) and other investigators 
on the action of bacteriolytic ferments and their toxic action on the 
bacteria of many infectious diseases, involving the preparation of 
antitoxins and their use in medicine, is of the greatest interest in 
this connection as showing that the products of bacterial life are 
Poisonous to the living forms of a similar or related species. 

Experimenters upon chemotropism have found that the growth 
of fungus hyphae is not always in the direction of nutrient ma- 
terials, but they will sometimes grow into toxic substances, Clark 
(02) found that the hyphae of Rhizopus would grow from a layer 
of rich nutrient agar into a layer of non-nutrient agar containing 
0.005V copper sulphate. Fulton (06) working on the same sub- 
ject has clearly demonstrated that the hyphae grow in any direc- 
tion that will carry them out of a region already occupied by 
numbers of hyphae. He showed that the repelling substance 
remains in the solution in which the fungi have grown, and that it 
is not carbon dioxide. The results of the two last-named authors 
agree in indicating that the fungus hyphae are negatively chemo- 
tropic to some substances which they secrete and this negative 
chemotropism is much greater than any positive chemotropism 
they may have for nutrients or oxygen. 

According to Ferguson (02) the germination of certain mush- 
oom spores is greatly facilitated when a small bit of living mush- 
oom tissue is included in the culture, but the further development 
of hyphae from these spores is almost completely inhibited. When 
the spores which have been germinated are transferred to cultures 
in which there are no pieces of tissue a continuous development of 
hyphae takes place. This observation would seem to indicate that 
the pieces ot living tissue exerted some influence which inhibited 


286 SCHREINER AND REED: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 


further growth and that its inhibitory effect was first felt by the 
delicate germ-tubes. 

Wehmer (’g1, ’06) has demonstrated that certain of the fungi do 
produce a very toxic substance, namely, oxalic acid. 


PLAN OF THE EXPERIMENTS 


One general feature of the foregoing work upon excretions 
has been the indication that the amount of substance excreted is 
very small. The removal of toxic substances by the use of a 
small amount of absorbing material or by momentary boiling are 
evidence that refined methods are necessary in their investigation. 
The amount of toxic substances present is so small that an ordi- 
nary chemical analysis of the soil does not give evidence of them. 

The assumption on the part of Braconnot (’39), Walser (’38), 
Boussingault (’41), and others that these substances existed in 
sufficient amounts to be detected by ordinary analysis was a funda- 
mental error, which kept other workers from investigating their 
nature and action. At the same time there is evidence which can- 
not be overlooked that the plant is sensitive and does respond to 
the presence of deleterious substances. The following experi- 
ments were therefore so planned that the plant itself could be used 
as an indicator of the excretion of deleterious substances from its 
roots. 

For indicating the presence of a small amount of deleterious 
material, the rate at which the root of a plant elongates is not en- 
tirely satisfactory. Experiments like those of Lilienfeldt (’05) and 
especially those of Fulton (’06) show that the chemotropic behavior 
of an organism can be depended upon to indicate the presence of 
small amounts of deleterious substances. Seedlings of wheat and 
oats (Zriticum vulgare and Avena sativa) were used as indicators 
in most of the experiments, since it was found that their roots were 
chemotropically sensitive to the deleterious substances studied. 
The wheat seedlings used were germinated in water by a method 
devised in the laboratory of the Bureau of Soils, and described by 
Livingston (’06). The seedlings germinated by this method were 
remarkably uniform, and their roots were straight and free from 
any adhering particles. The design of the experiments included 
a study of the behavior of the roots of wheat seedlings in the 


SCHREINER AND REED: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 287 


presence of excreta from plants of the same and other species. 
The latter experiments employed seedlings of corn (Zea Mays), 
cowpeas (Vigna Catjang) and oats (Avena sativa). 

For the purpose of making investigations upon the chemotro- 
pic behavior of roots it was necessary to employ a medium which 
was as nearly non-nutrient as possiblee In the first experiments 
clean quartz sand was used as a medium in which to grow the 
plants. Owing to the difficulty of filling the tubes of small dia- 
meter and the necessity (described below) of rotating the cultures, 
the sand was not suited to the purpose of experimentation. After 
some preliminary tests, agar agar proved to be a very satisfactory 
medium to serve as a substratum. The fibers of agar agar were 
soaked in one or two changes of distilled water at room temper- 
ature to remove the slight amount of soluble matter present. The 
agar agar was then melted by boiling it in distilled water in the 
ratio of 2 parts of agar to 100 of water. The melted agar was 
filtered through absorbent cotton and gave a preparation which 
remained clear when reheated. The agar was poured out and 
allowed to cool to 30°—35° C. at which temperature it was just 
beginning to harden. The roots of the seedlings were put in at 
this time and were firmly held when the agar became set. In agar 
Prepared in this manner the root system developed in a perfectly 
Normal manner. The roots were clean and white, and showed no 
distortion nor swellings as they do in unfavorable media. The 
behavior of the roots could be noted at any time through the 
transparent agar jelly. The glass receptacles in which the seed- 
lings grew were always covered with black paper to exclude light. 
Since the agar jelly contained about 98 per cent. of water, the 
Plants were able to obtain an ample supply for growth. Small 
quantities of distilled water were added daily to keep the surface 
Of the agar moist and to prevent the formation of fissures. 

The remarkable freedom of the agar from growth of moulds 
and bacteria showed how free it was from substances which might 
Serve as nutrients. Although the jars containing the agar cul- 
tures stood open from 4 to 10 days they were very rarely infested 
With moulds or bacteria and the few plants that were thus infested 
Were discarded * from the results. 


* Vide infra for experiments eliminating bacteria, 


288 ScHREINER AND REED: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 


PRELIMINARY EXPERIMENTS 

The first experiments were designed to perfect a method of using 
the plant so that it would serve as an indicator of the deleterious 
root excretions, if such substances were produced. 

Several sorts of perforated tubes of glass and mica 
were tried; in the end it was found that more satisfactory 
results were obtained from the use of glass tubes having 
an internal diameter not greater than I cm. The best 
results were obtained from the use of segmented glass 
tubes, having small openings between the segments 
(FIGURE I). The tubes were made from glass tubing 
having an internal diameter of 6 or 8 mm. Pieces of 
tubing 10 cm. long were closed at one end by fusion. 
Each of these pieces was then cut into three nearly equal 
lengths. These three segments were then bound to a 


adjoining segments. They thus formed a straight seg- 
mented tube with narrow openings about one-third of 
the distance from the top and bottom respectively. 

The segmented tubes were placed in a vertical posi- 
tion in small glass jars, the fused ends of the tubes rest- 
ing on the bottom of the jar. Pure non-nutrient agar, 
which had been washed in three changes of distilled 
water and melted in distilled water, was poured into the 
jars until its level reached the tops of the tubes. When the agat 
had cooled to a temperature between 35° and 38° C., the roots 


of a wheat seedling three days old were inserted in the open, 


upper end of each segmented tube. ’ 

The design of such an arrangement was to enclose the grow- 
ing roots in a small space in which the toxic excretions would be 
confined. At the same time, it provided at intervals small open- 
ings through which there would be some diffusion of the toxic 
products to the exterior. When the growing roots reached one 
of these regions from which diffusion was taking place, they would 


have a chance to respond to this unequal distribution of the dele-_ 


terious substances. Such response would be plainly manifested 
by the growth of the roots toward regions where deleterious sub- 
stances were less abundant. In other words, the roots might 


glass rod, leaving a space of two or three mm. between | 


SCHREINER AND REEp: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 289 


curve and grow out of the narrow openings between adjoining 
segments of the tube. 

The first experiment employed a total of 26 roots. The jars 
containing the tubes and seedlings were wrapped in black paper 
and stood in a well lighted portion of the laboratory. At the 
expiration of 6 days, it was found that 14 of the roots had turned 
from their normal downward course and grown out through the 
Narrow openings into the surrounding agar. The experiment was 
repeated three times, using a total of 90 roots, 48 of which grew 
out of the tubes through the narrow openings. It will be noted 
that this is a response of 53 per cent. of the roots employed. 

Since the wheat roots are positively geotropic and possess 
thereby a natural tendency to grow vertically downward, it must 
be assumed that there was some definite stimulus acting at the 
Narrow openings of the segmented tubes which caused them to 
curve and grow out. The roots in these and later experiments 
showed no distortion nor traumatic curvatures. They always 
grew straight until reaching the openings through which they 
passed out into the surrounding medium, 

It seems justifiable, therefore, to conclude that their curvature 
Was a response to the presence of some substance or substances to 
which they were negatively chemotropic. Inside the narrow tube 
these substances were comparatively concentrated, but at the 
narrow openings the deleterious substances had partially diffused 
toward the exterior. When the roots reached the regions from 
Which diffusion had taken place they responded by curving and 
§fowing out of the tubes. The same phenomenon of diffusion 
will explain why the roots did not find the agar in the lower part 
of the tubes as favorable for growth as that outside the tube. 

The following experiment may be cited in further support for 
the above statements : 

Several jars containing melted agar, which had cooled to 36°- 
38° C., were thickly planted with wheat seedlings. In a few days 
the roots of the seedlings completely permeated the masses of 
‘gar, they were allowed to grow for a week longer and then care- 
fully pulled out, removing as little agar as possible. The agar 
Was melted over a steam bath at a temperature of 7 ape o 
filtered through absorbent cotton and poured into clean jars. 


290 SCHREINER AND REED: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 


Controls were set up simultaneously which contained freshly pre- 
pared agar. Each lot of jars received a set of segmented glass 
tubes and when the agar had cooled to the proper temperature, 
wheat seedlings were inserted in the open ends of the segmented 
tubes. If the foregoing hypothesis regarding the presence and 
diffusion of toxic waste products be true, one would expect fewer 
roots to leave the segmented tubes when they were surrounded by 
a medium which already contained the waste products, because 
there would be a more equal concentration of them throughout 
the entire medium. This is precisely what was observed. Of 23 
roots which grew in the used agar, only 8 curved and grew out of 
the tubes. Of 13 control roots, 7 turned and grew out of the 
tubes. 

Do the roots in the tubes curve because of an insufficient supply 
of oxygen? There might be some doubt as to whether part of the 
response might arise from a deficient supply of oxygen in the small 
tubes, and the question ‘“ Do the roots in the tubes curve because 
of a possibly insufficient supply of oxygen?” naturally presents 
itself. The evidence obtained by Bennett (’04) is entirely against 
such behavior. The author just mentioned made very careful and 
exhaustive experiments with the roots of land plants, but was 
unable to find any evidence whatever that direction curvatures 
could be induced by the one-sided application of such gases as 
oxygen or carbon dioxide. It was deemed desirable, however, 
to test the roots of wheat seedlings in the experiments under con- 
sideration. A number of segmented glass tubes were set up in 
jars of freshly prepared agar and a wheat seedling placed in the 
upper end of each tube. When the agar had become partially 
solidified, air bubbles were produced by manipulating a glass tube 


in it, The bubbles were formed at the surface of the segmented . 4 


tubes and at the level of the narrow openings. When the roots 
grew downward, they showed the usual curvature at the openings. 
They did not, however, show any tendency to grow toward the 
air bubbles, nor to the agar in the vicinity of the air bubbles. 
Many roots grew directly through air bubbles and passed on with- 
out being deflected from their course by the presence of air bubbles. 
It would be manifestly wrong to base judgment on this question 
if the roots passed from the agar in the air bubble and remained 


SCHREINER AND REED: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 291 


there, since the environment would be changed in respects other 
‘than air content. One might expect, however, that if an aerotropic 
tendency were manifested it might be shown by roots turning 
toward the agar in the vicinity of the air bubbles. Such a ten- 
dency was not manifested by roots in this or other experiments 
where air bubbles were present, hence it follows, that the results 
reported are really due to a stimulation of the roots by some dele- 
terious substance and not to a deficiency of oxygen. 

The behavior of the roots of oat seedlings in the presence of their 
own excreta. — For comparison with the behavior of the roots of 
wheat seedlings a series of tubes was prepared which held oat 
plants. The segmented tubes contained and were surrounded by 
freshly prepared agar. The experiment lasted 6 days. The agar 
in the tubes became so toxic that 13 of the 39 roots employed 
were killed. Of the remaining roots, 19 curved and grew out of 
the tubes. This is a response of 73 per cent. (the roots killed 
_ Not being considered), and shows that the roots of oat seedlings 
produced a toxic condition which was quite repellent to them- 
selves. In all cases it was the later roots which were killed. 
The roots which grew out into the surrounding fresh agar showed 
no signs of injury. 

Experiments in which malic acid was added to the culture med- 
ium, — Continuous observation of the agar in which plants were 
grown spoke against the action of the bacteria as a partial factor 
in producing the results. Nevertheless it was thought profitable 
to make an experiment in which bacteria were excluded. 

After some preliminary experiments which showed that wheat 
seedlings could tolerate malic acid, a quantity of wheat seedlings 
Were grown in agar which contained 125 parts per million of malic 
acid. While this amount of acid was not sufficient to inhibit the 


. growth of wheat roots, it reddened litmus paper instantly, and it 


is safe to assume that bacteria did not develop in such prepara- 
tions. Part of the segmented tubes contained this agar in which 
plants had been grown and the others were surrounded by it. 
Fifteen roots grew in segmented tubes containing fresh agar 
and surrounded by used agar. Of this number only a roots 
Stew out into the used agar. Thirty-three roots grew in seg- 
Mented tubes containing used agar and surrounded by freshly 


“ 


292 ScCHREINER AND REED: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 


prepared agar. Sixteen of these roots curved and grew out of the 
tubes into the freshly prepared agar. The proportion of the 
response is 56: 100, which is almost precisely the proportion ob- 
tained where no precautions were taken to exclude bacteria. 
Hence it is believed that the results related in this paper are not 
induced (although they may be modified) by the action of bacteria. 

Experiments in which the attractive effect of gravity on the roots 
was neutralized. — It is evident to anyone familiar with the growth 
of roots that the positive geotropism, inherent in the wheat roots 
would hinder their lateral curvature and growth out of the tubes. 
The responses which have been thus far obtained are therefore the 
resultant responses to these two stimuli. One might expect that 
a root which was only feebly stimulated by the presence of the 
deleterious substances might be more strongly stimulated to grow 
downward by the attractive force of gravity and hence show no 
response. The action of gravity cannot be eliminated but it can 
be neutralized by revolving the plants so that all sides are equally 
stimulated. Accordingly in the subsequent experiments the pre- 
parations containing the seedlings were rotated by attaching them 
to the arms of a klinostat driven by a small electric motor. The 
dial which supported the arms was 25 cm. in diameter and revolved 
once in two minutes. The construction of klinostat and general 
method of use were similar to the type previously described by 
Reed ('03). 

In all the following experiments the segmented tubes were 
contained in glass vials 10 cm. long and 2.5 cm. in diameter. The 
vials were attached to the arms of the klinostat in such a way that 
they revolved in a plane perpendicular to their long axis. One 
wheat seedling was placed in each segmented tube and each experi- 
ment lasted several days, 

Three experiments were performed using freshly prepared 
agar, Out of a total of 47 roots, 31 curved and grew out of the 
segmented tubes, a response of 66 per cent. The response in 
similar tubes which had not been rotated had been 53 per cent. 

Summing up the results of these experiments, it appears that 
the roots of wheat seedlings are repelled by some deleterious sub- 
stance or substances produced during growth and that a satisfac- 
tory means of demonstrating the same is by the use of segmented 


SCHREINER AND REED: ExcRETIONS BY ROOTS 293 


glass tubes. Evidence is displayed to show that the curvature 
of the roots is not due to the action of light, of gravity, of water, 
nor to a lack of oxygen. Since the medium employed as a soil is 
as nearly as possible non-nutritive, the question of plant nutrients 
does not complicate the study. When the effect of gravity is 
neutralized, a larger proportion of the roots respond to the stimu- 
ulus produced by the presence of toxic excreta. 


EXPERIMENTS SHOWING THE BEHAVIOR OF WHEAT PLANTS .GROW- 
ING IN A MEDIUM CONTAINING THE EXCRETA FROM THE 
ROOTS OF WHEAT OR OTHER PLANTS 


With the foregoing results in hand, the next problem was to 
Study the behavior of one plant in the presence of excreta from 
various other plants. Wheat was selected as the plant to be em- 
ployed as an indicator, since the roots which it puts out after the 
short life of the primary root are positively geotropic and suffi- 
ciently sensitive for chemotropic reactions. 

It was shown in the preliminary experiments that the toxic 
effects remained in the agar in which the plants had grown. It 
was also shown that the toxic effects persisted when such agar was 
melted and used again. In the experiments which are next to be 
described the effects of root excretions from wheat, corn, cowpeas, 
and oats were studied. The agar containing their excretions was 
obtained in each case by planting a large number of seedlings in 
a dish of soft agar and allowing them to grow for 8 to 15 days, 
according to the plant employed. Ina few days the agar was com- 
pletely permeated by the roots of the plants, the plants being 
nourished in the meantime by the reserve materials of the seed. 
When the agar was to be used for experiment the plants were 
pulled out, removing as little agar as possible. The agar was then 
placed in a shallow, covered dish on the steam-bath, stirred and 
heated to 75~80° C. Continued heating at a high temperature 
changes or destroys the toxic substance ; even at this temperature 
_ Some of the toxic effect was probably lost. As soon as the agar 
Was completely melted it was filtered through absorbent cotton into 
the desired receptacles and cooled to room temperature. Distilled 
Water was added to restore that lost by evaporation. 

The following series of experiments were so designed that the 


294 SCHREINER AND REED: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 


used agar was tested against freshly prepared agar, the segmented 
glass tubes being filled with one and surrounded by the other. 
The mode of procedure was as follows: Clean segmented tubes 
were placed in a jar of liquid agar and when it had cooled to the 
proper temperature a seedling was placed in the mouth of each 
tube. When the agar had hardened throughout the entire jar, the 
tubes could be removed without disturbing the seedling or losing 
any agar from the tubes. The tubes were transferred to vials con- 
taining the other sort of agar which had cooled to a temperature 
between 30° and 35° C. When this agar was completely hardened, 
the vials were wrapped in black paper and put upon the klinostat. 
The quantity of agar in which plants had grown was always sepa- 
rated into two portions, one of which was used within a set of 
tubes and the other portion without another set of tubes. This 
procedure made each set of results a control on the accompanying 
results. Thus, the experiments designated under each heading as 
“a” constitute a check against those designated as “b” and vice 
versa. 

WHEAT SUCCEEDING WHEAT. 

(a) Wheat plants in tubes containing fresh agar and surrounded 
by agar in which wheat had been grown. The used agar was ob- 
tained and prepared in the manner outlined above. Five experi- 
ments were conducted comprising 89 roots. The details are given 
in the accompanying table. 


—— 


Experiment No. | eo ee. of | une Rieke Per Cent. Response. 
I 8 fe} 10] 
2 22 | 12 55 
3 12 | 2 16 
4 | 32 13 40 
5 15 4 26 


ose Ee ae 
Average for the five samples of agar, 27 per cent. 


It will be noted that an average of only 27 per cent. of the 
roots which grew as far as to the first opening in the tube, turned 
and grew out into the surrounding agar, in which wheat plants 
had previously grown, as against 66 per cent. when fresh agat we 
also used on the outside, as in the experiment already described. 

(2) Wheat plants in tubes containing agar in which wheat had 


: 


SCHREINER AND REED: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 295 


been grown and surrounded by fresh agar. The results of six ex- 
periments are presented showing that 62 per cent. of the roots 
capable of responding grew out of the tubes containing the agar 
in which a previous wheat crop had grown into the fresh agar 
surrounding the segmented tube. 


Experiment No. pag oe ne of se ig oc Per Cent. Response. 
I 8 7 87 
2 13 4 3f 
3 II 6 55 
4 8 27g 75 
5 | gaint 16 48 
6* 41 30 73 


Average response for the six samples of agar, 62 per cent. 


It will be noted that the percentage of diverted roots in the 
several experiments varies somewhat. This is due to the varying 
toxicity of the agar derived at different times and from different 
crops, as shown by the fact that the differences are consistent in 
the two series, namely, that a high result in series “a” is always 
accompanied by a low result in series “4” and vice versa for the 
same sample of used agar. 

In the development of roots and tops the plants in series 6” 
excelled. This is probably due to the greater total quantity of 
fresh agar in that set. As soon as the roots passed out of the 
segmented tubes the sensitive and absorbing portions were in a 
medium containing a relatively small amount of toxic excreta. It 
is obvious from these data that toxic substances remain in the used 
agar and exert an influence on the succeeding crop. When the 
roots growing in freshly prepared agar reached the openings in the 
segmented tubes 27 per cent. of them grew out into the used agar, 
Whereas under the opposite set of conditions 62 per cent. of the 
Toots grew out of the tubes, the proportion of the responses 
being 44: 100. This plainly indicates that in the agar which had 
§rown a crop there is some toxic substance, the only source of 
Which could be the excreta from the roots of the previous crop. 


WHEAT SUCCEEDING CORN. 
The corn used in these experiments was a variety of pop-corn, 
a 


. a ‘ . oe] . ies, 
* Experiment 6 has no corresponding experiment in table ‘‘a’’ of this series 


296 ScHREINER AND REED: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 


When the seedlings had attained a length of 5 cm. they were 
planted thickly in dishes of soft agar. At the expiration of 10 to 
15 days the seedling plants were removed and the agar melted for 
experiments in the manner previously described. 

(a) Wheat plants in tubes containing fresh agar and surrounded 
by agar in which corn had grown,— The accompanying table sum- 
marizes the results of four experiments, As much as 59 percent. 
of the wheat roots capable of response curved out and grew out 
of the tubes away from their own excreta into the agar containing 
the excreta of the previous corn crop. 


Pirneriment No. Roots Capable of Roots Which Grew : : 
cg cabana oa | Responding. Out of Tubes. | Pee Cont: ee 
i 13 7 54 
2 20 10 50 
3 13 9 69 
4 23 iy 61 


A ee 
Average response for the four samples of agar, 59 pet cent. 


(6) Wheat plants in tubes containing agar in which corn had 
been grown and surrounded by fresh agar. — Four experiments 
were likewise performed in this series. Here 62 per cent. of the 
roots curved and grew out of the tubes. The details are shown 
in tabular form. 


Experiment No. Roots Capable of Roots Which Grew Response. 
Responding, Out of Tubes. | Per Cent. ae 
: 24 16 67 
: K fod 18 56 
: 2 6 


Average response of the four samples of agar, 62 per cent. 


These results obtained from the use of agar in which pop-com™ 
had previously grown showed that such agar is decidedly less 
toxic to wheat than the agar in which wheat had grown. In all 
cases where pop-corn agar was used a high per cent. of roots 
curved and grew out of the tubes. The figures obtained, 59 and 
62 per cent., stand notably near that obtained when only freshly 
prepared agar was employed, namely 66 per cent. The percent- 
ages obtained in series “ a’ and “4” are the proportion of 9 5:100, 
the difference lying within the limit of experimental error. This 


SCHREINER AND REED: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 297 


means that the roots behave nearly the same whether the tubes 
are surrounded by fresh or used agar, and that the toxic effect of 
the agar in which corn has grown is small, the used agar being, 
in fact, practically as good as if freshly prepared agar had been 
used. 

WHEAT SUCCEEDING COWPEAS. 

The same method of procedure was followed as in the previous 
experiments. 

(a) Wheat plants in tubes containing fresh agar and surrounded 
by agar in which cowpeas had grown. —The results of four experi- 
ments employing 82 roots are tabulated. 


i es 
Experiment No. gig tn of | — bhi Inhale | Per Cent. Response. 
Hains viele aati 
I 12 | 8 | 67 
2 38 21 | 55 
3 23 9 | 39 
4 9 | 6 67 


Average response for the four samples of agar, 57 per cent. 


(6) Wheat plants in tubes containing agar in which cowpeas had 
§rown and surrounded by fresh agar.— The four experiments 
corresponding to the above employed a total of 96 roots; the 
details are here given in tabular form. 


: Roots Capable of Roots Which Grew | Per Cent, Response. 
Experiment No, hasatiar | Out of Tubes. | REV Lorain sens Seo conc 
; ac | If | 55 
- 31 23 | 74 
: ao 17 } 65 
3 . i 38 


Average response for the four samples of agar, 63 per cent. 


The results of these two sets of experiments are closely simi~ 
lar to the preceding experiments, which employed agar in which 
corn had grown. That is to say, it makes little difference so far as 
this Tesponse is concerned, whether the used agar is outside or 
inside of the segmented tubes. The results in the experiments 
With cowpeas are in the proportion of 90:100. 

This jis interpreted to mean that the excreta of the cowpea 
foots are very slightly toxic to roots of wheat seedlings. 


298 ScHREINER AND REED: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 


WHEAT SUCCEEDING OATS. 

The results of the preceding experiments point quite distinctly 
to the conclusion that the waste products of some plants are only 
slightly toxic to wheat seedlings. It seemed desirable to test 
oats, a more closely related species to wheat than either of the 
other two tested, and one which in agricultural rotation is a bad 
crop to precede wheat. 

Oat seedlings were allowed to grow for 8 to 10 days in non- 
nutrient agar, which was then melted for use as in preceding 
experiments. 

(a) Wheat plants in tubes containing fresh agar and surrounded 
by agar in which oats had grown.—The accompanying table 
shows the results of four experiments comprising 87 roots. 


| 


Experiment No. | Roots Capable of Roots Which Grew 
periment No | Responding. Oat of Tobes. Per Cent. Response 
Be ee ee aie < 
| Riemer 
‘ | 21 = Sa 
? | 34 I 9 ; 56 
; = 6 40 
4 | 17 8 \ 


47 
Average for the four samples of agar, 49 per cent, 


It will be noticed that only 49 per cent. of the roots grew out 
of the tubes into the agar in which oats had grown as against 66 
per cent. in the case of the fresh agar in the experiments already 
given. 
(2) Wheat plants in tubes containing agar in which oats had grown 
and surrounded by fresh agar. The following table gives the re- 
sults of four experiments which are complements of those given 
under “a.” 


Se 
Eapertaret ie: Roots Capable of | Roots Which Grew | tent. Response: 
| Responding. Out of ‘Tubes, | Per Cent. Resp 

| Dia ion ac 
: | 24 | 16 | 67 
: | 21 | 13 62 
3 t 45 \ 2 3 | 5 I 
4 19 Sane. | 33 


Average response for the four samples of agar, 61 pet cent. 


The results of these experiments show that the agar in which 
oats had grown was more toxic than that in which corn oF cow- 
peas had grown. When oats agar was used the proportion of 


SCHREINER AND REED: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 299 


roots which left the tubes in experiments ‘“‘a” and “6” was 
80 :100, showing that there was a sensible difference whether the 
used agar was within or without the tubes. From these relations 
we may conclude that the excreta of oats are more toxic to the 
roots of wheat seedlings than those of corn or cowpeas, a con- 
clusion which is substantiated by the results obtained in crop ro- 
tation. If we represent the responses of the roots in the different 
experiments in the form of percentages, we obtain the following: 

Wheat succeeding wheat, 44 per cent. 

Wheat succeeding oats, 80 per cent. 

Wheat succeeding corn, 95 per cent. 

Wheat succeeding cowpeas, go per cent. 

Summing up the results of these experiments which demon- 
strate the effect of root excreta from various sources upon wheat 
roots, it may be noted (1) that the excretions from no other roots 
were so deleterious to wheat as its own excretions, (2) that the 
excreta from oats were more harmful than those from the more 
distantly related plants, cowpeas ‘and corn, (3) that the plants 
which succeed best in a rotation of crops with wheat, produce 
excreta which are least harmful to wheat. 


THE ROLE OF TOXIC EXCRETA IN THE ASSOCIATION AND 
SUCCESSION OF PLANTS 
The production of such toxic excreta as have been demon- 
strated in this paper throws light upon the problem of association 
and migration of species and individuals in the vegetable kingdom. 
The problems of natural association and migration among plants 
were, as one of us has shown in another publication (Reed '05), 
among the first studies of ecologists. It has long been known 
that various physical ‘factors, ¢. g. light, water, etc., often determine 
the limit of the range of a given species, but it has been repeatedly 
admitted that they are not sufficient to explain certain important 
problems of association and succession. The importance and 
activity of biological factors cannot now be overlooked by any 
student of ecology. The working of root excreta in causing as- 
sociation and succession are admirably illustrated by the investi- 
gations of the Woburn Experiment Station, Jones and Morse, and 
Jensen, cited in the first part of this paper. 


300 SCHREINER AND REED: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 


A very apt illustration of the way in which toxic excreta may 
act in bringing about migration is the case of the “ Fairy Ring” 
fungi. The curiously regular growth of the ring in a continually 
widening circle may be due to the production of toxic excreta by 
the growing fungus. The young mycelium grows best on the 
outside of the ring because it is less affected by the excreta left in 
the soil within the ring. The common explanation for the devel- 
opment of fairy rings is based upon the assumption that the soil 
within the ring is so depleted of nutrients that it is unable to sup- 
port the growth. An investigation of the chemistry of fairy rings 
by Gilbert (’75) and Lawes (’83) showed sucha slight difference be- 
tween the soil inside and that outside of the ring that this difference 
cannot explain the entire absence of fungi within the ring. “The 
total nitrogen outside of the rings (average of five rings) was 281 
per cent. ; inside of the rings it was .247 per cent., a difference of 
.034 per cent. The average content of carbon outside the rings 
was 3.30 per cent., inside the rings 2.78 per cent., a difference of 
.52 per cent. With our present knowledge of the ability of plants 
to absorb and utilize nutrients, these slight differences are utterly 
inadequate to explain the entire absence of fungi within the ring. 
The existence of toxic excreta in the soil would, however, explain it. 
It is of interest to note that such an explanation of fairy rings was 
suggested by Way (’47). This investigator admitted ‘ that by far 
the most scientific and intelligible solution of the question is that 
which was based upon DeCandolle’s theory of the excretions of 
plants.” But on account of objections which appeared insuperable 
to him he was unable to accept it as a satisfactory explanation. 

Another illustration of the possible effect of root excreta in 
producing associations may be found in the ‘oak openings.” 
These characteristic grassy tracts existed in the natural oak forests 
of Ohio, Indiana and southern Michigan before they were modi- 
fied by man. From some hitherto unexplained cause the forest 
was apparently unable to advance into these small prairies. In 
assuming that the grasses produced some substances which were 
unfavorable to the roots of trees, we have a factor which possibly 
has importance in the maintenance of such natural societies. 

It is quite probable jthat the excretion of small amounts of 
deleterious substances is a general phenomenon among all plants. 


SCHREINER AND REED: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 301 


In view of the very potent effect of the excretions of the plants 
which have been studied it can only be concluded that the excre- 
tions from plants and the accumulation of such excretions in the 
soil are of the utmost importance in determining such phenomena 
as association, invasion, and succession. 


SUMMARY 

1. It has long been known that certain of the lower plants 
produce substances of an excretory nature which render their en- 
vironment unsuitable for further growth; but it is only recently 
that data have been presented to show that the roots of the higher 
plants may excrete substances which are deleterious to their further 
growth, 

2. The experiments related in this paper show that healthy 
growing plants excrete from their roots substances which have a 
deleterious effect upon the growth of the root. 

3. The excreta produced by the roots are so small in amount 
that, up to the present time, they have not been detected by chem; 
ical analysis. The chemotropic sensitiveness of the plant does, 
however, afford a means of detecting and demonstrating experi- 
mentally the presence of root excreta. 

4. The experiments described in this paper show that, as a 
tule, the excreta produced by a plant are most toxic to plants of 
that same species. So far as studied the excreta are more toxic 
to closely related species than to distantly related ones. Obser- 
vations in the field indicate that there are specific instances in 
which the excreta of one species are extremely toxic to other dis- 
tantly related species. 

5. The production of toxic excretions by the roots of the higher 
plants appears to afford an explanation of some of the important 
phenomena connected with association, invasion, and succession of 
plants. It is no less important as an explanation of certain un- 
derlying principles in agriculture, chief among which are those 
of crop rotation and the productivity of the soil. 

Bureau oF Sorts, U. S. DEPARTMENT 

OF AGRICULTURE, WASHINGTON, D, C. 


302 SCHREINER AND REED: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 


LITERATURE 


Bennett, M. E. (’04.) Are roots aerotropic? Bot. Gaz. 37: 241. 


1904. 

ich espeute J. B. (’41.) Dela discussion de la valeur relative des 
assolements par les résultats de l’analyse. Annal. Chim. et Phys. 
Et ary, I. 

Braconnot, H. (’39.) Recherches sur l’influence des plantes sur le 
sol. Annal. ‘Chim. et Phys. 72’: 27. 1830. 

Brugmans, S. (’89.) De mutata humorum in regno organico indole 
a vi vitali vasorum derivanda. 1789. 

Clark, J. F. (’02.) On the toxic properties of some copper com- 
pounds with special reference to Bordeaux mixture. Bot. Gaz. 33: 


26. 2. 

De Candolle, A. P. (’32.) Physiologie végétale. Paris, 1832. 

Eijkman, C. (’04.) Uber thermolabile Stoffwechselprodukte als 

Ursache der natiirlichen Wachstumshemmung der Mikroorganis- 
men. Centralbl. f. Bakt. I Abt. 37: 436. 1904. 

Emmerlich, R. & Loew, 0. (’99.) Bakteriolytische Enzyme als 
Ursache der erworbenen Immunitit und die Heilung von Infek- 
tionskrankheiten durch dieselben. Zeitschr. f. Hygiene 31: 1. 
1899. 

& Korschun, A. (’o2.) Die bakteriolytische Wirkung der 

Nukleasen und Nukleasen-immunproteidine als Ursache der nattir- 

lichen und kunstlichen Immunitat. Centralbl. f. Bakt. I Abt. 

Sts. Js 1002 

(’02.) Schutzimpfung durch Anthrakase-Immunproteidin 
gegen Milzbrand. Centralbl. f. Bakt. I Abt. 32: 821. 1902. 

Ferguson, M. C. (’02.) A preliminary study of the germination 
of the spores of Agaricus campestris and other basidiomycetous 
fungi. Bull. 16, Bur. Plant Industry, U.S. Dept. Agric. 1902. 

Fulton, H. R. (’06.) The chemotropism of fungi. Bot. Gaz. 
£28%2 1906 

Gasparrini, G. (’56.) Richerche sulla natura dei succiatori e 1a 
escrezione delle radici, ed osservazioni morfologiche sopra taluni 
organi della Lemna minor. Napoli, 18 56. 


(’75-) Note on the occurrence of fairy rings. Jour. 
Linn. Soc. Bot. 15:17. 1875. 
Jensen, C. A. (’07.) Some mutual effects of tree roots and eee 
upon soils. Science II. 25: 871. 1907. 


SCHREINER AND REED: EXCRETIONS BY ROOTS 303 


Jones, L. R. & Morse, W. J. (’03.) The shrubby cinquefoil as a 
weed. Ann. Rep. Vermont Agr. Exp. Sta. 16: 188. 1903. 

Lawes, G. & Warington, R. (’83.) Contribution to the chemistry of 
‘‘ fairy rings.’’ Jour. Chem. Soc. 44: 208. 1883. 

Lilienfeldt, M. (’05.) Ueber den Chemotropismus der Wurzel. 
Ber. Deuts. Bot. Gesell. 23 : ot. 1905. 

Livingston, B. E. (’05.) (With Britton, J. C, and Rerp, F. R.). 
Studies on the properties of an unproductive soil. Bull. 28, Bur. 
of Soils, U. S. Dept. Agric. 1905. 

- (’06.) A simple method for experiments with water cult- 
ures. Plant World 9: 13. 1906. 

Macaire-Prinsep, I. F. (’32.) Mémoire pour servir a l’histoire des 
assolemens. Mém. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Généve 5: 287. 1832. 

eo. (’33-) Ann. d. Pharm: By 96, 1853, 

Newcombe, F.C. (’02.) The rheotropism of roots. Bot. Gaz. a3: 


343- : 

Plenck, J. J. (’94.) Physiologia et pathologia plantarum. 1794. 

Rahn, 0. ( ’06.) Uber den Einfluss der Stoffwechselprodukte auf 
das Wachstum der Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakt. II Abt. 16: 417. 
1906. 

Reed, H. S. (’03.) Methods in plant physiology. Jour. Appl. Micros. 
6: 2269. 1903. 


a «((’S.) A brief history of ecological work in botany. Plant 


World 8: 163, 198. 1905. 
Unger, F. (’36.) Einfluss des Bodens auf der Vertheilung der Ger- 
wachse. Wien, 1836. 
Walser, E. (’38.) Untersuchungen iiber die Wurzelausscheidungen. 
Dissertation. Tiibingen, 1838. 
ay, J.T. (’47.) On the fairy rings of pastures as illustrating the 
use of inorganic manures. Jour. Roy. Agr. Soc. 7: 549. 1847. 
Wehmer, C. (’91.) Entstehung und physiologische Bedeutung Oxal- 
Saiire in Stoffwechsel einiger Pilze. Bot. Zeit. 4Q: 233. 1891. 
———+ (706.) Die Bildung freier Oxalsaiire durch Asfergt/lus 
niger. Ber. Deuts. Bot. Gesell. 24: 381. 1906. 
Woburn Experimental Fruit Farm. (’03.) Third Report, 1903. 


New species of fungi 
CoRNELIUS Lotr SHEAR 


The following fungi appear to be undescribed. Most of them 
have been discovered during our studies of the fungous diseases of 
the cranberry. Type specimens of all are deposited in the patho- 
logical collections of the Department of Agriculture. 


Ozonium omnivorum sp. nov. 

No fructification definitely known. Sterile mycelium usually 
a dirty yellow, sometimes whitish when young or growing in cul- 
tures or in the vessels of vascular bundles of plants ; hyphae form- 
ing strands and spreading from them, producing a rather dense 
arachnoid layer on the surface of the host and bearing I to 4 
branches arising and growing at right angles from the same point 
near the ends, diameter 3-5 », tapering toward the ends. 

Type, xo. 1447 C. L. S., on cotton root, Petty, Texas, Sept. 2, 
1905. The fungus occurs from eastern Texas to southern Cali- 
fornia and has also been found in southern Oklahoma and Indian 
Territory. This fungus is a facultative parasite infesting the soil 
and attacking the roots of a great variety of plants and causing 
serious damage to cultivated crops, such as cotton, alfalfa, cow- 
peas, sweet potatoes, beets, and fruit trees. Few crops except 
Stasses and grains are free from it. The fungus was described 
and figured by Pammel * who called it Osonium auricomum Link. 
Having had an opportunity to examine Link’s type at Berlin, we 
are convinced that this fungus is quite different from his. 0. auri- 
¢omum Link is somewhat similar in color but has a much coarser 
and looser mycelium, and lacks entirely the slender tapering 
branches arising at right angles which are so characteristic of O. 
omuivorum. O. auricomum occurs in Texas, but so far as observed 
only as a pure saprophyte. Owing to the important economic 
relations of this root-rot fungus, it seems desirable to give it a 
Specific name, even though its fruiting formis not known. We 


* Ann. Rep. Texas Agr. Exp. Sta. 2: 61 et seq., p/. 2, 3. 1889. 
305 


306 SHEAR: NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI 


have grown it in pure cultures on various media for several years, 
but it never produced spores of any kind. 


Sporotrichum Quercuum sp. nov. 

Sporotrichum sulfureum Grev. f. Quercuum Thiim. Mycotheca 
Universalis Exs. 0. 986, without description. , 
Cespitulose, tufts subglobose, somewhat floccose, gregarious or 

scattered, 0.12—-1 mm. in diam., sulphur-colored at first, becoming 

greenish as spores mature ; each tuft is composed of small rounded 
masses of fertile hyphae bearing conidia ; these masses are held 

' together rather loosely by yellowish, branched, sterile hyphae ; 

conidia greenish in mass, subglobose, 1.5—2/2 diam., borne at the 

ends of densely packed globose masses of conidiophores, the 
ultimate divisions of which are about 6 long. 

Type, zo. 986 Thiimen Myc. Univ., Dept. Agriculture set, on 
decaying oak leaf, collected by J. B. Ellis, in New Jersey presum- 
ably, summer of 1876. The species is common about Washing- 
ton in the summer and autumn on partially buried oak leaves ot 
various species and occasionally on leaves of other trees. It 1S 
also represented by vo. 1478 C.L.S., on buried leaves of Quercus 
coccinea and Castanea dentata, Takoma Park, Maryland, Septem- 
ber 24, 1906. 

The plant has a very characteristic macroscopic appearance. 
The groups of yellowish or greenish, globose masses when e€x- 
amined with a hand lens can be seen to consist of a cluster of 
smaller spore-masses, rather loosely held together by the floccose 
sterile hyphae. The larger hyphae at the base and interior of the 
mass are minutely roughened. Whether conidia are borne on 
these or not could not be determined. Judging from Greville’s 
figure (Scot. Crypt. Fl. g/. ro8. f. 2) our plant is not very 
closely related to his S. sadphureuim. 


Cladosporium Oxycocci sp. nov. 

; Sporophores hypophyllous, simple, septate, flexuous, yellow- 
ish-brown, erect or spreading, arranged in small tufts which arise 
from a small, compact, sclerotoid base and are scattered over the 
surface of reddish-brown spots which frequently become light- 
colored at the center when old, 50-100u long; conidia acroge 
nous, yellowish-brown, I-3 on each sporophore, subcylindrical or 
somewhat clavate when mature, continuous or uniseptate, 15-24 
X 3-4}. 


SHEAR: NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI 307 


Type, 20. 1492 C.L.S.,, on living leaves of Vaccinium macrocar- 
pum, Arichat, Nova Scotia, June 21, 1902;also collected at Belleplain 
and Parkdale, N. J.; and near Wareham, Mass., June 7, 1906, H. 
J. Franklin. 

Helminthosporium inaequale sp. nov. 

Sterile hyphae effuse, decumbent, much branched, dark-brown, 
sometimes forming compact strands of 3-12 filaments. Fertile 
hyphae ascending or suberect, septate, very variable in length, 
6-8 diam., bearing both terminal and lateral conidia; conidia 
inequilateral or curved, 3-5-celled and thick-walled, brown, 
22-32 X II—I4, central cell usually larger than the others and 
swollen. Erect, slender, somewhat branching, hard, black, sclero- 
toid bodies are formed in abundance inold cultures. These when 
transplanted will produce conidia, but no other form of fructifica- 
tion has occurred. 

Type, slide xo. 7498 from pure culture no. 4576 isolated from 
pulp of diseased cranberries from New Jersey, November, 1905. 
This fungus has only been obtained in cultures. 


Phyllosticta putrefaciens sp. nov. 

Pycnidia gregarious, buried or subsuperficial, globose or sub- 
globose, membranous, dark-brown or nearly black, ostiolate, 75- 
100% diam.; ostiole conspicuous, surrounded by a slightly 
elevated, somewhat irregular margin; spores variable in shape, 
ovoid or ovoid-elliptic, sometimes inequilateral or slightly curved, 
continuous, hyaline or faintly yellowish in mass, 3.5—5 X 2.5-3/4; 
sporophores simple, very short. 

Type, slide wo. 1496 from pure culture zo. 372, isolated from 
a diseased cranberry from Whitesville, New Jersey, September, 
1905, C. L.S. Wo. 1497 C. L.S., collected on cranberries which 
had been attacked by the berry worm at Wareham, Massachusetts, 
September 23, 1902, resembles this species rather closely and may 
be the same. The pycnidia in these specimens are not so well de- 
veloped and the ostiole not so distinct as in the type, while the 
spores are slightly longer, varying from 4.5-6.5 x 3/4. Specimens 
have also been collected on old cranberry leaves (wo. Z 50 gC. L. >. 
Pierceville, Mass., May 21, 1907), which belong to this species. 


Sphaeronema pomorum sp. nov. — 

Pycnidia gregarious or scattered, subsuperficial, irnlace 

branous, subglobose, 125-175/4 diam. with an ostiolate “ore 75- 

1504 long; spores oblong-cylindric or frequently ovoid or 
subelliptic, continuous, pale greenish yellow, 6-7 x 3/- 


308 SHEAR: NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI 


Type, slide mo. r495 C. L. S., from pure culture wo. 1476. 
This fungus was isolated from a diseased cranberry, Vaccinium 
macrocarpum, from near Whitesville, New Jersey, October, 1905. 


Septoria longispora sp. nov. 

Pycnidia gregarious or somewhat scattered, globose or de- 
pressed-globose, somewhat erumpent, covered by the epidermis, 
ostiolate, 150-225 diam.; ostiole small; spores hyaline, filiform, 
curved, frequently S-shaped, sometimes pseudo-septate, 150-240 
3-4, when straightened some are 300 long ; sporophores simple, 
narrow, 6—9y long. 

The length of the spores of this species is quite remarkable 
and separates it easily from the other species thus far described. 
It occurs on both fruit and foliage. 

Type, 0. 1499 C. L. S., on shrivelled rotten cranberries, still 
hanging on the vines, Hunters Mills, New Jersey, October 14, 
1902. Also on fallen cranberry leaves, zo. r500 C. L. S., same 
locality, June 21, 1906. 


Sporonema Oxycocci sp. nov. 

Pycnidia excipuliform, thickened at the base, gradually disap- 
pearing above, arising beneath the epidermis and becoming erum- 
pent, depressed-globose, gregarious or scattered, amphigenous, 
50-100» diam., sometimes collapsing, rupturing irregularly by 
a slit or triangular split; sporophores simple, oblong or subglo- 
bose, about one fourth the length of the spore or less; spores 
hyaline, cylindrical, straight, continuous, 17-19 x 3-4; contents 
homogeneous. 

Type, 0. 1484 C. L.S. (on slide) on dead leaf of Vaccinium 
macrocarpum, near Wareham, Massachusetts, H. J. Franklin, 
coll., May, 1906; also mo. 1485 C.L.S., Cape Cod, Massachu- 
setts, September, 1906; and xo. 1486 C. L. S., near Whitesville, 
N. J., September 2, 1904. 

This bears a superficial resemblance to Phoma Jeptidea (Ft.) 
Sacc., but that has a complete pycnidium and a distinct, regular 
ostiole. It may be the pycnidial stage of a Phacidium. 


Sporonema pulvinatum sp. nov. 

Pycnidia either epiphyllous or hypophyllous, arising from the 
epidermis, dark-brown, pulvinate, frequently collapsing, 300-420 / 
diameter by 100-150 # thick, chamber simple ; ostiole wanting ; 
manner of rupturing not observed ; spores inequilateral or slightly 
curved, continuous, 6-8 x 2-2.5 4, hyaline or slightly greenish- 


SHEAR: NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI 309 


yellow in mass; sporophores simple, somewhat enlarged at the 
base, slightly longer than the mature spores. 

Type, 20. rg80 C. L. S., on one-year old leaves of Vaccinium 
macrocarpum received from Morgantown, West Virginia, June, 
1902, and kept in a moist chamber about two weeks. Specimens 
also from near Whitesville, New Jersey, no. 1481, November, 1905, 
and zo. 1482, from Olympia, Washington, September, 1906. 

Our plant, externally, closely resembles Sporonema epiphyllum 
(Fr.) Shear. A study of the literature relating to this species, as 
well as a careful examination of the specimens in Fries’ herbarium 
leads us to believe that it is distinct from the plant just described. 

The pycnidia in our species are larger and the spores appear 
to be constantly smaller, less curved and without indication of a 
pseudoseptum. It bears a superficial resemblance to young speci- 
mens of Lophodermium melaleucum (Fr.) DeNot. and it may be the 
Pycnidial stage of this or of Lophodermium Oxycocci (Fr.) Karst. 


Sporonema epiphyllum (Fr.) Shear 
Sphaeria obturata var. b. epiphyllum Fr. Syst. Myc. 2: 495. 1822 ; 

Scler. Suec. Exs. 128. 

S. (Sphaeropsis) obtusata (Typ. error) Curr. Simp. Sphaer. 329. 
S. (Sphaeropsis) obturata Curr. Supp. Obs. Sphaer. 258. 
Sporonema obturatum var. epiphyllum (Fr.) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 3: 

678. 1884. 

Clinterium obturatum Fr. Summ. Veg. Scand. 418. 1849. 
Clinterium obturatum Starback, Sphaer. Imp. Cog. 57. p/. 3. f. 36a, 

& 1894. 

The type of Fries’ variety was his Scleromyces Suecica no. 128, 
The spores of this were first described by Curry (/. ¢.); later Star- 
back (7, c.) described and figured the plant. What F ries species, 
Sphaeria obturata, is, does not seem to be definitely known. It 
appears from his treatment of it in Summ. Veg. Scand. that he re- 
8arded the variety as distinct, since he used the specific name un- 
der two genera, Under his new genus, C/interium (2. c., 418) he 
Placed « obturatum,” citing the specimen wo. 128 of his Scler. 
Suec., which represents his variety epiphyl/um, and also Syst. Myc. 
2: 495, where his Sphaeria obturata and its varieties were first pub- 
lished. On page 402 of Summ. Veg. Scand., under the genus 


310 SHEAR: NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI 


Gibbera, he has “ G. obturata,” citing the original description of 
Sphaeria obturata,as in the other case, but not the specimen. 
This seems to indicate that he regarded the variety not only as a 
separate species, but as belonging to a different genus. He used 
the same name in both cases, instead of taking up his varietal 
name, thinking, perhaps, that no confusion would arise from such 
duplicate use of the name when placed in different genera. The 
plant has been well described and figured by Starback (Z. ¢.). 
There may be some doubt as to whether this plant is a true Sporo- 
nema. Sporonema was a monotypic genus founded by Desmazieéres 
in 1847 on S. phacidioides. 

The genus C/interium was described by Fries in 1849 and the 
type specified: ‘“‘Typus Sph. Sclerotium Schwein. et al. Americ.” 

Until this species of Schweinitz is better known it will be im- 
possible to say whether it is congeneric with Fries’ plant or not, 
but, judging from the description, it is not, and hence this plant 
would necessarily be referred to some other genus. 


PLAGIORHABDUS* gen. nov. 

Pycnidia containing somewhat irregular chambers or cavities 
which usually unite and open through a rather large, distinct 
ostiole, usually covered by a thin, effuse, black, or coriaceous 
stroma consisting of the modified tissue of the host ; spores hyaline, 
continuous, with the oblique sporophore remaining attached in the 
form of a basal appendage. 

A genus of the order Sphaeropsidales of the imperfect fungl. 
The type of the genus is P. Crataegi. 


Plagiorhabdus Crataegi sp. nov. 


_ Stroma thin, black, effuse, formed beneath and within the 
epidermis, surface slightly rugose ; pycnidia thick-walled, irregular 
in size and shape, embedded in the host and covered with the 
stromatic crust ; interior divided into more or less irregular cavities 
which open through a rather large, central ostiole ; spores hyaline, 
allantoid, usually biguttulate and provided with a slender oblique 
appendage near the basal end of the spore, consisting of the spore- 
phore which is abstricted at its base and remains attached to the 
spore, which is 9-12 x 3-4 p, appendage 12-20 x I #u. 


a Ee eae 
¥* Pleot 1); . : : : 
g que, and rhabdos d, in allusion to the oblique appendage of 


SHEAR: NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI 311 


Type, wo. 1446 C. L.S., on old fruit of Crataegus punctata 
_ lying on the ground, Department of Agriculture grounds, Wash- 
ington, D. C., December 20, 1902. The surface of the fruit is 
entirely covered with the thin black stroma. 


Plagiorhabdus Oxycocci sp. nov. 

__ Pycnidia scattered, mostly hypophyllous, irregularly depressed- 
globose, embedded in the tissue of the host, 125-190 » diameter, 
usually very slightly erumpent with the upper portion mostly cov- 
ered by a thin, dark, stromatic layer consisting of the modified 
epidermis ; wall rather thin below and interior subsimple, or some- 
times having a few irregular chambers uniting and opening through 
a single ostiole which is usually rather prominent ; spores hyaline 
or faintly greenish-yellow in mass, slightly curved or allantoid, 
8-10 x 3 yw, bearing a slender basal appendage consisting of the 
sporophore which is abstricted near its base ; appendage I0-I5 x 
0.75 f. 

Type, xo. rggo C. L. S., on leaves of dying cranberry plant, 
Vaccinium macrocarpum, Carver, Massachusetts, May, 1906, H. Je 
Franklin, coll. This species differs from P. Crataegi in its smaller, 
scattered, more simple pycnidia with thinner walls and poorly 
developed stromatic crust. 


Leptothyrium Oxycocci sp. nov. 

Pycnidia black, dimidiate, amphigenous, scattered, subcoriace- 
ous, irregularly subglobose, 160-250 « diameter, arising just be- 
neath the epidermis, sometimes becoming superficial or subsuper- 
ficial and collapsing, rupturing irregularly and frequently breaking 
away about the base, exposing the spore-mass; wall somewhat 
irregular in thickness, especially at the apex, composed of parallel, 
elongate cells ; spores subfusoid, hyaline, sometimes slightly curved, 
Pseudoseptate, 10-15 x 2.5—3 4, borne on simple, slightly taper- 
ing sporophores, slightly exceeding the length of the spores. 

Type, no. 1487 C. L.§S., on dead leaves from diseased vines of 
Vaccinium macrocarpum, near Wareham, Massachusetts, May 22, 
1906, H. J. Franklin, coll. ; also from Pierceville, Massachusetts. 


Rhabdospora Oxycocci sp. nov. 
_ Pycnidia usually hypophyllous, scattered, buried, more or less 
regularly depressed-globose, somewhat erumpent, greatest diam- 
eter 150-225 w; ostiole small, plane, perforate ; wall eae 
branous, consisting of two layers, the inner sometimes separate 


312 SHEAR: NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI 


from the outer, except about the ostiole, and collapsing ; the epi- 
dermal cells of the host overlying the pycnidia usually blackened ; 
sporophores branched; spores hyaline, long fusiform, slightly 
curved, with 1-3 septa or pseudosepta, 20-26 x 2-3 y. 

Type, zo. 7479 C.L.S., on old leaves of Vaccinium macrocarpum 
lying on the ground under a pile of old vines which had been cut 
from an adjacent bog, near Whitesville, New Jersey, September 
2, 1904. 

Ceuthospora (?) lunata sp. nov. 

Pycnidia scattered, amphigenous, disciform, subpulvinate, 
buried, slightly erumpent, remaining covered, 200 to 375 p great- 
est diam., subcoriaceous, thick-walled, interior usually divided 
into irregular, incomplete chambers, opening through a rather 
prominent, slightly projecting ostiole; sporophores somewhat 
branched, ultimate divisions stout, shorter than the spores ; spores 
subhyaline or slightly greenish-yellow in mass, inequilateral or 
somewhat lunate, 7-9 x 3-3.5 #. 

Type, zo. 1488 C.L.S., on fallen leaves from vines of Vac- 
cinium macrocarpum which had been cut and piled on the margin 
of a cranberry bog near Whitesville, New Jersey, September 2, 
1904; also vo. 1489 C.L.S., on leaves of dead vines, Wareham, 
Massachusetts, September, 1902. 

The spores of this plant can scarcely be distinguished from 
those of Phoma cytisporea (Fr.) Starb. (Cytispora endophylla (Fr.) 
Sacc.). A scanty specimen in Fries’ herbarium which we have 
examined, differs from the type of our species in having thin-walled 
pycnidia, with a single, simple chamber. The Massachusetts 
specimens have somewhat smaller pycnidia than the type and fewer 
chambers. This plant is referred to Ceuthospora with doubt. It 
appears to belong to this genus as defined by Saccardo,* who 
credits the name to Greville.+ Fries,t however, was the original 
author of the genus and until it is revised its exact application 
cannot be determined. 


BOTHRODISCUS § gen. nov. 
Pycnidia in the form of regular cavities in a black, discoid, 
coriaceous, or subcorneus, substipitate stroma which has a peridium 


* Saccarbo, P, A. Syll. Fung. 3: 277. 1884. 
TGREvVILLE, R. K. Scott. Crypt. Fl. 5: 253. 1827. 
t Fries, E. M. Syst. Orb. Veg. 119. 1825. 

§ Bothros = pit, and discos = disk. 


SHEAR: NEw SPECIES OF FUNGI 313 


about the margin ; spores elongate, hyaline or pale lemon-colored, 
continuous. 

This genus should apparently be placed in the order Sphaeropst- 
dales of the Deuteromycetes. It appears to be related to Fiichkelia, 
but differs in having the stroma furnished with a peridium which 
covers its upper part and ruptures at maturity, remaining as a 
spreading cup about the margin of the stroma, _ Its cavities are 
regular in shape and each has its own apical opening. The type 
of the genus is B. pinicola. 


Bothrodiscus pinicola sp. nov. 


Stroma dark-colored, obconic, substipitate, arising from the 
inner bark ; disk black, areolate, 0.5-1 mm. in diameter, covered at 
first by a thin coriaceous peridium which ruptures at maturity and 
spreads in the form of a cup; pycnidia consisting of numerous, 
regular cavities, about 75 in diameter and 100 fe deep in the disk of 
the stroma, covered with a black layer at the top which ruptures 
irregularly ; spores hyaline or faint greenish-yellow in mass, cla- 


vate-cylindric, more or less curved, multi-guttulate, continuous, 


32-42 x 5-6 uw. When the stroma is pressed the spores, at- 
tached at their bases, are expelled in a globular mass. 

Type, no. 7475 C. L. S., on dead branches of Pinus virginiana 
collected by Mrs. T, A. Williams, Takoma Park, D. C., May, 1899. 


Anthostomella destruens sp. nov. 

Perithecia gregarious, submembranous, globose or subpyri- 

form, 350-450 4 diam. usually somewhat contracted above into a 
Short broad neck, ostiolate ; asci 8-spored, cylindrical, subsessile 
200-232 x 15-18 p; paraphyses none ; spores short elliptic, some- 
times somewhat inequilateral, uniseriate, hyaline at first, changing 
to yellowish-brown, and at maturity a deep dark brown, almost 
°paque, 16-24 x 10.512 p. 
_ Type, slide xo, 7491 from pure culture xo, 450 on cornmeal, 
'solated from a diseased cranberry from New Jersey. This is not 
a typical Anthostomella, as paraphyses are wanting. It appears to 
be rather closely related to A. Smilacis H. Fab., but has much 
longer asci and larger different-shaped spores. Pure cultures 
Stown from spores have produced no other spore form. 


ACANTHORHYNCHUS * gen. nov. 


Perithecia submembranous, scattered, buried, beaked; beak 
Spat nile ieee at oe 


* Acanthos <= thor, and rhynchos = beak, suggested by the spiny beak. 


* 
314 SHEAR: NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI 


spiny, ostiolate ; asci 8-spored, paraphysate ; spores continuous, 
-brownish-yellow. 
Type, A. Vaccinit. 


Acanthorhynchus Vaccinii sp. nov. 

Perithecia amphigenous, scattered, subglobose, or somewhat 
flask-shaped, submembranous, buried, scarcely erumpent, I20— 
200 p diam.; neck stout, exserted, ostiolate, % to % length 
the perithecium, beset with black, nonseptate spines, 50-70 X 
8-9 pat base; asci subelliptical or somewhat clavate, subsessile, 
8-spored, having an apical pore, 120-155 x 24-44 /; paraphyses 
septate, exceeding the asci; spores oblong-elliptic, continuous, 
pale brownish-yellow, surrounded by a mucilaginous layer of pro- 
toplasm, 24-32 x 12-18 p. 

Type, mo. 1493 C. L. S., on leaves of Vaccinium macrocarpum, 
West Mills, New Jersey, September, 1901. Specimens also ex- 
amined from Nova Scotia, Massachusetts and West Virginia ; 
also obtained in cultures from Wisconsin cranberries. 

This genus is apparently nearly related to Sordavia and Hypo- 
copra as treated by recent authors; the spores are forcibly dis- 
charged at maturity, and upon germination produce dark-brown 
crenate-lobed disk-shaped appressoria 50-100 p in diameter. 
These can frequently be found attached to the surface of cranberry 
leaves into which they send germ-tubes. The protoplasm about 
the spores in the ascus extends to the apex and seems attached 
there in a manner somewhat similar to that described in ypocopr@ 
by Griffiths and others. The form of the protoplasm suggests 4 
secondary internal ascus-membrane, but this has not been 
demonstrated. 


Glomerella rufomaculans Vaccinii var. nov. 


Conidia. — Acervuli amphigenous, small, scattered, on a light- 
brownish, more or less indefinite spot ; conidia forming gelatinous, 
pale-pinkish masses, oblong-cylindric or sub-clavate and some- 
times slightly curved, 12-18 x 4.5-6y, guttulate, contents granu- 
lar; sporophores simple, slightly tapering above, about twice the 
length of the conidia ; setae rarely present. : 

Perithecia. — Perithecia scattered, gregarious or cespitos¢ in 
cultures and more or less buried in a dark-brown, felt-like subi- 
culum or pseudostroma, dark-brown or nearly black, submem> 
branous, subglobose, slightly rostrate, ostiolate ; asci g-spored, 


SHEAR: NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI 315 


oblong to clavate-cylindric, subsessile or short-stipitate, 60-72 x 
10-12 #4, paraphyses fugacious ; spores irregularly sub-biseriate, 
oblong-elliptic, hyaline or faintly yellowish-brown when mature, 
finely granular and having a light spot at the center, 9-18 x 
5-7-5 P- 

Type, slide xo. r447A C. L. S., showing both conidia and peri- 
thecia, from a pure culture (A) made from an ascospore. Original 
material from which this ascospore was grown was from leaves of 
Vaccinium macrocarpum from New Jersey. The ascogenous form 
has not yet been found on the cranberry plant. The conidial stage 
has also been found on leaves and berries from Massachusetts. 
The fungus in both stages has been isolated from berries from 
New Jersey and Wisconsin. 

This fungus shows no sufficiently constant morphological 
characters to separate it specifically from the plant found on the 
apple or the one on the grape. Whether it should be regarded as 
the same plant which occurs on the grape or apple depends on 
the possibility of its infecting those hosts. The efforts we have 
thus far made have been unsuccessful, but are not regarded as con- 
clusive. There occur occasionally in young perithecia filaments 
about the mass of asci which have been regarded as paraphyses. 
Their inconstant character, however, renders them of little value 
for taxonomic purposes. 

There is without much doubt an older name which should be 
applied to this genus, but until we have more certain knowledge 
of the type the name Glomerella may be used. 


Gloeosporium minus sp. nov. 

Acervuli amphigenous, small, scattered, not on a definite spot, 
when occurring on fruit the epidermis is dark-colored above and 
about them ; conidia forming pale-pinkish, glutinous masses, ob- 
long-elliptical or subcylindric, sometimes inequilateral or somewhat 
clavate, usually guttulate when fresh, 6-9 x 3-4 #; sporophores 


_ Simple, slightly tapering above, 114-2 times the length of the 


Conidia ; no setae observed. 

Type, no. 1494, on fruit of cranberry, Vaccinium macrocarpum, 
from the market, Washington, D. C., April, 1902, C.L. 5. ; also 
on cranberry leaves from New Jersey and isolated from leaves 
from the same state. . 

This has been grown in pure cultures for a long time, but no 


316 SHEAR: NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI 


ascogenous form has been obtained. It agrees in general char- 
acters with the conidial form of Glomerella rufomaculans Vaccinn 
Shear, but the conidia are constantly smaller, being only half as 
long, and we have been unable to find any indication of intergra- 
dation in this respect. 

Guignardia Vaccinii sp. nov. 

Pycnidia. Pycnidia, rather thickly and evenly distributed over 
the surface of affected leaves, usually hypophyllous, 100-120 # 
diameter, globose or depressed-globose, buried at first, finally 
somewhat erumpent, with the apex and short or nearly obsolete 
-ostiolum breaking through the epidermis; pycnospores 10.5-13.5 
x 5-6, smooth, hyaline, or amber-colored when fully mature 
and in mass, obovate and usually somewhat flattened at the apex, 
bearing a somewhat inconspicuous, granulate-mucilaginous curved 
appendage averaging about three fourths the length of the spore; 
sporophores 10-15 p long. 

Perithecia, Perithecia practically identical in size, shape, text- 
ure and mode of growth, with the pycnidia; asci 8-spored, clavate- 
cylindric, usually short-stipitate, non-paraphysate, 60-80 x 9-12}; 
spores smooth, hyaline, or when fully mature pale greenish-yellow, 
ie pias or subrhomboid and somewhat inequilateral, 13.5-16.5 

5-7 B. 

Type, zo. 1476 C.L.S., on leaves of Vaccinium macrocarpum, 
near Lakewood, New Jersey, September 4, 1904. We also have 
specimens from Morgantown, West Virginia; Wareham, Massa- 
chusetts ; Arichat, Nova Scotia ; and Grand Rapids, Wisconsin. 

This fungus was described and figured without a name by Dr. 
B. D. Halsted in Bull. N. J. Agr. Exp. Sta. 64: 33-35. 1889. 
The figure of ascospores given by Dr. Halsted does not corre- 
spond exactly with our specimens, but the plant represented is 
probably the same. The plant has also been described and fig- 
ured by the writer, but Nini specific name, in U. S. Dep. Agric. 
Farm. Bull. eek Soe oe T4 1905. 

This species is tan related to Guignardia Bidwell (Ell.) 
Viala & Rav. 

It causes a serious disease of the cultivated cranberry, gen- ¢ 
erally called “scald” by growers. Itattacks the berries when they 
are very small, causing them to shrivel up, turn black and become 
covered with pycnidia; when half-grown or more the fruit be- 
comes very soft and watery. The connection between the pycni- 


SHEAR: NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI 317 


dial and ascogenous forms has been demonstrated by numerous 
pure cultures from the mycelium and ascospores. A detailed 
account of the life history of this fungus will be published later. 


Ustilago Claytoniae sp. nov. 

Sori in ovaries, protected by the calyx of the host, ovate, flat- 
tened, 2-3 mm. long, forming a dark wine-colored or purplish 
mass ; spores purplish, mostly spherical or subspherical, 11-16 4 
in diameter with prominent winged reticulations 1-2 pt wide by 
2.5 # deep. 

Type collected by Col. T. E. Wilcox, Vancouver Barracks, 
Washington State, April 8, 1903, on Claytonia linearis Dougl. 
(Montia linearis (Dougl.) Greene). Specimen in herbarium of 
National Museum and also in herbarium of the Department of 
Agriculture. This species appears to be related to Ustilago Cal- 
andriniae Clint. 

Sorosporium Montiae Rostr. (1896), found on leaves and stems 
of Montia minor in Denmark, is apparently quite different from 
our species. 

U. S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE, 

WASHINGTON, D. C. 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 
(1907) 


The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by 
Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer- 
ica being used in its broadest sense. 

Reviews, and papers which relate exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, 
manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and 
no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is 


Andrews, E. F. Some effects of a tropical storm on vegetation. Plant 
World 10: 67. Mr 1go7. 

Arthur, J.C. McAlpine’s studies of Australian rusts. Jour. Myc. 13: 
41, 42. 30 Ap 1907. 

Bacon, A. E. The common pimpernel in Vermont. Bull. Vt. Bot. 
Club 2: 27, 28. Ap 1907. 

Bailey, W. W.  Peloria. Am. Bot. 12: 66, 67. Ap 1907. 

Bailey, W. W. Solomon’s seal. Am. Bot. 12: 49-51. Ap 1907. 
[Illust.] 

Barnhart, J. H. ‘The local floras of Vermont. Bull. Vt. Bot. Club 
=> 11-16. .Ap roo7. 

Bennett, A. Forms of Potamogeton new to Britain. Jour, Bot. 45: 
172-176. 1 My 1907. 
Contains references to American species. 

»E.W. Recent discussions of the origin of gymnosperms. Sci- 

ence IT. 25; 470-472. 22 Mr 1907. 

Berry, E,W. A Zidia from the New Jersey Pleistocene. Torreya 7: 
80, 81. 15 Ap 1907. 

Bessey, C.E. Twinned pistils in partridge pea. Am. Bot. 12: 65. 
Ap 1907. 

319 


320 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Bessey, C. E. The forest trees of eastern Nebraska. Proc. Iowa 
Acad. Sci. 13: 75-87. maps. [Mr] 1907. 

Bessey, E. A. Spore forms of Spegazzinia ornata Sacc. Jour. Myc. 
13: 43-45. pl. ror. 30 Ap 1907. 

Blakeslee, A. F. The nature and significance of sexual differentiation 
in plants. Science II. 25: 366-372. 8 Mr 1907. 

Blanchard, W. H. Our eastern shadwoods. Torreya 7: 97-102. 
20 M 
Includes descriptions of 2 new species in Amelanchier. 

Britten, J. Notes on Halorrhagaceae. Jour. Bot. 45: 135-1 38... 4 
Ap 1907. 

A few South American references. 

Britton, E. G. & Hollick, A. American fossil mosses, with description 
of a new species from Florissant, Colorado. Bull. Torrey Club 34: 
139-142. pl.g. 7 My 1907. 

Glyphomitrium Cockerellae sp, nov. 

Britton, N. L. Report on the continuation of the botanical explora- 
tion of the Bahama Islands. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 8: 71-81. AP 
1907. 

Britton, N. L. Rides chihuahuense sp. nov. Torreya 7: 102. 20 
My 1907. 

Native of Mexico. : 

Brown, S. Botanizing in the Canadian Rockies. Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila. 58: 429, 430. 7 Ja 1907. 

Bush, B. F. Pogonatum tenue. Bryologist 10: 53. 2 My 1907: 

Caldwell, 0. W. & Baker, C.F. The identity of A@icrocycas calocoma. 
Bot. Gaz. 43 : 330-335- f- 1-3. 16 My 1907. 

Camsell, C. List of plants collected on the Peel River in 1906 by 
Mr. Charles Camsell. Ottawa Nat. 21:38. 7 My 1907. 

Christ, H. Filices columbianae leg. C. Wercklé. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 
Il. 7: 274. .31-Mr. 1907. 

Gymnogramme ( Eugymnogramme) woodsioides sp. nov. 


Christ, H. Filices mexicanae. Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 7: 413-419 


2 07. 
Includes new species in Cyathea, Leptochilus, Dryopteris, Elaphoglossum, and Poly- 
podium. 
Christ, H. Primitiae florae costaricensis. Filices V. Bull. Herb. 
Boiss. sp 257-274. 31 Mr 
Describes new species in Pol; (5) 
lypodium ( " pee opteris , Preris, Diplazium (5) 
Cyathea (3), wer Elaphoglossum (2), en (3) 


INDEx To AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 321 


Clark, V. A. Delaying the blossoming of peach trees by etherization. 
Science II. 25: 544, 545. 5 Ap 1907. 

Clarke,C. H. A red Andreaea. Bryologist 10: 55. 2 My 1907. 

Clute, W. N. Asplenium pinnatifidum in Connecticut. Fern Bull. 
15:15. [Ap] 1907. 

Clute, W. N. Rare forms of ferns.—II. A cut-leaved cinnamon 
fern. Fern Bull. 15: 16, 17. [Ap] 1907.  [Illust.] 

Clute, W. N. The round-leaved filmy fern. Zrichomanes reniforme. 
Fern Bull. 15: 14, 15. p. [Ap] 1907. 

Clute, W. N. Some spring flowers. Am. Bot. 12: 56-59. Ap 1go7. 

Cockerell, T. D. A. An instance of mutation. Bot. Gaz. 43: 283, 
284. 15 Ap 1907. 

Crockett, A. L. An occurrence of Catharinaea crispa in Maine. 
Rhodorag: 74. 30 Ap 1907. 

Davidson, A. The changes in our weeds. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 
6: 11, 12. 30 Mr 1907. 

Davis, W. T. The influence of winter on the high-water shrub. 
Proc. Staten Id. Asso. Arts & Sci. 1: 75. 17 Ap 1907. 

Dixon, H. N. A new species of Splachnobryum, with notes on the 
peristome. Jour. Bot. 45: 81-85. 7. 484 A. 1 Mri 
S. delicatulum sp. nov., discovered in orchid houses in England, ae obhakty a 

native of tropical America. 

Douglas, G. E. The formation of intumescences on potato plants. 
Bot. Gaz. 43: 233-250. f. 7-9. 15 Ap 1907. 

a - Y Olyrrinen gracile Dicks. in Maine. Rhodora 9: 

go 

Be. C. W. The rate and period of growth of Polyporus /uctdus. 
Torreya 7: 89-97. f. r, 2. 20 My 1907. 

Eggleston, W. W. The flora of Pownal. Bull. Vt. Bot. Club 2: 
21-24. map. Ap 1907. 

Eggleston, W.W. Peter Kalm’s visit to Lake Champlain in July, 
1749. Bull. Vt. Bot. Club 2: 32, 33. Ap 1907. 

Evans, A. W. Notes on New England Hepaticae, V. Rhodora 9; 
56-60. 8 Ap 1907; 65-73. pl. 73. 30 AP 1907. 
Includes Calypogeia tenuis sp. nov. : 

Fedde, F. Hesperomeconis generis duae species novae californicae. 
Repert. Nov. Sp. 3: 274, 275. 31 Ja pick 
Pisin SJiliformis and H. Greeneana spp. nov : 

Fedde, F. Meconellae generis specie snova ae Kakoethes) Californiae 
australis. Repert. Nov. Sp. 3: 275- 3% Ja 1907- 


$22 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Fedde, F. Species novae ex ‘‘ Extraits d’une monographie inédite du 
Genre Populus’’ a L.-A. Dode descriptae. V. Repert. Nov. Sp. 
3: 353-357. .10 Mr 1907. 

Four new species credited to North America. 

Ferriss, J. H. Hardiness of Florida crest fern. Fern Bull. 15: 13. 
[Ap] 1907. 

Fink, B. Floristic notes from an Illinois esker. Proc. Iowa Acad. 
Sci. 13: 59-63. p/. g-6. [Mr] 1907. 

Fink, B. Further notes on cladonias. X. C/adonia decorticata and 
Cladonia degenerans. Bryologist 10: 41-45. f. 7, 2. 2 My 1907. 

Fink, B. Lichens and recent conceptions of species. Proc. Iowa 
Acad. Sci. 13: 65-70. [Mr] 1907. : 

Fink, B. A memoir of Clara E. Cummings. Bryologist 10: 37-41. 
pl. 6. 2 My 1907. 

Fink, B. A round trip between Iowa and Puget Sound. Plant World 
10: 49-58.. f. 72, 23. Mr 1907. ; 

Fitzpatrick, T. J. The Zivales of Iowa, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 13: 
115-160. [Mr] 1907. 

Flynn, N. F. The Club’s trip to Mt. Mansfield. Bull. Vt. Bot. Club 
2: 5,6. Ap 1907. 

Frye, T.C. Note on Catharinea rosulata. Bryologist 10: 53, 54- 
2 My 1907. 

Gager, C.S. An occurrence of glands in the embryo of Zea Mays. 
Bull. Torrey Club 34: 125-137. 7 My 1907. 

Gager, C.S. Radium in biological research. Science II. 25: 589; 
590. 12 Ap 1907. 

Ganong, W. F. New normal appliances for use in plant physiology. 
IV. Bot. Gaz. 43: 274-279. f. 2, 2. 15 Ap 1907. 

Ganong, W. F. The organization of the ecological investigation of 
the physiological life-histories of plants. Bot. Gaz. 43: 341-344: 
16 My 1907. 

Graenicher, S. Wisconsin flowers and their pollination, II. Sax- 
iragaceae and Grossulariaceae. Bull. Wis. Nat. Hist. Soc. II. 5: 
84-95. Ap 1907. 

Griddle, N. How the seeds of plants are spread in nature. Ottawa 
Nat. 21: 27-31. 7 My 1907. 

Girke,M. Zchinocactus Grossei K. Schum. Monats. Kakteenk. 17: 
56, 59. 15 Ap 1907. 


SE ae ee ee ed AG ant See SO ee ‘ai a Ta en eS on 
Sk ie Soy OEE ae ee ee 
“ 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 323 


Harger, E.B. An interesting locality. Rhodora 9: 62-64. 8 Ap 
1907. ees 

Hasselbring, H. Gravity as a form-stimulus in fungi. Bot. Gaz. 43: 
251-258. f. 7-3. 15 Ap1go7. 

Hassler, E. Plantae paraguarienses novae vel minus cognitae III. 
Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 7: 353-368. 27 Ap 1907. __ [Illust. ] 


Includes new species in Mimosa (2), Machuerium, Talisia, Brosimum, Borreria, 


Relbunium, and Pavonia. 

Hausman, L. A. Some wood-destroying fungi. Am. Bot. 12: 51— 
56. Ap 1907. 7 ; 

Hawkins, I. A. The development of the sporangium of Eguisetum 
hyemale. Ohio Nat. 7: 122-128. pl. 9, ro. 18 Ap 1907. 

Hayek, H. von. Verdenaceae novae herbarii vindobonensis. III. Re- 
pert. Nov. Sp. 3: 273, 274. 31 Ja 1907. 
Four new species of Stachytarpheta from South and Central America. 

Hemsley, W. B. A substitute for coca. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1907: 
136. Ap 1907. 

Herre, A. W.C. T. Lichen distribution in the Santa Cruz Peninsula, 
California. Bot. Gaz. 43: 267-273. 15 Ap 1907. 

Holm, T. Linnaeus. May 23, 1707—-January ro, 1778. Bot. Gaz. 
43: 336-340. 16 My 1907. _ [Illust.] 

Holm, T. New plants from arctic North America. Repert. Nov. Sp. 
3: 337, 338. 10 Mr 1907. 
New species in Arctophila, Dupontia, Glyceria, Draba, Lychnis, and Arnica. 

Holm, T. Ruellia and Dianthera : an anatomical study. Bot. Gaz. 
43: 308-329. p/. rr, 12 +f. 1-3. 16 My 1907. 

Hopkins, L.S. The fern floraof Ohio. Fern Bull. 15: 1-13. [Ap] 


Horton, F. B. Fern notes. Bull. Vt. Bot. Club 2: 34. Ap 1907. 
House, H..D. Corallorhiza maculata Rafinesque. Torreya 7: 78. 


House, H. D. Studies in the North American Convoloulaceae. III. 
Calycobolus, Bonamia, and Stylisma. Bull. Torrey Club 34: 143- 
149. 7 My 1907. : 

Includes Calycobolus Pringlei sp. nov. 

Jackson, A. B. Ciimacium americanum in decoration. Bryologist 
TO: 54. 2 My 1907. 

Johnston, E. L. Sage brush and cactus. Am. Bot. 12: 59-63: Ap 
1907. 


324 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Jones, L. R. Further observations on potato leaf fungi. Bull. Vt. 
Bot. Club 2: 35. Ap 1907. 

Knox, A. A. Fasciations in Drosera, Jbervillea, and Cecropia. ‘Tor- 
reyn: 7 > 209, 109. 7. 3. 20 My.i907. 

Kofoid, C. A. Dinofiagellata of the San Diego region, III. Descrip- 
tions of new species. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 3: 299-340. Ji. 
22-33. 13 Ap 1907. 

Kraemer, H. The structure of the starch grain. Am. Jour. Pharm. 

217-229. f. 1-39. My 1907. 
Reprinted from Bot. Gaz. 34: 341-354. 20 N 1902 
Kraemer, H. A text-book of botany and pharmacognosy. Ed. 2. i-vi. 
1-840. f. 7-721. iromeauns [Ap] 1907. 

Kranzlin, F. Scrophulariaceae-Antirrhinot deae-Calceolarieae. Das 
Pflanzenreich gare, I- 13, fiodal.. SAD 1907. 

Leavitt, R. G. The geographic distribution of closely related species. 
Am. Nat. 41: 207-240. 1 My 1907. 

Lewis, W. S. Pubescence of plants. Am. Bot. 12: 66. Ap 1907. 
Lindly, J. M. Some of the flowering plants of Calcasieu Parish, 
Louisiana. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 13: 161-166. [Mr] 1907. 
Lloyd, C. G. Mycological notes. 25: 309-324. pl. gg-ror +f. 

144-159. Ap 1907. 

Lorenz, A. Cavharinea in Hartford County. Bryologist 10: 45-47: 
2 My 1907. 

MacDougal, D. T. A realized mirage. Salton Sea, the wonderful 
desert lake where wood sinks and stones float, explored in a sailboat. 
Discovery 1: 1-4. My 1907. [Ilust. ] 

Mackenzie, K. K. A hybrid Lespedesa. Torreya 7: 76-78. 15 Ap 


L. hirta X repens. 

Mackenzie, K. K. Notes on Carex —Il. Bull. Torrey Club 34: 
154-155. 7 My 1907. 

Descriptions of four new species. 

Malme, G.0. A. Ein Beitrag zur Aidésladsonci: Flora von Parana. 
Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 7: 407-410. 27 Ap 1907. 

Marquette, W. Manifestations of polarity in plant cells bina appar- 
ently are without centrosomes. Beih. Bot. Centralb. 21! 281-393: 
pl. 13. 15 Ap 1907. 

Massee, G. Fungi exotici: VI; Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1907: 121- 
124. Ap 1g07. 


Includes Panus Bartlettii sp. nov., from British Guiana. 


ERS ee - ie saa 2 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 325 


Michael, H. A. Studies in plant and organic chemistry and literary 
papers. 1-423. pl. I, 2. portrait. 1907. 

Mottet,S.  Oxycoccus macrocarpus. Rev. Hort. 79: 187, 188. 7. 64. 
16 Ap 1907. 
Native of North America. 

Nash, G. V. Costa-Rican orchids —I, Bull. Torrey Club 34: 113- 
124. pl. 7,8. 7 My 1907. 
Includes Ev/eanthus caricoides and Zygostates costaricensis, spp. nov. 


Nelson, A. Is this birch new? Bot. Gaz. 43: 279-281. f 15 Ap 


1907. 

Nelson, A. Some new western plants and their collectors. Proc. 
Biol. Soc. Wash. 20: -33-39. 27 Mr 1907. 

New species in fritillaria, Roripa, Sidalcea, Zauschneria, Mertensia, Douglasia, 

Coleosanthus, Machaeranthera (2), and Antennaria. 

Nichols, J. T. New stations for Chamaecyparis on Long Island, New 
York. Rhodora 9: 74. 30 Ap 1907. 

Niles, G.G. Rare bog plants of Pownal. Bull. Vt. Bot. Club 2: 16- 

' 19. map. Ap 1907. 

Niles, G.G. Through Bristol swamp. Plant World 10: 73-80. f 
75. Ap 1907. 

Oleson, 0. M. & Somes, M. P. A flora of Webster County, Iowa. 

Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 13: 25-58. [Mr] 1907. 

Olsson-Seffer, P. Visits to some botanic gardens abroad. Plant World 
10: 27-31. f.9-rz. [Mr] 1907; 58-62. f. rg. Mr 1907 ; 84-90. 
J. 16-18. Ap 1907. 

Osterhout, G. E. Nuttall and Pursh and some early spring flowers of 
Colorado. Plant World 10: 80-84. Ap 1907. 

Pammel, L. H. Some diseases of Rocky Mountain plants. Proc. 
Towa Acad. Sci. 13: 89-114. [Mr] 1907. 

Petitmengin, M.G.C. Etudes comparatives sur la flore Andine et 
sur celle des Alpes Européennes. Bull. Acad. Internat, Géogr. Bot. 
16; 2-11, 22 Ja 1907. 

Phelps, 0. P. Noteworthy plants of Salisbury, Connecticut. Rhodora 
9: 74, 75. 30 Ap 1907. 

Pilger, R. Erganzungsheft II zu Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 
193-288. f, 26-45. 1907. 

Plitt, C. C. Webera sessilis and ants. Bryologist 10: 54, 55. 2 


Poyser, W. A. Zsoctes saccharata in the Delaware River. Fern Bull. 
te *8 [Ap] 2907. 


326 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Purpus, A. LZryngium proteacfolium. Gard. Chron. III. 41: 248. 
fj. 106, 107. 20 Ap 1907. 

Purpus, J. A. Mamillaria petrophila Brandegee. Monats. Kak- 
teenk. 17: 55, 56. 15 Ap1go7.  [lllust.] 

Quehl, L. Aamillaria Knippeliana Quehl n. sp. Monats. Kakteenk. 
17: 59, 60. 15 Ap 1907. 

‘Ramaley, F_ The silva of Colorado I. Trees of the pine family in 
Colorado. Univ. Colo. Stud. 4: tog-122. F 1907. [Illust.]; II. 
The poplars, aspens and cottonwoods. Univ. Colo. Stud. 4: 187- 
197. f. 7-6. Ap 1907. 

Rand, E.L. Arceuthobium pusillum at Mt. Desert. Rhodora 9: 75, 
76. 30 Ap 1907. 

Rehder, A. Quercus prinoides Willd. var. reéfescens Var. NOV. 
Rhodora 9: 60-62. 8 Ap 1907. 

Rehder, A. Rhododendron albiflorum with double flowers. Bot. Gaz. 
43: 281, 282. 15 Ap 1907. 

Rehm, H. Ascomycetes exs. fasc. 38. Ann. Myc. 5: 78-85. 30 Mr 


Several American references, including Dermatea olivascens sp. nov. from New 
€XI1co. 

Ricker, P. L. Third supplement to new genera of fungi published 
since the year 1900, with citations and original descriptions. Jour. 
Myc. 13: 63-67. 30 Ap 1907. 

Robertson, G. R. Southern station for Botrychium simplex. Fern 
Bull. 15: 17. [Ap] 1907. 

Robinson, B. L. On the rules of botanical nomenclature adopted by 
the Vienna congress. Rhodora 9:29-55. 8 Ap 1907. 

Robinson, C. B. Contributions to a flora of Nova Scotia. I. Plants 
collected in eastern Nova Scotia in August, 1906. Bull. Pictou 
Acad. Sci. Asso. 1: 30-44. [My] 1907. 

Robinson, C.B. Jtomaea triloba 1. in the Philippines. Torrey 
7: 78-80. 15 Ap 1907. 

Rooney, B. M. Orchids of St, Johnsbury. Bull. Vt. Bot. Club2 : 29. 
Ap 1907. 

Rowlee, W. W. Localization of plants in the Finger Lake region and 
the adjacent Ontario lowlands of central New York. Torreya 
7: 69-73. 15 Ap 1907. 

Rowlee, W. W. Two new willows from the Canadian Rocky Mount- 
ains, Bull. Torrey Club 34: 157-159. 7 My 1907. 


Salix albertana and S. Maccalliana Spp. nov, 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 327 


Rugg, H. G. Osmunda regalis orbiculata. Bull. Vt. Bot. Club 
2:25, 26. Ap 1907. 

Ruggles, B. P. Hartland grasses. Bull. Vt. Bot. Club 2: 345 35: 
Ap 1907. 

Saccardo, P. A. New fungi from New York. Jour. Myc. 13: 45-48. 
30 Ap 1907. _ [Illust.] 

New species in Pleosphaeria, Sphaeropsis (2), Diplodia, Hymenopsis, and Zygo- 
desmus, 

Saunders, C. F. Birds as botanists. Am. Bot. 12: 64. Ap 1907. 

Schaffner, J. H. Development of the forest belts in the northwestern 
part of Clay County, Kansas. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 207; 74— 

79- [Ap] 1907. 
Schlechter, R. Orchidaceae novae et criticae. Decas IX. Repert. 
OV. Sp. 3: 276-280. 31 Ja 1907. 
Includes two new species of Sve/?s and one of Pleurothallis from Costa Rica. 

Schneider, C. K. Conspectus generis Amorphae. Bot. Gaz. 43: 

297-307. 16 My 1907. 
Includes 4. Schwerini sp. nov., from North Carolina. 

Seaver, F. J. Notes on the Discomycete flora of Iowa. Proc. Iowa 
Acad. Sci. 13: 71-74. [Mr] 1907. 

Seely, H. M. About red clover. Bull. Vt. Bot. Club 2: 30, 31. 
AP 1907. 

Shafer, J. A. Report ona visit to the island of Montserrat. Jour. 
N. Y. Bot. Gard. 8: 81-88. Ap 1907. 

Shaw, C. H. Upon the teaching of the subject of respiration. Science 
Il. 25: 627-630. tg Ap 1907. 

Shear, C. L. & Wood, A. K. Ascogenous forms of Glocosporium and 
Colletotrichum, Bot. Gaz. 43: 259-266. 15 Ap 1907. 

Shull, G. H. Elementary species and hybrids of Bursa. Science II. 
25: 590, 591. 12Ap 1907. 

Shull, G. H. Some latent characters of a white bean. Science II. 
25: 828-832. 24 My 1907. 

Smith, E. F. & Townsend, C. 0. A plant-tumor of bacterial origin. 
Science IT, 25: 671-673. 26 Ap 1907. 

Smith, J. D. Enumeratio plantarum guatemalensium, necnon sal- 
vadorensium, hondurensium, nicaraguensium, costaricensium. 8: 
i221, 1907. ; 

Spalding, V. M. Spring flowers of the Arizona desert. Plant World 
10: 63, 64. Mr 1907. 


328 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Sprague, T. A. Calliandra portoricensis var. major. Curt. Bot. Mag. 
IV. 3: pl. 8129. Ap 1907. 
Native of Mexico and Central America. 

Stapf, 0. Arctostaphylos Manzanita. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 3: pl. 
8128, Ap 1907. 
Native of California. 

Stevens, F. L. List of New York fungi. Jour. Myc. 13: 67-72. 
30 Ap 1907. 

Stevens, F. L. Puccinia upon Melothria. Bot. Gaz. 43: 282, 283. 
J. 15 Ap 1907. 

Stockberger, W. W. Pinkroot and its substitutions. Pharm. Rev. 
25: 2-21. f. 7,2. F 1907; 66-84. f. 27-18. Mr 1907; 97- 
107. Ap:1go7. 


Stowe, S. B. Winter key to Ohio chestnuts. Ohio Nat. 7: 118. 


18 Ap 1907. 

Straw, C. E. Additions to the flora of Stowe. Bull. Vt. Bot, Club 
a: a5. Ap 19e7: 

Strong, M. The finding of the male fern in Woodstock. Bull. Vt. 
Bot. Club 2: 24. Ap 1907. 

Terry, E. H. Herbarium-making of a century ago. Bull. Vt. Bot. 
Club 2: 28. Ap 1907. 

Thériot, I. Weissia brasiliensis Duby. Bull. Herb. Boiss. H. 7: 
277, 278. 3% Mr 1907, 

Uhlbrich, E. Ueber die systematische Gliederung und geographische 
Verbreitung der Gattung Anemone L. Verh. Bot. Vereins Prov. 
Brandenb. 48: 1-38. 1907. 

Ule, E. II. Beitrige zur Flora der Hylaea nach den Sammlungen von 
Ule’s Amazonas-Expedition. Verh. Bot. Vereins Prov. Brandenb. 
48%. 157-208. p72. F, 2. 1907: 

Underwood, L. M. Concerning Woodwardia paradoxa, a supposedly 
new fern from British Columbia. Torreya 7: 73-76. 15 Ap 1997: 

Wilson, G. W. & Seaver, F. J. Ascomycetes and lower fungi. Jour 
Myc. 13: 48-52. 30 Ap 1907. 


BuLi. Torrey Cius VOLUME 34, PLATE 2 


\ 
RY 


or} 
oO 


Le 
cS 
Bz 


M4, 


a} 


xGh 


EMBRYOLOGY OF RHIZOPHORA 


: 


VOLUME 34, PLATE 23 


BuL._. Torrey Cius 


a] 


a9 i 


re 


EMBRYOLOGY OF RHIZOPHORA 


y 


HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON. 


THE BRYOGEOQGIaT 


WITH THE JANUARY, 1907, NUMBER BEGINS ITS 
TENTH YEAR ann VOLUME 

It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics 

and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original and artistic drawings 

and halftones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional 

as well asamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year. 


Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. 


INDEX TO 
AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


his Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on 
library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the 
rate of one cent for each card. 
Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of 
the Torrey Botanical Club, 

CARLTON C. CURTIS, CoLtumpia University, New York City. 
Beginning with January, 1903, the Index has also been reprinted on paper, on one 
side only, and can be Surnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year. 


HeErparium Specimens DEsIRED 


especially Pedicularis and allied genera, also Labiatae, 
Ericaceae, Primulaceae, Ranunculaceae, Cyperaceae and 
Ferns. Will purchase or give European specimens in ex- 
change. Correspondence solicited. Address : 
HENRY DAUTUN, 
139 Franklin St., Jersey City, 


a 
— 


FOR SALE 


HERBARIUM, PLANTS AND BOOKS 


of the late S. Hart Wright. 18,000 mounted and many thousand dup- 


licate plants, all thoroughly systematized. 


BERLIN H. WRIGHT, Executo-, 
PENN YAN, N. Y. 


North American Flora 


HIS work is designed to present descriptions of all plants growing 
independent of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include 
Greenland, Central America, the Republic of Panama, and the 

West Indies, except Trinidad, Tobago, and Curacao and other islands off 
the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is essentially South American. 

It will be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New aoe 

Botanical Garden through the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fun 
bequeathed by Charles P. Daly. 


n 

with the following sequence 
, schizophyta, Diatomaceae. 

i. : 


olume 1. Mycetozoa 
Volumes 2 toro. Fung 


The preparation of the work has been referred by the Scientific Direc- 
tors of the Garden to a committee consisting of Professors L. M. Under- 
wood and N. L. Britton. 

Professor George F. Atkinson of Cornell University, Professors ue 
R. Barnes and John M. Coulter of the University of Chicago, Mr. Fred- 
erick V. Coville of the United States Department of Agriculture, Pro- 
fessor Edward L. Greene of the United States National Museum, Fro- 
fessor Byron D. Halsted of Rutgers College and Professor William Tre- 
lease of the Missouri Botanical Garden have consented to act as an advis- 
ory committee. pie 

_Each author will be wholly responsible for his own contibasi 
being restricted only to the general style adopted for the work, whic 
must vary somewhat in the treatment of diverse grou 


e su 
that four or fi 
ber of separat 


. 


ription price is fixed at $r. 50 for each part ; it is expected 
€ parts will be sold at $2.00 each. Address, 
THE NEw York BOTANICAL GARDEN 
BRONX Park, New YorK CITY 
Volume 7, Part 1, Ustilaginales, including Ustilaginaceae and Tilleti- 
aceae, by G. P. Clinton, was issued Oct. , 190 


ol. 7, Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Uredinacese and Aecidiaceae (pars); 
of the Uredin 


07. ‘ 
. , including Podostemonaceae by George V- Nash, 
Crassulaceae by N. i dI.N 


ve parts will be required for each volume. A limited num- | 


PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- 
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


. Memorrs OF THE DEPARTMENT : 

Vo pink mone of the North American Species of the Genus . 
= ae (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 
1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, tS ee 

Quarto, Be pages, 84 plates. Price °. 

Vol. nograph of the North Aceaseis Potentilleae (1898). 
By Per has eee Fellow in Botany, ge 8 

uarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6. 
2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: 
Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. 


Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00 
Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00 
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897. Price $5.00 
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 
Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903—(current) 


fo) 
List of separate numbers available on application. 
A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert 
Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895-1896. 
230 pages, 76 plates. Price 4. = ties ; $3.80 (paper). 
Published. by Willard N. Clute & Co. Bing 
artment baer, orpeedene cece 5 exchange of <i 
ba si ‘rtd for any of the above name ed i. eee Addr 
rL. 


pe : 
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic eas eh labo 
to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, ate i 
sor of ae 1891-1896 ; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- 
son Bro 
Three a royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 64 
Pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating every 
Species described. oe 
Published by Charles Scribner’ s Sons, New York. bg . —? 
$9.00 for = three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound sepa 
ately, $10.0 
. Our > Rea Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth eo 1900. By 
Lucien Sapte Underwood, Professor of Botany, 
Cc Duodecimo, 158 pages, 3 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & 
0., New York, Price $1.00 
6. Moulds, Mildews, one Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- 
Wood, , 18 ; 
Serer . Pipes oo plates. Published by Henry Holt & 
Co. Price ; 
7A ae ee book of General Botany (1897). By one Clarence 
Curtis, peloonty in Botany, 1892-1895 } Tutor in recess —. fe 
Octavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations. Published by Longmans, 
Green & Co., New York. Price $3.00. 


ESTABLISHED 1851 


FEIMER & AMEND 


205-211 Third Ave., 


ata See NEW YORS 


MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 


Chemicals and 


Chemical Apparatus 


Sole Agents for 


Our Specialties 


CiAs Fee 
KAHLBAUM’S 


MICROSCOPES C. P. Chemicals 
and Reagents 
and 
ACCESSORIES CARL 
’ SCHLEICHER 
& SCHULL’S 
MICROTOMES = C. P. Filters 
ear y ig SCHOTT 
GENOSSEN’S 
ieeina ey Famous Labora- 
_ See tory Glassware 
WEIGHTS a 


mg And for many other 
renowned European 
ouses in our line. 


COMPLETE LINE OF 


Bacteriological Apparatus 


WE HANDLE 
EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY 


Inspection of premises cordially invited, 


MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


A series of technical 


;on botanical subjects, published at irregular intervals. 
Price $3.00 a volume. 


fered in exchange 


Vol. 1, No. 1; not furnished separately : 
je. Studies of the types of various species of the genus Carex. 


Bailey, Liberty H 
Pages 1-85. 25 


Vol, 1, ae a 5 Hoe iigeee separately : cai 
artindale, Isaac Comly. Marine algae of the New Jersey coast and adjacent 
waters of Staten Island. Pages 87-111. 24 ae 1889 : 

Vol. 1, No. 3; price, 75 cents: ; Ce, 
Spruce, Richard. epfaticae Bolivianae, in Andibus Boliviae orientalis, annis — 
1885-6, a cl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages 113-140. os 1890. 
Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cen 
Guntovint Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. ee cs ibtiana 30 My sce 
Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished separately : 
‘Halsted, Byron David. Reserve ae materials in buds and sri oe! ee ‘ 
eke 1-26, plates 7, 2. 10S 1 
Sie 2, ee ; price, oe cents: 
- Vail, Anna Murray & Hollick, Charles Arthur. Contributions to the aoe of 
~ Virginia. ge ipae. plates 7, g. 23 D 1890. 
: Vol. 2, he 3; not furnished Nee 
Holm, Herman Theodor. yer ade to the k ae of th ermination of 
some North American Pants Pages 57-108, A/a. ates 5-49. 15 Ap 1 
Vol. 2, No. ze price, 75 cents 
Whaelock: William Biner. The genus Polyga/la in North America. Pages o9- 
152.030 D 1808s 5: + 


Vol. 3, No 1; not furnished separately : 
Small, John Kunkel & Heller, Amos Arthur. Flora sglidieery North ews na 
Bases ere ‘territory: Pages 1-39 pas 20 F 1892. 
‘No. 2; price, $2.00: 
Noainh 6 Neiadacee , North America 
wet Pages 16 plates 20- 15 Mr 
ig bake Ho. 3 Efe ‘not furnished 


ie in 


i ¥ e: j 
Stipes ol. 5; price, $3.00: 
ie “Le of Preridaphye and aaa growing ee: cultivation in northeastern 
North Pages 1-377. 4 D 1893-31 
mae f Oa GNG 
‘Rusby, Heity B Hurd. An enumeration a the plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel 
Bang. Part 3. Pages 1-130. 17 N 1896. 
Vol. 6, No. 2; not furnished separa 
Grout, Abel Joel. A revision of the North American sone and Brachythecia. 
Pages 131-210. 897. 
st 6, No. 3; price, 50 cents 
Hazen, Blliot. e life history of Sphaerel/a tien ( Haematococcus 
putin). Paces 21I-— sae, plates 86, ey (colored ). ~~ e 1899. 
ae Vol. 6, No. 4; price, 50 cen 
tduwooa, Lucien Marcus. A review of the genera ae ferns proposed prior to 
1832. Pages 247-283. 1 D 1899. 
Vol. 6, No. 5; price, 25 cents 
Fink, B Notes on lichen distribution in she upper Mississippi Valley. 
oa 285-307- 1 D 1899. 
Vol. 7; price, $3.00 
pas. ery. he noe and Mesainates of California. Pages 
feceat pens re or rarth 5 Au 
Vol. 8, i ce not furnished separately ; 
aot cis Ermest. The comparative embryology of the Audiaceae. Part 
ee goad plates 1-4. 26 Au 13899, Part II. Pages 27-112, plates pes 
1902. 


- Vol. 8, No. 2; price, $1 3.00: 

Evans, Al nder Wil The Sages of the United States and Canada- 
"Pages 1 Ir veer plates 16-22. 1 a 

: inet: ge a price, 75 cents : 

Britton, Blizabeth Ger Gitraa> aylor, Alexandrina. The life history of 

S Vittaria lineata, Pages oe Sep poe 23-32. 30 Au 1902. 


* 


Vol. 9; price, $3.00: 
Belmon, Emest Stanley. A monograph of the Evysiphaceae. Pages 1-292, plates 
teak 4 O Ig00. 
A Vol. 10; price, $3.00: 
re , Baward d Sandford. apes of Pre-Clusian botany in its relation to Aster. > 
_ Pages i-xii, 1-447. 22 N 1902 
Vol. 11, No. 1; price, $1 1.75: 
Grifiths, David. The North American Sordariaceac. Pages 1-134, plates 1-19. 
30 My i901. 
. 11, No. 2; price, $1.75: 


are, Vol 

Hazen, Tracy Elliot. The Ulothricaceae and Chaetophoraceae of the United States. 
ae 135-250, Soa 20-42. 200 1902. Se 
: aes 12, No. 1; price, $1.50 — 
N “Alice Rich. of New Providence and ‘Andtod (Bahama Islands}: q 
: Pages 1-98, ae a ml mp. ‘10 D 1902. 5 
No. 2; price, $1.00: Ce 
ecileer, Howard J A contribution to a revision of the North American 
ne. Tage 9194 13 Je 1906. ae 
: 12, No. 3; price, 7 Ci ; oe = 

: Kuper, Elsie. Studies in "Pant Regeneron. Page BP oa Io Je =o oe 


joenipeeks Eawar rd Sandford. cies and variations o f Biotian ‘Asters, wid dis- : é 

na cussion: of variability i in Aster. Pages i i-xv, I-419, plates 1-137. 15 Mr 1906. be 

| Address : : TORREY BO BOTANICAL CLUB, 
Columbia University, New r York ieee 


Seek 


cece 


| qatar 6 
S = > JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART 
Associate Cditors a 


Puiip DoweLe 


= ALEXANDER Wittiam Evans — 


RACY ELuot HAZEN ie Rois 
ARSHALL AVERY Howe 2 aS 
c stem of Tbervllen Sonoras, (Plate 24). A 


THE TORREY- BOTANICAL CLUB 


3 President, 
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. 


e Vice-President, 
EDWARD Ss. BURGESS, PH.D. LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD, Pu. D., SS bao 


Recording Kiabhy Corresponding Secretary, 
oe STUART GAGER, Pu.D, JOHN K. SMALL, Px.D. 
al Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. 
Treasurer, 


CARLTON C. CURTIS, Ph.D. 
Columbia University, New York City. — 


aoe MEETINGS oe 
ccings twice each month from October to May inclusive: the second Tuesday, 
ural = story ; the last Welneiey, 


ert, oie in L at 


subscriptio ‘o the pibltegtions 
ub should be addressed sas the wccneaia Carlton C. ee uci Uni- 
ork City. 


‘Monthly, established 1870. Price, $3.00 a year; single wanibers 30 
tate volumes, ‘only 24-33 can be supplied ge gents ; certain eee : 
- volumes are available, but the entire stock of so mbers has b z 
d for tae ones of sets. igo eg ae pe publication in vcs as 

Shou e ad Dr. te Hen y Barnhart, Editor, New York — 


‘ oe te loge oe ep Pesta within 100 miles of 
York ss ~ 


> Vol. 34 No. 7 
; BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 
JULY, 1907 


The stem of Ibervillea Sonorae * 
3 ALICE ADELAIDE Knox 
(WITH PLATE 24) 


_ Among the representatives of the Cucurbitaceae at the New York 
1 Botanical Garden is a group of plants of /éervillea Sonorae. They 
were brought from the southwest by Dr. D. T. MacDougal in 
- 1902, and are interesting because of their unusual character for 
Cucurbits as well as for their adaptation to desert conditions. A 
description of the plants is given by Miss J. T. Emerson collab- 
ting with Mr. W. W. Welker in a paper, in coarse of prepara- 
ten, on its chemistry and pharmacology (34). Ficures A and B 
show the Organographic characters of the species, both at the 
adu 


adult stage in its native habitat, and as a seedling from four to five 
old. The “large projecting root” (21) of Jbervillea in the 
imens in the greenhouses of the Botanical Garden reaches a 
aie of from 25 to 30 cm. In the desert this enormous 


red boulder. Frequently irregularities of shape give it still 
More the effect of stone, and it is only when the cortex is flecked 
off that one discovers the healthy green color beneath the super- 
Icial layer, [F rom the tubers arise yearly long flexible liana-like 
ts which reach a length of three or more meters. The shoots 
are round, smooth and green above, brown-gray and gray-spotted 
or streaked below.. The flowers are dioecious, the tendrils 
anched, and the leaves bright-green and twice three-cleft is is 
quently the case throughout the family. The fruit is said to 
. perch pursued in the laboratories of Barnard College during the winter of 
04-1 o 


(The BULLETIN for June, 1907 (34: 271-328, pi. 22, 27) was issued 26 Jl 1907. ] 
329 


330 Knox: STEM OF IBERVILLEA SONORAE 


be ‘“‘amber-colored”’ (21) and one and a quarter to one and a 
half inches long ; none has ripened in the greenhouse, as the flow- 
ers there are staminate only. The plant is able to persist in its 
arid habitat with remarkable vitality. In fact, so provident is it of 
water and nutritive substances that one in the museum case at the 
Garden which has been lying ona board since 1902 is in 1907 
still sending up yearly shoots bearing leaves and tendrils. Every 
fall the shoots die back and sprout again early the next spring. 
The Indians of the desert call the plant ‘“‘ Guarequi,” and a decoc- 
tion of its root is much used as a cathartic. 

The forms which show perennial growth among the Cucurbi- 
taceae are comparatively few in number, and many of them are 
tropical species or types seldom seen. Of those which have tuber- 
ous stems or roots the most familiar are Th/adiantha and Bryonia. 
The large slices of the Bryonia root are well known in pharmacy, 
and Weiss (10) refers to a root 20 cm. in diameter and 10 kg. in 
weight. More work has been done on Bryonia than on any other 
perennial form. It was pictured by Jacquin in 1774 as an example 
of perennial growth, and reference is made to it in most of the 
papers mentioned below. 

The history of /ervillea is given in full by Miss Emerson, so 
that only the most important citations are noted here. The first 
species of the genus was described by Gray (1) in 1850, from 
Texas and Mexico, as Sicydium Lindheimeri. In 1881 Cogniaux 
(11) separated from Sicydium the genus Maximowiczia Cogn., 
with three species. The first description of Maximowiczia Sonorae 
was published by Sereno Watson (21) in 1889. It was one of the 
numbers of the collection of Dr. E. Palmer found in 1887 about 
Guaymas, Mexico. Not only the range of MW. Sonorae but that 
of the entire genus is purely American. As the name Maximo- 
wicsta had been previously used for another genus, the name lber- 
villea was given to the present one by Greene (27) in 1895, and 
the species here discussed named by him as Jéervillea Sonorae. 
The only anatomical study of the genus has been made by Fischer 
(17), who included it in his thorough general survey of the family. 
It will be of advantage first to describe the normal structure of 
the Cucurbitaceous stem. The terminology used is that of Haber- 
landt (32), 


os peep eee 


Knox: STEM OF IBERVILLEA SONORAE ool 


The stems of cucurbits are usually five-angled, and only in 
exceptional cases seven-angled or terete. A transverse section 
through a stem of this type, or five-angled stem, exhibits two cir- 
cles of bundles, five in each circle, the outer standing in the angles, 
the inner in the furrows. The bundles are normally all bicollateral, 
possessing an outer leptome, a hadrome region, and an inner lep- 
tome. Both inner and outer leptome contain very large and 
prominent sieve-tubes, as well as much leptome parenchyma. 
The common opinion seems to be that there is no inner cambium, 
though the outer cambium is a wide and active zone peripheral to 
each hadrome strand. The bundles are widely separated, and lie 
ina large-celled ground parenchyma. The pitted vessels of the 
hadrome are exceptionally large, and in older stems are braced by 
thyllae. A continuous ring of stereome borders the outer limit of 
the pericycle, and there is a row of starch- filled cells, accompanied 
by various arrangements of chlorophyl-free collenchyma just 
beneath the epidermis. There are frequently hairs or glands on 
the epidermis, and sieve-tubes scattered through the cortex and 
pericycle. Inner secretory passages are wanting, and deposits of 
calcium carbonate seem to occur only in the leaves. As the stems 
are mostly annual a periderm does not form, and for the same 
reason no true bark is found. Many species show a lysigenous 
Cavity in the pith making the stem hollow, and because its sec- 
ondary growth chokes this cavity and fills it up Bryonta dioica is 
mentioned ds peculiar, 

In describing /éervillea it will be taken first as a primary stem 
at the end of the first year, and later as a secondary stem, and a 
diagram of the transverse section of the young shoot cut 24 cm. 
from its tip where the stem was fresh and green is given in PLATE 
24, FIGURE I. This shows the general outline of the section to 
be irregular with a possible tendency toward the seven-angled 
type, though its external appearance is smooth, the number of the 
blunt « angles” varies, and as it grows older it is always terete. 
The bundles are arranged in two rings, thoge of the outer being 
smaller. The number of those in the inner ring is always five, 
that of the outer ring varies from five to sever or even nine. An 
attempt is at once suggested to place the stem in one of the classes 
made by Lotar (12), Petersen (14), or Tondera (31). Different 


332 Knox: STEM OF IBERVILLEA SONORAE 


numbers of bundles are given by these authors for the same form, 
but in /berzillea, as Weiss (15) found to be the case, the number 
may vary not only in the same species and the same plant, but 
even in the same internode. In a well-developed branching stem 
with a length of 310.6 cm. there were at the base ten bundles, at 
the first fork twelve bundles in each branch, thirteen in the main 
branch above, and in its side shoots most frequently twelve, but 
sometimes thirteen or fourteen. Lotar (12), too, says that differences 
may occur, due to the temporary splitting of individual bundles. 

In the single growing tip which my material afforded there were 
eleven procambial strands, so that the number is not derived from 
a primitive procambial ten, but doubtless varies in the separation 
of the young meristems. The structure of the bundle is alto- 
gether normal. The well-formed hadrome, which is cut off cen- 
trifugally by the cambium which lies along its outer surface, shows 
the usual succession of ring, spiral, and pitted ducts, and the last 
are very large, and always surrounded by wood-parenchyma. The 
outer leptome contains large sieve-tubes with prominent sieve-plates 
and companion-cells ; there is also much leptome-parenchyma and 
the outer and inner leptome are alike in their constituent elements. 
The outer cambium region consists of several rows of brick-shaped 
cells, while the inner or medullary cambium (FIGURE 10) shows 
cells more polygonal in outline, and is more localized in its later 
divisions. 

The ground-tissue in /éerzillea is always -solid, consisting of 
large parenchyma-cells of which the walls are more and more 
conspicuously pitted as the stems grow older. The cells are 
ordinarily full of starch which occurs in large grains crowded to- 
gether so densely that the tissues of the bundles stand out in sharp 
contrast. Several rows of large cells intervene between the bundles 
and the stereome-ring. The latter (FIGURE 2, sf) is from two to 
three cells wide and consists of lignified fibrous cells marked with 
cross-shaped pits. It breaks up as soon as the stem begins to en- 
large, and the dilatation-changes progressively fill up the interstices. 
Without the stereome-ring is found a row of starch-containing 
cells (FIGURE 2, end) with the radial walls at right angles to the 
tangential, and slightly more oblong in cross-section than the 
adjacent parenchyma-cells, which Van Tieghem (13) cites as the 


Knox: Stem oF: IBERVILLEA SONORAE 33a 


endodermis. Outside of the endodermis there are two layers of 
chlorenchyma with autochthonous starch (FIGURE 2, ch), and then 
two layers of angle-collenchyma (co/), chlorophyl-free, bordered 
by a large-celled epidermis. There are occasionally stomata, but 
they show no special adaptations to desert conditions, nor is the 
cutin-layer unusually thick. 

There remains to be mentioned a system which has been ad- 
mirably treated by Fischer (17), namely the sieve-tubes which are 
found scattered singly or in groups throughout the pericycle and 
the cortex. The discovery of supernumerary sieve-tubes just in- 
side the stereome-ring was made by Sanio (4) in 1864 in Cucumis 
sativus. DeBary (6) found them in the same position in a number 
of other species, but Fischer added two new categories to those of 
Sanio andde Bary. To the study of their development and phys- 
iology he devotes 109 pages. He finds sieve-tubes with com- 
panion-cells and ‘nebencellen” without as well as within the 
stereome-ring. There are also horizontal series which he desig- 
nates commissural sieve-tubes and sieve-bundles which connect with 
the leptome of the bundles and with each other. These sieve-tubes 
are to be seen only in the very young tips, for they function dur- 
ing the period of elongation, and owing to the pressure of the 
growing tissues about them soon lose their typical structure. 
Fischer describes their progressive phases of development accord- 
ing to Sachs’ phases of growth, and treats especially of the meri- 
stematic period of elongation. The first sieve-tubes to appear in 
the stem, which function before any of the others, lie on the edge 
of the outer procambial strands between the more typical phloem 
region and.the mother-tissue of the stereome-ring. At this stage 
the procambial strand borders closely on this mother-tissue, but 
later by the development of parenchyma they become more iso- 
lated from the bundle and stand out in the pericycle. In /éervillea 
they are very prominent, with large conspicuous sieve-plates. 

Following these there appear first the sieve-tubes of the outer 
leptome, and with them the subepidermal ectocyclic sieve-cells and 
the ectocyclic cells which are found among the collenchyma. 
The inner leptome comes next in order, and just before the end of 
the meristematic elongation the endocyclic sieve-tubes mature. 
The commissural strands may originate with, but never before, the 


334 Knox: STEM OF IBERVILLEA SONORAE 


endocyclic groups. All of these small sieve-bundles without the 
leptome and such commissural sieve-tubes as serve to connect them 
with each other are transitory in their activity, and by the end of 
the elongation-period are obliterated. The obliteration follows 
the reverse of the order in which they appeared, so that the en- 
docyclic succeed the ectocyclic, and the commissures are the last to _ 
lose their identity. Fischer holds that the first sieve-tubes 
help to distribute the proteid substances to the young tissues of 
the stereome. Late they are reinforced in their office by the en- 
docyclic sieve-tubes. They develop from the procambial strand, 
while the endocyclic sieve-tubes are derived partly from the 
mother-tissue of the stereome and partly from the ground- 
parenchyma. Ectocyclic sieve-tubes come from the mother-cells 
of the collenchyma and stereome, and at first support the young 
collenchyma, which grows rapidly in the early stages. When it 
has thickened and reached its maturity the outer ectocyclic cells 
are obliterated. The remaining ectocyclic tubes in the chloren- 
chyma and all commissural cells come from the secondary meris- 
tems derived from the parenchyma-cells of the pericycle and cortex. 

The endocyclic sieve-tubes, as indicated above, nourish the de- 
veloping stereome-ring and when its permanent character is 
determined they are obliterated. The commissures are obliterated 
last of all, and the order of their degeneration is one of the strong 
reasons why Fischer concludes that they serve to withdraw the 
proteid substance from the endocyclic sieve-tubes and from each 
other into the leptome of the bundles. The office of the sieve- 
tubes of the bundles and the course of their obliteration needs no 
special comment; the development of the procambial strand and 
the support of the growing cambium is dependent upon their 
activity. The sieve-tubes outside of the stereome-ring are con- 
nected with those inside only at the nodes, so that the endodermis 
and the mechanical tissue are never broken by the commissures. 

The genera of the Cucurbitaceae are divided into classes upon 
the character of the supernumerary bundles, of which Maazmo- 
wiczta (Lbervillea) belongs to the Cyclanthera type. There are 
said to be present countless endocyclic sieve-tubes (FIGURE 4) united 
partly with each other and partly with the vascular bundle by 
very few commissures. The /éervillea at the Garden also possesses 


Knox: STEM oF IBERVILLEA SONORAE 335 


(FIGURE 3) many ectocyclic sieve-tubes, but in only one or two in- 
stances has a young commissure appeared. In these cases the 
length of the members of the sieve-tube was that of the diameter of 
the mother parenchyma-cell, the two separated by a large, well- 
formed vertical sieve-plate. The peripheral sieve-tubes are easily 
seen in the very young stem (FIGURES 3 and 4) while the first tracheal 
elements are appearing and the sieve-plates are exceedingly deli- 
cate and distinct. 

The obliteration of the sieve-tubes Fischer treats separately. 
They sometimes. entirely lose their identity, owing to the pressure 
of the surrounding tissues and the torsions of the stem, but some- 
times when the callose breaks down and the contents begin to de- 
generate, there appears in them a slimy substance giving to the 
older stem an appearance which leads him to say: ‘“ One may see 
that we have here another category of cell-derivatives, that our 
commissures and ectocyclic sieve-tubes belong to a hitherto over- 
looked latex-system,”’ and again he says that the presence of these 
ramifying cells in the stem produces the effect of an internal secre- 
tory system. He takes up this point at length in a later paper 
(20) and refers to Hanstein’s theory of the contents of the obliter- 
ated sieve-tubes as ‘‘ Lebensaftgefasse,’’ where Hanstein assumed 
that the contents were active while they were in reality hard and 
gum-like. A section through a stem of /éervillea after its period 
of elongation is completed (FIGURES 9 and 2) shows inside of the 
medullary leptome, peripheral to the outer leptome, and through 
the pericycle and cortex, groups of cells both in structure and 
position identical with the obliterated sieve-elements. They con 
tain a highly refrangible homogeneous substance of a brownish- 
yellow color which makes them very conspicuous. They occur 
ordinarily in pairs, frequently in groups of from three to twelve 
(FIGURES 5 and 6). The contents color orange with hydrochloric 
acid and phloroglucin, while the contents of the active sieve-tubes 
remain lemon-yellow. With Millon’s reagent they turn brick-red. 

Longitudinal sections frequently show the old sieve-plates, and 
the companion-cells seem to have contents identical with those of 
the sieve-tubes. The groups of cells are rarely seen to anastomose 
in young stems, but they frequently runa tangential or radial course, 
and may connect within a short distance inthis manner. In older 


336 Knox: STEM OF IBERVILLEA SONORAE 


stems, especially where they widen toward the tuber, they form an 
elaborate ramifying system throughout the periphery and the pith, 
as well as in connection with the supernumerary bundles which 
then develop (FiGUREs 5 and 8). When such stems, perhaps two 
and a half centimeters in diameter, are cut, the contents of these 
_passages ooze out, forming a large viscid transparent drop which 
covers the wound and which immediately hardens, forming a variety 
of wound-gum. When the sieve-tubes retain their content so 
generally, and when the contents are so evidently secretory in 
nature, one seems to be justified in calling them a secretory sys- 
tem of the secondary stem, and might take exception to Solereder 
(28) for saying generally for the entire family ‘‘ Innere Sekretbe- 
halter fehlen.” 

The secondary growth in the sense of the growth of a second 
year is illustrated in FIGURE 9. Its most prominent features are 
the increase in the size of the bundles and in the amount of lep- 
tome and hadrome, the great width of the medullary rays, the 
breaking of the stereome-ring, and the presence of a proniinent 
periderm entirely surrounding the terete stem. One is also 
struck by the absence of any appearance’of distortion due to the 
compression of the tissues, as this is true only in the horny re- 
gions of the leptome. The increase in the size of the bundles 
has been effected by the constant activity of both inner and outer 
cambium. 

The amount of leptome produced is enormous. The outer 
cambium gives rise to all the hadrome elements, vessels, and 
wood-parenchyma, and by its centrifugal divisions also generates 
the outer leptome. It consists of a succession of brick- 
shaped cells which spread ‘across the entire tangential surface of 
the hadrome. Peripheral to this is the mass of the outer lep- 
tome which contains parenchyma and many large conspicuous 
sieve-plates in the sieve-tubes. The inner leptome is similar to 
the outer in character, but the cambium is less regularly dis- 
tributed. It is represented by a group of meristematic cells just 
within the inner tangential surface of the hadrome (FIGURE II Cy): 
These cells are polygonal in outline and are confined to the middle 
of the surface. The lines of cells x and y can be traced back to 
this origin. In many bundles a second series of divisions is local- 


Knox: STEM oF IBERVILLEA SONORAE S37 


ized so as to make a distinct line. across the outer surface of the 
leptome (as in FIGURE 11) with the appearance of a normal cam- 
bium. The line does not always show distinctly and is more apt 
to occur in large bundles. 

These conclusions concerning an inner cambium do not agree 
with those of Bertrand (9), Lotar (12), and Schenck (26), who 
found hadrome formed by the inner cambium, nor with those of 
Fischer (17), who remarks the absence of an active inner cam- 
bium, saying that for a while the still procambial cells have the 
appearance of one. It is rather the state of things noted by 
Vesque (5), who claims as a false cambium one which produces 
only leptome; and afterward found by Scott and Brebner (25) in 
Thladiantha, The latter authors state that when a cambium is 
present it produces leptome only. 

Around the oldest tangential borders of the leptome-regions 
are found the horny walls of the disorganized (obliterated) sieve- 
elements as well as masses of cells filled with yellow-brown gum 
whose localization is illustrated in FIGURE 9. The breaks in the 
stereome-ring are filled up with parenchyma, and dilatation- 
changes also occur in the medullary rays and the pericycle by 
which they keep pace with the increase in the size of the sfem. 

It occasionally happens, as Hérail (19) found to be the case in 
Ecballium, that the tangential divisions of the parenchyma may be 
So localized between two bundles as to give the appearance of an 
interfascicular cambium. Potter (22) found an interesting inter- 
fascicular cambium in Zh/adiantha which connected bundles of 
the inner and outer circles, showing as de Bary had said that the 
two concentric rows function as a single ring. New medullary 
rays are not formed yearly. In large old stems two or perhaps 
three may occur (FIGURE 13), but this is in very old plants, and 
they develop only at long intervals. The periderm is superficial 
in origin. It arises from the layer of the collenchyma just pe 
neath the epidermis. It soon becomes spotted or streaked with 
deposits..of calcium carbonate in. the radial-and tangential walls 
of the phellem. The epidermis breaks away over the encrusted 
areas, and the gray color which appears in the stem ts due to the 
€xposure of such groups of cells. When the calcium carbonate 
is dissolved out with hydrochloric acid, the walls of the cells give 
the lignin reaction with phloroglucin. 


338 Knox: Strem OF IBERVILLEA SONORAE 


A section at the base of a stem two and a half centimeters in 
diameter shows a new feature of considerable interest. This is the 
appearance in the medullary rays of supernumerary leptome-bundles 
which Pitard (30) calls tertiary bundles, consisting of semicircular 
meristematic areas of which the long axes of the meristems are 


FicurE A. Jbervillea Sonorae in its native habitat.* 


parallel with the medullary rays, so that the axis of any bundle is 
at right angles to that of the primary bundle next to it. The 
bundles frequently appear to be collateral and contain hadrome 
elements on the side next the wood of the primary bundles. The 
phenomenon is one not infrequently found among the Czcz bitaceae, 


* This photograph 4 was used for plate 16 of Carnegie Inst. Publ. No. 6. 


RG en 


Knox: Stem oF IBERVILLEA SONORAE 339 


It is treated by Leisering (29), deBary (6), Morot (18), Hérail (19), 
VanTieghem (24), and Weiss (15). Weiss pictures such bundles 
in the root of Bryonia, where masses of leptome are found to be 
associated with hadrome elements. He concludes that tracheae 
are separated by dilatation-parenchyma from the primary masses 
of the hadrome, and serve as centers of meristematic division in the 
ground-parenchyma, while the semicircular meristem gives rise to 
the leptome. The meristematic parenchyma:cells are said to come 
originally from the primary cambium. Scott and Brebner (25) de- 
scribe their work with TZhladiantha. They find, elaborating 
Dutailly’s treatment of the same form (7), the elements of the 
hadrome separated out by dilatation-changes, but differ from Weiss 
in finding that the leptome bears no constant relation to the 
tracheae, and that it is partly formed directly from the cambium, 
This work in each case is on the root. In /bervillea the general 
dilatation extends to the unlignified parenchyma of the hadrome, 
and of the parenchyma adjacent to the bundle. Such parenchyma 
lateral to the hadrome begins to divide and sometimes tracheaé are 
“nipped” off by the changes and isolated with the meristematic 
cell. In either case the formation of new cells in the dilatation 
pushes the meristem out into the medullary ray. The meristem 
then produces leptome but never hadrome, and as the stem in- 
creases in size the course of the bundles becomes irregular, so that 
it is often easy to see the sieve-tubes in longitudinal position. 
Figure 12 shows such a meristem in the midst of a starch-filled 
parenchyma. — 

One of the characters of the older secondary stems is the 
anastomosing of the bundles. Both the leptome and the hadrome 
frequently run a horizontal course from bundle to bundle, so that 
the center of the stem is a medley of supernumerary sieve-regions 
and it is impossible to trace any regulararrangement. As a whole 
the stem retains the character of its first secondary growth. The 
Parenchma of the medullary rays continues to divide tangentially 
and radially and the increase in pericycle and cortex is through 
the same sort of change. Minute fragments are all that remain of 
the stereome-ring, though opposite these one can still trace the 
Old cortical parenchyma. A relatively large production of phel- 
loderm adds most of the soft tissue in the outer part of the peri- 


340 Knox: STEM OF IBERVILLEA SONORAE 


phery of the tuber, and like the ground-parenchyma the walls of 
all these cells are pitted and very thick. The periderm renews 
itself constantly and continues to be sloughed off, while the abun- 

dant calcium carbonate gives. 


| 


Pe ee ee 


the gray color to the entire 
surface. There is no true bark, 
nor are there any deeper-seated 
phellogens. The course of the 
bundles has not been investi- 
gated. De Bary says that the 
bundles of the Cucurbitaceae 
are bundles of the leaf-trace 
running up two_ internodes. 
Accounts are given by Bertrand 
(9) and by Lotar (12), and 
later by Leisering (29) and by 
Tondera (31). The latter, by 
sections and maceration com- 


| 
| 


bined, has secured details of the 
complicated connection at the 
nodes which he presents in a 
series of elaborate diagrams. 

A reference to the descrip- 
tion of /bervillea (21) will re- 
mind one that this tuber is or- 
dinarily referred to as a root, 
and that its closest analogies 
seem to be the roots of Bry- 
onia and Thladiantha, The 
picture of the old plant (FIGURE 
A), with its shoots rising from 


the tuber, shows the gradual en- 


Ss 


icee largement of the stem, though 


B. /bervillea Sonorae, four or poe 
five years old. the appearance of the seedling 


(FIGURE B) would indicate that 
the swollen portion includes root, hypocotyl and stem. As far as 
this investigation goes the formation is stem, and at least half of the 
swollen portion may claim that distinction, and as the bases of the 


CO OO OT OL OO 


* 


Knox: Stem or IBERVILLEA SONORAE 341 


shoots are sometimes four and a half centimeters broad one can 
get intermediate stages between green lianas and tubers. The age 
of the plants is difficult to estimate. The seedling photographed 
has been in the greenhouse four years. The shoot in FIGURE 9 is 
over two. years old. The size of the ducts must seemingly be 
taken as the criterion, and each two or possibly three large tracheae 
must constitute the growth of a season. There is usually associ- 
ated with the fall growth the formation of unlignified wood- 
parenchymaat the side of the hadrome, so that the region presents 
the jagged appearance noted in FIGURE 13. That the large tubers 
are fifty years old is doubtless a most conservative estimate. 

The pharmaceutical character of the stem is only known em- 
pirically to the Indians, who regard it as very poisonous, but more 
so than has been found to be the case by Miss Emerson and Mr. 
Welker. The stem shows quantites of starch at the end of the 
growing season, but the shoots die back so short a distance that 
it is extremely improbable that the nutritive substances are with- 
drawn into the tuber. In the desert, the drier condition may 
effect a change in its habit so that the shoots shrivel further down — 
toward its base. The mechanics of the stem after the breaking 
up of the stereome-ring are those of a true liana. The plant is 


‘Not only quick of development in.a short rainy season as well as 


resistant in a dry one, but it is able to twine about surrounding 
woody growth and to expose a relatively large leaf-surface above 
the sandy levels. It is perhaps to be noted that the leaves when 
older have a white spotted appearance, and would doubtless prove 
to be good material for the study of cystoliths. 

The differential characters of the stem may be summed up as 
ie 

. The shape is terete, with from ten to fourteen bundles. 

2. It possesses endocyclic as well as ectocyclic and commis- 
Sural sieve-tubes. 

3. It has an active inner cambium. 

4. The obliteration of the sieve-tubes changes them into a 
secretory system of which the contents serve as wound-gum. 

5. There is a periderm with phellem and phellogen. 

6. Deposition of calcium carbonate is abundant. 

7. There develop in the secondary stem supernumerary leptome- 


342 


Kxox: STEM oF IBERVILLEA SONORAE 


bundles formed by meristematic parenchyma of the medullary rays. 


8 There is absence of interfascicular cambium and dilatation 


of all parenchyma. 


bi 


~ 
~J 


-_ 


N 


A 


on 


ah 


“I 


o 


oO 


fe 


LITERATURE 


. Gray, A. Plantae Lindheimerianae. Boston Jour. Nat. Hist. 6: 


194. 1850. 
Naudin, C. Revue des Cucurbitacées. Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 12: 
79-164. 1859. 


Naudin, C. Espéces et variétés nouvelles des ogi aes Ann. 
Sci. Nat. IV. 16: 154-199. p/. 1-4, J. 


. Sanio, C. Uber anes Gettabiindlidang Bot. Zeit. 22: 


193-200, 201-208, 209-216, 221-226. p/. 6-8. 1864. 


. Vesque, J. Mémoire sur l’anatomie comparée de l’écorce. Ann. 


Sci. Nat. VI. 2: 81-198. A/. g—71. 
DeBary, A. Vergleichende Anatomie der Vegetationsorgane der 
Phanerogamen und Farne. Leipzig, 1877. 


. Dutailly, G. Sur quelques phénoménes déterminés par l’apparition 


tardive d’éléments nouveaux dans les tiges et les racines des dico- 
tylédones. Thése. Paris, 1879. 

Dutailly, G. Recherches anatomiques et organogéniques sur les 
Cucurbitacées et les Passiflorées. Assoc. Fr. Avance. Sci. 8 (1879): 
711-725. 

Bertrand, C. Théorie du faisceau. Bull. Sci. Départ. Nord II: 3- 
1880. 


. Weiss, J. Anatomie und Physiologie fleishigverdickter Wurzeln. 


Flora 63: 81-89, 97-112, 113-123. pl. 3-¢. 1880 


. Cogniaux, A. In DeCandolle’s Monographiae Phanerogamarum. 


3% 926. * TBBx; 


. Lotar, H. A. Essai sur l’anatomie comparée des organes végétatifs 


et des téguments séminaux des Cucurbitacées. Thése. Lille, 1881. 


. Van Tieghem, P. Sur quelques ors de l’anatomie des Cucur- 


bitacées. Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. 29: 277-283 


1882. 
. Petersen, 0. Uber das eae A Siliele: Gefiassbiindel- 


Bot. Jahrb. 3: 359-402. p/. g-8. 1882. 


. Weiss, J. Das markstindige Gefissbiindelsystem einiger Dikoty- 


ledonen in seiner Beziehung zu den Blattspuren. Bot. Centralb. 
15: 280-295. 318-327, 358-367, 390-397, 401-415. pl. 7. 1883- 
Fischer, A. Das Siebréhrensystem von Cucurbita. Ber. Deutsch. 
Bot. Gesells. 1: 276-279. 1883. 


. Fischer, A. Untersuchungen iiber das Siebréhren-System der 


Cucurbitaceen. Berlin, 1884. 


w 
ozs 


ow 
on 


Knox: Stem or IBERVILLEA SONORAE 343 


Morot, L. Recherches sur le péricycle. Ann. Sci. Nat. VI. 20: 
217-309. pl. g-rg. 1885. 

Hérail, J. Recherches sur l’anatomie comparée de la tige des 
dicotylédones. Ann. Sci. Nat. VII. 2: 203-314. pl. 15-20. 1885. 
Fischer, A. Neue Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Siebrohren. Ber. 
Verh. Math. Phys, Klasse K. Sachs. Gesellsch. Wiss. 38: 291-336. 
pl. 1-2. 1886. 


. Watson, S. Upona collection of plants made by Dr. E. Palmer. 


Proc. Am. Acad. 24: 51. 1889. 


- Potter,M.C. The increase in thickness of the stem of the Cucurét- 


faceae. Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc: 7: 14. 


go. 
. Lamounette, B. Recherches sur l’origine morphologique du liber 


interne. Ann. Sci. Nat. VII. 11: 193-282. p/. 0-12. 1890. 
Van Tieghem, P. Sur les tubes criblés extralibériens et les vais- 
Seaux extraligneux. Jour. de Bot. 5: 117-128. 1891. 


- Scott, D. & Brebner, G. On internal phloem in the root and stem 


of dicotyledons. Ann. Bot. 5: 259-300. pl. 18-20. 18091. 
Schenck, H. Beitrage zur Anatomie der Lianen. In Schimper’s 
Botanische Mittheilungen aus den Tropen, Heft 5. 1893. 
Greene, E.L. Corrections in nomenclature VI. Erythea 3: 75- 
1895 


- Solereder, H. Uber den systematische Anatomie der Dicoty- 


ledonen. Stuttgart, 189y. 


- Leisering, B. Uber die Entwickelungsgeschichte des interxylarem 


Leptoms bei den Dikotyledonen. Bot. Centralb. 80: 289-208, 
321-331, 369-376, 414-422, 465-470, 497-504. pl. 1-7. 1899. 


- Pitard, C. J. Sur les faisceaux libériens tertiaires des tiges des 


Cucurbitacées. Procés Verbaux Soc. Linn. Bordeaux 56: civ- 


Cviii. Igol. 


- Tondera, F. Das Gefassbundelsystem der Cucurbitaceen. Sitz.- 


ber. Math. Nat. Kl. Akad, Wiss. Wien 112: 23-59. pl. 1-5. 1903. 


- Haberlandt,G. Physiologische Pflanzenanatomie. Third edition. 


Leipzig, 1904. 


- Emerson, J. T. & Welker, W. H. On the composition and toxic 


Properties of /éervillea Sonorae. Science II. 23: 336. 1906. 
Emerson, J. T. & Welker, W. H. A further study of the chemis- 
try and pharmacology of Jéervillea Sonorae. Science II. 25: 
460. 1907 


- MacDougal, D. T. Morphology and physiology of storage 


Organs. Year Book Carneg. Instit. Wash. 5: 127. 1907. 


344. Knox: STEM OF IBERVILLEA SONORAE 


Explanation of plate 24. 
The figures were drawn with Leitz lenses and an Abbé camera-lucida and the 


ee have here diane oni e casio in saitaaesessai 
/,, outer leptome ; /2, inner 


1. Diagram 
letome st, ‘venation h, hadrome; x, “bundle ‘pctaved | in FIGURE 10. 

F ransverse section of portion of cortex of primary stem. ¢, epidermis ; 
col, fh Aa ; ch, chlorenchyma ; 0s, obliterated sieve-tubes ; end, endodermis; s¢, 
tereome 775. 

s. 3 and 4. Transverse sections of portions of cortex of young stem. ¢, epi- 
dermis ; co/, collenchyma ; st, stereome ; ec. s, ectocyclic sieve-tube ; em. s, endocyclic 
sieve-tu 975. 

Fics. 5-8. ‘Transverse sections of cortex of stems, showing appearance of groups 
of obliterated sieve-tubes. s¢, stereome ; p7, parenchyma; //, phellem ; pa, phel- 
loderm. Fic. 5, saviobeey of outer ieee FIGs. 6-8, cortex. XX 650. 

Fic. 9. Diagram of transverse section of two-year stem. /, periderm ; 
ated sieve-tubes ; 4, hadrome; 4, outer leptome; /,, inner leptome; 5/, stereome. 


os, obliter- 


Fic. 10, Transverse section of bundle of inner ring showing inner een of a 
primary stem. Fic. 11 the same on a secondary stem. /. ¢, pitted duct ; 
duct; 2. 2, skp oppor ie inner cambium; s, sieve- tube ; Os, saienedda sieve- 
tube ; — ge eae * 480. 

. Transverse section of old secondary stem showing tertiary bundle. The 
arrow vel the ee of the axis of the primary bundle. Lettering as in FIGS. 
1o and 11. 

Fic. 13. Diagram of section of very old stem. Lettering as before ; 4g, tertiary 
bundle. "The shaded portions are leptome. > 180. 


New species of fungi 
CHARLES Horton PEcK 


Collybia subsulphurea_ 

Pileus fleshy but thin, somewhat tough, reviving under the 
influence of moisture, broadly convex, often becoming centrally 
depressed, glabrous, sulfur-yellow, sometimes tinged with pink or 
pale tan-color in the center, flesh hygrophanous, white when dry, 
odor strong, fungoid; lamellae thin, narrow, close, rounded be- 
hind, adnexed or nearly free, pale sulfur-colored or whitish; stem 
rather long, tough, glabrous, hollow, tapering downwards, even 
when moist, striate-sulcate when dry, sulfur-colored or pallid; 
Spores elliptic, 6 # long, 3 # broad. 

Pileus 2.5-6 cm. broad; stem 5-12 cm. long, 2-6 mm. thick. 

Cespitose. Among fallen leaves under oak trees. Stockton, 
Kansas. June. E. Bartholomew. 

Closely allied to C. dryophila (Bull.) Fr., but larger, more 
cespitose, of a different color, with a strong odor and smaller 
‘Spores, 

Omphalia vestita 

Pileus thin, membranaceous, convex nearly plane or slightly 
depressed in the center, minutely pruinose or tomentose, white ; 
lamellae few, very distant, adnate or decurrent, white or whitish ; 
Stem slender, short, solid or stuffed, pruinose-pubescent either 
wholly or on the basal half only, whitish or pallid, often becoming 
brownish with age ; spores subglobose, 4-5 /« in diameter. 

Pileus 2-3 mm. broad; stem 6-10 mm. long, 0.5-I mm. 
thick, 

Decaying vegetable matter in damp places. Horseshoe island, 
Ontario, Canada. August. C. Guillet. 

This is a very small white species closely related to O. znteg- 
rella Pers. and O. pusillissima Peck, from both of which it is sep- 
arated by the minute tomentose covering of the pileus. 


Omphalia curvipes 
Pileus submembranous, convex, umbilicate, glabrous, moist, 
Sometimes obscurely striate on the incurved margin, brown, gray- 
Ish-brown or dark-gray, sometimes paler in the center when dry ; 
lamellae thin, moderately close, arcuate, adnate or slightly decur- 


346 Peck: New SPECIES OF FUNGI 


rent, white or whitish; stem short, curved, stuffed or hollow, 
white or whitish, slightly thickened and distinctly whitish villose 
at the base; spores minute, 4 long, 2 4 broad. 

Pileus 4-10 mm. broad; stem I.5-2.5 cm. long, 1-2 mm. 
thick. 

Decaying wood. Ontario, Canada. August. C. Guillet. 

The species belongs to the section Pyxidatae. The curving of 


the stem is due to the place of growth, which is on the sides of. 


prostrate trunks of trees. The villosity at the base of the stem is 
a conspicuous feature of the species. 


Lactarius rufulus 


Pileus fleshy, firm, broadly convex becoming subinfundibuli- 
form, brownish-red, flesh white, milk scanty, yellowish-white, taste 
acrid; lamellae close, adnate or slightly decurrent, pinkish-yellow 
becoming darker with age and pruinose; stem equal or slightly 
tapering upward, stuffed, often tufted and showing yellowish-brown 
strigose hairs at the base, sometimes radicating, colored like but 
_ paler than the pileus ; spores creamy-white, globose, verruculose, 
8-10 pz in diameter. 5 

Pileus 5-10 cm. broad; stem 4-8 cm. long, 5-6 mm. thick. 

Rich soil and leaf-mold under oak trees. Stanford University, 
California. March. Miss A. M. Patterson and S. Nohara. 

This species resembles Lactarius rufus (Scop.) Fr. in color, 
but differs from it in its stouter habit, cespitose mode of crowth, 
absence of an umbo, and yellowish-tinted spores. 


Lactarius xanthogalactus 


Pileus fleshy, convex or nearly plane becoming infundibuli- 
form with age, glabrous, zonate, pinkish-yellow becoming reddish- 
brown in drying, flesh yellowish, milk yellow, taste acrid ; lamellae 
close, adnate or decurrent, pinkish-yellow, pruinose when old and 
dry ; stem cylindric or sometimes compressed, stuffed or hollow, 
mealy-pruinose or subglandular, whitish or pallid ; spores globose, 
7—8 in diameter. 

Pileus 5-6 cm. broad; stem 5-6 cm. long, I-I.5 cm. thick. 

Under live-oak trees. Stanford University, California. Feb- 
ruary. Miss A. M. Patterson. 

The pinkish-yellow zonate pileus, yellow milk, and acrid of 
peppery taste are distinguishing characters of this species. 


aS 
“| 


Peck: NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI 347 


Entoloma modestum 


_ Pileus thin, campanulate or convex, glabrous, obtuse, hygro- 
phanous, dark smoky-brown and striatulate when moist, isabelline 
or pale grayish-brown when dry; lamellae rather broad, subdis- 
- tant, adnate, at first pallid, then flesh-colored ; stem slender, equal, 
hollow, glabrous, colored like the pileus; spores angular, uninu- 
cleate, obliquely apiculate at one end, 10-14 » long, 8-g p broad. 

Pileus 1.5-2.5 cm. broad; stem 2.5-4 cm. long, 2-4 mm. 
thick ; 
Stow, Massachusetts. May. G. E. Morris and S. Davis. 


Eccilia cinericola 5 
Pileus thin, fragile, glabrous, slightly scabrous, broadly convex, 
becoming expanded and broadly umbilicate or centrally depressed, 
white tinged with yellow, becoming cream-colored with age ;_lam- 
ellae thick, distant, broad, adnate or slightly decurrent, sometimes 
slightly sinuate, white becoming pink, dusted by the spores ; stem 
subcartilaginous, fragile, hollow, slightly enlarged at the top, 
white at first, then colored like the pileus; spores subglobose, 
angular, 10-12 long, 8-10 broad. 
Pileus 1.2-2.5 cm. broad; stem 2-2.5 cm. long, 2 mm. thick. 
Gravelly ground among grasses, specially where coal ashes 
have been lying for a long time. Boston, Massachusetts. June. 
S. Davis. 
Naucoria tabacina bicolor var. nov. 


Scarcely differing from the typical form except in the pileus, 
which with the escape of moisture becomes ochroleucous or a pale 
creamy-white. 

Stow, Massachusets. May. G. E. Morris and S. Davis. 


Agaricus Pattersonae 

Pileus fleshy, firm, convex or nearly plane, glabrous or min- 
utely silky, white or whitish, often mottled with brownish squam- 
ules, flesh firm, white, taste fungoid; lamellae close, free, pink 
becoming blackish-brown or black with age ; stem equal or slightly 
tapering upward, firm, stuffed, bulbous, white or whitish, the er 
nulus white, often rupturing and partly adhering to the margin o 
the pileus ; spores broadly elliptic, 8-9 4 long, 5-6 # broad. 3 

Pileus 6-14 cm. broad; stem 7-12 cm. long, 2-3 cm. t ick. 

Ground under pine and cypress trees. Stanford University, 
Calitornia. January. Miss A. M. Patterson. 


348 Peck: NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI 


_ This species is similar to Agaricus bulbosus McCl. in having a 
bulbous stem, but it differs in color (no yellowish hues being found 
in it),in flavor, and in the size of the spores. It is respectfully 
dedicated to its discoverer. 


Psathyrella caespitosa 

Pileus thin, convex, subumbonate, striate or subsulcate on the 
margin, grayish-brown, flesh gray, taste farinaceous ; lamellae thin, 
subdistant, adnate, cinereous, becoming black or blackish-brown ; 
stem slender, hollow, mealy and white at the top, brownish below ; 
spores black, oblong or narrowly elliptic, 15-20 long, 8-10 
broad. 

Pileus 1.5-2.5 cm. broad; stem 6—7 cm. long, 2-3 mm. thick. 

Cespitose ; in rich soil and grassy places under sycamore trees. 
San José, California. February. Miss A. M. Patterson. 

A species well-marked by its tufted mode of growth, there be- 
ing 15 or more individuals in a tuft. In the dried state the pileus 
appears to be rugose-striate. 


Hydnum Kauffmani 


Pileus dimidiate, sessile, convex or nearly plane, soft but tough 
or coriaceous, strigose with rather long subappressed fascicles of 
fibers, uneven, subochraceous, flesh whitish, radiately fibrous ; 
aculei subcylindric or subulate, 2-3 mm. long, sometimes adhering 
to each other and forming clusters as if gelatinous, acute, creamy- 
white, becoming darker in drying, sometimes stained with yellow, 
especially around the margin; spores hyaline, elliptic, 4-5 # long, 
2-3 p broad. 

Pileus about 6 cm. broad; stem about 4 cm. long. 

Decaying cottonwood. Marquette, Michigan. August. ae 
H. Kauffman, to whom the species is respectfully dedicated. The 
adhering aculei constitute a prominent distinguishing character. 


Macrophoma tiliacea 
Perithiecia scattered, nestling in the bark, covered by the epi- 
dermis which is minutely punctured by the erumpent ostiola, de- 
pressed or broadly conic, pierced by a circular ostiolum, black ; 
cS oblong, hyaline, rounded at the ends, 18-307 long, 8-94 
road, 


Dead branches of basswood, Zilia americana L. Oberlin, 


Ohio. March. F. O. Grover. 


tn oe, | ae ee ee ae 


Peck: NEW SPECIES OF FUNGI 349 


Cucurbitaria erratica 


Perithecia cespitose, subglobose, more or less hairy, black, 
penetrating to the inner bark and forming orbicular or oblong 


_ Clusters, soon erumpent and surrounded by the ruptured epidermis ; 


asci cylindric, about 200 # long, 20-22 » broad; spores commonly 
monostichous, oblong, colored, 5-7-septate, with 1-3 cells longi- 
tudinally divided, constricted in the middle, 30-40 p long, 15-20 
broad, the basal half of the spore often more narrow than the 
other, paraphyses absent. 

Dead branches of Ohio buckeye, Aesculus glabra Willd. 
Oberlin, Ohio. March. F. O. Grover. 

This species is referred provisionally to the genus Cucurditaria, 
from which it differs in its hairy perithecia and in the absence of 
paraphyses. It approaches C. Sordi Karst. in some of its characters. 

GEOLOGICAL HALL, 

ALBANY, NEw YorK. 


A midsummer journey through the coastal plain of the Carolinas and 
Virginia 
Rotanp M. HarPER 


INTRODUCTION 


In discussing the vegetation of the Atlantic coastal plain, a 
territory about ten times as long as wide, it becomes expedient to 
divide the region transversely into several districts of convenient 
size. For this purpose there are probably no_ better natural 
boundaries than the large rivers which rise in the highlands and 
cross the whole width of the coastal plain.* That portion be- 
tween the James River and the Savannah, embracing the whole of 
the coastal plain of the Carolinas and about half that of Virginia, 
may conveniently be treated as a unit, since these two rivers seem 
to mark the divisions between perceptibly different parts of the 
coastal plain, and as far as known there is no other boundary of 
equal importance lying between them. 

The Savannah River coincides pretty closely with the boun- 
dary between the topographically diversified and the comparatively 
monotonous portions of the coastal plain, as shown below, while 
the James seems to mark the northeastern limit of Pinus palustris, 
P. serotina, Aristida stricta, Quercus Catesbaei, and numerous other 
characteristic pine-barren plants. (There is, however, almost 
nothing on record about the flora of the coastal plain of Virginia 
north of the James River, doubtless chiefly because most of the 
counties in that part of the state have never had railroad facilities. ) 

he James and its tributary, the Appomattox, are the southern- 
most rivers whose estuaries extend all the way across the coastal 
plain. | 

The region in question has bee 
botanists and other observers for 
consequently a considerable amount of in 


n worked over more or less by 
200 years or so, and there is 
formation about the 


ee (Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. 


* A similar method has been employed by McG 
though his resulting districts do 


12!: 360-364. 1892) in discussing the topography, 
not coincide with mine. 


351 


So2 HARPER: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 


plants of that part of the country scattered through literature 
which may be roughly classified as follows : 

1, Descriptive manuals, such as those of Elliott, Chapman, 
Wood, and Small, covering more than one state, making little or 
no distinction between the coastal plain and other natural regions, 
and containing no rational treatment of habitats. 

2. Monographs of families or genera, or scattered descriptions 
of species, too numerous to mention.* 

3. Works relating to trees primarily, such as Sargent’s Tenth 
Census report,} Pinchot & Ashe on the trees of North Carolina, t 
Mohr’s Timber Pines,§ and Bulletins 43 and 56|| of the U. S. 
Bureau (formerly Division) of Forestry, on South Carolina. 

4. State and local lists, lacking details of habitat or distribu- 
tion, or both ; such as Curtis on North Carolina, 1867, Croom on 
Newbern, 1837, and Wood & McCarthy on Wilmington, 1887. 

5. Notes on selected species, or narratives of botanical expe- 
ditions, with few or no references to earlier workers in the same 
fields. Among these are Bartram’s Travels, Michaux’s Journal, { 
and several short semi-popular papers on Dismal Swamp and 
vicinity, most of which are cited in (and practically superseded by) 
Mr. Kearney’s elaborate survey of that region. 


* For the Altamaha Grit region of Georgia about two years ago I could find less 
than a dozen works of this class, but the number for the Virginia-Carolina coastal plain 
would doubtless run into the hundreds 

+ Vol. 1884. The forests of ie Carolinas are briefly described on pages 515- 
519, with four maps. 

Fe, 6, N. C. Geol. Surv. 1898 
- 13, Division of Forestry, U. ‘s. Dep. Agr. 1896. Revised 1897. 

Ml at 56, on a working plan for forest lands in Berkeley County, by C. S. 

hapman, was published early in 1906, and contains considerable interesting infor- 


d 
For oon the cypress is probably not all Z7axodium distichum, and the ‘‘ black 
gum”? is almost certainly Myssa bifora rather than JN. sylvatica, which is rare in the 
coastal plain, eesti in | such flat country as that under sonsideration. The “titi” 


foribunda (4 ( Andromeda) is confined to the mountains, as far as known. The bucks 
eye is in all probability Aescu/us Pavia, and the ‘prickly ash’? Aradia spinosa. 

ee ag . André Michaux, 1787-1796. Edited by C. S$. Sargent. Proc. Am. 
Phil. Soc. -145. 1889. Part of the same is reprinted in vol. 3 of Thwaites’s 
ke ms wane. Travels,’’ 1904, 


HarRPER: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 353 


_ 6. Descriptions of the vegetation of restricted areas, with plants 
classified according to habitat in a scientific manner, like Kearney’s 
reports on Ocracoke Island and Dismal Swamp in the fifth volume 
of the Contributions from the U. S. National Herbarium, and 
Coker’s paper on the Isle of Palms, S, C.* 

7. A number of primarily geological, geographical, descriptive, 
agricultural, ethnological and even ornithological works, in which 
plants are mentioned only incidentally and mostly by their com- 
mon names, if at all, furnish valuable information to one familiar 
with the principles of plant distribution in the coastal plain, and 
should not be overlooked. Among the best of these are some of 
the early reports of the North Carolina Geological Survey by 
Emmons and Kerr, the reports on cotton production + by Kerr and 
Hammond in the 6th volume of the Tenth Census reports (1884), 
the soil surveys published by the U. S. Department of Agriculture 
during the present century t, the supplements to Redway & Hin- 
man’s geographies, on North Carolina by Cobb and on South 
Carolina by Glenn; and Water Supply and Irrigation paper no. 
114 of the U. S. Geological Survey, which contains up-to-date 
though brief summaries of the present knowledge of the strat- 
igraphy of the three states in question (by Darton, Fuller, and 
Glenn), as well as of all the other eastern -states. (References to 
many other primarily geological works for each state, which are 
worth consulting, may be found in Bulletins 127, 188, 189, and 
301 of the U. S. Geological Survey, which are bibliographies of 
North American geological literature from 1731 to 1905.) 

But even yet, as may be inferred from the foregoing, the vege- 


*Torreya 5: 135-145. f. 7-4. 1905. 

+ Under Hes Blin alge 2 6s Rect cor some of the best geographical descrip- 
tions of the southeastern states ever published, including among other things valuable 
notes on the native vegetation. ‘The essential geographical features of all these cotton 
Production reports, including the maps, are condensed into a little known pampblet by 
Dr. Eugene A. Smith, reprinted from the 4th report of the U. S, Entomological Com- 
Mission, Pp. 59-80 and 2 maps. 1884. : 

t The soil survey reports hitherto published for the region in question are those of 
the Norfolk area, Virginia; Raleigh to Newbern, the Craven area, and Perquimans, 
P asquotank, Duplin, and New Hanover counties, North Carolina ; and the Darlington, 
Orangeburg, and Charleston areas, South Carolina. Others for each state are said to 
be in Preparation. These reports, which contain excellent maps and other interesting 
matter, would be a little more satisfactory if their authors had taken advantage of some 
fasily accessible earlier descriptions of the same regions. 


354 Harper: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 


tation of the Virginia-Carolina coastal plain is practically unde- 
scribed, except for the vicinity of Dismal Swamp, and two or three 
spots on the seacoast farther south. The geology of the region 
is also by no means as well known as one might wish, chiefly 
because of the scarcity of rock outcrops and the lack of diversity 
in the topography, as compared with the corresponding portions 
of the Gulf States. 
NARRATIVE 

With a view of gaining some knowledge of the region in 
question at first-hand, I made it a point on the way from Alabama to 
New York in July, 1906, to travel through the coastal plain most 
of the way, and to see as much of it as possible in the few days at 
my disposal. My principal objects in taking such a roundabout 
route were: first, to ascertain whether the Altamaha Grit forma- 
tion, which I had just been studying in Georgia,* extended beyond 
the Savannah River into South Carolina; second, to see if the 
ranges of certain plants followed geological belts approximately 
parallel to the coast, as so many do in Georgia and Alabama ; 
and third, to discover the northeastern limits of as many coastal 
plain species as possible, and the reasons therefor. What success 
was attained in solving these and other problems which presented 
themselves will appear in the following pages. 

From the time I entered South Carolina by crossing the Savan- 
nah River a few miles below Augusta, until I reached Richmond 
on the banks of the James, five days later, I traveled entirely in 
the coastal plain, by daylight, and over railroads which were new 
to me (except the first and last 25 miles or so), so that new facts 
were gathered on nearly every mile of the journey. Every species 
recognizable from the car-window was noted as many times as 
possible (except in the case of a few of the commonest trees), and 
no botanizing was done on foot, except a very little near Charles- 
ton and Florence, S. C., and one afternoon on and near Wrights- 
ville Beach, N. C. 

Itinerary. — My itinerary through the three states was as fol- 
lows: From Augusta to Yemassee and Charleston on the afternoon 
of July 25th, from Y Sparlestan to dons S. C., the next aero 


# See Teaver t: 241- ees task oS 


HARPER: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 355 


from Florence to Wilmington, N. C., and Wrightsville Beach on 
the 27th, from Wilmington to Rocky Mount and Tarboro, N. C., 
and Norfolk, Va., on the 28th, and from Norfolk to Petersburg, 
Richmond and northward on the afternoon of the 30th. By this 
zigzag route I crossed the coastal plain several times while work- 
ing gradually lengthwise of it, thus obtaining a broad view of it 
which could hardly be surpassed in soshort atime. Augusta, 
Rocky Mount, Petersburg, and Richmond are fall-line cities, 
Charleston, Wilmington, and Norfolk are seaports, and Florence, 
at another of the angles of the route, is about two-thirds of the 
way from the coast to the fall-line. From Richmond to New York 
the rest of my way lay along the fall-line — the coastal plain be- 
tween these points being so interrupted by bays and estuaries 
that one cannot travel far in it by rail —and this part of the route, 
which was already more or less familiar to me, was traversed in the 
dark. 

Topography and geology. — The topography of the Virginia- 
Carolina coastal plain seems very simple and monotonous, as com- 
pared with that of Georgia, Alabama, and Mississippi. Slightly 
undulating near the fall-line, where the average altitude is about 
300 feet, the relief, the general slope, and the elevation gradually 
and almost insensibly decrease toward the coast. Here there seem 
to be no sudden changes in the aspect of the country, such as are 
encountered at intervals in crossing the coastal plain almost any- 
where between the Savannah and Mississippi Rivers, where the 
different geological divisions are so well marked by their topog- 
raphy and. vegetation that it requires no knowledge of paleon- 
tology, and not a great deal of experience, to distinguish them. 

On this journey of about 700 miles through three states I do 
not remember seeing any rocks, bluffs, escarpments, hills, ravines, 
gullies, springs, or hammocks, or passing through any railroad cuts 
deep enough to obstruct the view, unless perhaps a few near the 
fall-line. The flatness of most of this region (which is quite com- 
parable in this respect with the coastal plain or southern portion 
of Long Island and the flat pine-barren region of Georgia) could 
easily be inferred, with the aid of a good map, from the straight- 
ness of the railroads. No curves were noticed in a distance of 
about 50 miles through Pender and Duplin counties, N. C., and 


356 HarRpPER: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 


there are probably other tangents of equal or even greater length 
in the same general region.* 

One or two slight exceptions to the general monotony of the 
topography toward the coast may be worth noting. In the imme- 
diate vicinity of Yemassee, S. C., the country seems just a little 
more broken than it is for some distance farther inland; and the 
city of Wilmington is remarkably hilly for a southern seaport, per- 
haps more so than any other place so near the coast between New 
York and Florida. The topography between Wilmington and 
Wrightsville Beach, a distance of ten or eleven miles, seems as 
undulating as in many places in the Altamaha Grit region of 
Georgia,+ and looking inland from the beach the land is seen to 
have a decided elevation, quite different from the extreme flatness 
which characterizes the coasts of South Carolina and Georgia. 
The exact cause of these local variations in topography is probably 
unknown, but it seems from the soil survey map of New Hanover 
County (published in February of this year) that Wilmington is on 
the sand-hills of the Cape Fear River, one of the largest rivers in 
the state, so this may partly account for its topography. 

The flatness of the greater part of this coastal plain is evidently 
correlated with a state of affairs well known to geologists, namely, 
that the Cretaceous and Tertiary strata in Virginia and the Caro- 
linas are much more nearly horizontal than they are farther west 
and south, so that Cretaceous rocks are exposed near Wilmington, 
and Miocene near the fall-line in all three states. This approach 
to horizontality seems to culminate in the latitude of Cape Hatteras, 
according to several geologists who have investigated it. 

Ponds are seen at frequent intervals in the pine-barrens of 
South Carolina, less frequently in North Carolina, and rarely if at 
all in Virginia. As in Georgia, most of them seem too shallow to 
contain water throughout the year. In North Carolina, but 
scarcely in the other two states, are several large lakes, most of 
them not very far from the coast. The only one which I passed 
within sight of is Lake Waccamaw, in Columbus County, but 
Kerr } mentions fifteen others. At present they do not seem to 


* See Glenn, Jour, School Geog. 2: : gt. 1898; ‘also Bull. <3, us S. “Bureau of 
Forestry, f/. g-17; and Torreya6: 41. 190 
ft See Bull. Torrey Club 32: 145. 1905; hits N.Y. Acad. Sci. r7: 23. 1906, 
{ Rep. Geol. Surv. N. C. for 1875, page 13. 


HARPER: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 357 


be as well known to botanists as they are to ornithologists, * but 
they should be most interesting places for ecological study. 

The streams of the Virginia-Carolina coastal plain can be 
divided into two classes according to length, namely, the muddy, 
almost opaque, rivers which rise in the Piedmont region or in the 
mountains beyond, and the smaller coffee-colored streams which 
tise in the sandy and little eroded coastal plain. + Those of the 
former class which I crossed (between the Savannah and the James) 
are the Santee, Lynch’s, and Peedee rivers in South Carolina, the 
Cape Fear, Neuse, Tar, Roanoke, and Chowan in North Carolina, 
and the Appomattox in Virginia. More will be said about some 
of these later. To the latter class belong the Salkehatchie or 
Combahee, Edisto, Black, and Lumber rivers in South Carolina, 
the Northeast Cape Fear in North Carolina, the Blackwater in 
Virginia, and all the creeks and branches.t None of the rivers 
seemed to have deep channels or well defined banks where I 
crossed them, being bordered on both sides by extensive 
swamps. ft 

~ Unmistakable fluvial sand-hills § were seen only on the left sides 
of the Peedee, Lumber, and Blackwater rivers, and the right side 
of the Northeast Cape Fear opposite Castle Hayne; though there 
seemed to be a faint development of them on the left side of the 
Neuse near Goldsboro.|| The flora of all these areas appeared to 
be much less varied than that in similar situations in Georgia, 
where most of the known sand-hill species may be found. 

As far as the geology is concerned I can add very little to 
what is already known of this region. In South Carolina, especi- 
ally in Hampton County, I looked closely for evidences of the 
Altamaha Grit, but did not see any of the rock of this formation,{ 
or even any of the characteristic topography, which is unmistak- 


* For some pretty good illustrations of one of them see T. G. Pearson, Bird-Lore 
905. 


7: 121-126, 
A similar distinction was made nearly 200 years ago by Catesby in the appendix 
tothe second volume of his ‘‘ Natural History of Carolina.”’ 
t For definition of ss terms, see Ann, N. Y. Acad. Sci. 17: 25. 
j See Ann. N, Y. Acad. Sci. 17: 25-27. 1906. 
| See in this connection Field Operations of the Bureau of Soils for 1900, page 


1906. 


{ This fact in itself, however, does not prove anything, for outcrops of it are very 
Scarce even in Georgia (see Torreya 6: 245-246. 190 


358 HARPER: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 


ably displayed in the adjoining county of Screven in Georgia.* 
In most of the railroad cuts in South Carolina, however, could be 
seen that red-and-white mottled loam which lies between the 
Grand Gulf and Lafayette formations in Alabama and Mississippi 
and seems to intergrade with the Altamaha Grit in -Georgia.+ 
Going northeastward from the Savannah River this mottled phase 
seemed to become gradually paler and more homogeneous, until 
by the time Virginia was reached it was no longer distinguishable 
from the Lafayette if it was present at all. 

The Columbia sand seems to cover the greater part of the area 
examined, as has been shown by McGee ¢ and others, but rather 
thinly, except on the sand-hills along the fall-line and rivers, and 
the dunesalong the coast. The Lafayette loam immediately under- 
lying it is exposed over considerable areas up toward the fall-line, 
just as it is in the upper third of the coastal plain in Georgia and © 
the greater part of the same province in Alabama. 

Effects of civilization. — Some of the publications cited herein, 
particularly the reports on trees by Mohr and by Ashe,§ and the 
soil survey reports, describe the effects of civilization in the region 
under consideration, but as economic conditions are continually 
changing, a few more words on the subject may be of interest. 

Those pioneer industries, turpentining and lumbering of long- 
leaf pine, are decidedly on the wane in the Carolinas, and will 
doubtless soon be practically at an end unless conservative methods 
are speedily and widely adopted. I do not remember seeing a 
single mature and round (i. ¢., unboxed) long-leaf pine in either 
state, though this may be partly explainable by the fact that all 
the railroads I traveled on after leaving Georgia are comparatively 
old. Along the newer lines, and away from all railroads and 
streams, conditions should of course be a little better. Pinus Taeda 
now furnishes a large proportion of the pine lumber of the region, 
and is even being tapped in a few places for turpentine, but with 
what success I did not ascertain. 


* The formation may possibly occur in Beaufort County (the southernmost in South 
Carolina) for Pinckneya, Cliftonia, Nyssa Ogeche, and Serenoa have been found there, 
and apparently nowhere else in the state. (See Bull. Torrey Club 32: 147. 1905-) 

ft See Ann. N, Y. Acad. Sci. 17: 23; Torreya 6: 241. 1906. 

t Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. r2!: 386-388. 1892. 

§ Bulletins § to 7 of the North Carolina Geological Survey. 


cl LT LC TT TT TTT TT TT TT eee 


PI see od 


HARPER: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 359 


The proportion of cleared land in eastern Virginia and the 
Carolinas seems somewhat greater than in South Georgia, doubt- 
less because these more northeasterly states have been settled 
longer, and because their shorter distance from the great centers 
of population makes truck farming more profitable than it is in 
Georgia. As in Georgia, the destruction caused by agriculture 
has been much greater outside of the pine-barren region than 
within it.* The density of population in the regions traversed 
(outside of the cities of course) ranged from about 20 to 40 in- 
habitants per square mile in 1900, and is probably very little 
greater at the present time, for the evidences of recent growth 
which are conspicuous all through the pine-barrens of Georgia, 
Alabama, and Mississippi ¢ were scarcely noticeable in these older 
States. 

Vegetation. — The study of the laws of distribution of vege- 
tation in the coastal plain northeast of the Savannah Riveris by no 
means easy, especially as there is so little previous work to go by. 
The correlations between ranges of species and vegetation types 
on the one hand and the areas of various Tertiary formations on 
the other, which are so pronounced in Georgia and Alabama, 
seem to be very indistinct in the Carolinas, doubtless chiefly be- 
cause of the flatness of the country and the approximate horizon- 
tality of the strata; already mentioned. Next to the water-content 
of the soil, which here of course depends mainly on the local 
topography, and histdrical development, which has to be taken 
into consideration everywhere, the present distribution of plants 
in the region under consideration probably depends on the extent 
and thickness of the Columbia sand as much as on any other one 
factor. 

In general it may be said that between the Roanoke and Savan- 
nah rivers the pine-barrens proper t extend about two-thirds of 

* This is pretty well shown by the maps in the Tenth Census reports showing the 
ratio between the area cultivated’ in cotton and the total area. On account of the 
prevalence of cleared land I was able to make comparatively few notes in such counties 
as Aiken, Barnwell, and Florence in South Carolina, and Wayne, Wilson, and all north 
of there in North Carolina. 

+ See Bull. Torrey Club 32: 142. 1905; Torreya 6: 200. 
Acad. Sci. 17: 120. 1906. 

See Bull. Torrey Club 32: 452. 1905; Torreya 6: 42. 
Acad. Sci. 17: 16. 1906. 


1906; Ann. N. Y. 


1906; Ann. N. Y. 


360 HARPER: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 


the way from the coast to the fall-line, and that in the remaining 
third (exclusive of the fall-line sand-hills) oaks and other angio- 
spermous trees predominate, just as in the upper third of the coastal 
plain of Georgia. On the way from Augusta to Yemassee, although 
Pinus palustris can be seen in scattered groups or individuals nearly 
the whole distance,* the real pine-barrens only begin about the 
inland edge of Hampton County, and seem to terminate near its 
coastward edge.t Between Yemassee and Charleston the railroad 
passes mostly through the maritime or littoral region (very similar 
to that of Georgia t), where Pixs palustris is rare and P. Taeda 
common. Beyond Charleston the limits of the pine-barrens are 
less clearly defined. 

The illustrations in Bulletins 43 and 56 § of the U.S. Bureau 
of Forestry give an excellent idea of the general appearance of the 
South Carolina pine-barrens, and the forests of the North Carolina 
coastal plain have been so well described by Mr. Ashe in Bulle- 
tins 5 and 6 of the North Carolina Geological Survey that it would 
be useless to attempt to improve on his observations with so little 
preparation ; but there is still room for a few notes on the herba- 
ceous vegetation, and for some statistics of distribution, which may 
serve as suggestions for future work in this region. 

Pine-barren vegetation, if we may judge by the number of 
species in a given area, seems to center at present in Georgia and 
Florida,|| and as a rule grows gradually poorer and less typical 
with increasing. distance from this center, the proportion of older 
species from the highlands at the same time increasing, as I had 
excellent opportunity to observe on this trip. Pinas El/iottii, whose 
distribution in Georgia coincides almost exactly with the pine-bar- 
rens, extends only a short distance into South Carolina.{] Pinus 


oo ete Georgia it seems to skip a good deal of the Eocene reek See Bull. Torrey 
Club 31: 15. 1904; 32: 456. 1905; Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 17: 305. 1906. 

} This is corroborated by Hammond’s agricultural map of aach Carolina in the 
Tenth Census report already cited, and by Glenn’ s physical outline map in his South 
Carolina sp ga ent to Redw yay & enews S geography. 

t See - N.Y. Acad. Sci. 17: 20. 1906 

git coal be observed that pas 7 in Bulletin 56 is from the same photograph as 
plate r2 in Bulletin 43, which purports to show Pinus Elliottii among other things, 
and therefore was not taken in Berkeley Count 

|| See Torreya 7: 43; Science II. 2 1907. 

{| For details see the latter part of this paper. In the other direction it is not 


a a es 


HARPER: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 361 


palustris, which is preéminently the tree of the pine-barrens, very 
gradually gives way to P. Zaeda northeastward, disappearing en- 
tirely before reaching the James River. In fact there are in the 
Carolinas some limited areas which might reasonably be called 
pine-barrens where the pines are all P. Zaeda.* This is probably 
never the case within the range of P. Elliottii. 

A notable exception to the general thinning out of the pine- 
barren vegetation northeastward is found in the southern corner of 
North Carolina, where Pinus palustris becomes again the prevail- 
ing pine, and the flora is perceptibly richer than it is a little to the 
southwest as well as to the north, with little if any corresponding 
increase in diversity of habitats. Some of the species characteriz- 


_ing this minor pine-barren center are enumerated below. 


Within the pine-barrens the local diversity of the vegetation is 
of course governed mainly by the slight inequalities of the surface. 
The greater part of the area consists of dry and moist pine-bar- 
rens, the latter mostly occupying broad shallow depressions or 
nearly flat areas, rather than evident slopes as in the Altamaha 
Grit region of Georgia. The ponds of course contain their own 
characteristic flora, quite different from that of the moist pine- 
barrens. All the streams are bordered by swamps, the width of 
each of which is approximately proportional to the volume of the 
Stream. As in all pine-barren regions, most of the angiospermous 
trees are confined to the vicinity of streams, and the swamps ot 
rivers originating above the fall-line have quite a different flora 
from those of the pine-barren streams, as will be illustrated below 
in discussing the distribution and habitat of certain species. 

Scattered through the flat parts of North Carolina, and to a 
lesser extent in adjacent ey are many “ — ot Amese 


known to extend beyond Miasiasipes (See Torreya 6: 200, n0G 


1906.) Ser 
ferrulata, vate geminata, Cliftonia monophylla and ear ges a irae have a 
Similar distributio 
. ivilization | ‘ia of course changed the relative abundance of these trees to some 
extent, but in making the statements in this paragraph I have tried to reconstruct the 
primeval conditions as far as possible. 
Often spelled ‘* pocosons,’’ The use of this term seems to be almost ore to 
€astern North Carolina, but it appears to some extent in other states, though with vari- 
ations in meaning in different localities, as in the case of several other native a8 
names, like swamp, hammock, prairie, bay, savanna, brake, etc. The northernmost 
Tecord of such a word which I have come across is in York County, Virginia, where 


362 -HarPER: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 


are described or mentioned in nearly all works of a geographical 
nature dealing with the coastal plain of North Carolina, especially 
the publications of Emmons,* Kerr, Ashe, t andthe U. S. Bureau 
of Soils, § but in all these descriptions unfortunately most of the 
plants are mentioned only by their common names, and nothing 
like a complete list of species is attempted. A pocosin may be 
briefly described as an extensive flat, damp, sandy or peaty area, 
supporting a scattered growth of pine (mostly Pius serotina) and 
a very dense growth of shrubs, mostly evergreens, giving the whole 
a decided heath-like aspect — the term heath being used here in 
the sense of a certain type of vegetation || rather than as the name 
of a certain class of plants, though these shrubs are indeed largely 
of the Ericaceae and allied families. What the earlier and later 
stages of a pocosin may be, probably no one has ever determined ; 
but this would be a most interesting subject for ecological study. 
Pocosins have no exact counterpart in Georgia, but in their vege- 
tation, though not so much in topography, they much resemble some 


there is a settlement named Poquoson on a river of the same name. In South Carolina 
the term seems to be used in a somewhat different sense. John Lawson, in his ‘* New 
Voyage to Carolina,’”’ published in 1709, speaks of ‘* Percoarson, a sort of low Land,” 
near the Santee River, containing cypress trees (which are not at all sogugen era of 
North Carolina pocosins), and the ‘‘ pocosons’’ described by C. S. Chapma 
hace 56 of th . Bureau of Forestry seem to be nothing more nor less ae cy: 
press ponds. (On ie other hand, the ‘‘ savannas’’ of these two writers correspond more 
nearly with pocosins as here understood.) Just as I was leaving Alabama on this same 
trip T heard of a ‘* pocosin’”’ in Pike County (Eocene region of the nee plain) which 


from the description given must have been much like some of the hammocks of South 
Georgia and adjacent Florida (particularly those described by Croom in ye m. Jour. Sci. 
26: 318. 1834). In Georgia, however, I have never found the slightest evidence of 


the use of such a word. It is a curious coincidence that while pocosins, like hammocks, 
are confined to the coastal plain, they do not seem to be known within the range of 
Pinus Elliottii. This is illustrated by the absence of the term from Georgia, Florida, 
and the Alabama pine-barrens, as far as known, and by Bulletin 43 of the U. S. Bureau 
of Forestry, which treats of a part of South Carolina not far distant from that described 
in Bulletin 56, but within the range of this pine. dn this bulletin the word pocosin is 
not used, and no feature of that kind is even desc 
* 2d Rep. N. C. Geol. Surv. (Agriculture of tp eastern counties), page 38. 1858. 
ep. N. C, Geol. Surv. for 1875 ; also report on cotton production in On vol. 

of pees Pageneat 1884. 

f Bull. N. C. Geol. Surv. 5: 17, 28, 34; 6: 179-181. 

ee Operations of the Bureau of Soils, rg00: 36, 38, 204-205, p/. 25 ° 1903 * 
269-270; 1905: (in reports on Perquimans, Pasquotank and Duplin counties, not yet 
paged consecutively 

|| See Cowles, Bot Gaz. 27: 367-369. f. 2g-26. 1899. 


SE Ree NR a Ty Oa ee ee So ee ED) 


HARPER: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 363 


of the sand-hill bogs of the Altamaha Grit region,* the low islands 
in Okefinokee Swamp, and some densely bushy places in the flat 
pine-barrens near the coast. 

In the pine-barrens of Brunswick and Pender Counties, North 
Carolina, one occasionally passes extensive flat meadow-like areas, 
or savannas, with no shrubs and very few trees, recalling the 
“pine meadows’? of southeastern Mississippi.t One such place 
near Burgaw { contained no trees or even stumps in an area of 
several hundred acres, being a veritable prairie, and at the same 
time apparently perfectly natural. The vegetation of such places 
is composed chiefly of grasses (especially Campulosus aromaticus) 
and other monocotyledons, as might be expected. 

Floristics. — The total number of species noted in the three 
states in five days was about 200, all seen and identified from the 
car windows except a few near Florence, S. C., on the morning of 
July 27, and about thirty in the vicinity of Wrightsville Beach, N. 
C., on the afternoon of the same day, which had not been observed 
from the railroads. Counting both native and introduced species, 
the monocotyledons constitute 25.7 per cent. of the angiosperms 
in my notes for this trip ; while of the native angiosperms alone, 
the monocotyledons are 26.2 per cent. Although these figures 
area little less than those I have obtained for several other coastal 
plain areas,§ the discrepancy is easily explainable by the fact that 
all the trees and nearly all the shrubs are dicotyledons, and my 
car-window notes are of course more complete for these than for 
the herbs. Considering the comparatively small number of spe- 
cies recorded, the correspondence seems remarkably close. 

About 45 species noted in South Carolina were not seen after 
leaving that state, and some 15 others were evidently more fre- 
quent in South than in North Carolina. These 60 species, or the 
Majority of them, can be divided into several groups according to 
habitat and origin, as follows : 

First, plants of alluvial swamps along the larger rivers, a habi- 


OS WS 06 
* See Ann. N, Y. Acad. Sci, 17: pl. 72. f. 2. 1906. 
+See Torreya 6: 204-205. 1906; also McGee, Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv, 


Tal: 368, 475. 1892 
ik ‘ h.” 
t Described in Kerr’s report for 1875 (pages 19, 178) as the ‘* Burgaw Savanna 
@ See Torreya 5: 207-210. 


364 HARPER: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 


tat which is evidently best developed in the Mississippi valley.* 
Tecoma radicans, Bignonia crucigera, Fraxinus caroliniana, Hibis- 
cus militaris, Gleditsia aquatica, Platanus occidentalis, Planera 
aquatica, Populus sp., Hicoria aquatica, Sabal glabra. Most of 
these occur somewhere in North Carolina, but probably less 
abundantly. Thirty years ago Prof. L. F. Ward { commented on 
the absence of some of the same species from Dismal Swamp. , 

Second, plants chiefly confined to hammocks and allied habi- 
tats. Polymnia Uvedalia, Batodendron arboreum, Vitis rotundifolia, 
Cercis canadensis, Magnolia grandiflora, Quercus virginiana, Fagus 
americana, Smilax lanceolata, Tillandsia usneoides, Juniperus vir- 
giniana. 

Third, plants of pine-barren ponds, a kind of habitat which, as 
already noted, seems to be more frequent in South Carolina than 
in the other two states. Asclepias lanceolata, Sabbatia campani- 
lata, Oxypolis filiformis, Ludwigia suffruticosa, Hypericum fascicu- 
latum, Polygala cymosa, Castalia odorata, Pontederia cordata, Kyn- 
chospora corniculata, Panicum digitarioides, Taxodium imbricarium, 
Pinus Elhotti. 

Fourth, plants of fresh marshes and ditches, doubtfully indige- 
nous. Sambucus canadensis, Aeschynomene virginica, Juncus effu- 
sus, Lemna sp., Limnobium Spongia, Typha latifolia, Azolla caro- 
liniana. 

Fifth, weeds, mostly from the tropics or with tropical affinities. 
Eupatorium compositifolium, Ambrosia artemisiacfolia, Polypremum 
procumbens, Passifora incarnata, Sida rhombifolia, Euphorbia mac- 
ulata, E. ertogonoides, Bradburya virginiana, Glottidium vesicarium, 
Cyperus rotundus, C. Iria, Echinochloa colona. 

Of about 30 species seen in both Carolinas but not in Vir- 
ginia, some belong to the same categories as those just mentioned, 
but the majority are typical pine-barren plants, which are rarely 
or never seen as far north as Virginia. 

A very interesting group of plants comprises those noted 
oftener within about 50 miles of Wilmington than anywhere else 
on the whole journey. Several of these were not seen in South 

So ee ae 


* See Ann. N. y. heat. Sci. 17: 74. 1906; Torreya 7: 44. 1907; Science 
Li. 4g = S41. 1907. 
t Field & Forest 3: 29. 1877. 


HARPER: 


Carolina at all, though they nearly all grow in Georgia. 


COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 


365 


The 


following is a somewhat incomplete list : * 


Marshatlia graminifolia (Walt.) 
Small. 

Pterocaulon undulatuim (Walt.) 
Mohr. 

Aster squarrosus Walt. 

Chondrophora nudata (Michx.) 
Britton. 

Vernonia angustifolia Michx. 

Sabbatia lanceolata (Walt.) T. 
& G 


Vaccinium crassifolium Andr.t 
Rhexia Alifanus Walt. 
Gordonia Lasianthus L. 
Crrilla racemifiora L. 
Polygala ramosa Ell. 

_ lutea L. 
Amorpha herbacea Walt. 
Aronia arbutifolia (L.) Pers. 
Sarracenia flava L. 


Sarracenia minor Walt. 

Quercus cinerea Michx. 

Myrica pumila (Michx.) Small. 

Habenaria blephariglottis 
Willd.) Torr. 

Habenaria cristata (Michx.) 
RY Or 

Gyrotheca tinctoria (Walt.) Sal. 

Smilax laurifola L. 

Lilium Catesbaei Walt. 

Zygadenus glaberrimus Michx. 

Tofieldia racemosa (Walt.) B. 
Sar 


Eriocaulon decangulare L. 
Carex glaucescens Ell. 
Dichromena latifolia Baldw. 
Campulosus aromaticus (Walt.) 


Trin. 
Aristida stricta Michx. 


No attempt is made to include in this list any plants of dunes 
and marshes which were seen only at Wrightsville Beach, or any 
species whose apparently greater abundance in that vicinity was 
probably due only to the fact that I spent a few hours on the 
ground in New Hanover County, and nowhere else in North 
Carolina. The species listed here all grow in dry, intermediate or 
moist pine-barrens or in branch-swamps, and the reason for their 
frequency near Wilmington and comparative scarcity a hundred 
miles away in either direction is as yet obscure, though he prob- 
ably connected in some way with the geological peculiarities men- 
tioned above. The fact that the vicinity of Wilmington 1s a sort 


* See also Torreya 7 : 43, where are enumerated a few species apparently confined 

to this vicinity, none of which I happened to see on this trip. : 
this only once, in moist pine-barrens near Wrightsville. In the spring of 
1794 Michaux found it near Wilmington, and 65 miles north of there. I have not 
come across any authentic published record of its occurrence outside of eastern North 


Carolina. 


366 HARPER: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 


of distribution center has been noticed before, by Kerr,* Gray,t 
and perhaps others, but apparently not yet explained. 

Another interesting though smaller group of plants includes 
those seen oftener in Virginia than in North Carolina. These 
happen to be all trees and shrubs,{ namely, Oxydendrum arboreum, 
Aralia spinosa, Cornus florida, Rhus copallina, Quercus alba, Q. 
minor, Q. Phellos, Fagus americana and Pinus echinata.§ As I 
traveled 275 miles by rail through North Carolina (or about 295 
including trip from Wilmington to Wrightsville Beach and back 
by electric cars), and only 137 in Virginia by daylight, traversed 
the whole width of the coastal plain in both states, and tried to 
note each species as often as possible, it is safe to assume from the 
returns that all these are at least twice as frequent in southeastern 
Virginia as in the corresponding parts of North Carolina. 

The causes of their greater frequency in Virginia are doubtless 
somewhat complex, and need not be discussed. here. An exami- 
nation of their general distribution and habitats brings out some 
interesting points. In the coastal plain of Georgia and Alabama 
all these species grow on bluffs or in hammocks or bottom-lands, 
especially outside of the pine-barrens, and they evidently belong 
to a stage of vegetation much more nearly approaching the climax 
condition than does that of the pine-barrens. || They are all com- 
mon in the northwestern portion of the coastal plain of Alabama, 
a region notable for the lack of diversity in its flora and the wide 
distribution of nearly all the species inhabiting it.§ 

Some notes on the commoner species of the region traversed, 
and their habitats, may be of interest. The following were seen 
in all three states, and in most of the 2 5 or 30 counties in which 
notes were taken: 

Eupatorium rotundifolium LL. (intermediate pine-barrens, etc.). 


* Rep. Geol. Surv, N, C. 1875: 106. 

ft Am. Jour. Sci. III. 28: 1884. 

{ Probably mostly because herbs are relatively much less abundant and conspicu- 
ous (in natural plant-communities) outside of the pine-barrens. 

or notes on the occurrence of some of these in the vicinity of Dismal Swamp, 

see Ward, Field and Forest 3: 30. 1877; Kearney, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 5: 404, 
476-479. I9gol. 

| See Ann. N. Y. Acad. 17: 103; Plant World 9: 267. 1906. 

{| See Torreya 7: 45. 1907; also Mohr, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 6: go. 1901. 


HARPER: COASTAL PLAIX OF THE CAROLINAS 367 


Clethra alnifolia L. (pocosins and bushy pine-barrens), 
Nyssa uniflora Wang. (creek- and river-swamps),. 
‘‘  diflora Walt. (along all streams, and in ponds). 
Acer rubrum L. (creek-swamps mostly). 
Liquidambar Styracifiua UL. (nearly everywhere, but mostly 
small and scattered). 
Liriodendron Tulipifera \. (branch-swamps and other low 
grounds). : 
Magnolia glauca L. (non-alluvial swamps and pocosins), 
Quercus marylandica Muench. (dry woods and pine-barrens). 
Alnus rugosa Koch (along branches mostly). 
Salix nigra Marsh. (along creeks mostly). 
Pinus Taeda L. (nearly everywhere). 
‘*  serotina Michx. (pocosins and other damp sandy places). 
Laxodium distichum (L.) Rich. (creeks and rivers). 
The following were also seen in all three states, but less fre- 
quently than those just mentioned : 
llex glabra (L.) Gray (intermediate pine-barrens, etc.). 
Phoradendron flavescens (Pursh) Nutt. (on Nyssa biflora). 
Quercus digitata (Marsh.) Sudw. (dry woods, etc.). 
‘““  Catesbaei Michx. (dry pine-barrens and_sand-hills). 
‘“  Phellos L. (low grounds). 
Betula nigra L. (along creeks and rivers). 
Myrica cerifera L. (bushy pine-barrens, and low grounds). 
Spartina glabra Muhl. (salt marshes). 
Pinus echinata Mill. (sand-hills and dry woods). 
Anchistea virginica (L.) Presl (damp sandy places). 
Pteridium aquilinum (L.) Kuhn. (intermediate pine-barrens, etc.). 


NOTEWORTHY SPECIES 
The following seem to deserve separate mention. 
SENECIO TOMENTOSUS Michx. 

Seen only along the railroad right-of-way, in Bertie, Hertford, 
and Gates counties, N. C., and Nansemond County, Va., where it 
Was quite common. Mr. Kearney * noted its abundance in the 
Same general region, and it was previously reported from the 


* Contr, U. S. Nat. Herb. 5: 408, 472, 547. 1901. 


368 . HarpER: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 


vicinity of Hampton, Va.,* and Elizabeth City, N. C., + by Chicker 
ing, and near Weldon, N. C., by Ward ;{ all these places being- 
within 125 miles of each other. In Georgia it behaves quite dif- 
ferently, being chiefly confined to flat rocks; § and at the time it 
was described it was known only from Flat Rock, a large granite 
exposure in Kershaw County, S.C. This, together with the fact 
that it has not been reported from any natural habitat in the Dismal 
Swamp region, suggests that it may have been introduced there in 
comparatively recent times. More information about its distribu- 
tion is greatly to be desired. 


ACANTHOSPERMUM AUSTRALE (L.) Kuntze 
A few years ago || I noted the gradual spread of this tropical 
weed northward along railroads in North Carolina. This time I 
saw it at several stations (7. ¢., railroad stations) in the pine-barrens, 
then in Gates County, and finally across the state line in Nanse- 
mond County, Virginia. So it is now to be added to the flora of 
the Manual region.§ 


Limonium Nasuirt Small. 

A plant which looks exactly like this species as I have seen it 
on the Georgia coast, and does not fit the description of LZ. caro- 
lintanum, was seen in considerable quantity just back of the dunes 
on Wrightsville Beach, N. C. It seemed to be the only Limonium 
there, and is doubtless the “ Statice Limonium ? (Masonborough)” 
of Curtis’s catalogue,** and the Statice caroliniana of Wood & 
McCarthy’s Wilmington Flora.++ Z. Nashii has not been previously 
reported north of Georgia. 

Lupwicia Maritima Harper, Torreya 4. 163. 7-2. 1906 
I had seen no specimens of this from the Carolinas until I 


* Field and Be Forest 3: 1. 1877; 3: 152. 1878. 
8 


m. 

¢ Bot. Gaz. 11: 38. 1886. 

4 See Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 17: 42, 43, 134; Torreya 6: 243, 244. 1906. 

|| Torreya 3: 124. 1903. 

{| It has recently been reported as a waif in Lawrence, Mass., by E. S. Schneider 
in Rhodora cs 26. 1907), but that of course has no special significance 

** Bost. Jou Net. Hist. 1: 101. 1835. Masonboro is only a sake of miles 
from Wrightsville Beach. 

Tt Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 3: 109. 1887. 


HARPER: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 369 


found it in the pine-barrens near Wrightsville, N.C. It was be- 
having suspiciously like a weed, as it and some of its congeners 
usually do in Georgia, and it may possibly be a comparatively 
recent (say within 200 years) mutation * from its nearest relative, 
L. virgata Michx. 


SASSAFRAS VARIIFOLIUM (Sal.) Kuntze, Rev. §74. 1891.7 

Seen in Florence County, S. C., New Hanover and Wayne 
counties, N. C., and Prince George County, Va., but always as a 
weed ; and it is altogether probable that it is not native anywhere 
in the Carolina coastal plain, for its normal habitat seems to be on 
_: bluffs, which are very scarce in this region, as noted above. 


GorpontaA LasIANTHUs L. 

Pinchot & Ashe mention no particular localities in North Caro- 
lina for this tree, but I saw some small specimens, in flower, a little 
north and south of Magnolia ¢ in Duplin County, and perhaps also 
in New Hanover and Brunswick counties. On March 1, 1794, 
Michaux noted it near (old) Washington, 38 miles north of Wil- 
mington, which must have been within ten miles of where I saw it. 
It was also reported from the vicinity of Newbern by Croom, and 
from near the present city of Washington, in Beaufort County, by 
McCarthy. § 

HIBIscus MILITARIS Cav. 

Seen only in the muddy swamps of two of the rivers of the 
first class mentioned above, the Santee and Peedee, in Berkeley, 
Williamsburg and Florence counties, S. C. In Georgia likewise 
I have seen it only along two rivers of the same class, the Savan- 
nah and the Ocmulgee; and in Alabama Dr. Mohr knew it only 
from the Alabama River and its connections in the coastal plain. || 


ACER SACCHARINUM L., (A. dasycarpum Ehrh.) 
If I am not mistaken I saw some specimens of this tree on the 
bank of the Roanoke River in Bertie County, N. C. It does not 


. in thi i _N. Y. Acad. Sci. 17: 116. 1906. 
See in this connection Ann eb & Dex 
Agr. Bur. Pl. Ind. Bull. 89: 62. 1906. Robinson, Rhodora B: 199. 1906. 
} Could the name of the place perhaps gee ec: connection with this tree? 
2 Bot. Gaz. 10: 385. 1885; 12: 78. 1887. oe 
ll Tennessee’? in his remarks about this species (Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 6: 
617) is of course a typographical error for ‘* Tensas.’’ 


370 HARPER: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 


seem to have been reported from eastern North Carolina before, 
but there is no known reason why it should not grow there, for 
in Georgia and Alabama it follows the larger rivers some distance 
down into the coastal plain.* 


CYRILLA RACEMIFLORA L, 

Seen a number of times, mostly in pocosins, in Columbus, 
Brunswick, New Hanover, Pender and Duplin counties, N. C., but 
nowhere else on this trip. I cannot imagine why I did not see it 
in South Carolina, for it is common in Georgia; or farther north 
than Duplin County, for it has been reported from Beaufort County, 
N. C., by McCarthy,+ within a mile of the Virginia line by Michaux 
(February 23, 1794), and from Virginia by Ward { and Heller. § 


EUPHORBIA ERIOGONOIDES Small. 

Observed in the outskirts of Florence, S. C., with & maculata, 
in sand along a railroad track, which is just the usual habitat of 
both in South Georgia. In fact only two natural stations for Z. 
ertogonoides are known, both in the Altamaha Grit region of 
Georgia.|| It has not previously been reported northeast of 
Georgia. 

POLYGALA LUTEA L, 

This has been mentioned above as one of the plants which is 
evidently more abundant in southeastern North Carolina than in 
adjacent territory. I might say further that I noted it thirty-one 
times (in seven counties) in North Carolina, and once in Virginia, 
but not once in South Carolina, though it is common enough in 
the pine-barrens of Georgia. 


PLATANUS OCCIDENTALIS L. 


The only object in mentioning this common tree here is to 
place on record something probably not generally known, namely, 
that in the pine-barrens of the Carolinas it seems to be confined 


 *See Bull. Torrey Club 32: 147. 1905; and Dr. Mohr’s remarks on the same 
species. 

t Bot. Gaz. 10: 384. 1885; 12: 78. 1887, 

¢ Bot. Gaz. 11: 38. 1886. 

2 Bull. Noneee Club ai: 23, 1804. 

|| See Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 17: 212. 1906. 


te Wee 


HARPER: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 371 


to the banks of the muddy rivers, just as in Georgia.* In the 
Carolinas I saw it only along the Santee, Peedee, and Tar rivers ; 
but in Virginia, where the coastal plain vegetation is further ad- 
vanced toward the climax stage, it occurs along some smaller 
streams. 

SARRACENIA FLAVA L, 

Occurs in moist pine-barrens, sometimes sparingly and some- 
times abundantly, in Hampton, Berkeley, Williamsburg and Marion 
counties, S. C., and Columbus, Brunswick, New Hanover, Pender, 
Duplin and Edgecombe counties, N. C.; but nowhere in all this 
territory was it as large or as abundant as it usually is in Georgia. 
On this trip I did not see it at all in Virginia, though I looked 
specially for it all through that state. But when reporting it from 
Dinwiddie County a few years ago + I overlooked the fact that 
Croom t had long before cited specimens from Southampton 
County, Va., which is southeast of where I last saw it in 1904, 
and a little northeast of where I first saw it in 1903.§ There 
seems to be as yet no record of it within twenty miles of Dismal 
Swamp. 


NYMPHAEA FLUVIATILIS Harper, Bull. Torrey Club 
33: 234. 1906 
What looks just like this species was seen in the Santee River 
in South Carolina and in the Chowan in North Carolina. It was 
Previously known only from Georgia, but there is no apparent 
reason why it should be confined to that state. 


MAGNOLIA GRANDIFLORA L., 

Noted only twice in Barnwell County and once in Berkeley 
County, S.C. Mr. McCarthy || reported it from the vicinity of 
Washington, N. C., but this is probably an error, unless it refers 
to cultivated ‘specimens. 


MAGNOLIA GLAUucA L. 

Common in most of the counties passed through, in all three 
States, but never growing very large. In low pine-barrens and 
Fe Ants 

*See Bull. Torrey Club 32: 147. 1905. 

t Torreya 4: 123. 1904. 

fAnn. Lyc. N. Y. 4: 103. 1837. 

@ See Torreya 3: 123. 1903. 

| Bot. Gaz. 10: 384. 1885. 


3i2 Harper: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 


pocosins, especially in Hampton and Williamsburg counties, 5S. C., 
and Columbus, Brunswick, New Hanover, Pender, Duplin, Wayne 
and Edgecombe counties, N. C., it is represented chiefly by low 
bushes, often very abundant, just as in many places in the Alta- 
maha Grit region of Georgia.* Arborescent specimens were also 
seen in non-alluvial swamps in Columbus, Brunswick, ie 
and perhaps other counties. 
PLANERA AQUATICA (Walt.) Gmel. 

Observed only in the swamps of the Santee, Black and Peedee 
rivers, in Berkeley, Williamsburg, Florence and Marion counties, 
S. C. (Michaux noted the same species on the Santee River, a 
little higher up than where I crossed it, on April 20, 1795, and 
April 10, 1796.) Its kabitat is thus much like that of latanus 
occidentalis, though its distribution is quite different in one respect, 
for it is very nearly confined to the coastal plain, but not altogether 
to the largest streams. It is one of those species which seems to 
center in the Mississippi embayment of the coastal plain, and does 
not extend as far northeast as Virginia. 

Quercus CATESBAEI Michx. 

I noted this tree in most of the counties passed through south- 
west of Goldsboro, N. C., and then did not see it again until I 
passed the sand-hills of the Blackwater River near Zuni, Isle of 
Wight County, Virginia (half way between Norfolk and Peters- 
burg), where it seems to be quite abundant, though of small size. 
As I was traveling about 40 miles an hour at the time, and secured 
no specimens, some persons may be reluctant to admit it to the 
flora of the “Manual region” without more evidence. I notice 
however that Pinchot & Ashe report it from Gates County, N. C. 
(one of the northern tier of counties), which would lead one to 
expect it in Virginia, even though their map of its range does not 
correspond with this statement. 


FAGUS AMERICANA Sweet 
This common tree was seen only a few times in South Caro- 
lina and Virginia, and not at all in North Carolina. This is not 


*See Ann. N. Y. Ac cad. ‘Sci. 17: 59, 239, 333. 1906. ° Its dimorphism as to 
size has also been briefly mentioned by Pinchot & Ash 

See Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 17: 246; Bull. Nes Club 33: 534- 1906 5 
Torreya 7: 44; Science II. 25: 541. 1907. 


ar i he 


ae ie Sc ma aA ea seh ce aE a St a 


bia gala 


HARPER: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 373 


surprising, however, considering its distribution in the coastal plain 
of Georgia.* 


PoPULUS DELTOIDES Marsh., and HicorIA AQUATICA 
(Michx. f.) Britton 
These were noted only in the swamps of the Santee and Pee- 
dee rivers, like Afzbiscus militaris. The Populus, like Platanus, is 
not known in the Altamaha Grit region of Georgia at all, while the 
fficoria has a distribution much like that of Planera. 


MyrIcA CERIFERA L, 

This was seen in three counties in South Carolina, four in 
North Carolina, and three in Virginia, and about three times in 
each, on the average; while its near relative JZ. carolinensis Mill. 
was noted only once, in a bog near Wrightsville, New Hanover 
County, N.C. Mr. Kearney scarcely mentions JV. cerifera in his 
botanical survey of the Dismal Swamp region, but he appears to 
have partly confused the two species, as many others have done. 
Of the numerous references to MV. carolinensis in his report, those 
on pages 370-372, 377, 386, 390, 392, 540 and 545 are doubtless 
correct, while those on pages 382, 400, 404, 473 and 477 almost 
certainly pertain to JZ. cerifera. The two species look much alike, 
but when their habitats are considered there is little danger of con- 
fusing them. MM. carolinensis is distinctly a pioneer plant, grow- 
ing in rocky pastures and barrens in the glaciated region, on dunes 
on the Middle Atlantic coast, and in sandy bogs in the coastal 
plain and lower mountains southward; while JZ cerifera is much 
more of a climax plant, normally inhabiting hammocks, bluffs, 
etc., in the coastal plain from Maryland southward. The two 
species must have had a very different history. 1. carolinensis is 
probably losing ground nearly everywhere, like most pioneer 
plants,t while J/ cerifera, like several other species whose 
tanges extend into the tropics,} is doubtless tending to spread in 
the the pine-barrens, if not elsewhere. In Georgia MV. cerifera espe- 

“1905 ; Amn. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 17: 106, 330. 


oe See | Bull. Torrey Club ; 32: 147- 


t See Bull. Torrey Club 33: 528. 1906. 
t{ Such as Andropogon tener and Pinus Eluiottit. 
301-302, 305-306. 1906 


See Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 17: 


374 HARPER: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 


cially favors those rich spots where the Lafayette formation is 
absent (in this too it behaves like several other subtropical 
species) ;* but away from this main pine-barren center it is not so 
particular. 


The following references to places where the ranges, habitats 


or morphological characters of these plants are described may be 
helpful. 


M. CERIFERA. 
Curtiss, Gard. and For. 1: 280. 1888. 
Sargent, Gard. and fo 7: 474-476. 1894; Silva N. A. 9: 87-90. 1896. 
Lloyd & Tracy, Bull. Torrey Club 28: 74 (as M/Z. Gale), 91. 1901 
Northrop, Mem. Torrey Club 12: 32, 91. 1902. 
Coker, Torreya 5: 140-1 itis M. car teens 1905. 
C. S. Chapman, U. S$. Sanit Bull. 56: 8, 10,12. 1906. (‘* Wax myrtle.’’) 
A. H. Moore, List of plants sa in Seiad. 8. 1906, 
Ann. N, Y. Acad. Sci. 17: 15, 103, 106, I10, 111, 252. 19C6. 
Max Rothkugel, Westies Quarterly 5: 3. 1907. (‘ Myrtle.’’) 
M. CAROLINENSIS. 
Treat, Gard. and For. 1: 494 (AZ. cerifera). 1888. 
Sargent, Gard. and For. 7: di 477- 1894; Silva N. A. g: 84. 1896. 
Harshbe Na’ : Gard. and For. 45-46. 1892; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 
643, re rd 5351 1903: 354; 1904: 604 (as W. cerifera). 
Hollick, “dell N. Gard. 2: 394, 395. 1902. 
Sno 


ow, Bot. Gaz. 34: oot 96, 298, 301, 305. 1902 Ne M. cerifera). 
Blankinship, cats a5: 128 (as A. cerifera). 4. 
Chrysler, Rhodora 7: 123, 125, 127. 1905. 


Rhodora 7: 74. 1905; Bull. one Club 33: ~~ 1906; Ann. N. Y. Acad. 
Sci. 17: 55, 90, 91, 252, 1906; Torre eya 6: 214, 
JUNCUS SCIRPOIDES Compositus Harper, Bull. Torrey Club 33: 
233. 1906 
Unmistakable specimens of this were seen in rather dry pine- 
barrens near Wrightsville, N.C. This discovery extends its known 
range eastward about 200 miles, and northward about 150, if the 


artificial station near Aiken, S. C. (cited in the original description), 
be disregarded. 


Juncus srrtorus Ell. (See Bull. Torrey Club 
33: 232. 1906) 
Found in very nearly the same place as the preceding, which 


gives an authentic record in North Carolina for this neglected 
species. 


* See Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Wt 112, ‘191, 337. 


TS yp NSS Oe Se eee I 


HARPER: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 316 


TILLANDSIA USNEOIDES L. 

Common nearly all the way through South Carolina, especi- 
ally in Colleton and Berkeley counties; but much rarer in ° 
North Carolina, where I saw it in only five counties, and only once 
in each. Last noticed near the Roanoke River in Halifax County. 


RYNCHOSPORA SEMIPLUMOSA Gray 
In rather dry pine-barrens near Wrightsville, N. C. Not pre- 
viously reported northeast of Georgia. 


Pinus pALustris Mill. 

It seems almost superfluous to add anything to what Mohr, 
Pinchot and Ashe have already written about this important tree 
in their well-known bulletins, cited above, but I might say that I 
observed it in every county passed through in the Carolinas except 
Charleston, S. C., and Nash, N. C. (I have very few notes, though, 
from these two counties). It becomes very scattered toward its 
northern limit, however, and I did not see it in Virginia at all. In 
fact, I know of no one who has seen it in that state in the last 
decade or two.* 

Pinus Erutiotru Engelm. 

The range of this in South Carolina is very limited, and I saw 
it only in Hampton County and near the borders of the adjoining 
counties of Barnwell and Colleton. It perhaps does not grow 
within thirty miles of Charleston. Many notes on its occurrence 
in Hampton and Beaufort counties can be found in Bulletin 43 of 
the U. S. Bureau of Forestry, under the name of “Cuban pine.” 


Pinus TaepA L. 

This is undoubtedly at present the commonest tree of the whole 
region, having been seen nearly every mile of the way, in every. 
county passed through, in all three states. It varies considerably 


* Michaux, traveling southward along the fall-line on February 24, 1794, first 
ary and ten 


ing notes on this species on pages 47 and 48 of his flora of Newbern and vicinity. 
See also Kearney, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 5: 398, 406, 449. 1901. 


376 Harper: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS 


in abundance, being apparently most abundant where P. padustris 
is least so (in Virginia and the upper third and lower tenth of the 
coastal plain of South Carolina, for instance), and vice versa. 


PINUS SEROTINA Michx. 

In the Carolina coastal plain this tree is almost as frequent as 
P. Taeda, though generally much less abundant. In a few places, 
however, particularly around Ashton, in Pender County, N. C., 
it is almost the only pine in sight over a considerable area. It is 
much more particular as to habitat than P. Zaeda, being chiefly 
confined to pocosins and other sandy bogs, and avoiding the least 
trace of alluvium. 

On this trip I saw a good deal of it in Nansemond County, 
Virginia, as in 1903,* and a little in Sussex County and perhaps 
a specimen or two in Chesterfield. In the northern edge of Dis- 
mal Swamp, along the N. & W. Ry., a few miles east of Suffolk, 
are many individuals at least a foot in diameter and forty feet tall. 

I did not notice until very recently that Mr. Ashe + mentioned 
the occurrence of this species in Virginia long before I did, but in 
such an inconspicuous way that it has been overlooked by nearly 
every subsequent writer. An interesting problem which still 
awaits solution is to determine how far north P. serotina really 
extends, and whether it overlaps or intergrades with its nearest 
relative P. rigida. 


TaxopIuM IMBRICARIUM (Nutt.) Harper 

Noted in six counties in South Carolina (especially in Barn- 
well, Hampton and Williamsburg), but in only two in North 
Carolina (Columbus and New Hanover). It is common in places 
along the car line between Wilmington and the beach, where some 
specimens fully a foot in diameter and forty or fifty feet tall were 
observed ; so it seems strange that Wood & McCarthy knew it 
from only one spot in that county. After leaving Wilmington I 
did not see any more of this tree, strange to say, unless a few 
specimens in the northern edge of Dismal Swamp, which I did 


* ne Torreya 3: 


993. 
ull. N.C, Geol Surv. 5: 15, 31. 1894. See also Kearney, Contr. U. S. 
Nat. ai 5: 483. Igor. 


Sh a a ine 


HARPER: COASTAL PLAIN OF THE CAROLINAS oii 


not get a good look at, should prove to be of this species. Au- 
thentic records of it farther north than Wilmington are not want- 
ing, however, for Croom reported it from the vicinity of Newbern, 
and from Drowning Creek, 32 miles southwest of Fayetteville,* 
which must be almost exactly where I saw it in 1go5. + 


CHAMAECYPARIS THYOIDES (L.) B.S.P. 

This tree is evidently much more local in distribution than is 
commonly supposed, for I did not see a single specimen between 
Tuscaloosa and New York (a distance of 1900 miles by the route 
I took), though I was in or near its supposed range the whole 
distance. To determine and explain its exact distribution would 
be a most interesting problem.{ 


SELAGINELLA ACANTHONOTA Underw. 

Seems quite abundant on the sand-hills of the Lumber River 
in the northern corner of Horry County, South Carolina. Not 
previously reported from that state. Ordinarily one could not be 
sure of the identity of such a small plant when viewing it from a 
moving train, but as I had seen it under similar circumstances in 
Georgia just a week before,§ and its habitat at the new station was 
the same as it usually is in Georgia, ||I had very little doubt on that 
score. Having been discovered in North Carolina { and collected 
several times in Georgia, there was no reason why this species 
should not turn up in South Carolina. 


CoLLEGE Point, NEW YORK. 


* Am, Jour. Sci: 28: 166. 1835. 
t See Torreya 6: 42. 1906. : oe : ; 
t The following references to notes on its local distribution may be of interest : 
Torreya 3: 122. 1903; 6: 43. 1906; 7: 43. 1907. Also Croom, Am. Jour. 
Sci. 26: 316. 4 
@ See Torreya 6: 245. 1906. : 
||See Bull. Torrey Club 32: 152. f 3; Fern Bull, 13: 15. 1905; Ann. N. 
Y. Acad. Sci. 17: 309. pi. 28. 1 : 
The type locality is near Wilmington, presumably on the — = ae ge 
Fear River, This is undoubtedly the ‘* Lycopodium rapesire of ote s flora 2 
Wilmington, and probably the ‘clusters of moss’? mentioned in renhag survey 0 
New Hanover County (p. 19) asa characteristic feature of the sand-hills. 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 
(1907) 


The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by 
Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer- 
ica being used in its broadest sense 

Reviews, and papers which relaié exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, 
manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and 
no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is 
made in favor of some paper appearing in aa American periodical which is devoted 
wholly to botany. Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in 
some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor 
to errors or omissions their kindness will be appreciated. 

This Index is reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers, 
at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted; each 
subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscription. Corre. 
spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey 
Botanical Club 


Anderson, M. P. Early European botanists in Japan. Jour. N. Y. 
Bot. Gard. 8: gg-110. f. 25. [Je] 1907. 

Arthur, J. C., and others, American code of botanical nomenclature. 

- Bull. Torrey Club 34: 167-178. 11 Je 1907. 

Atkinson, G. F. A mushroom parasitic on another mushroom. Plant 
World 10: 121-130. f. 22-24. Je 1907. 

Autran, E. Les Tropéolacées argentines et le genre Maga/lana Cav. 
Anal. Soc. Ci. Arg. 63: 74-81. p/. F 1907. 

Becker, W. Systematische Bearbeitung der Violen-Sektion Lepitdium 
(Ging. pro parte maxima). Beih. Bot. Centralb. 22°: 78-96. i. z. 
I Je 1907. 

Berger, A. Opuntia Gosseliniana Web. Monats. Kakteenk, 17: 68- 
71. 15 My 1907.  [Illust.] 

Native of Baja California. 

Berry, E. W. Contributions to the Mesozoic flora of the Atlantic 
coastal plain —II. North Carolina. Bull. Torrey Club 34: 185-206. 
pl. 11-16. 11 Je 1907. 

New species described in Myrica, Quercus, Planera, Lirtodendron, and Ptero- 

Spermites (2) eee 

eslee, A. F. Heterothallism in bread mold, RAzsopus nigricans. 
Bot. Gaz. 43: 415-418. 17 Je 1907. 
379 


380 InDEx TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Blumer, J.C. Notes on heliotropism of Ssymébrium canescens. Plant 
World 10: 141, 142. Je 1907. 

Brainerd, E. The behavior of the seedlings of certain violet hybrids. 
Science II. 25: 941-944. 14 Je 1907. 

Broadway, W. E. A Grenada mountain estate. Gard. Chron. III. 
@1>. A410... 22. Je:1907- 

Broadway, W. E. Grenada, W. I. Gard. Chron. III. 41: 383. 15 
Je 1907. 
Notes on a few native and introduced species. 

Brotherus, V. F. M@wsci, in Engler & Prantl, Die nat. Pflanzenfam. 
1°: 865-960. f. 635-700. 1907. 
Lembophyllaceae Seraleel Entodontaceae, Fabroniaceae, Pilotrichaceae, Nema- 

toceae, und Hookeriaceae. 


Brown, S. A new spruce from the Canadian Rocky Mountains. 
Torreya'7: 123-125. 19 Je 1907. 

Picea albertiana sp. nov., native of Alberta. 

Burlingham, G. S. Suggestions for the study of the Lactariae. Tor- 
reya 7: 118-123. 19 Je 1907. 

Clinton, G. P.’ Dry rot fungus, Merulius lacrymans (Wulf.) Schum. 
Rep. Conn. Agric. Exp. Sta. 1906: 336-341. p/. 26-28. My 1907: 

Clinton,G. P. Notes on fungous diseases, etc., for 1906. Rep. Conn. 
Agric. Exp. Sta. 1906: 307-331. p/. 17-22. My 1907. 

Clinton, G. P. Root rot of tobacco, Thielavia basicola (B. & Br.) 
Zopf. Rep. Conn. Agric. Exp. Sta. 1906: 342-368. f. 14 + pl. 29- 
g2. My 1907. 

Cockerell, T. D. A. A new Mertensia from Colorado. Muhlenbergia 
3: 68. 8 Je 1907. 

Cockerell, T. D. A. A new plant (Ficus) from the Fox Hills Creta- 
ceous. Univ. Colo. Stud. 4: 152, 153. Ap 1907. 

Scientific expedition to northeastern Colorado. 

Collins, F.S. The basis of nomenclature for algae. Rhodora 9: 77- 
$0... 3 Je 1909. 

Cook, M. T. The embryology of Rhytidophyllum. Bull. Torrey Club 
34: 179-184. pl. ro. 11 Je 1907. 

Cook, M. T. Notes on polyembryony.  T. orreya 7: 113-117. /. 1-3: 
19 Je 1907. : 

Cook, 0. F. Transmission inheritance distinct from expression inher- 
itance. Science II. 25: g11-912. 7 Je 1907. 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 381 


Cooke, M. C. Root-rot fungus. Gard. Chron. III. 41: 361. f. 753. 
8 Je 1907. 

Copeland, E. B. Pteridophyta halconenses: a list of the ferns and 
fern-allies collected by Elmer D. Merrill on Mount Halcon, Mindoro. 
Philipp. Jour. Sci. 2: Bot. 119-151. p~/. z-g. Ap 1907. 

Includes new species in Dennstaedtia, Diplazium (4), fs Plagiogyria, 

Acrosorus, Prosaptia, Polypodium (4), Hindacsdyiiae: and Alsophil 

Deichmann, H. & Rosenvinge, L. K. Bemaerkninger om Isfod og 
Tangrand ved Gronlands Kyster. Bot. Tidssk. 28: 171-181. f. 7-3. 
1907. 

Deichmann, H. & Rosenvinge, L. K. Note sur la limite supérieure 
des Fucacées et sur le bord de glace (‘‘Isfod’’) sur les cétes du 
Groenland. Bot, Tidssk. 28: 182-184. 1907. 

DeVries, H. Plant breeding. Comments on the experiments of Nils- 
son and Burbank, i-xiii. 1-360. 7. z-zzg. Chicago, 1907. 

Dillingham, F. T. The staff-tree, Ce/astrus scandens, as a former food 
supply of starving Indians. Am. Nat. 41: 391-393. 22 Je 1907. 

Dismier G. Note sur quelques PAz/onotis de Y Amérique du Nord et de 
Europe. Rev. Bryol. 34: 50-52. [My] 1907. 

Farr, E. M. Contributions to a catalogue of the flora of the Canadian 
Rocky Mountains and the Selkirk Range. Contr. Bot. Lab. Univ. 
Penn. 3: 1-88. map. Je 1907. 

Ferguson, M.C. Two embryo-sac mother-cells in Lilium longifiorum. 
Bot. Gaz. 43: 418, 419. f. 7. 17 Je 1907. 

Fernald, M. L. Diagnoses of new spermatophytes fiom Mexico. 
Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. 43: 61-68. 26 Je 1907. 

New species described in Carex (2), A/nus (2), Heliotropium, Salvia (9), Castil- 
deja, and Ruellia. 

Fernald, M. L., & Eames, A. J. Preliminary lists of New 
plants, — xx. Sparganiaceae. Rhodora 9: 86-90. 3 Je 1907. 
Includes Sfarganium /uctdum sp. Nov 

Fitzpatrick, T. J. A proposed new species of Lilium. 
30, 31. 14 My 1907 
L. lanceolatum, a native of Towa. 

Fletcher, E. F. Adchemilla pratensis found at W 
setts. Rhodorag: 92. 3 Je 1997- 

Fobe, F. Einiges iiber die ee der Kakteen. 
Kakteenk. 17: 75-77-15 My 19 

Fowler, J. Report on the flora oe Chua Nova Scotia. 
Contrib. Can. Biol. 1902-1905: 59-7°- 1997: 


England 


Iowa Nat. 2: 


estford, Massachu- 
Monats. 


Further 


382 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Freeman, E.M. ‘Theether freezing microtome, in botanical technique. 
Science II. 25: 747-749. 10 My 1907. [Illust. ] 

Greenman, J. M. New species of Senecio and Schoenocaulon from 
meee Proc. Am, Acad. Arts & Sci. 43: 19-21. 26 Je 1907. 

wo new species of Sezecio and three of Schoenocaulon. 

Grifiths, D. eee some west American fungi. Bull. Torrey 
Club 34: 207-211. 11 Je 1907. 

Includes new species in Esti Ustilago, Sorosporium, Urocystis, Aecidium, 
and Puccinia, 

Grignan, G. T. Trois beaux Salvia. Salvia azurea grandiflora, S. 
splendens Boule de feu, S. splendens Surprise. Rev. Hort. 79: 279- 
281. f. 94+ pl. 16 Je 1907. 

Harper, R. M. Competition between two oaks. Plant World 10: 
114-117. f. 20, 22. My 1907. 

Harrison, A. K., and others. Reports on the flora of the Boston 
district, I. Rhodorag: 81-86. 3 Je 1907. 

Harshberger, J. W. The Mexican cypress. Forest Leaves 11: 24. 
Ap 1907. [Illust.] 

Hassler, E. Plantae paraguarienses novae vel minus cognitae IV. 
Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 7: 445-460. 30 My 1907. [ Illust. ] 

New species in Lobelia (2), Paspalum, Panicum, and Sida. 

Hay, G. U. Observations on weather and plants, 1906. Bull. Nat. 
Hist. Soc. New Brunswick §: 559-561. 1907. 

Hay, G. U. Report of committee on botany. Bull. Nat. His. Soc. 
New Brunswick 5: 563, 564. 1907. 

Haynes, C.C. Ten lophozias. Bryologist 10: g—12. p/, 2, 7. 2 
Ja 1907. 

Heald, F. D. Field work in plant pathology. Plant World 10: 104- 


109. My 1907 

Hemsley, W. B. American rubber plants. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 
1907: 153-156. My 1907. 

Hemsley, W. B.  Eupatorium Standulosum. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 
3: pl. 87379. Je 1907. 
Native of Mexico. 

Hibbard, R. P. The influence of tension on the formation of mechan- 
ical tissue in plants. Bot. Gaz. 43: 361-382. 17 Je 1907. 

Holm, T. The genus Carex in north-west America. Beih. Bot. Cen- 
tralb. 227: 1-29. 1 Je 1907. 

Holway,E. W.D. North American Uredineac. 1: 57-80. f. + pl. 
24-36. to My1g07. 


Includes descriptions of 3 new species of Puccinia. 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 383 


House, H. D. New or noteworthy North American Convolvulaceae. 
Bot. Gaz. 43: 408-414. f.r-4g. 17 Je 1907. 
Includes 9 new species in /pomoea, natives of Mexico or Central America. 

Hoyt,W. D. Periodicity in the production of the sexual cells of Diéc- 
tyota dichotoma. Bot. Gaz. 43: 383-392. 17 Je 1907. 

Jeffrey, E. C. & Chrysler, M. A. The microgametophyte of the 
Podocarpineae. Am. Nat. 41: 355-364. f. 7-5. 22 Je 1907. 

Jensen, C. A. Some mutual effects of tree-roots and grasses on soils. 
Science II. 25: 871-874. 31 My 1907. 

Judd, C.S. A mesquite grove in Hawaii. Forestry & Irrig. 13: 186, 
187. Ap 1907. . 

Livingston, B. E. Relative transpiration in cacti. Plant World 10: 
110-114. f. 79. My 1907. 

Loew, O. A correction. Science II. 25: 940. 14 Je 1907. 

MacDougal, D. T. Natural hybrids. Plant World 10: 138, 139. Je 
1907. 

MacKay, A. H. The Diéatomaceae of Canso Harbour, Nova Scotia. 
A provisional list. Further Contrib. Can. Biol. 1902-1905: 55-58. 
1907. 


_ Macloskie, G. The Patagonian flora. Plant World 10: 97-103. My 


1907. 


Merrill, E. D. The occurrence of Antaris in the Philippines. 


Philipp. Jour. Sci. 2: Bot. 111, 112. Ap 1907. 

Mottet, S.. L’ Hibiscus Moscheutos et ses variétés. Rev. Hort. 79: 
201-203. 7. 66. 1 My 1907. 

Murrill, W. A. Exercises commemorative of the two hundredth anni- 
versary of the birth of Linnaeus. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 8: 123- 
139. pl. 399 +f. 16-20. Je 1907. 

Includes description of Linnaea serpyllifolia Rydberg sp. nov., a native of Alaska. 

Noter, R. de. Rusticité de quelques Crinum. Rev. Hort. 79: 265- 
267. 1 Je 1907. 

Parish, S. B.. Recent additions to the flora of Southern California. 
Muhlenbergia 3: 57-62. 8 Je 1907+ 

Perrédés, P. E. F. The botanical characters of some Californian 
species of Grindelia. Wellcome Chem. Res. Lab. O68: 4-3. pil. fr, 2. 
1907. 


Phillips, F. J. Notes on Rodinia neo-mexicana. Forestry & Irrig. 13: 


89-94. F 1907.  [Illust.] 


384 INDEx TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Poisson, H. Saundersia mirabilis. Rev. Hort. 79: 233, 234- 16 
My 190 
Native of Brazil. 

Pollock, J. B. Some physiological variations of plants, and their 
general significance. Science II. 25: 881-889. 7 Je 1907. 


Quehl, L. Mamillaria phellosperma Engelm. Monats. Kakteenk. 17: 
67, 68. 15 My 1907. 

Native of Arizona and California. 

Queva, C. Contributions 4 l’anatomie des Monocotylédonées. II. Les 
Uvulariées rhizomateuses. Beih. Bot. Centralb. 227: 30-77. /. I- 
49. 1 Je 1907. 

Ramaley, F. Botany — Account of collections made. Univ. Colo. 
Stud. 4: 161-165. 1907. 

Scientific expedition to northeastern Colorado. 

Rick, J. Fungi austro-americani fasc. Vu.VI. Ann. Myc. 5: 28- 
ai. 30 ME 3907: 

Includes new species in Puccinia and Gibberidea. 

Robinson, B. L. New or otherwise noteworthy spermatophytes, chiefly 
from Mexico. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. 43: 21-48. 26 Je 1907. 
New species described in Zigridia, Schoepfia, Mimosa, Pedilanthus, carne 

Brittonastrum (3), seen’ Stemodia, Piqueria, Stevia (2), Eupatorium (10), 

Brickellia, Guardiola, Zinnia, Cymophora gen. nov. (2), pointe Coreopsts, 

Tridax, Pericome, pon meg gen. nov., Zagetes, Cacalia (3), and Peresia (2). 

Robinson, B. L. The scientific name of the osage orange. Rhodora 
9: "ot. 3 Je 1907; 

Robinson, B. L. & Bartlett, H. H. New plants from Guatemala and 
Mexico, collected chiefly by C. C. Deam. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & 
Sci. 43: 48-60. 26 Je 190 

New species described in Polypodium, Paspalum, Fuirena, Myriocarpa, Poly- 
gonum, Ruprechtia, Aeschynomene, Mimosa, Ti etrapteris, Euphorbia, Acalypha, Clusia, 

Rinorea, Hybanthus, Ipomoea, Cordia, Russelia, Tetramerium, Isertia, and Liadum 

(2). 


Robinson, C. B. The seaweeds of Canso. Being a contribution to the 
study of eastern Nova Scotia algae. Further Contrib. Can. iol. 
1902-1905: 71-74. 1907. 

Robinson, C. B. Some features of the mountain flora of the Philip- 
pines. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 8: 113-117. [Je] 1907. 

Saccardo, P. A. Notae mycologicae. Series IX. Ann. Myc. 5' 
177-179. 15 My 1907. : 


Includes new American species in Ca/onectria, Dimerosporium, and 7% uberculinad 


gi 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 385 
Schulz, 0. E. Zrythroxylaceae. Symb. Antill. 5: 188-211. - 20 My 


Includes descriptions of 6 new species of Zrythroxylum, 

Shull, G. H. The significance of latent characters. Science II. 25: 

792-794. 17 My 1907. 

Shull, G. H. Some latent characters of a white bean. Science II. 

25: 828-832. 24 My 1907. 
Skottsberg, C. Zur Kenntnis subantarktischen ‘und antarktischen 

Meeresalgen. I. Phaeophyceen. Wissensch. Ergeb. Schwed. Siid- 

polar-Exped. 1901-1903 4°: 1-172. f. 1-187 + pl. I-10. map. 
’ 1907. 

Includes new species in Zctocarpus (2), Geminocarpus (gen. nov.), Myrionema 
(2), Leptonema, Elachistea, Lessonia, and a new genus Utriculidium, from the Falk- 
land Islands and Tierra del Fuego. 

Small, J. K. Additions to the tree flora of the United States. Tor- 

reya '7: 123-125. 19 Je 1907. 
mith, E.H. The blossom end rot of tomatoes. Tech. Bull. Mass. 
Agric. Exp. Sta. 3: 3-19. f 7-6. Ap 1907. 

Sterki, V. Hibernacula of Utricularia. Ohio Nat. 7: 158. 15 My 

1907. 

Sudworth, G. B. A new California oak (Quercus Pricet). Fores- 

try & Irrig. 13: 157, 158 f. 4. Mr 1907. 

Sudworth, G. B. A new tree juniper for New Mexico (/uniperus 
megalocarpa). Forestry & Irrig. 13: 307-39: fi, 2 Je 19°7- 
Terry, W. A. Causes of variation in color in some red algae. Rho- 

dora 9: go, gt. 3 Je 1907. 

Turner, J. B. Variation in the corolla of Linaria vulgaris Mill. 
Science II. 25: 1003, 1004. 28 Je 1907. 

_ Underwood, L. M. The progress of our knowledge of the flora of 
North America. Pop. Sci. Mo. 70: 497-517: f.1-7. Je 1907- 
Urban, I. Composttarum genera nonnulla. Symb. Antill. 5: 21T2- 

286. 20 My 1907. 

Includes new species in Mikania (2), Baceharis, and Pectis i 2 ee 
Urban, I. Nova genera et species III. Symb. Antill. 5: 287-352. 

20 My 1907. 

New species described in Arundinaria (2), Zephyranthes (2), Gymnosiphon (2), 
Piper, (2), Peperomia (7), Pilea (27), Boehmeria (2), Dendropemon, Phoradendrum 
(3), Dendrophthora, Coccoloba (3); Tresine, Portulaca (4), Cleome (3), Morisonia, 


| Alchemilia, and Prunus. 


386 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Urban, I. Olacaceae. Symb. Antill. 5: 177-187. 20 My 1907. 
Includes descriptions of 3 new species of Schoepfia. 

Van Tieghem, P. Supplément aux Ochnacées suivi d’une table alpha- 
bétique des genres et espéces qui composent actuellement cette famille. 
Ann, Sci. Nat. Bot. IX. 5: 157-192. 1907. 


Contains an of plants belonging to this family from Martinique, beet and 
French Guian 


Vinson, A. z. The function of invertase in the formation of cane and 
invert sugar dates. Bot. Gaz. 43: 393-407. 17 Je 1907. 

Weingart, W. Cereus xanthocarpus K. Schum. Monats. Kakteenk. 
17: 65-67. 15 My 1907. 
Native of Paraguay. 

Wercklé, C. Eine interessante Rfipsalis-Art aus Costarica. Monats. 
Kakteenk. 17: 71, 72. 15 My 1907. 

Williamson, E. B. A collecting trip north of Sault Ste. Marie, On- 
tario. Ohio Nat. 7: 129-148. 15 My 1907. 

Contains a list of plants collected at Searchmont and Hayden, New Ontario. 
Wilson, A.D. Some common weeds and their eradication. Ann. Rep. 
Agric. Exp. Sta. Univ. Minn. 14: 195-237. f. 164-188. 1907. 
Wright, R. R. The plankton of eastern Nova Scotia waters. An ac- 
count of floating organisms upon which young food-fishes mainly 
subsist. Further Contrib. Can. Biol. 1902-1905: 1-19. fl. I-7- 

1907. 


BuLL. ToRREY 
CLuB VOLUME 34, PLATE 24 


% (ps \ 
ore 
V4 


7o) 


\, 
ws 
Y “1/7 
t 
"a sK | g 


> ‘i ‘ Ps 
oe Yaa 4 
7 A 1 A, AY i > 
DOIN eE a Low © 
<j = oa roy 1 (or G3) Sy ASS 
ESP oy ea 


IBERVILLEA SONORAE 


THE BRYOLOGIST 


WITH THE JANUARY, 1907, NUMBER BEGINS ITS 
TENTH YEAR ann MOLUME 

It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics 

and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original and artistic drawings 

and halftones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional 

as well asamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year. 


Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. 


INDEX TO 
AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on 
library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the 
rate of one cent for each card. 
Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of 
the Torrey Botanical Club, 
CARLTON C. CURTIS, Co_tumpia University, New York City. 
Beginning with January, 1903, the Index has also been reprinted on paper, om one 


side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year. 


HERBARIUM SPECIMENS DESIRED 


especially Pedicularis and allied genera, also Labiatae, 
Ericaceae, Primulaceae, Ranunculaceae, Cyperaceae and 
Ferns. Will purchase or give European specimens in ex- 
change. Correspondence solicited. Address : 
HENRY DAUTUN, 
139 Franklin St., Jersey City, N. J. 


FOR SALE 


HERBARIUM, PLANTS AND BOOKS 


of the late S. Hart Wright. 18,000 mounted and many thousand dup- 


licate plants, all thoroughly systematized. 


BERLIN H. WRIGHT, Executo , 
PENN YAN, N. Y. 


North American Flora 


HIS work is designed to present descriptions of all plants growing 
independent of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include 
Greenland, Central America, the Republic of Panama, and the 

West Indies, except Trinidad, Tobago, and Curacao and other islands off 
the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is essentially South American. 

It will be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York 
Botanical Garden through the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund 
bequeathed by Charles P. Daly. 

It is planned to issue parts as rapidly as they can be prepared, tne 
extent of the work making it possible to commence publication at any 
number of points. The completed work will form a series of volumes 
with the following sequence: 

Volume 1. Mycetozoa, Schizophyta, Diatomaceae. 

Fungi. 


Volumes 2 to ro. 


sf 
Volume 16. Pteridophyta and Gymnospermae. 
es 


Volumes 20 to 30. Dicotyledones. 

The preparation of the work has been referred by the Scientific Direc- 
tors of the Garden to a committee consisting of Professors L. M. Under- 
wood and N. L. Britton. 

Professor George F. Atkinson of Cornell University, Professors Charles 
R. Barnes and John M. Coulter of the University of Chicago, Mr. Fred- 
e 


ory committee. 

_Each author will be wholly responsible for his own contributions, 
being restricted only to the general style adopted for the work, which 
must vary somewhat in the treatment of diverse groups. 

he subscription price is fixed at $1.50 for each part; it is expected 
that four or five parts will be required for each volume. A limited num- 
ber of separate parts will be sold at $2.00 each. Address, 


THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN 
BRONX PARK, New York City 


Volume 7, Part 1, Ustilaginales, including Ustilaginaceae and Tilleti- 
aceae, by G. P. Clinton, was issued Oct 


: ¢ 5 May 22, 1905. 
me 22, Part 2, including Saxifragaceae and Hydrangeaceae by J. 


PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- 
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


1. Memorrs OF THE DEPARTMENT : 
Vol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus 
Polygon ic 5). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 
1895 r of the Herbarium, 1895-1898. 
warto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. 
ol. 2. A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898). 
By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. 
Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 
2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: 
1886-1892. Price $5.00. 


Vol. x. Nos. 3-25. 

Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00 
Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00 
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00 
Vol. 5. Nos. ro1-125, 1896-1897 00 
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 
Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00 
Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1go01-1902. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903~-(current) 


rd of separate numbers avatlable on application, 
3 xt-book of — OE ei! (1896). By Albert 
ice, | Fellow in — 1895-1 
230 pages, 76 plates. Pipe: $4.25 Spee $3.80 (paper). 
Published as Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, 

e Department invites Dig Seo mets relative e Shab of her- 
barium sristeviad for any of the above named publications. Address 
ae M. Underwood, Columbia University, N. Y. City. 

. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and 
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the 
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward 
to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- 
sor of vical 1891~1896 ; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- 
son Bro 

Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages Vol. 2, 642 
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in te text, nes every 
Species descri 

Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, 


$9.00 for — three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- 


ane $10 
Out Native ya and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) rgoo. By 


: icic, Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. 


Duodecimo, 1 aoe pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & 


— Co., New York. Price $1. 


6 Moulds, Mildews, sa Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- 


Le ea peortotie of Botany, 1896— 


odecimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & 


: Co, are sat fom 


xt-book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence 


A 
| Corti aieant) in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1 1895-. 


Octavo, 360 pages; $7 illustrations. Published by Longmans, 


: Green & Co., New York. Price $3.00 


* 


ESTABLISHED 1851 


EIMER & AMEND 


Corner 18th Street NEW YORK 


Chemicals and. 
Chemical Apparatus 


Sole Agents for 


Our Specialties K AHLB AUM' 


CoP; Chemicals 


MICROSCOPES e 
= and Reagen' 


BALANCES 
and 
WEIGHTS 


And for many off 
renowned Euro 
houses in our line 


COMPLETE LINE OF 
Bacteriological Apparatus 


WE HANDLE 
EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY 


Inspection of premises cordially invited. 


MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


_ A series of technical papers on botanical Ta published at irregular intervals. 
‘Price $3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchang 

1, No. 1; not furnished separately : 
Bailey, Liberty Hyde. Studies of the types of various species of the genus Carex. 

Pages 1-85. 25 AG 1889. 

1. 1, No. 2; not furnished separately 

artindale, Isaac Goa mily. Marine ales of the Hes “Jersey coast and adjacent 
waters of. Staten. — Pages 87-11 24 Au 
|, No. 3; price, 75 cents: % 
Spruce, ard. epaticae Bolivianae, in Andibus~ Boliviae be Rien annis 
188¢-6" a ve H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages Sateae ae 
Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cen 

Sturtevant, te Lewis. On seedless fruits. age 141-187. 30 0 My se” 
1. 2, No. 1; not furnished separately : “) 
Halsted, Byron coon Racers food-materials in buds and surrounding gees 
~ Pages 1-26, plates 1, 2. 10S 1890. 


2, No, 2; price, 75 cents: ae 
ail, Anna Murray = ee Charles Arthur. Contributions to the pleat: of oe 
Virginia. Pages 27-56, Sidates 3,4- 23 D 1890. 
Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnished ae : oa 
Holm, Herman Theodor. Contributions to the knowledge of the germination Oo. 
some North American plants. ans she 7-108, pe oa ne Ap 1891. ga a 
Vol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 ¢ Ae : 
lock, William Efmer. ‘Ihe poke Palate in ack America. Pages 109- — 
Fa 52...30 D 1808. 


ae Vol. 3, No 1; not furnished separate tely 2h ees 
Small, Jo Kunkel & Heller, Amos Arthur. Flora of alee North Carolina oes, 
and Reciting: territory. Pages 1-39. 20 F 1892. 


3, No. 2; price, $2.00 : se 
The Naiadiccte of North America [with i illustrations of all the 
“ele geet 1-65, plates 20-74. 15 Mr 1893. ee 
ois iy No. 3; not furnished s itely:: cs 
thay et dee ee Des <3 a coilicted in flv by Miguel 4 
Thar oy. “eae —67. 
‘Vol. 4, Hie 4: not. aa separately 
Pespsiecgee ndex ern. Part 1, Biography. Pages 


a. 4, No.3 price, §0 cents : 
urd, An enumera' hp ot in Di by Miguel 
“Tages 203-274. 10 "0 M17 Ap 1895. : 
Vol. 4, No. 4; price, 50 cents 
Anna Stockton. ciaaece heen L. ‘Pages 215-296, ates 83- 
Sie ito3. Sue < 
- Vol. 4, Wo. 8; wich 75 cents: ee 
Per Axel. Site cocnapmesmsiies ages soem and st ene 


ER vols: te By oe: 
List of erie ‘and Spermatophyta growing without Gaireinio’ in northeastern 
Piast ear 4 D 1293-31 D 1894. 
wbeaiie ol. 6, No. 1; price, $1.25: 
ged Hurd. Beebe of the plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel. 
Part 3. Pies 1-130. 17 N 18 
ol. 6, No. 2; not bie separately : 

Grout, Abel Joel. ce ae the North American Lothectaceae and Brachythecia. 
Pages 131-210. 30 es 
eos Oi se Yo. 3; price, 50 cents: 

: i y Ellio e life history of Sphaerella lacustris ( Haematococcus 

ae pocvialisy Pages a1 tbr plates 86, 87 (colored ). Pde 1899. 
No. 4; price, 
n Marcus. A review of the genera eS ferns proposed prior to 
1832, “Pages 247-283 i D 1899 
‘Vol. 6, No. 5; price, 25 cents: 
ro9. lichen distribution in the npper Mississippi Velley.- 


Vol. 7; price, $3. 00: oo 
all Avery. ‘The cham and Anthocerotrs of California. Pages — 
Ss eset ‘5 Au 1899, Ne, 

ol. 8, No. 1; not eure separately - 

: The comparative embr ky By of the Rubiaceae. Part I,” 
2, fsa fog. 26 Au 1899, Part IL. Pages 27-112, plates 5— 15: 


‘Vol. 8, No. 2; price, 
William. L ee of the ‘ities States and Canadas 
ay, plates 16-22. 15 F 
; Vol. 8, No. oa price, 75 cents : 3 
& Taylor, Harageen tae The. life history © 
Pages 185-211, p , plates 33. PE 30 1902. e 
f Vol. al price Mes 00: 


i 


rice, $1.7 
Sree “Pages I-I dy pines i 
“Vol. 1.12, No a price, sr. 155 


AUGUST, 1907 NO. 8 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


€ditor 


JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART 


Associate Cditors 

-Puitip DoweLt WILLIAM ALPHONSO MuRRILL 
ALEXANDER WILLIAM EVANS HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS 
RACY ELtioT HAZEN CHARLES Bupp ROBINSON 


MARSHALL Avery Howe ANNA Murray VAIL 


CONTENTS 
udies in North American Peronosporales—II, Phytophthoreae and Rhyso- 
tee rea ee ae ey a ea T WILSON 387 
Btndice. on the Rocky Mountain flora—XVIII.. . . PER AXEL RYDBERG 417 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUS 
THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY — 
LANCASTER, FA. 


"THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


President, : 
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. 


thse S Micali 


= aes Secretary, — Corresponding Secretary, 
recact aa GAGER, oh feng eee K. >» SMALL, ; Pu. D. 


ce | ‘Treasurer, 
CARLTON C. CURTIS, Ph.D 
: _ Columbia University, New York City. 


3 ae Gch iseth from Dosber i May inclusive: the second Tuesday, 


, at the American Museum of Natural History; the last Wednesday, ; 
the Museum: ee of the ae York Botanical Garden. 


BULLETIN 


_ TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


AUGUST, I Ale ods 


Studies in North American Peronosporales—II. Phytophthoreae 
and Rhysotheceae 


Guy WEsT WILSON 


The family Peronosporaceae, which includes all the genera of 
_the order except thine, may oy brielty Sirceaantiage as follows: 

— Myceliumint ial, variously branched; 
conidia borne singly at the apex of the ultimate branchlets of the 
coniophores, germinating by zoospores or rarely by a germ-tube ; 
Ospores globular, variously sculptured, germinating by a germ- 
tube. 

Of the three well-defined tribes which constitute this family, 
the first two are discussed in this paper. It is usual to follow the 
older authors in considering the species embraced in the genera at 
present under discussion, as clearly distinguished from the remain- 
ing members of the family by the method of germination of the 
conidia, which in the Phytophthoreae and Rhysotheceae is normally 
by zodspores, while those of the Peronosporeae germinate by means 
of a germ-tube. It is, however, well known that under certain 
conditions the conidia of these species do not throw out zoospores, 
t produce one or more germ-tubes. This is probably due to 


ss 


conidial membrane.* With this real or apparent intergradation 
of characters, it is desirable to have a more stable basis for group- 
ing the genera within the family. Characters which are much 
More easily observed and subject to less important variation are 
afforded by the conidiophores, the habit of branching of which 
conforms to the method of conidial germination. 


* See e Hartig, Unters. Forstbot, Inst. Miinchen 1 : f/. 
[The BuLLETIN for July, 1907 (34: 329-386, p/. 2¢) was issued 12 S 1907.] 
387 


388 Witson: NortTH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


Like many other plants, the Peronosporaceae do not lend them- 
selves readily to characterization. The conidia vary greatly in size 
and often to a surprising extent in outline, and the conidiophores 
from their very nature are difficult of description. For this reason 
it appears desirable to add the heading ‘‘icones”’ under which as 
complete a list as practicable of illustrations in American works 
and the chief foreign ones is given for each species. A key to the 
genera is also given in which the three tribes are characterized and 
the genera under the first two included, the third tribe being re- 
served for future treatment. 

A serious handicap in the treatment of the species of this 
family is the lack of information upon many points which are of 
taxonomic importance. While in America the present family has 
received more attention than almost any other group of Phycomy- 
cetes, a wide field for investigation is still open. The odspores of 
many species are unknown, and even when known are of rare 
occurrence in herbaria; the germination of but few species has 
been studied in America, our knowledge on this point being fre- 
quently derived from European sources ; the problems of odgenesis 
are practically untouched ; but few inoculation experiments have 
been conducted to determine the range of hosts which a single 
species will affect. It is therefore apparent that a final, or evena 
reasonably satisfactory treatment of the group at the present 
time is impracticable. 

_ In conclusion I wish to express my sincere appreciation of the 
courtesies shown me in my work, and especially to those botanists 
who have so kindly supplied me with material in addition to that 
which was available in preparing the previous paper of this series. 
Conidiophores not clearly differentiated from the mycelium, scorpioid-cymosely 

anched ; conidia germinating normally by zodspores. PHYTOPHTHOREAE. 

A single gen 1. Phytophthora. 
Conidiophores as differentiated from the mycelium. 

Conidiophores monopodially branched, the branches usually arising at right angles 

to the main axis, successively shorter ; conidia germinating normally by 
zoospores. RHYSOTHECEAE. 

cease yen with the main axis indurate above, the monn a eer 

asidium-like, . Basidiopho 
Coop with the main axis not indurate above, a sesaial SREY de- 
oped normall 
Conidiophore fugaceous, stout, sparingly branched; odspores perma- 
nently united to the walls of the odgone. 3. Sclerospora. 


ae le 


Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 389 


Conidiophores persistent, slender, usually freely branching ; odspores free 
rom the walls of the odgone 
Branches of the condiophore slcaity obtuse. 4. Rhysotheca. 
Bra of the conidiophore apically acute. 5. Pseudoperonospora. 
Condiophores fAduside branched, the branches arising at right angles to the 
main axis, successively shorter; conidia germinating by a germ-tube. 
PERONOSPOREAF. 


1. PHYTOPHTHORA de Bary, Jour. Roy. Agr. Soc. 
England II. 12: 240. 1876 

Mycelium much-branched, hyaline; conidiophores arising 
singly or in groups from the stomata, or breaking through the 
epidermis, branched or apparently simple, with irregular thicken- 
ings below the conidia, which are borne apically in a scorpoid 
cyme ; conidia oval, papillate ; zoospores oval, biciliate, escaping 
by the rupture of the papilla ; oospores intramycelial, the epispore 
more or less ridged. 

Type species, Peronospora infestans Casp. 

Herbarium material of the species of this genus is very unsatis- 
factory for study, as the conidiophores form a very dense covering 
to the host, and being quite flaccid and often very long they form 
at maturity a dense felt in which the individual conidiophores are 
effectively obscured. This is especially true of P. zxfestans, while 

Some of the foreign species are not difficult to study. 


Key to the species 
Conidia pons ns one, rarely two, borne at the apex of an aborted cyme; conidio- 
phore simple or branched below 
Host ast i 
Host Araceae. 
Conidia numerous in a simple or compound cym 
Conidia sessile or ieee. -stalked ina ac cyme, 
Conidia small, about 35 /. 
Conidia large, 50, or more. 
Conidia sessile in a compound cyme. 
ost Solanaceae. 
Host Sicsieionlateab, 


1. P. Phaseolt, 
2. FP. Colocastae. 


3. P. Nicotianae. 
4. P. Cactorum. 


z P. infestans. 
. P. Thalictri. 


1. PayropHTHora PuHaseo. Thaxter, Bot. Gaz. 
14: 274. 1889 
The present species differs rather markedly from the other 
American species of the genus in the method of branching of the 
Conidiophores, but in other respects they are quite similar. The 
conidiophores are very long, simple, or more commonly branched 


390 Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


at the base, and bear a single apical conidium, below which are 
several swellings of the conidiophore which indicate the typical 
cymosely branched conidiophore upon which the majority of con- 
idia have failed to develop. This species, first described by Dr. 
Thaxter, has attracted the attention of various mycologists, among 
them Dr. Clinton, who has recently published a very complete 
discussion of this destructive parasite of the lima bean.* His 
article is accompanied by illustrations of the odspores and a com- 
plete bibliography of the species. 
ON FABACEAE: 
Phaseolus lunatus L., Connecticut, Clinton (Fungi Columb. 
1949), Korer (Funghi Par. Piant. Colt. 357), Thaxter 
(Econ. Fungi 9, N. Am. Fungi 2707); Delaware, 
Jackson 1554. 
Type tocarity: New Haven, Connecticut, on Phaseolus 
lunatus LL. 
Distripution: Connecticut to Maryland. Also in European 
Russia. 
Icones: Rep. Conn. Agr. Exp. Sta. 1900: pl. 3. f. 29-373 
1905: p/. 20-22; Bull. N. J. Agr. Exp. Sta. $5 %.10. fF: 6: 
2. PuyroputHora CorocasiAE Racib. Parasit. 
Algen u: Pilze Javas 1: 9. 1900 
This species, which is very closely related to P. Phaseoli, is 
said, by its author, to be very abundant on the taro, Colocasia anti- 
quorum, throughout Java, but apparently not damaging the host. 


The fungus is to be expected in other tropical countries in which 
the host is cultivated. 


3. PoyropnTHora NIcoTIANAE Van Breda de Haan, Meded. 
Lands Plant. 15: 41. 1896 
The present species, which is illustrated and described in great 
detail by its author, is a serious tobacco pest in the East Indies 
and may appear elsewhere at any time. 


4. PHYTOPHTHORA CacToruM (Lebert & Cohn) Schréter, 
in Cohn, Krypt. Fl. Schles. 3': 274. 1886 
Peronospora Cactorum Lebert & Cohn, Beitr. Biol. Pflanz. 11: 56. 
1870. 


SUNT W auger nnsmcens ne es nl ee 
*Ann. Rep. Conn. Agr. Exp. Sta. 1905: 278-303. p/. 20-22. 1906, 


Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 391 


Phytophthora omnivora de Bary, Bot. Zeit. 39: 584, 619. pl. 5. f. 

33-47. 1881. 

This species has long been a scourge in Europe on account of 
its attacks upon seedlings and succulents, its hosts including rep- 
resentatives of fifteen families ranging from Pinaceae to Scrophu- 
lariaceae. Until quite recently this species was not reported from 
other countries, its first record from foreign quarters being in con- 
nection with a serious outbreak of a pod-rot of cacao in the island 
of Trinidad.* Material was sent to Massee, who identified one of 
the fungi concerned as Phytophthora omnivora de Bary. His de- 
scription + is of a popular nature and would apply equally well to 
any one of several groups of fungi, while his figures are unmis- 
takably of a species of Phytophthora of the same type as the pres- 
ent one. The conidia are somewhat more elongate and attenuate 
than usual. This, taken with the habitat, suggests that the pod- 
rot of the cacao may be caused by a distinct but closely related 
species, but no definite statement can be made without first exam- 
ining fresh material. Since the first report of the outbreak of the 
disease, it has been reported from various other localities in the 
West Indies, South America, Asia and Africa. The history, dis- 
tribution and nature of the disease are fully discussed by Howard.f 
The species is also included by Freeman in his Minnesota Plant 
Diseases § as a pest in seed-beds. 


5. PHyropHTHora INFESTANS (Mont.) de Bary, Jour. 
Roy. Agr. Soc. England II. 12: 240. 1876 


Botrytis infestans Mont. Mém. Inst. France 1845: 313. 1845. 
Peronospora infestans Casp. in” Rabenh. Herb. Viv. Myc. I. 2879. 

1854. 

As one of our worst plant diseases is caused by the present 
species its distribution is rather well worked out. While the fun- 
gus is not so prevalent, except in localities where the potato is cul- 
tivated in large commercial quantities, the range of both appears 
to be coextensive. It is, however, much more destructive in the 


* Hart, Bull. Trinidad Bot. Gard. 3: 167-169. Ja 1899. 
+ Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1899: 1-6, plate. 1899. 

t West Indian Bull. 2: 190-211. Igol. 

% Page 382. 1905. 


392 Witrson: Norru AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


northern than in the southern states, as it requires a cool, moist 
atmosphere in which to develop to the best advantage. Besides 
- the potato, which is its chief host, the fungus attacks numerous 
other species of the genus So/anum as well as members of various 
other genera of So/anaceae. 
ON SOLANACEAE: 
Solanum tuberosum ., Connecticut, Clinton (Fungi Co- 
lumb. 7839); Illinois, Burrill, Seymour (N. Am. Fungi 
2204); lowa, Blackwood, Buchanan, Holway, Pammel ; 
New York, Z/iis (F ungi Carol. 5: 92), Whetzel; Ten- 
nessee, Scribner (Econ. Fungi 447); Vermont, Jones ; 
Wisconsin, Pammel, Trelease. 
Lycopersicon Lycopersicon (L.) Karst., Delaware, Smith 
(Fungi Columb. 2738); South Carolina, Ravenel (Myc. 
Univ. 926). 
Type LocaLity: F rance, on Solanum tuberosum 1. 
Distripution: Eastern Canada to California and Florida. 
Also in South America, Europe, Asia, Africa, and Australia. 
Icones: Bot. Zeit. 5: pl. 6. f, z-6 ; Bull. Bussey Inst. 1: 
319. fig.; Bull. Ill. Lab. Nat. Hist. r'- pl. 2. f. 810 ; Frank, 
Lehrb. Bot. 2: 114. f. 327; Rep. U.S. Dep. Agr. 1888: Veg. 
Path. pl. 1, 2; Rep. Maine Agr. Exp. Sta. 1889: 172. f. 2-10; 
Rep. Vt. Agr. Exp. Sta. 1890: 1 32. fig.; Rep. N. J. Board Agr. 
17: pl. 4; v. Tubeuf, Pflanzenkrankheiten 142. f. 37, Bull. Calif- 
Agr. Exp. Sta. 175: f. 3, 6-8 ; Berlese, Icon. Fung. Phyc. f/. 8. 


6. Phytophthora Thalictri Wilson & Davis 


Hypophyllous, the infested area suborbicular or irregular in 
outline, appearing somewhat 


not forming a dense felt, 300-400 X 5-7 w, bearing usually 1 or 2 
‘hes, subconidial swellings narrowly conical, less than twice 
as thick as the branch ; conidia elliptic, apically papillate, 20-27 
.*% 13-17 #; oOspores unknown. 

Type collected by Dr. J. J. Davis, June 20, 1907, in Kenosha 
County, Wisconsin, on Thalictrum purpurascens L., 


Distinguished from P. infestans by the more pronounced dis- 


Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 393 


coloration of the infested area and the less disastrous effect on 
the host; the shorter and more slender conidiophores which form 
a sparse covering to the infested area instead of forming a dense 
felt as in the other American species, and which are more per- 
sistent than is common in the genus; the slightly smaller and 
more elongate conidia. The material collected by Dr. Davis was 
all on a single plant of the host which is rather common in that 
region. Specimens of the type collection are in the herbaria of 
Dr. Davis, of the New York Botanical Garden, and of the author. 


2. BASIDIOPHORA Roze & Cornu, Ann. Sci. Nat. V. 
11: 84. 1869 


Mycelium much-branched ; conidiophores clavate, the apex 


an enlarged indurate axis upon which short, simple, cylindric lat- 


eral branches are borne alternately ; conidia ovate to globose-ovate, 
smooth, hyaline, apically papillate, breaking away with a portion 
of the branch attached ; zodspores biciliate, monoplanal ; oospores 
produced in the tissues of the host in company with the conidio- 
phores ; epispore yellowish- brown, more or less irregularly ridged. 

Type species, Basidiophora entospora Roze & Cornu. 

The species of this genus are easily recognized by the clavate 
conidiophore with its short cylindric fertile branches. The only 
approach to this type of branching among the other members of 
the tribe is in the monotypic Japanese genus Kawakamia Miyabe, 
which is described as having the conidiophores * simple or some- 
times branched without any order, generally only once and that 
not from the base of the conidium, slender and provided generally 
at the tip with a short pedicel-cell, which is more slender than the 
conidiophore,”’ which is ‘‘ swollen at base, and gradually tapering 


toward the tip.’’* 
Key to the species 


Conidiophores tall, reaching 300/ ; conidia ovate ; odspores with 
i i 1. B, entospora. 


pr es. 
Conidiophores short, not over 100/; conidia globose-ovate ; 


odspores with very obscure ridges. 2. B. Kellermani. 


1. BAsIDIOPHORA ENTOSPORA Roze & Cornu, Ann. 
Sci, Nat. V. 11:84. 1869 
Peronospora entospora Berk. & Br. Grevillea 1:20. 1872. 


* Bot, Mag. Tokyo 17: (306). 1903. 


394 Wirson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


Peronospora simplex Peck, Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. 
3f:45. 1879. 

Plasmopara entospora Schrot. in Cohn, Krypt. Fl. Schles. 3': 237. 
1886. 


Hypophyllous, forming angular areas 1-8 mm. across, bounded 
by the veins of the leaf; conidiophores arising from the stomata, 
singly or in groups, hyaline, 150-300 x 8-20 yw, apically much 
enlarged, 17-25 y, lateral branches 5-20, about 6-10x2 p; 
conidia ovate, 20-36 x 10-20 p: oospore light yellowish-brown, 
40-50 4; epispore conspicuously ridged. 

On CARDUACEAE: 

Aster Novae-Angliae L.., Indiana, Wilson; Wisconsin, Tre- 
lease (N. Am. Fungi 705). 
Aster oblongifolius Nutt., Nebraska, * Bates (Fungi Columb. 


7950). 
Lrigeron philadelphicus L., Louisiana, Langlois 1669. 
Erigeron ramosus (Walt.) B.S. P., Illinois, Farle, Waite. 
Leptilon canadense (L.) Britton, Missouri, *Pammel. 
Solidago rigida L., Illinois. * Seymour (N. Am. Fungi 
74056, Fungi Europ. 3277), 
Reported also from our limits on Aster sagittifolius Willd. and 
Rudbeckia fulgida Ait. 
TYPE Locatity: France, on Leptilon canadense (L.) Britton. 
Distrisution: New York to Wisconsin, Nebraska, Texas, 
and Alabama. Also in Europe and South America. 
Icones: Ann. Sci. Nat. V. 11: pl. 4; Rabenh. Krypt. FI. ed. 
2 I": 424e F682 Berlese, Icon, Fung. Phyc, p/. 7. 


2. Basidiophora Kellermanii (Ellis & Halsted). 
Peronospora Kellermanii Ellis & Halsted “pro tem.” ; Ellis & 
Everh. N. Am, Fungi 2207, 1889. (Hyponym.) 
Plasmopara sp. Swingle, Trans. Kan. Acad. Sci. 17: 74. 1880. 
Plasmopara Kellermanti Swingle ; Sacc, Syll. Fung.g: 342. 1891. 


short, 5-8 x 24; conidia globose-ovate, 20-22 x 18-20 ff; 
eospores yellowish-brown, obscurely ridged, 30-40 ps. 


Witson: NorrH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 395 


This species has an interesting history, and, while known for 
some years, it has never been fully described. That it is abundant 
in those localities where it occurs is evidenced not only by the 
quotation below, but by the additional fact that in three instances 
material has been collected in sufficient quantity for distribution in 
exsiccati. The original collection was distributed in North Ameri- 
can Fungi 2207, where it received its first name. A description 
- was drawn at the same time by Dr. Halsted, to whom the material 
was submitted for determination, but .this is still unpublished. 
Swingle’s note on the species forms the basis of the diagnosis in 
Saccardo’s Sylloge Fungorum and is as follows : 

‘“‘This species has not yet been published, but seems to be a 
Plasmopara allied to P. entospora, from which it differs in having 
shorter fasciculate conidiophores and almost sessile conidia, which 
are smaller than in some forms of P. entospora. It is a very 
abundant and curious species, as yet little understood.” 

In addition to these points of difference attention should be 
called to the more globular conidia, the darker odspores with their 
less conspiciously ridged epispore, and the larger infested area with 
more pronounced discoloration of the host in the present species 
than in the former. 

On AMBROSIACEAE : 

lva xanthiifolia Nutt., Kansas, *Bartholomew (Fungi 
Columb. z&gr), *Kellerman (N. Am. Fungi 2207); 
Nebraska, *Pammel, *Sheldon; North Dakota, *Sea- 
ver; South Dakota, *Grifiths (W. Am. Fungi 797) ; 
Wyoming, *Pammel & Stanton. 

Type Ltocatity: Manhattan, Kan., on /va xanthiifolia Nutt. 

Distrisution: North Dakota and Wyoming to Kansas. 

Icon: Freeman, Minn. Pl. Diseases 111. f 45. 


3. SCLEROSPORA Schroter; de Bary, Bot. Zeit. 
390: 621. 1881 


Peronospora § Sclerospora Schroter, Hedwigia 18: 86. 1879. 
Mycelium much branched, with small vesicular haustoria ; coni- 
diophores erect, solitary or in groups of 2-3, fugaceous, low an 
Stocky, sparsely branched, the branches also stocky; conidia 
elliptic or globose-elliptic, hyaline, smooth ; oospores intramycelial, 


396 Witson: NortTH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


the epispore brown, irregularly wrinkled, permanently united to 
the persistent wall of the odgonium. 


Type species, Protomyces graminicola Sacc. 


Key to the species 
Odspore small, 26-36 4 ; epispore not pronouncedly opaque ; host, 
C 1. S. graminicola. 
Oéspore large, 28-45 «4; epispore very opaque; host, Chloris. 2. S. Farlowit. 


I, SCLEROSPORA GRAMINICOLA (Sacc.) Schroter, in 
Cohn, Krypt. Fl. Schles. 3': 236. 1886 
Protomyces graminicola Sacc. Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital. 8: 172. 

1876. 

Peronospora graminicola Schroter, in Zopf & Sydow, Myc. March. 

g. 1881. 

Peronospora graminicola Setariae-italicae Traverso, Bull. Soc. Bot. 

Ital. 1902: 168. f. 7-3. 1902. > 

Infesting leaves and inflorescence, causing marked distortion 
of the latter and, in the case of odspores, the rapid disintegration 
of the former; conidiophores 100 x 10-12 #; conidia 20 x I5- 
184: oogone-wall thick, 4-12 , at maturity 30-60 pz diam., reddish- 
brown ; odspore pale-brown, 26-36 p. 

The conidiophores of this species are very stout and quite un- 
like those of any other American species of the order. Their very 
ephemeral character has caused them to be overlooked by collec- 
tors, while the reddish-brown color given to the leaves by the 
oospores renders them rather conspicuous objects. As a result 
herbarium material of this species is rich in odspores while the 
conidia are rare. The variety on Chaetochloa italica is described 
as having much larger oospores than does the typical form, but 
an examination of American as well as authentic foreign material 
upon this host failed to show any constant or appreciable differ- 


ence between the material upon this and upon the other hosts of 
the species. 


On POACEAE: 
Chaetochloa italica (L.) Scribn., Iowa, * Halsted ; Michigan, 
Wheeler ; Wisconsin, * Pammel. 
Chaetochloa viridis (L..) Scribn., lowa, Carver 1 3, * Halsted 
N. Am. Fungi 1803a), * Hitchcock, * Pammel (Econ. 


Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 397 


Fungi 64); Minnesota, * Pammel; Nebraska, * Bates 
(Fungi Columb. 7776): South Dakota, * Griffiths (W. 
Am. Fungi 8); Wisconsin, 7release (N. Am. Fungi 
18036). 

TyPE Locatity: Selva, Italy, on Chaetochloa verticillata (L.) 
Scribn. 

DisTRIBUTION : Vermont to South Dakotaand Kansas. Also 
in Europe and Asia. 

Icons :. Bot. Gaz. 11 : f/. 8; Rabenh. Krypt. Fl. ed. 2. 1': 
438. f. 71; Fl. Nebr. 1: pl. 26. f. 4; Berlese, Icon. Fung. Phyc. 
pl. 9. f. ©; Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 1902: 169. f 7-37; Bot. Mag. 
Tokyo 11: pl. 2. 


2, ScLEROSPORA Fartowi! Griffiths, Bull. Torrey Club 
34 ¢ 207... 1907 

Infected areas on the leaf-sheaths, rarely on the leaf-blades, 
irregular in outline, usually elongate, brownish with a darker 
border, up to 10 mm. or more in length ; conidiophores unknown ; 
oospores globose, 28-45 4; epispore slightly wrinkled, very 
Opaque, reddish-brown, often appearing almost black. 

Through the courtesy of Dr. Griffiths, material from the type 
locality was available for examination. This species is very dis- 
tinct from S. graminicola, from which it differs in the slightly 
larger and more opaque oéspore with its lighter and smoother ep- 
ispore. The disintegrating influence of the fungus upon the host 
is also absent in the present species, while in S. graminicola this 
is very pronounced. 

On POACEAE: 

Chloris elegans H. B. K., Arizona, Griffiths. 
Type Locatity: Cochise, Arizona, on Chloris elegans H. B. K. 
DisrrisuTion: Arizona and Sonora. 


Species inquirendae 
Three additional species, of which the conidiophores are un- 
nowt have been referred to this genus. The odspores differ 
from those of S. graminicola in their lighter color, the thinner 
epispore, the difficulty of freeing them from the tissues of the host 
in which they are imbedded, and the failure of the affected leaves 
to liberate the odspores by the rapid disintegration of the tissues 


398 Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


of the host. That these species are members of the present order 
is doubtful ; and if they are, it is still more improbable that they 
are congeneric with the American species. 

S. Magnusiana Sorokin, Rev. Myc. 11: 143. 1889. On 
Equisetum sp., in the region of the southern Ural Mountains of 
Russia. 

S. macrospora Sacc. Hedwigia 29: 155. 1890. On Alopecu- 
rus sp. in Australia, and Triticum vulgare L., in Europe. 

S. Kriegeriana Magnus, Verh. Deutsch. Naturf. 67: 100. 
1895. On Phalaris arundinacea L., in Europe. 


4. RHYSOTHECA gen. nov. 
Peronospora § Zoosporatoparae de Bary, Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 20: 

105. 1863. 

Mycelium branching ; haustoria simple ; condiophores erect, 
solitary or fasciculate, projecting through the stomata of the host, 
monopodially branched, the branches usually arising at right angles 
to the main axis, as do also the secondary branches, at least never 
appearing truly dichotomous, the ultimate branches apically ob- 


oogonium 
persistent but free from the odspore. (Etymology, Juadc, wrinkled, 
Gijxn, casket.) 

Type species, Peronospora witicola (B. & C.) Casp. 

To this genus belong the greater number of species which are 
usually referred to Plasmopara. That they are closely related to 
the preceding genera is evidenced by the habit of branching of the 
conidiophores and the germination of the conidia by zoospores. 
Plasmopara, sensu stricto, has conidiophores with the ultimate 
branchlets apically obtuse as in the present genus, but with the gen- 
eral method of branching more nearly dichotomous than mono- 
podial, and with the conidia germinating in a decidedly anomolous 
manner. The membrane breaks as in the present genus and the 
entire protoplasmic content €scapes in a mass, forming a non- 
motile plasma from which a germ-tube is produced. That this is 
not the typical method of germination either for the Rhysotheceae 
or the Peronosporeae is evident, and unless the formation of a 
plasma be construed as the equivalent of zoospore-formation the 


“ee 


Witson: NortTH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 399 


_ genus cannot stand under the present tribe. That the method of 
germination is more nearly analogous to that of the Peronosporeae 
is the view held by the present author. The genus Rhysotheca is 
therefore the most highly developed and the typical genus of the 
group of genera the conidia of which germinates by zoéspores, while 

_Plasmopara stands in the same relation to Peronospora as does 
Pseudoperonospora to Rhysotheca. 


Key to the species 
_ ncageaie low, sie ee 300 « or less, 2-3 times 
bra , the branches short. 1. R. Geranit.\ 
Coiiopore tall, averaging over 300 4, 2- Sis usually 4 
or 5, times branched, the branches long 
Ultimate branchlets elongate, cylindric. 
Primary branches short, ee branched. 2. R. Umbelliferarum. 
Primary branches elongate, lax 
ae i 3- : ‘fois drenched: 


small, about 15 & 17 4“. 3. R. Epilodii. 
Con UD about 27 & 35 1 . R. Heliocarpi. 
Coin 4 —5 times sile gy very lax. 5. &. obducens.\ - 
Ultimate branchlets more or less conic. 
Ultimate sienciaes broadly truncate. 
Secondary branchlets very short. 6. R. Halstedit. © 
Secondary branchlets lax. 
Secondary branchlets sparingly branched. 
Conidia about 12 & 15 m. 7. R. australis. 
Conidia about 1 18 uw. 8. &. illinoensis. 
Secondary branchlets much _ branched ; 
conidia about 14 & 22 4. 9. &. viticola, Vv 
Ultimate branchlets narrowly truncate. 
nidia elliptic, about 15-20 4 long. 
Conidiophores 2-4 times Fae 10, R, Viburni 
Conidiophores 3-5 times branched 11. R&R, ribicola, ° 


Conidia globose-elliptic, about is-5ba long. 12. 2. Gonolobi. 


1. Rhysotheca Geranii (Peck) 


Peronospora Geranii Peck, Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. 28: 63. 
1876. 
Peronospora nivea Geranii Farlow; Ellis, N. Am. Fungi 278. 1879. 
Plasmopara Geranii Berl. & De-Toni, in Sacc, Syll. Fung. 7: 248. 
1888. 
Hypo ophyllous ; infected areas conspicuous, definite in outline, 
or often covering the entire leaf, white-downy ; conidiophores 
fasciculate, monopodially 2-3 times branched, the branches short 


400 Witsoxn: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


and with the exception of the lowest rarely with well developed 
secondary branches, 90-350 x 9-12 4; conidia obovoid, basally 
papillate, hyaline, 18-25 x 12-15 4; odspores surrounded by 
periplasm at maturity, 25-35 4; odgone persistent, wrinkled, yel- 
lowish-brown, as is also the epispore. 

In Europe two other members of the order occur upon species 
of Geranium, but so far they have not been recorded from Amer- 
ica nor has the present species been found abroad. The material 
issued under this name by Allescher and Schnabel in their F ungi 
Bavarici 555 is Plasmopara pusilla, a much smaller species with 
almost simple conidiophores. Neither of these species is as large 
as Feronospora conglomerata Fuckel. The mycelium, according 
to Dr. Halsted,* is perennial. 


ON GERANIACEAE: 

Geranium carolinianum L., Alabama, Carver 150, Earle, 
Underwood ; Georgia, Underwood 2242a; Illinois, 
Earle, Pammel, * Seymour (Fungi Europ. 3776, N. Am. 
Fungi zgo7); Indiana, Arthur, Underwood (Econ. 
Fungi 43, Indiana Fl. zoo) ; Mississippi, Zracy; Mis- 
souri, Galloway, Pammel, Trelease ; New Jersey, Ellis, 
Fairchild; North Carolina, Stevens. 

Geranium dissectum \.., Mississippi, Zyacy (Fungi Columb. 
405, on “Geranium carolinianum’’), 

Geranium maculatum L., District of Columbia, Galloway 
1357; Indiana, Olive ; Massachusetts, Farlow (N. Am. 
Fungi 278); New York, Jackson 1154, Thom; On- 
tario, Dearness (Fungi Columb, 2048); West Virginia, 
Sheldon ; Wisconsin, Davis, Pammel. 

Geranium pusillum L., Louisiana, Langlois 942; South 
Carolina, Rolfs 1689. 

? Geranium Richardsonii Fisch. & Traut., Wyoming, Pam- 
mel & Stanton. 

This species has also been reported from our limits on Gera- 
nium Robertianum L., 


Type Locatity: North Greenbush, N. Y., on Geranium macu- 
latum L. 


a ee os 
* Bot. Gaz, 15: 321. 1890; 16: 338. 1891. 


Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 401 


DistRiBuTION: Massachusetts to Wyoming, Texas, and 
Georgia. 
Icon: Berlese, Icon. Fung. Phyc. p/. 72. 


2. Rhysotheca Umbelliferarum (Caspary) 

Botrytis nivea Mart.; Unger, Exanth. 171. 1833. Not 2B. xvea 
Mart. 1817. 

Botrytis macrospora Ditmar; Unger, Exanth. 173. 1833. Not 
L. macrospora Ditmar 1817. 

Peronospora macrocarpa Rabenh. Herb. Viv. Myc. I. 7772. 
1846. Not P. macrocarpa Corda 1842. 

Peronospora nivea Unger, Bot. Zeit.5: 314. 1847. Not Botrytis 
nivea Mart. 1817. 

Peronospora macrospora Unger, Bot. Zeit. 5: 315. 1847. Not 
Botrytis macrospora Ditmar 1817. 


- Peronospora Conit Tul. Compt. Rend. Acad. Paris 38: 1103. 


1854. (Nomen nudum.) 

Peronospora Umbelliferarum Caspary, Monatsb. K. Preuss. Akad. 

Wiss. 1855:—(23). 1855. 

Plasmopara nivea Schrot. in Cohn, Krypt. Fl. Schles, 3': 237. 

1886. Not Botrytis nivea Mart. 1817. 

This species is included by Harkness and Moore in their 
Pacific Coast Fungi as having been collected in the region of San 
Rafael, Calif., on an undetermined species of Umdelliferae. Since 
then no new record of the species in North America has appeared. 
That the fungus is rather widely distributed on our continent is 
not impossible as it infests a wide range of Umbelliferous hosts, 
several of which are either wild or cultivated in various parts of 
America. A good illustration of the species is given by Berlese.* 


3. Rhysotheca Epilobii (Otth) 
Peronospora Epilobii Otth, Bern. Mitth. 1868: 63. 1868. 
Plasmopara Epilobii Schrét. in Cohn, Krypt. Fl. Schles. 3': 238. 
1886 
This species is rather widely distributed in Europe on various 
species of Epilobium, but so far has not been recorded from 
America. It is illustrated by Berlese. 


*Icon. Fung. Phyc. p/. 78. 
tIcon. Fung. Phyc. p/. 74. 


402 Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


4. Rhysotheca Heliocarpi (Lagerh.) 


Plasmopara Heliocarpi Lagerh.; Pat. & Lagerh. Bull. Soc. Myc. 

France 8: 123. 1892. 

This species is known only from the type locality in Ecuador, 
where it occurs on the leaves of Heliocarpus americanus L. Ac- 
cording to Dr. Rose * the host name as given in the original de- 
scription has been applied very loosely to various members of the 
Tiliaceous genus AHeliocarpus, the species of which are widely dis- 
tributed in tropical America. It is, therefore, not improbable that 
the fungus is of more than local occurrence and that it infests 
several hosts. 

5. Rhysotheca obducens (Schrét.) 


Peronospora obducens Schrot. Hedwigia16:129. 1877. 
Plasmopara obducens Schrét. in Cohn, Krypt. Fl. Schles. 3' : 238. 

1886. 
Peronospora Impatientis Ellis & Everh. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 

1891:86. 1801. ) 

Plasmopara Impatientis Berlese, Icon. Fung. Phyc. 15. 1808. 

Hypophyllous, usually on the cotyledons, the affected area 
irregular in outline, following the veins, or covering the entire sur- 
face of the leaf, white-cottony ; conidiophores fasciculate, 2-4 from 
a stoma, slender, 300-500 x 7-12 y, flexuosely branched, the 
branches usually 4-5 times branched, ultimate branchlets about 
6-9 long ; conidia broadly ellipsoid, 12-14 x 12-21 as odspores 
light yellowish-brown, 25-30 #4; epispore slightly wrinkled, or 
smooth; odgone 40-50 p. 

In his monograph Berlese recognizes both Plasmopara obdu- 
cens and P. /mpatientis as valid species, due apparently to a mis- 
interpretation of the original description of the latter species. In 
this the height of the unbranched portion only of the conidiophore 
is given. Otherwise the descriptions of the two species tally as 
closely as could be expected. Nor is this resemblance accidental, 
as the type of Peronospora Impatientis shows no perceptible points 
of difference from European material of P. obducens which was de- 
termined by Schréter himself. 


* Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb. g: 315. Ig05. 


Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 403 


On BALSAMINACEAE : 
_ Impatiens aurea Muhl., Alabama, Zarle & Underwood ; 
Indiana, Arthur ; lowa, Holway. 
Linpatiens biflora WNalt., Connecticut, Underwood 2981 ; 
Delaware, Commons (type of Peronospora Lmpatientis 
Ellis & Everh.) Jackson 1572, District of Columbia, 
Williams » Indiana, Olive, Underwood, Wilson; Mass- 
achusetts, Farlow, Halsted & Farlow (N. Am. Fungi 
207), Seymour (Econ. Fungi A7a, on “ Impatiens 
sp."), Zrelease ; Michigan, Merrow (Econ. Fungi A7é, 
on ‘ /mpatiens sp.”); New York, Dudley & Under- 
wood ; Wisconsin, Davis, Pammel. 
Impatiens sp., West Virginia, Sheldon. 
Type Locauity : Rastatt, Germany, on /mpatiens Nolitangere L. 
DistRIBUTION: Vermont to Minnesota, southward to Alabama. 
Also in Europe. 
Icon: Berlese, Icon. Fung. Phyc. p/. r5. 


6. Rhysotheca Halstedii (Farl.) 


Peronospora Halstedii Farl.; Ellis, N. Am. F ungi 209. 1879. 

(Hyponym); Proc. Am. Acad. 18:72. 1883. 

Peronospora Halstedii Ambrosiae Ellis, N. Am. Fungi 2ro. 1879. 

(Hyponym.) 

Plasmopara Halstedii Ber\. & De-Toni, in Sacc. Syll. Fung. 7 : 242. 

1888. 

Hypophyllous, on cotyledons and leaves, the affected area 
small, 1-3 mm., or extending over the entire leaf; conidiophores 
fasciculate, slender, 300-750 w, 3-5 times branched, ultimate 
_ branchlets 8-15 » long, verticillate below the apex of the branch- 
_ ing axis which is frequently swollen and ganglion-like ; conidia 
_ Oval or elliptic, 18-30 x 14-25 “; odspores 30-32 #; epispore 
yellowish-brown, somewhat wrinkled. 

: This is the most unsatisfactory species of a difficult genus. 
| The conidiophores are very variable, especially in the laxity of their 


__ branches and the development of the ganglion-like swelling from 


which the ultimate branchlets arise. Several forms are clearly 
distinguishable and are apparently valid species, but further search 


has invariably brought to light intermediate forms connecting the 


extremes with the typical form and with other forms. Until an 


404 Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


exhaustive study of a much greater quantity of material, both 
conidial and odsporic, is possible than is at present at hand, seg- 
regation of this species had best not be attempted. The extreme 
forms are found on &xpatorium, with but few branches with the 
ganglion-like structure, and on Helianthus, where the converse is 
true. 

On AMBROSIACEAE: 

Ambrosia artemisiaefolia L., lowa, Arthur, Hitchcock ; 
Massachusetts, Farlow (N. Am. Fungi 270); Missouri, 
Demetrio ; Wisconsin, Pammel. 

Ambrosia psilostachya DC., Kansas, Bartholomew (Fungi 
Columb. 7563). 

Ambrosia trifida L., Kansas, Kellerman (N. Am. Fungi 
1403da) ; New York, Jackson 1129 ; Missouri, Pammel. 

ON CARDUACEAE? 

Bidens cernua L., Vermont, Grout. 

Bidens frondosa 1.., Alabama, Carver 173 ; Illinois, ? Fam- 
mel; Indiana, Wilson; Iowa, Arthur, Bessey, Hitch- | 
cock ; Kansas, Swingle 963; Michigan, Merrow (Econ. 
Fungi 298); Mississippi, Zracy; Nebraska, Bates 
(Fungi Columb. 2257); Ontario, Dearness ; Wiscon- 
sin, Davis, Pammel. 

Bidens laevis (1...) B. S. P., Iowa, Bessey. 

Erechtites hieractfolia (L.) Raf., Illinois, Waite ; New Jersey, 
Halsted (Econ. Fungi 308 a); Massachusetts, coll. ign. 
(Econ. Fungi 308 6); Wisconsin, Davis. 

Erigeron annuus (L.) Pers., Wisconsin, Davis (as £. Phila- 
delphicus Willd.). 

Eupatorium ageratoides L. f., Wisconsin, Pammel. 

Eupatorium purpureum 1., Towa, Bessey (N. Am. Fungi 
209); Michigan, Merrow. 

Gnaphalium spathulatum Lam., Mississippi, Zar/e. 

Gnaphalium purpureum 1., Alabama, Atkinson (Econ. 
Fungi 374) 

Flelianthus annuus L., District of Columbia, Scribner ; 
Indiana, Arthur, Thomas; Ohio, Kellerman (Ohio 
Fungi 68, on ‘ Vitis sp.,” later corrected) ; Ontario, 
Dearness (Fungi Columb. z 32); Wisconsin, Pammel. 

Helianthus divaricatus 1. , Wisconsin, Pammel, Trelease. 


bea Biel oe 


Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 405 


Flelianthus doronicoides Lam., Iowa, Arthur ; Kansas, 
Kellerman (Fungi Europ. 3278, N. Am. Fungi 140} Cc). 

flelianthus grosseserratus Martens, Iowa, fhichcock, Mac- 
bride; Nebraska, Sheldon. 

Flelianthus hirsutus Raf., Missouri, Pammel. 

Flelianthus Maximiliani Schrad., lowa, * Pammel. 

flelianthus occidentalis Riddell, Wisconsin, Pammel. 

flelianthus scaberrimus Ell., Nebraska, Bates (Fungi 
Columb. 2739). 

Flekanthus strumosus L., Minnesota, Arthur ; Wisconsin, 
Davis. 

Helianthus tuberosus L., Pennsylvania, El/is (N. Am. Fungi 
7403 a); Wisconsin, Farlow, Pammed. 

Helianthus sp.. New York, Thom; Missouri, Galloway 
(on “Vernonia noveboracensis’’); Wisconsin, Davis. 

Rudbeckia laciniata L., Nebraska, Sheldon ; North Dakota, 
Seymour ; Wisconsin, Davis, Pammel. 

Rudbeckia triloba L., Mlinois, Hart. 

Silphium integrifolium Michx., Kansas, Kellerman (Fungi 
Europ. 3279); Nebraska, She/don; Wisconsin, Davis, 
Pammel. 

Siphium laciniatum L., lowa, Arthur. 

Siphium perfoliatum L., lowa, Bessey ; Minnesota, Pam- 
mel, Missouri, Pammel; Nebraska, Sheldon ; Wiscon- 
sin, Davis, Tracy. 

Silphium terebinthinaceum Jacq., Illinois, Pamemel ; Wiscon- 
sin, Davis, Pammel, Trelease (N. Am. Fungi 7403 6). 

Verbesina encelioides (Cav.) A. Gray, New Mexico, F. S. & 
ce oy ere. 172. 

The following additional hosts are reported from our limits: 
Artemisia ludoviciana Nutt., Bidens comosa (A. Gray) Wiegand, 
B. connata Muhl., Centaurea sp., Helianthus trachaelifolius Willd., 
lva xanthiifolia (Fres.) Nutt., Madia sativa Molina, Silphium tri- 
Joliatum 1, Solidago canadensis L., S. Riddellit Frank, Vernonia 
Baldwinit Torr., V. noveboracensis (L.) Michx., and Xanthium 
canadensis Mill. Of these two are somewhat doubtful, as it is 
quite probable that the record of /va as a host refers to Baszdio- 
Phora Kellermanit, while a part of the material which served as the 


406 Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


basis ‘for the citation of Vernonia noveboracensis as a host has been 
examined and instead of that species the host is some Helianthus, 
but as the leaves seen were all very young it is impossible to 
determine the species. 

Type Locatity: Jamaica Plain, Massachusetts, on Expa- 
torium purpureum L. 

DistrisuTion: Vermont to North Dakota, California, and 
Alabama. Also in Europe. . 


Icones: FI. Nebr. 1: f/. 76. f. 5; Berlese, Icon. Fung. Phyc. 
pl. 20. 


7. Rhysotheca australis (Speg.) 
Peronospora australis Speg. Anal. Soc. Ci. Argent. 12: 36. 1881. 
Peronospora sicyicola Trel.; Farlow, Bot. Gaz. 8: $e8. 1863: 
Plasmopara australis Swing. Trans. Kan. Acad. Sci. 11: 92, 1a 


Hypophyllous, the infected area amphigenously discolored, of 


variable size and shape, bounded by leaf-veins ; conidiophores 
fasciculate, arising from the stomata of the host, 500-650 x 9- 
II, with 5-7 main branches, the branches monopodially 3-4 
times branched, the ultimate branchlets 10-14 » long; conidia 
widely ellipsoid, 14-17 x 10-13 /4; mature odspores unknown. 
This species is very distinct in habit as well as in other impor- 
_ tant characters from Pseudoperonospora cubensis, with which Euro- 
pean mycologists have sometimes confused it, The mature oospores 
are unknown, but the immature ones are described as almost hya- 
line and with a smooth epispore, 30-40 4.* 
On CucurRBITACEAE : 
Micrampelis lobata (Michx.) A. Gray, Kansas, Bartholomew 
(Fungi Columb. 2334). 
Sicyos angulatus \.., Illinois, Clinton, Pammel, Seymour 
(Econ. Fungi 42, Fungi Europ. 32766) ; Indiana, Olive, 
Wilson; Kansas, Kellerman (Fungi Europ. 32762); 
Missouri, Galloway , Nebraska, Bartholomew (Fungi 
Columb. 2556); New York, Jackson 1150, Thom; 
Ohio, Kellerman (Ohio Fungi 747); Ontario, Dearness ; 
Wisconsin, Pammel, Trelease (Fungi Gallici 3427, N. 
Am. Fungi 7476). 
Type Locatity: Recoleta, Argentina, on Cyclanthera Hystrix 
rn. 


* Swingle, 7. ¢. 


Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 407 


DisrripuTion: Massachusetts to Ontario, Wisconsin, Kansas, 
and Ohio. Also in South America. 

IconEs: Rep. Mass. State Agr. Exp. Sta. 8: #1. 2. f, Le. 10 = 
Rev. Myc. 22: pl. 203. f. ro, 11; Berlese. Icon. Fung. Phyc. 

6, 


8. Rhysotheca illinoensis (Farl.) 
Peronospora ulinoensis Farl. Bot. Gaz. 8: 332. 1883. 

Hypophyllous ; infected area irregular in outline, up to 10 mm., 
densely cottony, epiphyllous discoloration slight or none; conidi- 
ophores fasciculate, about 500 x 10 4, with 2-4 main branches 
which are 2-4 times laxly branched, the ultimate branchlets 10— 
12 # long, subacute ; conidia elliptic, 15-18 x &7—20 4; odspores 
unknown. 

This species is known only from the collections of Professor 
Seymour at Camp Point and Quincy, Illinois. The inconspicuous 
habit of the fungus and the wide distribution of the host make it 
very probable that the species will be found to have a much wider 
range than now known. European botanists have excluded the 
species from the genus.* Through the kindness of the authorities 
of the University of Illinois I have been permitted to examine 
material of the species. It is nearest to R. australis, but with much 
more irregularly branched and more flexuose conidiophores, which 
at first sight suggest those of Pseudoperonospora Celtidis. 

On URTICACEAE : 

Farietaria pennsylvanica L., Illinois, Seymour 5302, 5354, 


IF5S- 
TypPE LocaLity: Southern Illinois, on Parietaria pennsylvanica 


DistriBuTION : Illinois. 


9. Rhysotheca viticola (B. & C.) 

Botrytis viticola B. & C.; Berkeley, Jour. Hort. Soc. Lond. 6: 
289. 1851. (Hyponym.) 

Botrytis vitis-viticola B. & C.; Taylor, Ann. Rep. U. S. Dep. Agr. 
1871: 110. 1872. (Hyponym.) 

Peronospora viticola Caspary, Monatsb. K. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. 
1855: 331. 1855. (Hyponym); de Bary, Ann. Sci. Nat. 
iVe@O? 126, °° 5807, 

* A. Fischer ; Rabenh. Krypt. Fl. ed. 2. 4!: 485. 1892. — Berlese, Icon. Fung. 

Phyc. 41. 1898. 


408 Witson: NortH AMERICAN P ALES 


Plasmopara viticola Berl. & De-Toni, in Sacc. Syll. Fung. 7: 338. 

1888. 

Hypophyllous, caulicolous, or on young fruits, covering 
the host with a white downy growth, or causing a brown rot of 
the fruit without producing aerial hyphae; conidiophores fascicu- 
late, 250-850 x 5-8 yw, 4-5 times branched, the ultimate branch- 
lets about 8 y long; conidia elliptic-ovate, very variable in size, 
9-12 X 12-30 #; Odspores 30-35 #4; epispore brown, wrinkled, 
or almost smooth: odgone thin-walled, hyaline or light yellowish- 
brown, 

This is one of the worst fungous pests of the vineyard. It 
was first collected in the United States by Schweinitz in 1834, and 
referred to Botrytis cana Link. Later Ravenel, Curtiss, and others 
sent material from South Carolina and New England to Berkeley 
and de Bary. The first published account of the species which 
has come to our notice is by Berkeley, who, in publishing a trans- 
lation of one of Léveillé’s papers upon the O/dium of the vine, re- 
marks that “a true Botrytis of the same section with Botrytis in- : 
Jestans* but far more beautiful, and highly developed, occurs in 
South Carolina on vine leaves. I have not, however, heard that 
it is injurious. My specimens. which were gathered by Mr. 
Ravenel, and have been named B. viticola Berk. and Curt., 
occurred on Vitis aestivalis, and, I believe, on some other 
species,” + . 

In more recent years mycologists of this and other countries 
have experienced a decided change of opinion as to the injurious 
character of the disease. Berlese t estimates that 75 per cent. of 
the crop is destroyed in the northern states by this disease. That 
this is as extreme a view as the one previously. quoted is not im- 
probable, yet that great injury, especially to some varieties, is due 
to this fungus is certain. The most destructive form is that which 
occurs on the fruits as a brown rot. 

ON VITACEAE: 

Parthenocissus quinguefolia (L.) Planch., Alabama, Under- 
‘wood ; Minnesota, Farlow (N. Am. Fungi 702, on 
‘“ Ampelopsis quinquefolia ”), Seymour; New York 
Jackson, 1124, ° . 
_ * Phytophthora infestans (Mont. )deBary. 
_.» T Jour. Hort. Soc. London 6: 289, note, 1851, 
t Riv. Pat. Veg. 9: 102. 1902, 


facia necnt 


Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 409 


Parthenocissus tricuspidata (Sieb. & Zucc.) Planch., New 
Jersey, Halsted (N. Am. Fungi 2427 6, on “ Ampelopsis 
Ritchi,” error for the horticultural name 4. ettchit). 

Vitis aestivalis Michx., Indiana, Arthur ; Massachusetts, 
Grout ; South Carolina, Ravene/ (Fungi Am. Exs. 67 ; 
Myc. Univ. 677, on “ V. vinifera” but subsequently 
corrected ; Fungi Carol. 5: go). 

Vitis bicolor Le Conte, New York, Long. 

Vitis californica Benth., California, Harkness (N. Am. 
Fungi 22472). 

Vitis cinerea Engelm., Illinois, Pammed. 

Vitis cordifolia Michx., Indiana, Olive; Illinois, Zar/e, 
Flart, Waite ; Missouri, Jaeger, Trelease ; New York, 
Underwood ; Ohio, Atken (Phyc. Prot. 722); Wiscon- 
sin, Pammel. 

Vitis labrusca L., Connecticut, Sheldon; District of Co- 
lumbia, Scribner, Williaws; Iowa, Buchanan, Griffin, 
Pammel, Stewart, Rolfs, Macbride ; Kansas, Kellerman 
(Funghi Par. Piant. Colt. ro2, on ‘ Vitis Concord” ; 
Roum. Fungi Sel. Exs. 5577, on “ Vitis cultive var. 
(Concord )’); Massachusetts, Farlow (N. Am. Fungi 
208, on “Vitis cult.”), Seymour (Econ. Fungi 3, on 
“ Vitis sp. cult.”), Underwood; New York, Blodgett ; 
Ohio, Kellerman (Ohio Fungi sz6g9a, on ‘‘ Vitis sp. 
cult.”) ; Pennsylvania, A//zs ; Wisconsin, Hfeury, Pam- 
mel, Trelease, Underwood. 

Vitis hnag on Michx., Michigan, Merrow (Econ. Fungi 
3a, on “ Vitts sp.’’). 

Vitis ene L., lowa, Arthur, Hitchcock ; Kansas, Bar- 
tholomew (Fungi Columb. 2345); New York, Jackson 
1120, Stevens (Fungi Columb. 545, on “Vitts riparia’); 
Ohio, Kellerman (Ohio Fungi 769é); West Virginia, 
Sheldon ; Wisconsin, Ciinton, Pammed. 

An additional host, Vitis vinifera L., is reported from North 
America, 

Type LocaLity: South Carolina, on Vitis eeuahs Michx. 

DisTrIBUTION: Coextensive with the grape (Vztzs spp.) through- 
out the world. 


410 Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


Icones: Rep. U.S. Dep. Agr. 1871: pl. 4; Bull. Bussey 
Mate SF of. 2. oh 7. f, 2-8 > Bull. Til: “Lab: Nat. Hist; 2° 
Par. Fungi pl. 2. f. 6,7; Rep. U. S. Dep. Agr. 1886: Mycol. pl. 
1; Berlese, Icon. Fung. Phyc. /. P7526. 


10. Rhysotheca Viburni (Peck) 
Flasmopara Viburni Peck, Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. 43: 

74. 1890. 

Hypophyllous, affected areas irregular in outline, 3-10 mm. 
in diam., marginal or following the larger veins, sparingly white- 
or chocolate-colored ; conidiophores fasciculate, sparingly 2-3, 
rarely 4 times branched, 300-600 x 6-8 y, ultimate branchlets 
6-8 «4; conidia broadly elliptic, rarely globose, 15-30 X I2-15 #, 
or larger ; odspores unknown. 

The present species and the two following ones form a distinct 
group, and are very closely related ; all of them are poorly under- 
stood and by no means common in collections. The present © 
Species is especially close to R. ribicola, from which it differs in its 
taller conidiophores, its sparser covering and more pronéunced 
discoloration of the host. 

ON CAPRIFOLIACEAE : 

Viburnum acerifolium L., District of Columbia, Waite; 
West Virginia, Waite. 

Viburnum dentatum 1., New York, Peck (cotype), Thom. 

Viburnum nudum L.., Alabama, Earle (Phyc. Prot. 8 Z). 

Viburnum Opulus L., Maryland, Fairchild. 

Viburnum pubescens (Ait.) Pursh, West Virginia, Waite 721. 

TYPE LOCALITY: Baiting Hollow Station, Long Island, N. Y., 
on Viburnum dentatum L. 

Disrripution: Central New York to Alabama. 


11. Rhysotheca ribicola (Schrot.) 

Peronospora ribicola Schrot., Jahrb. Schles. Ges, Vaterl. Kult. 
1883: 130. 1883. 

Plasmopara ribicola Schrét. in Cohn, Krypt. Fl. Schles, 3): 238. 
1886, . 
Hypophyllous, infected area usually near the main veins, ir- 

regular in outline, up to 15 mm., loosely downy, epiphyllous dis- 


Witson: Norto AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 411 


coloration light and usually not pronounced; conidiophores 
fasciculate, 200-400 x 7-9 #, 3-5 times branched, ultimate branch- 
lets 4-8 long ; conidia elliptic to globose-elliptic, 14-22 x 10-14 
/4; oospores unknown. 

This is one of the rarest species of the genus. It is distin- 
guishable from the preceding species by its more conspicuous 
habit of growth, the smaller conidiophores, and the less pronounced 
discoloration of the host. 

ON GROSSULARIACEAE : 

Kibes albinervum Michx., Wisconsin, Davis (Fungi Columb. 
7753, on “ Ribes rubrum subglandulosum Maxim.’’), 
Ribes divaricatum Dougl., Washington, Piper 2957. 
Ribes hirtellum Michx., Wisconsin, Davis (on “ Ribes oxy- 
canthoides L.,’’). 
Ribes prostratum 1’ Her., Wisconsin, Davis. 
Kibes rotundifolium Michx., West Virginia, Sheldon. 
Type Locatity, Liegnitz, Germany, on Ribes rubrum L. 
DisrrisuTion : West-Virginia to Washington. Also in Europe. 


12. Rhysotheca Gonolobi (Lagerh.) 


Peronospora Gonolobi Lagerh. Jour. Myc. a Ae TRON, 
Plasmopara Gonolobi Swingle, Jour. Myc. we TIO. 1802. 
Plasmopara Vincetoxici Ellis & Everh. Jour. Myc. 8: 70. igoz. 

Hypophyllous, infected area about 2-5 mm. bounded by the 
veins, rather well covered with conidiophores, epiphyllous dis- 
coloration light-brown ; conidiophores fasciculate, 300-600 x 8- 
10 #4, 4—6 times branched, ultimate branchlets 6-10 p long ; conidia 
globose-elliptic, rarely elliptic, 16-25 x 13-244, or even larger ; 
“‘oospores globose, brown, about 20 » diam.” 

The type material of Peronospora Gonolobi was collected by 
Dr. J. H. Mellichamp and sent to Dr. Farlow, who distributed the 
collection for Pucinia Gonolobi Rav., the predominating parasite on 
the material, and so far as some of the specimens are concerned 
the only one. Among these latter is the one in the Ellis herbarium. 
It was, however, possible to determine positively the species of 
the host which was cited by Lagerheim as Gonolodus sp. but 
which is in reality Vincetoxicum hirsutum. The host of Plasmopara 
Vincetoxict is also the same species. This discovery led to the 
conclusion that the two species were the same, a conclusion which 


412 Witson: Nortu AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


has since been borne out by an examination of authentic material 
of the earlier species. The present species is easily distinguished 
from either of the two preceding ones by its larger conidia and 
more complexly branched conidiophores. 
On ASCLEPIADACEAE: 
Vincetortcum fursutum (Michx.) Britton, Alabama, Carver 
932. (Type of Plasmopara Vincetoatci.) 
Vincetoxicum suberosum (L.) Britton, Florida, McCulloch. 
An additional host, V. gonocarpos Walt., is also recorded. 
Type LocaLity: Blufton, South Carolina, on Gonolobus sp. 
(= Vincetoxicum hirsutum (Michx.) Britton). ° 
Distripution: Maryland to Florida and Mississippi. 

5. PSEUDOPERONOSPORA Rostew. Ann. Inst. Agron. 
Moscou g: 47. Ja 1903. — Flora 92: 422. O 1903 
Plasmopara § Peronoplasmopara Berl. Riv. Pat. Veg. g: 122. 

19Ol. 


Peronoplasmopara Clinton, Rep. Conn. State Agr. Exp. Sta. 


29: 234. 1905. . 
Mycelium intracellular, branching, haustoria small, usually 

simple ; conidiophores pseudo-monopodially branched, the pri- 
mary branches arising, as a rule, at acute angles, the ultimate 
branchlets acute ; conidia typically colored, rarely hyaline, elliptic 
in outline, _conspiciously papillate both apically and_ basally ; 
oospores thin-walled, smooth or roughened ; odgone thin-walled. 

Type species, Peronospora cubensis B. & C. 

The present genus is the most anomalous of the tribe, com- 
bining as it does certain characteristics of the present and suc- 
ceeding tribes. The conidia germinate, as in all species of the 
_ Rysotheceae, by zodspores, while the colored conidia suggest a 
close relationship with Peronospora. This is further augmented 
by the apically acute conidiophores, the method of branching of 
which is intermediate between the typical method of the two 
tribes in question. 

The close relationship of the two species to each other and 
their problematical taxonomic position was pointed out by Waite 
at the time he described the second one.* He, however, allowed 
them to remain in the genus Peronospora. The next step was 


* Jour. Myc. 7: 105. 1892. 


We a 


Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 413 


taken by Berlese, who formed for them a subgenus under the old 
genus //asmopara, which he characterized as having the conidio- 
phores of Peronospora and the conidia of Plasmopara, i. e. Rhyso- 
theca of the present treatment of the group. The final step was 
taken by Rostewzew who made an extensive study of P. cudensis, 
the results of which appeared in an elaborate paper which was 
published first in Russian and later in German. He concluded 
that this species represented a distinct genus intermediate between 
Peronospora and Plasmopara, sensu Schroter. He called the 
genus Pseudoperonospora, choosing this name, as he tells us, 
rather than Psexdoplasmopara as Peronospora antedates Plasmopara. 
Later Dr. Clinton made an extended study of the species in 
America, publishing an admirable paper upon his researches. 
Unfortunately, at least from a nomenclatural standpoint, he re- 
jected the earlier generic name in favor of Berlese’s subgeneric 
name, and still more unfortunately he has been followed in this by 


_ other American mycologists. The name proposed by Rostewzew 


has more than two years priority over the elevation of Berlese’s 
subgenus to generic rank, and is therefore the rightful name of the 
genus, 

Key to the species 


Conidiophores 3-4 times branched. 1. P. cubensis. 
Condiophores 4—5 times branched. 2. 2. Celtiats, 


I. PSEUDOPERONOSPORA CUBENSIS (B. & C.) Rostew. 
Ann. Inst. Agron. Moscoug: 47. Ja 1903. — 
Flora 92: 422. O 1903 
Peronospora cubensis B, & C. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 10: 363. 

1868. 

Plasmopara cubensis Humphrey, Rep. Mass. State Agr. Exp. Sta. 

Ot 219. 78ar. 

Peronoplasmopara cubensis Clinton, Rep. Conn. Agr. Exp. Sta. 

1004 > 335." 1608: 

Hypophyllous, or rarely amphigenous; discoloration of the 
host yellowish, rather definite in outline, affected area apparently 
unoccupied or with a sparse marginal growth ; condiophores 1-2, 
rarely more, from a stoma, 180-400 x 5-9 #4, 3-4, rarely 2-5, times 
branched, the ultimate branchlets recurved, apically acute, 5-20 
long; conidia gray, brownish or smoky, ovoid to ellipsoid, papil- 


414 Witson: NortTH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 


late, 20-40 x 14-25; odspores spherical, yellowish, watery- 
papillate, 30-42 4, maturing in the decaying leaves. 
This is one of the most important pests of the truck farmer. 
Its adaptibility to almost any cultivated species of Cucurbitaceae 
and the comparative immunity of the native species, especially in 
the more northern states, makes it a pest which is most destruc- 
tive in regions where Cucurbitaceous vegetables are cultivated in 
commercial quantities. Its favorite hosts appear to be the cucum- 
ber and melon. It has been suggested that the fungus spreads 
from south to north each season, and in proof of this theory are 
cited the perennial character of the mycelium in Florida and the 
records of the distribution of the pest in the southern and eastern 
states in recent years.* It has also been suggested that hot-house 
culture of the hosts assists in scattering the disease, at least in the 
immediate vicinity. It is not impossible that both these factors 
enter into the distribution of the fungus, while the researches of 
Rostewzew, who found the immature oospores in the partially de- 
cayed leaves of infested vines, tend to establish the probability 
that odspore-production also plays a most important part in the 
persistency of the pest in infested areas. By the first two means 
suggested, the distribution of the fungus would of necessity be 
confined to those regions which could be reached by summer 
migration and in which hot-house cucurbits were produced. The 
third method of passing the winter, in addition to the first two, 
accounts for the occurrence and persistence of the disease in places 
which, according to the two preceding theories, should be immune 
from the pest. The problem presented is one of great scientific 
interest and of a not inconsiderable financial importance to certain 
sections of the country. 
On CucurBITACEAE : 

Bryonopsis lacunosa erythrocarpa Naud., Ohio, Selby. 

Citrullus vulgaris Schrad., Louisiana, Langlois 1122. 

Coccinia indica Wright & Arn., Ohio, Sedby. 

Cucumis angulatus Forsk., Ohio, Sedéy. 

Cucumis Melo \.., Ohio, Selby. 

Cucumis odoratissimus Moench, Ohio, Se/by. 


* Bull. S. Car. Agr, Exp. Sta. 116: 7, 1905. 


Witson: NortH AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 415 


Cucumis sativus L., Florida, Hume 24 ; Massachusetts, 
Humphrey; New Jersey, Halsted (N. Am. Fungi 
2426a; Econ. Fungi gz), Stevens ; Maryland, Dorsett ; 
Ohio, Se/by (Phyc. Prot. 77g); West Virginia, Sheldon. 

? Cucurbita maxima Duch., New Jersey, Halsted (N. Am. 
Fungi 24260). 

Cucurbita ovifera L., Ohio, Duvet 

Cucurbita Pepo L.., Ghio; Duvel. 

Lagenaria vulgaris Ser., Ohio, Duvel. 

Micrampelts lobata (Michx.) Greene, Ohio, Se/éy. 

Momordica balsamina ., lowa, Arthur. 

Mukia scabrella Arn., Ohio, Duvel. 

The following additional hosts are reported from within our 
limits: Cucumis Anguria L., Melothria scabra Naud., Momordica 
charantia L., Sicyos angulatus L.., Trichosanthes colubrina Jacq. 

TYPE LOCALITY: Cuba, on some unidentified species of Cucur- 
bitaceae. ; 

DisTRIBUTION : New Hampshire to Minnesota, Texas, Florida, 
and Cuba. Also in South America, Europe, Asia, and Africa. 

IconEs: Riv. Pat. Veg. 9:125. f. 27, Rep. Mass. State Agr. 
Exp. Sta. 8: p/. 2. f. rz—-rg; Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta. 89 : pi. 
7; Rep. Fla. Agr. Exp. Sta. 1899-00: //. z; Rev. Myc. 22: pi. 
203. f. 7-9; Rep. Conn. Agr. Exp. Sta. 1904: p/. 37. 


2. Pseudoperonospora Celtidis (Waite) 


Peronospora Celtidis Waite, Jour. Myc. '7:105. 1892. 
Plasmopara Celtidis Berlese, Icon. Fung. Phyc. 16. 1898. 
Peronoplasmopara Celtidis Clinton, Rep. Conn. Agr. Exp. Sta. 

1904: 334. 1905. 

Hypophyllous, infected areas brownish, limited by the veins, 
from less than I mm. up to covering a large portion of the leaf; 
epiphyllous discoloration purple with a more or less pronounced 
yellowish margin ; conidiophores scattered, 200-320 x 6-8 pw, 4-5 
times branched, the ultimate branchlets straight or slightly re- 
curved, about 5-8 » long; conidia elliptic, 12-26 x 20-4o-p, 
smoky or somewhat purplish ; odspores in the leaves, 26-45 »; 
epispore thin, yellowish-brown, irregularly thickened ; oogone 
persistent, thin-walled, smooth 

This species is remarkable as the only member of the order 


416 Witson: North AMERICAN PERONOSPORALES 
which infests a tree, although a few species occur on shrubs. 


Perhaps this unusual habitat accounts for the rarity of the species 
in herbaria. 


On ULMACEAE: 


Celtis occidentalis L., District of Columbia,* Waite 556, 557. 
Type LocaLity: Washington D. C., on Celtis occidentalis L. 
Distripution: Maryland and District of Columbia. 

Icon: Jour. Myc. 7: pl. 17. f. 1-16. 


NEw York BoranicAL GARDEN. 


ee eee eae! ae a ee ee eee eee eee tt nt ee 


Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora— XVIII , 
Per AXEL RYDBERG 


Homalobus divergens (Blankinship) Rydb. 

Astragalus divergens Blankinship, Mont. Agric. Coll. Sci. Stud. 

se at ie Vas se 
Homatlobus camporum Rydb. Bull. Torrey Club 32: 666. 1906. 

When I described Homalobus camporum | overlooked the facts 
that the same species had already been published by Prof. Blankin- 
ship and that he had even cited the type number of my type. He 
had described the pod, however, as having a stipe, something that 
I cannot find in any specimens at hand. 


Homalobus humilis sp. nov. 


Perennial with a cespitose caudex; stems 2-10 cm. long, 
grayish-strigose, decumbent or spreading ; stipules ovate, scarious, 
2-3 mm. long; leaves 2-6 cm. long; leaflets 11-15, oblong, 
3-6 mm. long, about 2 mm. wide, grayish-strigose beneath, 
glabrate above; peduncles 2-8 cm. long; raceme short, I-2 
cm. long, 3—-8-flowered; calyx strigose with black hairs; tube 
campanulate, 1.5-2 mm. long; teeth triangular or triangular- 
subulate, 1-1.5 mm. long; corolla purple, 7-8 mm. long; legume 
about 1.5 cm. long, 3 mm. wide, widest near the abruptly acute 
apex, tapering towards the base, the upper suture nearly straight, 
the lower strongly arched at the apex. 

This species most resembles 1. divergens (Blankinship) Rydb. 
in habit, but differs in the shape of the legumes, the darker corollas, 
and in the less canescent leaves, which are glabrate above. It 
grows on high arid mountain tops at an altitude of nearly 3,000 m. 

Uran: Mountain north of Bullion Creek, near Marysvale, 
1908, Rydberg & Carlton 7747 (type); Delano Peak, 1905, mos. 
7219 and 1279 a. 


Homalobus microcarpus sp. nov. 


Homalobus campestris Rydb. Bull. Agr. Exp. Sta. Col. 100: 209, 
in part. 1906. Not 7. campestris Nutt. 
417 


418 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 


Hlomalobus camporum Rydb. loc. cit., in part. 

Perennial with a cespitose caudex ; stems decumbent, about 1 
dm. high, strigose ; leaves 5-8 cm. long ; stipules ovate, scari- 
ous, 2-3 mm. long; leaflets g-15, elliptic to linear, 5-15 mm 
long, I-3 mm. wide, glabrous above, sparingly strigose beneath ; 
peduncles 4-6 cm. long; racemes short, 3—8-flowered; calyx 
strigose with black hairs; tube campanulate, about 2 mm. long; 
teeth about 1 mm. long, subulate; pod sessile, strigose, straight, 
12-18 mm. long, 3 mm. wide 

This species is intermediate between 7. od/ongifolius Rydb. and 
H1, diwvergens (Blankinship) Rydb. Baker’s specimens from North 
Park were referred to the latter, which the present species resem- 
bles in general habit and the pod; but it is a greener plant, the 
leaflets being glabrous above and only slightly strigose beneath. 
The smaller size, and the smaller pod of a different shape, separate 
it from 1. oblongifolius. 

Cotorapo: East slope of Rabbit Ear Range, 1894 (type dis- 
tributed from the State Agricultural College of Colorado, collector 
not given); Forks of Poudre and Big South, 1894; North Park, 
1897, C. F. Baker ; Steamboat Springs, 1903, Osterhout 2774. 


Homalobus paucijugus sp. nov. 


_ Perennial with a cespitose caudex, bushy; stems 1-2 dm. 
high, sparingly strigose ; leaves numerous, 5-10 cm. long ; leaf- 
lets 1-5, the lateral ones lanceolate to linear-subulate, 1 cm. or 
less long, glabrous above, sparingly strigose beneath, or none; 
the terminal one 1-2 cm. long, linear or linear-oblanceolate, grad- 
ually tapering into the rachis ; stipules scarious, ovate, 2-3 mm. 
long; peduncles 3-6 cm. long; racemes short, 3—6-flowered ; 
calyx strigose with black hairs; tube campanulate, about 2 mm. 
long ; teeth subulate, fully 1 mm. long ; legume 12-15 mm. long, 
2mm. wide, straight, strigose. 

This species resembles H. decurrens in the peculiar terminal 
leaflet, but differs in the few small and narrow lateral leaflets, the 
small size of the plant, the small flowers and the small pod. It 
grows at an altitude of nearly 3000 m. 

Urau: Big Cottonwood Cafion, in sheltered places near the 
summit of the divide between Lake Solitude and Twin Lakes, 
1905, A. O. Garrett 1580. 

The species confused with H. tenellus and usually included in 
it may be distinguished by the following characters : 


ae ae a NO ae 


RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 419 


Legume glabrous. 
Stipe rarely Learns the tube of the Sata ; leaves usually get: in Be; 
oblong to oval, obtuse and mucronate. dispar 
Stipe of ra mature legume usually salle the calyx-teeth ; ain ani as- 
cending ; leaflets narrowly linear to linear-oblong, mostly acute. 
Stipe 3-4 mm. long; leaflets linear or linear-oblon ee stem usually conspicu- 
ously strigose; calyx-teeth half as long as the tu L. tenellus. 
Stipe 5-7 mm. long; leaflets narrowly linear; stem en se or nearly so; 
calyx-teeth usually nearly equaling the tube. ff. stipitatus 
Legume strigose. H1, strigulosus. 


HomaALosus pispar Nutt.; T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1: 350. 1838. 


Orobus dispar Nutt. Gen. 2: 95. 1818. 

This is much less common and has a more restricted range 
than H. tenellus. The range of H. dispar includes the extreme 
western portion of Nebraska, Wyoming, northern Colorado and 
northeastern Utah, while that of 7. tene//us extends from Sas- 
katchewan to Nebraska, Colorado, Utah, and the Yukon Territory. 


Homalobus stipitatus sp. nov. 

Somewhat cespitose perennial; stems slender, 3-4 dm. high, 
erect, branched, sparingly strigose or glabrate, leafy; leaves 
strongly ascending, 4-6 cm. long; stipules lance-subulate ; leaflets 
9-15, narrowly linear, 1-2 cm. long, I-2.5 mm. wide, glabrous or 
sparingly strigose beneath; peduncles about 1 cm. long ; racemes 
ax, 2-10 cm. long, 5—20-flowered; calyx strigose; tube cam- 
panulate, about 1.5 mm. long ; teeth subulate, about as long; corolla 
ochroleucous, 8-10 mm. long; legume glabrous, stipitate, flat ; 
body oblong, about 1 cm. long, 3 mm. wide, acute, gradually 
tapering into the stipe, which is 5-7 mm. long. 

This species is related to H. tenellus (Pursh) Britton [As¢ra- 
gallus multiforus (Pursh) A. Gray], but is a more slender and more 
glabrate plant, with narrower leaflets and longer stipe. It 
belongs to the prairie region east of the range occupied by H. 
tenellus, 

Norta Dakota: “Upper Missouri’’ [from the data given in 
Nicollet’s report, on the hills somewhere between Fort Pierre and 
Devil's Lake], 1839, Geyer (type in herb. Columbia University) ; 
Valley City, 1897, LZ. L. Perrine. 

Minnesota: Lake Belmont, Otter Tail Co., 1892, & P. 
Sheldon. 

SASKATCHEWAN: 1858, &. Bourgeau 4. 


420 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 


Homalobus strigulosus sp. nov. 

Cespitose perennial ; stems erect or ascending, branched, 1-3 
dm. high, strigulose; stipules short, ovate ; leaves 3—4 cm. long; 
leaflets linear, acute, 8-12 mm. long, 1-2 mm. wide, thick, glabrous 
above, strigose beneath ; peduncles 1 cm. or less; raceme lax, 
1.5—3 cm. long, 4—7-flowered ; bracts minute, subulate ; calyx stri- 
gulose ; tube campanulate, 1.5 mm. long ; teeth subulate, less than 
I mm. long ; corolla ochroleucous, about 6 mm. long ; pod strigose, 
shining, stipitate ; body oblong, 7-8 mm. long, 3 mm. wide, rather 
gradually contracted into the stipe, which is about 3 mm. long. 

This is closely related to H. ¢encl/us, but differs in the smaller 
flowers and the smaller and hairy pod. It grows at an altitude 
from 1800-3000 m. 

Nevapa: East Humboldt Mountains, 1860, S. Watson 283 
(type). 

Uran: P.V. Junction, Wasatch Mountains, 1883, JZ. E. Jones 
(mixed with H, tenellus). 

: Diholcos micranthus sp. nov. 

Somewhat cespitose perennial; stems erect or ascending, 
sparingly strigose or glabrate, 2-4 dm. high; stipules ovate, about 
5 mm. long; leaves 4-6 cm. long ; leaflets 17—25, linear or lance- 
oblong, acute at both ends, 7-20 mm. long, glabrous above, stri- 
gose beneath ; peduncles 4-7 cm. long ; racemes many-flowered, 
3-7 cm. long ; calyx strigose ; tube campanulate, slightly gibbous, 
2-2.5 mm. long; teeth subulate-filiform, 1-2 mm. long, the upper 
somewhat shorter ; corolla 6-7 mm. long, ochroleucous ; pod stri- 
gose, obsoletely if at all cross-ribbed stipe 3-4 mm. long ; body 
scarcely I cm. long, 3 mm. wide, very acute. 

This species is related to D. Hlaydenianus (A. Gray) Rydb. 
[Astragalus Haydenianus A. Gray], differing in the smaller 
flowers and fruit, the more acute leaflets, the narrower calyx-lobes, 
and especially the almost total lack of cross-ribs on the more 
acute legumes. D. micranthus was included in D. Haydenianus 
in my Flora of Colorado. 

Cotorapo: La Veta, 1896, C. L. Shear 3569 (type); Gun- 
nison, 1896, Clements 100 ; Ridgeway, 1895, Tweedy 228; Rio 
Blanco, south of Pagosa, 188 3, B. H. Smith. 


Kentrophyta minima sp. nov. 


Perennial with a woody root and cespitose caudex, forming 
cushions 1 dm. in diameter ; herbaceous stems 1-2 cm. high; 


ge NR Sa gc Se MUR hee Se aaa re A SRI ee A gS alee) Se oo Mae ee gg SE =) SF RS i Mmmm eS SSG 


ee 


RYDBERG: Rocky MOounrAIN FLORA 421 


leaves 5-8 mm. long ; stipules scarious, lanceolate, I—3 mm. long, 
more or less united ; leaflets 5-9, linear-lanceolate, conduplicate, 
pungent, 3-4 mm. long, finely strigose ; flowers usually solitary, 
subsessile ; calyx strigose; tube 1-1.5 mm. long, campanulate ; 
teeth subulate, scarcely 1 mm. long ; corolla ochroleucous, about 
3 mm. long; keel tipped with purple; pod ovoid, rather turgid, 
acute, 3 mm. long. 

This is related to K. tegetaria (S: Wats) Rydb. [Astragalus 
tegetartus S. Wats.] and K. Wolfii Rydb. From the former it 
differs in the subsessile flowers and the shorter calyx-lobes; XK. 
tegetaria has 1-3-flowered racemes, exceeding the leaves in length 
and calyx-lobes which are longer than the tube. From K. 
Wolfi, it differs in the appressed pubescence, the smaller flowers 
and the shorter legume. It is an alpine species growing at an al- 
titude of 2800-3100 m. 

YELLOWSTONE NaTIONAL ParK: August 1884, Zweedy 83 
(herb. Columbia Univ.). 


Aragallus patens sp. nov. 

Acaulescent perennial ; leaves spreading or ascending, 5—10 
cm. long; leaflets g—17, elliptic or oblong, acutish at both ends, 1-2 
cm. long, 4-6 mm. wide, somewhat silvery with closely appressed 
hairs; scape 1-1.5 dm. high, strigose with short silky hairs ; 
raceme short, 3-7 cm. long; bracts linear-lanceolate to lanceo- 
late, 5-8 mm. long ; flowers usually spreading ; calyx sparingly 
appressed-silky with short hairs, often somewhat tinged with pur- 
ple above, 5-6 mm. long, 3 mm. wide ; teeth subulate, the upper 
2 mm., the lower 3 mm. long ; corolla dark bluish-purple, about 
15 mm. long ; banner narrow ; wings broad, slightly emarginate, 
the upper lobes narrow and acutish ; keel with a very dark purple 
spot, and a short, porrect tip ; legume ascending-spreading, thin- 
coriaceous, nearly straight, less than 2 cm. long, 4 mm. thick, 
long-acuminate, minutely strigose, half 2-celled. 

This is related to A. Lambertii and A. sericeus. From the 
former it differs in the shorter and broader leaflets and the more 
spreading leaves ; from the latter in being greener, less hairy, and 
having narrower bracts and calyx-tube and darker flowers, and 
from both in the smaller size, thinner and more spreading legumes 
and smaller flowers. 

CoLorapo: Plains and foothills near Boulder, 1902, /. Tzveedy 
5164 (type); between Sunshine and Ward, wo. 5765; Eldora to 


422 RypBERG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA 


Baltimore, vo. 5634; Sargents 1901, C. F. Baker 344; Cimar- 
ron, 20. 277. 

Wyomine: Laramie Plains, 1903, Goodding 1422; Centen- 
nial, 1900, Aven Nelson 7680. 

Nepraska: Hay Springs, 1901, MacDougal 44. 


Aragallus angustatus sp. nov. 

Acaulescent perennial; leaves spreading or ascending, 6-10 
cm. long; leaflets 7-13, narrowly linear-lanceolate to narrowly 
linear, 1-2 cm. long, 2-4 mm. wide, sparingly strigose; scape 
about 1 dm. high, sparingly strigose; raceme 3-5 cm. long; 
bracts lanceolate, about 5 mm. long ; calyx finely silky-strigose ; 
tube 5-6 mm. long; teeth subulate, about 2 mm. long ; corolla 
purple, 15 mm. long or less; banner rather broad ; wings broad 
and slightly emarginate; keel with a very dark blue-purple spot 
and a very short porrect tip; legume ovoid, less than 1.5 cm. 
long, coriaceous, 3.5 mm. thick, rather abruptly contracted into a 
spreading beak, minutely strigose, half 2-celled. 

This resembles, somewhat, a low, narrow-leaved A, Lambertii, 
but differs in the more spreading leaves, and smaller, more 
spreading flowers, and especially by the short pod, with an abrupt 
spreading beak. The specimen designated as the type has the best 
developed fruit. 

Nesraska: Hills, Rush Creek, 1891, Rydberg 82c (fruit, type 
in herb. Columbia Univ.) ; prairies, Banner Co., zo. 82a, in part 
(fruit); hills, Banner Co., ho. 826 (flowers); Hay Springs, 1901, 
MacDougal 646 (flowers). 


ARaAGALLUS BLANK iNsuIPit A, Nelson 

Fron, |W: Blankinship * writes : 

“ Oxytropis Besseyi (Rydberg) ; Aragallus Besseyi Rydberg, 
Flora 250 is A, Blankinshipii Nelson, Erythea, 7: 58. The 
types of both were collected within a few miles of each other. 
The fruiting specimens of Nelson were pathogenic, infected with 
uredo, causing the ovary to remain undeveloped and an abnormal 
calyx, the legume in the species usually exceeding the calyx ; 
otherwise they are identical.” 


This statement is only partly correct. Professor Blankinship 


some time ago sent us specimens of Aragallus Blankinshipi from ~ 


* Mont. Agr, College Sci. Stud. Bot. 1: 80, 1905. : 


; 
| 
| 
| 
| 


ee ek 


RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 423 


the type collection. The flowering specimen is identical with my 
A. Besseyi, but the fruiting specimen is not. The flowering speci- 
men has long linear-subulate calyx lobes, 4 mm. long, and linear- 
lanceolate, acute bracts, while in the fruiting specimen the calyx- 
lobes are almost triangular and about half as long and the bracts 
lance-oblong and obtuse. If the fruit of the type sheet is infected 
by uredo, there is no evidence of it in the duplicate here at the 
Botanical Garden. The trouble is that Aragallus Blankinshipii 
was described from flowering specimens of one species (A. Bessey?) 
and fruiting specimens of another. They are both well known to 
me. I intended to describe the second species in the Flora of 
Montana when in the meantime Professor Nelson’s article in Ery- 
thea appeared. I had no authentic specimens of his new species. 
As I knew of no species answering to Professor Nelson’s descrip- 
tion of A. Blankinshipii, never suspecting it to be a composite one, 
and knowing one agreeing fairly with his description of A. collinus 
except as to the color of the corolla, I referred the specimens of 
my supposed new species to this. The New York Botanical 
Garden has since received authentic specimens of both A. Blank- 
tnshipit and A. collinus and I have been able to correct my mis- 
take. The specimens referred to A. col/inus in my Flora of Mon- 
tana are specifically the same as the fruiting specimens of A. 
Blankinshipi. Mr. Gooding has also collected good fruiting 
specimens in Wyoming at Alcona, Natrona County, in 1901 (wo. 
147). These were determined as A. Blankinshipiz. 

This species is closely related to A. xanus, differing mostly in 
the erect stiff scape and more elongated spike. A. Besseyz, to- 
gether with A. argophyllus, forms a small group more related to 
A, Lamberti. 

I adopt the name A. Blankinshipii for this species, represented 
by the fruiting specimens of the original description for the following 
reasons: (1) Prof. Nelson has laid most stress on the structure of 
the pod, associating A. Blankinshipii with A. collinus, A. multi- 
ceps, A. Lagopus and A. nanus, to which this species is related ; 
(2) The characters of the fruit in the genus Avagad/us are more 
reliable then those of the flowers to show the actual relationship ; 
(3) The species represented by the flowering specimens has already 
received a name. The synonymy of the two species is as follows : 


424 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 


ARAGALLUs Brankinsutpit A. Nelson Erythea 7: 58 (fruiting 
specimens). 1899. 

Aragallus collinus Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Garden. 1: 254. 
1900. Not A. collinus A. Nelson 1899. 

ARaGALLus Bessey1 Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Garden I: 250. 
1900. 

Oxytropis argentata Pursh Fl. Am. Sept. 473. 1814. Not: @. 
argentata Persoon. 

Aragallus Blankinshipii A. Nelson. Erythea, 7: 58 (flowering 
specimens). 1899. 

Aragallus monticolus A. Nelson, Erythea 7: 62, in part. 1899. 
Not Oxytropis monticola A. Gray. 

Oxytropis Besseyi Blankinship, Mont. Agr. Coll. Sci. Stud. Bot. 1: 
80. 1905. 


Aragallus atropurpureus sp. nov. 


Acaulescent perennial ; leaves numerous, 3-7 dm. long ; leaf- 
lets oval to oblong, canescently silky-villous, 5-15 mm. long, 3-5 


hairs ; tube 5 mm. long, 3 mm. wide; teeth black-hairy, subulate, 
4 mm. long; coralla dark-purple, about 15 mm. long; wings 
deeply emarginate; keel with a rather long ascending tip; leg- 
ume ovoid, less than 1.5 cm. long, 15 mm. thick, abruptly acumi- 
nate with a spreading beak, villous, partly black-hairy, thin, half 
2-celled. 

In pubescence and leaf-form, this species most resembles A. 
sericeus, but it is a much smaller plant, has only half 2-celled, 
shorter and more curved pod. It is easily distinguished from all 
the other purple-flowered Species of the 4. Lamberti group by 
the black-hairy calyx and long calyx-teeth. 

Wyominc : Headwaters of Tongue River, Big Horn Moun- 
tains, 1898, F. Tweedy 125 (type, in flower); no, 126 (in fruit). 


- Hedysarum utahense sp. nov. 


Perennial with a rootstock » Stem 4-6 dm. high, finely strigose, 
stipules triangular, acuminate, 5-8 mm. long; leaves -15 cm. 
long ; leaflets 11-17, elliptic, oval or oblong, usually rounded at 
both ends, 1-3 cm. long, 5-10 mm. wide, glabrous above, finely 


Se eee ee ee ee 


RyDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 425 


cinereous-strigose or more glabrate beneath; peduncles about I 
dm. long; raceme 4-10 cm. or in fruit even 2 dm. long; bracts 
ovate to lanceolate, scarious ; calyx cinereous-strigose ; tube nearly 
3 mm. long; teeth lance-subulate, 5 mm. long, attenuate ; corolla 
rose-purple ; banner 15-18 mm. long; keel 18-20 mm.; loments 
minutely strigose ; internodes 2-5, 6-8 mm. long, 5—6 mm. wide ; 
nodes narrow, 2.5 mm. or less. 

This is related to the subarctic H. Mackenzii, from which it 
differs in the denser pubescence on its calyx, its broader calyx-teeth, 
its fewer and larger internodes of the loment, its taller habit, 
broader bracts and lighter and redder flowers. It grows on hill- 
sides at an altitude of 1400-2000 m. 

Urau: Vicinity of Salt Lake City, 1883, Leonard 55 (type) ; 
1900, Stokes; 1869, Watson 294; near Ogden, Coulter; Stans- 
déury ; Wahsatch Mountains, 1888, Dr. Eccles. 


¥Y Lathyrus brachycalyx sp. nov. 

Perennial with a creeping rootstock; stem simple or slightly 
branched, 1.5-3 dm. high, usually finely pubescent, sharply 4- 
angled ; stipules semi-sagittate, 5-10 mm. long, I.5—-3 mm. wide, 
pubescent ; rachis 2-5 cm. long, somewhat winged; leaflets 2—5 
pairs, linear-oblong or oblanceolate, firm, strongly veined, finely 
pubescent, acute at both ends, 1-3 cm. long, 2-8 mm. wide; ten- 
drils of the lower leaves reduced to mere tips, those of the upper 
leaves better developed, but usually simple ; peduncles 5—10 cm. 
long ; raceme short, 2-6-flowered ; calyx puberulent; tube 4-5 
mm. long; upper teeth broadly triangular, scarcely 2 mm. long, the 
rest lance-subulate, the lowest one 3 mm., rarely 4 mm. long; 
corolla purple, 2—2.5 cm. long; legume glabrous, 3-4 cm. long, 7 
mm. wide. 


This species has been confused with ZL. decapetalus and is 
closely related to it. It differs in the much shorter calyx-tube 
and calyx-teeth, the broader, more upturned banner, the more 
pubescent foliage and less well developed tendrils. It grows 
on hillsides and in cafions and washes at an altitude of 1400- 
2500 m,. 

Uran: City Creek Cajon, 1883, / &. Leonard ror (type), 
20 and 29, 1900, S. G. Stokes; 1880, M. E. Jones 1700; near 
Salt Lake City, 1904, Garrett 998 ; 1905, Rydberg 6162; Mt. 
Majestic, Garrett 1656; Mount Nebo, 1902, Goodding 1105 ; 
Wahsatch Mountains, 1869, S. Watson 295. 


426 RypperG: Rocky MounrtTAIN FLORA 


v Capnoides hastatum sp. nov. 


Glabrous green perennial, 1-1.5 m. high, branched above ; 
leaves 2-4 dm. long, thrice pinnatifid ; ultimate divisions elliptic 
or oval, I-2 cm. long, mucronate ; racemes 1 dm. long or more ; 
bracts oblanceolate, about 1 cm. long; pedicels about 3 mm. 
long ; sepals narrowly hastate with broad often toothed, divergent 
basal lobes, about 2 mm. long; corolla with the spur 15-18 mm. 
long, salmon-pink ; hood scarcely crested. 

This species is closely related to C. Cusickit (S. Wats.) Heller, 
but differs in the smaller corolla, less crested hood and the sepals 
which are hastate instead of reniform and laciniate. 

Ipauo: Lolo Creek, 1902, C. V. Piper 4057 (type in herb. 
N. Y. Bot. Garden), 


’ Capnoides brachycarpum sp. nov. 

Glabrous and glaucous perennial with thick root; stem 3-6 
dm. high, branched above ;, leaves 2~3 dm. long, thrice pinnatifid ; 
ultimate divisions lanceolate or lance-elliptic, 2-3 cm. long, 5-12 
mm. wide; racemes 1-2 dm. long, the upper often branched ; 
bracts linear-subulate, about 5 mm. long ; pedicels ascending, 
about 5 mm. long; sepals ovate, acute, 2-3 mm. long with 
toothed auricles at the base; corolla, including the spur, about 
15 mm. long, yellowish, the inner petals tipped with purple or 
brown ; spur about the length of the body of the petals, horizon- 
tal ; crest of the hood obsolete ; pod horizontal or reflexed, obo- 
void, about 1 cm. long and 6 mm. wide. 

This species was included in the original description of Cory- 
dalis Brandeget S. Wats., but the type of the latter and all Colo- 
_rado specimens can easily be distinguished by the green, scarcely 

glaucous foliage, the broader oval or obovate mucronate divisions 
of the leaves, the broader and obtuse sepals, the longer corolla, 
which is fully 2 cm. long and has an almost erect spur, and the 
fruit, which is fully 1.5 cm. long but scarcely more than 4 mm. 
thick. C. b6rachycarpum grows along streams at an altitude of 
nearly 3000 m. 

Uran: Alta, 1879, M. E Jones 1197 (type in herb. N. Y. 
Bot. Gard.); 1905, Rydberg 6848; Silver Lake, American Fork 
Cafion, 1895, 7. £. Jones ; Wahsatch Mountains, 1884, Leonard 
175. 


] 
; 


RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 427 


’ Lepidium Crandallii sp. nov. 
L. Jonesti Rydb. Bull. Ag. Ex. Sta. Colo. 100: 1§2,in part. 1906. 
L, Eastwoodiae Rydb. /. c. in part. 

Perennial ; stems several, branched and leafy throughout, 
glabrous or puberulent above, 3-5 dm. high; basal leaves and 
lower stem-leaves pinnatifid, 5-7 cm. long, glabrous, with ob- 
lanceolate or oblong, entire or slightly toothed divisions; upper 
stem-leaves, especially those of the branches, oblanceolate or 
linear, entire or toothed ; sepals oblong, nearly 2 mm. long, white- 
margined ; petals clawed, about 3 mm. long, white, their blades 
obovate ; stamens 6; fruiting racemes 5-10 cm. long; pedicels 
divergent ; pods oval or ovate, about 4 mm. long, glabrous, slightly 
wing-margined above ; style 1 mm. long, about twice as long as 
the wing-margin. 

This species is related to the two species to which it has been 
referred and to L. allyssoides. From the latter and L. Zastwoodiae 
it differs in the more commonly dissected stem-leaves, the broader 
and shorter segments of the leaves and the comparatively longer 
style. From L. /onesii it differs in the broader leaf-segments, 


_ thinner leaves, and more branched habit. From ZL. scopulorum it 


differs in the less woody base, the branched and leafy stem, thinner 
leaves and shorter styles. 
CoLorano: Palisades, May 14, 1898, Crandall 131 (type in 


herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); Glenwood Springs, 1902, Osterhout 2599 ; 


» Lepidium brachybotryum sp. nov. 

Biennial or perennial with a tap-root; stem 2-3 dm. high, 
branched, puberulent throughout ; basal leaves puberulent, bipin- 
natifid, about 5 cm. long, with elliptic or obovate lobes; stem- 
leaves oblanceolate, pinnatifid or toothed; sepals oblong, about 1 


_ mm. long, white-margined ; petals white, clawed, 2 mm. long, their 
_ blades broadly obovate ; stamens 6; fruiting racemes short, 2-5 


cm. long ; pedicels divergent, 5-7 mm. long; pod rounded-ovate, 


- 3 mm. long, 2.5 mm. wide, wing-margined above ; styles less than 
_ 0.5 mm. long, scarcely exceeding the wing-margins, 


This is related to Z. szontanum but differs in the short style, 


- more rounded pods, and short racemes. It grows on sage-brush 


flats, 

Uran: Juab, 1902, Goodding 1075 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. 
Gard.) ; Wasatch County, near Midway, Carlton & Garrett 6728 
(poor specimen doubtfully referred here). 


428 RypBERG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA 


Vv Lepidium Fletcheri sp. nov. 

Annual or biennial; stem erect, 3-5 dm. high, puberulent 
with short cylindric spreading hairs, branched above with ascend- 
ing branches; leaves narrow, pinnatifid with linear divisions or 
saliently toothed, 2-5 cm. long, puberulent ; those of the inflores- 
cence linear and entire ; sepals oblong, scarcely 1 mm. long, green, 
with white margins; petals none; stamens usually 2, scarcely ex- 
ceeding the sepals; fruiting racemes 3-5 cm. long; pedicels 4 
mm., terete; pod glabrous, scarcely 3 mm. long, obovate in out- 
line, ‘glabrous, strongly wing-margined above ; lobes of the wings 
nearly 0.5 mm., triangular-ovate, acutish or obtuse ; seed I mm. 
long, brown, wingless. 

This species is related to L. densiflorum and L. ruderale, but 
differs from both in the deeper, more open notch of the pod and 
the prominent lobes of the wing. From the former it differs also 
in the smaller pod and the narrow divisions of the leaves and 
from the latter in the leaves, of which none, apparently, are bi- 
pinnatifid. In the fruit it resembles Z. Bourgeauanum Thelling, 
but differs in the simple erect habit and in the pinnatifid leaves. 

Manitosa: Roadsides, Winnipeg, 1905, /. Pletcher (type in 
herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.) ; apparently also 

SASKATCHEWAN: Cherryfield, 1906, Macoun & Herriot 69881. 


THELYPODIUM Endl. 


This genus as treated in the Synoptical Flora represents at 
least half a dozen different types of plants. Whether they should 
be regarded as one or more genera depends upon the individual 
tastes and inclinations of the botanist treating them. Dr. Greene, 
in splitting up the genus Streptanthus, expressed the opinion that 
either these two genera, Stanfordia and Caulanthus, should be 
united into one, or else Streptanthus should be divided into sev- 
eral. The writer agrees so far with Dr. Greene and thinks that 
Thelypodium and Caulanthus should be treated the same way. He 
has not been able to follow Dr. Greene in his segregation, how- 
ever, partly because he does not know well enough the West 
American species treated by Dr. Greene, and partly because his 
opinions differ considerably in some cases. One of these cases 
will be given below. : 

Thelypodium was established by Endlicher, and based wholly 


RYDBERG: Rocky MounTAIN FLORA 429 


on Pachypodium Nutt.* A generic diagnosis was given but no 
species were cited. In Walpers’ Repertorium (1: 172), the genus 
was again taken up and the three species of Pachypodium found 
in Torrey and Gray’s Flora, were taken up in the same order as 
these. Hence 7helypodium is a mere substitute for Pachypodiuin, 
which name had been used for another genus, and the type of the 
latter genus is the type of the former. The three species of Pachy- 
podium are the following, given in the order in which they appear : 
P. laciniatum, P. integrifolium, P. sagittatum. The last of the 
three need not be considered, for in Torrey and Gray’s Flora it is 
regarded as doubtfully belonging to the same genus as the pre- 
ceding and perhaps belonging to a section of Aradis. The type 
of Pachypodium Nutt., and hence of Zhelypodium Endl., must then 
be either P. aciniatum or P. integrifolium. There is nothing that 
points directly to either of the two, but everything favors the for- 
mer. It is not only the first species mentioned, but it is also the 
only one previously known and figured. It was first described as 
Macropodium laciniatum. Hooker compared it with the original 
M. nivale, gave figures for both and emphasized the differences 
between the two, the oblong anthers and the long, slender pubes- 
ent stipe of JZ. nivale and the linear anthers and the short, stout 
stipe of IZ. laciniatum, Nuttall remarked “ evidently not a Macro- 
podium.” It is evident that he selected the name Pachypodium 
from the short, stout stipe. 

If Macropodium laciniatum Hook. is regarded as the type of 
Thelypodium Endlicher, and the writer can not regard it otherwise, 
the closest: relatives of it we find in 7. utahense Rydb. and the 
groups of 7helypodia on which Dr. Greene based his genus Guil- 
lenta. Itis hard to see how 7 helypodium lasiophyllum Greene, 
the type of the latter genus, can be generically distinct from 7. 
laciniatum (Hook.) Endl. Every character pointed out by Dr. 
Greene for his Guillenia agrees with the latter and is even found 
in Hooker's description. It will be admitted that there are some 
habitual differences, by which 7: /aciniatum is isolated from Gut/- 
lenia, but T. utahense, originally named T. /aciniatum, has the 
habit of that genus, while the flower and fruit are essentially 
those of 7. /asiophyllum. 

*T. &G. FIN, Am. 1:96. 1838. 


430 RyDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 


Dr. Greene evidently intended to include in Guz//enia, Arabis 
longirostris or Streptanthus longirostris, but in enumerating the 
species of his new genus he has no G. /ongirostris. He has one 
G. rostrata based on Aradis rostrata S. Wats., a name the publi- 
cation of which I have been unable to find. Aradis longirostris is 
hardly congeneric with Telypodium lasiophyllum, however. It has 
the flat pod of Streptanthus, but the short anthers, merely cordate 
at the base, and not spirally curved, place it as very doubtfully 
belonging to any of the Streptanthoid genera. 

The second species of Pachypodium in Torrey and Gray’s 
Flora, now usually known as Thelypodium integrifolium (Nutt) 

_End1., is so different in habit, that the writer has always found it 
hard to regard it as congeneric with the rest, but the differences 
in the structure of the flower and of the pod externally are so 
slight that a segregation based on habit alone would not be desir- 
able. There is however, a character in the pod, unique to this 
species and two or three segregates from it and making them 
stand isolated from all the other Thelypodioid plants, viz., the 
strong and broad midrib of the septum of the pod. There is no 
distinct midvein in any of the typical Thelypodia. 

A species closely resembling 7. integrifolium in habit, foliage 
and flowers, is 7. Linearifolium or Todanthus or Streptanthus lineari- 
folius, but it lacks the rib on the septum. Besides it has two 
characters not found in the other 7%) helypodia. Two of the rather 
firm and purple sepals are strongly saccate at the base and the 
stigma is conical, not truncate nor 2-lobed as in the other species. 
It could be referred to Hesperis, which it resembles especially in 
the flowers, if it were not for the stipitate, terete pod and the 
curved anthers, which characters are strongly thelypodioid. 

In describing the subgenus Euthelypodium in the Synoptical 
Flora, Dr. Robinson gives 7. elegans Jones as an exception hav- 
ing a 2-lobed stigma with the lobes expanding over the septum. In 
the whole tribe the stigma is either undivided or else the lobes are 
expanded over the valves. This exceptional character is most 
pronounced in the species mentioned above, but it is also found in 
less degree in 7. aureum Fastw. and 7. Bakeri Greene. Mr. 
‘George Osterhout, of New Windsor, Colorado, who has collected 
a specimen of 7. elegans, has written on the label: ‘near to 


RYDBERG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA 431 


Streptanthus wyomingensis A. Nelson but probably rather a Zhely- 
podium.” This note made the writer compare the latter species. 
When S. wyomingensis was first described, it was thought that it 
was the closest ‘relative of S. maculatus Nutt., the only original 
Streptanthus, but a closer comparison now has shown that the pod 
is not flat as in Streptanthus and the lobes of the stigma are turned 
the wrong way. Its relationship is with the three 7) helypodia just 
mentioned above, with which it also agrees in habit. 
Two other species of 7helypodium are said by Dr. Robinson 
to have the lobes of the stigma placed in the same way, viz.: 7. 
micranthum and T. longifolium, but here that character is scarcely 
noticeable. There are other characters in which they disagree 
with the other Zhelypodia. The branched or stellate pubescence 
is unique in the whole tribe and should place them according to 
the classification used in Engler & Prantl’s Pflanzenfamilien in 
another grand division of the family. The stamens and the pods 
are, however, more or less thelypodioid. In both species the 
flowers are more or less irregular, the lower sepals being longer 
(this is best shown in 7 longifolium) and there is scarcely any 
distinction between claw and blade in the petals. 
The most interesting of the Thelypodia is perhaps 7. Wrightii. 
In the pod, the texture of sepals and petals, the form of the latter, 
etc., this is close to the typical 7helypodia. The habit is not so 
essentially different either, but the sepals are spreading-reflexed 
and early deciduous as in Stanleya and the glands at the base of 
the stamens and the thickening of the pedicel, both so conspicu- 
ous in most thelypodioid plants, are here inconspicuous. The 
plant could not be included in Stanleya, on account of the short 
stipe, the different habit and the structure of the petals. 
The genera may be distinguished as follows : 
Sepals equal or nearly so; hairs simple or none. 
Sepals erect or ascending in anthesis. 
Stigma distinctly lobed, its lobes expanded over the septum. 
Thelypodiopsis. 
Stigma entire or, if indistinctly lobed, the lobes expanded over the valves. 
Stigma truncate ; sepals scarcely gibbous at the base. 
Septum of the pod without a distinct midrib. Thelypodium. 
Septum of the pod with a strong midrib. Pleurophragma. 
Stigma conical; the outer sepals gibbous at the base. Hesperidanthus. 


Sepals strongly spreading or reflexed in anthesis, soon deciduous. 
Stanleyella. 


432 RyDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 


Sepals unequal, the lower longer ; hairs, at least some of them, stellate or branched, 
Tleterothrix, 


THELYPODIOPSIS gen. nov. 


Biennials with rather thick and glaucous foliage and glabrous 
except the lower part of the stem. Basal leaves spatulate or ob- 
lanceolate, more or less toothed, with winged petioles ; stem-leaves 
auriculate-clasping with rounded auricles. Sepals thin, erect or 
ascending, not gibbous, more or less petaloid, linear or oblong. 
Petals more or less clawed, white or purplish or in one species 
yellow. Filaments distinct, slender, filiform or subulate ; anthers 
long, linear, sagittate at the base, soon spirally curved. Pod slen- 
der, terete, more or less torulose, usually with short stipe and 
style ; stigma 2-lobed, the lobes expanded over the septum ; coty- 
ledons obliquely incumbent. 

The first species of this genus as well as of the following 
new genera is regarded as the type. 


Stipe very short, Jess than I mm. long or almost none; petals white or tinged with 
purple. 


Style 2 mm. or nearly so. 


Pod 7-9 cm. long. T. elegans. 
Pod about 4 cm. long. . Bakert, 
Style less than I mm, long ; pod 5-7 cm. long. T. wyomingensts. 
Stipe 2-5 mm. long; petals and sepals yellow. T. aurea, 


( Thelypodiopsis elegans (M. E. Jones). 
Thelypodium elegans M. E. Jones, Zoe Ay 206, «1893. 

¥ Thelypodiopsis Bakeri (Greene). : 
Lhelypodium Bakeri Greene, P|. Baker, 4: 6. 1901. 

y Thelypodiopsis wyomingensis (A. Nelson). 
Streptanthus wyomingensis A. Nelson, Bull. Torrey Club 26: 

126. 1899. 

V Thelypodiopsis aurea (Eastw.). 

Lhelypodium aureum Eastw. Zoe 2: 227. 189l. 


’ Thelypodium Palmeri sp. nov. 

Biennial or perennial with a tap-root; stem 3-5 dm. high, 
sparingly hirsute below, glabrous above ; basal leaves oblanceo- 
late or spatulate, 2-4 cm. long, more or less hirsute beneath, 
especially on the veins; stem-leaves sagittate, 2-4 cm. long, glab- 
rous or nearly so; inflorescence usually branched with ascending 
branches ; pedicels nearly erect, 5-8 mm. long ; sepals oblong, 
3-4 mm. long; petals 5-6 mm. long, white or rose; claw about 


3 mm. long ; blade spatulate or oblanceolate ; pod about 2—5 cm. 
long, I mm. wide. . 


RYDBERG: Rocky MounTaAIN FLORA 433 


This species has been confused with 7: sagittatuim (Nutt.) Endl., 
but differs in the smaller and narrower petals, nearly erect pedicels 
and narrow pod. 

SOUTHERN Uran: 1877, E. Palmer 25 (type in herb. Columbia 
Univ.). 

’ Thelypodium leptosepalum sp. nov. 

Annual or biennial, glabrous throughout ; stem 4-6 dm. high, 
branched ; leaves thin, glabrous, 6-10 cm. long, lyrate-pinnatifid 
with lanceolate divergent lobes; flowering pedicels about 3 mm, 
long ; sepals lance-subulate, 6 mm. long, I-I.5 mm. wide at the 
base, white ; petals narrowly linear-oblanceolate, almost strap- 
shaped, with scarcely any distinction between blade and claw, 8 
mm. long, 0.5 mm. wide or less; filaments filiform, about 1 cm. 
long when well developed; anthers linear, sagittate at the base, 
soon curled. 

This is closely related to 7. daciniatum (Hook.) Endl., but 
differs in the narrow tapering instead of oblong sepals. It grows 
at an altitude of 450-600 m. on rocky banks. 

IpaHo: Lewiston, Nez Perces County, 1896, A. A. & E. Ger- 
trude [feller 3022 (type in herb. Columbia Univ.); Valley of Peter 
Creek, Nez Perces County, 1892, Sandberg, MacDougal & Heller 
122, 

PLEUROPHRAGMA gen. nov. 

Tall glabrous perennials or biennials with paniculate inflores- 
cence and thick entire leaves. Basal leaves oblanceolate or spatu- 
late ; stem-leaves linear-lanceolate, sessile but not clasping. Se- 
pals ascending, thin, more or less petaloid. Petals white or 
purplish with slender claws. Filaments distinct, subulate, white, 
somewhat ‘dilated below and with conspicuous glands at their 
bases ; anthers linear, sagittate at the base, curved. Receptacle 
dilated. Pod slender, terete, torulose, tapering at both ends into a 
short stipe below and a short slender style above ; stigma minute, 
entire ; septum with a strong midrib. 


* Pleurophragma integrifolium (Nutt.) 
Fachypodium integrifolium Nutt.; T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1: 96. 
1838. 
Thelypodium integrifolium Endl. : Walp. Rep. 1: 172. 1842. 
/ Pleurophragma gracilipes (Robinson) 
Thely podium integrifolium gracilipes Robinson, Syn. Fl. 1' 176. 
1895. 


434 RYDBERG: Rocky MounrAIN FLORA 


v Pleurophragma platypodum sp. nov. 

Glabrous perennial with a tap-root ; stem simple up to the in- 
florescence, 1-2 m. high; basal leaves spatulate, 5-10 cm. long, 
entire ; stem-leaves 3-6 cm. long, linear-lanceolate or oblanceo- 
late, dark-green, thick; inflorescence paniculate ; racemes dense, 
at first corymbiform, in fruit about 1 dm. long ; sepals oblong, yel- 
lowish- or greenish-white, 4 mm. long ; petals white, clawed, 6-7 
mm. long ; blades spatulate ; pedicels in fruit about 3 mm. long, 
divergent or somewhat reflexed, dilated and flattened at the base, 
pod 1.5-2 cm. long, I-1.5 mm. thick, torulose ; stipe 1-2 mm. 
long ; style short. 

This is related to Pleurophragma integrifolium ( Thelypodium 
integrifolium Endl.), but differs in the shorter inflorescence, the 
shorter pedicels, broadened at the base, the shorter pod with longer 
stipe and shorter style. 

Utan: Moab, 1891, M E. Jones (labeled Thelypodium 
Wrightit, type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Garden). 

ARIZONA: 1876, E. Palmer. 

To this genus belongs also 7, helypodium lilacinum Greene, PI. 
Baker. 3: 9. 1901, if distinct from T. integrifolium. The only 
specimens at hand differ from that only in the stronger purple 
color of calyx and corolla. They are without fruit, which, how- 
ever, may furnish distinctive characters. 


HESPERIDANTHUS (B. L. Robinson) Rydb., gen. nov. 
Thely podium § Tlesperidanthus B. L. Robinson, Syn. Fl. 1': 174. 
18 


Erect, slender, glabrous perennials, with pale foliage ; corym- 
bosely branched above. Basal leaves obovate, toothed ; stem- 
leaves linear, entire. Sepals rather firm, erect ; the outer strongly 
saccate at the base. Petals purple, with obovate blades. Anthers 
linear, sagittate at the base, strongly curved. Stigma conical or 
ovate, neither truncate nor 2-lobed. Pod terete, linear, short- 
stipitate. _ 

v Hesperidanthus linearifolius (A. Gray). 
Streptanthus linearifolius A. Gray, Pl. Fendl. 7. 1840. 
lodanthus or Pachy podium linearifollum A, Gray, Proc. Am, Acad. 

6: 187. 1863. 

Thely podium linearifolium S. Wats. Bot. King’s Expl. 25. 1871. 


RypBERG: Rocky MounrAIN FLORA 435 


STANLEYELLA gen. nov. 


Tall branched biennials. Leaves thin, the lower ones lyrately 
pinnatifid, the upper entire. Sepals thin, petaloid, white, oblong or 
linear, spreading or even reflexed in anthesis. Petals white, with 
oblanceolate or spatulate blades gradually tapering into a short 
claw. Filaments distinct, filiform; anthers linear, sagittate at the 
base, soon more or less spirally recurved. Pod slender, terete with 
short stipe and short style; stigma small, truncate or nearly so; 
cotyledons incumbent and somewhat conduplicate. 


“Stanleyella Wrightii (A. Gray) 
Lhelypodium Wrightii A. Gray. PI. Wright. 1: 7. 1852. 


HETEROTHRIX (B. L. Robinson) Rydb., gen. nov. 
Thelypodium § Heterothrix B. L. Robinson, Syn. Fl. 1’: 178. 

1895. 

Slender biennials, more or less pubescent at least below with 
stellate or branched hairs. Basal leaves oblanceolate, more or less 
toothed ; stem-leaves lance-linear or linear, entire. Racemes elon- 
gated, slender. Calyx more or less oblique, the lower sepals 
being longer than the upper, all ascending, rather firm and more 
or less purplish. Petals oblanceolate or spatulate, indistinctly 
or broadly clawed. Filaments subulate, broad at the base, dis- 
tinct, scarcely exserted; anthers linear, Sagittate at the base, 
spirally curved. Pod slender, terete, sessile ; stigma minute, en- 
tire or slightly lobed, the lobes expanding over the septum ; coty- 
ledons obliquely incumbent. 


’ Heterothrix longifolia (Benth.) 
Streptanthus longifolius Benth. Pl. Hartw. 10. 1839. 
Thely podium longifolium S. Wats. Bot. King’s Expl. 25. 1871. 


Heterothrix micrantha (A. Gray) 
Streptanthus micranthus A. Gray Pl. Fendl. 7. 1849. 
Thelypodium micranthum §S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. £9: 321. 

1882. 

CHLOROCRAMBE gen. nov. 

Perennial glabrous herbs; stem simple at least up to the in- 
florescence. Racemes lax with slender horizontal or reflexed 
pedicels. Leaves thin, petioled, with usually hastate blades. 
Sepals greenish, ascending. Petals greenish-white, with short _ 
claws and lanceolate dentate blades. Anthers sagittate at the 


436 RYDBERG: Rocky MounraIn FLORA 


base, linear-oblong, at last curved, greenish. Pod slender, some- 
what torulose, short-stipitate and short-styled ; stigma minute, 
entire. 

The plant referred here has been included in Caulanthus, but 
the type of that genus, C. crassicaulis, and its allies have an urn- 
shaped, more or less closed calyx ; linear, oblong, or spatulate 
petals, which have practically no claws, are thin and membranous 
except the upper third or fourth, which is thicker, brownish or 
purplish, curved and crisp; and a conspicuous, two-cleft stigma. 


Chlorocrambe hastata (S. Wats.) Rydb. 
Caulanthus hastatus S. Wats. Bot. King’s Expl. 28. 1871. 


Sophia magna sp. nov. 

Annual ; stem branched, 5~ro dm. high, sparingly stellate- 
puberulent or glabrous, stout; basal leaves twice to thrice pin- 
natifid, 1-2 dm. long, nearly glabrous ; segments obovate, often 
toothed ; stem-leaves similar but with narrower segments; sepals 


has the conspicuous flowers of S. filipes, but the terminal segment 
of the leaves is not elongated. It was first mistaken for S. brachy- 
carpa; but the style is evident although short. It grown on river- 
bluffs at an attitude of 1500-2500 m. 

CoLorapo: North of La Veta, 1900, Rydberg & Vreeland 
6163 (type in herb. N, Y. Bot. Gard.) ; South of La Veta, 6762; 
Plains near Denver, 6164. 


Slender annual ; stems 2-4 dm. high, slightly stellate or glab- 
rate ; leaves pinnatifid or bipinnatifid with linear or oblong divisions, 
slightly stellate or glabrate ; sepals oblong, 1 mm. long; petals 
light-yellow, Spatulate, 1.5 mm, long ; fruiting pedicels ascending, 
4-6 mm. long; pods clavate, 5-8 mm. long, glabrous, slightly 
over I mm. thick ; style minute. 


This species is probably nearest related to S. intermedia, but 


RYDBERG : Rocky Mountain FLORA 437 


differs in the shorter pod and pedicels and the smaller flowers. 
From S. pinnata it differs in being nearly glabrous and by the 
shorter pedicels and the erect pods. It grows on gravelly flats, 
sandy plains and rocky hills, at an attitude of 1300-2000 m. 

Wyominc : Wraith Falls, Yellowstone Park, 1899, Aven Nelson 
GElias Nelson 5710 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); Green River. 
1895, Aydberg; Fort Steele, 1901, Tweedy 4479 and 4480 (?), 
_ Uran: Salt Lake City, 1884, Leonard 272. 


Arabis oreophila sp. nov. 

Aratis Drummondii alpina S. Wats. Bot. King’s Expl. 17, in part. 
1871. : 
Perennial with a more or less branched caudex; stems 1-2 

dm. high ; basal leaves numerous, broadly oblanceolate or spatu- 

late, stellate-pubescent ; stem-leaves rather few, lanceolate, slight- 

ly auriculate-clasping ; sepals oblong, 3-4 mm. long, margined 
with purplish, obtuse, glabrous ; petals 7-8 mm. long, yellowish- 

white below, upper portion rose or purplish ; pedicels 4-10 mm. 

long, erect or ascending ; pods glabrous, 3-6 cm. long, slightly 

arcuate, 2 mm. wide, acute, but beak obsolete; seeds in 2-rows, 
winged above and on one side. 

This species is nearest related to A. Lyall S. Wats., and was 
included therein, but differs in the broader and shorter basal leaves, 
which are decidedly stellate, and in the pod which lacks a distinct 
beak. It grows on the higher mountains at an altitude of 2500- 
3500 m, | 

Urau: Divide between Big Cotton-wood Cafion and Heber 
Valley, 1905, Rydberg & Carlton 6678 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. 
Garden, flowers and young fruit); Alta, 1879, Jones 1248 (fr.); 
Uintas, 1869, Watson 75 (fl:) 

Wyoming: Union Peak, 1894, 4. Nelson 1007 (fl.); upper 
Buffalo Fork, 1899, C. C. Curtis. 

Montana: Old Hollowtop, 1897, Rydberg & Bessey (fl.). 


Nrw York Boranlca. GARDEN, 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 
: (1907) 


The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by 
Americans, published in faroreas or based upon American material ; the word Amer- 
ica bein g use d in its broadest se 

Reviews, and papers meee ‘ies exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, 
a deeaned products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and - 
no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is 


some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor 
to errors or omissions their kindness will be appreciated. 

This Index is reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers, 
at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each 


spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Medes 

Botanical Club. 

Abrams, L.R. Studies on the flora of Southern California—II. Bull. 
Torrey Club 34: 263-265. 10 Jl 1907. 
Includes new species in Chamaebatia, Xanthoxalis, Malvastrum,and Gutierrhezia, 

Bailey, W. W. Lianes. Am. Bot. 12: 75-77. My 1907. 

Bailey, W. W. Wayside flowers. Am. Bot. 12: 101-103. Je 
1907. 

Benedict, R.C. Notes on some ferns collected near Orange, New 
Jersey. Torreya 7: 136-138. 19 Jl 1907. 

Bergen, J. Y. Some ecological observations on the Naples flora. 
Plant World 10; 157-161. Jl 1907. 

Berger, A. Pilocereus euphorbioides Riimpl. Monats. Kakteenk. 17: 
87-91. 15 Je 1907. [Illust.] 

Blanchard, W. H. A round-leaved red raspberry. Torreya 7: 139, 
140. 19 Jl 1907. 
Rubus Egglestonti sp. nov., native of Vermont. 

Brainerd, E. ‘The older types of North American violets.—I. Rho- 
dora 9: 93-98. 29 Je 1907. 

Burlingame, L. L. ‘The sporangium of the Ophioglossales, Bot. Gaz. 
44: 34-56. p/. 3, g. 20 Jl 1907. 

Campbell, D. H. Studies on the Ophioglossaceae. Ann. Jard. Bot. 
Buitenzorg II. 6: 138-194. p/. 9-79. 1907. 

439 


440 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Chamberlain, E. B. Catharinaea MacMillani. Rhodora 9: 98-100, 
pl. 74. 29 Je 1907. 

Clute, W. N. Collinsia verna. Am. Bot. 12: 73, 74. My 1907. 
[Illust. ] 

Clute, W. N. Our bird’s nest fungi. Am. Bot. 12: 79-81. My 
1907. 

Cook, M.T. The embryology of Rhizophora Mangle. Bull. Torrey 
Club 34: 271-277. pl. 22, 27. 26 Jl 1907. 

Crockett, A. L. Cuatharinea crispa in Maine. Bryologist 10: 74- 
5 Jl 1907. 

Cushman, J. A. A synopsis of the New England species of Plewro- 
taenium. Rhodora 9: 101-106. pl. 75. 29 Je 1907. 

Dobbin, F. An afternoon in the Helderbergs. Am. Bot. 12: 78, 
79. My 1907. 

Dunham, E.M. Polytrichum gracile in Maine. Bryologist 10: 75. 
5 Jl 1907. [Tllust.] 

Edwards, S. C. Why and how to begin study of fungi. Am. Bot. 
12: 97-100. Je1g07. [Illust.] 

Fernald, M. L.  Svreptopus oreopolus a possible hybrid. Rhodora g: 
106, 107. 29 Je 1907. 

Fink, B. Further notes on cladonias. XI. Cladonia pyxidata and 
Cladonia pityrea. Bryologist 10: 57-60. pl. 7. § Fh. 1997- 

Foslie, M. Algologiske notiser III. Kgl. Norske Vidensk. Selskr. 
Skr. 1906°: 1-34. 1907. 

Includes new American species in Lithothamnion (2), and Lithophyllum (4), also 
other American references. 

Foslie, M. Antarctic and subantarctic Corallinaceae. | Wissensch. 
Ergeb. Schwed. Siidpolar-Exped. IQOI-1903 4°: 1-16. pl. I, 2. 
1907. 

Fritsch, F. E. The subaérial and freshwater algal flora of the tropics. 
Ann. Bot. 21: 235-275, Ap 1907. 

Based mainly upon Old World observations, 

Gager, C.S. The breathing of plants. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 8: 
143-156. Jl 1907. 

R. R. Hybridization and germ cells of Oenothera mutants. 
Bot. Gaz. 44: 1-21. f, I-3. 20 Jl 1907. 

Guillet, C. Fungi from the Kawartha Lakes (and a few from Toronto) 
including several new species. Ottawa Nat. 23: 57-60. 31 Jl 
1907. 


Several species named as new but not described. 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 441 


Girke, M. “chinocactus gladiatus Pfeiff. und £. hastatus Hopft. 
Monats. Kakteenk. 17: 81-86. 15 Je 1907. 

Natives of Mexico. 

Girke,M. Lchinocereus Kunzei Giirke n. sp. Monats. Kakteenk. 
17: 103, 104. 15 Jl 1907. 

Native of Arizona. 

Harris, C. W. Lichens of the Adirondack League Club tract. Bryolo- 
gist 10: 64-66. 5 Jl 1907. 

Harshberger, J. W. Observations on the formation of algal paper. 
Torreya 7: 141, 142. 19 Jl 1907. 

Hemsley, W. B. Stewartia Malachodendron. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV, 
3:f/. 8145. Jl 1907. 

Native of eastern North America, 

Hill, A. W. A revision of the geophilous ‘species of Peperomia, with 
some additional notes on their morphology and seedling structure. 
Ann. Bot. 21: 139-160. p/. 75. Ap 1907. 

Includes descriptions of 7 new species, natives of tropical America. 

Hill, E. J. The validity of some species of Fissidens. Bryologist 
10: 67-74. pl. 9. 5 Jl 1907. 

Hillier, J. M. Guayule rubber. (Parthenium argentatum A. Gray.) 
Kew Bull. Misc, Inf. 1907: 285-294. Jl 1907. 

Native of Mexico and Texas. 

Holm, T. Morphological and anatomical studies of the vegetative 
organs of Rhexia. Bot. Gaz. 44:22-33. pl. 7, 2. 20 Jl 1907. 

House, H. D. Notes on southern violets — II. Torreya 7: 133-136. 
J. 4. 19 Jl 1907. 

Includes Viola oconensis sp. nov., a native of South Carolina. 

Hutchinson, J. Montanoa mollissima. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 3: fi. 
8143. Jl 1907. 

Native of Mexico. 

Kirby, A. M. Daffodils, narcissus, and how to grow them as hardy 
plants and for cut flowers, with a guide to the best varieties. 1-235. 
pl. 1-32. New York, 1907. 

Kirkwood, J. E. Some features of pollen-formation in the Cucurdi- 
faceae. Bull. Torrey Club 34: 221-242. p/. 17-27. 10 Jl 1907. 
Knowlton, F. H. Description of a collection of Kootanie plants from 
the Great Falls coal field of Montana. Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 

59: 105-128. p/. ri-1g. 27 Je 1907. 
Includes new species in Cladophilebis, Acrostichopteris, Dryopteris, Adiantum, 

Oleandra, and Protorhi ipis. 


442 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Knox, A. A. The relation of fasciation to injury in the evening prim- 
roses. Plant World 10: 145-151.. 7 29.: Jl 1907. 

Kupfer, E. Studies in plant regeneration. Mem. Torrey Club 12: 
195-241. f. I-13.- 10 Je 1907. 

Lawson, A. A. The gametophytes and embryo of the Cupressineae 
with special reference to Libocedrus decurrens. Ann, Bot. 21: 281- 
301. p/. 24-26. Ap 1907. 

Mackenzie, K. K. The range of Vaccinium virgatum. ‘orreya 7: 
144,145. 19 Jl 1907. 

Malme, G.0. A. Nigra anteckningar om Victoria Lindl., sarskildt 
om Victoria Cruziana D’Orb. Act. Hort. Berg. 45: 1-16. pl. I-4. 
1907. 

Natives of South America. 

Mottier, D. M. The development of the heterotypic chromosomes in 
pollen mother-cells. Ann. Bot. 21: 399-347. pil. 27, 28. Jl1907- 

Murrill, W. A. Leaf blight of the plane-tree. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 
8: 157-161. f, 21,22. Jl 1907. 

Nash, G. V. An attractive Philippine shrub in flower. Jour. N. Y. 
Bot. Gard. 8: 161-103. 7.29. Ji 1907. 

Nash, G. V. Structure and classification of orchids. Jour. Hort. Soc. 
N.Y. 2 eee Je 1907. 

Nash, G. V. Useful or €conomic plants. Jour. Hort. Soc. N. Y. 1: 
33-35- Je 1907. 

O’Mara, P. Sports. Jour. Hort. Soc. N. Y. 1: 39-43- Je 1907. 

Powell, G. T. The value of selection in the propagation of trees and 
plants. Jour. Hort. Soc. N. Y. 1: 36-38. Je 1907. 

Purpns, J. A; (toh; Thurberi Engelm. Monats. Kakteenk. 17: 107. 
15 Jl 1907. [Illust. ] 

Native of Mexico and Arizona. 

Purpus, J, A. Neue, von Rose beschriebene Kakteen aus Mexico. 
Monats. Kakteenk. 17: 91-93. 15 Je 1907. 

Quehl, L.  Varietiten der Mamillaria strobiliformis Scheer. _Monats. 
Kakteenk. 17: 86, 87. 15 Je 1907. 

Natives of Mexico, 

Rolfe, R. A. Odontoglossum Leeanum. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 3: fv. 
6142. Jl 1907. 

Native of Colombia. 

Rolfs, F.M. Die back of the peach trees (Valsa /eucostoma Pers.). 
Science II. 26: 87-89. 19 Jl 1907. 


_ INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 443 


Rose, J. N. Additional notes on Mexican plants of the eae Ribes. 
Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 50: 32. 1 My 1907. 

Ribes madrense Coville & Rose sp. nov. 

Rose, J. N. Cactus Maxonii, a new cactus from Guatemala. Smith- 
sonian Misc. Coll. 50: 63, 64. p/. 6. 15 Je 1907. 

Rose, J. N. & Painter, J. H. Morhil/ia, a new name for: the genus 
Chitonia ; with description of a new species. Smithsonian Misc. 
Coll. 50: 33, 34. 1 My1 
Includes description of sie PS 6 acuminata Rose & Painter sp. nov., native of 

Mexico 

Ry dherw: P. A. Linnaeus and American botany. Science II. 26: 
65-71. 19 Jl 1907. 

Sargent, C.S. The black-fruited Crataegus of western North Amer- 
ica. Bot. Gaz. 44: 64-66. 20 Jl 1907. 

Schreiner, 0. & Reed, H. S. The production of deleterious excre- 
tions by roots. Bull. Torrey Club 34: 279-303. fz. 26 Jl 1907. 

Shear, C. L. New species of per Bull. Torrey Club 34: 305-317. 
26 jl cael 


New sp d zonium, Sporotrichum, Cladosporium, eguabepnceanay 
Phyllosticta, ‘Rshiwunsine, pe ta, Sporonema (2), Plagiorhabdus gen. nov. (2), 
Leptothyrium, Naeet Ceuthospora, Bothrodiscus gen.- nov., cine. 
Acanthorhynchus gen. nov., Gloeosporium, Guignardia, and Ustilago. 

Sheldon, J. L. The taconeay of a leaf-spot fungus of the apple and 
other fruit-trees. Torreya'7: 142, 143. 19 Jl 1907. 

Smith, K. P. Pennsylvania wild flowers. Am. Bot. 12: 115, 116 
Je 1907. 

Stapf,O. A new rubber tree: Palo amarillo. (Euphorbia fulva 
Stapf; syn. Z. e/astica Altamirano and Rose, not of Jumelle.) Kew 
Bull. Misc. Inf. 1907: 294-296. Jl 1907. 

Native of Mexico, 

Stapf, 0. Phyllodoce Breweri. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 3:2. 81746. 
Jl 1907. 

Native of California. 

Stejneger, L. The origin of the so-called Atlantic animals and plants 
of western Norway. Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 48 : 458-513. A/.67-70. 
4 My 1907. 

Stokey, A.G. The roots of Lycopodium pithyotdes. Bot. Gaz. 44: 
57-03. fi. 6, O +f. 7-- 20 Ji 1907. 

Thériot, I. Grimmia Dupreti n. sp. Bryologist 10: 62-64. A/. 8. 
5 Jl 1907. 
Native of Quebec. 


444 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Underwood, L. M. American ferns-VIII. A preliminary review of 
the North American Gletcheniaceae. Bull. Torrey Club 34: 243- 
262. f. 2, 2. t0 Jl 1907. 

Includes descriptions of 4 new species of Dicranopteris, 

White, J. Atlas of Canada. 1-14. pl. 1-83. Ottawa, ‘‘1906”’ 
[1907]. 

Includes maps showing distribution of forests and forest trees. 

Wittrock, V.B. Zinnaea borealis L. Species polymorpha et poly- 
chroma, Linnaea borealis L. En mangformig Art. Act. Hort. 
Berg. 4’: 1-187. p/. 1-17 +f, 1-78. 1907. 


Includes many references to American forms. 


THE BRYOLOGIST 


WITH THE JANUARY, 1907, NUMBER BEGINS ITS 
TENTH YEAR ano VOLUME 

It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics 

and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original and artistic drawings 

and halftones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional 

as well asamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year. 


Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. 


INDEX: TO 
AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on 
library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the 
rate of one cent for each card. 
Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of 
the Torrey Botanical Club, 
CARLTON C. CURTIS, CoLumpia UNiversity, New York City. 
Beginning with January, 1903, the Index has also been reprinted on paper, on one 


side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year. 


HERBARIUM SPECIMENS DESIRED 
especially Pedicularis and: allied genera, also Labiatae, 
Ericaceae, Primulaceae, Ranunculaceae, Cyperaceae and 
Ferns. Will purchase or give European specimens in ex- 
change. Correspondence solicited. Address : 

HENRY DAUTUN, 
139 Franklin St., Jersey City, N. J. 


FOR SALE 


HERBARIUM, PLANTS AND BOOKS 


of the late S. Hart Wright. 18,000 mounted and many thousand dup- 


licate plants, all thoroughly systematized. 


BERLIN H. WRIGHT, Executor, 
PENN YAN, N. Y. 


North American Flora 


HIS work is designed to present descriptions of all plants growing 
independent of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include 
Greenland, Central America, the Republic of Panama, and the 

West Indies, except Trinidad, Tobago, and Curacao and other islands off 
the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is essentially South American. 

It will be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York 
Botanical Garden through the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund 
bequeathed by Charles P. Daly. 

t is planned to issue parts as rapidly as they can be prepared, tne 
extent of the work making it possible to commence publication at any 
number of points. The completed work will form a series of volumes 
with the following sequence: 

Volume 1. Mycetozoa, Schizophyta, Diatomaceae. 

Volumes 2 to ro. Fungi. 


The preparation of the work has been referred by the Scientific Direc- 
tors of the Garden to a committee consisting of Professors L. M. Under- 
wood and N. L. Britton. 

Professor George F. Atkinson of Cornell University, Professors Charles 
R. Barnes and John M. Coulter of the University of Chicago, Mr. Fred- 


essor Byron D. Halsted of Rutgers College and Professor William Tre- 
lease of the Missouri Botanical Garden have consented to act as an advis- 
ory committee. 

_Each author will be wholly responsible for his own contributions, 
being restricted only to the general style adopted for the work, which 
must vary somewhat in the treatment of diverse groups. 

The subscription price is fixed at $1.50 for each part; it is expected 
that four or five parts will be required for each volume. A limited num- 
ber of separate parts will be sold at $2.00 each. Address, 


THE NEw York BOTANICAL GARDEN 
BRONX Park, New YorRK City 


Volume 7, Part 1, Ustila inales, including Ustilag; and Tilleti- 
aceae, by G. P. Clinton, vie ine ct 2, oce. ae 
ol. 7, Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Uredinaceae and Aecidiaceae (pars), 
of the Uredinales, by J. C. Arthur, was issued March 6, 1907. 
Volume 22, Part 1, including Podostemonaceae by George V. Nash, 
A - N. Rose, and Penthoraceae and 
Parnassiaceae by P. A. R dberg, was issued May 22, 1905. 
olume 22, Part 2, including Saxifragaceae and Hydrangeaceae by J. 
id P. A.R s, Cunoniaceae, Iteaceae and Hamamelidaceae 
b _N. L. Britton, Pterostemonac: ae by J. K. Small, Altingiaceae by Percy 
Wilson and Fhyllonomaceae by H H. Rusby, was issued Dec. 18, 1905. 


PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- 
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


1. MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : 
ol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus 
Piironcn: (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 
1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-18 es 
uart oi 178 pages, 84 plates. Price 

Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North rere Potentilleae (1898). 
By Per ran Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896—7. 

Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 

2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: 


Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903~(current). 
List of separate numbers available on application, 
3. A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert 
ype el Fe low | in Bitar ise 1895-189 
ctavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Bice $4.2 5 eae ; $3.80 (paper). 
Published ae Will are N. Clute & Co. Binghamt 
The Department invites Siotenge iat = ‘aabunoe of her- 
barium material for any of the above named publications. Address 
a, L. M. Underwood, Columbia Univenity, N.Y... City 
An Illustrated Flora ‘af the Northern United States, Catads, and 
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the 
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward 
to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- 
sor of Bensgied 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- 


son 

Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642 
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in 1 ie text, aiwtaties every 
species described. 


Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, 
$9. “ty for = three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- 
ately, $10. 

5. Sur + Native Ferns and their Allies. oe etiam T900. By 
Lucien ices Underwood, Professor of Botany 

Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published a Henry Holt & 
Co., New York, Price $1.00. 

6 Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- 
wood, Professor of Botany, 1896—. 

uo oe 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & 
Co. Price 1.50. 

7- A Text-book of General Boreny eh eiee By Carlton Clarence 
Curtis, foo in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. 

0, 360 pages; 87 ‘Thestratione: ‘Publi shed by Longmans, 
Green & Co. » New York. Price $3.00 


ESTABLISHED 1851 


EIMER & AMEND. 


Corner 18th Street NEW YORK 


MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 


Chemicals and 


Chemical Apparatus 


Sole Agents for 
Our Specialties KAHLBAUM’S 
MICROSCOPES ¢ C. P. Chemicals — 
and a and Reagents 
ACCESSORIES = See CARL | 
ninchenie ! SCHLEICHER 
& SCHULL’S 
MICROTOMES C. P. Filters 
7 I SCHOTT & 
BALANCES GEN OSSEN’S $ 
Famous Labora- 
and a 
} tory Glassware 
WEIGHTS / 


And for many other 
renowned Europea 


houses in our line. 5 


COMPLETE LINE OF 


Bacteriological Apparatus 


WE HANDLE 
EVERYTHING NEEDED FoR A LABORATORY 


Inspection of premises cordially invited, 


MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


A series of technical papers on botanical subjects, published at irregular intervals... 
Price $3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchan nge. 


Vol. 1, No.1; not furnished separately : 
Bailey, Liberty Hyde. Studies of the types of various species f the genus Carex. 
Pages 1-85. 25 My 1889. 
Vol. 1, No. 2; not furnished separately : 


ee Martindale, Isaac Co omly, Marine wane of the New Jesey coast ne adjacent 
waters af Staten, Island. es 87-11 24 Au 1889. 


1, No. 3; price, a cents : ; 
Spruce, Richard. Ae phaiteae Bolinance, in dibus Blip ioe orietitalis, anmis - 
1885-6, acl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages 1 usc. 20 Ja 1890. 
‘ 1. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cents : 
Sturtevant, Edward eae On seedless fruits. oe. MEE 30 My 1850. 
2, No. 1; not furnished s tely 


Vol separ : 
_ Halsted, Byron David. “Kieu food-materials in sa and eer parts. 
. ices I-26, plates 1, 2. 10S 1 ee 


2, No, 2; price, 75 cents: 

ail, Anna Murray & ae ics ur. Contributions to the botany of 
Virginia. Pier ors are 3,4. 23 D 1890. 

1. 2, No. 3; not furnished separately : 


Holm, Herm a Conteibidions to the knowledge of the Setvinitioer of an 
_ some North A American — Pages 57-108, plates a 15 Ap 1891. 
No 4; 


1. 2, ] price, 75 cents: = oe 
Wheelock, William — The genus Polyga/a in ot America. Pages. ae) 
152. 30D 18or. ais 

Vol. 3, No 1; not furnished separately : 
, John Kunkei & Heller, Amos Arthur. Flora of western North Carolina 
- and ie territory. Pages 1-39. 20 F 1892. 
Pikes No. 2; price, $2.00 
Mor iadaceae of North America [with illustrations of all 
specs). “Pages on oe 20-74. 15 Mr 1893. 
ge 3, No. 3; not furnished separately : os 
Rusby, H An enumeration a ye collected in Bolivia . Mig 
ae sg I. si " Pages 1-67. 28A 
= Vol. 4, No. 1; not Ses separately : 
Underwood, Lucien Marcus. Index Hepaticarum. Part 1, Bibliography. Page 
Ol. 10 Je 1893. 
Vol. 4, No. 2; not furnished eprately a 
John Kunkel & Vail, Anna Murra urray. ee n the botanical ex 
tion of southwestern Virginia during the season of 1892. eran: : 
75-82. 18N. 1893-17 Ap 1894. 
Vol. 4, a5 mde price, 50 cents 
bate Pak _ An enumeration of the plants collected i in Bolivia Migue 
Part mg - Paces 203- “274. a ro Mr-17 Ap sie . 
: Vol. 4, No. 4; price, 50 
Anna Stockton. Arachis | Aypogaca L. ae 25-296 Hotes 83-8, 


Vol. 4, No. 5; ike Geek es 
hag North American | cage : Prost and a rented en 
dor 


Pettit, Anna 
"idee 1895, 


leg: Per Axel. 
ag 297-374. 15S 


Vol. 5; price, 5 00: 
one = Pueridephyta Pes genta) aa D ipa cultivation in northeastern 
1-377. 4 D 1893-3 
ol. 6, i 1; price oa = 
Rusby, Henry Hurd. An enumeration of the a collected in Bolivia by Miguel 
Bang. Part 3. Pages 1-130. 17 N1 1896. - 
°. No. 2; not furnished separately ¢ 
Abel Joel. A revision of the North American Lotheciaceae and Brachythecia, — 
Pages 131-210. 30 Jl 1897. 
oe - ies 3; Sh 50 cen a 
acy Elliot. phe ie ‘tear ( Haematococcus 
vipa Pages 211-246, wee 36, 5 By (colored). 8 Je 1899. 
ol. 6, No. 4; price, 50 cents : oe 
Underwood, Lucien Marcus. A review of the genera of ferns proposed prior to. — 
1832. Pages 247-283. 1 D1 1899. 
Vol. 6, No. 5; price, 25 cen . 
Pink, Bruce otes on lichen distribution in ee upper Mississippi Valley. 
Pages acer 1 D 1899. 
he Vol ce, $ a 
_ Howe, Marshall Av very. sees ty pata and Miter dhe of California. Pages 
Bos 1-208, plates 88-122. 5 Awt < 
z ol. ze not furnished separately : 
Lloyd, 


Prancis Ernest. The comparative oe of the Rubiaceae. Part I. 
Pipe 1-26, eres me oe Au 1899. Part Pages 27-112, plates 5-15. 


ol. 8, No. 2; price, $1.00: 


seaho: Alexander aes pitta The ee raha of the United States and Canada- 
Pages 113-183, plates eins 15 F 


stag No. - price, 75 cents: 
on, Elizabeth bass trude & Taylor, Alexandrina. The life history of 
gore lineata, Pages 185-211, plates 23-31. 30 Au 1902. 

Vol. 9; price, $3.00 


ae 4 re eens 1900, oun an of the Ses oeies tees 1-292, plates 


ol. 10; price, $ 3.00 : 
Surge: s, Edward eel: “Hider: of Pre-Clusian botany in its relation to Aster. 
. Fages i-xii, 1-447. 22N 1902. 

No. 1; price, $1.75: 


Vol. 11, ee 
"3 My the, David. The North American Sordariaceae. Pages 1-134, “ I-19. 
ae | Vol. 11, No. 2; price, $1.7 
= asen, azen, Tracy Elliot. The Wothricaceae and Rees of the United States. 
"i cae plates 20-42. 200 ee 
Sales! oe 0. 1; price, $1 
Alice Rich. New Pro 6 A Baha re 
ips 108, late igi. ioDr Sigg and ea eras 
Vol. 12, No. 5 price, $1.00 : 
ae: Howard J James. A A contribution to a revision oe the North American 
“ieosrseriaglt oo piton ies Je 1906. 
2, No. 3; price, 5 cents 2 
Kupfer, Blsie. Shiiee in- na igi Regeneration. - Pages 195-241. Io Je ier 
: : _ Vol. 13; Price » $3.00: 
iawn Species and ti f Bioti Ast rs, with die 
- cussion * gi a in Aster: y seat eS pc sepagetepaeey 5 Mrs ) 
Address : TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB, | 
Columbia argh ava New York City. 


VOL. 34 SEPTEMBER, 1907 NO. 9 


: 
se 
| : 


. BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OL ap SOON Me se, tee ee, Pe | Sa Pee 
Pied pee eee 
i: e ‘y 4 ‘ 


€nditor 


JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART 


Associate Cditors 


_ PHILIP DoweLt WILLIAM ALPHONSO Munn. 
ALEXANDER WILLIAM EVANS HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS — 
_ Tracy Evtiot HAZEN CHARLES Bupp ROBINSON a 
_ MARSHALL Avery Howe ANNA Murray VAIL 


CONTENTS a 
The genus Antrophyum—I. peur of Bald dese and oe American 
species RALPH CU. 


SEED iN co cpies eek pcre ys Sey icememaL 


New western species of ASS and Roest! 


Some Philippine Polyporateae . . . . _ WILLIAM ALPHONSO ‘MURRILL Las 
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE. .. . a : 


PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB 


THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY 
Bae, LANG: oe ER,. PA. 


President, 
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D: 


Lis opiactane 


Corresponding Secretary, 
JOHN K. SMALL, Pu.D. 
en, Bronx Park, New York City, platen Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. 


urer, 
“CARLTON: se CURTIS, Ph.D. 
Columbia geen, New York City. 


ecberoud Tuesday 
“Museum of Natural Histor ; the last Wednes 
uilding of the New 


Vol. 34 No 9 
BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


SEPTEMBER, 1907 


The genus Antrophyum—1, Synopsis of subgenera, 
and the American species 
RALPH CurTIss BENEDICT 


The genus Axtrophyum, as known at present, comprises more 
than thirty species of wide distribution in the tropics. Of this 
number, nine are confined to America, ranging from Mexico and 
Cuba on the north to Bolivia and southeastern Brazil on the south. 
The Old World species range from eastern Polynesia to Japan and 
China, south to New Guinea, the Mascarene Islands and Mada- 
gascar, and across Africa to the island of Fernando Po on the 
west coast. 

The genus was established in 1824 by Kaulfuss,* who named 
Six species, but recognized three more in a footnote. Three of the 
nine were American. The first species to be figured was the Old 
World A. reticulatum (Forster) Kaulfuss,t which may be consid- 
ered as the type of the genus. Only one of the nine, the Ameri- 
can A. danceolatum, was known to Linnaeus. 

The nine original species had been described under the Lin- 
naean genus, Hemionitis, with which, however, they have very 
little affinity. They are probably more closely related to Loxo- 
gramme Presl. Blume recognized this when he classified several 
Species properly belonging to the latter genus under A ntrophyum,t 
and Pres] placed one species of Antrophyum with Loxogramme.§ 

When the present work was commenced, it was intended to 
include the entire genus, but the material at hand was not suffi- 


*Enum. Fil. 197. 1824, 
tSchkuhr, Crypt. Gewach. 6. p/. 6, 1805. 
t Flora Jav. Fil. 84-87. pi. 76, 77. 1828. 
@ Tent. 215. 1836. 
(The BuLLerin for August, 1907 (34: 387-444) was issued 10 O 1907.] 
445 


446 BENEDICT: ANTROPHYUM 


ciently complete for an exhaustive study of all the species, and in 
this paper only the American species are treated extensively. 
Complete descriptions of all the species can not be given without 
comparative study of the types in the European herbaria. Further 
field work is also necessary. 

The herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden has fur- 
nished most of the material studied, but loans from the Eaton 
Herbarium and from the U. S. National Herbarium have been of 
great assistance, and hearty thanks are hereby tendered Professor 
Evansand Mr. Maxon for their aid. To Dr. Christ also, thanks 
are due for a loan of type material of one of his species. 


ANTROPHYUM Kaulf. Enum. Fil. 197. 1824 


Plants epiphytic or on rock (rarely in soil) ; rhizomes rather 
stout, short-creeping or suberect, usually clothed with a dense 
mass of fuzzy roots, together with the bases of old fronds ; apical 
buds and stipe-bases covered with delicate deciduous clathrate 
scales whose cell-walls may be smooth or papillose ; fronds cespi- 
tose, glabrous, membranous, coriaceous, or fleshy, sessile or with 
alate stipes ; costas complete or vestigial, the secondary venation 
reticulate, without included veinlets, of long costal areolae and 
shorter, frequently divergent lateral ones, which may be closed 
along the margin, or open in free veinlets: sporangia in either 
simple or branching lines mostly along the longitudinal veins, free 
or more or less interconnected, or completely reticulated and on 
all the veins (in mature fronds), superficial or immersed in 
grooves ; indusia wanting ; paraphyses of various shapes may be 
mixed with the sporangia. i 

Various methods have been used to divide the genus into 
groups. Those based on gross foliar or soral differences alone 
have not been successful, as they have included in the same sec- 
tions species which differed in fundamental characters such as 
spore-form. At the suggestion and aided by the advice of Dr. 


Underwood, to whom sincere thanks are due, the writer has en-. 


deavored to find out whether microscopic characters would furnish 
adequate means of separation, The results have been extremely 
Satisfactory. Part of the scheme given below is based on that used 
by Fée in his monograph of the genus,* but it is very much modi- 
fied and extended, and the characters are chosen so as to show 


*Mém. Foug. 4 : 39-52. 1852, 


BENEDICT : ANTROPHYUM 447 


natural relationships. By a combination of the characters of sori- 
ation and spore-form, separation into four subgenera is readily 
made. The use of microscopic characters may be carried still fur- 
ther. The Asiatic species are easily divided into groups and to 
some extent, into species according to the shape of the soral par- 
aphyses. By this means certain species, otherwise easily confused, 
may be separated without difficulty. 

Four of the five African species, which possess several well- 
marked distinctive characters, have been separated as a new sub- 
genus, Antrophyopsis.* The only other African species known, 
A. immersum, seems to belong rather with the type section. 

The terms “ diplanate ” and “ triplanate’”” have been used for 
the spores instead of the usual “reniform” and “ sphaero-tetrahe- 
dral”’ as being of more exact significance, since they relate not to 
mere variable form but to systems of spore-cleavage. 


Synopsis of subgenera 

Soriation in mature fronds completely reticulated, superficial or slightly raised ; spores 
diplanate ; paraphyses present ; costa vestigial, marginal veinlets free to the edge 

of the frond ; stipe-scale cell-walls papillose (all?). 
, Antrophyopsis (African) * 
Soriation of simple or branched lines which may be more or less interconnected 
ut never completely reticulated, superficial or immersed in grooves; spores 
diplanate or triplanate, paraphyses present or absent ; costa complete or vestigial, 
marginal veinlets usually anastomosing with the anterior veinlets to form closed 

areolae; stipe-scale cell-walls smooth. 

Spores diplanate, paraphyses pyriform; costa complete. 

@ ScoLiosorus (American) 

Spores triplanate. : 

porangia in three or four long grooves on each side of the complete costa and 
parallel to it; paraphyses wanting. @ POLYTAENIUM (American) 
Sporangia, except in the three narrowest forms, in branched lines, more or less 
connected ; paraphyses present or absent ;, costa complete or vestigial. 
3 EUANTROPHYUM 
Paraphyses wanting ; costa complete or nearly so. 
Costata (American ) 
Paraphyses present; costa vestigial, Lcostata (Old World) 

The American section of the genus Axtrophyum comprises 
nine species separable into three subgenera as noted in the group 
Synopsis, according to (1) soriation, and (2) spore-form. All are 
alike in having a complete or nearly complete costa, a character 
distinguishing them from all the Old World forms, some of which, 
A 


*Type, 4. Boryanum (Willd.) Spr, 


448 BENEDICT: ANTROPHYUM 


however, approach this condition. A still more sharply distinctive 


character, if A. exstforme be excluded, is the absence of paraphyses, 


which are found in all the Old World species. 

On the basis of this character together with spore-form, A. 
ensiforme Hooker with diplanate spores may be separated from the 
others which lack paraphyses and have triplanate spores. Moore’s 
genus Scoliosorus was based on this species, but on the strength of 
a non-existing character inferred from Hooker’s incomplete des- 
cription. The characters here given, however, and a slight but 
decided difference in soriation are sufficient to separate it at least 
as a subgenus. 

Using soriation as a basis, Desvaux in 1827 established a new 
genus, Polytaenium, with A. Lineatum as type. The sporangia in 
this species are in three or four long straight deep grooves on each 
side of the costa, and parallel to it, an arrangement considerably 
different from the normal American type which consists of series 
of divergent branching lines, superficial or only slightly immersed. 
In some of the broadest forms of A. lineatum, however, the type 
of soriation approaches the normal, and on the whole, the similar- 
ities seem greater than the differences, which are satisfied by recog- 
nition as a subgenus. 

_ The remainder of the species belong to the costate section of 
Luantrophyum. After we eliminate A. lanceolatum, which is easily 
distinguishable, six species remain, two of which are described 
here for the first time, and one other which has never been accepted. 
These three are based on material originally identified as 
A. subsessile Kunze (A. brasilianum (Desv.) C. Chr.), but such re- 
ference is not justified. The six species form a group of coordin- 
ate forms, no one of which is entitled to stand as representative of 
the others. If A, discoideum, for example, be refused recognition, 
then logically A. cayennense which has always been recognized 
must also be referred to A. brasilianum. The fact that in the most 
superficial and easily determined character, outline, A. discoideum 
resembles A. drasilianum more closely, is not a sufficient reason 
for denying its validity. In reality it is less closely related to the 
latter fern than is J, cayennense, which shows its affinity in a coria- 
ee texture and closed marginal areolae, and sometimes even in 
outline, 


BENEDICT: ANTROPHYUM 449 


Reasons of value equal to those just given for recognizing 
A. discoideum can be given for the admission of the other species 
treated here. Indeed, further field work may show that two or 
three other variant forms to which reference is made under the 
species concerned, are also entitled to specific rank. 
The American species may be separated as follows : 
Spores diplanate ; paraphyses pyriform ( Scoliosorus ). 1. A. ensiforme, 
Spores triplanate ; paraphyses wanting. 
Sporangia in long simple grooves parallel to costa ( Polytaenium). 
2. A. lineatum. 
Areolar axes longitudina 
Areolar axes divergent. 
Soral lines slightly sunken; marginal venation mostly closed in short 
areolae with few free veinlets. 
Fronds coriaceous, margins reflexed. 
Fronds oblanceolate, rather thick, opaque. 


Sporangia not in long simple grooves (Euantrophyum). 
is 


3. A. lanceolatum, 


4. A. brasilianum, 


Fronds elliptic, thin, translucent. 5. A. cayennense. 
Fronds not coriaceous, margins flat; fronds oblong, long-acute. 
6. A. Dussianum. 


Soral lines superficial ; marginal venation of open free veinlets, 
Fronds broadly oblanceolate, short-stiped, thick. 
ae mani. 
Fronds elliptic-lanceolate, sessile. 8. A. anetioides. 
Fronds oblong or oblanceolate, subsessile, thin. 
9. A. discoideum. 
I. ANTROPHYUM ENSIFORME Hook.; Benth. Pl. Hartweg. 73. 
1841. (Type from Mt. Totontepeque, Mexico.) 
Antrophyum falcatum Mart. & Gal. Mém. Foug. Mex. 49. pl. 72. 
1842. 
Antrophyum carnosum Liebm. Vid. Selsk. Skr.V.1: 161. 1849. 
Antrophyum Galeottii Fee, Mém. Foug. 4: 51. pl. 5.f. 4. 1852. 
Scoliosorus ensiformis Moore, Ind. Fil. xxix. 1857. 
Dictyogramme ensiformis Trev. Atti Ist. Ven. V. 3: 592. 1877. 
Spores diplanate, paraphyses pyriform, brown or yellow, on 
slender pedicels of various lengths which may arise singly or in 
clusters from a thickened basal cell ; sporangia in simple or usually 
only once-forked, oblique, free, superficial lines along each side of 
the frond; fronds narrowly oblong, often curved, tapering very 
gradually below to a sessile base, less gradually above to a narrowly 
acute apex, thin, rather flaccid, 17 x I.1-50 x 2.7 cm. margins 
reflexed, slightly repand; areolae in branching rows divergent 


450 BENEDICT: ANTROPHYUM 


from the complete costa, open along the margin; costa and areo- 
lation superficially indistinct. 

Mexico to Costa Rica. 

Antrophyum ensiforme occupies a rather anomalous position in 
the genus. Moore in 1857 made it the basis of a new genus, 
Scoliosorus, giving the following reasons based on Hooker's de- 
scription and figure. ‘This plant having neither netted veins nor 
netted sori, cannot possibly belong to Antrophyum.” His misap- 
prehension regarding the venation was due to the fact that in the 
original description no evidence of a secondary venation was shown. 

But a distinct difference in soriation really exists. In Zuan- 
trophyum, the soriation consists of series of lines which usually 
branch several times, and may anastomose considerably. In im- 
mature fronds or in the narrowest specimens, the lines may be 
simple, but the relationship is obvious... In Sco/iosorus, the soral 
lines are simple or usually only once-forked, and at a glance appear 
different from the normal type, although probably derived from it. 

Another distinctive character is found in the paraphyses which 
are present in no other American species. These, however, do 
not differ essentially from one type found on some of the Old 
World species and may be indicative of a paraphysate ancestry for 
all the present species. 

' The character of greatest differential value known at present is 
found in the diplanate spores which entitle the species at least to 
rank asa subgenus. Judging from external characters, anatomical 
differences exist as well which would further distinguish it from 
the typical species. 

2. ANTROPHYUM LINEATUM (Sw.) Kaulf. Enum, Fil. 199. 1824. 

Hemionitis lineata Sw. Prodr. 129. 1788. (Type from Jamaica.) 

Vittaria lanceolata Sw. Gesell. Naturf. Freund. Neue Schr. 2: 
133. fb. 7. f. 22° F790, 

Polytaenium laceolatum Desv. Prodr. 174.) 1827: 

Loxogramme lineata Presl, Tent. 21 S. 1836. 

Polytaenium lineatum J. Sm. Jour. Bot. Hook. 4:68. 184!. 

Spores triplanate ; paraphyses wanting ; sporangia in three or 
four long grooves on each side of and parallel to the costa, rarely 
interconnected : fronds linear-lanceolate, 43 x I cm. and 43 X 1.5 
cm. (maximum), long-tapering, sessile, membranous ; areolae long 


BENEDICT : ANTROPHYUM 451 


and narrow, axes longitudinal, cross-veinlets transvese ; venation 
indistinct. 

West Indies and Mexico, south to Bolivia. Altitude: 500— 
1000 meters. 

This is the most widely distributed of all the American species 
of Antrophyum. It is easily distinguished from A. lanceolatum, 
with which it is often associated, by its long straight soral grooves. 
In the broadest fronds, besides the longitudinal grooves, a series 
of short divergent ones may occur along each margin. One frond 
was seen which was intermediate between A. /anceolatum and A. 

* Zineatum in soriation and general appearance. 

It is frequently referred to as a close relative of Vittaria, but it 
is really no more closely related than other species of Antrophyum. 
The only point of similarity is found in the deep soral grooves, 
which are, however, of little importance in determining the rela- 
tionship as compared with the venation. In Vi¢taria this consists 
of a costa and two submarginal veins formed by the interlocking of 
pinnate branches from the axial vein. In Antrophyum, the vena- 
tion consists of a primary costa, and a secondary system of reticu- 
lated veins of uniform size. In the narrow species of Vittaria, the 
pinnate veins are almost indistinguishable, and the venation appar- 
ently consists of three primary veins. Antrophyum lineatum seems 
to be in the process of developing a system of several longitudinal 
veins connected by secondary cross-veinlets, apparently in a man- 
ner similar to that in which the narrow species of Vittaria have 
evolved from the broader forms, but related to Vittaria only 
through some ancestral form of both. The process seems to take 
place by the gradual suppression of the transverse veins, first by 
a loss of fertility followed by a diminution in size. .A. lanceolatum 
represents an earlier stage of the same process. In it the soral 
lines are mainly on the longitudinal veins, but not to such an ex- 
tent as in the related species. If they were immersed the resem- 
blance would appear much stronger. 


3- ANTROPHYUM LANCEOLATUM (L.) Kaulf. Enum. Fil. 198. 1824. 

Hemionitis lanceolata L. Sp. Pl. 1077. 1753. (Type from Jamaica.) 

Dictyogramme lanceolata Trev. Atti Ist.Ven. V. 3: 592. 1877. 

Antrophyum Féei Schaffner ; Fée, Mém. Foug, 7: 42. pl. 22:7, 2. 
1857. (Type from Mexico.) 


452 BeneEpIct : AANTROPHYUM 


Spores triplanate ; paraphyses wanting ; sporangia in crooked 
superficial mostly longitudinal lines; fronds linear-lanceolate, 
23 xX I-55 x I.7 cm., usually broadest a little above the middle, 
sessile, membranous ; costas percurrent ; margins repand ; areo- 
lae in rows parallel to the costa, usually pointed. 

West Indies and Mexico to northern South America. 

This species is one of the commonest and also most easily 
distinguishable of the genus. Only one other, A. ineatum, re- 
sembles it closely, and differences in soriation as well as less-marked 
differences in outline and in the texture of the living plant serve at 
once to distinguish the two. 

In Mexico and Honduras true A. lanceolatum is replaced by 
the form A. Féei, which may prove distinct. It has fronds elliptic- 
lanceolate, 9 x 0.9-I9 x I.4 cm.; smaller and relatively much 
broader than the type form. Its best claim to recognition lies in 
the uniform way in which these characters are maintained, combined 
with its localization in Mexico and Honduras to the exclusion of 
the related form, which is, however, found not far away in Costa 
Rica. But if it is a good species, Dominica must be included in 
its range, since material in the herbarium of the N. Y. Botanical 
Garden from this island cannot be separated from that collected in 
Mexico. 


4. ANTROPHYUM BRASILIANUM (Desv.) C. Chr. Ind. Fil. 59. 1905. 
Hlemionitis brasilianum Desv. Prod. 216. 182 7.5 Chype from 

Brazil.) 

Antrophyum subsessile Kunze, Anal. Pter. 29. pl. 19. f. 1. 1837. 

(Type from Peru.) 

Antrophyum spathulatum Fée, Mém. Foug. 4: 46. pl. 4.7.6. 1852. 

(Type from Colombia.) 

Spores triplanate ; paraphyses wanting ; sporangia in simple or 
branching lines, divergent from near the costa toward the margin : 
fronds oblanceolate or oblong, 19 x 1.7—30 X 3.5 cm., narrowed 
very gradually below, subsessile or with margined stipe of inde- 
terminate length, short-acuminate, young fronds acute ; epidermis 
glossy, wrinkled ; margins thin and sharp, reflexed ; areolae di- 
vergent from the costa, rather distinct on the back of frond ; mar- 
ginal areolae closed, small, costa percurrent, prominent below. 

Borivia: Isapuri, Williams 1354; Tumupasa, Williams 
7353 * San José, Williams 1352. Braz: Ilheos, Martius (Herb. 


BENEDICT: ANTROPHYUM 453 


Fl. Bras. 369.) VENEZUELA: Tovar, Fendler 305 (in part). 
Costa Rica: Turrialba, Maron 180, 152; Wercklé. (GUATE- 
MALA: Alta Verapaz, Von Tuerckheim 8059. 

Owing to the uncertainty regarding Desvaux’s type, the posi- 
tive application of this name is at present impossible, but there 
seems to be little doubt but that it should replace A. sudsessile 
Kunze. The two descriptions agree closely and Kunze himself ad- 
mitted that they might refer to the same plant.* 

A. spathulatum Fée is apparently nothing but an abnormally 
obtuse form which is not very unusual. 


5. ANTROPHYUM CAYENNENSE (Desv.) Sprengel, Syst. 4: 67. 

1827. 

Hemionitis cajennensis Desvaux, Berl. Mag. 5: 311. 1811. 

(Type from French Guiana.) 

Spores triplanate ; paraphyses wanting ; sporangia in branching, 
divergent, slightly sunken lines: frond elliptic, acute or acuminate, 
thin coriaceous, translucent ; costa percurrent; margin reflexed ; 
stipes 2~8 cm. long, blades 13 x 2.3-23x 5 cm. ; areolae divergent 
from the costa, marginal areolae closed, small. 

British Gurana: 1897, Jenman. Trinipap: Herb. Bot. 
Gard. Trin. 346, 1263; Fendler 151. 

The identity of 4. cayennense is rather doubtful. Desvaux in 
1811 described Hemionitis cajennensis from French Guiana, but 
his material was lost sight of and his description would fit either 
of two species now known from that locality. Kunze, however, 
arbitrarily applied this name to the form here described. The 
nomenclature can be definitely settled only by examination of 
Desvaux’s original material. 

The species which superficially resembles it most is A. /en- 
mani, from which, however, it differs largely in texture and mar- 
ginal venation. The herbarium specimens examined had nearly 
all bleached out to a light color. Those of A. Jenmani are all 
dark-brown. A. cayennense has a further distinctive character in 
its stipe-scales which have much longer setae than any other of 
the American species. 

6. Antrophyum Dussianum sp. nov. 

Spores triplanate; paraphyses wanting ; sporangia in simple 

or branching slightly sunken lines, divergent from near the costa to- 


* Anal, Pter. 30. 


454 BENEDICT: ANTROPHYUM 


ward the margin: fronds usually narrowly oblong, 20 x 2-40 x 
3-4 cm., tapered gradually both ways, broader a little above 
the middle, long-acute (young fronds acute), subsessile, mem- 
branous, thin, dark-brown when dried ; margin flat or slightly 
reflexed ; areolation rather indistinct; areolae divergent from the 
costa; marginal venation of small closed areolae and some 
free veinlets; costa superficially distinct to the apex but not 
prominent, i 

Guadeloupe, Pere Duss 4226 (type). Also Martinique, Duss 
1549; Dominica, Lloyd 918 ; Trinidad, Fendler 151 B (in Eaton 
herb.) ; Haiti, Vash 1358; Cuba, Eggers 5269, Wright 775. 

Under this species is included all the West Indian A. swbses- 
sile so-called except that from Jamaica, which is placed with A. 
discoideum. It ‘resembles A. lanceolatum, and seems to form a 
connection between this plant and the broader species of the 
genus. It is further distinguished from A. brasilianum by its less 
coriaceous texture and thinner frond, by the presence of rather 
numerous free veinlets along the margin, and by its less spatulate 
outline. From A, discoideum it is distinguishable by its sunken 
soral lines ; its free veinlets are not punctate at the tips and do 
not occur regularly as in the latter form. 

Two variant forms are included. That from Cuba, Eggers 5269, 
Wright 775, is narrower than the type material, 26 x 2.1-40 X 2.5 
cm., and more coriaceous. That from Haiti, Nash 71358, is 
broader and more oblanceolate and acuminate, 25 X 3.5 cm. All 
three forms are alike in having the stipe-scales very long-atten- 
uate, much more so than in any other American species. 
7. Antrophyum Jenmani sp. nov. 

Sporangia and spores not seen; soral lines apparently as in 
A. brasilianum and the other American species of Euantrophyum : 
fronds broadly elliptic to broadly oblanceolate, 19.5 x 4.5-28 X 7 
cm., slightly acuminate, thick, flaccid, friable when dry, opaque ; 
margins slightly reflexed ; stipes thick, 2-5 cm. long; costa dis- 
appearing near the apex; areolation rather indistinct ; areolae 
narrow, sometimes broad in young fronds, in branching rows which 
reach at the margin a wide angle of divergence from the costa; 
marginal areolae open. 

BritisH GuIANA: Potaro River, Jenman (type; det. A. sub- 
sessile) ; Demerara, Mt. Ragwa, /Jenman (det. as above). GUIANA: 
Leprieur rog (U.S. Nat. Herb), 


BENEDICT : ANTROPHYUM 455 


Jenman refers to this plant as large A. subsessile,* but it is 
really one of the most distinct in the group, and it is hard to see 
how he could confuse it with the small thin form which occurs in 
Jamaica. It is the largest American species in the genus and is 
easily recognizable by its open marginal areolae, and its flaccid 
texture. 


8. ANTROPHYUM ANETIOIDES Christ, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. Si id, 
1905. (Type from Costa Rica.) 
Spores triplanate ; paraphyses wanting ; sporangia in simple or 
branching, more or less connected, superficial lines divergent from 
the axis ; fronds elliptic-lanceolate, 15 X 2.5-18 X 3.5 cm., acute 


sessile; margins very slightly reflexed; costa usually disap- 
pearing before the upper third, and scarcely visible even by trans- 
mitted light near the apex; areolation rather distinct; areolae 
divergent at a narrow angle from the axis; marginal areolae open. 
Costa Rica: Las Vueltas, A. Tonduz 12757. 
Thanks to Dr. Christ’s kindness in loaning me authentic ma- 
terial of this species, I have had opportunity to examine it at first 
hand and to compare it point by point with the related species. 
It differs from A. brasilianum, as he says, in texture and outline. 
In two other characters it is also easily distinguishable from this 
Species, in its open marginal areolae, and indistinct costa. In its 
costal characters it is particularly interesting as suggesting a 
transition between the New and Old World species of this genus. 
In the species of the latter region, a costa is present usually only 
in the stipe or lower part of the frond. In the lamina, as a whole, 
or at least in the upper part, it becomes indistinguishable or can 
be traced only as a vein no larger than any otHer in the general 
network of the leaf. This is practically what happens in A. ane- 
ttoides, The costa’ is nowhere prominent, and a little above the 
middle of the frond it can be distinguished only by transmitted 
light, while towards the apex it becomes no larger than the lateral 
veins, 
9. ANTROPHYUM DiscompzuM Kunze, Bot. Zeit. 6: 702. 1848. 
(Type from Colombia, Karsten.) 
Spores triplanate ; paraphyses wanting ; sporangia in simple 
Wavy or branching superficial lines, sometimes considerably con- 


* Bull. Dept. Bot. Jam. II. 4: 211. 1897. 


456 BENEDICT: ANTROPHYUM 


nected, divergent from near the costa toward the margin; fronds 
elongate-oblong, 26 x 4.cm., 35 x 4.cm., 39 X 3.4 cm., narrowed 
very gradually below to a subsessile base, less gradually above to 
an acute apex (young fronds rounded or obtuse), membranous, 
firm; epidermis smooth and dull; margins flat, thin, slightly 
repand; areolation rather distinct; areolae divergent from the 
costa ; marginal areolae open, ends of free veinlets enlarged and 
usually darkened; costa disappearing toward the apex, and visi- 
ble only by transmitted light. 

Colombia and Venezuela to Bolivia; Jamaica(?). Alt. 1800- 
2300 meters. . 

Borivia : Santa Barbara, Williams 1355. VENEZUELA: Manoa, 
Lower Orinoco, Rusby & Squires 371 ; without definite locality, 
Fendler 305, in part (Eaton Herbarium). 

Kunze’s description is as follows : A. fronde lineari-lanceolata, 
ensiformi-curvata, acuminata, bas longe attenuata in stipitem decur- 
vente, tenuiter marginata, costata; venis obscuris, areolis erectis ; 
Soris tmmersis, flexuosis, interruptis, nec basin, nec apicem, nec 
marginem attingentibus. 

It will be seen that the two descriptions differ in two characters, 
outline and soriation. Kunze has “ Jdineari-lanceolata”” as com- 
pared with my “elongate-oblong,” and “ soris immersis”’ instead 
of “superficial.” The difficulty regarding the first point is re- 
moved by a further reference to the form in his discussion of the 
species. He speaks of it as less spatulate than A. brasilianum. 
This would make it correspond to the description given here. In 
the other case, it is probable that the facts were misinterpreted. 
Soral lines which are not at all immersed, may appear so because of 
a blackening of the line of attachment. But, whatever the name 
eventually adopted for this species, it is distinct from A. drasili- 
anum, with which it has always been confused. 

The best distinctive character is found in the marginal vena- 
tion, which in this species consists of free veinlets, the ends of 
which are thickened and usually blackened or brown. In good 
material these ends appear as a line of dots around the leaf about 
one and a half millimeters inside the thin margin. The dull 
smooth surface and the very thin tissue also serve to differentiate 
it from A. dbrasilianum, which has a wrinkled and rather glossy 
surface, and a thicker leaf. 


BENEDICT: ANTROPHYUM 457 


The material of A. subsessile so-called from Jamaica seems to 
belong here, but its form is not typical. It is much shorter and 
usually more oblanceolate and less acute, but it shows to a marked 
degree the line of dots along the ends of the veinlets. The range 
in size is shown by the following specimens : 

Underwood 1370. 21.5 X 2.5 cm. 

Jenman, coll. in 1876. 18 x 3 cm. 


Species inguirenda 
AntTropHyum Desvauxi Moore, Ind. Fil. 80. 1858. 
Hemionitis gigantea Desv. Prodr. 216. 1827. (Type from St. 

Thomas, West Indies.) 

frondibus ecostatis, late lanceolatis, acutis, basi in stipitem late 
compressum dilatatis; lineolis dense reticulatis superficialibus. 
Ffabitat in insula Sancti-Thomae Antillarum. 2 ped. et ultra; 4 
poll. lata. (Desvaux.) 

The description agrees with that of Bory’s Axtrophyum gigan- 
teum, fromthe Mascarene Islands. The characters and dimensions 
given fit that species exactly. The following quotation from De 
Candolle’s ‘‘ Phytographie ’’ may throw some light on the confusion. 
Speaking of Desvaux’s herbarium, the writer says (page 408), 
“ Les omissions ou indications fausses de pays et la similitude de 
certains échantillons avec ceux du Muséum rendent cet herbier fort 
curieux.”’ As the species under consideration could not possibly 
have come from the locality cited, the conclusions are obvious. 
The only possible explanation creditable to Desvaux, is that his 
material came from the African island, St. Thomas, which lies off 
the west coast, but this presupposes an improbable distribution 
for the fern, to say the least, and the accidental confusing of the 
two continents is not very likely. 


Species excludenda 


ANTROPHYUM MINIMUM Baker, Ann. Bot. 5:488. 1891. (Type 
from Costa Rica.) = Hecistopteris minima (Baker). 

Soon after I began to study this species, I came to the conclu- 
sion that it belonged with V7ttaria because of (1) the diplanate 
spores and the peculiarly shaped paraphyses, which are identical 

‘in form and size with those of Vittaria costata Kunze, (2) the 


458 BENEDICT : ANTROPHYUM 


venation, which is that of a very young leaf of Vittaria lineata as 
figured in a paper on the life-history of that species by E. G. Brit- 
ton and A. Taylor.* But further study showed me that it was 
certainly congeneric with Hecistopteris pumila (Spr.) J. Smith, which 
possesses similar paraphyses and spores, and, as shown by 
Goebel, + has a vittarioid prothallium. The only distinction, ex- 
cept in form, is found in the venation, free-forking in H. pumila, 
and pinnate-anastomosing in 7. minima. Dr. Christ has described 
another species, H. Werckleana}t (Antrophyum Werckleanum §), 
which seems to be intermediate in form between the other two, 
and may show a transitional type of venation. In the ma- 
terial of 7. minima examined (£xdres), one frond was found show- 
ing a forked tip. The sori are not sunken as stated by Baker in 
his description, but entirely superficial and in other respects like 
those of H. pumila. Taken together, the three species form a 
very natural genus with affinities close to Vittaria. 


New York BoTANICAL GARDEN. 


* Mem. oe Club 8: 158-211. p/. 27-77. 1902. 
T Flora 1896. 

+ Bull. 1, II. 7 3265. 1907. 

§ Bull. Bois, II. 5:11. 1905. 


New western species of Gymnosporangium and Roestelia 
FRANK DuNN KERN 


Examination of a large number of specimens of Gymnosporan- 
gium and Roestelia from the Rocky Mountains has .clearly shown 
that there exist in that region several species very unlike any now 
known in the eastern states or in foreign countries. Some of 
these western species are represented in the larger cryptogamic 
herbaria and are labeled with the names of other species, to which 
they have some slight resemblance, or are undetermined. For 
the most part they possess strong diagnostic characters and are 
easily distinguishable from the eastern species, but cultures, to 
supplement field observations, are necessary before the telial and 
aecial forms can be definitely connected. In order that the west- 
€rn species may be properly recognized, and for the sake of con- 
venience in referring to the two stages independently before they 
are connected, the present paper characterizes six new species, 
three of Gymnosporangium and three of Roestelia. Studies of the 
western species in this group have been very materially advanced 
by the co-operation of Professor E. Bethel, of the East Denver 
High School, both through his many contributions of unusually 
fine specimens and through advice and assistance rendered to 
Professor J. C. Arthur and the writer, while on a collecting and 
observation trip in Colorado during the latter part of April and 
first part of May, this year. 


Gymnosporangium Betheli sp. nov. 

Telia appearing on irregular, elongated, gall-like knots varying 
from a few millimeters to several centimeters across, unevenly dis- 
posed, wedge-shaped, 1-1.5 mm. broad by 1-3 mm. long at the 
base by 3-4 mm. high, chestnut-brown, epidermal tissues raised 
and torn about the base ; teliospores ellipsoid, 17-25 by 40-55 p, 
rounded or somewhat narrowed above and below, slightly or not 
constricted at the septum, wall dark cinnamon-brown, varying in 
thickness on different spores, 1-2 2, smooth, pedicel hyaline, cylin- 
drical, uniform, 6-7 » in diameter, very long, pores 2 in each cell, 
near the septum. 

459 


460 KERN: GYMNOSPORANGIUM AND ROESTELIA 


On branches of Sabina scopulorum (Sarg.) Rydb. (Juniperus 
scopulorum Sarg.), Boulder, Colorado, April 27, 1907, Bethel & 
Kern (type); Horsetooth Gulch, Fort Collins, Colorado, .June 30, 
1893, C.F. Baker 124 ; Walcott, Colorado, July, 1905, £. Bethel, 
May 2, 1907, F. D. Kern; Laramie Hills, Wyoming, September 
13, 1899, A. & E. Nelson 6907. Type in the herbarium of J. C. 
Arthur. 

This is without doubt the most injurious to the cedars of all 
the species. It produces gall-like knots on both small and large 
branches. The mycelium is perennial, but does not produce new 
hypertrophy within the scars of the old, but always extends to the 
unaffected tissues beyond or at the side. This gives the character- 
istic appearance of new galls beside the old galls. The tendency 
is for the succession of galls to break forth along the grain of the 
wood, thus forming an elongated area of hypertrophy. In the 
selection of a name the author takes the opportunity to show his 
appreciation of the courtesies shown by Professor Bethel in sending 
specimens and otherwise assisting in the study of this group, and 
especially of this species. Professor Bethel has made numerous 
collections of this species and has suggested a probable roestelia 
connection as a result of his excellent field observations. 


Gymnosporangium durum sp. nov. 

Telia appearing on firm, regular, globoid galls 0.5—5 cm. in 
diameter, unevenly disposed, sometimes aggregated, often sepa- 
rated by the scars of the sori of previous seasons, irregularly flat- 
tened, about 1-1.5 mm. broad by 1-5 mm. long at base by 3.5 mm. 
high, often confluent, light chestnut-brown, torn epidermal tissues 
not conspicuous ; teliospores narrowly ellipsoid, 18-22 by 50-65 #, 
narrowed at both ends, slightly constricted at the septum, wall 
pale cinnamon-brown, I-1.5 4 thick, smooth, pedicel hyaline, 
cylindrical, uniform, 4-6 in diameter, very long, pores 2 in each 
cell, near the septum. ; 

On branches of Sabina utahensis (Engelm.) Rydb. (Juniperus 
californica utahensis Engelm.), Glenwood Springs, Colorado, May 
1, 1907, #. D. Kern (type), July, 1905, £. Bethel; Durango, 
Colorado, July 20, 1898 or ’99, Baker, Earle & Tr racy, May 24, 
1907, H. N. Wheeler, communicated by E. Bethel; Mancos, 
Colorado, July 18, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy. Type in the 
herbarium of J. C. Arthur. 


KERN: GYMNOSPORANGIUM AND ROESTELIA 461 


This species is characterized by the very regular, nearly globose, 
hard, woody gall which it produces. The mycelium is perennial 
for a few years or until the gall is usually several centimeters in 
diameter. The galls remain hanging on the trees for years. They 
are harder and more nearly globose than the galls produced by 
the eastern G. globosum. 


Gymnosporangium inconspicuum sp. nov. 

Telia usually arising between the scale-like leaves on the green 
branches, or rarely on the woody branches, scattered or usually 
aggregated and confluent, oblong, pulvinate, about 0.4—1 mm. wide 
by 0.5-1.5 mm. long by 0.5—-1 mm. high, reddish-brown ; telio- 
spores oblong-ellipsoid, 25-29 by 55-80y, roundish or often 
acutish at apex, obtuse below, wall thin, about 1 », golden-yellow, 
smooth, pedicel hyaline, carotiform, swelling greatly next to the 
spore, 25-65 w, very long, pores one in each cell, apical in the 
upper, near the pedicel in the lower cell. 

On small branches of Sabina utahensis (Engelm.) Rydb. (Ju- 
niperus californica utahensis Engelm.), Glenwood Springs, Col- 
orado, May 1, 1907, Arthur & Kern. Type in herbarium of J. C. 
Arthur ; known only from the type locality. 

As the name implies, this is a very inconspicuous species, and 
this fact undoubtedly accounts for its being overlooked up to the 
Present time. The small, pulvinate sori breaking forth between 
the leaves soon become gelatinized and form a film over the sur- 
face of the leaves. In this condition it appears as if the spore- 
masses of some larger gall-form had dropped upon the leaves and 
clung there. In fact it was only after a great abundance had been 
seen that it was examined closely enough to be recognized as a 
genuine species. The teliospores are the largest of any of our 
known species. In general form they resemble G. c/avipes, but 
are larger and the pedicel is swollen much more. Fruits of Ame- 
lanchier of the previous season, badly infested with a roestelia, 
were found still hanging to the trees in close proximity to the 
cedars abundantly bearing G. inconspicuum and it is strongly sus- 
pected that these forms may be different stages of the same spe- 
Cies, : 

Roestelia Betheli sp. nov. 

Pycnia fruiticolous and epiphyllous, numerous, gregarious, 

More or less crowded in irregular groups on discolored spots, 


462 KERN: GYMNOSPORANGIUM AND ROESTELIA 


punctiform, subepidermal, honey-yellow becoming blackish, flask- 
shaped, 130-160 » in diameter by 100-112 » high ; ostiolar fila- 
‘ments 45-65 » long. 

_ Aecia fruticolous and hypophyllous, densely aggregated or in 
small groups on discolored spots, cylindrical, o.2-0.3 mm. in di- 
ameter, 3-8 mm. high; peridium dingy-white, becoming finely 
lacerate above, often nearly to. base, spreading, cells linear-rhom- 
boidal in longitudinal section, 16-20 by 60-90 p, overlapping and 
imbricated, outer wall thin, 1-1.5 4, inner wall moderately thick, 
4-6 pv, coarsely rugose with closely set linear ridges directed out- 
ward and downward, hygroscopic ; aeciospores globoid, 18-24 by 
23-30 #, wall chestnut-brown, 2.5-3 » thick, finely verrucose, 
pores several, scattered. 

On fruit and leaves of Crataegus Cerronis A. Nels., Boulder, 
Colorado, September 1905, Z. Bethel (type), August 17, 1906, £ 
Bartholomew. 

On leaves of Crataegus saligna Greene, Wolcott, Colorado, 
September, 1898, C. LZ. Shear 947 (in Griffiths’ West Am. Fungi, 
NO. 333). 

This is a very vigorous species developing an unusually long 
peridium. It is interesting on account of its supposed relation to 
Gymnosporangium Betheli, described above. The same specific 
name is applied to both forms with the hope that cultures will 
soon establish their identity. 


Roestelia Harknessiana Ellis & Ev. sp. nov. 

_ Pycnia unknown. Aecia fruiticolous, evenly disposed, cylin- 
drical, 0.5—0.8 mm. in diameter, 4-7 mm. long ; peridium golden- 
brown, tough, not becoming lacerate, cells rhomboidal in longi- 
tudinal section, 58-74 by 90-112 #4, somewhat overlapping, outer 
wall moderately thick, 4-6 p, smooth, inner wall thick, 15-20 45 
rather coarsely and evenly verrucose with roundish or slightly ir- 
regular papillae ; aeciospores globoid, 22-26 by 26-30, wall 
light cinnamon-brown, 22.5 ft thick, finely verrucose, pores seV- 
eral, scattered. 

On Amelanchier alnifolia Nutt., Klamath River, California, 
July, 1887, collector unknown, communicated by H. W. Harkness 
(in Ellis & Ev. N. Am. Fungi, xo, 2714). Type in the Ellis col- 
lection at the New York Botanical Garden. : 

The collection here listed was issued by Ellis & Everhart in 
their North American F ungi (xo, 2714), in May, 1892, without 


KERN: GYMNOSPORANGIUM AND ROESTELIA 463 


any accompanying description. The name has since been used, 
but in an examination of the literature no publication with a de- 
scription has been found. A Colorado collection was later issued 
under the same name (Ellis & Ev. Fungi Columb. 1293, May, 
1898), but it is very different both in gross and microscopical ap- 
pearance and belongs with the new species proposed below. The 
geographical range of R. Harknessiana suggests a possibility of a 
connection with G. Libocedri (P. Henn.), which has the same lim- 
ited distribution, but there is at present no other clue to introduce 
as evidence of their relationship. 


Roestelia Harknessianoides sp. nov. 


entire surface, cylindrical, o. 5—0.8 mm. in diameter, 2-4 mm. high ; 
peridium yellowish-white, rather tough, not becoming lacerate, 
cells rhomboidal in longitudinal section, 4 5-55 by 65-100», over- 
lapping, outer wall moderately thick, 5-8 /#, smooth, inner wall 
very thick, 27~ 35 #4, moderately and closely verrucose with slightly 
irregular papillae ; aeciospores globoid, 23-27 by 25-31 yw, wall 
pale-yellow, 2—2.5 yw, finely verrucose, pores obscure, scattered. 

On fruit of Amelanchier oreophila A. Nels., Glenwood Springs, 
Colorado, July, 1905, Z. Bethel (type in herbarium of toa Oe 
Arthur). 

On fruit of Amelanchier alnifolia Nutt. (?), Colorado, £. 
Bethel (in Ellis & Ev. Fungi 1293). 

A very interesting species occurring only on the fruit. It has 
been confused with R. flarknessiana from which it differs in having 
shorter, lightly-colored peridia, peridial cells with a much thicker 
inner wall, and finer, closer markings, and spores with a lighter 
wall. It hasa superficial resemblance and a similar habit of growth 
tothe genuine R. Harknessiana and in separating it the name 
Harknessianoides has been chosen in order that it may carry with it 
this Suggestion. This is the species mentioned above as having a 
Possible connection with Gymnosporangium inconspicuum., 

LAFAYETTE, 

INDIANA, 


Some Philippine Polyporaceae 
WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL 


A large number of Philippine polypores have been added to 
the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden during the last 
few years, mainly through the efforts of Mr. Robert S. Williams, 
who was collecting in the islands from November, 1903 to July, 
1905, and to some extent from the collections of Mr. Elmer D. 
Merrill and Mr. A. D. E. Elmer, who sent material either to Mr. 
Ricker or myself for determination. A list of these additions to 
the herbarium is given in the following pages. 

Mr. Williams collected the most of his specimens on the Lamao 
River and elsewhere on the slopes of Mt. Mariveles across the bay 
west of Manila. At Baguio, some distance to the north, he reached 
an elevation of 5200 feet, about 1000 feet higher than Mt. Mari- 
veles, and found open pine woods, with much dead pine timber 
left by lumbermen. At Santa Cruz, on the Gulf of Davao, in 
Mindanao, he collected at an elevation of only a few hundred feet, 
and mostly in a more continuous forest than in the Lamao region. 
The specimens from Mr. Merrill and Mr. Elmer were collected 
in Luzon, Mindanao, Mindoro, Palawan, Culion, and Leyte. 

A number of Philippine species which have been seen in 
European herbaria have as yet failed to appear in these additions, 
but it is hoped that the list will be complete enough in a year or 
two more so that a fairly full synopsis of Philippine polypores will _ 
be possible. Excursions into the interior of the larger islands will 
undoubtedly bring to light a considerable number of novelties, 
while further explorations among the smaller islands will serve 
more strongly to connect the native species with their relatives in 
Formosa, China, Japan, Malacca, Borneo, Java, Celebes, New 
Guinea, Australia, and the many small neighboring islands of the 
Pacific, 

Subfamily POLYPOREAE 
CoLTRICIA CINNAMOMEA (Jacq.) Murrill, Bull. Torrey Club 31: 
343. 1904. 
Luzon: Mt. Mariveles, Elmer 6949. 
465 


466 MourritL: PHILIPPINE POLYPORACEAE 


CoLTRICIA PFRENNIS (L.) Murrill, Jour. Myc. g: QI. 1903. 
Luzon: Baguio, Willams. 

Coriolopsis aneba (Berk.) Murrill. Polyporus anebus Berk. 
Lond. Jour. Bot. 6: 504. 1847. (Type from Ceylon.) 
? Polyporus bicolor Jungh. Fl. Crypt. Jav. 1: [54]. 1838. 
(Type from Java.) 

Luzon: Mt. Mariveles, Elmer 6909. 

Coriolopsis badia (Berk.) Murrill. Trametes badia Berk. Lond. 
Jour. Bot. 1: 151. 1842. (Type from the Philippines.) 
Polystictus badius Cooke, Grevillea 14: 86. 1886. 

Luzon: Lamao, 70 m., 115 m., 130 m., Williams. Culion: 
Merrill 3526. Mindanao: Santa Cruz, Gulf of Davao, 
Williams. 

Coriolopsis dermatodes (Lév.) Murrill. Zrametes dermatodes 
Lév. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. III. 2: 196. 1844. 2 Polyporus cer- 
vino-guvus Jungh. Fl. Crypt. Jav. 1: [45]. pl g. 1838. 
(Type from Java.) Polyporus dermatodes Lév.; Gaud. Voy. 
Bonite 1: 180. p/. 738. f. 2. 1846. Polyporus Peradeniae 
Berk. & Br. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 14: 51. 1885. (Type 
from Ceylon.) 

Luzon: Lamao, 70 m., 80 m., 115 m., 130 m., Williams ; 
Mt. Mariveles, Elmer 6936, 6957. 

CORIOLOPSIS OCCIDENTALIS (K1.) Murrill, Bull. Torrey Club 32: 
358. 1905. Polyporus lanatus Fr. Epicr. 490. 1838. (Type 
from the East Indies.) Polyporus scorteus Fr. Nov. Symb. 89. 
1851. (Type from Pulo-Milu.) 

Luzon: Lamao, 15 m., Williams. Culion: Merrill 3571. 
Mindanao: Santa Cruz, Gulf of Davao, Williams. 
Coriolopsis phocinus (Berk. & Br.) Murrill. Polyporus phocinus 

Berk. & Br. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 14: 52. 1885. (Type 

from Ceylon.) 

Luzon: Lamao, 80 m., Williams. 

Coriolopsis semilaccata (Berk.) Murrill. Polyporus zonalis semi- 
faccatus Berk. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 16: 46. 1878. (Type 
from Malamon.) Fomes semilaccatus (Berk.) Cooke, Grevillea 
E5222. 1886, 

Luzon: Bataan, Merril/ 3503; Mt. Mariveles, E/mer 6929, 
6946; Mt. Banahao, Elmer 7557. 


se aicnenainemeeadile 


MurrRILL: PHILIPPINE POLYPORACEAE 467 


Corro.us aBretTinus (Dicks.) Quel. Ench. Fung. 175. 1886. 
Luzon: Baguio, Willams. 

CorioLus atypus (Lév.) Pat. Tax. Hymén. 94. 1900. Polyporus 
atypus Lév. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. III. 2: 184. 1844. (Type 
from Java.) ? Polyporus brunneolus Berk. Lond. Jour. Bot. 3: 
187. 1844. (Type from the Philippines.) ? Polystictus Di- 
drichsenit Fr. Nov. Symb. 76. 1851. (Type from the island 
of Bora-bora.) Trametes Aurora Ces. Myc. Borneo 5. 1897. 
(Type from Borneo. ) 

Luzon: Lamao, 75 m., 80 m., 115 m., 500 m., Wilkams ; Mt. 

Mariveles, Merrill 3506, Elmer 6938, 6940, 6947, 6955, 
6958 ; Bataan, Merrill 3505. Mindoro: Baco River, JZer- 
rill 3578, 

Coriolus cuneatiformis Murrill, sp. nov. 

Pileus flabelliform, with a cuneate base, thin, dry, flexible, 
conchate, depressed behind, 2-3 x 3-4 x 0.1 cm.; surface sub- 
glabrous, zonate, smooth, white, with pale-avellaneous zones, 
sometimes avellaneous behind ; margin very thin, entire, slightly 
deflexed when dry: context thin, white, fibrous, less than 1 mm. 
thick ; tubes short, yellowish-white, 1 mm. long, mouths minute, 
circular to angular, regular, 6 to a mm., edges thin, entire, white 
to pale-yellowish : spores ellipsoidal, smooth, hyaline, 2.5-3 x 5- 
6; hyphae hyaline, 3.5-5 4; cystidia none. 

Type collected on the Lamao River, Luzon, 80 m., on dead 

wood, December 1903, by R. S. Williams. 

CorioLus ELoncaAtus (Berk.) Pat. Tax. Hymén. 94. 1900. Poly- 
porus elongatus Berk. Lond. Jour. Bot. 1:149. 1842. (Type 
from the Philippines.) 

Luzon: Lamao, 500 m., 700 m., Willams. 

Coriolus maximus (Mont.) Murrill. /rpex maximus Mont. Ann. 
Sci. Nat. II. 8: 364. 1837. (Type from Cuba.) Polyporus 
Meyenti Kl. Nov. Act. Acad. Nat. Cur. 19: Suppl. 236. 
1843. (Type from Manila.) 

Luzon: Lamao, 80m., 115 m., Williams; Mt. Mariveles, 

Elmer 6931; Bataan, Merril 34909. 

Coriolus murinus (Lév.) Pat. Tax. Hymen. 94. 1900. Polyporus 
murinus Lév. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. III. 2:185. 1844. (Type 
from Java.) 

Luzon: Lamao, 115 m., 130 m., Willams. Leyte: Palo, 

Elmer 7237. 


468 MurrILL: PHILIPPINE POLYPORACEAE 


Coriolus vernicipes (Berk.) Murrill. Polyporus vernicipes Berk. 
Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 16:50. 1878. (Type from Japan.) 
Luzon: Mt. Banahao, 650 m., E/mer 7550. 

Cycloporellus* cichoriaceus (Fr.) Murrill. Polyporus intybaceus 
Berk. Lond. Jour. Bot.1:149. 1842. (Type fromthe Philip- 
pines.) Not P. intybaceus Fr.  Polystictus cichoriaceus Fr. 
Nov. Act. Reg. Soc. Sci. Ups. III. 1:92. 1855. Polyporus 
setiporus Berk. Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. 6:505. fl. 20. f. 2. 
1847. (Type from Ceylon.) 

Luzon: Upper Lamao, 700 m., Williams; Lamao, Merrill 
3528. 

Cycloporellus microcyclus (Lév.)Murrill. Polyporus microcyclus 
Lév. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. III. 2:188. 1844. (Type from 
Java.) 

Luzon: Lamao, 115 m., Williams; Upper Lamao, 700 m., 
Williams ; Mt. Mariveles, Elmer 6937. Leyte: Palo, 
Elmer 7228. 

Earliella corrugata (Pers.) Murrill. Polyporus corrugatus Pers. ; 
Gaud. Voy. Freyc. Bot. 172. 1826. Polyporus fusco-badius 
Pers.; Gaud. Voy. Freye. Bot. 172. 1826. (Type from the 
Marianne Islands.) Polyporus scabrosus Pers.; Gaud. Voy. 
Freyc. Bot. 172. 1826. (Type from the Marianne Islands.) 
? Polyporus mariannus Pers.; Gaud. Voy. Freyc. Bot.173. 1826. 
(Type from the Marianne Islands.) Daedalea sanguinea Kl. 
Linnaea 8:481. 1833. (Type from the East Indies.) ? 77a- 
metes bicolor Berk. Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. 16:43. 1878: 
(Type from the island of Aru.) Polystictus Persoonit Cooke, 
Grevillea 14:85. 1886. Trametes nitida Pat. Jour. de Bot. 
4:17. 1890. (Type from Tonkin.) 

Luzon: Mt. Mariveles, Elmer Ogz2r, Oo7s.. Leyte: Palo, 
Elmer 7206, 7208. 


*The genus Cyclomycetella (Bull. Torrey Club 31: 422. 1904), based Of 
Boletus pavonius Hook., becomes a synonym of Coriolus, since the real type of this 
species proves to be a member of the latter genus, rather than synonymous with 
Polyporus iodinus Mont. as generally supposed. I therefore suggest the name Cyclo- 
porellus for this group of species, with Polyporus iodinus Mont. (Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. 
II. 16: 108. 1841) as its type, and with the same diagnosis as that already pub- 
lished for Cyclomycetella. Ae 


MurRRILL: PHILIPPINE POLYPORACEAE ~ 469 


Favotus Tenuis (Hook.) Murrill, Bull. Torrey Club 32: 100. 
1905. Polyporus bivalvis Pers.; Gaud. Voy. Freyc. 168. 
1826. (Type from Rawak.) Hexagona orbiculata Fr. Fung. 
Guin. f 9. 1837. (Type from Guinea.) Hexagona cervino- 
plumbea Jungh. Crypt. Java 61. f 32. 1838. (Type from 
Java.) Hexagona Thwaitesii B. & C. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts 
& Sci. 4: 122. 1860. (Type from Bonin island.) 

Luzon: Lamao, 70 m., 130 m., Wz/iiams ; Mt. Mariveles, Elmer 

6927, 6934. Leyte: Palo, Elmer 7226. 

Favotus Wicuttt (KI.) Ricker, Philipp. Jour. Sci. 1: Suppl. 286. 
1906. Polyporus Wightii K\. Linnaea '7: 200. pl. 10. 1832. 
Hexagona Wightit Fr. Epicr. 496. 1838. 
Pileus thin, coriaceous, flexible, umbonate-affixed, dimidiate to 

reniform, applanate when young, becoming deeply depressed with 
age, 5-IOx 7-16 x 0.2 cm., surface multizonate, marked with a 
few concentric ridges, pale-umbrinous and nearly glabrous when 
young, then chestnut-colored, with a few appressed aculeae, and 
finally opaque-black and clothed with conspicuous, erect or 
ascending, rigid, flattened, somewhat branched, black aculeae ; 
margin very thin, isabelline, undulate or slightly lobed: context 
scarcely 1 mm, thick, tough, punky, fibrous ; tubes 1.5 mm. long, 
cinereous or fulvous and glabrous within, mouths large, shallow, 
equally hexagonal, 1-3 mm. in diameter, cinereous or fulvous, 
edges thin, rarely obtuse, firm, entire. 

Luzon: Mt. Mariveles, Elmer 6973, 6919; Lamao, 130 m., 

Willams. 

Funalia philippinensis Murrill, sp. nov. 

Pileus sessile, dimidiate, subimbricate, applanate above, slightly 
convex below, 5-10 x IO-I5 xX I-2 cm.; surface slightly zonate 
near the margin, dark-fulvous throughout, very conspicuously 
clothed with rigid, branched, flattened or terete, concolorous, 
pointed aculeae, which partially disappear in extreme age; margin 
ochraceous, sterile, acute, undulate: context ferruginous, thin, 
punky-corky, 2-3 mm. thick; tubes 5-10 mm. long, ferruginous- 
fulvous within, mouths circular to hexagonal, very regular, averag- 
ing 1 mm. in diameter, edges thin, firm, entire, white when young, 
becoming dark-umbrinous: spores ovoid, smooth, hyaline, 3.5—- 
4.5 #; hyphae pale-ferruginous, 2-4 p ; cystidia none. 

Type collected on the Lamao River, Luzon, 115 m., on dead 

wood, February, 1904, by R. S. Williams. 

Funalia versatilis (Berk.) Murrill. Trametes versatilts Berk. 


470 MurriL_: PHILIPPINE POLYPORACEAE 


Lond. Jour. Bot. 1: 150. 1842. (Type from the Philippines.) 

Flexagonia ciliata Kl. Nov. Act. Acad. Nat. Cur. 19: Suppl. 

235. pl. 5. f.1. 1843. Polystictus cilicioides Fr. Nov. Symb. 

S72 18S t. 

Luzon: Lamao, 80 m., 115 m., Wiliams. Mindanao: Santa 

Cruz, Gulf of Davao, Williams. 

HAPaLopi.us eitvus (Schw.) Murrill, Bull. Torrey Club 31: 418. 
1904. Polyporus discipes Berk. Hook., Lond. Jour. Bot. 6: 
499. 1847. (Type from Ceylon.) Polyporus holosclerus Berk. 
Lond. Jour. Bot. 6: 501. 1847. (Type from Ceylon.) 
Polyporus spadiceus Berk. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 3: 388. 1839. 
(Type from the East Indies.) Polyporus breviporus Cooke, 
Grevillea 12: 17. 1883. (Type from Australia.) Polyporus 
aureomarginatus P, Henn, Bot. Jahrb. 22: 72. 1895. (Type 
from Kamerun.) 

Luzon: Lamao, 70 m., 130 m., Williams; Lamao, Merrill 

3525 5 Mt. Mariveles, Elmer 6925. 

HAPALOPILUS LICNOIDES (Mont.) Murrill, Bull. Torrey Club 31: 
417. 1904. 

Culion: Merrill 3607. 

Hapalopilus subrubidus Murrill, sp. nov. 

Pileus imbricate, umbonate-sessile or attached by a narrow 
base, dimidiate or flabelliform, conchate, thin, slightly flexible, 
3-4 X 4-6 X0.1-0.3 cm. ; surface glabrous, slightly zonate, ful- 
vous ; margin thin, straight, entire or slightly undulate, reddish- 
brown when bruised: context ferruginous, punky-fibrous, tough, 
I-2mm. thick; tubes short, dark-lilac within, 1 mm. in length, 
mouths minute, slightly angular, regular, 7—-8 to a mm., edges thin, 
entire, dark flesh-colored to fulvous: spores globose, smooth, 
hyaline, 3-4 #; hyphae 2—3 #, pale-ferruginous ; cystidia none. 

Type collected on Mt. Mariveles, Luzon, on dead wood, No- 

vember, 1904, by A. D. E. Elmer, xo. 6972. 

HEXAGONA cucuLLaTA (Mont.) Murrill, Bull. Torrey Club 31 : 332. 
1904. 

Mindanao: Santa Cruz, Gulf of Davao, Williams. 
Hexagona vibecinoides (P. Henn.) Murrill. Polyporus vibeci- 

noides P. Henn. Bot. Jahrb. 23: 546. 1896. (Type from 

Kamerun, Africa.) 

Luzon: Lamao, 70 m., Wiliams. 


MuRRILL: PHILIPPINE POLYPORACEAE 471 


Inonotus Elmerianus Murrill, sp. nov. 

Pileus subimbricate, sessile, dimidiate, conchate, thin, slightly 
flexible, 3 x 4-5 x 0.I-0.3 cm. ; surface finely tomentose to nearly 
glabrous, spongy-tomentose behind or in certain parts, very uneven, 
slightly zonate, ferruginous to fulvous, fuliginous at times behind ; 
margin thin, undulate, ferruginous : context ferruginous, punky 
above, fibrous below, 1 mm. or less thick; tubes short, fulvous 
within, 0.5-1.5 mm. long, mouths very minute, regular, circular 
toangular, 9-11 toa mm., fulvous to umbrinous, bay when bruised, 
stuffed with flavous to luteous mycelium when very young, edges 
thin, entire : spores subglobose, smooth, pale-ferruginous, copious, 
2; hyphae pale-ferruginous, 3-4 4; cystidia none. 

Type collected on Mt. Mariveles, Luzon, on dead wood, No- 

vember, 1904, by A. D. E. Elmer, no. 6942. 
Microporellus subdealbatus Murrill, sp. nov. 

Pileus very thin, tough, flexible, flabelliform, tapering to a short 
flattened stipe, which appears to be merely a continuation of the 
pileus, 4 x 3 x 0.1 cm.; surface zonate, fibrillose to glabrous, resi- 
nous in appearance, pale-yellowish or light reddish-brown ; margin 
very thin, sterile, lacerate, uneven: context very thin, white, 
fibrous, flexible; tubes short, decurrent, white within, mouths 
small, glistening, irregular, angular, white to slightly yellowish, 5 
toa mm., edges acute, uneven, lacerate-dentate, soon becoming 
irpiciform : spores ovoid, smooth, hyaline, 3-4 #; hyphae hyaline, 
3-4 #; cystidia none. 

Type collected in the Province of Bataan, Luzon, on prostrate 

logs, October, 1903, by E. D. Merrill, xo. 3577. 
Nigroporus durus (Jungh.) Murrill. Polyporus durus Jungh. Fl. 

Crypt. Jav. 1: [62]. 1838. (Type from Java.) 

Luzon: Bataan, Merrill 3500. 

Nicrororus vinosus Murrill, Bull. Torrey Club 32: 361. 

1905. (Type from San Domingo.) 

Luzon: Lamao, 70 m., Williams. Leyte: Palo, Elmer 

92T2. 
Potyporus ceLesicus P. Henn. Monsunia 1: 12. fl. 1. f. 5. 

1899. (Type from Celebes.) 

Luzon: lLamao, 75 m., 80 m., 130 m., Williams. 
Polyporus coracinus Murrill, sp. nov. 

Pileus suborbicular to reniform, attached by a short lateral tu- 
bercle, thin, fleshy-tough, conchate, 3-4 X 4-5 X 9.2 cm., surface 
yellowish-white, finely tomentose, becoming glabrous and black ; 


472 Mourrit_: PuHitippiInE PoLyPORACEAE 


margin thin, entire, concolorous : context less than 1 mm. thick, 
homogeneous and white to pallid, except the very thin black cu- 
ticle ; tubes 1.5 mm. long, white to avellaneous within, mouths 
circular, regular, 4 to a mm., pallid to black, edges very obtuse, 
entire: spores subglobose, smooth, hyaline, 2.5-3.5 4; hyphae 
3 4; cystidia dark-fulvous, short, ventricose, sharp-pointed, 10- 
25 #, often branched or cespitose. 
Type collected at Palo, Leyte, on dead sticks, January, 1906, 

by A. D. E. Elmer, no. 7232. 
POLYPORUS GRAMMOCEPHALUS Berk. Lond. Jour. Bot. 1: 148. 

1842. (Type from the Philippines.) 

Mindanao: Santa Cruz, Gulf of Davao, Williams. 
Polyporus palensis Murrill, sp. nov. 

Pileus flabelliform, tapering behind, shallowly depressed to in- 
fundibuliform, 2-3 x 2-3 x 0.1 cm.; surface white to fulvous, 
finely radiate-striate, glabrous ; margin very thin, entire to undu- 
late or lacerate, inflexed on drying: context very thin, fleshy, 
white, fragile when dry; tubes decurrent, less than 1 mm. long, 
white or slightly flesh-colored within, mouths minute, white to 
dull-fulvous, fragile when dry, somewhat radially elongated, 0.5 
x 0.25 mm., edges lacerate-dentate, becoming almost irpiciform in 
appearance: spores oblong-ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 3-4 x 5-6 #; 
hyphae smooth, hyaline, 3-4 #; cystidia none: stipe lateral, rarely 
eccentric, short, tapering below, white, terete, striate above, covere 
with tubes below at the base, 3 mm. long, 2 mm. thick. 

Type collected at Palo, Leyte, on dead sticks, January, 1906, 

by A. D. E. Elmer, xo. 7236. 
Poryporus Peruta (Beauv.) Fr. Epicr. 437. 1838. Microporus 

Perula Beauv. Fl, Owar. 1: 12. pl..g3. 1805. (Type from 

Wari.) Polyporus xanthopus Fr. Obs. Myc. 2: 255. 1818. 

(Type locality unknown.) Polyporus affinis Nees, Nov. Act. 

Acad. Nat. Cur. 131: pl. 4.f. 1. 1826. Polyporus incomptus 

Fr. Epicr. 437. 1838. (Type from Guinea.) Polyporus pol)- 

chrous Ces. Myc. Borneo 4. 1879. (Type from Borneo.) 

Polyporus carneo-niger Berk. ; Cooke, Grevillea 12: 15. 1883. 

(Type from Australia.) 

Luzon : Baguio, Williams ; Bataan, Merrill 3498, 3502, 35352 

Mt. Banahao, Elmer, 7546, 7552, 7555; Lamao, 70 m., 80 
m., 100 m., 115 m., 700 m., Williams ; Mt. Mariveles, 
Llmer 6908, 6920, 6923, 6926, Merrill 3495. Mindanao: 


MurrRILL: PHILIPPINE POLYPORACEAE 473 


Santa Cruz, Gulf of Davao, Williams. Mindoro: Baco 
River, Merrill 3582. Palawan: Ewiig River, Merrill 3585, 
3588. Culion: Merrill 3605. 
POLYPORUS VIBECINUS Fr. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Stockh. 126. 
1849. (Type from Natal.) 
Luzon: Lamao, 80 m., Wiilams. 
Pycnoporus sancurNeus (L.} Murrill, Bull. Torrey Club 31: 421. 
1904. 
Luzon: Lamao, 75 m. and 130 m., Williams; Province of 
Tarlac, Merrill 3607. Leyte: Palo, Elmer 7239. Min- 
danao: Santa Cruz, Gulf of Davao, Wiliams. 


Rigidoporus surinamensis (Miq.) Murrill. Polyporus surinamensis 
Miq. Bull. Sci. Phys. Nat. Néerl. 1839: 454. 1839. oly- 
porus zonalis Berk. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 10: Suppl. 375. pl. 
ro. f. 5. 1843. (Type from Ceylon.) 

Luzon: Mt. Banahao, g00 m., Elmer 7549. 


Spongipellis luzonensis Murrill, sp. nov. 

Pileus thin, tough, rigid, imbricate, laterally connate, sessile, 
dimidiate, somewhat decurrent, conchate, I-I.5 X I.5-2.5 X 0.2—- 
0.5 cm. ; surface azonate, anoderm, fibrillose-tomentose, white to 
discolored, absorbing water ; margin thin, undulate, concolorous, 
easily bruised, fertile, decurved when dry : context spongy-fibr ous, 
white to pale-isabelline, about 2 mm. thick, tubes white to dis- 
colored, tough, elastic, 2-3 mm. long, mouths white to discolored, 
irregular, 4-6 to a mm., subglistening, edges very thin, fimbriate- 
dentate : spores globose, smooth, hyaline, 3-4 #; hyphae hyaline, 
5-6 »; cystidia none. 

Type collected on Mt. Mariveles, Luzon, on dead wood, No- 

vember, 1904, by A. D. E. Elmer, xo. 6944. 


Trametes caespitosa Murrill, sp. nov. 

Hymenophore densely imbricate, dimidiate, conchate, laterally 
connate, 1-2 x 2-3.5 x 0.2-0.3 cm.; surface puberulent to sub- 
glabrous, smooth, very slightly subzonate, pale-avellaneous, with 
a tinge of pale-purple ; margin rather thick, concolorous, undulate, 
sharply deflexed: context white, fibrous, rigid, tough, 1-2 mm. 
thick ; tubes white to pallid, 1-1.5 mm. long, mouths very regu- 
lar, minute, circular, white to pallid, with a tinge of flesh color, 
7-8 to a mm., edges rather thick, firm, tough, entire: spores 
smooth, hyaline, ovoid, copious, 5-6 x 7-7-5 #3 hyphae hyaline, 
5-6 #; cystidia none. 


474 MurrRILL: PHILIPPINE POLYPORACEAE 


Type collected on Mt. Mariveles, Luzon, on dead wood, Nov- 
ember, 1904, by A. D. E. Elmer, wo. 6957. 
Trametes lamaensis Murrill, sp. nov. 

Pileus subcircular, narrowly attached, convex above and below, 
3-4 X 3-4 X I cm.; surface finely puberulent, anoderm, slightly 
zonate or sulcate at times, white or pale-isabelline ; margin rather 
thick, sterile, concolorous, entire: context white, subzonate, punky- 
corky, 7 mm. thick; tubes firm, tough, pallid, 2-3 mm. long, 
mouths somewhat irregular, circular to angular, 2-3 to a mm., 
subglistening, white to isabelline, edges rather thick, entire : spores 
globose, smooth, hyaline, 5-6 %; hyphae hyaline, 4-5 2; cystidia 
none, 


Type collected on the Lamao River, Luzon, 130 m., on dead 

deciduous wood, February, 1904, by R. S. Williams. 

Trametes luzonensis Murrill, sp. nov. 

Pileus small, laterally connate, dimidiate, sessile, rarely encir- 
cling the twig, conchate, 1-2 x 1.5~3 x 0.2-0.4 cm.; surface 
smooth, anoderm, finely tomentose to subglabrous, white to very 
pale avellaneous, entirely without marks ; margin acute, entire, 
deflexed when dry: context punky, white, 1-2 mm. thick; tubes 
white within, 1-2 mm. long, tough, mouths regular, minute, cir- 
cular, 6 to a mm., edges white to slightly discolored, rather thick, 
entire: spores smooth, hyaline. 

Type collected on Mt. Mariveles, Luzon, on dead sticks, Nov- 

ember, 1904, by A. D. E. Elmer, wo. 6932. 

Trametes MUxteri Berk. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 10: 320. 1868. 
(Type from Victoria River, Australia.) 

Luzon: Province of Tarlac, Merrill 3602. 

Trametes ostreaeformis (Berk.) Murrill. Polyporus ostreaeformis 
Berk. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 16: 46. 1878. (Type from the 
Philippines. ) 

Luzon: Lamao, 600 m., Williams. 

Trametes subacuta Murrill, sp. nov. 

Pileus very large, dry, firm, slightly flexible, reniform, sessile, 
applanate, 10-12 x 20x I-2cm.; surface narrowly zonate, finely 
puberulent, becoming glabrous and tuberculose behind, avellane- 
ous or umbrinous in front, murinous behind ; margin ochraceous, 
thin, entire, fertile: context punky-corky, rather soft, white, 5-7 
mm. thick ; tubes 5 mm. long, white to pallid within, firm, tough, 
mouths glistening, very regular, circular, 2-3 to a mm., white to 
pale-isabelline, edges rather thin, entire - spores subglobose to 


MourrRIiLL: PHILIPPINE POLYPORACEAE 475 


ovoid, smooth, hyaline, 4—5 # long, hyphae hyaline, 3-5 p; 
cystidia none. 

Type collected on the Lamao River, Luzon, 115 m., on dead 

deciduous wood, December, 1903, by R. S. Williams. 
Trametes Williamsii Murrill, sp. nov. 

Pileus sessile, dimidiate, subimbricate, at times laterally con- 
nate, applanate, thicker behind, 4~5 x 4-7 x 1 cm.; surface finely 
tomentose to nearly glabrous, slightly zonate, isabelline or avel- 
laneous, sometimes partly murinous, anoderm, slightly tubercu- 
lose ; margin thick, sterile, entire, easily bruised: context corky, 
tough, somewhat zonate, white, 5-7 mm. thick, eagerly devoured 
by insects ; tubes pallid, 5 mm. long, tough, firm, mouths circular, 
regular, pallid, 2-3 to a mm., edges thick, obtuse, entire: spores 
globose, smooth, hyaline, 4-5 #; hyphae hyaline, 3-4 p; 
cystidia none. 

Type collected at Santa Cruz, Gulf of Davao, Mindanao, on 

dead pine logs, June, 1905, by R. S. Williams. 
Tyromyces Elmeri Murrill, sp. nov. 

Pileus fleshy, rigid and fragile when dry, dimidiate, sessile, 
subimbricate, 2-3 x 3-4 x 0.2-0.3 cm.; surface rough, with mi- 
nute tubercles and pits, glabrous, white to isabelline; margin 
rather thick, entire, concolorous: context white, fleshy-tough, 1 
mm. thick ; tubes white to isabelline within, 2 mm. long, mouths 
slightly angular, minute, regular, 6-7 to a mm., pruinose, glisten- 
ing, at length avellaneous, edges thin, entire: spores globose, 
smooth, hyaline, 3-4 #4; hyphae hyaline, 4-5 ; cystidia none. 

Type collected on Mt. Mariveles, Luzon, on dead wood, No- 

vember, 1904, by A. D. E. Elmer, xo. 6954. 


Subfamily FOMITEAE 


Amauroderma Elmerianum Murrill, sp. nov. 

Pileus stipitate, umbonate-affixed, subcircular to reniform, usu- 
ally convex above, plane or slightly concave below, hard and 
rigid, 3 x 4-7 x 0.5—I cm.; surface thinly encrusted, finely puber- 
ulent, conspicuously radiate-rugose, many times sulcate, marked 
with narrow, avellaneous lines and broad, fuliginous or black 
zones ; margin thick, truncate, zonate, crumpled or rugose, con- 
colorous: context avellaneous, punky-corky, homogeneous, 2-4 
mm. thick; tubes 3-7 mm. long, slender, avellaneous within, 
mouths regular, circular, constricted, 5-6 to a mm., nearly white 
to smoky-black, reddish-brown when bruised, edges thick, obtuse, 
entire: spores subglobose, very pale brown, finely echinulate, 


476 MurRILL: PHILIPPINE POLYPORACEAE 


thick-walled, 5-6 4; hyphae subhyaline, 3-5 #; cystidia none: 

stipe laterally-attached, ascending, cylindrical, subequal, 3-12 cm, 

long, 0.7—1.3 cm. thick, resembling the pileus in surface and 
substance. 

Type collected at Palo, Leyte, on dead stumps, January, 1906, 
by A. D. E. Elmer, zo. 7270. Also collected on Mt. 
Mariveles, Luzon, November, 1904, by Elmer, mo. 6960. 

Elfvingia Elmeri Murrill, sp. nov. 

Pileus very large,compressed-ungulate, convex above, slightly 
concave below, sessile, dimidiate, very hard, 20 x 25-35 X 4-7 
cm.; surface glabrous, deeply sulcate, tuberculose, horny-en- 
crusted, becoming slightly rimose when old and dry, but never 
weathering, brown with a grayish tinge; margin thick, rounded, 
ferruginous, entire: context ferruginous to fulvous, punky-corky, 
rather firm, 1-2 cm. thick; tubes distinctly stratified, 1-2 mm. 
long each season, fulvous within, mouths circular, regular, 5 to a 
mm., edges rather thin, entire: spores ferruginous, globose, 
smooth, 5-6 4; hyphae ferruginous, 3-4 #; cystidia ventricose, 
fulvous, sharp-pointed, copious, 15-40 yz long. 

Type collected on Mt. Mariveles, Luzon, on dead wood, Nov- 

ember, 1904, by A. D. E. Elmer, wo. 696z. 

ELFVINGIA TORNATA (Pers.) Murrill, Bull. Torrey Club 30: 301. 
1903. Polyporus tornatus Pers.; Gaud. Voy. Freyc. Bot. 173. 
1826. (Type from islands in the Pacific ocean.) Polyporus 
australis Fr. Elench. 108. 1828. (Type from islands in the 
Pacific ocean.) 

Luzon: Mt. Mariveles, E/mer 6916. Culion: Merrill 3572. 
Leyte: Palo, Elmer 7209. 

Fomes luzonensis Murrill, sp. nov. 

Pileus dimidiate, umbonate-affixed, compressed-ungulate, very 
convex above, plane or slightly concave below, 4 x 6-8 x I-2 
cm. ; surface zonate, sulcate, glabrous, horny-encrusted, dull- 
brown in the older portions, pale-isabelline on the thin, expanded, 
recent growth; margin acute, narrowly sterile, pallid, undulate, 
straight : context thin, I-2 mm., pale-isabelline, punky-corky ; 
tubes distinctly stratose, isabelline within, 2-3 mm. long each sea- 
son, mouths regular, circular, 5 to a mm., white to isabelline, 
opaque, edges thick, firm, tough, obtuse, entire: spores globose, 
smooth, hyaline, 5 #; hyphae hyaline, 4 p; cystidia none. 

Type collected on the Lamao River, Luzon, 500 m., on a de- 

caying trunk, January, 1904, by R. S. Williams. 


MuRRILL: PHILIPPINE POLYPORACEAE 477 


Fomes philippinensis Murrill, sp. nov. 

Pileus dimidiate, sessile, bracket-shaped, applanate above, plane 
or convex below, 5-10 x I0-I5 x I-2.5 cm.; surface horny, 
thinly encrusted, radiate-rugose, glabrous, somewhat zonate, shal- 
lowly sulcate, becoming slightly rimose with age, pale-isabelline 
to dull-umbrinous ; margin sterile, pallid, glabrous, zonate, rather 
thick, entire, at length somewhat truncate and furrowed: context 
punky, tough, isabelline, zonate, 5-10 mm. thick; tubes more or . 
less distinctly stratified, 2-3 mm. long each season, isabelline 
within, mouths pallid, regular, circular, 5 to a mm., edges thick, 
obtuse, entire: spores ovoid, smooth, hyaline, 5 x 4 4; hyphae 
hyaline, 3-4 #1; cystidia none. 

Type collected on the Lamao River, Luzon, 700 m., on a 

dead trunk, March 23, 1904, by R. S. Williams. 

Fomrs semitostus Berk. Jour. Bot. & Kew Misc. 6: 143. 1854. 
(Type from the Khasia Mountains, India.) 

Luzon: Lamao, 80 m., Williams ; Mt. Mariveles, A/mer 6050. 

Leyte: Palo, Almer 7222. 

GANODERMA AMBOINENSE (Lam.) Pat. Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. 5: 70. 
1889. Agaricus amboinensis Lam. Enc. 1: 49. 1783. (Type 
from Amboina.) 

Luzon: Lamao, 80 m., Williams. 

Ganoderma subtornatum Murrill, sp. nov. 

Pileus sessile, short-stipitate, flabelliform, with a narrow base, 
applanate, slightly concave below, hard and rigid, 6-11 x 6-12 x 
Icm.; surface thinly encrusted, shining-black, except where cov- 
ered with the brown conidia, glabrous, sulcate, radiate-rugose ; 
Margin truncate, slightly furrowed, sterile, entire: context 2-4 
mm. thick, punky, white above, chestnut-colored below ; tubes 
unstratified, slender, 5-8 mm. long, avellaneous-umbrinous within, 
Mouths regular, circular, 5 to a mm., smoky-fuliginous, edges 
obtuse, entire : spores ovoid, pale-brown, finely asperulate, 9 x 6-7 
#; hyphae dark-brown, 5-6 y; cystidia none: stipe lateral, com- 
Pressed, 0-2 cm. long, 1.5—2 cm. thick, resembling the pileus in 
Surface and substance. 

Type collected on the Lamao River, Luzon, 100 m., on a 

decayed trunk, November, 1903, by R. S. Williams. Col- 
lected also on Mt. Mariveles, Luzon, November, 1904, 
by A. D. E. Elmer, no. 6943, and at Palo, Leyte, January 
1906, by Elmer, 70. 7273. . : 


478 MurritL: PHILIPPINE POLYPORACEAE 


Ganoderma Williamsianum Murrill, sp. nov. 

Pileus sessile, dimidiate, compressed-ungulate or applanate, 
usually convex above, plane or concave below, subimbricate, rigid, 
3-4 x 5-6 x 1-2 cm.; surface shallowly sulcate, slightly zonate, 
radiate-rugose, avellaneous, with narrow, dark zones when young, 
at length ochraceous-pulverulent from the secreted varnish, and 
finally glabrous, laccate, and bay or black; margin conchate at 
maturity, yellowish-brown, laccate, entire, sterile : context chest- 
nut-colored, punky, soft, 3-6 mm. thick; tubes not stratified, 
slender, murinous-umbrinous within, hymenium white to ochra- 
ceous or melleous, mouths circular to slightly angular, regular, 5 
to amm., edges obtuse and entire when young, soon becoming 
thin: spores broadly ovoid, truncate, dark-brown, roughly echin- 
ulate, thick-walled, 8-9 x 12-142; hyphae concolorous, 5-6/4; 
cystidia none. 

Type collected on the Lamao River, Luzon, 115 m., on a dead 

trunk, January, 1904, by R. S. Williams. 

NiGROFOMES MELANOPORUS (Mont.) Murrill, Bull. Torrey Club 
31: 425. 1904.  Fomes melanoporoides Ces. Myc. Borneo 
6. 1879. (Type from Borneo.) Fomes Cornu-bovis Cooke, 
Grevillea 13: 2. 1884. (Type from Malacca.) ? Polyporus 
cinereo-fuscus Currey, Trans. Linn. Soc. II. 1: 124. pl. 79. 
f. 1. 1876. (Type from India.) 

Luzon: Lamao, Williams ; Mt. Mariveles, Elmer 6959. 
Pyropolyporus albomarginatus (Lév.) Murrill. Polyporus albo- 

marginatus Lév. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. III. 2: 191. 1844. 

(Type from Java.) Polyporus Kermes Berk. & Br. Jour. Linn. 

Soc. Bot. 14: 49. 1875. (Type from Ceylon.) Polyporus 

laeticolor Berk. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 16: 46. 1878. (Type 

from the Philippines.) Fomes pyrrhocreas Cooke, Grevillea 

14: 11. 1885. (Type from New Guinea.) 

Luzon: Lamao, 115 m., Williams. 

Pyropolyporus caliginosus (Berk.) Murrill. Polyporus caliginosus 
Berk. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 16: 46. 1878. (Type from 
Philippines.) Not Polyporus caliginosus Ces. Myc. Borneo 5: 
1879. (Type from Borneo.) 

Leyte: Palo, Elmer 7221. 

Pyropolyporus endotheius (Berk.) Murrill. Polyporus endotheius 
Berk. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 16: 47. 1878. (Type from the 
Philippines.) 

Culion: Merrill 3575. 


MovrRRILL: PHILIPPINE POLYPORACEAE 479 


Pyropolyporus fastuosus ( Lév.) Murrill. Polyporus fastuosus 
Lev. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. III. 2: 190. 1844. (Type from 
Singapore.) 
Luzon: Lamao, 80 m., Wiliams. 
Pyropolyporus lamaensis Murrill, sp. nov. 
Pileus dimidiate, sessile, thin, subimbricate, applanate, 2 x 4 
x 0.3—0.7 cm. ; surface finely tomentose, zonate, slightly sulcate, 
horny-encrusted, fulvous-chestnut ; margin thick, obtuse, sterile, 
ferruginous, entire: context luteous to ferruginous, hard, woody, 
homogeneous, 3~5 mm. thick; tubes 2 mm. long, smoky-avella- 
neous within, mouths circular, regular, minute, 6 to a mm., 
opaque, dull smoke-colored, edges thin, entire : spores globose to 
ovoid, smooth, hyaline, 3.5-5 ~ long; hyphae ferruginous, 4; 
cystidia slender, pointed, 15-40 , dark-fulvous. 
Type collected on the Lamao River, Luzon, on decayed wood, 
November, 1904, by R. S. Williams. 
Pyropolyporus Merrillii Murrill, sp. nov. 
Pileus sessile, ungulate, plane below, 4 x 6 x 3—5 cm. ; surface 
finely tomentose, deeply sulcate, anoderm or slightly encrusted, 
hard, bay, becoming blackish and weathered in the older layers ; 
margin fulvous, sterile, finely tomentose, obtuse, undulate : con- 
text dark-fulvous, hard, horny, 3-6 mm. thick ; tubes indistinctly 
stratified, fulvous within, 2-4 mm. long each season, mouths ful- 
vous, subcircular, regular, 4 to a mm., edges rather thick, entire : 
Spores ferruginous-fulvous, copious, subglobose, smooth, 3-4; 
hyphae concolorous, 4 1; cystidia none. 
Type collected in Culion, on decaying trees near the seashore, 
December 1902, by E. D. Merrill, 20. 3575. 
Pyropolyporus pectinatus(KI.) Murrill. Polyporus pectinatus Kl. 
Linnaea 8: 485. 1833. (Type from the East Indies.) 
Fomes pullus (Berk. & Mont.) Cooke, Grevillea 14: 19. 
1885. (Type from Java.) 
Luzon: Lamao, 80 m., Williams; Mt. Mariveles, Elmer 
6933. Palawan: Ewiig River, Merrill 3586. 
Pyropolyporus Williamsii Murrill, sp. nov. 
Pileus bracket-shaped, sessile, dimidiate, plane above, convex 
low, very hard, horny and brittle, 5-8 x 8-15 x I-2 cm., sur- 
face finely tomentose to glabrous, dark-bay to black, horny-en- 
crusted, deeply and roughly sulcate, somewhat _tuberculose, 
slightly cracking with age ; margin isabelline, sterile, rounded, 
entire or undulate: context 8-10 mm. thick, ferruginous, hard, 


480 MurRILL: PHILIPPINE POLYPORACEAE 


radiate-striate, with white dendroid markings; tubes distinctly 

stratified, 2-3 mm. long each season, umbrinous to avellaneous 

within, mouths circular, avellaneous, opaque, regular, 5 to amm., 

edges thick, obtuse, entire : spores subglobose, smooth, hyaline, 
3-5 #; cystidia dark-fulvous, ventricose, pointed, 15-30 long. 

Type collected on the Lamao River, Luzon, 80 m., on a dead 

trunk, December, 1903, by R. S. Williams. What appears 

_to bea young, deformed specimen of this species was col- 

lected on Mt. Banahao, Luzon, 500 m., on dead timber, 

May, 1906, by A. D. E. Elmer, xo. 7556. ; 


Subfamily DAEDALEAE 


DAEDALEA AMANITOIDES Beauv. Fl. Owar. 1: 44. pl. 25. 1804. 
(Type from Wari.) Daedalea Palisoti Fr. Syst. 2: 335: 
1821. Lenzites Palisoti Fr. Epicr. 404. 1838. Afzel. Fung. 
Guin. 1: /. rz. f. 23. a.6. Daedalea repanda Pers.; Gaud. 
Voy. Freyc. Bot. 168. 1826. (Type from the island of 
Rawak.) Mont.Cuba 382. f/. r4.f. g. 1842. Lenzites repanda 
Fr. Epicr. 404. 1338. Daedalea applanata K\. Linnaea 
8:481. 1833. (Type from Mauritius.) Lenzites applanata 
Fr. Epicr. 404. 1838. Lenzites pallida Berk. Lond. Jour. 
Bot. 1:146. 1842. (Type from Manila.) Lenzites platypoda 
Lev. Bonite Crypt.1:184. 1844-1846. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. 
III. 2: 180. 1844. (Type from Manila.) 

Luzon: Lamao, 70 m., Williams ; Mt. Mariveles, Elmer 6942. 
Leyte: Palo, Elmer 7218. Culion: Merrill 3574. 
Darpacea Hopson Berk. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 13: 165. 1873: 
(Type from Australia.) ? Trametes colliculosa Berk. Lond. 

Jour. Bot. 6: 506. 1847. (Type from Ceylon.) 
Luzon : Lamao, 115 m., Williams ; Mt. Mariveles, Elmer 6914, 
6928, 6948 ; Merrill 3507. Culion: Merrill 3608. 

Gloeophyllum edule Murrill, sp. nov. 

: Pileus imbricate, sessile, dimidiate, conchate or applanate, 
slightly decurrent at times, 4-7 X 6-10 x 0.3-0.6 cm.; surface 
short-tomentose to almost glabrous behind, subzonate, ochra- 
ceous-isabelline to pale-fulvous, becoming bleached with age, with 
a few, shallow, concentric furrows ; margin acute, entire or undu- 
late, ochraceous, tomentose, brownish when bruised : context fer- 
ruginous, punky, 2-4 mm. thick, soft enough when young to be 


MuvrRILL: PHILIPPINE POLYPORACEAE 481 


eaten by the native Igorrotes ; hymenium lenzitoid, furrows several 
times forked, 2-4 mm. deep, about 1 mm. broad, edges pallid to 
avellaneous-fulvous, entire and rather thick when young, becom- 
ing thin and somewhat lacerate-dentate with age: spores elongate- 
ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 7 x 3 4; hyphae pale-ferruginous, 3-4 4; 
cystidia none. 

Type collected at Baguio, Luzon, 1750 m., on fallen dead logs 

of Pinus insularis, Gites 1904, ye R. S. Williams. 


New York BoranicaAL GARDE 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 
(1907) 


The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by 
Americans, published in anne or based upon American material ; the word Amer- 
ica being used in its broadest s 

Reviews, and papers Shun: ost exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, 
manufactured products of Fe WO x: origin, or laboratory methods are not included, an 
no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is 
made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted 
wholly to botany. Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in 
some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor 
to errors or omissions their kindness will be appreciated. 

This Index is reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers, 
at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each 
subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscription. Corre: 
spondence relating to the card-issue shou!d be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey 
Botanical Club 
Barnes, C. R. & Land, W. J.G. Bryological papers. I. The origin 

of air chambers. Bot. Gaz. 44: 197-213. f. 1-22. 18 S 1907. 

Bartlett, H. H. Flower color of the American diervillas, Rhodora 
9: 147, 148. 31 Au 1907. 

Bartlett, H. H. The retrograde color varieties of Gratio/a aurea. 
Rhodora 9: 122-124. 12 Au 1907. 

Beauverd, G. Plantae Damazianae brazilienses. V. Bull. Herb. 
Boiss. II. 7: 138-152. f.5. 4 F 1907; VI. 701-708. f. 6-8. 31 
Jl 1907. 

New og described in Piper, Peperomia (4), Stemodia, Utricularia, Barbacenia, 
and Airtel) 

Berry, E. W. Contributions to the Pleistocene flora of North Carolina. 
Jour. Geol. 15: 338-349. J 
New fossil species described in Pot on (2), Malus, Crataegus (2), Den- 

drium, and Vaccinium. 

» E. W. Palaeobotanical notes. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ. 
1907": 79-91. f. 1-6. Jl 1907. 
Includes angeapred of new fossil species in Gleichenia, Osmunda, Williamsonia, 

Crataegus, and Ziz yphu: 

Binford, R. The open of the sporangium of Zygodium. Bot. 

— Gaz. 44: 214-224. f. 1-37. 18S 1907. 

Britton, N. L. Zrythroxylaceae. N. Am. Fl. 25: 59-66. 24 Au 
1907. 

483 


484 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Burnham, S. H. Notes on the flora of San Mateo and Santa Clara 
counties, California. Muhlenbergia 3: 73-78. 8 Au 1907. 

Caldwell, O. W. AMicrocycas calocoma. Bot. Gaz. 44: 118-141. Ai. 
10-13 +f. 7-14. 16 Au 1907. 

Chamberlain, E. B. List of plants. Bull. Josselyn Bot. Soc. 1: 
15-23. 20 Au Igo 
Plants collected or observed during meeting of the Josselyn Botanical Society, in 

the vicinity of Oxford, Maine, July 1-6, 1907. 

Chamberlain, E. B. Meeting of the Josselyn Botanical Society. 
Rhodora 9: 124. 12 Au 1907. 

Chandler, K. Sierra wild flowers. Sunset Mag. 19: 333-335. AU 
1907.  [Illust. ] 

Chodat, R. & Hassler, E. Plantae Hasslerianae soit énumération des 
plantes récoltées au Paraguay par le Dr. Emile Hassler, d’ Aarau 
(Suisse) de 1885 A 1902. Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 7: 279-296. 31 
Mr 1907 ; 597-624. 29 Je 1907; 665-682. 31 Jl 1907. 

Christ, H. Appendice aux primitiae costaricenses filic. V in Bull. 
Herb. Boiss. 1907, mars, 2me sér. VII. Bull. Herb. Boiss. Il. 7: 
585, 586. 29 Je 1907. 

Christman, A. H. The alternation of generations and the morphology 
of the spore forms in the rusts. Bot. Gaz. 44: 81-101. pi. 7. 

Au 1907. 

Christman, A. H. The nature and development of the primary uredo- 
spore. ‘Trans. Wis. Acad. 15: 517-526. //. 29. My 1907. 

Chrysler, M.A. The structure and relationships of the Potamogelo- 
naceae and allied families. Bot. Gaz. 44: 161-188. p/. rg-18 +f. 
I-37. 18 § 1907. 

Clute, W.N. A checklist of the North American fernworts. Fern 
Bull. 15: 19-24. [Ap] 1907; 45-49. [S] 1907. 

Clute, W. N. Fall fruiting of the cinnamon fern, Fern Bull. 15: 
39, 40. [S] 1907. 

Clute, W. N. The fern’s struggle for existence in the tropics. Fem 
Bull. 15: 34-38. [S] 1907. 

Clute, W. N. Fossil ferns are rare. Fern Bull. 15: 54, 55- [S] 
1907. 

Clute,W.N. Rare forms of ferns. — III. An aberrant Preris aguilina ~ 
pseudocaudata. Fern Bull. 15: 43,44. [S] 1907. [Illust. ] 

Cobb, N. A. Notes on some diseases of the pineapple. Hawailat 
For. & Agric. 4: 123-144. f. I-9. My 1907. 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 485 


Collins, J. F., avd others. Report of the committee on bryophytes, 
1907. .Bull. Josselyn Bot. Soc. 1: 13, 14. 20 Au 1907. 

Damazio, L. Une Velloziacée remarquable du Brésil. Bull. Herb. 
Boiss II. 7: 595, 596. 29 Je 1907. [Illust.] 
Barbacenia Beauverdii Damazio sp. nov., native of Minas Geraés, Brazil. 

Davidson, A. Flora of Clifton, Arizona. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. 
Sci. 6: 34-36. 15 Jl 1907. 

Dowell, P.* The botanical symposium, at Newton, New Jersey. 
Torreya 7: 164-168. 21 Au 1907. 

Earl, G. T. Evergreen plants of Ohio. Ohio Nat. 7: 188, 189. 1 
Je 1907. 

Eastwood, A. Cypripedium fasciculatum in Santa Cruz County, Cali- 
fornia. Muhlenbergia 3: 97. 17S 1907. 

Eastwood, A. Pe/tiphylium peltatum. Muhlenbergia 3: 78. 8 Au 
1907. 

Eastwood, A. Raillardella Muirii Gray. Muhlenbergia 3: 78. 8 
Au 1907. 

Eastwood, A. Zrautvetteria grandis Nutt. Mubhlenbergia 3: 78. 8 
Au 1907. 

Elliott, S. B. Pacific coast red cedar (Thuya gigantea). Forest 
Leaves 11: 56. Aurgo7. [Illust.] 

Ely, N. Succulent plants of Ohio. Ohio Nat. 7: 186, 187. 1 Je 
1907. 

Fernald, M.L. The genus Svaeda in northeastern America. Rhodora 
9: 140-146. 31 Au 1907. 
Includes S. Richii sp. nov., native of Maine. 

Fink, B. A round trip between Iowa and Puget Sound. II. In 
Puget Sound. Plant World 10: 173-180. f 34. Au 1907. 


Fitzherbert,S. W. Argemone grandiflora. Gard. Chron. III. 42: 


113. f 4g. 10 Au 1907. 
Native of Mexico. 

Geheeb, A. Une petite contribution 4 la flore bryologique du Mexique. 
Rev. Bryol. 34: 74, 75. [JI] 1907. 

Includes description of a new species of Bryum. 

Geheeb, A. Les Splachnum luteum Montin et rubrum Montin, ont-ils 
€té jamais observés en Mexique? Rev. Bryol. 34: 71-73- es 
Tg907. 

Gies, W. J. On the effects of magnesium sulphate on the growth of 
seedlings. Science II. 26: 214-216. 16 Au 1907. 


486 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Gilg, E. Uber die Verwandtschaftsverhiltnisse und die Verbreitung 
der amerikanischen Arten der Gattung Drada. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. 
90: 35-44. 21 My 1907. 

Hall, J.G. Three little known species of North Carolina fungi. Jour. 
Elisha Mitchell Soc. 23: 85-88. Je 1907. 

Hanks, L. T. & Small,J.K. Geraniaceae. N. Am. Fl. 25: 3-24. 
24 Au 1907. 

Hans, A. Variable sporelings of Lomaria Spicant. Fern Bull. 15: $3; 
34. PZ. [S]} 1907. 

Hard, M.E. The genus Zyicholoma and some of the Ohio species. 
Myc. Bull. 5: 289-293. f. 221-2237. Ja 1907. 

Hard, M.E. Volwaria bombycina. Myc. Bull. 5: 293, 294. fi 224. 
Ja 1907. 

Harper, R. M. A midsummer journey through the coastal plain of the 
Carolinas and Virginia. Bull. Torrey Club 34: 351-377. 12 82 

“G07; 

Harshberger, J. W. Teratological notes. Plant World 10: 186-189. 
J. 35-37. AU 1907. 

Hassler, E. Plantae paraguarienses nove vel minus cognite V. Bull. 
Herb. Boiss. Il. 7: 718-740. 31 Au 1go7.  [Illust.] 

Includes new species in Paradolichandra gen. nov., Stmaéba, and Waltheria. 

Heald, F. D. Gymnosporangium macropus. Science I. 26: 219, 220. 
16 Au 1907. 

Heller, A.A. The flora of Santa Clara County, California. ILI. Muh- 
lenbergia 3: 69-71. 8 Je 1907; IV. 79-82. 8 Au 1907; V.98- 
102. 1758 1907. 

Hemsley, W.B. On the Julianiaceae : a new natural order of plants. 
Phil. Trans. B. 199: 169-197. f. 1-23 + pl. 18-24 + map. 29 My 
1907. 

Includes the genus Judiania with four Species, natives of Mexico, and Orthoptery- ° 

gum with one species, a native of Peru. » 

Hermessen, J. L. Mexican orchids. Orch. Rev. 15: 219-221. JI 
1907. 

Hough, R. B. Handbook of the trees of the northern states and Canada 
east of the Rocky Mountains. j-x. 1-470. f. 1-498 + maps. Low? 
ville, N. Y., 1907. 

Hoyt, W. D. Periodicity in the production of the sexual cells of 


Dictyota dichotoma. Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire. 1907’: 2 5-28. pl 
7,8. Mr 1907. 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 487 


Hyde, E. A little corticicolous fungus. Myc. Bull. 5: 329, 330. fA 
250. Je 1907. 

Thering, H. von. Die Cecropien und ihre Schutzameisen. Bot. 
Jahrb. 39: 666-670. f. 15 Ja 1907; 671-714. pl. 6-10. 19 F 
1907. 

Jennings,O. E. A note on the poisonous qualities of the yellow ladies’ 
slipper. Plant World 10: 189-191. Au 1907. 

Johnson, D. S.A botanical expedition to Jamaica. Johns Hopkins 
Univ. Circ. 1907°: 21-25. Mr 1907. 

Johnson, D. S. A new type of embryo-sac in Peperomia. Johns 
Hopkins Univ. Circ. 1907 *: 19-21. f/. 5, 6. Mr 1907. 

Kauffman,C. H. The genus Cortinarius with key to the species. Myc. 
Bull. 5: 311-318. J. 237-244. Ap 1907; 319-323. My 1907. 

Kildahl, N. J. Development of the walls in the proembryo of Pinus 
Laricio. Bot. Gaz. 44: 102-107. pl. 8, 9. 16 Aurg07. 

Knox, A. A. The stem of Jéervillea Sonorae. Bull. Torrey Club 34: 
329-344. pl. 24+ f. A, B. 128 1907. 

Léveillé, H. Revision du genre Zpilobium d’aprés les Herbiers Bois- 
sier et Barbey-Boissier. Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 7: 587-590. 29 Je 
1907. 

Includes £. Helodes Lévl, sp. nov., native of Colombia. 

Lewis, F.T. The development of pinnate leaves. Am, Nat. 41: 
431-441. f. 1-g. 17 Jl 1907. 

Lewis, I. F. Notes on the morphology of Coleochaete Nitellarum. 
Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ. 1907°: 29, 30. Mr 1907. 

Lindman, C. A.M. A Linnaean herbarium in the Natural History 
Museum in Stockholm. Ark. Bot. 7°: 1-57. 10 My 1907. 

The herbarium contains many American plants. 

Lingelsheim, A. Vorarbeiten zu einer Monographie der Gattung 
Fraxinus. Bot. Jahrb. 40: 185-223. 7. + pl. 8. 2 Au 1907. 
Includes descriptions of four new American species. 

Lloyd, C.G. Quotations and illustrations from Mycological Notes, 
Telating to the species of Tylostoma. Myc. Bull. §: 295-302. /- 
221[bis]-230. F 1907; 303-308. f. 277-236. Mr 1907. 

Long, W. H. The Phalloideac of Texas. Myc. Bull. 5: 335-342. 
F. 253-256. Ji 1907. 

Lunell, J. Sagittaria arifolia Nutt. in North Dakota. Bull. Leeds 
Herb. [t-4.] 3S 1907. 


488 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


McCleery, E. M. Ohio plants with punctate glands and glandular 
scales and pubescence. Ohio Nat. 7: 178-183. p/. 737. 1 Je 1907. 
Macloskie,G. The Compositae of peraustral America. Plant World 

TO: 151-156. Jl 1907; 181-186. Au 1907. 

Mallett, G. B. American irises. Gard. Chron. III. 41: 417. 29 
Je 1907 ; 42: 6. 6 Jl 1907. 

Mallett,G.B. Cypripedium californicum. Gard. Chron. III. 41: 418. 
J FPL. 29 Je 1907. 

Maynard, W. E. Wild plants used as food. Gard. Chron. Am. 4: 
179, 180. F 1907; 5: 16. Mr 1907. _ [Illust.] 

Maza, M. G. dela. Determinacion de plantas cubanas ( fanerogamas) 

- Ul. Revista Facult. Let. y Ci. Univ. Habana 4: 324-352. My 
1907. . 

Merrill, E. D. Index to Philippine botanical literature. Philipp. 
Jour. Sci. 2: Bot. 241-250. Je 1907; 345-349. 15 Jl 1907. 
Contains many original observations upon Philippine botany. 

Merrill, G. P. Catalogue of the types and illustrated specimens of fos- 
sil plants in the department of Geology, United States National 
Museum. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 537: 83- —349. 1907. 

Olsson-Seffer, P. Visits to some botanic gardens abroad. Plant 
World 10: 117, 118. My 1907; 130-137. J. 25-28. . Je 1907; 
161-167. f. 30-32. Jl 1907; 169-172. 7, 37. Au 1907. 

Parish, S. B. Concerning nomenclature. Fern Bull. 15: 38, 39: 
[S] 1907. 

Peck, C. H. New species of fungi. Bull. Torrey Club 34: 345-349- 
12 S 1907. 

New species described in Collybia, Omphalia (2), Lactarius (2), Entoloma, Ec- 
cilia, Agaricus, Psathyrella, Hydnum, Macrophoma, and Cucurbitaria, natives of the 
United States or Canada, 

Penhallow, D. P. Contributions to the Pleistocene flora of Canada. 
Am. Nat. 41: 443-452. 7. 2, 2. 17 Jl 1907. 

Includes new species in Acer and Gleditschia. 

Perkins, J. The Leguminosae of Porto Rico. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 
IO: i-ix. 133-220. 10 Je 190 
Enumerates 67 genera and 141 fg none described as new 

Phillips, F. J. Effect of a late spring frost in the southwest. Fores: _ 
try & Irrig. 13: 485-492. S 1907. [Illust.] 

Pratt, M. B. California red fir in the Tahoe forest reserve. Forestty 
Quart. 5: 159-165. Je 1907 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 489 


Ransier, H. E. Packing fresh fronds. Fern Bull. a5 25a, SH 1S) 
1907. 

Reed, M. The economic seaweeds of Hawaii and their food value. 
Ann. Rep. Hawaii Agric. Exp. Sta. 1906: 61-88. f/. 4-7. 9 § 
1907. 

: Rehder, A. Some new or little known forms of New England trees. 
Rhodora 9: 109-117. 12 Au 1907. 

Reiche, K. Bau und Leben der hemiparasitischen Phrygi/anthus-Arten 
Chiles. Flora 97: 375-400. f/. 23, 7g. °° 22 fl 1907. 

Reynolds, E.S. The flora of the great swamp of Rhode Island. 
Rhodora g: 117-122. 12 Au 1907. 

Robinson, B.L. Maclura pomifera (Raf.) Schneider. Rhodora 9: 
148. 31 Au 1907. 

Rolfe, R. A. Epidendrum belizense. Orch. Rev. 15: 253. Au 1907. 
Native of Central America. 

Rolfe, R. A. Lipidendrum trachychilum. Orch. Rev. 15: 232. Au 
1907. 

Native of Mexico. 

Rolfe, R. A. Zacaena bicolor. Orch. Rev. 15: 232. Au 1907. 
Native of Central America. 3 

Rolfe, R. A. Laelio-cattleya x Wavrinit, Orch. Rev. 15: 249, 250. 

_f- 29. Au 1907. 
Native of Minaes Geraés, Brazil. 

Rusby, H. H. An enumeration of the plants collected in Bolivia by 
Miguel Bang. Part 4. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gar. 4: 309-470. 5 S 
1907. 

Includes descriptions of 222 new species in 153 genera; the genera 7 Aaah ee 
sts and Poederiopsis (Rubiaceae), and Vassobia (Solanaceae) described as ne 
Rydberg, PA. The genus Prlose//a in North America. Pane 7: 

BS7-162. 41 Au 1907. 

Includes descriptions of three new species. 

Sargent, C.S. The genus Crafaegus in North America. Jour. Bot. 
45: 289-292. 1 Au 1907. 

Sargent, C. S. Names of North American trees. Bot. Gaz. 44: 
225-227. 188 1907. 

Schenck, M. Uber die sog. Hiillspelzen von Hordeum und Elymus. 
Bot. Jahrb. 40: 97-112. f. 7-5. 21 My 1907; 113. 2 Au 1907. 

Schwarz, G. F. The sprout forests of the Housatonic valley of Con- 
necticut. Forestry Quart. 5: 121-153. Je 1907. [Illust.] 


490 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Scott, W. M. & Rorer, J. B. The relation of twig cankers to the 
Phyllosticta apple blotch. 1-6. 8 Au 1907. 
Reprinted from Proc. Benton Co. (Ark.) Hort. Soc. 

Sheldon, E. P. Millions in trees; the forest wealth of the Pacific 
northwest. Sunset Mag. 19: 388-392. Au1go07.  [[lllust.] 

Sheldon, J. L. Concerning the relationship of Phyllosticta solitaria 
to the fruit blotch of apples. Science II. 26: 183-185. g Au 
1907. 

Shreve, F. Studies on rate of growth in the mountain forests of 
Jamaica, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ. 1907°: 31-37- Mr 1907. 

Small, J. K.  Geraniales. N. Am. Fi. 25: I, 2. 24 Au 1907. 

Small, J. K. Zinaceae. N. Am. FI. 25: 67-87. 24 Au 1907. 

Small, J. K. Ovxatidaceae. N. Am. Fi. 25: 25-58. 24 Au 1907. 

Smith, G.D. Sclerotinia tuberosa ; tuberous peziza. Myc. Bull. 5: 
327-329. f. 249. Je 1907. 

Smith, J.D. Undescribed plants from Guatemala and other Central 
American republics. XIX. Bot. Gaz. 44: 108-117. 16 Au 1907. 
Includes descriptions of new species in Missolia, Machaerium 2), Drepanocarpus, 


Lonchocarpus, Derris (3), /uga, Faramea (2), 7) hemistoclesia, Centropogon (2), 
Ardisia, Rauwolfia, and Gonolobus. 


Sodiro, A. Plantae ecuadorenses. V. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. gt: 39-51. 
2 Au 1907. 

Includes new species in Bomarea (2), Guatteria, Weinmannia, Eugenia (2), 
fydrocotyle, Bowlesia, and Prionosciadium. : 

Stephani, F. Species hepaticarum. Bull. Herb. Boiss I. 7: 297- 
312. 31 Mr 1907; 477-492. 31 My 1907; 683-698. 31 Jl 
190 
Includes new American species in Lophocolea (4), and Chiloscyphus. 

Sudworth, G. B. A new tree juniper for New Mexico (Juniperus 
megalocarpa). Forestry & Irrig. 13: g°7-310. f. 7, 2. Je 1907; 

Sumstine, D. R. Moulds. Myc. Bull. 5: 324-326. f. 246-248. 
My 1907. 

Terry, E. H. Additional Dorset ferns. Fern Bull. 15: 49. [S] 
1907. 

Terry, Wi A, A partial list of Connecticut diatoms with some account 
of their distribution in certain parts of the state. Rhodora g:’ 125- 
140. 31 Au 1907. 

Trotter, S. The Balsam Peaks —the heart of the southern Appa- 
lachians. Pop. Sci. Mo. 71: 149-155. Au 1907. 

Many notes on the vegetation of the region. 


PHeE BRYOLOGQGIS 


WITH THE JANUARY, 1907, NUMBER BEGINS ITS 
TENTH YEAR ann VOLUME 
It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics 
and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original and artistic drawings 
and halftones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional 
as well asamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year. 
Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. 


INDEX TO 
AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on 
library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the 
rate of one cent for each card. 


Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer o 
the Torrey Botanical Club, 


CARLTON C. CURTIS, CotumpiA University, New York City. 


Beginning with January, 1903, the Index has also been reprinted on paper, on one 


side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year, 


HERBARIUM SPECIMENS DESIRED 


especially Pedicularis and allied genera, also Labiatae, 
Ericaceae, Primulaceae, Ranunculaceae, Cyperaceae and 
Ferns. | Will purchase or give European specimens in ex- 
change. Correspondence solicited. Address : 
HENRY DAUTUN, 
139 Franklin St., Jersey City, N. J. 


Se 


FOR SALE 


HERBARIUM, PLANTS AND BOOKS 
of the late S. Hart Wright. 18,000 mounted and many thousand dup- 


licate plants, all thoroughly systematized. 


BERLIN H. WRIGHT, Executor, 
PENN YAN, N. Y. 


North American Flora 


HIS work is designed to present descriptions of all plants growing 
independent of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include 


the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is essentially South American. 

It will be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York 
Botanical Garden through the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund 
bequeathed by Charles P. Daly. 


Volume 1. Mycetozoa, Schizophyta, Diatomaceae. 

Volumes 2 to ro. i. 

Volumes 11 to 13. Algae. 

Volumes 14 and 15, 

Volume 16. Pteridophyta and Gymnospermae. 

Volumes 17 to 19. Monocotyledones. 

Volumes 20 to 30. Dicotyledones. 

The preparation of the work has been referred by the Scientific Direc- 
tors of the Garden to a committee consisting of Professors L, M. Under- 
wood and N. L. Britton. 

Professor George F. Atkinson of Cornell University, Professors Charles 
R. Barnes and John M. Coulter of the University of Chicago, Mr. Fred- 


_ Each author will be wholly responsible for his own contributions, 
being restricted only to the general style adopted for the work, which 
must vary somewhat in the treatment of diverse groups. . ‘ 

The subscription price is fixed at $1.50 for each part; it is expected 
that four or five parts will be required for each volume. A limited num- 
ber of separate parts will be sold at $2.00 each. Address, 


THE NEW York BOTANICAL GARDEN 
BRONX Park, New York City 


Volume 7, Part 1, Ustilaginales, including Ustilaginaceae and Tilleti- 
aceae, by G. P. Clinton, was issued O 4, 1906 


Vol. 7, Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Uredinaceae and Aecidiaceae (pars), 


22, 1905. 

olume 22, Part 2, including Saxifragaceae and Si cevapenere by J: 
Rydberg, Cunoniaceae, Iteaceae and Hamamelidaceae 

y N. L. Britton, Pterostemonaceae by J. K. Small, Altingiaceae by Percy 
Wilson and Phyllonomaceae by H. H. Rusby, was issued Dec. 18, 1905+ 


é 


PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- 
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


1. MEmorrs OF THE DEPARTMENT : 

Vol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus 
Polygonum (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 
1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-1898. 

uarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. 
Ls: onograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898). 
By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. 
uarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 
2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: 


Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00 
Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894, Price $5.00 
Vol. 3. Nos, 51-75, 1894-1895, Price $5.00 
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.0 
Vol. 5. Nos. 1o1—12s 1896-1897. Price $5.00 
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150 1897-1898. Price $5.00 
Vol. 7. Nos 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00 
Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903—(current). 


List of separate numbers available on application, 
3: A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert 

Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895-1896. 

Ctavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). 
Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y. 

€ Department invites propositions relative to exchanges of her- 
barium material for any of the above named publications. Address 
Professor L. M, Underwood, Columbia University, N. Y. Cit 


es 
to the 102d Meridian ( 1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- 
sor of Botany, 1891-1896 ; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- 
B 


Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642 
Pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages ; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating every 
Species describe 


Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, 
$9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- 
ately, $10.00. 

_5- Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) 1900. By 
Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. 

Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & 
Co., New York, Price $1.00. ; 

6 Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- 
Wood, Professor of Botany, 1896—. : 

Co, podecimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & 
9. Price $1.50, 

7: Text: book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence 
Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. 

Octavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations. Published by Longmans, 
Green & Co., New York. Price $3.00. 


ESTABLISHED 1851 


EIMER & AMEND. 


Corner 18th Street NEW YORK 


MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 


Chemicals and 


Chemical Apparatug 


Sole Agents for 


5 


Neer CA 
tt te KAHLBAUM’ 
MICROSCOPES 42 C. P. Chemicals — 

and and Reagent 
ACCESSORIE 
gs SCHLEICHE 
& SCHULL'S 
MICROTOMES == C. P. Filt 
sae SCHOTT & 
BALANCES GENOSSEN’ 
Famous Labora 
= # tory Glassware 
WEIGHTS ane 


And for many © — 
renowned Europe@® 
houses in our line ~ 


COMPLETE LINE OF 


Bacteriological Apparatus 


WE HANDLE 
EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY 


Inspection of premises cordially invited, 


MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB : 


A series of technical nee on botanical subjects, — at iecsalee intervals. 
= $3.00 a volume. ot offered in exchange. ‘ 
Vol. 1, No. 1; not furnished separately : : 
Bailey, Liberty Hyde. Studies of the types of various species of the genus Caras, 2 
Pages 1-85. 25 My 1889. oie 


Vol. 1, No. 2; not furnished separately : 
Martindale , Isaac Com in Marine = of the New Jersey coast and ee? 
_ Waters a Staten Island. ae s 87-111. 24 Au 1889. 

1, No. 3; price, 75 cents 
Spruce, Richard. Hidisscne Bolivianae, in Andibus Ficliviae orientalis, “amis 
1885-6, a cl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages 113- uae 20 Ja 1890. 


Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cen % = 
Sturtevant, Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. Pe ae 30 My e 
1. 2, No. 1; not furnished separa 
Halsted, Byron Pe Reserve food-materials in ‘oe "ied voices | parts. 
Pages 1-26, plates 1, 2, 10S 1890. 
: 1. 2, No, 2; price, 75 cents: 
ail, Anna Murray & Ho Dick. Charles — Canpibutions to the botan 
Tt saa Pages 27-56, plates 7, g. 23 D 1890. 
Bag Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnished separately : 
‘Hoke: Herman Theodor. Contributions to the knowledge of , the germination 
_ Some North American plants. ee 57-108, plates Ria 15 = ce 
ce Vol. 2, No. 4 ; price, 75 cents : 
Wheelock, William Efner. ‘The eis Polygala in North America. Pages I 
452. 30D oe 


1. 3, No1; not furnished separately : 
John ecu: a Heller Amos Arthur. Flora of western Non Carlin 

peas contiguous territory. Pages 1-39 20 F 1892. oe 

Vol ‘0. 2; price, $2.00 

© Naindacene of North America ‘th illus 

15 » 1893. 


; ol 3 No. A not fur separately : : 
Henry enumeration of the dete collected in Bolivia by Mi g 
(Part t: et Pages 1-67. 28 Ap 1893 

Vol. 4, No. Bi not furnished separatel! 

en Marcus. Index Eisenia: Par i Biogsy- 


10 ¥% we 
‘ol. 4, No. 2: not borg 
John Kunis & Vail, Anna Murray. Report 
tion of southwest eae Se oe: the | ‘season of 82 
oe i N 1893-17 A p 1894. — 


| Vol. 4, No. 4 ; pri rice, 50 cents? 
"Stockton. Arachis. hypogace L. Pag mane 


Vol. 4, No. 5; p price, 75 cents ae 
é Physalis 3 i 


ee . 5; price, a Ob 
530: ‘List of | Peridophyta = se Smee grow ing sane cultivation in northeaste 
North America. D 1893-31 D 1894. 
: eo 1; price, $1.25: 
| Rusby, Henry Hurd. AS of the plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel 
_ Bang. Part 3. cy ako: 17 N 1806. 
ash Vol. 6, No. 2; not furnished separat 
Grout, Abel Joel. A revision of the North American nes and Brach pobies 
Pages 131-210. 30 Jl 1897. 
Sees ol. 6, No. 3 > price, 50 cents 
Hazen, Tracy Blliot The life history of se erella ecuiris ( Haematococ 
 pluvialis). Pages spas Ssage es 86, Be teal red ). al 1899. 
a 6, No. 4; price, 50 cen 
Aa go of the genera et ferns proposed ae to 
99: 


Underwood, L eas 
ma ee "Mpa TBS. 


Ze No . 5; pri rice, 25 cent 
Bruce. Notes on lichen distribution in se upper Mississippi Valley, 

F Pages 285-907 1 D 1899. 
Vol. 7; price, $3.00: 
ec Marshall arshall Avery. The se and Anthocerotes of California. Pages” 
te aa plates y pyttegd 5 ‘Au 1899 zm 
Vol. a No. e not furnished separately : ee 

Bema s Emest. soap embryology of the Rubiaceae. Part 1. 
E $F i902 = plates me a hog. Part Il. Pages 27-112, plates 57. 
Te ag ee Vol. 8, No. 2; price, $1.00 
eae William. The 7 Hictieg of the United States and Canada. 
Tar I 13-183, plates 16-22, 15 F1 

na 8, se Pd age 75 cents: 

1, Elizabeth Ger exandrina, The life history 
eS Pages 185 silt vies oe Ee Au 1902. oe 
Vol. 9; es $3.00 
A monograph of the aes, Pures 1-292, a 


pe Vol.10; ace -O0;; 
‘Bess, Baward Sandford. Dire of PeOuke botany in its relation tod 
‘ages ee: asia 22 N 1902 

ee = Sere 1; price, $1.7 ; 
i = North American otis. gains 1-134; pote s 


el. WA Mos 2; price, $1.75: ‘ 
The. Cri and co aici of the United St 
lates’ 20. 2001 1902. 


Vel 1. 12, No. 1; price, $1.5 = 
- Flora of = dk ca nd hainss gaem: Islan 
‘ates ae as Fie 1902. 


. 99 a contribution to a. revision of the North Amet 
9104. 13 Je 1906. 
Vol. 12, No. 3; price, 75 cents: 
Elsie ‘Studies a Plant | Regenerati ation. daa 195-241, 
Ae Vol. 13; Price, $3 ae a 
al ford. Species and vari o Biotian Asters, wit 
by in bditée. Pag ages i-xy, 1-419, 19, plats r-13. 15 Mr 190 
Address : TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB, 
‘olumbia U , New ¥ 


VOL. 34 OCTOBER, 1907 NO. 10 


BULLETIN 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


Editor 


JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART 


Associate Cditors : 
‘Puiuip DoweLt WILLIAM ALPHONSO MupRiLt : 
ALEXANDER WILLIAM EVANS _ HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS 
Tracy ELLiot HAZEN CHaRLEs Bupo ROBINSON 


MARSHALL Avery Howe ANNA Murray VAIL 


_ CONTENTS eS : : oS ; 


gets 0). UN py 


* genus Androsace in New M 
ELM ‘OTIS idedadetes and PAUL STANDLEY | 517 


PusLisHED: set THE clus 


os “LANCASTER, Pa. : 


: President, ; 
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. 


| Vice- Presidents, 


Corresponding Secretary, 
JOHN K. SMALL, PH.D. 
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York Cit 


rtd 


“CARLTON S CURTIS, Ph.D. 
Columbia Univers , New York City. 


tice each month from October t to May inclusive: the second Ta 
—_— 


n of Natural emogeey ei last Wed 


usine communications rela ating to the pub 
ed to ie Aesret, Carlton C. Curtis, Columbia 


ot established 1870, ‘Price, $3. 00 a year; single n numb 


Vol. 34 No. 10 
| BULLETIN 
OF THE . 


| TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


OCTOBER, 1907 


Phycological studies —III, Further notes on Halimeda and 
Avrainvillea 


MARSHALL AVERY Howe 


(WITH PLATES 25-30) 


A. ON THE SPORANGIA OF HALIMEDA ‘TRIDENS AND OF 
HaALIMEDA TUNA 


The sporangia of the genus /Yalimeda were for many years 
known only in the single species Halimeda Tuna,* though in 1876 
Zanardini + briefly described those of H. macroloba and in 1880 
Schmitz { contrasted the characters of the sporangiophores of 
falimeda Tuna with those of H. platydisca. But the true Hal- 
meda platydisca Decaisne, according to the original preserved in 
the Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle of Paris, appears to be simply a 
large form of H. Tuna,§ and whether Schmitz was really dealing 
with two distinct species or with two forms of H. Zuna is not 
altogether clear, In 1904, Mrs. Gepp || described and illustrated 
in detail the sporangia and sporangiophores of Halimeda gracilis 

*Derbés & Solier, Suppl. Compt. Rend. 1: 46, 47. pl. rz. f. 18-22. pl. 12. f. 
I-5. 1856, 

_ Bompard, Hedwigia 6: 129. 1867. 

Zanardini, Mem. R. Ist. Ven, 19: 541-543. A/. 70. 1876. 

tT Zanardini, /. c. 543, : 
as Sitzungsber. d. niederrheinischer Ges, f. Natur- und Heilkunde 1880: 140-146. 


@ Barton, E.S. The genus /alimeda. Siboga-Expeditie, Monographe 60: 14. 
1901. The present writer, after examining the same type, concurs with the monog- 
Tapher of ‘The genus Halimeda”’ in the opinion that 4. p/atydisca does not offer 
4ny satisfactory characters in form or structure to distinguish it from 4. Zana. 

|Gepp, E.S. The sporangia of Halimeda, Jour. Bot. 42: 193-197. pl. g6z. 
1904. 

[The BuLLeTIn for September, 1907 (34: 445-490) was issued 19 O 1907.] 


492 Howe: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 


and #7. Tuna, using for her studies of the latter, through the 
courtesy of M. Ed. Bornet, ‘a portion of the identical specimen ” 
described by Derbés & Solier. Mrs. Gepp in this paper brought 
out some especially interesting facts in regard to the relation of 
the sporangiophores to the filaments of the central strand. 

In 1905, in distinguishing the newly recognized species Hat- 
meda scabra, an ally of H. Tuna from Florida and the Bahamas, the 
present writer * described and figured its sporangia and alluded to a 
fertile specimen of H. Tuna collected in Bermuda. In view of the 
rarity of the occurrence of fertile specimens in this genus, it may 
be remarked that the Bermuda specimen was found in the month 
of June and the Florida specimen of H. scadra on March 30. 

In each of these cases only a single plant out of the many 
observed was fertile. But on March 3, 1906, near the mouth of 
the main harbor of Culebra Island, Porto Rico, the writer found, 
growing near the low-water mark, an abundance of Halimeda 
Tuna laden with sporangia. The photograph published herewith 
(PL. 27, Fics. 2-4) gives an idea of the appearance of these fer- 
tile specimens and of the position of the sporangia upon them. 
The sporangia occur chiefly in crowded clusters on the margins of 
the segments, but they are also often scattered over the discs or 
flattened faces of the segments, which they occasionally cover 
almost completely. Derbés & Solier and Mrs. Gepp describe and 
figure the sporangia of Halimeda Tuna as occurring only on the 
margins of the segments, but Zanardini both describes and illus- 
trates them as occurring also on the discs, The sporangiophores 
are I-2 mm. long and both in these Porto Rican and in the Ber- 
mudian specimens they are apparently rather more simple (PL. 25, 
FIGS. 7-9; PL. 28, FIGs. I and 2) than those of the European /. 
Tuna ; at least, we have never observed the forking which Mrs. Gepp 
has described and figured (/. ¢., f. 6) as occurring immediately after 
the fusion of their basal filaments. All the sporangiophores that we 
have seen are either simple or once dichotomous near the top — 
somewhat resembling Derbés & Solier’s figure 2, Those spring- 
ing from the margins of the segments (PL. 25, FIGS. 8, g, 10) afe 
formed by the fusion of two or three filaments of the central strand, 
but those springing from the discs or flattened faces come directly 

morgen 


* Bull. Torrey Club 32: 241-244. Dh. 2h, ha 1905. 


Howe: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 493 


from the medullary filaments, in most cases, at least, without any 
fusion, and often apparently lateral in origin (PL. 28, Fics. 1 and 
2). This latter condition is at variance with Mrs. Gepp’s conclu- 
sion (¢. c., p. 196) that in both the vegetative and reproductive 
parts of Halimeda “all fresh growth is preceded by a fusion of 
filaments of the central strand,’ but in the specimen examined by 
Mrs. Gepp the sporangiophores apparently arose only from the 
segment-margin, in which case in the American plants also fusion 
is the rule and perhaps universal. The sporangia of these Porto 
Rican specimens vary from pyriform-obovoid to subglobose and 
are 0.20-0.33 mm, broad; in arrangement they are somewhat 
botryoid or irregularly distichous. The plants were kept for a 
time in a jar of sea-water with the hope that the living zoospores 
might be seen, but the experiment was unsuccessful, probably on 
account of lack of continuous observation. 

On March 22, 1906, the writer was so fortunate as to find near 
Tallaboa on the southern shore of Porto Rico, growing in about 
one meter of water (low tide), two fertile specimens of Halimeda 
tridens,* a species which seems to have been known previously 
only in a sterile condition, though it was originally described as 
long ago as 1786 and has since been often collected. A photo- 
graphic representation of one of these plants is given on PLATE 
27, FIG. I. In comparing it with the fertile specimens of 
#1, Tuna, one is impressed at first by the very different color 
of the sporangia, which are uniformly yellowish-brown or of a 
burnt-umber shade, while those of 7. 7una are uniformly of a 
bright, dark, intense green. The sporangiophores are the most 
densely clustered along the upper margins of the segments, espe- 
cially at the apices of the lobes when lobes are present, but they 
may emerge from any part of the segment and sometimes com- 
pletely cover its surface. The second plant, the one not shown in 
the photograph, is the more densely laden with sporangia, and 
some of its branches are so thoroughly covered as to obscure their 
Segmentation. The sporangiophores are a little longer than those 
of H. Tuna, ranging from 1.3 to 2.3 mm. in length, and they are 
much more branched, being 1-5 times dichotomous. We have 
Not seen one wholly simple. The sporangiophores that spring 


* kor remarks on the name of this species, see page 501. 


494 Howe: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 


from the margins of the segments (PL. 28, FIG. 3) are mutually 
coherent near the point of emergence and communicate with each 
other there by pits or pores like the vegetative filaments of the 
central strand at the nodes, but the sporangiophores from the 
disc-surfaces originate as direct continuations of the peripheral 
utricles or of the utricles of the subcortical layer and are without 
fusions or adhesions of any kind (PL. 28, Fics. 4-7). The sporangia 
are obovoid or pyriform and are 0.20-0.38 mm. broad. The callose 
or mucous plugs which we have described * as forming basal septa 
of a certain sort for the sporangia of Ha/imeda scabra we have not 
observed in Halimeda tridens ; such are, however, of occasional] 
and irregular occurrence in the Porto Rican material of Halimeda 
una. 


B. ON THE AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE HaLIMEDA TUNA GROUP 
At the time of describing the strongly marked species Halimeda 
scabra,} attention was directed to another species which likewise 
had commonly been confused with Halimeda Tuna. Of this 
“smooth plant of the Yuna-cuneata alliance,’ we remarked, “ It 
seems rather violent to identify it either with Halimeda Tuna or 
with /7. cuneata, and it is possible that further acquaintance with 
it will show constant and reliable characters for distinguishing it 
from both.” At that time nearly all of our American material of 
the Zunxa group belonged to this “ species inquirenda” and to /#. 
scabra and the only specimens we had seen from the American 
side of the Atlantic which we could refer to H. Tuna were from 
Bermuda. But since then we have collected what we believe to 
be the true 17. Tuna both in Porto Rico and in Jamaica and have 
seen a specimen of it purporting to come from Key West, Florida, 
so it now seems probable that both it and its ally are of general 
distribution in the West Indian region. And the two “ forms,” 
se far as we have seen them, are always absolutely and abundantly 
distinct and in our opinion are as much entitled to be considered 
specifically different from each other as are Halimeda Tuna and 
i. Opuntia or Halimeda Tuna and H. scabra. It soon became 
evident that this ally of H. Tuna had already been recognized as 


* Bull. Torrey Club 32: 243. 1905. 
tM. A. Howe, Bull, Torrey Club 32 : 241-244. pl. 11,12. 1905. 


Howe: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 495 


a species, and it appears that the earliest available name for it that 
conforms with prevailing rules of nomenclature is Halimeda 
discoidea Decaisne,* under which name the species is described 
below : 


HALIMEDA DISCOIDEA Decaisne, Ann. Sci. Nat. II. 18: 102. 

1842. 

? Halimeda papyracea Zanard.{ Flora 34: 37. 1851; Mem. R. 
ast. Ven. 7: .288.: ph S30 Judea tBEe: 

Of a light bright-green color and lubricous when living, becom- 
ing yellowish- or albescent-green and more or less pergameneous 
or papyraceous and smooth to the touch on drying, suberect or 
decumbent, 5-15 cm. in height or length, subsessile, very lightly 
calcified, the calcification usually confined to the narrow area lying 
between the coherent ends of the peripheral utricles and the distal 
ends of the subcortical utricles, in the oldest parts sometimes in- 


* The name Cora//ina discoidea Esper (Pflanzenthiere, Fortsetz. 2, Corallina, pl. 
tf. 1798-1806) appears to have fallen short of effective publication according to both 
the Vienna and the Philadelphia codes of nomenclature, so may be ignored in deter- 
mining the correct name of the present species, whether Esper had this species before 
him or not. The name first appeared on a plate, illustrating a large Halimeda of the 
Tuna group, without analysis of parts and without descriptive or explanatory text. In 
@ continuation of Esper’s work by F. L. Hammer, many years later (3: 356. 1830), 


t See footnote on following page. 


496 Howe: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 


larger and of irregular outline, mostly subquadrate, subquadrate- 
oblong or cyathiform in lateral view, less commonly cornucopiae- 
form, 65-150 » long (including the usually slender stalk), truncate 
at apex, in firm contact above with those adjacent for 4-2 their 
length, often interlocked, separable with much difficulty on decal- 
cification : utricles of the subcortical layer in a single series, bullate, 
varying from broadly funnelform to subglobose or ellipsoidal, 
mostly ventricose-obovoid, 110-215 # in maximum width, always 
much larger than the peripheral utricles, 4-14 of which commonly 
arise from the subtruncate apex of each: filaments of the central 
strand fusing in twos or rarely in threes at the nodes, not coherent, 
the fusion often incomplete: sporangia unknown. [PLATE 25, 
FIGURES 11-20; PLATE 26. | 

Type Locatity: Unknown (“Kamtschatka, Voyage de la 
Vénus,” according to presumably erroneous label); type speci- 
men in the herbarium of the Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle in Paris. 

DistrrisuTion: Southern Florida and the West Indies; 
Hawaii; Celebes; Red Sea; probably of general distribution in 
the tropical seas. 

In giving the distribution of the species as above, we are 
guided only by specimens now in the herbarium of. the New 
York Botanical Garden. Both Halimeda discoidea and H. Tuna 
occur in Oahu, Hawaiian Islands. We have specimens of Hali- 
meda Tuna also from the Philippines, Singapore, and from some of 
the East Indian islands visited by the Siboga Expedition, and it 
seems probable that both H. Zuna and HW. discoidea have a wide 
distribution in the tropical parts of the Indian and Pacific oceans, 
as well as of the Atlantic. Askenasy’s figure x1 (Forschungs- 
reise S.M.S. Gazelle 4: /. 7) was very certainly drawn from a 
specimen of H. discoidea, apparently from Dirk Hartog Island, 
Western Australia, though it was identified by Askenasy with the 
quite different 7. macroloba Decaisne. The specimen of H. dis- 
coidea from the Red Sea, which we have cited above, was collected 
by Boissier in 1855 (xo. 5) and was distributed as H. macroloba. 
This specimen resembles very closely Zanardini’s figure of his 
Halimeda papyracea, the type * of which also came from the Red 
Sea. The specimen from the Celebes which we have cited was 


*We have been unable to locate the type specimen of Zanardini’s Halimeds papy- 
acer, WhICh does not appear to exist in his herbarium now preserved in Venice. 
Mrs. Gepp, in her monograph of the genus Halimeda (p. 15), mentions that she had 
been allowed to see this type specimen ‘through the kindness of Dr. Reccari.”” Dr 


44 


Howe: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 497 


distributed as Halimeda Lessonii Bory, but we have no conclusive 
proof that it is an authentic representative of what Bory intended 
to have bear this name. Moreover, this alleged name of Bory’s, 
so far as the literature of the subject is concerned, appears to be 
merely a “nomen nudum”’ without even an indication of the 
source of the specimen beyond what one may infer from the name 
itself, and it therefore deserves no recognition in synonymy. 

Halimeda discoidea has of late been confused chiefly with /7. 
Tuna forma platydisca (Decaisne) Barton. The original specimen 
of H. platydisca Decaisne (in herb. Mus. Paris.), as already de- 
termined by Mrs.-Gepp, seems to be simply a very large condition 
of Halimeda Tuna. Its peripheral utricles show occasional fusion, 
but they have the form and light contact of H. Tuna and the 
utricles of the subcortical layer also are those of H. Zuna and 
the plants have the heavier calcification of that species. The seg- 
ments of Halimeda discoidea are usually but not always larger and 
more inclined to be obovate than those of 7. Zuxa and by these 
characters, together with the lighter calcification of H. discoidea, 
the two species can usually be distinguished at sight, but reliable 
diagnostic characters can always be found in the amount of contact 
of the peripheral utricles and in the form and size of the utricles 
of the subcortical layer. The more important histological char- 
acters of the two species are contrasted below: 


Halimeda Tuna H. discotdea 
Calcification, Moderate. Involving subcor- Slight. Usually confined to 
tical layer, often also the the distal ends of th 


t 
medulla and the bases of utricles of the subcortical 
the peripheral utricles but layer. 
rarely extending to the 
surface. 

Peripheral utricles, Rounded-truncate, 30-70% in ‘Truncate, 4o-85 in diam- 


diameter, very rarely fused, : 
with those above with those adjacent 


adjacent for 5-% their for 4-3 


length, not interlocked, locked, separable with much 
rather easily separable on difficulty on decalcification. 
decalcification, 


Halimeda papyracea Zan., is evidently a form of 1. Tuna, as already determined by 
. Gepp. 


Mrs 


498 Howe: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 


Utricles of subcortical Subturbinate, obconical, cor- Bullate, varying from broadly 
e : n i 


ucopiaeform, or clavate, funnelform to subglobose, 
5-llo# in ‘maximum mostly ventricose-obovoid, 
width, often scarcely larger I10-215 in maximum 
than the peripheral utricles, width, always much larger 


than the peripheral utricles. 


Nodal filaments of the Fusing in twos or threes, often Fusing in twos, rarely in 
central strand. somewhat coherent just threes, not coherent, the 
above the points of fusion. fusion often incomplete. 


In addition to the differences mentioned above, the utricles of 
the subcortical layer form a more compact flat-topped stratum in 
H. discoidea than in H. Tuna, as will be seen by comparing FIGURE 
II with FiGuRE I. It should be mentioned that in drying the large 
utricles of the subcortex of H. discoidea commonly collapse and 
are flattened against the medulla and often revive imperfectly on 
being soaked out ; this is especially true of specimens which have 
been long in herbaria and it doubtless explains why this striking 
peculiarity has not received earlier recognition. 

In the firm and extensive contact of the peripheral utricles, 
Hlalimeda discoidea bears some resemblance to Halimeda cuneata 
Hering, originally described from Natal Bay, but otherwise the two 
have little in common. We have not seen Hering’s original speci- 
men, but have examined a plant from Natal agreeing in every respect 
with his description. In this, the peripheral utricles measure 27- 
44 in diameter, surface view, and show no evidence of fusion ; 
they are 60-110 long, are in close contact distally for 1-3? their 
Jength, are obconical or clavate, surmounted in a somewhat capi- 
tate fashion by the coherent distal parts, which appear subquadrate 
in a radio-vertical section. The utricles of the subcortical layer 
are only 27-55 # in maximum diameter, scarcely larger than those 
of the peripheral stratum, are 2-4 times dichotomous (2. é., in 2-4 
series), and obconical, ovoid-turbinate, or clavate. The nodal fila- 
ments of the central strand fuse in twos and threes and are strongly 
coherent just above the points of fusion, as well described by Mrs. 
Gepp (4. ¢. 1 5-17). Branches given off from the filaments near the 
points of fusion form a compact narrow annular cushion above 
which the filaments are naked and subtorulose, This annular 
nodal cushion we have observed in no other species. The seg- 
ments of //. cuneata are cuneate-obdeltoid and are almost without 


Howe: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 499 


exception longer than broad. The very different utricles of the 
subcortical layer, with other characters, well distinguish 7. cuneata 
from H. discoidea and we think it clearly entitled to specific rank. 
In any event, if one’s conception of specific limitations should 
prove sufficiently elastic to include the two under one specific 
name, Decaisne’s Halimeda discoidea has the right of way on 
priority grounds, 

The older writers on the species of Halimeda gave very little 
attention to histological characters. Kiitzing,* indeed, remarked 
upon the uniformity of their structure and considered it unneces- 
Sary to give detailed figures illustrating the anatomy of each 
species. Professor Askenasy + in 1888 made an important advance 
in describing and figuring the details of structure and ‘in empha- 
sizing their value in distinguishing species, but he apparently did 
not examine authentic material of certain species described by his 
ptedecessors, and thus quite naturally made a wrong application 
of some of the specific names. Mrs. Gepp (Miss Ethel Sarel 
Barton) in preparing her monograph of “The Genus Halimeda” 
(/ ¢.) recognized fully the importance of seeing original materials 
and rendered an important service by investigating carefully the 
characters of the nodal filaments of the central strand and insisting 
on the value of these characters in diagnosing species, but she did 
not emphasize sufficiently the characters of the peripheral utricles 
and the utricles of the subcortical layer, parts which, in most 
Species, at least, offer peculiarities of as much constancy and value 
as do the nodal filaments. That the nodal filaments are not 
altogether invariable is seen in Halimeda discoidea, where fusions 
of the H. Tuna type and of the 7. Opuntia type sometimes occur 
Side by side in a single node (FIGURES Ig and 20) and also in H. 
Monile, in which rarely the filaments are only superficially cohe- 
rent. The peripheral utricles and those of the subcortical layer 
also have, of course, a certain range of variation in each species ; 
nevertheless that range is limited and these elements possess char- 
acters of taxonomic value of which any final and complete system 
of classification must take cognizance. 

he specimens from Bermuda, Porto Rico, and Jamaica, which 


*Tab. Phyc. 7: 9. 57. 
t Forschungsreise $.M.S. Gazelle 4: 11-14. pl. 3, 4. 


° . 


500 Howe: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 


we have identified with the Mediterranean Halimeda Tuna present 
some slight peculiarities which, however, we believe are not suffi- 
ciently constant and reliable to warrant a specific separation. In 
the first place, the American plants are more rigid and rather more 
calcified than the European specimens that we have seen. When 
rowing, they are commonly suberect and cespitose, while accord- 
g g ¥: y Pp , 
ing to Oltmanns* the flat Halimedas of the Mediterranean (‘‘ Zuna, 
platydisca’”’) have a more or less horizontal or pendulous position. 
The diameter of the peripheral cells averages about 6-12 less. 
than in the European specimens examined, though no smaller than 
in certain Adriatic representatives of H. Tuna. The filaments of 
the central strand, as shown in our FIGURES 5 and 6, are often 
inclined to cohere strongly at the node just above the points of 
fusion, while those of HY. Zuna are usually easily separable under | 
treatment, as described by Mrs. Gepp + ; however, we have seen a 
specimen from the Adriatic (leg. Titius) in which the tendency of 
these filaments to cohere at the nodes is as pronounced as in the 
plants of Bermuda and Porto Rico, and Mrs. Gepp mentions (/ c.) 
a similar condition in a specimen brought from Rangiroa by Pro- 
fessor Agassiz. The sporangiophores in the American specimens 
appear to be rather more simple than those of the European 7. 
Tuna, as we have noted above. 

The American species of the Halimeda Tuna group, thus far 
recognized, may be distinguished by the use of the following key f: 
Peripheral utricles truncate or rounded-obtuse. 

Peripheral utricles in contact for } their length or less ; utricles of the subcortical 

layer subturbinate, obconical, or clavate, 35-110 # in maximum diameter. 
H, Tuna. 
Peripheral utricles in contact for 4-} their length ; utricles of the subcortical layer 
bullate, mostly ventricose-obovoid, 110-21 5 “in maximum diameter. 
H. discoidea. 
Peripheral utricles galeate-cuspidate. H. scabra. 
Se 

* Morph. and Biol. Alg. 1: 295. f. 182; 296. 1904. 

t Siboga-Expeditie. Monographe 60: 16. oor. i 

22 Excluding Halimeda gracilis Harv., which agrees essentially with the members — 
of the Halimeda Tuna alliance in the character of the nodal filaments, but differs con- 
siderably in the form of the segments, The type of 4. gracilis was from Ceylon, but 
@ specimen dredged by the Challenger Expedition at St. Thomas, West Indies, in 5 t : 
I 5 fathoms of water, appears to agree with it in most respects, though the peripheral 
utricles are larger and more coherent and the utricles of the subcortical layer are Ve'Y 
long (mostly 300 to 700 jt). 


Howe: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 501 


C. ON THE AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE HALIMEDA TRIDENS 
GROUP : 

Even before writing “ Phycological studies —II,” * in which we 
described Halimeda favulosa as a new species and followed Mrs. 
Gepp (Ethel S. Barton) and also Harvey in considering Halimeda 
Monile (Ell. & Soland.) Lamour. a mere variety or form, we had 
seen both Halimeda tridens + (H. incrassata) and H. Monile grow- 
ing in close proximity to each other in Bermuda, in Porto Rico, 
and in the Bahamas, and remaining apparently distinct. But the 
segments in both of these were subject to so much variation in 
outward form, even in different parts of a single individual, that 
plants from other localities would sometimes appear to occupy an 
intermediate position, and great as were the manifest differences 
between the best representatives of these two types it seemed diffi- 
cult to draw any satisfactory line between them. When, however, 
in December, 1906, and January, 1907, we again saw, in several 
localities in Jamaica, Halimeda tridens and H. Monile growing 
either side by side or within a few feet of each other and always 
maintaining their distinctive characters perfectly, the conviction 
was forced upon us that a mistake had been made in considering 


=. | eee 


* Bull. Torrey Club 32 : 563-586. fl. 27-29. 1905. 
t+ One who has seen an extensive series of West Indian Halimedas, either growing 
or in an herbarium, can scarcely have any serious doubts, we believe, as to the intended 
application of Ellis & Solander’s names Coradlina tridens and Corallina incrassata or 
as to the impossibility of drawing any reliable line of specific separation between the 
two. This being granted, the next question involves a choice between the two names, 
Published in one work at the same time. Mrs. Gepp, in her monograph of ‘* The 
Genus Halimeda”’ (Siboga-Exped, LX) has adopted the specific name sncrassaza, 
Presumably because Ellis & Solander’s description of their Cora/lina incrassata was 
accompanied by the more numerous and more detailed figures. The Rochester and 
the Philadelphia codes of botanical nomenclature give preference in such cases to the 
name having ‘ precedence of position,’’ which would here call for the adoption of the 
Specific name ¢ridens, the name which, fortunately, in America, at least, has been the 
More generally employed. The recent Vienna Code (Art. 46) provides that ‘* when 
Wo or more groups of the same nature are united, the name of the oldest is retained. 
If the names are of the same date, the author chooses, and his choice cannot be modi- 
fied by subsequent authors.’ In the case in hand, technical priority in the matter of 
Publishing a choice between the two names appears to lie, by a narrow margin, so far 
aS we can discover, with Mr, F. S. Collins, whose choice of Ha/imeda tridens appeared 
i print in November, 1901 (Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci. 37: 24 while Mrs. 
Pp’s monograph, in which the name Havimeda incrassata is preferred, bears the date 
of December Ig9oI. 


502 Howe: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 


them forms or varieties of one species and that in addition to their 
more obvious peculiarities a careful comparison under the micro- 
scope would be likely to reveal histological characters of diag- 
nostic value. We have now been able to compare microscopically 
specimens representing fifty-seven collection-numbers of these two 
“forms” from Bermuda, southern Florida, and the West Indies, 
and the results are of interest. In Halimeda tridens the peripheral 
utricles show a range of from 49 to 77 in average maximum 
diameter in surface view ; that is, on measuring the distal énds of 
each the longest way, the average in some individuals is as low as 
49 and in others as high as 77 4. In the representatives of 7. 
Monile, the peripheral utricles, measured in the same way, range 
from 30 to 44 in diameter ; and they are more strongly coherent 
after decalcification, their lateral walls being in contact for 4-5 
their length vs. 1-1, their length in H. ¢ridens. And the utricles 
of the subcortical layer, at least those of the outmost series, are 
narrower and less rounded than in H. ¢ridens, being 24-55 in 
greatest width vs. 35-95 4, and obconical, clavate, or obovoid, 
rather than turbinate, subglobose, or ellipsoidal. /alimeda tridens 
and H. Monile occasionally simulate each other in form, as indeed 
in an even greater degree do Halimeda Tuna and H. scabra, and 
it is not surprising that Lamouroux, Harvey, and others who have 
depended upon externalities have had doubts as to their specific 
distinctness ; but we believe that they are really distinct and that 
they constitute species in the best sense of the word. Ninety-five 
per cent. of the specimens that one meets with can easily be 
referred at sight to the one species or the other, and in the case of 
the few that may seem doubtful on first inspection, an accurate 
measurement of the peripheral utricles has, thus far, afforded 4 
satisfactory basis for determination. | 

In addition to Halimeda tridens, H. Monile, and H. favulosa, 
there is a fourth member of this alliance which we have thus 


it entitled to specific rank. A description of it follows : 


Howe: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 503 


Halimeda simulans sp. nov. 

Dark- or rather light-green when living, sometimes becoming 
yellowish-green on drying, erect or somewhat flaccid, 6-15 cm. 
high, flabellate or subflabellate in habit, sessile or subsessile, the 
one or two lowest, more or less modified, flattened segments often 
forming a sort of stipe, strongly calcified, the calcification soon in- 
volving the medulla and reaching the outer surface of the peripheral 
utricles, the surface dull or slightly nitent, appearing smooth, solid, 
and compact, even under a lens; branching in one plane, usually 
trichotomous: rhizoids commonly forming a bulbous mass with 
the adherent sand: segments discoid, plane or obscurely I- or 
3-nerved, subquadrate-reniform, subquadrate, or rhombic-ellip- 
Soidal, rarely obovate, nearly always broader than long, mostly 
subentire or 3—7-crenulate, sometimes 3-dentate or 3-lobed, 2-9 
mm. long, 4-12 mm. broad, 0.5—2 mm. thick (those of extreme 
base now and then 3 mm. thick): peripheral utricles turbinate or 
subcrateriform, 27-80 p long, 33-40 2 in average maximum diam- 
eter in surface view, truncate or rounded-obtuse, lateral walls in 
contact for } to zp their length, usually cohering rather firmly on 
decalcification : utricles of the subcortical layer in a double, triple, 
or rarely quadruple series, those of the outmost series turbinate, 
obovoid, subglobose or ellipsoidal, 30-72 # in maximum width, 
those of the inmost series obovoid, obconical, or clavate, 41-1104 
in greatest width : filaments of the central strand strongly coherent 
at the nodes, communicating there with those adjacent by open 
pits or very short tubular processes and exhibiting there thickened 
and often colored walls: sporangia unknown. [ PLaTE 29.] 

Growing on a sandy bottom or occasionally on stones in 3 dm. 
of water and down to a depth of several meters. Porto Rico: no. 
4332, type (Culebra Island, M.A.H. —also no. 4383); Jamaica: 
"0S. 48376 and 4845 (Montego Bay); Bahama Islands: xo. 3 56L 
(Frozen Cay, Berry Islands). 

Halimeda simulans is a member of the Halimeda tridens (77. 
incrassata) group, being probably most nearly allied to J. 
Agardh’s Hlalimeda incrassata a ovata [Till Alg. Syst. 5: 86. 
1887. —« Hab. ad insul. Noukahiva (Jardin)” ] the evident type 
of which is no, 15892 in the Agardh herbarium at Lund. But 
the Peripheral utricles of this Noukahiva specimen average 50 p in 
Maximum diameter, which would throw it into the form cycle of 
fl. tridens according to the measurements which thus far have 
Proved reliable in helping to distinguish the West Indian species 
of this group. The Noukahiva plant is also less calcified than our 


504 Howe: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 


Halimeda simulans and has some of the other minor peculiarities 
of the true 1. ¢ridens. 

In its nearly sessile plants and in the form of its segments, 
Halimeda simulans sometimes outwardly resembles H. Tuna, but 
its segments are much thicker and more rigid than in that species 
and they commonly have marginal crenulations or sometimes 
short lobes which are wanting in H. Zuna; and the behavior of 


the filaments of the central strand at the nodes is very different in 


the two species. On Culebra Island, Halimeda simulans, fl. 

Luna, and H. tridens were found growing within short distances 

of each other, and no intermediates were discovered. On the out- 

side shore of the outmost of the Bogue Islands, Montego Bay, 

Jamaica, on January 7, 1907, H. simulans was found growing side 

by side with 1. Tuna, while within a few rods were H. tridens and 

Hf, Monile, and no forms showing any intergrading among these 

four species, as we prefer to call them, were observed. From 

Frozen Cay, Berry Islands, Bahamas, the only Halimeda that we 

brought away besides the H. simulans was one of H. scabra, but 

Hlalimeda tridens is in general rather common throughout the 

Bahamian archipelago. 

A key to the American representatives of the Halimeda tridens 
group may be arranged as follows: 

Filaments of the central strand coherent at the nodes, communicating there with those 
adjacent by pits or very short tubular processes, rarely (now and then in H. 
Monile) merely thick-walled at the nodes and separable ; segments flattened oF 
subterete, often 3-lobed or 3-dentate. 

Peripheral utricles less than 80 u in average maximum diameter, surface view. 


Peripheral utricles 49-77 « in average maximum diameter, surface view; S€S” 
ments usually flattened, H. tride: 
Peripheral utricles 30-44 « in average maximum diameter, surface view- 
Segments mostly subterete. H Monile. 
Segments discoid (suggesting H. 7; una). Hi. simulans. 


e 
Peripheral utricles 175-1904 in average maximum diameter, surface view. 
H. fi 


D. On THE SPORANGIA OF AVRAINVILLEA NIGRICANS 


(PLATE 28, FIGURES 8-25) 


On January 5» 1907, at Montego Bay, Jamaica, while washing 
and Preparing some specimens of Avrainvillea nigricans and A. 
longicaulis (A. Mazet) which had been collected there in shallow 


Howe: PuHycoLoGIcAL stTuDIES 505 


water earlier in the day, our attention was arrested by one plant 
of Avrainvillea nigricans, the surface of which was rather abun- 
dantly covered with protruding capitate or subclavate filaments. 
Remembering that “ Fortpflanzungsorgane unbekannt” * was the 
most that had been said of the mode of reproduction in this genus 
Avrainvillea, which had been recognized since 1842, we proceeded 
to examine the newly found structures with much interest. The 
enlarged terminal portions of these filaments varied in form from 
clavate and fusiform to pyriform or subglobose and they had the 
appearance of being stipitate, being raised above the general sur- 
face once or twice their own length by a scarcely modified part of 
the filament. The younger and smaller as well as some of the 
larger of these peculiar bodies were intensely green, contrasting 
notably with the dingy-fuscous tint of the plant in general, but 
many of the older and larger had turned brown, the color residing 
partly in the filament wall and partly in the contents and being 
evidently an intensification of the color characteristic of the ordi- 
nary vegetative condition of the species. After a microscopic 
€xamination, the plant was placed in a jar of seawater with the 
hope that on the following morning living zodspores might be seen 
toemerge from the suspected sporangia. But our hopes were 
disappointed. Then, as on the previous evening, many of the 
Supposed sporangia contained usually from three to five (one to 
eight) ovoid, pyriform, elongate-ellipsoidal, or difform bodies, 
°ccupying together one-half or more of the cavity of the enlarge- 
ment. Impressed by the evident lack of homology with what 
little is known of reproduction in other members of the Codzaceae, 
We suspected that these peculiar interior bodies might be endo- 
phytic parasites of some sort and that the sporangium-like swell- 
ings might be simply galls caused by their presence, and so, with 
the conviction that the Avrainvillea was by this time dead, we 
added formalin to the seawater to preserve the interesting speci- 
men for further study at some more convenient time. Subsequent 
investigations have succeeded in bringing to light practically all 
Stages in the development of the sporangium-like organs, includ- 
ing great numbers of withered and empty ones, and nothing has 

N discovered to indicate that the more or less spore-like bodies 


* Wille ; Engler & Prantl, 1 Nat. Pflansenfam, 22: 141. 1890. 


506 HoweE: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 


are anything other than normal parts of the Avrainvillea itself ; they 
certainly contain chlorophy! and starch and the chloroplasts appear 


to be of the same character as those of the ordinary filaments of 


the thallus. Indeed, the supposed sporangia occur in too great 


profusion, even though on a single plant, and they are too regular — 


jn form and position, we believe, to be anything else than normal. 

The sporangia are always terminal on branches, which, except 
for the presence of the sporangium, are but slightly different from 
the ordinary vegetative filaments of the flabellum, being, however, 
less moniliform or torulose, and often more slender than the fila- 
ment from which they spring. These sporangiophores result from 
the ordinary forking of the filaments and they are commonly 
homologous with a vegetative branch which would undergo two 


or three more dichotomies (FIGURE I 5). Some which can be traced | 


back to the deeper-lying filaments are falsely lateral in origin. The 


form of the sporangia has been alluded to above, but the figures — 
published herewith give a more accurate idea of their character. — 


They vary from 0.35 to 0.83 mm. in length and from 0.20 to 
0.35 mm. in width. Sometimes, as shown in FIGURES 22 to 24, the 
base of the sporangium, underneath the spores, is occupied by a 


brownish mass of slime or mucilage, forming a more or less com- | 
plete basal septum. The plug, however, is perhaps more Com 


monly near the base of the sporangiophore, as shown in FIGURE 15. 
Occasionally, as in FIGURE 13, the stoppage is near the middle of 


the sporangiophore. Often, two such plugs may be found, one at — 


the base of the sporangium and the other at the base of the spor 
angiophore. The brown callose-mucilage evidently furnishes the 
material for healing the wound caused by the withering away © 


the empty sporangium. Numerous brown, rounded, thick-walled, 


stump-like processes, like that shown in FIGURE 20, may be found, 


indicating the position of former sporangiophores. It rarely hap- 


pens that practically the whole protoplast of the sporangium - 


consumed in the formation of a single spore, but the usual number — 


is three, four, or five, as stated above, though occasionally as many 
as SIX, seven, or eight are formed. The spores are most commonly 
long-ovoid or pyriform and as they lie in the sporangium the 


broader end is usually upward, They are densely crowded with 
chloroplasts and starch-grains but as they mature the amount of 


a aaa rat 


Howe: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 507 


starch appears to increase at the expense of the chlorophyl. Some 
of the spores show a pronounced polarity, or perhaps it may be 
called a beginning of germination, while still in the sporangium, 
Thus, in the second spore from the right in FIGURE 21, the foot or 
base of the young plant is plainly manifest. Such basal parts have 
less chlorophyl and starch than the remainder of the spore. The 
membrane enclosing the spore is usually thin and delicate and often 
scarcely demonstrable. When the spores are well formed, there 
is a peculiar aggregation of granules at the apex of the sporangium 
(FIGURES 21, 24) and this appears to be followed soon by the 
rupturing of the sporangium wall in this region, forming a rather 
wide irregular opening. All the spores in any single sporangium 
seem to be discharged at about the same time, for the sporangia as 
found, with a few possible exceptions, are either empty or contain 
their full complement of spores. Very little is known of the 
history of the spores on leaving the sporangium. FIGURE I9 
shows a spore which had been caught at the mouth of the spor- 
angium and had evidently begun its extra-sporangial growth, form- 
ing an evident foot and the first ‘“bead”’ of a moniliform filament ; 
this was firm-walled and very brown. 

The large size of the spores (130-300 / X 66-120), their 
heavy load of starch, and their occasional development of an evi- 
dent foot while still in the sporangium, make it practically certain, 
in our opinion, that these bodies are not self-motile, 7. ¢., that they 
are aplanospores. Yet, the thinness of the surrounding membrane 
and the fact that none of the bodies has thus far been found ger- 
Minating on the surface of the thallus (if we except the captured 
one shown in FIGURE 19) have suggested the possibility of their 
being synzodspores. However, it is much more probable that we 
have to do with aplanospores, perhaps analogous to those which 
ccur in smaller size and larger number in Gomontia polyrhiza 
(Lagerh.) Born. & Flah. or to those which have been described as 
occurring singly in Vancheria hamata and V. geminata.” 


E. ON THE AMERICAN SPECIES OF AVRAINVILLEA 
In a former paper + we alluded to some of the difficulties in the 
Way of distinguishing species in the genus Avrainvillea and com- 
cd le a... 


* Waltz, J. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 5: 132, 133- 1866. 
T Bull. Torrey Club 32: 565-568, 586. 1905. 


508 HoweE: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 


mented on the characters of the original specimens of Avratnvillea 
nigricans Decaisne and Riipilia longicaulis Kitz. Since that time 
we have enjoyed the opportunity of seeing again living plants of 
this genus in Porto Rico and in Jamaica, and have arrived at con- 
clusions that are, to us, more satisfactory as to the number of spe- 
cies that are represented in the West Indian waters, in so far as 
one may judge of the matter from the material now at hand. We 
therefore venture to give below a diagnosis of the genus, a key to 
the American species, and a synoptical account of the four species 
that we recognize. 


AVRAINVILLEA Decaisne, Ann. Sci. Nat. II]. 18: 108. 1842 

Fradelia Chauvin, Recherches 124. 1842. 
Chloroplegma Zanard, Mem. R. Ist. Ven.'7: 290. 1858. 

Thallus fusco-nigrescent, tawny-green, or olivaceous, usually 
flabelliform and stipitate, more rarely difform or irregularly dig 
tate, destitute of calcareous incrustation, composed of dichotomous 
interwoven cylindrical, torulose, or moniliform threads, these nearly 
similar throughout, being without specialized corticating branches 
and without fibular processes. Stipe, when differentiated, simple 
or sometimes forked, terete or flattened. Flabellum suborbicular, 
reniform-cordate, or cuneiform, or (in A. Rawsont) deficient, r arely 
zonate. Rhizoids in an irregularly bulbous mass or sometimes 
forming a rhizome. Sporangia (known only in A, nigricans) ter- 
minal on filaments exserted from surface of flabellum, containing 4 
few (1-8) spores (aplanospores?), All species marine. 

Type species, Avrainvillea nigricans Decaisne. 


Key to the American species 
Thallus eventually developing a flabellum (usually stipitate). 
Sco-nigrescent or tawny-green; surface subvelutinous, minutely spongiose, “ 
strigose : filaments of flabellum 28-70 4 in diameter. 
Filaments of flabellum moniliform. 1. A. nigricans. 
Filaments of flabellum cylindrical with a strong constriction at base of each 
branch, rarely subtorulose. 2. A. longicaults 
Olivaceous or cinereous ; surface smooth and compact ; filaments of surface 
flabellum 6-24 in diameter, . A, levis. : 
Thallus not developing a flabellum, forming more or less digitate, sometimes capitate 
lobes, these commonly very irregular in form, and often branching, diffluent, - 
: 3 Ae 


anastomosing qwsont. 
I. AVRAINVILLEA NIGRICANS Descaisne, Ann, Sci. Nat. Il. 18+ 
1842.— M. A. Howe, Bull. Torrey Club 32: 567, 568. 1.905: 
' Fradelia fuliginosa Chauvin, Recherches 124. 1842. 


Howe: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 509 


Avrainvillea longicaulis Murr. & Boodle, p. ~. Jour. Bot. 27: 70. 
pl. 228. f. 1-5. 1889. (Excluding syn. Rhipiha longicaulis 
Kiitz.) 

Usually fusco-nigrescent when living or rarely tawny-green, of 
a similar color on drying or somewhat darker or more sordid, gre- 
garious or scattered, normally with a stout horizontal rhizome 
(commonly left in substratum as ordinarily collected), or, when 
small and poorly developed, with a somewhat bulbous or difform 
base : stipe cylindrical or flattened, 1-16 cm. long, 3-14 mm. wide, 
now and then deficient or scarcely differentiated, simple or rarely 
forked near the base: flabellum varying from suborbicular (reni- 
form-cordate when young) to cuneiform (sometimes subclavate 
when young), I~25 cm. broad, entire or more or less lacerately or 
digitately lobed, thin and membranous in the broader forms, 
thicker and more coriaceous in the narrower, felt-like in texture, 
very obscurely or not at all zonate, the surface subvelutinous or 
minutely spongiose : filaments of flabellum distinctly moniliform 
or torulose (at least those near the surface) usually firm-walled 
and rather straight and rigid, 33-70 # in maximum diameter, fila- 
ments of stipe similar, but with more differentiation between those 
of surface and those of interior: sporangia mostly subpyriform, 
varying from clavate to subglobose, 0.35-0.83 mm. X 0.20—-0.35 
mm., usually exserted once or twice their own length; spores 
ovoid, pyriform, or elongate-ellipsoidal, 130-3004 x 66-120 #. 

Type Locatity: Iles des Saintes, near Guadeloupe, West 
Indies ; type specimen in the herbarium of the Muséum d’ Histoire 
Naturelle in Paris. 

Distrisution: Bermuda, southern Florida, the West Indies, 
and South America. 

Avrainvillea nigricans, as here conceived, is widely variable in 
form and size, though tolerably uniform in the character of its fila- 
ments. Further remarks by the writer on its range of variation 
may be found in the place cited above. 

2. AVRAINVILLEA LONGICAULIS (Kiitz.) Murr. & Boodle, 7.?. Jour. 
Bot. 27: 70. 1889. (Excluding all but syn. Rhipilia longi- 
caulis Kiitz., which may be fairly considered the “type”’ of 
the new binomial.) 

Khipilia longicaulis Kitz.* Tab. Phyc. 8: 13. pl. 28 fi I. 
1858. 

Avrainvillea Mazei Murr. & Boodle, /. c. pl. 288. f. 6. 

ST sae eats ay ghee aki | eae 


*M. A. Howe, Bull. Torrey Club 32: 586. 1905. 


510 Howe: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 


Fusco-nigrescent or sometimes sordid- or tawny-green when 
living, of a similar color on drying, gregarious or scattered, with 
or without a horizontal rhizome : stipe flattened or subterete, I-15 
cm. long, 3-10 mm. wide, rarely deficient, simple or forking near 
the base: flabellum cuneate-obovate, oblong, or sometimes sub- 
orbicular, now and then diffuse, imperfectly complanate, and 
irregularly lobed, 1-12 cm. broad, coriaceous in the smaller 
forms, thinner and of looser texture in the larger, most obscurely 
or not at all zonate, the surface strigose, subvelutinous, or minutely 
spongiose : filaments of flabellum cylindrical, strongly constricted 
just above the dichotomy, rarely here and there subtorulose, 
usually firm-walled and mostly rather straight and rigid, 28-70 
in diameter ; filaments of surface of stipe commonly more slender, 
interwoven, rhizoid-like, those of interior sometimes crowded with 
amylum grains, 

Type Locatity: “Ad Antillas” [Antigua] ; type specimen 
in the Sonder collection of the National Herbarium of Victoria, 
Australia. 

DistriBuTION : Bermuda and the West Indies. 

The maintenance of the binomial Avrainvillea longicaulis for 
the present species and the crediting of the name to Murray & 
Boodle are both, we believe, technically correct, even though it 
may prove a source of some confusion for a time, inasmuch as — 
Murray & Boodle evidently intended that another species — the 
true A. nigricans Decaisne — should bear Kiitzing’s name /ongt- 
caulis, But, as Murray & Boodle in proposing the new combi- 
nation Avrainvillea lungicaulis cited Kitzing’s Rhipilia longicaults, 
it cannot be denied that this new combination applies also to 
Kitzing’s species and that it applies to it in a peculiar and typical 
way. Notes by the present writer on Kiitzing’s type-specimen 
have been published in the place cited above and in the same 
paper also (pages 567, 568) are comments on the relationship of 
the present species to A, nigricans. A. longicaulis and A. nigricans 
often grow intermingled and resembling each other so closely that 
they cannot be determined without a microscopical examination, 
yet the more that we see of them the more we are inclined to the 
belief that they represent true species. 


3. Avrainvillea Rawsoni (Dickie) 
Rhipilia Rawsoni Dickie, Jour. Linn. Soc. 14: 54: A. Te, ft, 
2. 1874. 


Howe: Puycorocicar STUDIES 511 


Avrainvillea nigricans Mutr. & Boodle, f.p. Jour. Bot. 27 : 70. 

1889. Not A. nigricans Decaisne. 

Mostly bright- or sordid-green when living, becoming fuscous- 
brown or nigrescent on drying, forming cespitose masses with 
usually crowded, subterete, fusiform, clavate, or finger-shaped 
sometimes capitate, often difform, branched, and anastomosing » 
lobes, never developing a flabellum ; lobes azonate, mostly 4~12 


cylindrical with occasional constrictions, always strongly con- 


Disrrisution : The West Indies. 

Apparently common in the West Indies, ranging at least from 
the northern Bahamas to Jamaica and Porto Rico, growing from 
low-water mark down to a depth of one meter, often on exposed 
rocks near the low-water line. The species is represented in the 
herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden at the present time 
by specimens under seventeen collection numbers. Vo. 770 of the 
Phycotheca Boreali-Americana of Collins, Holden, and Setchell, 
issued as Avrainvillea longicaulis (Kiitz.) Murr. & Bood., and xo. 
771 of the same series, issued as Avrainvillea nigricans Decaisne, 
both collected at Montego Bay, Jamaica, by Mrs. C. E. Pease and 
Miss E. Butler, belong with the present species, at least in the 
three sets examined, though in one set, the material issued under 
no. 770 is mixed with A. nigricans ; however, all three of the 
Species named are found at Montego Bay. Avrainvillea Rawsoni 
is the plant that we once* referred to as “ what we believe to be 
a low-littoral or shallow-water condition of Avrainvillea Mazei,” 
but since we have seen it growing profusely in deeper water in 
Jamaica closely associated with both A. longicaulis (A. Mazet) and 
A. nigricans and without showing the least tendency to intergrade 
With either, we cannot do otherwise than consider it abundantly 
entitled to specific rank. The plant evidently never develops a 
true flabellum and the filaments are thinner-walled, more collapsi- 


* Bull. Torrey Club 32: 568. 1905. 


512 HoweE: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 


ble and more torulose than is ordinarily the case in the true A. 
longicaulis (A. Mazei) and they are thinner-walled and less monili- 
form than in A. xigricans. The specimen selected for our photo- 
graph (PL. 30) represents a common form of the species, though 
its lobes are narrower, more clavate or subfusiform than those of 
the plant originally described and figured by Dickie. 
4. AVRAINVILLEA LEvis M. A. Howe, Bull. Torrey Club’32: 565. 
Pay J 85 Pl. 20. J. 8--I0. 1905 
Avrainvillea sordida Murr. & Boodle, Jour. Bot. 27: 70. 1889. 
Not Avrainvillea sordida (Mont.) Crouan ;* Mazé & Schramm, 
Essai Alg. Guad. 89. 1870-’77. 
Type Locatity: Cave Cays, Exuma Chain, Bahamas. 
DistripuTion: Bahamas; Jamaica; Guadeloupe; Grenada 
(fide Murray & Boodle). 


SPECIES EXCLUDENDAE 

After examining authentic specimens, we agree with Murray & 
Boodle ¢ in referring Rhipilia tomentosa Kiitz. to Udotea and in 
identifying with it Avrainvillea laetevirens Crouan. However, the 
characters of this species seem to make the line of separation 
between the genera Avrainvillea and Udotea an almost arbitrary 
one. Outside of the possession of occasional attachment organs 
by the filaments —so little abundant that they were overlooked 
by Kitzing—the species has more in common with Avrainvillea 
than with Udotea, bearing, in fact, a close external resemblance to 
certain conditions of A. /yngicaulis. Our no. 3209, from North 
Cat Cay, Bahamas, evidently belongs with Udotea tomentosa. { 


* For a discussion of the technical application of this name, see Bull. Torrey Club 
32: 566. 1905. 


889. 
{ UDOTEA TOMENTOSA t Kiitz.) Murray, Jour. Bot. 27: 239. 1889. 
Rhipilia siaitics Kiitz. Tab. Phyc; 8: 12. pe 2s. f. 7 58 
mea Seine laetevirens Crouan; Mazé & Schramm, Essai Alg. Guad. 89. 1870-7] 
omen seminudum 
Plan $ 3-6 cm. high, from a scarcely thi tous b brigh fadt 
t-green, fading t 
yellowish-albescent or isabelline Cc} » without a leareous in eri seats ‘eg A ag ubterete oF 
egy oO. see . long, 2-4 mm. wide, simple: flabellum cuneiform obovate, obdel- ‘ 
a h sc eiform, re m. long, 1-3.5 cm. broad, entire, 2-4-lobed, OF ® 
ae regularly laceratey very obscurely or not “ all zonate, rather mick, runcorti re 
iose in texture, surface € spongiose-tomentose, th e of similar appe 
suse of flabellaum thin-walled, imperfectly seviting ae ng aket ate inrcately i 


Pg eA a ee ae a 


Hower: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 513 
ae at apices, weil a little ssaietiplet ie just above a dic ueer the dickies 
often branches i of to) 


thus forming more or less of a network 5 filaments of stipe ‘utter ut with greater diver- 
rag in size, those of interior 55-100 « in diameter, those of surface often only 16-30. 

TYPE LOCALITY: Antigua, British West Indies; type specimen in the Sonder col- 
lection of the National Herbarium of Victori ria, Australia, 

DIsTRIBUTION : Antigua; Guadeloupe ; Bahamas. 

We owe to Mr. J. R. Tovey, of the National Herbarium of Victoria, Australia, the 
privilege of examining a portion of 8: type material, including, evidently, the plants 
from which Kiitzing drew his figu 

A second West Indian mee a somewhat doubtful generic position is the fol- 
lowing : 

UDOTEA LUTEOFUSCA (Crouan) Murray, Jour. Bot. 27: 239. 1889 (nomen 
seminudum). 

Flabellaria luteofusca Crouan ; Mazé & Schramm, Essai Alg. Guad. 88. 1870-77 
(nomen seminudu um), 

ts 4-Io cm. high, fuscous or dark beat yiaar: brown, uncalcified ; stipe simple 
or I~3 times dichotomous, flattened or su , 2-7 cm. long, 2-5 mm. wide, corti- 
ed: flab » some- 


€ medu lo -bro in seve wards t a 
almost unistratose, being = ere commonly visible thron gh ‘i cortex and giving the 
plant a venulose appearance under s, 50-80 u in diameter, ie ene = a ore 
and irregularly constricted hs les lated branches form laby- 
rinthine cortex b repe eated Aiba soi ep eg ihe zig-zag aichotomies, he silat 
branchlets of the corticating filam —Io 4 in diameter, decolor. 

TYPE LocaLity: Lake Sim mps vt St. M ite West Sata os specimen xo. 
7403 of the Mazé & Schramm collection in herb. eres n (in herb. Bornet, Paris). 

“apelin Known only from the type local 

This interesting plant offers points of contact with ee genera Avrainvillea, Udotea, 
and bgiks (Bull. Torrey Club 32: 569), but is perhaps most at home in Udorea, 
where Mu urray (7. c.) has doubtfully placed it. But we find n oe for supposing 
with Murray that this ‘form’? is an “ imperfect state.” In color and general habit 
it has most in common with Avrainvillea, but it is corticated ; a general character of 
the cortex, ho owever, is rather different from that of any other de scribed species of 


g 
Udotea See abi and without the ultimate lateral nodular excrescen ircegularly 
cristate-pectinate coherent branchlets of that species. In the nature os the cortex it 
closely resembles Cladocephalus scoparius; in fact, the species stands in much the sam 
relation to Cladocephalus that Udotea sae hath ata does to Penicillus, Udotea coe 
tinata being a Penicillus except in having a flabellum instead of a capitulum. 


514 Howe: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 


Explanation of plates 25-30 
PLATE 25 
1-10. Halimeda Tuna 
. Portion of a segment (decalcified), in radio-vertical Sg showing peripheral 
igiciens utricles of the subcortical layer, and medullary fila 

2 and 3. Peripheral utricles and utricles of the ibaa lajes decalcified and 
teased out; the peripheral utricles separating rather easily. 

4. Peripheral utricles, decalcified, in surface view ; no fusion is noticeable. 

5. Vertical section by microtome through the filament of the central strand (decal- 
cified) at a node; just above the points of fusion the filaments are somewhat enlarged 
and are inclined to cohere 

6 o filaments from the central strand of a node, teased out, each formed by the 
fusion of two; just above the points of fusion there has been considerable coherence of 
the adjacent filaments and the outer layers of the filament-walls are more or less scarred 
and lacerated by the process of teasing the filaments apart. 

young simple sporangiophore. 

8. A sporangiophore ieng the margin of a segment, formed by the fusion of three 

filaments of the central stra 
. A forked hier a = from the margin of a segment, formed by the fasion of 
two ashibasts of the central strand. 

10. The beginning of a sporangiophore at margin of segment. (For sporangio- 
phores of a different ape see Plate 28, Figures 1 and 2. ) 

Figures I-10 are all drawn from formalin- -preserved material of our mo. 4207 
(Culebra Island, Porto eng ; 1-6 are magnified 40 diameters; 7-10, 24 diameters. 


11-20. Halimeda discoidea 
. Portion of a segment (decalcified), in radio-vertical section, showing peripheral 
waeiee of the subcortical layer, and medullary filaments. 
12 and 13. Peripheral utricles and distal ends of the utricles of the subcortical 
layer, decalcified, showing contact of the peripheral utricles and their occasional inter- 
locking. 


14 and 1§. Peripheral utricles, etc., showing fusion as well as interlocking. 

16. Utricle of the subcortical layer bearing numerous peripheral utricles 

17. Peripheral utricles, decalcified, in surface view, showing fusions ; fasions of 
two utricles are common ; near the upper left-hand corner and a little below the middle, 
in the figure, are fusions ‘of three utricles ; near the lower left-hand corner is a fusion of 


1B. Peripheral utricles, decalcified, in surface view, the dotted lines indicating the 
form and position of the distal ends of the utricles of the subcortical layer, which af — 
often Say) visible fen the peripheral utricles. : 

Filaments from central strand : nodes, showing incomplete fusion. 

20. Filament from central strand of node, showing complete fusion of two file: 
ments to form one, which afterwards hs into three. The filaments show? * 
Figures 19 and 20 are from the same node. 

Figures 11-20 are all drawn from eset ee material of our #0. 29% © 
(Caesar’s Creek, Florida) ; 11, 16-20 g o diameters ; 12-15, 55 diameter 


. 
j 
. 
| 
| 


Howe: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 515 


PLATE 26. Halimeda discoidea 
Photograph of a formalin-preserved specimen from Caesar’s Creek, Florida (xo. 
2964, 31 Mr 1904), natural size. 


PLATE 27 


1. Halimeda tridens. pada of a Setar NIE fertile specimen from 
Tallaboa, Porto Rico (#0. 4424, 22 Mr 1906), natural size. 
2-4. Halimeda Tuna. Hcesark a formalin- Sieeed fertile specimens from 
Culebra Island, Porto Rico (#0. 4207, 3 Mr 1906), natural size. 


PLATE 28 
1 and 2. Halimeda Tuna 
d 2. Spor. pacer: of apparently lateral origin from the central filaments 
and formed without fusion ; these were from the flattened face of a segment. 
e figures are dine from formalin-preserved material of our xo. g20z (Culebra 
io: ies Rico) ; the magnification is 24 diameters. 


3-7. Halimeda tridens 

3. A cluster of three sporangiophores from the margin of a segment; each is a 
continuation of a filament of the central strand coherent with the adjacent filaments 
near the point of emergence and anastomosing with th 

4. A sporangiophore from the flattened face oe a ‘saa: this is a direct con- 
tinuation of a utricle (distal series) of the subcortical layer. 

5. Base of peline so of origin similar to that shown in Figure 4. 

6 and 7. Bases of sporangiophores from the flattened faces of segmen h 
are direct ci aniee of the peripheral utricles; in Figure 6 the ad forks 
at the base, perhaps abortive 

Figures 3-7 are drawn froin formalin-preserved material of our no. gg24 (Talla- 
boa, Porto Rico) ; all are magnified 24 diameters. 


8-26. Avrainvillea nigricans 

8. Portion of surface of the flabellum, with exserted sporangia. 

“3 oung sporangia in various stages of development. Near the middle of the 
Stipe in Figure 13 is indicated the position of the mucous or callose plug. 

ag A sporangium which has aborted and resumed vegetative growth. 

. A nearly mature sporangium; the figure shows the mucous plug n 

base of the stipe and the usual relation of the sporangiophore to the seeds 
filaments, 

16. A young sporangium paired with an old and empty one. 

17. A sporangium with spores nearly forme 

18. A pair of empty and shriveled sporangia, . showing the wide erose or lacerate 
Opening at the apex of each and the mucous or callose thickening at the base of the 
Sporangiophore. 

9. A spore adhering to #7 mouth of an empty sporangium, where it has begun 

its extra- sporangial developm 

20. A hea septs Se ce ” left by the decay of an old sporangiophore. 

au. A € sporangium with four spores, A collection of granules at the apex 
Seems to indicave the area of the future rupture of the sporangium-wall. 


516 Howe: PHYCOLOGICAL STUDIES 


. A mature sania with four spores; the base of the sporangium is nearly 
élled = closed by brown mucus. 
23. A sporangium open at apex, although the enclosed spores are still imperfectly 
outlined. 
24. A mature sporangium with three ay a mucous plug in the base of the 
sporangium and a collection of granules at its 
25. A large sporangium containing four spores ‘clone outlined and three or more 
others EES formed. 
igures 8-25 are all drawn from formalin- -preserved material of our 0. 4794 
(Montego Bay, seer) ¢: 8 is magnified 12 diameters; 9-19, 24 diameters ; 20-25, 
52 diameters, 


PLATE 29. Halimeda simulans 


Photograph of a dried cprnisg ("o. 4332, type —Culebra Island, Porto Rico, 
6 Mr 1906, M.A.H. ), natural siz 


PLATE 30. Avrainvillea Rawsoni 


Photograph of Nie, te adits specimen in water (no. 4843, Montego Bay, 
Jamaica), natural size 


The genus Androsace in New Mexico 
ELMER OTTIS WooTON AND PAUL STANDLEY 


The early reports upon the botany of the southwest recognize 
two species of Androsace, A. occidentalis Pursh and A. septentri- 
onalis . The latter species, according to Dr. E. L. Greene, does 
Not occur in this country, being an alpine plant of the northern 
parts of Europe and Asia. 

Of the species that formerly went as A. septentrionalis one has 
been named A. pinetorum by Dr. Greene in Pittonia 4: 149, which 
isno doubt perfectly distinct. This species, originally described 
from southern Colorado, is found in the higher mountain ranges 
of that state and of New Mexico. The only specimens from this 
Territory in our herbarium are one from Bear Cafion, Sandia 
Mountains, collected in June, 1898, by Dr. C. L. Herrick (no. 205), 
and one collected on South Percha Creek, in the Black Range, 
Sierra County, May 3, 1905, by O. B. Metcalfe (xo. 1586). It no 
doubt occurs in the mountains of the northern part of the Terri- 
tory, since it seems to be quite common in southern Colorado. 
The species may be readily separated from the other members of 
its group by its relatively large pinkish or white flowers, whose 
corollas are longer than their calyces. 

Another more common species of this Territory which also 
Passed as A. septentrionalis is A. diffusa Small.* This is repre- 
Sented in our herbarium by specimens from the following locali- 
ties in New Mexico: 

In the White Mountains, Lincoln County : at Gilmore’s Ranch 
on Eagle Creek, July 14, 1897, and August 5, 1897 (Wooton 598), 
alt. approx. 2200 meters; on Little Creek, May 11, 1899 (Zurner 
708), alt. approx. 2400 meters; White Mountain Peak, August I, 
‘901 (Wooton), alt. approx. 3100 meters. In the Sacramento 
Mountains, in Otero County: at Winter Folly, August 1, 1899 
(Wooton), alt. approx. 2700 meters; in James Cafion near Cloud- 
croft, August 1 1, 1899 (Wooton), alt. approx. 2400 meters. In the 
Sandia Mountains in Bernalillo County: in Bear Cafion, May, 


* Bull, Torrey Club 25 : 318. 


517 


518 Wooton AND STANDLEY: ANDROSACE 


1898 (C. L. Herrick 256). Inthe Mogollon Mountains, in western 
Socorro County : on the west fork of the Gila River, near its head, 
August 2, 1903 (Metcalfe 341). 

These localities show that the species is pretty well distributed 
over the southern two thirds of New Mexico. It is no doubt 
found inthe northern part of the Territory, for it is also common 
in Colorado, It is a species of the higher mountain ranges, 
growing at elevations of from 2100 to 3100 meters. One of the 
new species here proposed, A. g/andulosa, is evidently closely re- 
lated to A. pinetorumand A. septentrionalis. It has the strict, erect 
scapes which are relatively long and the pedicels are but little if 
at all spreading. The flowers are much smaller than those of 
A. pinetorum, and the corolla, though slightly surpassing the calyx, 
is a clear white. The character which readily distingushes the 
species is the glandular pubescence found in greater or less abun- 
dance upon the leaves, scapes, pedicels, and calyces. 

A. puberulenta Rydb. * is said by Dr. Rydberg to extend into 
New Mexico, though particular New Mexican specimens are not 
cited. The plant is related to A. diffusa, from which it may be 
separated by the very puberulent pedicels and calyces and the long, 
lanceolate, strongly keeled calyx-lobes which much exceed the fruit. 
Our collection does not contain specimens of the species, but 
it will probably be met in the higher mountains of the northern 
part of the Territory. 

Androsace occidentalis Pursh is accredited to New Mexico by 
several authorities and we have some specimens from the Organ 
Mountains before us which we refer to that species with some 
hesitation, since fruiting specimens show characters not ascribed to 
the species and not shown by material from the central states. 

Another species, A. platysepala, is here proposed, which is 4 
close relative of A. occidentalis, though it seems to us to be suffici- 
ently distinct to be recognized. It has the habit and broad involucral 


bracts of A. occidentalis, but the calyx-segments are noticeably dif- 


ferent, being broadly oblong to ovate and foliaceous. 


Wooton AND: STANDLEY: ANDROSACE 519 


be separated by the following key. It is likely that further search 
will reveal several of the Colorado species in the mountains of the 
northern part of the Territory and it is altogether probable that 
A. arizonica Gray* from the Santa Catalina Mountains of south- 
eastern Arizona will be found in the adjoining parts of New Mex- 
ico when those parts are properly explored. 
Involucral bracts narrow ; scapes mostly long. 

Plant glandular. A. glandulosa. 

Plant not glandular. 

Corolla longer than the calyx ; scapes erect 


" A, pinetforum. 
Corolla equal to or shorter than the calyx ; scapes divergent. 


Calyx-lobes as long as the capsule. . diffusa. 
Calyx lobes much longer than the capsule. A. puberulenta, 
Tnvolucral bracts broad ; scapes short. 
Calyx-lobes triangular, acute. A. occidentalis, 
Calyx-lobes broadly oblong to ovate. A, platysepala. 


Androsace glandulosa sp. nov. 

Annual, acaulescent : leaves basal, linear-oblanceolate or spat- 
ulate, 1-2.5 cm. long, usually 1 cm. long, 3-4 mm. wide, obtuse 
or acute, thin, serrate with few teeth above the middle, sparsely 
covered with short, scattered, glandular hairs, sessile or with winged 
petioles: scapes 2 or 3 to many, erect, 8-15 cm. high, covered 
with short glandular-viscid pubescence: bracts glandular-pubes- 
cent, lanceolate, 1-2 mm. long: pedicels slender, erect, slightly 
Spreading with age, numerous, 2.5-8.5 cm. long, mostly 3 cm. 
long, with short glandular-viscid pubescence: calyx campanulate 
or broadly obpyramidal, strongly carinately angled even in the 
flowers, 2. 5 mm. long, 2.5-3 mm. broad, segments narrowly tri- 
angular, very acute, hardly half as long as the pale tube: corolla 
White, slightly longer than the calyx, segments 1 mm. broad or 
ess, narrowly oblong, obtuse, about half the length of the tube: 
anthers twice as long as the filaments: capsules globose, about the 
length of the calyx, 2.5—3 mm. in diameter. 

Collected in New Mexico on the Middle Fork of the Rio Gila, 
August 5, 1900, at an altitude of about 2100 meters, by E. O. 
Wooton, 

Androsace platysepala sp. nov. 

Annual, acaulescent, 4—8 cm. high: leaves basal, blades nar- 

fowly oblong, acutish, sparingly toothed near the apex, or almost 


a sessile,“ 12-23 mm. long, 4-6 mm. wide; upper surface 
nght-green, lower surface paler; glabrous except along the 


: TU ane clat aha 
Proc, Am. Acad, 17: $2r, 


520 WooToN AND STANDLEY: ANDROSACE 


margins and near the apex where they are beset with close simple 
pubescence : scapes numerous, simple, erect or ascending, 3.5-7 
cm. long, with short, fine, abundant, branched pubescence : bracts 
oblong, 4-7 mm. long, 2-3 mm. wide, with short, scattered, simple 
pubescence on lower surfaces and margins, upper surface glabrous: 
pedicels slender, 7-25 mm. long, with pubescence like that of the 
scapes, most abundant near the summits: calyx campanulate, 
rather obtuse at base, 3-5 mm. high, 3-4.5 mm. wide ; tube pale- 
green, almost glabrous, segments broadly oblong to ovate with 
rather acute apices tipped with reddish points, slightly overlapping 
one another at the base, one half longer than the tube, with 
abundant short simple pubescence : corolla white, shorter than the 
calyx, about 2.5 mm. broad, segments oblong, retuse at apex, 
longer than the tube: anthers twice as long as filaments. 

Type no. 1547 collected at Kingston, Sierra county, New 
Mexico, on open hills, March 30, 1905, by O. B. Metcalfe. This — 
species is close to A. occidentalis Pursh, from which it may be dis- 
tinguished by its broader, toothed leaves, and broader bracts. 
There is no mature fruit on the type specimens, but what is taken 
to be the same plant, collected on Bear Mountain near Silver 
City, April 24, 1903, by O. B. Metcalfe (zo. 35, distributed as A. 
diffusa Small, from which it is altogether different) has globose — 
capsules, 3 mm. broad by 3.5 mm. high, one third shorter than 
the calyx, capped by the withered remains of the corolla. 

HERBARIUM OF THE 

New Mexico AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE. 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE “ 
(1907) 


The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by 
Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer- 
ica being used in its broadest sense. 

Reviews, and papers which relate exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, 
manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not include , an 
ho attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is 
made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted 
Wholly to botany. Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in 
Some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor 
to errors or omissions their kindness will be appreciated, 

This Index is reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers, 
at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each 
subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscription, Corre- 
spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey 
Botanical Club. 

Ames, 0. Orchidaceae halconenses: an enumeration of the orchids 
collected on or near Mount Halcon, Mindoro, chiefly by Elmer D. 
Merrill. Philipp. Jour. Sci. 2: Bot. 311-337. 15 Jl 1907. 
Comprises 102 species in 29 genera, 40 described as new 

Arechavaleta, J. Flora Uruguaya 3: 85-228. p/. zya-gr +f. 7, 2. 
1907, 

Anal. Mus. Nac. Montevideo, vol. 6. : 

Arthur, J.C. Cultures of Uredineae in 1906. Jour. Myc. 13: 189- 
205. 128 1907. 

Includes Uromyces effusus sp. nov., native of the eastern United States. 

Arthur, J.C. Peridermium pyriforme and its probable alternate host. 
Rhodora g: r94, 195. 13S 1907. 

Atkinson, G. F. & Edgerton, C. W.' Preliminary note on a new dis- 
®ase of the cultivated vetch. Science II. 26: 385, 386. 205 1907. 

Atkinson, G. F. & Edgerton, C. W. Protocoronospora, a new genus 
of fungi. Jour. Myc. 13; 185, 186. 12S 1907. 

Protocoronospora nigricans sp. nov., native of New York State. 

ley, W. W. The spurges. Am. Bot. 13: 7-9. S 1907. 

Baker, C.F. Determinations of Cuban Piperaceae. ‘Torreya'7: 201- 
203. 18 O 1907. 

ber, M.A. On heredity in certain micro-organisms. Kansas Univ. 

Sci. Bull. 4: 1-48. p/. r-g. Mr Ygo7. 
521 


522 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Barnhart, J. H. The dates of Rafinesque’s New Flora and Flora Tel- 
luriana. Torreya'7: 177-182. 21S 1907. 

Bartlett, H. H. Some new Washington plants. Bot. Gaz. 44: 302- 
304. 19 O 1907. 

Includes Oenothera ( Onagra) cheradophila sp. nov., native of Washington and 

Wyoming. 

Bean, W.J. Cladrastis tinctoria (Yellow Wood). Gard. Chron. Il. 
42: 186, 187. f 78. 75 1907. 

Native of the United States. 

Bean, W. J. Prunus Besseyi. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 3: fv. 8156. § 
1907. 

Native of the northwestern United States. 

Bellini, R. Criteri per una nuova classificazione delle Personatae 
(Scrophulariaceae et Rhinantaceae). Ann. di Bot. 6: 131-145- 
20 Au 1907. 

Benedict, R.C. ‘The genus 4 ntrophyum—I.- Synopsis of sub-genera, 
and the American species. Bull. Torrey Club 34: 445-458- 19 0 
1907. | 
Includes A, Dusstanum and A. Jenmani spp. nov., natives respectively of the ¥ 

West Indies and Guiana. _ 

Bessey, C. E. Notes on spider-flowers. Plant World 10: 208, 209 
S 1907. 

Bioletti, F.T. Ovdium or powdery mildew of the vine. Calif. Agric. 
Exp. Sta. Bull. 186: 315-352. f. 7-17. F 1907. 

Britton, N. L. Further exploration in Jamaica. Jour. N. Y. Bot. 
Gard. 8: 229-236. O 1907. 

Britton, N. L. ‘Thesedgesof Jamaica. Bull. Dep. Agric. Jamaica 5° 
Suppl. 1-19. 19 S 1907. 

Enumerates 96 species in 15 genera. 

Broadhurst, J. A disease of sycamore trees. Plant World 10: 213: 
S 1907. : 

srg V. F. Musci, in Engler & Prantl, Die nat. Pflanzenfam. : : 

: 961-1008. f. 701-732. 1907. - 

os sei laceae de speed Hypopterygiaceae, Helicophyllaceae, Rhacopilaceat, ee y 

ae, Thelieae, Anomodonteae, Leskeeae, und Thuidieae. : 

Buckhout, W. A. The formation of the annual ring of wood in the 
European larch and the white pine. Forestry Quart. 5: 7 
S 1907.  [Illust.] 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 523 


Chodat, R. & Hassler, E. Plantae Hasslerianae, soit énumération 
des plantes récoltées au Paraguay par le Dr. Emile Hassler, d’ Aarau 
(Suisse) de 1885 4 1902. Bull. Herb. Boiss. Il. 7: 795-826. 30 
S 1907. 

Many species indicated as new, but not described. 

Christ, H. Sertum Axeimfarum novarum aut minus cognitarum. Bull. 
Herb. Boiss. II. 7: 789-794. 30 S 1907. 

Includes 6 new species of Aneimia, natives of South America or Mexico. 

Clute, W. N. The blazing star. Am. Bot. 13: 1-3. S 1907. 
[Illust. ] 

Cockerell, T.D. A. A redwood described as a moss. Torreya 7: 203, 
204. 18 O 1907. 

Cockerell, T. D. A. Some Old-World types of insects in the Miocene 
of Colorado. Science II. 26: 446, 447. 40 1907. 

Includes mention of Heyderia coloradensis sp. nov. (Pinaceae), and publication of 
the combination Seguoia Haydeni. 

Cocks, R. S. The flora of the Gulf Biologic Station. Bull. Gulf 
Biol. Sta. 7: 1-42. 1907. 

Coker, W.C. The development of the seed in the Pontederiaceae. 
Bot. Gaz. 44: 293-301. fl. 23. 19 O 1907. 

Conn, H. W., Esten, W. M. & Stocking, W. A. A classification of 
dairy bacteria. Ann. Rep. Storrs Agric. Exp. Sta. 18: 91-203. 
1907, 

Correvon, H. De quelques Composées vivaces nouvelles ou pue con- 
nues. Rey. Hort. 79: 467, 468. 16 O 1907. 

Deals almost wholly with American species. 

Coulter, S. & Dorner, H. B. A key to the genera of the native forest 
trees and shrubs of Indiana. 1— —24. pl. r, 2. Lafayette, 1907. 

Davidson, A. Notes on Sphaerostigma. Muhlenbergia 3: 105-108. 
26 O 1907. 

Includes S. Halfii sp. nov., native of California. 

vis, J.J. Anew species of Protomyces, Jour. Myc. 13: 188, 189. 
12S 1907. 

Protomyces gravidus sp. nov., native of Wisconsin. 

Y,M.A. Some perplexities of the indexer. Bot. Gaz. 44: 304- 
306. 19 O 1907. 

Dietel, P. Einige neue Uredineen aus Siidamerika. Ann. Myc. 5: 
244-246. 20 Jl 1907. 


New Species in Uromyces, Puccinia (3), and Coleosporium. 


524 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Drummond, J. R. & Wright,C. H. Agave (Littaea) Watsoni. Kew 
Bull. Misc. Inf. 1907: 322, 323. Au 1907. 

Durand, E. J. The mycological writings of Theodor Holmskjold and 
their relation to Persoon’s Commentatio. Jour. Myc. 13: 141, 
149... 25 Jl 2007. : 

eae. one oe soil preferences of certain alpine and subalpine 
plants. Rhodorag: 149-193. 13S 1907. 

Fernow, B. E. The high Sierra Maestra. Bull. Am. Geog. Soc. 39: 
257-268. map. My 1907. ee 
Fink, B. Further notes on cladonias. XII. Cladonia bacillaris, 

Cladonia macilenta and Cladonia didyma. Bryologist 10: 77-79: 
pl. 10. 351907. 
Fink, B. A round trip from Iowa to Puget Sound. III, Eastward 
bound. Plant World 10: 237-244. f. 46. O 1907. 
Foussat, J. Le Choisya ternata dans la .région mediterranéenne. 
Rev. Hort. 79: 370, 371. f£. 727, 122. 16 Au 1907. 
Native of Mexico, ere 
Gager, C. S. The absence of undergrowth in the hemlock forest. — 
Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 8: 237-240. f. 94. O 1907. 
Gratacap,L. P. A trip around Iceland. Pop. Sci. Mo. 71: 289- 
302. O 1907; 420-432. N 1907. [Illust. ] 
Contains notes upon the flora, P 
Greene, E. L. Linnaean memorial address. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci- 
9: 241-271. 31 Jl 1907. 
Girke, M. Echinocactus brachyanthus Giirke, n. sp. Monats. Kak- 
teenk. 17: 123, 124. 15 Au 1907. 
Native of Argentina. . : 
Giirke,M. Zchinocactus KRurtsianus Giirke. Monats. Kakteenk. 17+ 
126,127. 15 Au 1907. [Ulust. ] 
Native of Argentina. : 
Giirke,M. 2 chinopsis lateritia Giirke,n. sp. Monats. Kakteenk. 17° 
151, 152. 15 O 1907. 
Native of Bolivia. 6 - 
Giirke, M. Lichinopsis mamillosa Giirke, n. sp. Monats. Kakteenk- aA 
17: 135, 136. 15 S$ 1907. 
Native of Bolivia, a 
Girke,M. Mamillaria Brandegeet Engelm. Monats. Kakteenk. 17* : 
136, 137. 15S 1907. 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE = 525 


Giirke, M. AMamil/aria Haynit Ehrenb. Monats. Kakteenk. 17: 1 52- 
155. 15 O 1907. 
Native of Mexico, 

Girke, M. Prerocactus decipiens Giirke, n. sp. Monats. Kakteenk. 
17: 145-148. 15 O 1907. 
Native of Argentina. 

Handy, L.H. A _pink-petaled form of Clethra alnifolia. Rhodora 
9: 195, 196. 13S 1907. 

Harper, R. M. A Long Island cedar-swamp. ‘Torreya 7: 198-200. 
18 O 1907. 

Harrow, RR. L. Aeeria elegans. | Gard. Chron, III. 42: 293. 7. rzé. 
26 O 1907. 
Native of Mexico. 

Harshberger, J. W. The reclamation and cultivation of salt marshes 
and deserts. Bull. Geog. Soc. Phila. 5: 12-23. f. r-g. Jl 1907. 

Hart, J. H. Arpophyllum giganteum, Gard. Chron. III. 42: 162. 
31 Au 1907. 

Hart, J.H. Some polypodiums in Trinidad. Gard. Chron. III. 42: 
252. § O1907. 

Hasse, H. E. Unreported plants from the vicinity of Los Angeles, 
California. Muhlenbergia 3: 114. 26 O 1907. 

Hein, W. H. Some observations on the flowers of Acer saccharinum. 
Plant World 10: 200-205. S 1907. 

Heller, A. A. The flora of Santa Clara County, California— VI. 
Muhlenbergia 3: 115-118. 26 O 1907. 

Heller, A. A. The habitat of Polypodium Scoulert. Muhlenbergia 3: 
114. 26 O 1907. 

Hemsley, W. B. Bigelovia graveolens. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 3: 
Pl. 8155. S 1907. 
Native of western North America, 

Hieronymus, G. Plantae Stiibelianae. P%ertdophyta. Von Dr. 

_ Alfons Stiibel auf seinen Reisen nach Stidamerika, besonders in 
Columbien, Ecuador, Peru und Bolivien gesammelte Pteridophyten 
(Gefisskryptogamen ). Il. Hedwigia 46: 322-336. p/. 3-5. 8 Je 
1907 ; 337-364. pl. 6-8. 15 Jl 1907 

Tor new species in Hyfoderris, Dryopteris (19), Aspidium, and Polystichum 


Hollick, A. Description of a new Tertiary fossil flower from Floris- 
Sant, Colorado. Torreya 7: 182-184. fi 7, 2. 21S 1907. 
Phenanthera petalifera sp. nov. 


526 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Holzinger, J. M. Musci and Hepaticae of Washington, D. C., and 
vicinity. Bryologist 10: 85-92. 3S 1907. 

Jennings, 0. E. A case of poisoning by Amanita phalloides. Jour. 
Myc. 13: 187, 188. 125 1907 

Kellerman, W. A. Fungi selecti guatemalenses. Exsiccati decade IL. 
Jour. Myc. 13: 99-102. 31 My 1907. 

Kern, F. D. New western species of Gymnosporangium and Roestelta. 
Bull. Torrey Club 34: 459-463. O 1907. 

Three new species in Gymnosporangium and 3 in Roestelia. 

Kindberg, N.C. New notes on the North American bryology. Rev. 
Bryol. 34: 87-92. Au 1907. 

Includes new American species in Pseudoleskea, Hypnum (2), Dichodontium, 

Grimmia (2), Bryum (4), and Pohlia. 

Land, W. J. G. Fertilization and embryogeny in Zphedra trifurca. 
Bot. Gaz. 44: 273-292. p/. 20-22. 19 O 1907. 

Lewis, F. T. The capitalization of specific names. Am. Nat. 41: 
525-529. 26 Au 1907. 

Linden, L. Odontoglossum Pescatorei Linden, versus O. nobile Reichb. 
f. Gard. Chron. HI. 42: 275. 19 O 1907. 

Lloyd, C. G. The phalloids of Australasia. 1-24. f. 7-8, 10-17: 
19-25. Jl 1907. 

Loew, 0. On the effects of magnesium sulphate on plants. Science 
If. 26: 512. 18 O 1907. 

Long, W.H. The Phalloideae of Texas. Jour. Myc. 13: 102-114 
pl. 102-106. 31 My 1907. 
McAtee, W.L. Census of four square feet. Science II. 26: 447-449: 

4 O 1907. 

MacBride, T. H. On certain fossil plant remains in the Iowa her 
barium. Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci. 10: 153-162. pl. 1-2. ae 
F 1907. 
New species in Sigi//aria, Psaronius, and Araucarioxylon. 

MacDougal, D. T. Factors affecting the seasonal activities of plants. 
Plant World 10: 217-237. f. 43-45. O 1907. 

Macoun, J. M. Zruca sativa Mill. Ottawa Nat. 24: 113- 24 c 
1907. : 

Marshall, N. L. Mosses and lichens. A popular guide to the identi- 
fication and study of our commoner mosses and lichens, their U5 — 


and methods of preserving. i-xviii, 1-327. New York, 1907: 
[Tllust. ] 


4 
: 


cy, et ee Bie ee 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 527 


Merrill, E. D.. The ascent of Mount Halcon, Mindoro. Philipp. 
Jour. Sci. 2: Gen. Sci. 179-205. f/. 7. 20 Je 1907. 

Many notes upon the vegetation of the region. 

Merrill, E.D. The flora of Mount Halcon, Mindoro. Philipp. Jour. 
Sci. 2: Bot. 251-309. 15 Jl 1907. 

Includes descriptions of 39 new species and 2 new genera, Halconta ( Tiliaceae), and 
Mearnsia (Myrtaceae): the families /ridaceae and Centrolepidaceae reported as new 
to the Philippines 
Murrill, W. A. An old locust post. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 8: 

473-175. f. 27. Au 1907. 
ey W. A. Some Philippine Polyporaceae. Bull. Torrey Club ~ 

465-481. 19 O di 

a des new species in Cori. lus, Funalia, Hapalopilus, Inonotus, Microporellus, 
Pe sone (2), Spongipellis, Ti enh: (5), Zyromyces, Amauroderma, Elfvingia, 

€$(2), Ganoderma (2), Pyropolyporus (3), and Gloeophyllum. 

Nash, G. V. A collection of American desert plants. Jour. N. Y. 
Bot. Gard. 8: 169-173. Al. go+f. 26. Au 1907. . 

meen, GY. “Water lilies and other aquatics: their relation to horti- 
culture. Jour. N. Y: Bot. Gard. 8: 202-220. pl. 41 +f. 29-33: 
S 1907. 

Noter, R. ic Les Gauva. Rev. Hort. 70: 373, 374 / 123. 16 
AU 1907. 

Noter, R. de. Les Pentstémons. Rev. Hort. 79: 330-332- / 1Z0- 
713. 16 Jl 1907. 

Olsson-Seffer, P. Visits to some botanic gardens abroad. Plant 
World 10: 193-200. f, 38-gr. $1907. 

Otten, W.A. Piant diseases in 1906. Yearbook U. S. Dept. Agric. 

- 1906: 499-508. 1907. 

Osterhout, W. J. V. On the importance of physiologically balanced 
Solutions for plants, II. Fresh-water and —* plants. Bot. 
Gaz. 44: 259-272. f. 1-7. 19 O 1907. 

Palla, A. Neue Cyperaceen. Ocsterr. Bot. Zeits. 57: 257, 258. 
Au 1907, 

New South American species of Cyperus and Bulbostylis. 

Parish, S. B, An abnormal leaf in Rumex. Torreya 7: 184, 185. 
i 2 218 1907. 

Patouillard, N, Basidiomycétes nouveaux du Brésil recueillis par F. 
N 


Oack, Ann. Myc. ‘5: mpage 20 S 1907. 
New Species i in Se; bf, Ny Atugn , Melanopus, Leptoporus, Xanthochrous 
(2), and Calvatia, 


528 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Pease, C. E. A new botanical garden. Am. Bot. 13: 3-5. S 
1907. 

Perkins, J. S*tyracaceae. Das Pflanzenreich 4™': 1-111. f. 7-78. 

cee £O0F; 

Purpus, A. LZcheveria turgida Rose, n. sp. Monats. Kakteenk. 17: 
148-151. 15 O1g07. [Ilust.] 

Native of Mexico. ; 

Purpus, J. A. Mamillaria hidalgensis J. A. Purpus, n. sp. Monats. 
Kakteenk. 17: 118-121. 15 Auizgo7.  ([Illust.] 

Native of Mexico. 

Quaintance, A. L. & Shear, C. L. Insect and fungous enemies of the 
grape east of the Rocky Mountains. U.S. Dept. Agric. Farm. Bull. 
284: 1-48. f. 1-35. 10 My 1907. 

Quehl, L. Mamillaria Wrightti Engelm. und Mamillaria zephyran- 
thoides Scheidw. Monats. Kakteenk. 17: 124-126. 15 Au 1907. 

Record, S. J. The forests of Arkansas. For. Quart. 5: 296-301. § 
1g0O7. ; 

Reed, H.S. The parasitism of Veocosmospora. Science II. 26: 441- 
443. 4 O 1907. 2 

Rehm, H. Ascomycetes exs. fasc. 39. Anh: Myc. §:. 207-213, 

Jl 1907. 
Includes new species of Vectria (undescribed) and Asterina from South America. 

Rick, J. wngi austro-americani fasc. VIL und VII. Ann. Myc. 
5: 335-338. 208 1907. 

Rolfe, R. A. Cattleya x bahiensis. Orch. Rev. 15: 279, 280. 9 
1907 
Native of Brazil. Bi 

Rolfe, R. A. Cattleya x bahiensis. Orch. Rev. 15: 316. O 1907- 
Native of Brazil, though not of Bahia, : 

Rolfe, R. A. ee x Frankeana. Orch. Rev. 15: 280. S 1997: 
Native of Braz ne 

Rolfe, R. A. fie laelias. Orch. Rev. 15: 302, 303. O 1907: 

Rolfe, R. A. Natural hybrid cattleyas. Orch. Rev. 15: 2 93-299: 
O 1907. 

Rolfe, R. A. Odontoglossum nobile and O. Pescatoret. Orch. Rev. 
aS. 31%, 983, © 1907. 

Native of South America. 


Rolfe, R. A. Onddium Stanley. Orch. Rev. 15: 281, 282. f. 3 


1907. 
Native of Brazil. 


INDEX to AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 529 


Rolfe, R. A. Spiranthes gracilis. Orch, Rev. 15: 313-315. 7. rie 
1907. 

With notes on some other North American orchids. 

Rusby, H. H. Some little-known edible native fruits of the United 
States. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 8: 175, 177-188. Au 1907. 

Ruthven, A. G. A collection of reptiles and amphibians from south- 
ern New Mexico and Arizona. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 23: 483- 

: 603. f 7-22. 20 Au 1907. 

Contains notes on the flora and illustrations of vegetation. 

Rydberg, P. A. Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora—XVIII. Bull. 
Torrey Club 34: 417-437. 100 1907. 

_ Includes new species in Homalobus (5), Déholcos, Kentrophyta, Aragallus (3), 

Hedysarum, Lathyrus, Capnoides (2), Lepidium (3), Thelypodium (2), Pleuro- 

Phragma, Sophia (2), and dradis: and the new genera Thelypodiopsis, Pleuro- 

bhragma, Hesperidanthus, Stanleyella, Heterothrix, and Chlorocrambe. 

Schelle, E, Pterocactus Kuntzei K. Schum. Monats. Kakteenk.17: 
137, 138. 15 S 1907. : 

Native of Argentina. 
Schulz, 0. E. Lrythroxylaceae. Das Pflanzenreich 4: 1-176. f. I- 
32. 13 Au Ig07. 

Scott, D.H. The flowering plants of the Mesozoic age, in the light 
of recent discoveries, Jour. Roy. Micr. Soc. 1907: 129-141. fi. 
6-9. 14 Ap 1907. 

Scotti, L. Contribuzioni alla biologia fiorale delle ‘ Myrtiflorae.”” 

. Ann. di Bot. 6: 25-108. 20 Au 1907. 

Setchell, W. A. Some unreported Alaskan Sfhagna, together with a 
summary of the cryptogamic work of the University of California 
botanical expedition to Alaska‘in 1899. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 2: 
899-315. 27 S 1907. 

Shear, C, L, Cranberry diseases. U.S, Dept. Agric. Bur. Pl. Ind. 
Bull. 110: 1-64. p/. 7-7. 100 1907. 

Sheldon, J.-L. Species of Hepaticae known to occur in West Virginia. 
Bryologist TO: 80-84. 3S 1907. 

Sheldon, J.L. A study of the leaf-tip blight of Dracaena fragrans. 
Jour. Myc. 13: 138-140. 25 Jl 1907. 
P, hysalospora Dracaenae sp, nov. 

mith, E.F. The parasitism of Veocosmospora — inference versus fact. 

Science II. 26: 347-349. 13 S 1907. : 
mith, R. E. Report of the plant pathologist to July 1, 1906. Calif. 

Agric, Exp. Sta. Bull. 184: 219-258. 7. 7-12. Ja 1907. 


530 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Smith, W. Zscallonia pterocladon. Gard, Chron. If. 42: 162. 31 
Au 190 
Native of Patagonia. 

Solms-Laubach, H. Graf zu. Ueber eine kleine Suite hochandiner 
Pflanzen aus Bolivien, die Prof. Steinmann von seiner Reise im Jahre 
1903 mitgebracht hat. Bot. Zeit. 65": 119-138. p/. 2. 15 Jl 1907. 
New species in Malvastrum, Oxalis, Echinocactus, Adesmia, and Haylockia. 

Spaulding, P. A blight disease of young conifers. Science II. 26: 
220, 221. 16 Au 1907. 

Spaulding, P. Heart rot of Sassafras Sassafras caused by Fomes 

ibis. Science II. 26: 479, 480. 11 O 1907. 

Spillman, W. J. The artificial production of mutants —a suggestion. 
Science II. 26: 479. 11 01907. 

Stevens, F.L. The chrysanthemum ray-blight. Bot. Gaz. 44: 241- 
258. f. 1-15. 19 O 1907. 

Stevens, F. L. & Hall, J. G. An apple rot due to Volutella. Jour. 
Myc. 13: 94-99. My 1907. 
Volutella fructi sp. nov., native of North Carolina, 

Stockberger, W. W. The drug known as pinkroot. U. S. Dept. 
Agric. Bur. Pl. Ind. Bull. 100: 41-49. f. 5, 6+ pl. 5,6. 25 Ap 
1907. 

Stockdale, F. A. Disease of coconut trees. Bull. Misc. Inf. Trinidad | 
7: 261-287, O 1907. | 

Sturgis, W. C. The Myxomycetes of Colorado. Colo. Coll. Publ. 
Sci, 12: 1-43. 

Includes Physarum testaceum sp. nov, : 

Sumstine, D. R. Polyporus pennsylvanicus sp. nov. Jour. Myc. 13: 
137, 138. 25 Jl 1907. 

Sydow, H. & P. Novae Fungorum species—IV. Ann. Mye- 5 
eae 20 S 1907. 
Includes new American species in CUromyces, Dimerosporium, Leptosphaerta, Ape 

sphaeria, ness and Botryoconis, 

Sydow, H. & P. Verzeichnis der von Herrn F. Noack in Brasilies 
gesammelten Pilze. Ann. Myc. 5: 348-363. 20S 1907. 
Includes new species in Puccinia, Uredo, Sphaerella, Diplotheca ?, Ligonie 

Xylaria (2), Nectria, Peloronectria, Hypocrella, ee Dothidea, "athe 

Acrospermum, Leptothyrium (2), Melasmia, and Gloeosporium. 

Taylor, N. A new Aikania from Cuba. Torreya 7: 185, 186. 7! | 
S 1907. : 
Mikania alba Sp. nov. 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 531 


Taylor, N. A rare seedling at the propagating houses. Jour. N. Y. 
Bot. Gard. 8: 240-243. 7. 35< - O 1907. 

Tumboa Bainesti ( Welwitschia mirabilis). 

Thornber, J. J. Alfilaria in Arizona. Plant World to: 205-208. f. 
42. S$ 1907. 

Trotter, S. Peter Kalm’s “ Travels.”? Pop. Sci. Mo. 71: 413-419. 
N 1907. 

Tuzson, J. Ueber einen neuen Fall der Kleistogamie. Bot. Jahrb. 
40: I-14. pl. z, 2. 21 My 1907. 

Ule, E. Die Pflanzenformationen des Amazonas-Gebietes. Pflanzen- 
geographische Ergebnisse meinen in den Jahren 1900-1903 in 
Brasilien und Peru unternommenen Reisen. Bot. Jahrb. 40: 114—- 
172. pl. 3-7. 2 Au 1907. 

Many species indicated as new, but without descriptions, 

Underwood, L. M. The names of some of our native ferns. Torreya 
7? 193-198. 18 O 1907. 

Watson, W.  Jris verna. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 3: pl. 8159. O 
1907. 

Native of the eastern United States. 

Wercklé, C. Columbianische Agaven. Monats. Kakteenk. 17: 121- 
123. 15 Au 1907. 

Wight, W. F. The history of the cowpea and its introduction into 
America, U. §, Dept. Agric. Bur. Pl. Ind. Bull. 102°: 1-21. 7. 
4-3. 10. Je 2907. 

Williams, F. N. A revision of Ste/aria subg. Adenonema, Bull. 
Herb. Boiss. II. 7: 830-836. 30S 1907. 

Wilson, E. Notes on the genus Vaccinium. Ottawa Nat. 24: 114, 
TIS. 24 O 1907. 

Wilson, G. W. An historical review of the proposed genera of Phy- 
romycetes —I. Peronosporales. Jour. Myc. 13: 205-209. 12 S 
1907. 

Wilson, G. W. Studies in North American Peronosporales — II. Phy- 
lophthoreae and Rhysotheceae. Bull. Torrey Club 34: 387-416. 10 

1907. 
Includes Phytophthora Thalictri Wilson & Davis sp. nov., and the new genus 

Rhysotheca, 

itasek, J. Ueber Kranzlins Bearbeitung der ‘‘ Scrophulariaceae- 

Antirrhinoideae- Calceolarieae’’ in Englers ‘‘Pflanzenreich.’’ Oesterr. 

fe Zeits. 57: 217-230. f. 7-9. Je 1907; 259-265. f. 70, 7Z. 

o7. 


532 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Woodburn, W. L. A remarkable case of polyspermy in ferns. Bot. 
Gaz. 44: 227. f. 188.1907. 

Woods, A. F. Plant pathology. Science II. 26: 541-543. 25 O 
1907. 

Wright, C. H. Calathea angustifolia. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 3: fi. 
874g. Au 1go7. 
Native of Central America. 

Wright, C. H. Herbertia Amatorum. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1907: 
321, 322. Au 1907. 
A new species, native of Uruguay. 

Yamanouchi, S. Apogamy in LVephrodium. Bot. Gaz. 44: 142- 
146. 16 Au 1907. 

Young, M.S. The male gametophyte of Dacrydium, Bot. Gaz. 44: 
189-196. p/. 79. 18S 1907. 


— 
raigcks cmutis wks 


BuLL. TorREY CLuB 


VOLUME 34, PLATE 25 


1-10 HALIMEDA TUNA (Ell & Soland) Lamour. 
11-20 HALIMEDA DISCOIDEA Decaisne. 


COCKAYNE, ROSTON 


BuLt. TorrREY CLUB 


BuLL. ToRREY CLUB VOLUME 34, PLATE 27 


1. HALIMEDA TRIDENS (EI. « Soland.) Lamour. 


2-4. HALIMEDA TUNA (EIl. « Soland.) Lamour. 


BuLL. TorRREY CLUB VOLUME 34, PLATE 28 


rand 2 HALIMEDA TUNA (EIl.& Soland) Lamour. 
3-7 HALIMEDA TRIDENS (EIl.& Soland) Lamour. 
8-25 AVRAINVILLEA NIGRICANS Decaisne. 


4 
3 
: 
5 
7 
a 
4 
i 
3 
i 
: 
2 


Lehane 


COCKAYNE, BOSTON 


BuLL. TORREY CLUB VOLUME 34, PLATE 29 


COCKAYNE, BOSTON. 


HALIMEDA SIMULANS M.A.Howe. 


BULL. TorRREY CLUB VOLUME 34, PLATE 30 


AVRAINVILLEA RAWSONI (Dickie) A. Howe. 


fHeE BRYOLOGIST 


WITH THE JANUARY, 1907, NUMBER BEGINS ITS 
TENTH YEAR ann VOLUME 


It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics 
and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original and artistic drawings 
and halftones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional 
as wellasamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year. 


Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. 


INDEX TO 
AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN , is reissued on 
library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the 
rate of one cent for each card. 
Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer o 
the Torrey Botanical Club, 
CARLTON C. CURTIS, CotumsBIa UNIVERSITY, New York City. 


Beginning with January, 1903, the Index has also been reprinted on paper, on one 
side only, and can be Jurnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year. 


HERBARIUM SPECIMENS DESIRED 


especially Pedicularis and allied genera, also Labiatae, 
Ericaceae, Primulaceae, Ranunculaceae, Cyperaceae and 
Ferns. Will purchase or give European specimens in ex- 


change, Correspondence solicited. Address : 
HENRY DAUTUN, 


139 Franklin St., Jersey City, N. J. 


North American Flora 


HIS work is designed to present descriptions of all plants growing 
independent of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include 


Greenland, Central America, the Republic of Panama, and the 
West Indies, except Trinidad, Tobago, and Curacao and other islands off 
the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is essentially South American. 

It will be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York 
Botanical Garden through the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund 
bequeathed by Charles P. Daly. 


with the following sequence: 
Volume 1. Mycetozoa, Schizophyta, Diatomaceae. 
Volumes 2 to 10. ngi. 


Volumes 14 and 15. phyta. 

Volume 16. Pteridophyta and Gymnospermae. 

Volumes 17 to 19. Monocotyledones. 

Volumes 20 to 30. Dicotyledones. j 

The preparation of the work has been referred by the Scientific Direc- 
tors of the Garden to a committee consisting of Professors L. M. Under- 
wood and N. L. Britton. 


Coville of the United States Department of Agriculture, Pro- 
fessor Edward L. Greene of the United States National Museum, 


¥ 


ory committee. ae 
_Each author will be wholly responsible for his own contributions, 
i t 1C. 


THE NEw York BOTANICAL GARDEN 
BRONX PARK, New York CITY 


Volume 7, Part 1, Ustilaginales, including Ustilaginaceae and Tilley 
aceae, by G, P. Clinton, was issued Oct. , 1906. 
ol, 7, Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Uredinaceae and Aecidiaceae (pars), 
of the Uredinales, by J. C. Arthur, was issued March 6, 1907. h 
Volume 22, Part ;; including Podostemonaceae by George V. Nas d 
Crassulaceae by N. L. Britton and J. N. Rose, and Penthoraceae 40 


by N. L. Britton, Pterostemonaceae by J. K. Small, Altingiaceae by Percy 
Wilson and Phyllonomaceae by H. H. Rusby, was issued Dec. 18; 1995* 


PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- 
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 
1. MEMorRs OF THE DEPARTMENT : 
ol. sepa se of the North American Species of the Genus 
Potggonin (1895). By John Kunkel — Fellow in Botany, 1893- 
1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895- 
uarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Brice $6.0 
Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North Adsatieki Potentilleae (1898). 
By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. 
Quarto, 224 pages, rr2 plates. Price $6.00. 
2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: 


Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00 
Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00 
Vol. 3. Nos, 51-75, 1894-1895. Price $5.00 
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00 
Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125, 1896-1897. Price $5.00 
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 
Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00 
Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00 
Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903~-(current). 


List of separate numbers available on application, 

3- A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert 

ae Fellow i in Botany, 1895-1896. 
fin a , 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). 
Published by W lard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y. 

e Siete invites propositions relative to exchanges of her- 
barium material for any of the above named publications. Address 
mg t L. M. Underwood, Columbia University, N. Y. City 

he Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Santa, and 
the Brit sh Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the 
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward 
to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- 
sor of ates 1891~1896 ; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- 
son Bro 

Pace volumes, royal octavo. Vol. P Vol. 2, 642 
Pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in agree text, titling. every 
Species described, 

Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, 
ata for i three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- 
a4 de 
L se Native Ferns and their Allies. Sovey wugey 1900. By 

ncien Made Underwood, Professor of Botany, 

Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published Sy Henry Holt & 
Co., New Y ork, Price $1.00 Und 

wou: Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- 
Wood, Professor of Botany, 1896—. 
c Duodecimo, 236 ioe, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & 
0. oe Si: °. 
C 7. A Te xt-book of General Botany (1897). Benge tmmaaaia 
urtis, Assistant in Botan , 1892-189 tor in Botan ~ 
Ctavo, 360 pages; ss 87 Tinta Published by Longmans, 
Green & Co, -» New York. Price $3.00. 


ESTABLISHED 1851 


EIMER & AMEND 


Corner 18th Street NEW YORK 


MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 


Chemicals and 


Chemical Apparatus 


Sole Agents for q 


Our Specialties 


MICROSCOPES ; 
and 
ACCESSORI ES 


—— 


MICROTOMES 


BALANCES 
and 
WEIGHTS a3 —— 

gone for many 9 


wned Europ 
sc in our line. 


COMPLETE LINE OF 
Bacteriological Apparatus 


WE HANDLE 
EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY 


Inspection of premises cordially invited. 


* series of technical papers on botanical subjects, published at — intervals, 
+ $3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchange. 
a 1. 1, No. 1; not furnished econo . 
Bailey, Liberty rohan a of the types of various species of the genus Carex. 
Pages 1-85. 25 My ‘ 
: me 2; not furnished separately: 
Marine algae of the New seer ‘coast and adjacent : 
s 87-111. 24 Au 188 
ol. 1, No. 3; price, 75 cents: rad Reis 
Hepaticae Holiviaine ae, in Andibus. Boliviae orientalis, annis 
5-6, ae acy H. Rusby lectae. Pages. ieee 20 Ja 1890. : ae 
me Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 ¢ sie 
Sturtevant, Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. soe 14I- a8. 30 My so. 
2, No. 1; not furnished separately : = 
Halsted, B nas Reserve food-materials in buds and soning arts 
Pages oe tats 2. 10 § 1890. 
yee 2, No. 2; price, 75 cents: ee 
ail, Anna Murra llick, Charles Arthur. Contributions to the botar 
ae Paar Ps plates 2 35 R 1890. 
1. 2, No. 3; not furnished ee a 
im, Herman Theodor Conisibatiaaat to the knowledge 0 
some North American plants. Pages 57- —108, "Nats ihe s a oe : 
Vol. 2, No. 4; price , 75 cen oa 
lock, William Efner. ‘The genus Piva in wok sAveetiea. ae 
30 D 1861. — 
Vol. 3, Nol; not fornisbed separa ately : 
} John Kunkel & Heller, Amos Arthur. Flora of wes 
and contiguous territory. Pages 1-39. 20 F 1892: - : : 
1 3, No. 2; price, $2.00 : 
Thomas vip tie of North America Ci tustrations 
Species]. Pages os plates 20- 15 Mr 1893. 
hee 3, No. a not farnished separate tely: ae 
, Henry H An enume of the plants collected in ‘Bolick > 
[ Part 1. Ae " Pages 1 MES 028 Apt 1893. : 
Vol. 4, No. 1; not furnished separately # 
cien Marcus. Tndés Hepaticarum. ‘Part I, Biblic 


tae Carolina 


Vol. 4, No. 2; not fished separate ly: 

K & Vail, Anna Murray. Report on the aia ely 
thwestern Virginia during the season e Se ace 

iN 1895-17 Ap 1894. ; ce 


flee ue > a price, so cents 
of the ae collected in Bolivia ef 
95: 


An 
5 205- 274. , 103 > M7 A 


- Vol. 5; price, $3.00: 
skis Vix ee tay a cc re Siglo aceon growing without cultivation in north 
ge merica. 1-377. 4 D 1893-31 D 1804. 
re ido 6, No. 1; price, $1.25 
Rusby, Henry Hurd. Ate Soe sbee of aoe plants ice in Bolivia by Mi 
7 


Bang. Part 3. Pages I-130 
. 6, No. 2; not furnished separately : 


| Abel Joel. ee revision of the North American /sotheciaceae and aa 
tee 131-210. 30 J] 1897. 


ie 6, No. 3; price, 50 cen 
Hazen, Tracy Elliot. life history of Scan Faso ee Hacmatoce 

plurvialis). Pages 21 ie: plates 86, 37 (colored ). ee 1899. 

: Vol. 6, No. 4; price, 50 cen : 
Underwood, Lucien Marcus. A review of the genera ee ferns proposed p 
1832. Pages 247-283. 1 D 1899. 

l. 6, No. 5; price, 25 cents: 
as D ii distribution in the upper Mississippi 

Dr 


Fink, Bruce. 
ne 285-307. 
‘ Vol. 7 €, $3.00: 


Marshall A any ae be eis fe Nee aos of California. 
"r208, plates 88-122. § Aut pa 


Vou 8, ae “ not furnished separately : 

lloyd, Francis Em The comparative embryology of the Rubiaceae. «Pi 

: eee erry Sess 4. 26. Au 1899. Part II. Pages 27-112, petes - 
po stkae , Vol. 8, No. 2; price, 

fans, Alexander William. The — of me United States and 
~ 113-183, plates 16-22. 15 F 1 

‘ol. 8, nga 3; ieee 75 cents: 

or, Al 


, Bliza’ Gertrude & a. The life histiey 
Vittaria lineata, Pages 185-211, pete 23-31. 30 Au 1902. s 
. Vol. 9; price, $3.00: y 

Stanley. A monograph of the Zrysiphaceac, Pages 1-292, 
_____ Vol. 10; price, $3.00: 
— of Pre-Clusian eri in its relation t 


‘ a ©. 1; price, $1.7 
The North American 5S ri. ee I-134, plates 

: Vol. 11, No. 2; price, $1.75: 

Dae lothricaceae ges Chaetophoraceae of the United 

20-42. 20 O 1902. 

Vol. 12, No. 1; price, Figo 

3 Rich ages of at rovidence and Andros (Bahama I 
ack Acie 


3 99-194. as —* 
Ay 2, wa. 35 Price, 35 cents 


Fic 9 


Asters, 
“ay, & 419, acne a manny 15 M - 16 
| Adare: TORREY ‘BOTANICAL CLUB, 
: University, New Yo 


NOVEMBER, 1907 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


€bditor 


JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART 


Associate Cditors 


CONTENTS : 
of Puerto R ico—VIII. Bh raoagyes Marchesini, 
ices: Caudalejeunea, and Bryopteris. (Plates 31-33.) 


President, 
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. 


ice ee 


: Corresponding Secretary, — 
. JOHN K. SMALL, Pu.D. — 
Garden, Bronx Park, New York City, Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City- 


CARLTON € C. EOENS Ph.D. 
cee Columbia page etal New York City. 


No 11 
BULLE TEN. 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


NOVEMBER, 1907 


Hepaticae of Puerto Rico 


Vill, SYMBIEZIDIUM, MARCHESINIA, MASTIGOLEJEUNEA, CAUDALE- 
JEUNEA, AND BRYOPTERIS 


ALEXANDER WILLIAM Evans 


(WITH PLATES 31-33) 
SYMBIEZIDIUM 


The authors of the Synopsis Hepaticarum divided the genus 
Lejeuneainto the three sections Phragmicomotdeac (with 38 species), 
Typicae (with 225 species), and Ceratanthae (with 29 species).* In 
hese sections they included all the species which they referred to 
the genus, with the exception of a few which were incompletely 
Nown. Apparently the first attempt to segregate this vast group 
S made by Trevisan in 1877.+ His method was very simple 
nd consisted in the elevation of the three sections to generic rank. 
the first he gave the name Symbiezidiuin, for the second he 
etained the name Lejeunea, for the third (as already noted by the 
riter in another connection) he revived the old generic name 
Colura of Dumortier. For some reason the genus Symbiesidiuim 
is been virtually ignored by subsequent writers, perhaps because 
revisan’s compilation was so soon followed by the thorough and 


ate and includes species which would now be distributed among 
ten recognized genera. Neither of these reasons is sufficient to 
* 


L. ¢. 308-410. 1845; 748-770. 1847. 
_ T Schema di una nuova classificazione delle epatiche. Mem. Ist. Lomb. III. 4: 
451. 1877, 

ae BULLETIN for October, 1907 (34: 491-532, pi. 25-370) was issued 17 D- 
907. 


533 


534 Evans: HeEpaTICAE OF PUERTO RICO 


invalidate its claims for recognition and, with emended characters, 
it should reappear in the literature of hepaticology. The first 
species which Trevisan quotes under Symdiezidium is S. trans- 
versale, based on the /ungermannia transversalis of Swartz. This 
species therefore should be regarded as the type of the genus. //. 
transversalis, however, has a number of close allies and forms with 
them the recognized genus Platylejeunea,* one of the most natural 
genera of the Lejeuneae. In consequence of these facts the writer 
suggests that the name Platylejeunea be replaced by the older 
generic name of Trevisan. 

As thus restricted the genus Symdiezidium comprises twelve 
species, nine of which grow in the American tropics and the other 
three on various islands of the Pacific. No species are known at 
present from either Asia or Africa. The genus includes some of 
the most robust of the Lejewneae, the stems in certain species being 
sometimes 10-15 cm. in length. The plants tend to be glossy 
and are nearly always more or less pigmented with brown or olive. 
The stems are at first prostrate and sometimes the prostrate habit 
is retained throughout life by both stems and branches. In other 
cases the plants become pendulous, but a marked contrast between 
a creeping caudex and secondary, pendulous stems never becomes 
apparent. The branching is irregular and is often abundant on 
old plants. In nearly every case, however, the ends of the stem 
and of the principal branches remain simple for a considerable dis- 
tance, thus giving the members of the genus a peculiar and char- 
acteristic appearance, 

The leaves are more or less imbricated, and their lobes spread 
widely from the stem (PLATE 31, FIGURES I, I 1), not shrinking ap- 
preciably nor changing their position upon drying. They vary in 
outline from ovate-oblong to broadly ligulate and tend to be convex 
along the antical side and at the apex and concave along the pos- 
tical side. They are rounded to subcordate at the base and arch 
across or a little beyond the axis (ricuRE 2). The apex is broad 
and almost always rounded but in certain species is occasionally 
apiculate or even subacute. Except for these rare apical teeth 
the margins are entire or nearly so. 

The lobule, even in the same species, varies greatly in size and 


* See Schiffner ; Engler & Prantl. Nat. Pflanzenfam. 13: 130, 1895. 


Evans: HEPATICAE OF Puerto Rico 535 


in the degree of complexity which it exhibits. Much of this ap- 
parent variation, however, is simply due to imperfect development. 
Ina normal lobule an inflated basal portion and plane outer portion 
may be clearly distinguished. The basal portion dilates abruptly 
from a short line of insertion and is strongly involute, the free 
Margin thus coming into contact with the lobe. In this way a 
distinct water-sac is formed, which sometimes includes the greater 
part of the lobule. The sac often bulges forward considerably 
beyond the short basal line. The plane outer portion of the lob- 
ule beyond the sac is bounded by the sinus, which separates 
slightly from the lobe, thus opening up into the sac a passage-way 
along the keel. The sinus is usually straight or nearly so, but 
sometimes shows a rounded or blunt angle. If the involute por- 
tion of the free margin is spread out, a slight indentation will be 
found between its outer extremity and the beginning of the sinus. 
This indentation is bounded by two projecting cells between which 
athird cell is situated, sometimes at the bottom of the indentation, 
sometimes extending forward as far as the projecting cells them- 
Selves but in a different plane. The hyaline papilla is borne upon 
this third cell and is usually curved inward and concealed within 
the water-sac (FIGUREs 6, 7). Apparently the cell which bears the 
papilla is homologous with the apex of the lobule as seen in other 
Lejeuneae. At any rate the lobule of a perigonial bract, which 
is normally acute and tipped with a single cell, bears a papilla 
upon this cell. The keel of the lobule varies greatly, being some- 
times straight or slightly arched throughout, sometimes distinctly 
mcurved near the base and arched in the outer portion. 

The leaf-cells have firm and pigmented walls and often bulge 
slightly on the outer surface of the lobe. Their trigones (FIGURE 
5) are usually distinct but vary greatly in size even ona single 
Plant ; they are of the triradiate type, and the ends of the rays are 
Separated from one another and from the frequent intermediate 
thickenings by narrow pits. Ocelli are not developed. The cell- 
Structure on the whole resembles that of Lopholejeunea and of 
S€veral other genera of the Lejenneae. 

The underleaves in Symbiesidium are relatively large and are 
Sometimes scarcely surpassed in size by the leaves themselves. 
They are attached by a strongly arched line of insertion and are 


536 Evans: HEeEpaTICAE OF PuERTO RIcO 


orbicular to reniform in outline (FIGURES I, 3, 11). They are 
broad at the apex and vary at the base from cordate to cuneate 
and long-decurrent, a considerable degree of variation sometimes 
occurring in a single species. The rhizoids, which are occasionally 
very abundant, are borne on a rudimentary basal disc. 

The female branch is exceedingly short, bearing a single rudi- 
mentary leaf with its underleaf in addition to the involucre and 
perianth (FIGURES I, 11). ‘All of these parts are so small that they 
are more or less completely hidden by the large foliage leaves. 
The flower innovates on one side, the innovation being short and 
simple. In autoicous species the innovation is sometimes occupied 
by a male spike. The perichaetial bracts are shortly and sub- 
equally bifid, the lobule in some cases being a little larger than the 
lobe, a remarkable and unique condition among the. Lesewneae 
(FIGURES 8, 9, 12, 13). Both lobe and lobule are entire and vary 
at the apex from rounded to apiculate. The bracteole is free and 
is sometimes truncate at the apex, sometimes retuse and some- 
times distinctly bifid (FIGURES 10, 14). 

The perianth bears a marked resemblance to that found in 
Odontolejeunea, It is obovate in outline and strongly compressed, 
the broad and low postical keel being rounded or biuntly two- 
angled in the upper part. The sharp lateral keels bear laciniate 
wings, and in certain species there are scattered laciniae on the 
postical surface. The apex of the perianth is distinctly beaked. 

The male spikes vary in position and in length ; they are some- 
times found on leading branches, when they tend to proliferate 
(FIGURE 3), sometimes on short branches, the growth of which 
they tend to limit (FicurE 4). The diandrous bracts are charac 
terized by a rounded lobeand a more or less pointed lobule. The 
bracteoles are usually restricted to the base of the spike and be- 
come very rudimentary when they extend toward the apex. Rudi- 
mentary bracteoles are somewhat unusual among the Lesewseat 
Ffolostipae but are also found in Stictolejeunea and in a few other 
genera. 

The relationship between the present genus and Lopholejeune™ 
is commented upon by Spruce. Both genera are characterized by 
fimbriate perianths, but in Lopholejeunea the plants are smaller and 
more deeply pigmented, the female inflorescence is borne 0 # 


Evans: HEpaTIcAE OF PuERtTo RIco 537 


longer branch and is normally destitute of an innovation, the bracts 
are as large as the vegetative leaves or larger, and the male spikes 
bear bracteoles throughout their entire length. Odontolejeunea 
differs from Symdiezidium in its dentate leaves and underleaves, in 
its denticulate lobules, and in its longer female branch with large 
bracts. 

Four species of Symbiesidinm have been reported from Puerto 
Rico, two by Hampe and Gottsche from the collections of Schwan- 
ecke, and two others by Stephani from the collections of Sintenis. 
Of these four species only two occur in the material studied by 
the writer. These two species are described and figured in the 
present paper, and attention is called to the other two species. 


SYMBIEZIDIUM TRANSVERSALE (Swartz) Trevis. 
Jungermannia transversalis Swartz, Prodr. Fl. Ind. Occ. 144. 

1788. 

Phragmicoma transversalis Nees, Naturg. Europ. Leberm. 3: 248. 
1838. 
Lyeunea transversalis Nees; G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 310. 1845 

(excluding § and r)- 
Symbiezidium transversale Trevis. Mem, Ist. Lomb. II. 4: 403. 

1877, 

Lejeunea (Platy-Lejeunea) transversalis Spruce, Hep. Amaz. et 

And. 124. 1884. 

P latylejeunea transversalis Schiffn. ; Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflan- 

zenfam. 1°: 13h. 1895. 

Brownish- or yellowish-green, rarely bright-green, slightly 
glossy, at first scattered but afterwards forming depressed mats of 
considerable extent : stems prostrate, loosely adherent to the sub- 
stratum, 0.25 mm. in diameter, at first simple or sparingly branched, 
becoming copiously and irregularly pinnate with age, the branches 
Prostrate, similar to the stem but with somewhat smaller leaves, 
hot microphyllous : leaves imbricated, the lobe widely spreading, 
alcate, ovate, on robust stems from 1.5-2 mm. long, 1.2 mm. wide, 
rounded to slightly cordate at the base and arching across or a 
little beyond the axis, antical margin slightly outwardly curved to 
the broad and rounded apex, postical margin incurved near keel 
and forming with it a rounded or obtuse angle; lobule ovate or 
®vate-lanceolate in general outline, 0.45 mm. long, 0.2 mm. wide, 
strongly inflated in the basal half; cells of lobe averaging 25 at 


538 Evans: HEPpPATICAE OF PuERTO RICO 


the margin, 30 4 in the middle and 40x 30 at the base, trigones 
with acute to truncate rays, intermediate thickenings circular: un- 
derleaves imbricated, plane or convex along the lateral margins 
(from below), plane or revolute at the apex, reniform, 1.2 mm. long, 
2 mm. wide, straight to rounded or subcordate at the base and 
sometimes a little decurrent, apex broad, rounded to slightly retuse, 
margin entire or vaguely and irregularly sinuate: inflorescence 
dioicous: ? branch arising from the stem or a leading branch; 
bracts erect-spreading to widely spreading, complicate, sometimes 
with a short and narrow wing along the keel, lobe oblong, 0.85 mm. 
long, 0.35 mm. wide, rounded at the apex, lobule similar to the 
lobe, rounded to apiculate at the apex ; bracteole oblong-obovate, 
0.85 mm. long, 0.4 mm. wide, truncate to slightly bidentate at the 
apex with a lunulate sinus and blunt to apiculate teeth; perianth 
about half-exserted beyond the bracts but almost hidden by the 
foliage leaves, 1.25 mm. long, I mm. wide, truncate to subretuse 
at the apex with a short beak, lateral keels winged to about the 
middle, the wings deeply and irregularly laciniate to within from 
one to three cells of the keel, laciniae long and slender, mostly five 
to ten cells in length and one or two cells wide at the base, surface 
of perianth smooth or nearly so: 3 inflorescence occupying a 
short branch or borne on a longer branch, in the latter case often 
proliferous ; bracts mostly in five to ten pairs, imbricated, sub- 
equally bifid, the lobule obtuse, acute or apiculate, keel narrowly 
alate in the upper part, the wing one cell wide and crenulate ; 
bracteoles at base of spike similar to the underleaves, wanting 
altogether or very rudimentary in the upper part : mature sporo- 
phyte not seen (PLATE 31, FIGURES I-10). 

On trees. Sierra de Naguabo, Sintenis (2). North slope of 
the Luquillo Mountains, Hel/er (784, 1144, 1159, 1161, 4761). 
El Yunque, Evans (25, 67, 126). The species is apparently con- 
fined to the West Indies. In addition to Puerto Rico, it is now 
known from the following islands: Jamaica, the type locality, 
csi os Evans ; Cuba, Underwood & Earle ; St. Kitts, Breutel; 
Dominica, Eggers, Lloyd. The specimens collected by Sintenis, 
which the writer has had the privilege of studying, evidently 
belong to the same species as the other specimens listed above. 
As Stephani states, the Sintenis material agrees closely with 
Swartzian specimens in the Lindenberg herbarium at Vienna, 5° 
that there can be no doubt about the correctness of the deter- 
mination. 


S. transversale is one of the most variable of the Lejeuneae, 4 


Evans: HEpATICAE OF PUERTO RICO 539 


fact which Stephani has already emphasized.* It varies not only 
in color and in size but also in some of the structural characters 
derived from the leaves, underleaves and floral organs, characters 
which are usually regarded as more or less constant. To a 
certain extent this variability is indicated in the preceding des- 
cription, but the lobules and underleaves deserve a few words in 
addition. The lobules vary considerably in size, being sometimes 
no longer than the diameter of the axis; they vary more strik- 
ingly, however, in the relative size of the water-sac as compared 
with the plane portion. In extreme cases almost the whole of 
the lobule enters into the formation of the sac, and under 
these circumstances the keel sometimes makes a very acute angle 
with the stem, thus giving the lobule a strong superficial resem- 
blance to the water-sacs in Frudlania. The underleaves vary 
somewhat in outline but are nearly always broader than long. 
They show more marked variation at the base. The margin in 
this region is sometimes straight, meeting the axis at approxim- 
ately a right-angle, but it may be rounded, subcordate or distinctly 
Short-decurrent. It is not unusual to find these various conditions 
on the underleaves of a single stem, and even the two sides of the 
Same underleaf are sometimes very different from each other. The 
perianth yields some of the most constant characters of the species, 
although its outline varies somewhat with age, becoming longer 
as the sporophyte develops. In rare cases the postical surface 
bears a few scattered cilia near the apex, but it is usually smooth. 


SYMBIEZIDIUM GRANULATUM (Nees) Trevis. 
Jungermannia granulata Nees; Martius, FI. Bras. e262. 1533. 
Phragmicoma granulata Nees, Naturg. Europ. Leberm. 3: 248. 
1838. 

Lejeunea granulata Nees; G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 311. 1845. 

Symbiezium granulatum Tens Mem. Ist. Lomb. III. 4: 403. 
1877. 

Lejeunea (Platy-Lejeunea) taeniopsis Spruce, Hep. Amaz. et And. 
126, 1884, 

Lejeunia (Platylejeunea) granulata Steph. Hedwigia 27: 285. 
1888. 


Pp Platylejeunea granulata Evans, Trans. Conn. Acad. BO Als SO0E 


* Hedwigia 27: 286. 1888. 


540 Evans: HEPATICAE OF PUERTO Rico 


Puerto Rico, without definite locality, Schwanecke. The original 
determination of these specimens by Hampe and Gottsche has been 
confirmed by Stephani and also by Schiffner. The species has also 
been recorded from Brazil, the type locality, Se//ow, Spruce ; from 
Surinam, Reichenbach, Kegel; and from St. Vincent, Eliott. Ste- 
phani also mentions specimens from Ecuador without giving the 
collector's name. 

S. granulatum is known to the writer mainly from South Ameri- 
can specimens, and these are too incomplete to give an adequate 
idea of the species. Its relationship to S. transversale is very close, 

but Stephani considers the two species distinct. In pointing out 
_ the differences between them he notes that the lobule in S. granu- 
‘atum is smaller and also that the underleaves are smaller, more 
rotund in outline, cuneate and long-decurrent at the base and re- 
flexed on the margin. The underleaves in S. fransversale are said 
to be reniform, rounded at the base and plane. From the notes 
on S. ¢ransversale already given in the present paper it will be seen 
that some of these differential characters are not altogether reliable, 
on account of the great variability of the species. It should be 
stated, however, that the underleaves of SS. granulatum seem to be 
constantly cuneate at the base, and that their decurrence is not 
only more constant but more pronounced than in S. ¢ransversale. 
Whether the differential characters which Stephani derives from 
the perianth are trustworthy is also open to some doubt. In S. 
Sranulatum the wings of the perianth are said to be coarsely den- 
tate, while those of S. transversale are described as long- fimbriate. 
According to Spruce, however, the wings in Z. taeniopsis, which 
Stephani Teduces without question to S. granulatum, are incised- 
ciliate, some of the cilia being very long. Apparently some of 
these questions cannot be settled until more complete material is 
available for study, 


Symbiezidium barbiflorum (Lindenb. & Gottsche) 
Lejeunea transversalis 8 HookerianaG. L. &N. Syn. Hep. 311. 1845: 
Jungermannia incrassata Tayl. Z ¢. (as synonym). 

Lejeunea barbifiora Lindenb. & Gottsche, Linnaea 24: 630. 1851: 

Lejeunea (Platylejeunea) barbiflora Steph. Hedwigia 2'7: 282. 1888. 

Lejeunea (Platylejeunea) mcrassata Tayl.; Bescherelle & Spruce; 
Bull. Soc. Bot. France 36: clxxix. 1880. 


er Mi ee cn tee lie 


Evans: HeEpatricaAE oF Purerto Rico 541 


Brownish-green, growing in depressed mats, similar in general 
habit to S. transversale : stems 0.15 mm. in diameter: leaves im- 
bricated, the lobe plane or slightly convex along the antical side 
and sometimes revolute at the apex, scarcely falcate, ovate-oblong, 
mostly 1-1.2 mm. long and 0.7—0.85 mm. wide, rounded or sub- 
cordate at the base and arching across or just beyond the axis, 
antical margin slightly outwardly curved to the broad and rounded 
apex, postical margin nearly straight; lobule very variable and 
often poorly developed, in normal cases attaining a maximum size 
of 0.35 x 0.25 mm. but often only half as large, similar in struc- 
tureto that of S. ¢ransversale ; cells of lobe averaging 17 at the 
Margin, 28 in the middle, and 35at the base, local thickenings 
of the walls often inconspicuous : underleaves imbricated, plane or 
alittle concave (from below) and sometimes slightly reflexed at the 
apex, orbicular, 0.75 mm. long, abruptly cuneate and long-decur- 
rent at the base: inflorescence autoicous: subfloral innovation 
sterile or occupied by a male spike; perichaetial bracts similar to 
those of S. ¢zransversale but smaller, both lobe and lobule meas- 
uring 0.5—0.7 mm, in length and 0.25-0.35 mm. in width, usually 
rounded at the apex; bracteole ovate-rectangular, 0.5 mm. long, 
0.35 mm. wide, bifid one fourth to one third with a variable sinus 
and rounded to acute or apiculate divisions ; perianth about two 
thirds exerted beyond the bracts and usually extending beyond 
the leaves, I mm, long, 0.85 mm. wide, truncate at the apex and 
with a short beak, lateral keels winged in the upper part, the wings 
deeply and irregularly incised to within one or two cells of the 
keel, the alar teeth mostly from three to six cells long and one or 
two cells wide at the base, sometimes subdivided, postical surface 
with a low keel, rounded or sometimes two-angled in the upper 
part, surface-laciniae numerous, similar to the alar teeth, irregularly 
Scattered or sometimes more crowded along the angles of the pos- 
tical keel : 3 inflorescence occupying a short branch or a subfloral 
iMovation, rarely terminal on a longer branch, not proliferating : 
bracts mostly in from three to six pairs, imbricated, similar to those 
of S. transversale ; bracteoles mostly restricted to the base of the 
Spike: mature sporophyte not seen (PLATE 31, FIGURES 11-14). 

On rotten logs. Puerto Rico, without definite locality, Schwan- 
ecke. North slope of the Luquillo Mountains, Heller (779). The 
Species has also been collected in Surinam, the type locality, Aege?, 
Parker, and on the islands of Cuba, Underwood & Earle, and Guade- 
loupe, Marie. Through the kindness of correspondents the writer 
has been able to compare Heller's specimens with a portion of 
Kegel’s type material, with Schwanecke’s Puerto Rico specimens, 


542 Evans: HEpaTICAE OF PuERTO RICO 


and also with Marie’s type specimens of Leyeunca incrassata. All 
of these various plants agree closely with one another and evidently 
belong to the same species. 

S. barbiflorum is a smaller plant than S. ¢ransversale, the lobes 
of its leaves are less falcate and plane or nearly so along the 
postical side, and its underleaves are constantly long-decurrent. 
It is further distinguished by its autoicous inflorescence and by the 
scattered laciniae on the postical surface of the perianth. In rare 
cases these laciniae are few in number or even absent altogether, 
and a smooth or nearly smooth perianth is the result. These 
smooth perianths, however, present every appearance of being 
poorly developed, and since they are usually found on plants which 
bear normal perianths as well, they will rarely be a source of con- 
fusion. In all the involucres examined the bracteole has been 
distinctly bifid, and it is possible that this character may also be 
relied upon in distinguishing the species from its allies. 


SYMBIEZIDIUM VINCENTINUM (Gottsche) Trevis. 
Lejeunea vincentina Gottsche; G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 313. 1845. 
Symbiesidium vincentinum Trevis. Mem. Ist. Lomb. III. 4: 493: 
vee 
Lejeunea (Platy-Lejeunea) vincentina Spruce, Hep. Amaz. et And. 

£27, 188 
Platylejeunea vincentina Schiftn. ; Erfgler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzen- 

fam. 1°: 131. 1895. 

Puerto Rico, without definite locality, Sintenis (6g). The tyPe 
locality of the species is the island of St. Vincent, but the original 
collector is not mentioned by Gottsche. The following stations 
have also been recorded : Guadeloupe, Husnot ; Dominica, Eliott ; 
Colombia, Moritz ; Brazil, Schenck ; Ecuador, Spruce. The species 
has also been collected in Jamaica by Maxon, but no specimens 
from Puerto Rico have been seen by the writer. 

S. vincentinum agrees with S. darbiflorum in its autoicous in- 
florescence, Its - leaves, however, although usually rounded at 
the apex, are occasionally apiculate or shortly acute, a peculiarity 
which is emphasized by both Gottsche and Spruce. The under 
leaves are somewhat broader than in S. barbiflorum, tending to be 
reniform in outline, but they agree in being decurrent. The 


Evans: HEPpPATICAE OF PuERTO RIco 543 


perianth, finally, is provided with incised wings along the lateral 
keels but is usually quite free from surface-laciniae. Ina single 
instance a very few cilia were found at the apex of the indistinct 
postical keel. In comparing S. vincentinum with S. transversale 
it is seen to be a somewhat smaller plant and to differ in its autoi- 
cous inflorescence, in its occasionally apiculate leaves, and in its 
constantly decurrent underleaves. In other respects the two 
Species are much alike. The material of S. vincentinum at the 
writer’s disposal, although including a portion of the type speci- 
men from the Hooker herbarium, is too incomplete to give a good 
idea of its various forms, and more study will be necessary before 
its differential characters are fully understood. 


MARCHESINIA 

The genus Marchesinia of S. F. Gray (1821) * was monotypic, 
being based on the single species /ungermannia Mackaw Hook. 
The genus Phragmicoma of Dumortier,} published the following 
year, was also monotypic and was based on the same species. 
Phragmicoma should therefore be considered a simple synonym of 
Marchesinia. Dumortier’s genus, however, was accepted by Nees 
von Esenbeck,t who referred to it sixteen tropical species in addi- 
tion to the single species upon which it was based. In the Synopsis 
Hepaticarum § the genus is still further enlarged by the addition 
of other tropical species until it numbers thirty-four in all. With 
the €xception of three species these are all included in the two 
Sections 7; pus (with six species) and Ptychanthades (with twenty- 
five), Phragmicoma continued to be used by writers until Gray’s 
snus was revived by Carruthers || in the original sense. When 
Trevisan ‘| made use of the genus Varchesinia he gave it practi- 
cally the characters of Phragmicoma, section Typus, of the Syn- 
3 opsis, referring to it seven species in all. The section Ptychan- 
: thoides became his new genus Ptychocoleus. Spruce recognized 
a her Marchesinia nor Phragmicoma as a genus, but his subgenus 


* Nat. Arr. Brit. Pl. I: 689. 1821 (as Marchesinus and Marchesinius). 
tComm. Bot. 112, 1822. 
t Naturg. Europ. Leberm. 3: 245. 1838. 
* 5292, 740. 1845 and 1847. 
|| Jour. Bot, 3: 301. 1865. 
T Mem. Ist. Lomb. ITI. 4: 405. 1877. 


544 Evans: HEpATICAE OF PUERTO RICO 


Homalo-Lejeunea * is proposed as their practical equivalent. When 
Schiffner + raised Homalo-Lejeunea to generic rank he appreciated 
this fact and designated the genus by the name Marchesinia. Itis 
worthy of note that Spruce’s subgeneric name has never been 
applied to a formally published genus, although species of Homa- 
loleyewnea may be found described in the literature. 

The species of Marchesinia, like those of the preceding genus, 
are among the most robust of the Leyewneae. At the present time 
about fourteen species are recognized ; of these the type species, 
M. Mackaii (Hook.) S. F. Gray, has a local distribution in 
Europe, two are known from Africa, a few others from the 
Galapagos and Hawaiian Islands, and the remainder from tropical 
America. They grow occasionally on rocks but more frequently 
on the bark of trees or on rotten logs, and certain species are 
found on both inorganic and organic substrata. The plants some- 
times grow mixed with other bryophytes but usually form pure 
mats of considerable extent. They are more or less pigmented 
with brown or purple and in some of the species are distinctly 
glossy. 

The stems are at first prostrate and often look very muchas if 
they might belong to the genus Symbiezidium. In most species, 
however, secondary stems are soon developed, which separate 
more or less completely from the substratum, These stems give 
the plants a more characteristic appearance, and in old tufts it 
becomes difficult to find traces of the original prostrate stems. 
The secondary stems are irregularly pinnate and sometimes grow 
for a considerable distance without branching. In most of the 
species the female stems exhibit a striking false dichotomy, owing 
to the development of subfloral innovations in pairs. 

The leaves are more or less imbricated and, so far as their lobes 
are concerned, bear much resemblance to those of the preceding 
genus. In certain species, however, the apical region is constantly = 
or occasionally dentate (PLATE 32, FIGURES I, 2, I 7). The lobule 
exhibit considerable variety in form and in size but possess certain 
structural features in common. In normal cases, for example, the 
free margin bears a distinct apical tooth'; this may be blunt, consist- 


* Hep. Amaz. et And. 132. : 
ft Engler & Prantl, Nat, Pdanzenfam. 13: 128. 1895. 


Evans: HEpATICAE OF PUERTO RICO 45 


ing of a single projecting cell, or it may be longer and prolonged 
into a straight or curved row of from two to four cells. Frequently 
the tooth is bent inward toward the lobe. The hyaline papilla is 
situated in the vicinity of this tooth but is displaced several cells 
from the margin on the inner surface of the lobule (FIGURE 6). In 
addition to the apical tooth the free margin sometimes bears from 
one to three accessory teeth between the apex and the base (FIG- 
URES 3, 16), but these vary considerably in size and degree of dis- 
tinctness even when normally present and in some species are ap- 
parently absent altogether. The leaf-cells are essentially like those 
of Symbiezidium (FIGURE 4), but the local thickenings of the walls 
are sometimes very indistinct. The underleaves are also very 
much alike in the two genera. 

The female inflorescence in Marchesinia is borne on a leading 


branch and normally innovates on both sides (FIGURE 1), the inno- 


vations varying greatly in length and often being limited in growth 
by the development of new inflorescences. Ina few of the species, 
however, of which 1. Mackaii is a striking example, double inno- 
vations are the exception rather than the rule, most of the flowers 
innovating on only one side. The lobes of the bracts are similar 
to those of the foliage leaves but tend to be narrower and more 
strongly dentate (FicuRES 7, 8, 11, 12, etc.). The lobules are dis- 
tinct but vary greatly in form, size, and marginal characters, a 
considerable degree of variation being sometimes observable on 
an individual plant (FIGURES 14, I5). The bracteoles are free and 
mostly oblong to obovate in outline ; they are frequently toothed 
(FIGURES 9, 13, 20) and sometimes distinctly bifid (FIGURE 21). 
The perianth is one of the most characteristic features of the 
genus. It is strongly compressed and broadly oblong or obovate 


in outline (FIGURE I). The apex is truncate or slightly retuse with 


tounded outer angles and bears a distinct beak. The postical keel 
is low and scarcely discernible, and there are no teeth either on 
the sharp lateral keels or on the postical surface. In many re- 
‘pects the perianth resembles that found in Stictolejeunea, but there 
are never distinct auricles at the upper angles. 

The male inflorescence is usually terminal on a more or less 
elongated branch and bears bracteoles throughout its entire length. 
The bracts are imbricated and bear the antheridia singly or in 


546 Evans: HeEpaTICAE OF PUERTO RICO 


pairs. In some cases the two lobes are subequal ; in other cases 
the lobe is distinctly larger than the lobule. In the paroicous M. 
robusta (Mitt.) Schiffn., Spruce notes that antheridia are occa- 
sionally developed in the axils of the perichaetial bracts. 

At the present time the only species of Marchesinia known from 
Puerto Rico is the variable and widely distributed J brachiata, 
and even this species has not been previously recorded from the 
island. It may be described as follows: 


MARCHESINIA BRACHIATA (Swartz) Schiffn. 


Jungermannia brachiata Swartz, Prodr. Fl. Ind. Occ. 144. 1788. 
Lejeunea Bongardiana Lehm. & Lindenb. ; Lehmann, Pug. Plant. 

e 40. 1838: 

Phragmicoma Guilleminiana Nees & Mont. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. II. 

16: 128. 1841. 

Lejeunea brachiata Nees; G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 313. 1845. 

Lejeunea complicata Hampe, /. c. 321. 1845. 

Phragmicoma Bongardiana Lindenb. /. c. 740. 1847. 

Symbiezidium brachiatum Trevis. Mem. Ist. Lomb. III. 4: 493- 
1877. 

Marchesinia Guilleminiana Trevis. /. c. 405. 1877. 

Marchesinia Bongardiana Trevis. 1. c. 405. 1877. 

Lejeunea (Homalo-Lejeunea) Guilleminiana Spruce, Hep. Amaz. ¢ 

And. 134. 1884. 

Lejeunea (Homalo-Lejeunea) Bongardiana Spruce, /. ¢c. 135. 1834. 
geeR (Homalo-Lejeunea) brachiata Steph. Hedwigia 29: 14 

1890. 

Marchesinia brachiata Schifin. ; Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 
a5 o 828s 85m: 

Olive- or purplish-green, glossy, scattered or growing in loose 
tufts : secondary stems 0.35 mm. in diameter, ‘at first pendent but 
eventually spreading at the tips, sparingly pinnate or, on female 
plants, falsely dichotomous, the branches similar to the stem, not 
microphyllous but sometimes with smaller leaves: leaves loosely 
imbricated, the lobe widely spreading, scarcely falcate, ovate, 7 
mm. long, 1.2 mm. wide, slightly convex especially along : 
postical margin and sometimes revolute at the apex, rounded oF 
subcordate at the base and arching across or a little beyond oe 
axis, antical margin slightly outwardly curved to apex, postical 


Evans: HEPATICAE OF PuERTO RICO 547 


margin straight or nearly so, forming an angle of 90° or more 
with the keel, apex abruptly acute or apiculate, margin otherwise 
entire or sparingly and irregularly denticulate in the outer part ; 
lobule ovate, trapezoidal in outline, more or less inflated, especially 
in basal and carinal regions, keel arched, free margin dilated and 
sometimes involute near base, straight or a little curved in outer 
part, apical tooth usually consisting of two superimposed teeth, 
accessory teeth normally two, each consisting of a single project- 
ing cell, often indistinct or obsolete, sinus straight or nearly so, 
forming an angle of 135—-180° with postical margin of lobe; cells 
of lobe plane or a little convex, averaging 22 at the margin, 
40 X 30 in the middle and 55 x 45 at the base, trigones dis- 
tinct and usually conspicuous, triradiate, the rays either acute or 
dilated and rounded at the apex, intermediate thickenings numer- 
ous, circular or oval, pits usually distinct and often relatively 
broad: underleaves imbricated, broadly orbicular, 1-1.7 mm. long, 
rounded and narrowly revolute at the apex, gradually or abruptly 
cuneate toward the base, long-decurrent and attached by a strongly 
arched line, the decurrent portion sometimes minutely rounded at 
the very base, margin entire or minutely denticulate in apical 
region: inflorescence dioicous: © inflorescence terminating a 
secondary stem or a leading branch, innovating on both sides, the 
Mnovations obliquely spreading, simple or soon again floriferous ; 
bracts obliquely spreading, the lobe ovate-oblong, 2.2 mm, long, 
1.1 mm, wide, apex abruptly apiculate or acute, margin entire or 
sharply and irregularly dentate in the upper half, the teeth some- 
times numbering as many as twelve; lobule (maximum size) I 
mm. long, 0.65 mm. wide (often much smaller), ovate to lanceo- 
late, mostly acute and sometimes entire but usually irregularly 
dentate or lacerate ; bracteole free, obovate, 1.5 mm. long, I.25 
mm. wide, cuneate toward base, apex broad, rounded, retuse or 
shortly bifid, margin sharply and irregularly dentate in the upper 
Part ; perianth more than half exserted, obovate-oblong in outline, 
4mm. long, 2 mm. wide, apex truncate or slightly retuse, basal 
“gion cuneate: <j inflorescence and mature sporophyte not seen 
(PLATE 32) 


On trees, rotten logs, and rocks. North slope of the Luquillo 
Mountains, Heller (1145). El Yunque, vans (59). Mount 
Morales, near Utuado, Howe (1088, 1127, 71 90). The species is 
very abundant in the mountains of Jamaica, the type locality, 
Where it was originally collected by Swarts and more recently by 
Underwood and by the writer. The following localities may also 
be noted :— Mexico, Liebmann ; Cuba, Wright, Underwood, Mrs. 


548 Evans: HEpaATICAE OF PUERTO RIco 


Britton ; St. Vincent and Dominica, Eliott; Trinidad, Fendler ; 
Venezuela, Moritz, Funck & Schlim ; Colombia, Moritz ; Brazil, 
Guillemin (the type specimen of P. Guilleminiana), Cifamisso (the 
type specimen of JZ. Bongardiana), Beyrich, Hantsch, Lindman; 
Ecuador, Spruce; Bolivia, Ruséy ; Galapagos Islands, Baur. 

The synonymy as given above is based largely on the work of 
Stephani. When he studied the Leseuneae in the Lindenberg her- 
barium * he found that Montagne’s specimen of P. Guilleminiana 
was identical with another Brazilian specimen which had been re- 
ferred to L. brachiata and which he considered authentic. He 
therefore reduced Montagne’s species to synonymy. Stephani’s 
decision was soon confirmed by Schiffner,+ who was able to study 
a portion of Swartz’s original Jamaican material in the herbarium 
at Berlin. Both authors agreed further that Z. Bongardiana was 
simply a very lax form of IZ. brachiata from wet situations. Spruce, 
to be sure, considered Z. Guilleminiana as distinct from LZ. Bon- 
Sardiana, but it is by no means certain that the Peruvian speci- 
mens which he referred to Montagne’s species were correctly de- 
termined. - These specimens were distributed in Hepaticae Spruce- 
anae, and, since they do not agree in all respects with West Indian 
material of MZ. brachiata, perhaps represent a distinct species. 
Judging from the specimens of P Bongardiana distributed by 
Wright in his Hepaticae Cubenses, this species might almost be 
considered valid. Schiffner states, however, that even these speci- 
mens, which represent an extreme form, are connected with typical 
M. brachiata by a series of intermediate conditions. 

Accepting M. brachiata in the broad sense of Stephani and 
Schiffer, it is certainly a most variable species. Its numerous 
forms show marked differences in size, in color, and in certain 
structural characters derived from leaves, underleaves, and floral 
organs. The lobes of the leaves, for example, may be entire oF 
dentate. The lobules may be strongly dilated and involute at the 
base so that they project forward beyond the line of attachment, 
hey may be but slightly dilated with the free margin extending 
obliquely from the axis, or they may remain in a poorly developed 
condition. The leaf-cells normally show conspicuous trigones, 

ae ei 


* Hedwigia 29: 6. 1890. : 
t Bot. Jahrb, 23: 581. 1897. 


Lee a eee, Ge eee = 


Evans: HEpATICAE OF PuERTO RICO 549 


but in certain delicate forms the local thickenings are scarcely to 
be demonstrated. The underleaves are usually reflexed at the 
apex, but they are occasionally plane, and their margins vary from 
entire to denticulate. The bracts and bracteoles vary greatly with 
respect to their marginal teeth, and the lobules of the bracts vary 
not only in size but but also in form. Among the most constant 
characters of the species are the following: the apiculate or acute 
leaves, the tridenticulate lobules, the decurrent and usually reflexed 
underleaves, the more or less toothed bracts, and the toothed and 
bifid bracteole. Unfortunately even these characters are subject 
to some variation, but will usually serve to distinguish the species 
from its allies. The perianth is also a remarkably constant organ 
but presents no reliable differential characters. 

In the preceding description the inflorescence of I. brachiata 
is described as dioicous, because the specimens studied by the 
Writer have all been either sterile or purely archegonial. Spruce 
also admits that the inflorescence in L. Bongardiana is dioicous but 
implies that it is normally autoicous in his somewhat doubtful Z. 
Guilleminiana. Gottsche * also ascribes a monoicous inflorescence 
to the same species. It would perhaps be more accurate, there- 
fore, to describe the inflorescence as polyoicous. Gottsche gives 
but few details about the antheridial spike. He says that it is 
either terminal on a branch or intercalary, that the bracts are in 
eight to ten pairs, and that the antheridia are borne singly or in 
pairs. . 


MASTIGOLEJEUNEA 

The genus Mastigolejeunca is very widely distributed in trop- 
ical and subtropical regions and contains from thirty to thirty- 
five recognized species. The majority of these grow on trees 
or on logs, but a few are sometimes found on rocks. The genus 
is apparently confined to low altitudes, from the sea level up to 
two thousand feet. The first species mentioned by Spruce and by 
Schiffner is M. auriculata (Wils. & Hook.) Schiffn. This may 
therefore be considered the type of the genus. At the present 
time it is the only species known to occurin Puerto Rico. In fact 
no other species have been recorded from North America, if we 


Se 


* Mex. Leverm. 171. 1863. 


550 Evans: HEpATICAE OF PUERTO RICO 


except the African Mastigo-Lejeunea crispula Steph.,* which its 
author reports from Costa Rica.t The plants belonging to this 
genus usually form depressed mats of considerable extent. They 
are often deeply pigmented and sometimes appear almost black, 
with little or no lustre, when they become dry. The pigmenta- 
tion, however, rarely shows the brownish hues which are charac- 
teristic of such genera as Lopholejeunca and Symbiezidium, and the 
plants are occasionally glaucous. 

The distinction between creeping caudex and secondary stems 
is much better marked in Mastigolejeunea than in the two preced- 
ing genera. The caudex clings closely to the substratum by means 
of numerous rhizoids and in an old tuft is difficult to demonstrate 
except along the edges. The secondary stems, although fre- 
quently prostrate, develop very few rhizoids and can be easily 
separated from the substratum. These stems branch irregularly 
and sometimes copiously and branches of a second or higher order 
often occur. The branches are of three types< normal branches 
similar to the stem, microphyllous branches with shorter and rela- 
tively broader leaves, flagelliform branches with very rudimentary 
leaves. These distinctions, however, are not always well-marked, 
and it frequently happens that a branch is microphyllous at the 
base and normal or flagelliform at the extremity. The flagelliform 
branches usually develop an abundance of rhizoids and doubtless 
play an important part in affixing the plants to the substratum. 

The leaves are densely crowded ; when dry they spread ob- 
liquely and are strongly convex, overlapping each other closely ; 
when moist they become squarrose and spread more widely, the 
imbrication being thereby much less apparent. The lobes are 
falcate from a round or subcordate base and vary in outline from 
ligulate to ovate. The postical margin is more or less revolute, 
thus increasing the appearance of convexity, but the antical mar 
gin is plane or nearly so. The apex varies from rounded to suba- 
cute and is never reflexed. The margin is entire or vaguely and 
irregularly sinuate but is never distinctly dentate. 

The lobule usually consists of two portions, a narrow inflated 
water-sac along the keel, and a plane portion along the free 
*Hedwigia 27: 111. 1883. ~~ SOT : : 
t Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belgique 31: 180, 


1892. 


et Pee a ee a mi 


Evans: HEpATICAE OF Pugerto Rico 561 


margin. The water sac opens out into the revolute portion of the 
lobe, and it is often difficult to distinguish where the sinus ends 
and the postical margin cf the lobe begins. The plane portion 
varies greatly in form and in size but is normally appressed to the 
lobe. Frequently, however, no plane portion is developed, the 
free margin being revolute and the whole lobule entering into the 
formation of the water-sac. The free margin is so variable, even 
in a single species, that it is difficult to assign it definite characters. 
Itis sometimes entire or nearly so, passing by an indistinct rounded 
angle, which represents the apex, into the vaguely defined sinus. 
In other cases the apex is much more distinct, being tipped by a 
single cell or even by a cell-row consisting of several cells. When 
the apical tooth is well developed there is sometimes a second 
tooth at some little distance from it on the proximal side. The 
hyaline papilla is also proximal in position but is sometimes mar- 
ginal and sometimes slightly displaced from the margin and hidden 
Within the water-sac. Many of these variations are clearly shown 
by M. auriculata. 

The leaf-cells are usually longer than broad and are plane or 
nearly so. They are characterized by distinct trigones, but the 
intermediate thickenings are infrequent except toward the base of 
the lobe. Sometimes the trigones are confluent but rarely suffi- 
ciently so to obliterate the pits. The cell-wall is the seat of the 
Pigmentation, and the middle lamella by its still deeper color 
is sometimes but not always distinguishable. No ocelli are 
developed. 

The underleaves vary from distant to closely imbricated. 
They are attached by an almost straight line and broaden out from 
acuneate base. In outline they vary from orbicular to obovate, 
the apex being broad and frequently retuse. On robust Bteqis 
they are convex in the middle (from below) and their margins, 
Which are entire or nearly so, are more or less revolute along the 
Sides or at the apex. 

The primary female inflorescence is borne on a secondary stem 
°r one of its leading branches and innovates on one side oF ore 
farely on both. The innovations are sometimes long and similar 
to the stem, but they are more frequently abbreviated and repeat- 
edly floriferous, The complicate bracts are deeply and unequally 


552 Evans: HeEpaTiCAE OF PUERTO RICO 


bifid ; the lobes are broader than in the leaves and tend to be more 
pointed, the lobules are rounded to retuse at the apex, and the 
keels are destitute of wings. The bracteole is free and larger than 
the underleaves but otherwise similar to them. 

The perianth is more or less concealed by the bracts and is 
oblong in outline varying to pyriform or obovate. It is strongly 
trigonous with sharp lateral keels and a high and narrow postical 
keel. In certain species supplementary keels, both antical and 
postical, are developed, but the trigonous character of the perianth 
still remains apparent. The principal keels are sometimes pro- 
vided with narrow and interrupted wings, which are destitute of 
teeth. The beak of the perianth is short but distinct. 

The male inflorescence is terminal on a leading branch but 
often proliferates at the apex. The bracts are numerous and 
crowded, bearing the antheridia singly, and the bracteoles extend 
along the whole length of the spike. 

The genera Mastigolejeunea and Thysananthus are so closely 
allied that the propriety of trying to keep them separate is perhaps 
questionable. In Mastigolejeunea the lobes of the leaves, the 
underleaves, the bracts, bracteoles and keels of the perianth are 
entire ; in Zhysananthus they are more or less dentate. In other 
respects the two genera are essentially alike. The subgenera 
Dendro-Lejeunea Spruce * and Phragmo-L ejeunea Schiftn., + sepa- 
rated from 7hysananthus on account of their lack of flagelliform 
branches, are now included by Schiffner { under Thysananthus 
and have never been recognized as genera. 

M. auriculata has recently been described by the writer, with 
figures and a full synonymy, in another connection. § In the 
-scbpcions paper, therefore, attention is simply called to its general 
distribution and to its local distribution in Puerto Rico. 


MASTIGOLEJEUNEA AuRICcULATA (Wils. & Hook.) Schiffn. 

On trees, rotten logs and rocks. Near Mayaguez, Heller 
(4462, 4463), Mrs. Britton & Miss Marble (649 p. p-)- Road 
from Arecibo to Utuado, Howe (378). The species is widely dis- 

lo, 7 s is widely OF 

Hep. Amaz. et And. 110, 1884. 

t Lebermoose der Forschungsreise S. M. S. Gazelle 24. 1890. 

¢ Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. r*: £29, 3895. 

4 Mem. Torrey Club’ : 129. pl. 17. f. 10-19. 1902. 


Evans: HEpPATICAE OF PUERTO RICO 553 


tributed in tropical and subtropical America, and the following 

localities may also be noted: Florida, Alabama, and Louisiana 
in the United States ; Mexico, Ziebmann ; Bahama Islands, Coker, 
Mrs. Britton; Cuba, Wright, Underwood & Earle, Mrs. Britton ; 
Hayti, Nash; Jamaica, Mrs. Britton, Evans; Colombia, Morits ; 
Surinam, Kegel; Brazil, Spruce, Lindman ; Paraguay, Lindman ; 
Peru, Spruce. 


CAUDALEJEUNEA 

In the subgenus Lopho-Leseunea as originally proposed Spruce 
included a Brazilian species which he called ZL. harpaphylla, 
remarking at the same time that it differed from the other mem- 
bers of the subgenus in several important respects. A few years 
later Stephani * proposed the subgenus Cauda-Lejeunea for the 
reception of L. harpaphylla and its allies. Meanwhile Spruce had 
also reached the conclusion that his species ought to be separated 
subgenerically from Lopholejeunea and suggested, in a paper by 
Pearson,} that it be made the type of a new subgenus, to which he 
gave the name Cadlistolejeunea. Since Stephani’s name was more 
formally published and clearly had the right of priority, it was 
used by Schiffner as the proper name of the group when he raised 
it to generic rank. 

Schiffner accredits eight species to the genus and enumerates 
seven of them by name. The omitted species is Z. (Cauda-Ley- 
eunea) Lehmanniana, which ought really to be considered the type 
Species because it is the first one mentioned by Stephani. Of the 
listed species three are from tropical America, two from Africa, one 
from various islands of the Pacific, and one from tropical Asia. 
L. Lehmanniana is also from tropical America. Stephani has 
Since added two species to the genus, one from Cuba and Brazil 
and the other from New Guinea, so that it now apparently con- 
tains ten species in all. The species from Asia, however, has 
Never been published except as a “omen nudum, and in the opinion 
of the writer the five so-called American species are simply forms 
hy Single one. If this opinion is accepted, there will be only five 
well-established spécies left in the genus. The American species, 

* Hedwigia a9 : 18. 1890. 

T Christiania Videns.-Selsk. Forhandl, 1892": 7. 


~ 


554 Evans: HEPpATICAE OF PuERTO RICO 


which has been collected once in Puerto Rico, may be described as 
follows : 
Caudalejeunea Lehmanniana (Gottsche) 

Lejeunea Lehmanniana Gottsche; G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 325. 
1845. 

Lejeunea Crescentiae Lindenb. & Gottsche, /.¢. 752. 1847. 

Lejeunea (Lopho-Lejeunea) harpaphylla Spruce, Hep. Amaz. et 
And. 123. 1884. 

Phragmicoma Haenkeana Schiffn. Bot. Centralbl. 27: pl. 7. /. 3: 
1886. 

Lejeunea (Mastigolejeunea) Haenkeana Steph. Hedwigia 28: 257. 
1889. 

gah (Cauda-Lejeunea) Lehmanniana Steph. /. c. 29: 18. 
1890 


Lejeunea (Cauda-Lejeunea) Leiboldii Steph. /.¢. 19. 1890 (nomen 
nudum). 
Lejeunea (Cauda-Lejeunea) harpaphylla Steph. /. c. 19. 1890. 
Lejeunea (Cauda-Lejeunea) Crescentiae Steph. /. c. 19. 1890. 
Caudalceunea harpaphylla Schiffn. ; Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzen- 
fam. 1°: 129. 1895. 
Caudalejeunea Crescentiae Schiffn. /. c. 129. 1895. 
Caudalejeunea Haenkeana Schiffn. 1. c. 129. 1895. 
Caudalejeunea Leiboldii Steph. Hedwigia 34: 233. 1895. 
Bright- or pale-green, not glossy, scattered or growing in loose 
tufts : stems prostrate, 0.15 mm. in diameter, irregularly pinnate, 
the branches obliquely spreading, simple or sparingly subdivided, 
similar to the stem but often ascending and free from the sub- 
stratum: leaves loosely imbricated, the lobe plane or somewhat 
convex, obliquely to widely spreading, more or less falcate, 
oblong-ovate, I-1.3 mm. long, 0.6-0.7 mm. wide, arching across 
or a little beyond the axis, rounded at the base, antical margin 
outwardly curved to the apex, postical margin straight or a little 
curved, forming a continuous line or a very obtuse angle with the 
slightly arched keel, apex varying from rounded to acute, margin 
usually entire, sometimes irregularly angular-dentate near the 
apex ; lobule inflated throughout, ovate-oblong in outline, 0.35 
mm. long, 0.17 mm. wide, free margin usually revolute and 
appressed to the lobe throughout a part. of its length, crenulate 
near base, mostly bidentate in outer part, the apical tooth being 
acute and curved, often three or four cells long and two or three 


EVANS: HEPATICAE OF PuERTO RICO 555 


cells wide at the base, the inner (proximal) tooth shorter, blunter 
and frequently obsolete, sinus long and shallow, forming an acute 
angle with the keel, hyaline papilla marginal, situated near the 
proximal base of the apical tooth, often reflexed and hidden within 
the water-sac ; cells of lobe averaging 14 at the margin, 28x 214 
in the middle, and 35 x 28 y at the base, slightly convex, thin- 
walled but with distinct local thickenings, the trigones circular or 
vaguely triangular in outline, the intermediate thickenings numer- 
ous, circular, sometimes two or even three between two trigones; 
ocelli none : underleaves distant to subimbricated, orbicular, plane 
or nearly so, 0.35 mm. long, cuneate toward the base and dis- 
tinctly short-decurrent on both sides, line of attachment somewhat 
arched, apex broad and more or less retuse, margin entire or 
nearly so: inflorescence autoicous: @ inflorescence sometimes 
borne on the main stem or on a leading branch but usually on a 
More or less abbreviated branch, without innovation; one or 
several pairs of leaves below the involucre intermediate in char- 
acter between the bracts and normal leaves; bracts obliquely 
spreading, the lobe ovate-lanceolate, 1-1.4 mm. long, 0.45—0.6 mm. 
Wide, subacute to acuminate, antical margin distinctly out- 
wardly curved, postical margin less curved or nearly straight, 
Margin entire or irregularly dentate in the upper part; lobule 
Consisting of a narrow, more or less inflated fold at the base 
ol the lobe, measuring about 0.5 x 0.09 mm., margin passing 
very gradually into the postical margin of the lobe without a 
distinct apex, entire ; bracteole free, plane or nearly so, ovate, 
9.75-0.85 mm. long, 0.4-0.5 mm. wide, gradually narrowed toward 
the apex, bifid about one tenth with erect, acute and often con- 
hivent teeth separated by a narrow sinus, margin entire or irregu- 
larly sinuate to dentate in the upper part ; perianth less than half 
€xserted, obovate in outline from a narrow base, measuring 
'X 0.75 mm. when well grown, apex broad, truncate to retuse 


With a distinct beak variable in length, trigonous, with sharp 


lateral keels and a high and narrow postical keel extending from 
the apex to the middle or below, antical surface plane or nearly 
80, lateral keels sometimes narrowly and interruptedly alate, the 
Wing entire or sparingly and irregularly sinuate or dentate: 
o inflorescence terminal, often on a leading branch ; bracts mostly 
n from three to six pairs, imbricated, diandrous, shortly and 
Uequally bifid with obtuse to acute divisions, the lobe ovate- 
oblong or ovate-ligulate, the lobule ovate, keel arched ; bracteoles 
imbricated, extending along the whole length of the spike, orbic- 
F tO. ovate, retuse to bidentate at the apex with rounded to 
as divisions : mature sporophyte not seen (PLATE 33, FIGURES 
~12), 


556 Evans: HepaticAE oF Puerto Rico 


On twigs. Santurce, Heller (838). The species also grows 
on living leaves, and has been recorded from the following addi- 
tional localities: Mexico, Liebmann (the type specimen of L. Cre- 
scentiae), Haenke (the type specimen of P. Haenkeana); Costa 
Rica, Tonduz,; Cuba, Wright, Leibold (the type specimen of C. 
Leiboldii), Underwood, Mrs. Britton ; Brazil, Liebmann (the type 
specimen of ZL. Lehmanniana), Spruce (the type specimen of /. har- 
paphylla), Ule. 

Largely through the kindness of correspondents the writer has 
been enabled to examine type material of ZL. Lehmanniana and 
L. Crescentiae and authentic material of L. harpaphylla and C. Lei- 
boldii. P. Haenkeana is still known to him from Schiffner’s de- 
scription and figures only, but these are sufficient to indicate that 
the species is synonymous with the others, and Schiffner himself 
admits that it may not be distinct from C. Crescentiae.* Stephani 
has already reduced L. harpaphylla to a synonym of the same 
species. t 

If the original descriptions of Z. Lehmanniana, L. Crescentiae 
and C. Leiboldii are consulted it will be seen that the three are 
very much alike, the most important differences between them 
being derived from the involucral leaves and the perianths. In the 
first the bracts (and also the upper leaves) are said to be apiculate, 
sparingly serrate, or serrulate-denticulate at the apex, the bracteole 
is said to be serrate, and the perianth sparingly ciliate on the margin. 
In the second and third the bracts, bracteoles and perianths are 
said to be entire. 

The type material of Z. Lehmanniana is very scanty. The 
portion from the Lindenberg herbarium studied by the writer 
consists of two fragments, one with a perianth and two male 
inflorescences, the other with two perianths. The perichaetial 
bracts are irregularly dentate, the teeth varying with respect to 
both number and size (FiGuRE 1). The bract which is most strongly 
dentate shows seven teeth, the longest three cells long and tw? 
cells wide at the base, the shortest consisting of a single slightly 
projecting cell. Other bracts show only one or two teeth, thus 
exhibiting an approach to an entire condition, The lateral keels 

*Bot. Jahrb. 23: 585 (footnote). 1897. 

tHedwigia 34: 234. 1895. 


Evans: HEpaATICAE OF PUERTO RICO 557 


of the perianth are irregularly dentate, but the postical keel, which 
is rather indistinct, is destitute of teeth. On the whole the den- 
tation of both bracts and perianths is so indefinite that it can hardly 
be considered a valid specific character, more especially since sim- 
ilar teeth are occasionally found in L. Crescentiae. In C. Let- 
boldii the bracts and perianths are usually entire but often show 
indications of marginal teeth. The forms of C. Lehmazxniana, 
which grow on living leaves and which have heretofore been re- 
ferred to L. Crescentiae, show a marked development of the pros- 
trate portions of the plant and thus acquire a somewhat peculiar 
appearance. This, however, is not supported by any structural 
characters which would justify us in attempting to separate these 
leaf-forms specifically, and Stephani did not hesitate to refer to Z. 
Crescentiae, as a synonym, the L. harpaphylla of Spruce, which 
stew on bark. According to Schiffner P. Haenkeana is found on 
both leaves and bark. 

The writer has as yet been unable to compare C. Lehmanniana 
with other members of the genus and therefore makes no attempt 
to discuss the generic characters in detail. Perhaps the genus is 
best characterized by its trigonous perianth and lack of subfloral 
innovations. The latter character and the fact that the lateral 
keels of the perianth are sometimes toothed indicates a relationship 
to the venus Lopholejeunea, but in this genus the plants are deeply 
Pigmented, the lobule is differently constructed, and the postical 
keel of the perianth is sharply two-angled. The trigonous peri- 
anth in Caudalejcunea allies it with Mastigolejeunea and Thysanan- 
thus, but in both of these genera subfloral innovations are a con- 
stant feature. It is an interesting fact that one of the most important 
differential characters separating these genera breaks down in Cau- 
dalejeunea, both entire and toothed leaves being sometimes present 
nN a single individual. 


BRYOPTERIS 
The genus Bryopteris is so distinct that it has had a rather 
"neventful history. Two of its best known species, B. filicina and 
B. diffusa, were originally collected by Swartz in the West Indies 
and were described by him under. /ungermannia in } 788. About 
thirty years later J. filicina was figured and redescribed by 


558 Evans: HepaTicAE OF PUERTO RICO 


Hooker,* who pointed out its possible affinity to the two Euro- 
pean species, /. dilatata and J. Tamarisci. Raddi expressed this 
relationship more positively by referring /. filicina to his recently 
established genus /rudlania, which he had based upon /. dilatata 
and /. Tamarisci. He also included in the same genus a plant 
which he described as new and figured under the name F. dichot- 
oma but which is now considered identical with Swartz’s /. diffusa.{ 
The name Bryopteris first appears in the writings of Nees von 
Esenbeck, who applied it to a subgenus under Frullania.t 1n this 
subgenus he included three species, /. filicina, F. diffusa, and F. 
spathulistipa, the last being the earlier /ungermannia spathulistipa 
R. Bl. & N., of Java. When Lindenberg, in the Synopsis He- 
paticarum, raised Bryopteris to generic rank, he excluded the third 
of these species, transferring it to the genus 7hysananthus, which 
he proposed in the same volume. || Under Bryopteris he included 
not only 4. filcina and B. diffusa but also five other species, 
most of which were described as new. JB. /filicina, being the first 
species described, may be considered the type of the genus. 
Lindenberg apparently recognized the fact that Bryopteris was 
related to the Lejeuneae rather more closely than to Frullama, 
because he placed it at the beginning of the subtribe /wuleae, 
Frullania being placed at the end and Lejeunea, with its immediate 
allies, occupying an intermediate position. Spruce emphasized the 
relationship to the Lejeuneae still more strongly by reducing Bry- 
opterts toa subgenus under Leyeunea, giving it the name Bryo- 
Leeunea to conform with his other subgeneric names.§_ Its generic 
rank, however, was soon restored to it by Schiffner, and it is noW 
again known by its original name Lryopteris.** 

The genus is confined to the tropics, and at the present time 
about nine species are recognized. These seem to flourish equally 
well both on trees and on rocks and frequently grow in exposed 
localities. All of the species are American except B. Gaudichandit 

le 


*Musc. Exot. f/. 7g2. 18109. 
+ Mem. Soc. Ital. Modena Fis. 19: 35. 1823; 20: p/. ra. 1829. 
{ Naturg. Europ. Leberm. 3: 211 (footnote). 1838. 

4 Nova Acta Acad. Caes, Leop.-Carol. 12: 212. 1824. 


‘| Hep. Amaz. et. And. 111. 1884. ° 
** Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam, 1°: 130. 1895. 


Evans: HEpaATICAE OF PUERTO Rico 559 


Gottsche,* which is known from Asia and from the Mascarene 
Islands. The only species which has been reported from Puerto 
Rico is the type of the genus, ZB. Jilicina, but it is probable that 
other species remain to be discovered. Unfortunately for the sys- 
tematist certain members of the genus are exceedingly variable, 
and it often becomes difficult, on this account, to discover valid 
differential characters between closely related species. 

The distinction between a prostrate caudex and secondary stems 
is even better marked in Bryopteris than in Mastigolejeunea. The 
caudex, which is sparingly and irregularly branched, is closely 
appressed to the substratum, clinging to it by means of numerous 
thizoids. The secondary stems spread widely from the substratum 
and develop few or no rhizoids. They are slender, but more or 
less elongated, sometimes attaining a length of 30 cm. or more. 
The stems exhibit a pinnate branching and the branches are usually 
Short and limited in growth. For these reasons and _ also be- 
cause the branches develop in one plane, the secondary shoot-sys- 
tems acquire a characteristic fern-like appearance, which accounts 
for the generic name. In some species the branches normally 
remain simple ; in others they tend to be more or less subdivided. 
The branches usually bear smaller leaves than the main axis, but 
strongly resemble it in other respects. In B. senuicaulis Tayl., how- 
‘ver, and probably in other species, slender flagelliform branches 
are often produced upon which the leaves and underleaves are not 
only minute but exhibit modifications in form and structure. 

An apparent exception to the pinnate form of branching is 
found in ZB. diffusa, which is described in the literature as dichoto- 
mous. Of course a true dichotomy is unknown among the /uzg- 
‘manniaceae, and an examination of this species shows that the 
branching is really monopodial in character, just as in the other 
Members of the genus. A branch, however, is as robust as the 
main axis and deflects it to one side, thus producing the effect of a 
fork. The branches are farther apart than in the other species 
and tend to be unlimited in growth and to become branched them- 
Selves in the same manner as the original axis. In this way the 
entire shoot-system seems to be made up of a series of dichotomies. 
_ From a morphological standpoint the branches in Bryopterss 


*Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. IV. 8: pl. 16. f. 19-28. 1857. 


560 Evans: HeEpaTICAE OF PUERTO RICO 


agree essentially with those found in Stictolejceunea.* In other 
words, each normal vegetative branch represents the postical half 
of one of the lateral segments cut off from the apical cell (PLATE 
33, FIGURE 13), while each sexual branch, either male or female, 
represents a portion only of such a half-segment (FIGURE 16). 
When flagelliform branches are produced these agree with the 
sexual branches in origin, arising behind leaves with lobules. 
The leaves present a very different appearance according to 
whether they are dry or wet. When dry they are suberect and 
strongly convex, tending to be closely imbricated and wrapped 
about the axis. When wet they spread widely from the axis and 
become more nearly plane, although the postical margin usually 
remains more or less revolute (FIGURES 13, 16). The lobes are 
falcate from a cordate base (FIGURE 14) and are approximately 
ovate in outline, being distinctly narrowed in the outer part. The 
apex is acute and the margin more or less serrate, the teeth being 
sometimes restricted to the apical region and sometimes extending 
well toward the base. These teeth vary greatly in size, but are 
usually sharp and coarse, resembling those found in 7 hysananthus. 
The lobule is less definite in structure than in most genera 0 
the Lejewneae and sometimes consists of little more than a dilation 
at the postical base of the lobe. Even when well-developed it is 
attached to the axis by an exceedingly short line, from which it 
expands abruptly. The free margin is involute near the base and 
more nearly plane in the outer part, the sinus passing gradually 
into the postical margin of the lobe. In this way a rudimentary 
water-sac is formed at the base of the lobule with a broad opening 
leading into it. In some cases the sac opens directly into the 
revolute portion of the lobe. The hyaline papilla is unusually 
large but tends to disappear early on account of its fragile nature. 
It is situated on the free margin a short distance beyond the middle 
(FIGURE 20). In certain species there is neither indentation nor 
tooth to mark its position ; in other cases there is a rounded ang'€ 
which is proximal in position to the papilla. This angle evidently 
eh ea the apex of the lobule and marks the beginning of the 
sinus. The papilla may therefore be considered as distal to the 
apex. 


* See Evans, Bull. Torrey Club 34: rs 1907. 


ER ease ee 


Evans: HeEpatTicAE OF PUERTO Rico 561 


In 4. diffusa the lobule exhibits characters which are decidedly 
aberrant. As in the other species the line of attachment is very 
short, the free margin is involute near the base and the sinus 
passes gradually into the postical margin of the lobe. The free 
margin, however, instead of being straight or rounded in the apical 
region, is coarsely and sharply dentate. In normal cases three 
teeth are developed, the median tooth being larger than the others 
and sometimes attaining a length of ten cells and a width of seven 
or eight cells at the base. In rare instances a small additional 
tooth, proximal in position to the others, may also be demonstrated. 
In the few cases where the hyaline papilla was observed it occu- 
pied a position on the inner surface of the most distal tooth, close 
to the sharp sinus between this tooth and the median tooth. The 
remarkable peculiarities just described, taken in connection with 
the false dichotomy of the species, are perhaps sufficient to war- 
rant a generic separation of B. diffusa from Bryopteris. If it is still 
retained in the genus, the large median tooth must be considered 
the apex of the lobule, the tooth bearing the papilla would then 
be situated in what is morphologically the sinus, and the papilla 
itself, slightly displaced from the margin, would be distal to the 
apex, 

The leaf-cells are plane or slightly convex and vary consider- 
ably in size and in form in different parts of the lobe. In the 
basal auricles they are isodiametric, but in other parts of the lobe 
they are nearly always distinctly longer than broad (FIGURE 17). 
The largest and most elongated cells occupy a broad band in 
the postical part of the lobe, extending from the base (FIGURE 
18) to about the middle. These cells are often four times as 
long as broad but are never truly prosenchymatous. In the 
middle of the band they lie with their long axes approximately 
parallel, but they become more or less divergent as the incinlee 
boundaries of the band are approached. In passing from this 
band toward the margins and apex of the lobe, the cells gradually 
decrease in size and in relative length, some of the marginal cells 
being nearly isodiametric (FIGURE 19). The elongated cells thus 
form an indistinct false nerve, similar to those found in certain 
Species of Bazzania and Herberta. The cell-walls are practically 
Colorless and show well-developed local thickenings, which are 


562 Evans: HeEpaTicAE oF PuERTO Rico 


approximately circular in outline. In the most elongated cells 
there are frequently four or five intermediate thickenings between 
two trigones. In most of the species the thickenings show a strong 
tendency to become confluent and thus to obliterate the pits. 
Enough of the latter, however, usually persist to enable a cell to 
communicate with most if not all of the cells which surround it, 
but not infrequently lateral communication between cells is com- 
pletely cut off. On account of the peculiarities of the wall the 
cavities of the cells acquire a wavy contour, not unlike what 1s 
found in the cells of Herberta and several other genera of the 
Jungermanniaceae. 

The underleaves are usually contiguous or imbricated (FIGURE 
16). They vary in outline from oblong or obovate to orbicular or 
quadrate and are attached by an arched line of insertion. The 
broad apex is rounded or truncate, and the base, which varies from 
rounded to cuneate, is usually abruptly decurrent. The apical 


region is toothed as in the leaves, the teeth sometimes extending — 


down the sides as far as the middle. The lateral margins are 
more or less involute (from below), and the median basal region is 
distinctly gibbous, the bulge sometimes partially concealing the 
line of attachment. ; 

The female branches are short and destitute of subfloral inno- 
vations (FIGURE 15), They usually arise in abundance from both 
stem and primary branches. Their leaves are reduced to four or 
five pairs, including the involucre, and there is a gradual transition 
from the minute basal leaves, closely appressed to the branch, and 
the large and widely spreading perichaetial bracts. All of the 
leaves are distinctly modified (FIGURE 21). The innermost bracts 
are deeply and unequally bifid, the lobule being narrower than the 
lobe but often fully aslong. Both are long-acuminate and usually 
bear scattered teeth, especially near the apex. The bracteole 15 
free and also bifid, with long-acuminate divisions separated by 4 
narrow sinus. Both lobules and bracteole tend to be more of les 
revolute along the margin. 

The perianth projects beyond the involucre for about half its 
length and is ovate or oblong in outline, bearing a distinct beak 
at the rounded or slightly retuse apex. It is strongly compresse 
with a high and narrow postical keel. The sharp lateral keels #* 


cee Me ath 


- Saas. a ls act ie te ay 


Evans: Heparicar oF Pugerto Rico 563 


at first deflexed, making the perianth convex antically and concave 
postically, the postical keel running lengthwise through the con- 
cavity (FIGURE 22). As the sporophyte develops the perianth 
becomes more inflated, and the lateral keels tend to straighten 
out. The surface is perfectly smooth and the three keels are 
entirely destitute of both wings and teeth. 

The male branches also arise from both stem and primary 
branches (FIGURE 16). The inflorescence usually occupies the 
entire branch but occasionally proliferates at the apex. The 
bracts, which vary considerably in number, are imbricated and 
shortly bifid with acute lobes. The antheridia are borne in pairs, 
and the bracteoles, which extend along the whole length of the 
Spike, tend to be bidenticulate at the apex. 


BRYOPTERIS FILICINA (Swartz) Nees 
Jungermannia filicina Swartz, Prodr. Fl. Ind. Occ. 145. 1788. 
frullania filicina Raddi, Mem. Soc. Ital. Modena Fis. 19: 35. 

5o23, 

Frullania (Bryopteris) filicina Nees, Naturg. Europ. Leberm. 3: 

211 (footnote). 1838. 

Bryopteris filicina Nees ; G, L..N. Syn: Hep. 284... 1845. 
Lejeunea (Lryo-Lejeunea) filicina Spruce, Hep. Amaz et And. 113. 

1884. 

Dark-green, growing in loose tufts: secondary stems 10-15 
cm. long, 0.4 mm. in diameter, rather closely pinnate, the branches 
subopposite or distinctly alternate, spreading at an angle of about 

Be mostly 1.5-2.5 cm. long, rarely subdivided ; flagelliform 
branches none : leaves imbricated (even when wet), falcate, ovate, 
about 2 mm. long and 1 mm. wide on the stem, a little smaller on 
the branches, arching a little beyond the axis, antical margin more 
or less outwardly curved from the cordate or auriculate base to 
the acute apex, postical margin slightly curved, revolute for half 
its length or more, marginal teeth usually confined to the apical 
region, from one to three on each side of the apex, mostly two or 
three cells long from a broad base, margin otherwise entire or 
Yaguely sinuate ; lobule inflated, ovate, 0.2 mm. long, 0.17 mm. 


Wide, keel arched, water-sac opening directly into the revolute 


Portion of the lobe, free margin straight or slightly rounded in the 
outer part, without a distinct apex ; cells of lobe averaging 7 / at 

€ margin, 25x 11 in the middle, and 52x I4/ near the 
base, plane or nearly so, local thickenings large and more or less 


564 Evans: Hepaticar oF PuERto Rico 


confluent, the trigones mostly triangular in outline with two sides 
convex, and one concave: underleaves imbricated, obovate-quad- 
rate, 0.8 mm. long, 0.7 mm. wide, rounded to truncate at the 
apex, cuneate and short-decurrent at the base, lateral: margins 
more or less revolute and entire or nearly so, apex plane, coarsely 
and irregularly dentate, the teeth mostly six to ten, similar to 
those on the leaves : inflorescence autoicous: ° branches numer- 
ous, arising from both stem and primary branches ; (innermost) bracts 
widely spreading, the lobe ovate, 2 mm. long, 0.7 mm. wide, long- 
acuminate, irregularly toothed in the upper part, lobule lanceolate, 
I.5-2 mm. long, 0.35 mm. wide, long-acuminate and toothed in 
upper part, revolute along the free margin; bracteole narrowly 
ovate, 2 mm. long, 0.7 mm. wide, bifid about one fourth with 
long-acuminate divisions, sparingly denticulate in the upper part, 
more or less revolute along the lateral margins ; perianth narrowly 
ovate in outline, 2-2.5 mm. long, 1 mm. wide: < branches 


numerous, arising from both stem and primary branches ; bracts: G4 
in about six pairs, an entire spike about as long as one of the stem- — 


leaves: capsule I mm. in diameter; spores greenish, irregular in 


form but usually longer than broad, measuring about 25 # in short . 
diameter, minutely verruculose ; elaters about 0.5 mm. long, 127 bb 


in diameter (PLATE 33, FIGURES 13-22). 


Puerto Rico, without definite locality, Simtenis (7), reported by . 


Pas 


py SEE Se 
oe 


Stephani. No specimens of Bryopteris occur in the Puerto Rico =” 


collections studied by the writer. B. filicina has a wide distri- 
bution in tropical America. Among other West Indian islands tt 
has been collected on Jamaica, the type locality, Szar?z, Under- is 


wood, and on Guadeloupe, Husnot, From the mainland the fol- 
lowing stations may be quoted: Mexico, Miguel, Leibold, Lieb- 
mann; Costa Rica, Maxon; Colombia, Moritz, Lindig, Karst", 
Brazil, G. A. Lindberg. The species has also been reported from 
Tahiti by Reichardt, the specimens having been collected by the 
Novara Expedition. Stephani confirms Reichardt’s determination 


but suspects a mistake in the label. In all probability, therefore, 


B, filicina is confined to America. 

It is evident that the present species was understood by the 
older writers and probably by Swartz himself in a much broader 
sense than is indicated above. /ungermannia filicina was origin- 
ally described from sterile specimens, and it is by no means Ce 


tain that these would be considered sufficient at the present time 


for a positive determination. In Stephani’s opinion the Swartzian 


Evans: HeEpaTicAE OF PUERTO RICO 565 


specimen in the Lindenberg herbarium is an indeterminable frag- 
= ment.* Mitten, however, according to Spruce,f considered an- 
- other Swartzian plant as identical with B. ¢enuicaulis. Whether 
_ these specimens actually represented portions of the type material 
is not apparent. The Lindenberg herbarium also contains several 
_ specimens of /. fi/icina which were communicated by Hooker, but 
4 Stephani refers them all to B. fruticulosa Tayl. In the herbarium 
at Berlin there is a Brazilian specimen collected by Raddi ; Schiff- 
ner has recently determined this as B. tenuicaulis.} Until 1863 
~ no attention was paid to the nature of the inflorescence as a spe- 
cific character. In that year Gottsche § referred to B. fiiicina 
a series of Mexican specimens in which the inflorescence was 
_ monoicous. In 1864 || he ascribed a monoicous inflorescence to 
~ the species as a definite character. Spruce also restricted the 
_ name B. filicina to monoicous plants and imagined that he saw 
_ traces of androecia in Hooker's figure of a fruiting plant. Both 
_ Stephani and Schiffner follow Spruce in thus restricting the name 

_ and the same course is pursued in the present paper. 
As thus defined B. filicina is the only member of the genus 
q in which the inflorescence is monoicous. Its closest ally is 5. 
_ fruticulosa, which has a very similar geographical distribution. In 
_ this species, however, the inflorescence is always dioicous, and the 
plants are usually smaller and more closely pinnate then in B. fill- 
: cima. Unfortunately these last two differences are inconstant, and 
: Specimens of 3B. fruticulosa are sometimes met with which are as 


As Schiffner 


Separate the species except the differences in the inflorescence, and 
the attempt to keep them apart on this ground alone is perhaps 
questionable. The only other West Indian species with which B. 
~— Silicina is likely to be confused is ZB. tenuicaulis. (n this plant the 
_ Secondary stems are even longer and tend to be more loosely pin- 
Nate, with widely spreading branches, some of which assume a 
~ flagelliform character. So far as observed the lobules in this 


Species usually show a distinct apex, and this peculiarity may also 
Species usu and this peculiarity may a's0 


Core 
f 


* Hedwigia 29: 2. 1890, 

t Hep. Amaz. et And. 114. 1884. 
THedwigia 33 : 174. 1804. 

4 Mex. Leverm. 167. 1863. 

| Ann, Sci. Nat. Bot. V. 1: 45. 1864. 


566 Evans: HEpATICAE OF PUERTO RICO 
? 


be cautiously employed in-distinguishing it from B. filicina. Ac- 
cording to Schiffner B. trinitensis Lehm. & Lindenb., of the 
Synopsis Hepaticarum, together with its variety zutermedia, is 
synonymous with B. tenuicaulis, so far as the American specimens . 
quoted are concerned. B. ¢rinitensis was based on /ungermannia 
trinitensis Lehm. & Lindenb., which was published in 1833. It 
would appear, therefore, that the name BZ. tenuicaulis ought to be 
superseded, because it was not published until 1845. Unfortu- 
nately the type specimen of /. ¢rinitensis, which was collected on 
the island of Trinidad by Beyrich, is too poorly developed and 
fragmentary to give an adequate idea of a specific type in this 
variable genus, and it becomes necessary to allow this name to 
disappear from the literature. 

The genera most closely allied to Bryopteris are perhaps Zhy- 
sananthus and Ptychanthus, both of which develop secondary stems 
from a prostrate caudex and usually exhibit a definite pinnate 
branching. In these two genera, however, subfloral innovations 
are always developed. TZhysananthus is further distinguished by 
the dentate wings which are borne on the keels of the perianth, 
while in Ptychanthus the perianth, although smooth, bears from 
four to seven ridges in addition to the three normal keels. The 
remarkable leaf-cells in Bryopteris are hardly paralleled among the 
the other Juduleae. In Caudalejeunea Lehmanniana, to be sure, 
there are occasionally two or even three intermediate thickenings 
between two trigones (PLATES 33, FIGURE 7), but this seems to bea 
somewhat anomalous condition, and the cells are never strongly 
elongated. In spite of its undoubted affinity with the Lejcuneae, 
Bryopteris also has much in common with the /rudlanieae and 
especially with the genus Judula. It agrees with this genus in its 
lack of pigmentation, in the morphology of its vegetative branches, 
in its pointed leaves and bracts, and in its trigonous perianth with 
smooth keels. Of course it differs in the structure of its lobules, 
in its leaf-cells, in its undivided underleaves, and in the absence of 


subfloral innovations, the last being a character which it shares 
with Frudllania. 


In the preparation of the present paper the writer is especially 
indebted to Herr F. Stephani, of Leipzig, Dr. von Keissler, of 


i ee iy 


ee | . eo eer 
he Specimens distributed in Hepaticae Cubenses as 


Evans: HEpATICAE OF PUERTO RIco 567 


Vienna, and Mr. M. B. Slater, of Malton, Yorkshire, for the loan 


of type specimens and authentic material. Valuable collections 


for study have also been supplied by the New York Botanical 
Garden. 


YALE UNIVERSITY. 


op Explanation of plates 31-33 
sin the previous papers of this series the figures were’ drawn by the writer and 
prepared for publication by Miss Hyatt. 


PLATE 31 
oe Symbiesidium transvuer sale (Swartz) Trevis. 1. Part of stem with female branch 
ea postical view, X 15. 2. Leaf, antical view, X15. 3. Proliferating 
“eye orescence borne on a leading branch, postical view, X15. 4- Two short 
Bis. nces with limited growth, postical view, X15. 5. Cells from middle 
i. » 265. 6, 7. Apices of lobules, showing hyaline papillae, 200. 8-10, 
ts and bracteole from one involucre, 25. ‘The figures wereall drawn from speci- 
Mens collected by the writer (67). 
gaa barbiforum (Lindenb. & Gottsche) Evans. 11. Part of stem with 
.. ranch and perianth, postical view, X 25. 12-14. Bracts and bracteole from 
olucre, X 25. The figures were all drawn from specimens collected by A. A. 
Heller (779). 


PLATE 32 
Siena brachiata (Swartz) Schiffn, 1, Stem with perianth and two inno- 
ns, one of which has been cut off close to the base, postical view, X 9. 2. r 
* stem, antical view, <9. 3. Lobule, postical view, X 35- 4. Cells from middle of 
" X 265. 5. Cells from apex of lobe, X 200. 6. Apex of lobule, X 200. 7-9- 
tacts and bracteole from one involucre, X 15. 10. Subfloral underleaf below same 


15. 16, Foliar lobule of a fourth specimen, postical view, x 35- 
15. 18-20. Bracts and bracteole from one involucre, X 15. 21- Bracteole from a 
t and bracteole from a sixth specimen,  15- 
collected on John Crow Peak, Jamaica, by L. 
(205); Figs. 16-18, from Puerto Rico 
Heller (7745) 3 Figs. 22 and 23, from 
Phragmicoma Bongardiana. 


ig specimen, X 15. 2 Bra 
gt I-15 were drawn from specimens 
‘ : Underwood (727, 857) and by the writer 
Pecimens collected by the writer (59) and by 


PLATE 33 
_ Caudalejeunea Lehmanniana (Gottsche) Evans. 1. Branch with perianth, pos- 
Heal view 15. 2. Two leaves, postical view, X15. 3 Part of plant showing a 
4. Prostrate 


> 

x 

Perianth, a female inflorescence, and a male spike, postical view, 15: 
_ Two leaves, antical view, x! 5. 6. Cells from middle 
Mabe, x 265. 7. Cell from base of lobe, X 265. 8, Apex of lobule, X 200. 9- 
"I. Bracts and bracteole from one involucre, X15. 12 Transverse section of perianth, 


568 Evans: HEpPATICAE OF PUERTO RICO 


S< 25. Figs. 1 and 2 were drawn from a portion of the original material preserved in the 
Lindenberg Herbarium at Vienna ; the remaining figures were drawn from A, A, Flel- 
ler’s Puerto Rico specimens (838 

Bryopteris filicina (Swartz) Nie. 13. Part of stem with bases of two branches, 
postical view, <15. 14. Leaf, antical view, 15. 15. Female branch (entire length) 


with perianth, postical view, 2 16. Part of a branch Vay a male inflorescence, 
postical view, ss 1g) ¥7, Cells Soi middle of lobe, 26 18, Cells from base of 
lobe, 265. . Cells from antical margin of lobe, x Br 20. Margin of lobule 


with hyaline aie. >< 265. 21. Leaf immediately behind involucre, > 25. 
Transverse section of perianth, < 25. The figures were all drawn from specimens col- 
lected at Old England, Jamaica, by L. M. Underwood (XX ) 


Mosses from tropical America 


ROBERT STATHAM WILLIAMS 
COLOMBIAN MOSSES COLLECTED BY H. PITTIER 


SPHAGNUM MEDIUM PURPURASCENS (Russ.) Warnst. 

Paramo de Buena Vista, 3000-3600 meters, January, 1906 
(7738). 
DickanELLA Perrotreti (Mont.) Mitt. 

Cordoba, Dagua Valley, 30-100 meters, December, 1905 
(557). 
Dickanum FricipuM C. M. 

Paramo de Moras, between Mozoco and Pitayo, 3000-3500 
meters, February, 1906 (7387). 
Dicranum speciosum Hook. f. & Wils. 

Paramo de Buena Vista, 3000-3600 meters, January, 1906 
(7206), 
Campytopus concoror (Hook.) Mitt. 

Around Huila, Rio Paez Valley, 1600-1900 meters, January, 


1906 (7271), 


Campylopus (Pseudocampylopus) Pittieri sp. nov. 


569 


570 WILLIAMS: MOSSES FROM TROPICAL AMERICA 


furrowed when dry, the beaked lid about two-thirds length of cap- 
sule ; calyptra smooth, fimbriate at base ; spores rough, up to 16 p. 

Headwaters of Rio Lopez, Rio Palo basin, 2500-3000 meters 
January 24, 1906, H. Pittier (7088). 


Dicranodontium setosum sp. nov. 


Dioicous: antheridia 0.5 mm. long with paraphyses slightly 
exceeding them: plants in yellowish-brown, glossy tufts with 
stems more or less branching at the base and 5 or 6 mm. hig 
(perhaps only young plants); upper stem-leaves up to 11 mm. 
long, mostly erect-spreading, sometimes slightly curved and 
secund, gradually narrowed from a broad, not auriculate base, to a 
setaceous point, sharply denticulate 2 or 3 mm. down from apex 
and formed by the excurrent costa ; costa reddish at base, in cross- 
section one half up showing one row of large cells on upper side 
with a narrow band of small, thick-walled cells beneath ; leaf-cells 
above, elongated, more or less rectangular, in margin below nar- 
rowly linear, forming a somewhat distinct border, becoming wider 
toward the costa, and across leaf-base wide and hyaline, forming a 
more or less distinct group ; perichaetial leaves, about the length 
of upper stem-leaves, with ovate-oblong, sheathing base rather 
abruptly narrowed to a rough subula about the length of sheath- 
ing part; seta erect, twisted above, up to 2 cm. long ; capsule, 
without stomata and annulus, erect, oblong, smooth, without lid 
1.75 mm. long, with a slightly obliquely rostrate lid nearly as 
long ; peristome red, split three fourths down or more into slen- 
der, terete segments, obliquely striate on outer surface below and 
papillose above and on inner surface ; calyptra entire at base, 
smooth above ; spores slightly rough, up to 18 y in diameter. 

Paramo de Buena Vista, on tree-trunks, 3100 meters, January, 
1906, H. Pittier (2060). 

OCTOBLEPHARUM ALBIDUM (L.) Hedw. 
2 Cordoba, Dagua Valley, 30-100 meters, December, 1905 (552): 
FUNARIA HYGROMETRICA (L.) Sibth. 
Hills of Miraflores above Palmira (865, 2063). 
FUNARIA CALVESCENS Schwaegr. 

Immature specimens apparently of this species from the locality 
of preceding species, 
BRYUM ARGENTEUM L., 

Collected at various localities from 1500 to 3600 meters: 
(777, 1089, 2061, 2064). 


| 
WILLIAMS: MOSSES FROM TROPICAL AMERICA 571 


BRYUM sp. Rise 

Cuesta de Yocota, 1500-1900 meters, December, 1905 (778). 
A small amount of some Ludryuim, scarcely sufficient for deter- 
mination, : 

RHIZOGONIUM SPINIFORME (EL). Bruch. 

Around San Andres de la Sierra, 1100-1300 meters, June, 1906 
(2068). 

POLYTRICHADELPHUS cCILIATUS (Hook, f. & Wils.) Mitt. 

Las Escaleretas, Moras Valley, 2500-3000 meters, February, 
1906 (7377). 7 
PoGoNATUM TORTILE (Sw.) Beauv. 

Around San Andrés de la Sierra, 1100-1300 meters, June, 
1906 (2073). 

Hookertopsis GRAcitis (Mitt.) Jaeg. 

Around San Andrés de la Sierra, 1100-1300 meters, June, 
1906 (2067). The roughness of the seta of this species is often 
so slight just under the capsule as to be scarcely noticeable ; the 
calyptra is not very rough above, and the double-pointed teeth of 
the leaf-margin are usually quite small. 

_ ?SEMATOPHYLLUM sSUBSIMPLEX (Hedw.) Mitt. 

; Around San Andrés de la Sierra, 1100-1300 meters, Janes 
1906 (2066). But a very small amount of this specimen seen and 
Possibly to be referred elsewhere. 

MIcROTHAMNIUM REPTANS (Sw.) Mitt. 

Around San Andrés de la Sierra, 1100-1300 meters, pees 
1906 (207 7). 

Micrornamnium Torckuert C. M. 

Paramo de Buena Vista, 3000-3600 meters,  sesesm - 
(z 190), ; 

Rayncnosrecium concHopHyLium (Tayl.) Jaeg. 

Headwaters of Rio Lopez, Rio Palo basin, 2500-3000 m 
January, 1906 (1087). 


eters, 


GUATEMALAN MOSSES COLLECTED BY H. PITTIER 
TIMMELLA SUBANOMALA (Besch.) Broth. 
Volcan de Agua, 1800-3400 meters, March, 1905 (9): 


672 WILLIAMS: MossES FROM TROPICAL AMERICA 


Leptodontium perannulatum sp. nov. 

Dioicous : & plant slender with bud-like flowers a little over 1 
mm. high, the antheridia 0.8 mm. long with rather abundant para- 
physes ; antheridial leaves costate, smooth, entire, ovate, acutely 
short-pointed : fertile plants in rather compact tufts with usually 
slightly branching stems up to 8 cm. high, dark-brown below, 
yellowish toward apex and with radicles mostly inconspicuous ; 
stem-leaves more or less twisted-carinate, spreading or recurved 
when dry, recurved from near base when moist, up to 3.5 mm. 
long, oblong-lanceolate, recurved on the margin below, gradually 
narrowed to an acute, irregularly serrulate apex with costa nearly 
percurrent ; cross-section of costa showing about 4 large cells with 
stereid bands of about one row of cells above and two rows below ; 
cells of leaf-base yellow, linear, smooth with sinuously thickened 
lateral walls, cells above papillose, mostly irregularly oblong with 
much thickened walls, the median cells about 6 y by 10 4; peri- 
chaetial leaves up to 10 mm. long, smooth, costate to near apex, 
sheathing over one half up, gradually narrowed to a flexuous, dis- 
tantly serrulate apex: pedicel 1 cm. high ; capsule ovate-cylind- 
rical, slightly curved and nodding, small-mouthed, 3 mm. long with 
a stoutly-beaked lid 0.8 mm. long ; peristome-teeth lanceolate, 0.2 
mm. long, pale golden-brown, glabrous, articulations often indis- 
tinct, more or less irregularly split longitudinally ; annulus broad 
persistent, 7 or 8 rows of cells high, the upper rows of loosely 
cohering cells ; spores rough, up to 22 # in diameter. 

Volcan de Agua, on sheltered rocks, 3400-3750 meters, March 
22, 1905, H. Pittier (g2). This species is near L. drevisetum Mitt., 
from which it may be distinguished by the leaf-cells. In Z. brevi- 
setum the median cells are smaller (mostly 5 pt by 5 to 6p) scarcely 
elongated or often slightly transversely elongated and with cell- 
walls thinner and straighter. In the Mitten herbarium a few frag- 
ments of this apparently undescribed species were found, evidently 
from the same locality as Pittier’s specimens, but without date of 
collector, and were on the same sheet with Z. drevisetum. 


CUBAN MOSSES COLLECTED BY W. R. MAXON 
Holomitrium Maxoni sp. nov. 

Inflorescence not determined: plants in rather dark-gree? 
tufts with stems, bearing few branches, up to 8 mm. high: leave 
when dry, incurved-imbricated with margins above rolled in, when 
moist, more or less recurved and widely spreading, in outline nearly 
linear, up to 2.5 mm. long and 0.4 mm. wide, the apex mostly 


WiLtrAMs: MossEs FROM TROPICAL AMERICA 573 


broadly rounded or somewhat truncate, with excurrent costa form- 
ing a stout apiculus and a few coarse, irregular teeth on either 
side ; leaf-cells of upper leaf more or less hexagonal to oblong, 
about 12 4 wide and 20 to 4o long, gradually becoming longer 
and narrower toward base with cell-walls slightly thickened and 
pitted throughout ; perichaetial leaves up to 7 mm. long, convolute 
below, gradually narrowed to a short-subulate, slightly serrulate 
apex formed by the excurrent nerve; pedicel up to 18 mm. long ; 
capsule oblong-cylindrical, erect, 3 mm. long, red at the slightly 
contracted mouth ; peristome-teeth attached about one fourth their 
length below the mouth, red below, strongly articulate, papillose 
on both sides and more or less divided along median line, either 
above or below, or sometimes throughout ; spores nearly smooth, 
up to 12 4 in diameter ; lid and calyptra not seen. 

* Posesion de Starck, Yateras, Oriente, 500 meters, May 3, 1897, 
W. R. Maxon (4427). Near H. proliferum and H. Wrighti, but 
without the flagellate branches of the first and with narrower, 
longer, thicker-walled basal cells, and differing from the second in 
the shorter, appressed leaves with more rounded point and teeth 
extending downward much less on either side. 

SYRRHOPODON Hopson (Grev.) Mitt. 

Monte Verde, Yateras, Oriente, 575 meters, April, 1907 
(4292). 
Macromitrium Husnoti Schimp. ; 

onte Verde, Yateras, Oriente, 575 meters, April, 1907 
(4283). 
-Raizoconium sprnirorme (L.) Bruch. 

Monte Verde, Yateras, Oriente, 575 meters, April, 1907 
(4370). 

AcrocrypHara Correa (C. M.) Par. 

Jaguey, Yateras, Oriente, 420 meters, May, 1907 (4347). 
NECKERA uNDULATA Hedw. 

Valley of Rio Bayamita, on rock, 900-1050 meters, April, 
1907 (3977). 

Extopon macropopus (Hedw.) C. M. : 

Near Jaguey, Yateras, Oriente, 420 meters, May, 1907 (4345; 
4359): Farallones of La Perla, north of Jaguey, 540-585 meters 
(4370). 


574 WILLIAMS: MOSSES FROM- TROPICAL AMERICA 


Cyclodictyon cubense sp. nov. 


Synoicous : plants forming low dull-green mats, the stems with 
complanate leaves 3 mm. wide; lateral leaves broadly ovate- 
oblong, up to 1.75 mm. long and 0.8 mm, wide, entire, acutely 
short-pointed with a pale border of one row of cells ; median and 
upper leaf-cells hexagonal, slightly elongated, up to 504 long 
and about 40 wide, toward base becoming somewhat narrower 
and longer ; costa forking at base, extending two thirds up, smooth 
on the back, apices not projecting ; perichaetial leaves entire, short 
and ovate or ovate-lanceolate, with erect, acute apex, the longer 
about 1 mm. long; seta smooth, 12 mm. high; capsule nodding 
or pendant, about 1 mm. long, with a conical rostrate lid a little 
shorter ; outer peristome-teeth red, cross-striate below, 65 4 wide 
at base, with median furrow 8 » wide and reaching to near base 
from about two thirds up; inner segments solid, nearly as-long as 
teeth, from a basilar membrane about one third height of teeth ; 
spores smooth, 12 # in diameter ; calyptra smooth. 

Finca’ Las Gracias, Yateras, Oriente, 500 meters, on decayed 
log, May 5, 1907, W. R. Maxon (4495). This species is near 
C. limbatum and C, Regnellii, but differs in the pale, entire border 
of leaf of only one row of cells and in the costa smooth on the 
back. : 


HAPLOCLADIUM MICROPHYLLUM (Sw.) Broth. (Leskea microphylla 
(Sw.) Mitt.) 
Jaguey, Yateras, Oriente, at base of trees, 420 meters, May, 
1907 (4353). | 
SEMATOPHYLLUM ADMIsTuM (Sull.) Mitt. 
Jaguey, Yateras, Oriente, 420 meters, May, 1907 (4344): 
MICROTHAMNIUM THELISTEGUM (C. M.) Mitt. 
Jaguey, Yateras, Oriente, 420 meters, May, 1907, (4355). 


aN opera Teed Se nee Arai) nadie eee gd Ge, 


SOE a et os fee Pe 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 
(1906) 


The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by 
Americans, published in papas or based upon American material ; the word Amer- 
ica a used in its broadest sen 

s, and papers which ae exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, 
Dciasea products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and 
ho attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is 
made in favor of some paper appearing in aa American periodical which is devoted 
wholly to botany. Leprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in 
Some important particular. If users of the Index will cal! the attention of the editor 
to errors or omissions their kindness will be appreciated, 

This Index is reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers, 
at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted; each 
subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscription. orre- 
spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey 
Botanical Club. 


Barbour, J. H. Local variations and other notes on blue eyed grass 
(Sisyrinchium angustifolium). Proc. & Trans. Nova Scotian Inst. 
Sci. 11: 190-192. 6 Je 1906. 

Bush, B. F. Some new Texas plants. Ann. Rep. Missouri Bot. Gard, 
17: 119-125. 6Nt1 


1906. 
New species and varieties in 7racyanthus, Allium, Psoralea (2), Tragia, Lobelia, 


Xanthium, Antennaria, and Silphium. 


Cardot, J. & Thériot, I. On asmall collection of mosses from Alaska. 
Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 2: 297-308. f/. 27, 28. 29 D 1906. 
Includes new species in Orthotrichum, Bryum (2), and Hypnum. 

Clinton, G. P. Downy mildew or blight, Phytophthora infestans 
(Mont.) DeBy., of potatoes.—II. Rep. Conn. Agric. Exp. Sta. 
1905: 304-330. p/. 27-25. My 1906. 

Clinton, G. P. Downy mildew, Phytophthora Phaseoli Thaxt., of lima 
beans. Rep. Conn. Agric. Exp. Sta. 1905: 278-303. pl. 20-22. 
My 1906, 

Clinton, G. P, Notes on fungous diseases, etc., for 1995. 
Conn. Agric. Exp. Sta. 1905: 263-277. pl. 13-19- My 1906. 
Demcker," R. Die geographische Verbreitung der amerikanischen 
Cupuliferen und anderer charakteristischer Baiime des Waldes und der 
offenen Landschaft. Mitteil. Deuts. Dendr. Gesells. 15+ 157-173: 

1906 


Rep. 


576 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Duggar, B. M. The relation of certain marine algae to various salt 
solutions. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis 16: 473-489. 21 D 1906. 
Dusén, P. Beitrige zur Bryologie der Magellanslander, von West- 
patagonien und Siidchile. V. Ark. Bot. 6: 1-32. pl. 7-6. 14 
D 1906. 
Includes new species in Barbula, Tortula (§), Grimmia, Camptodontium, and 

Rhacomitrium (4). 

Fries, R. E. Systematische Uebersicht der Gattung Scoparia. Ark. 
Bot. 6°: 1-31. Al. r-8. 14 D 1906. 

Includes 4 new species, natives of Mexico or South America. 

Fries, R. E. Zur Kenntnis der Phanerogamenflora der Grenzgebiete 
zwischen Bolivia und Argentinien. III. Einige gamopetale Familien. 
Ark. Bot. 6": 1-32. p/. z-4. 15 D 1906. 

New species in Acicarpha, Sicyos, Borreria, Gerardia, Limnanthemum, and 

Buddleia. 

Giacomelli, E, Prosopanche Burmeisteri DeBary. Anal. Soc. Ci. 
Argent. 62: 5-22. Jl 1906. 

Glover, G. H. Larkspur and other poisonous plants. Colo. Agric. 
Exp. Sta. Bull. 113 ; 1-24. pl. 1-8. Je 1906. 

Graebener, L. Die in Deutschland winterharten hus. Mitteil. 
Deuts. Dendr. Gesells. 15: 100-107. pl. 7-12 + map. 1900. 
Chiefly American species, : 

Harris, J. A. Ascidia in Gasteria and Agave. Ann. Rep. Missourl 
Bot. Gard. 17: 126-132. f. 7-6. 6N 1906. 

Harris, J. A. Prolification of the fruit in Capsicum and Passifiora. 
Ann. Rep. Missouri Bot. Gard. 17: 133-145. 7. 1-7. 6N 1906. 
Harvey, J.C. Brassavola nodosa and the calabash tree. Orchid Rev. 

14: 282, 283. S 1906. 

Hedgcock, G.G. Studies upon some chromogenic fungi which discolor 
wood. Ann. Rep. Missouri Bot. Gard. 17: 59-114. pl. f-12- 21 
S 1906. 


Includes descriptions of new species in Ceratostomella (6), Graphium (3)> a 
dendron, and FHlormiscium, 

Hedgecock, G.G. Zonation in artificial cultures of Cephalothectum and 
other fungi. Ann. Rep. Missouri Bot. Gard. 1'7; 115-117. Pp’ 43- 
T5. 2758 1906. 

Hickens, C. M. Observations sur quelques fougéres argentines nouvelles 
ou peu connues. Anal. Soc. Ci. Argent. 62: 161-176. O 1906 ; 
209-218. p/. [7-8]. N 1906. 


. . i i in 
Includes new Species in Nephrodium, Pellaea, and Hypolepis, and new verges 
Polystichum and Asplenium, 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Sit 


Hollick, A. The Cretaceous flora of southern New York and New Eng- 
land. 1-219. p/. r-go. Washington, 1906. 

Monog. U. S. Geol. Surv., vol. 50. Includes 32 new species in 28 genera. 

Hus, H. T. A. Fasciation inOxa/is crenata and experimental produc- 
tion of fasciations. Ann. Rep. Missouri Bot. Gard. 17: 147-152. 
pl. 17-19. 6N 1906. 

MacKay, A. H. Botanical notes in Nova Scotia. Proc. & Trans. 
‘Nova. Scotian Inst. Sci. 11: 286-288. 6 Je 1906. 

MacKay, A. H. Phenological observations in Canada, 1903. Proc. 
& Trans. Nova Scotian Inst. Sci. 11: 271-285. 6 Je 1906. 

Magnus, P. Auftreten eines einheimischen Rostpilzes auf einer neuen 
aus Amerika eingefiihrten Wirtspflanze. Ber. Deuts. Bot. Gesells. 
24: 474-476. 28 N 1906. 

Purpus, A. Neue und seltene Gehélze aus dem Botanischen Garten zu 
Darmstadt. Mitteil. Deuts. Dendr. Gesells. 15: 30-42. 1906. 
[Ilust. ] 

Rolfe, R. A. Zpidendrum atrorubens. Orchid Rev. 14: 274- S 1906. 
Native of Mexico. 

Rolfe, R. A. Gomesa scandens. Orchid Rev. 14: 208. Jl 1906. 
Native of Brazil, 

Schrenk, H. von. Destruction of twigs by the bag worm and inci- 
dent evidence of growth pressure. Ann. Rep. Missouri Bot. Gard. 
17: 153-181. pl. 20-26 + f. 1-4 + Magr. 1, 2- 6 N 1906. 

Shimek, B. Notes on some Iowa plants. Proc. Davenport Acad. 
Sci. 10: 141-145. 1906. 

Smith, R. E. Tomato diseases in California. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. 
Bull. 175: 1-16, f. 7-8. Ja 1906. 

Spaulding, P. Studies on the lignin and cellulose of wood. Ann. 
Rep. Missouri Bot. Gard. 17: 41-58. pé- 2; 2: 31 Au 1906. 

Sprague, T. A. Pontederia cordata vat. lancifolia. Curt. Bot. Mag. 
V.2: pl. 8108. 1 D 1906. 

Native of temperate America. 

Stuckert, T. Distribucion geografica de la 
de las familias de las Compuestas. Ana 
III. 6: 303-309. 30 Je 1906. a 

Stuckert, T. Segunda contribucién al conocimiento de las — 
ceas argentinas. Anal. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires III. 6: 409-553, 
555. 10 Drgo6. _ [lllust.] 


flora argentina. Géneros 
1. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires 


578 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Thériot, I. Mousses récoltées aux environs de Bogota (Colombie). 
Bull. Acad. Internat. Géogr. Bot. 15: Suppl. 78, 79. 10 D 1906. 
Includes 2 new species in Leffodontium. . 

Thornber, J. J. Alfilaria, Hrodium cicutarium, as a forage plant in 
Arizona. Ariz. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 52: 27-58. p/. +f. 1-5. 
21 My 1906. 

Thornber, J. J. Department of botany [report for 1905-1906]. 
Ariz. Agric. Exp. Sta. Ann. Rep. 17: 156-162. 30 D 1906. 

Whipple, 0. B. Peach mildew. Colo. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 107: 
t=9. Jody HF 1906. 7 : 

Wilcox, E. M. Diseases of sweet potatoes in Alabama. Ala. Agric. 
Exp. Sta. Bull. 135: 1-16. /. r-¢. Je 1906. 

Wright, C. H. Aechmea gigas. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 2: pl. 8707. 
1 D 1906. 

Native of Brazil (?). 


VoLuME 34, PLATE 3) 


Butt. ToRREY CLUB 


( Swartz) Trevis. 
(Lindenb. & Gottsche) Evans. 


ALE 


1-10 SYMBIEZIDIUM TRANSVERS 
11-14 SYMBIEZIDIUM BARBIFLORUM 


VOLUME 34, PLATE 32 


BuLi. TORREY CLUB 


MARCHESINIA BRACHIATA (Swartz) Schiffn. 


z 
o 
a 
9 
a 
z 
< 
uv 
° 
v 


34 PLATE 33 


VOLUME 


BuLL. ToRREY CLUB 


1-12 CAUDALEJEUNEA LEHMANNIANA (Gottsche) Evans. 
13-22 BRYOPTERIS FILICINA (Swartz) Nees. 


THE BRYOLOGIST 


WITH THE JANUARY, 1907, NUMBER BEGINS ITS 
TENTH YEAR and VOLUME 
It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics 
It is fully illustrated with new, original and artistic drawings 
It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional 
Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 


and Lichens. 

and halftones. 

as well as amateur. 
Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. : 


INDEX TO 
AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on 
library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the 


rate of one cent for each card. 
Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer o 
the Torrey Botanical Club, 
CARLTON C. CURTIS, Cotumsia University, New York City 
Beginning with January, 1903, the Index has also been reprinted on paper, om one 


side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year, 


HERBARIUM SPECIMENS DESIRED 


especially Pedicularis and allied genera, also Labiatae, 
Ericaceae, Primulaceae, Ranunculaceae, Cyperaceae and 
Will purchase or give European specimens in ex- 
Correspondence solicited. Address : 
HENRY DAUTUN, 
-139 Franklin St., Jersey City, 


Ferns. 
change. 


iy, 
— 


North American Flora 


HIS work is designed to present descriptions of all plants growing 
T independent of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include 
Greenland, Central America, the Republic of Panama, and the 
West Indies, except Trinidad, Tobago, and Curacao and other islands off 
the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is essentially South American. 
It will be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York 
Botanical Garden through the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund 
bequeathed by Charles P. Daly. 


ume 1. Mycetozoa, Schizophyta, Diatomaceae. 
Volumes 2 to ro. ‘ 
olumes 11 to 13. Algae. 
Volumes 14 and 15, Br ophyta. 
Volume 16. Pteridophyta and Gymnospermae. 
S 


_“ach author will be wholly responsible for his own contriban 
being restricted only to the general style adopted for the work, whic 
must vary somewhat in the treatment of diverse groups. ee cosine 

The subscription price is fixed at $1.50 for each part; it is expecte : 
that four or five parts will be required for each volume. A limited num 
ber of separate parts will be sold at $2.00 each. Address, 


THE NEW York BOTANICAL GARDEN 
BRONX PARK, New York CITY 


Volume 7, Part r, 


Ustilaginales, including Ustilaginaceae and Tilleti- 
aceae, by G. P.C 


linton, was issued Oct. 4, 1906. : ) 
ol. 7, Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Uredinaceae and Aecidiaceae (pats)s 
of the Uredinales, by J. C, Arthur, was issued March 6, 1907. Nash 
Volu , including Podostemonaceae by George V- pes 
- L. Britton and J. N. Rose, and Penthoraceae 4 

- Rydberg, was issued May 22, 1905. by J: 
ume 22, Part 2, including Saxifragaceae and Hydrangeaceae ae 
K. Small and P. A. Rydberg, Cunoniaceae, Iteaceae and Hamamelidactt 

by N. L. Britton, Pterostemonaceae by J. K. Small, Altingiaceae by Pe : 

Wilson and Phyllonomaceae by H. H. Rusby, was issued Dec. 18, 199?" 


ESTABLISHED 1851 


EIMER & AMEND 


205-211 Third Ave., 


Corner 18th Street NEW YORK 


MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 


Chemicals and 


Chemical Apparatus 


Sole Agents for 


Sey eck 
Our Specialties KAHLBAUM’S 
C. P. Chemicals 


MICROSCOPES 
and Reagents 
and 
ACCESSORIES CARL 
SCHLEICHER 
& SCHULL’S 
MICROTOMES C..P. Filters 
GRE SCHOTT & 
GENOSSEN'S 
alesisicsaberasn Famous Labora- 
and @ tory Glassware 
WEIGHTS ; 


And for many other 
renowned European 
houses in our line. 


COMPLETE LINE OF 
Bacteriological Apparatus 


WE HANDLE 


EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY 


Inspection of premises cordially invited, 


: PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- 
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


‘. lagaaen OF THE DEPARTMENT : 


By bee fuel Rpabeg, Fellow in Botany, 1896— 
Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 
2. re eb ed FROM THE DEPARTMENT : 
Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50. 1892-1894. Price $5.00. 


< 
= 
a 


Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00, 
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00 
Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897 rice. $5.00 
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 
Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00 
Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 9. Nos. 2o1-. 1903—(current). 


List of separate numbers available on application, 
_ g. A Text-book of General 2590 oid (1896). By Albert 
Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895-1 
; Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. oe $4.25 Shee ; $3.80 (paper). 
Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamto 

The Department invites propositions Ba ee of her- 
barium material for any of the above named publications. Address 
: epey M. Underwood, Columbia University, N. Y. Cit 
; . An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and 
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the 
uthern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward 
| to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- 
_ sor Botany, 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- 
son Brown. 


meet volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 2 pages; Vol. 
a ; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in cee text, Tata Se 
4 abecies described. 


Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, 
$9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- 
- ately. $10.00 


bp Fe eT ee IT Ee = aren Seaeeae  a 


i o¥e yee 


: ur Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth maken 1900. By 
~ Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896- 
uodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & 
Co., New York, Price $1. bo . : : 
| 6 Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- 
_ wood, Professor of Botany, 1896—. 


- Bs. err 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & 


at is ae 


. ext-book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence 
Curtis, Auaianes in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. 


s ctavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations. Published ; Longmans 
ue Green & Co., New York. Price $3.00 : 5 


A series of technical papers on botanical 6 published at eg intervals. ss 
Price $3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchan 
1; not nee separately : as Bor 
Bailey, Liberty Hyde. Studies of the typexo of various species 2f the genus Carex. a6 
Pages 1-85. 25 at 1889. 


1. 1, No. 2; not furnished separately: ~ ox 
Martindale, Isaac Co nae Marine alee of | he he Jersey coast and ices 
- waters of Siren Island. Pages 87-1 9. on 


, No. 3; price, = cents: 
Richard. Aepaticae Bakivict nae, in Andibus _Poliviae cena, annis 
Piao 6 acl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages 1 ie - 20 Ja 1890. 
Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 ce 
Sturtevant, Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. ms 141-187. 30 My i800. 
Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished separately : 
Halsted David. ‘Reserve food-materials in buds and BIG parts. 
es ae ‘plates f, 2: 10'S 1890. 
Pie 1. 2, No. 2; price, 75 cents: 
ail, Anna Murray & Hollick, Charles Arthur. Contributions to the botany of 
; “ear Pages Sethe plates 3, ¢- _~D 1890. 
Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnished <eparately : 
Herman Theodor Contributions to the knowledge of the omaha ot 
_ some North American plants. Pages 57-108, plates 5-19. 15 Ap 1891. 9 
: . Vol. 2, No. MNS = 
lock, William Efner. The genus Po/ygala in North Rise Pages og. 
152. 30D 1891. 
Mrs 3, No 1; not furnished sepatately : 
Small, John Kunk & Heller, Amos Amos Arthur. Flora of western North Caroli 
and contiguous ae ages I-39. 20 F 1892. 
| rae No. 2; price, $2.00 ooh 
Morong, Thomas. Naiadaceae of North America [with ilustation ze) 
species) Pages sae plates 20- ah 15 Mr 1893. 
Vol. 3, No. 3; not furnished sep 
tusby, H An enumeration of the plants Soe in Bolivia by Mie 
Bane. Pat t. tT " Pages 1-67. 28Apt 
Vol. 4, age ; not furnished separately ely 
ood, Lucien Marcus. ex He si arum. see 1, Bogan 
10 pee ny es 


Vol. 4, No. 2; not furnished | oe 
Jobn Kunkel 1 & Vail, Anna Murray. Report on t 
estern AL aor during the season ms sane 
18 N. a5 STS p 1894. 
Bae Vol. 4, No. 3; pice, Bo eens: 
aan peed bao oe of the Ly? clleted in 
‘ miety o Mr- 17 to. 
se 4, No. 4; price, se 
Anna Stockton. Arachis * ypogace L. "Pages a : 
"Vol. 4, No. 5; price, 15 cents ae ae 
Axel. The North Americ an euniie of Piya and 
ore ee S ae 


ae bees be Vol. 5; price, $3.00: 
ist of Pleridephyta Pag d Sperme ome a growing without cultivation in northeastern op 
1894 : 


pe America. -377- 4 D 1893-31 D 
pee - pie 6, No. 1; price, ihe: 
ey: Henry Hur n enumeration of the plants collected in Bolivia = Migue 
- / Bang. Part 3. 5 Rain 130. 17 N 1896. 


Vol. 6, No. 2; not furnished separate 
Abel Joe J. A revision of the North American /sotheciaceae and Brachythecta 
"as 131-210, 30 J] 1897. ¥ 


Bg No. 3; price, 50 ¢ 
faze | ‘Tracy Blliot. The life history of Sphae a Tacuba ( Haematococcus 
neva Pages 211- 246, plates 86, cholera \. 8 Je 1899. 
ee No. 4; price, 50 cents : 
adecwcie, Lucien Marcus. A review of the genera of ferns proposed pee to” 
1832. Pages 247-283. 1 D 1899. 

: Vol. 6, No. 5; price, 25 cents: 
Fink, Bruce. Notes iS ae distribution in the upper Mississippi Valley 
ccd 1D1 


” vol, 7; price, $3.00 
WV Avery. bay Heatia at AePeieies of California. Papest 

id opiioner Plt 88-122 5 Au 

Vol. 8, way ee not furnished separately ; 

Pran : Berisat. The comparative embryology of the Aubiaceae. 
eee plates 1-4. 26 Au 1899. Part Il, Pages 27-112, plates ee 


= Vol. 8, No. 2; price, $1.00 
, Alexander William. ches £. Sag of the United States and Can 
BS! as ‘iad 0-22. 15 F 
eee Vol. 8, No.3 ace 75 cents : 


| Getrele & a. The life history 
Vitara Hntata. oe 185-211, plates 2 23-31. 30 Au 1902 
Pes 9; price, $3.00 

monograph of the Ses Sasdacens: Pages 1-292; . 


“Vol. 10; price, $3.00: . 
_History of Pre-Clusian botany in its relation to 


2 = ol. 11, No. 1; price, $1.75: - 
David. The North American Sordariaceae. Pages 1-134, pts 


Vol. 1 No. 2; price, $1.75: : 
The Ulothricaceae and Chaetophoraceac of the United § 

- plies a 200 1 

Pol tg i No. 1; price, $1. 50: 

‘. eo pees and Andros (Banas I 


Ba: DECEMBER, 1907 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART 
Associate ONS: 
NDER WiLLiAM EVANS 


-ELLiot HAZEN 
Li Avery Howe 


CONTENTS | 
Utricularia from Long Island. (Plate34.) 


a parasitic Gnomonia . 
is of the New England species of Tetme 
JOSEP: 


THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


pees H. RUSBY, M.D. 


Rae ft rencent, 


. : vk ean Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, 
a ‘STUART GAGER, Pu. D. JOHN K. SMALL, PH.D. 
Garden, B ‘Bronx = New York City. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. 


D reasurer, 
CARLTON G CURTIS, Ph:D: 
Columbia University, New York City. 


{ wice ‘each month feos October to May inclusive : the second Tue 
t meri : 


ess. 
to the Treasurer, Casiton C. Contts, Cola 


be addressed to Dr. obn Headley. Barnhart, Editor 
» Bronx Park, Siniaels York vam 


Vol. 34 No 12 


BULLETIN 


OF THE 


TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


DECEMBER, 1907 


A new Utricularia from Long Island 


JoHN HENDLEY BARNHART 
(WITH PLATE 34) 

: One September day, six years ago, while I was walking along 
_ the shore of a small pond near Riverhead, on Long Island, I ob- 
_ served a small colony of plants of a terrestrial Utricularia. At 
_ first sight it appeared different from any species previously reported 
from the northeastern United States; as a careful study of the 
_ fresh material confirmed this view, another visit was made to the 
— locality a few days afterward and the plant collected as liberally 
"as consideration for the perpetuation of the single small patch 
would permit. The bladderworts, however, are very fickle, ap- 
_ pearing and disappearing in a given place from year to year, and 
several subsequent visits to the original locality have failed to bring 
s plant to light again. 
_ Although the species was apparently new, and careful notes 
had been made upon the fresh material and a fair quantity of her- 
barium material collected, publication was deferred in the hope that 
urther collections might be made. Two years later, Mr. Bicknell 
brought in from Woodmere, Long Island, for the herbarium of 
‘ the New York Botanical Garden, specimens of the same U*ricu- 
daria, in flower. Meanwhile my own material had been mislaid, 
and when it was located again, a few months ago, it seemed best 
no longer to delay the publication of the novelty. 
proposed as new belongs to a group which 
ra, only two species, U. 

They agree in having 


The species here 
has comprised, in our northeastern flo 
_cornuta Michx. and U. juncea Vahl. 


ce Nie eee Se 
[The BuLLEeTIN for November, 1907 (34: 533-578, pl. 3 
-] 


579 


I-33) was issued 11 Ja 


580 BARNHART: A NEW UTRICULARIA 


strictly erect scapes, “‘ rooting’”’ in mud (there are no true roots 
in Utricularia, these root-like organs being actually caulome) ; 
stems radiating from the bases of the scapes, extremely slender 
and delicate, so that they usually break off short and are very 
rarely collected ; some of the leaves filiform, root-like, and bladder- 
bearing, others linear and resembling minute blades of grass; 
flowers subspicate, the pedicels being shorter than the bracts ; 
bracts trifid; and palate of the corolla laterally compressed, not 
lobed. 
Utricularia virgatula sp. nov. 

Stems extremely delicate, radiating from the base of the scape, 
on or just beneath the surface of the soil: leaves scattered, un- 
divided, linear, 4-8 mm. long, some erect, green-tipped, and 
bladderless, others root-like, colorless, and bladder-bearing : 
scapes fixed in the mud, erect, wiry, brownish, 2-20 cm. long; 
scales several, minute, acute ; bracts minute, less than 1 mm. long, 
trifid, the middle lobe much broader than the lateral ones : flowers 
1-6, subsessile : calyx purplish, the upper lobe broadly ovate, 
acuminate, 4 mm. long, the lower ovate, acute, only half the width 
of the upper, 2.5 mm. long: corolla yellow ; upper lip spatulate, 
emarginate, barely if at all exceeding the upper calyx-lobe ; lower 
lip about the length of the upper, entire, apiculate, consisting 
almost wholly of the laterally compressed palate, with a minute 
tuft of hairs in the throat; spur pendent, conical, acute, 2-3 mm. 
long: capsule subspherical, I.5-2 mm. in diameter, purplish, 
closely invested by the persistent calyx-lobes, and slenderly beaked 
by the acuminate upper one; placenta spherical, stipitate, seed- 
bearing throughout : seeds very minute and numerous (about 750 
in each capsule), oval in outline, the surface prominently reticulate. 

New York: Near Riverhead, Suffolk County, September 
4-13, 1901, /. H. Barnhart (type, in the author’s herbarium) ; 
Woodmere, Nassau County, September 13, 1903, Z. P. Bicknell 
(in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden). 

The following material may also be referred here, with some 
doubt : 

New Jersey: Cold Spring, Cape May County, August 20, 
1891, Stewardson Brown (in the herbarium of the Academy of 
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, sheet no. 502,805). 

Of our northeastern species, U. virgatula is most closely related 
fo U. juncea, its most striking differences being the small size of 
its scapes, and its miniature corollas, the largest barely exceeding 


, 


Bee ae 


BARNHART: A NEW UTRICULARIA 581 


the calyx, while those of U. juncea are conspicuous. U. juncea 
is a species of distinctly southern range, and has not been hitherto 
reported as occurring on Long Island, as far as I am aware. It 
was found by me, however, in September of the present year 
(1907), near Riverhead, in a pond adjoining that from which U. vir- 
gatula was first taken. Its occurrence on Long Island is not at 
all remarkable, but it is surprising that it has so long escaped 
detection. 

Closer still is the relationship of U. virgatula to the U. simplex 
of Charles Wright, first described from Cuba, and since reported 
from Florida. The resemblance is indeed so close that I am unable 
to name any character by which they may be distinguished. How- 
ever, the name U. simplex has been in use for nearly a hundred 
years for an entirely different Australian species (U. sémplex R. Br.), 
So that Wright’s species is without any tenable name; instead of 
renaming it, it seems better to refer the material from Cuba and 
Florida provisionally to U. virgatula. If future comparisons should 
prove that the southern material is distinct, it will then be necessary 
to assign it a new name. 

It might seem unreasonable to suggest that a gamopetalous 
Spermatophyte found in Florida could be conspecific with one 
found in New Jersey, no intermediate stations being known ; yet 
as a parallel case may be cited another species of the same genus. 
U. resupinata B. D. Greene was discovered about seventy-five 
years ago in eastern Massachusetts ; one by one other localities 
came to light, until now it has been found in every one of the New 
England States, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Michigan, 
and Indiana. The same species, or one so closely resembling it 
that no one has yet distinguished it, is now known to be fairly 
common in Florida, and has been collected in southern Georgia ; 
but no stations are known intermediate between these extreme 
southern ones and those in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Indiana. 

In several of his published papers (Bull. Torrey Club 30: fee 
324; Rhodora 7: 72, 73), Dr. Roland M. Harper ca 

, : u 
attention to similar apparent breaks in the distribution : peared 
other flowering plants, such as Rynchospora fusca, Eleochar ie ‘es 
binsii, Cladium mariscoides, Eriocaulon septangulare, and Habe 
naria blephariglottis. 

New York BoranicaL GARDEN. 


582 BARNHART: A NEW UTRICULARIA 


Explanation of plate 34 
UTRICULARIA VIRGATULA sp. nov. 
I, 2, 3. Entire eee natural size. 
4, 5. Trifid bract, < 8. 
6. oe wiih sheathing calyx, * 8. 
7. Flower, < 8. 
8. Corolle, x 8. 
9. pe beaiieen anes sar wceaines ™ 8: 
Io. 


11. Bladder, wa 50. 


New species of Uredineae—VI 
JOSEPH CHARLES ARTHUR 


The following fifteen species of rusts are in part new discoveries, 
and in part well known forms that have not before been specifically 
named and characterized. They are placed on record in order to 
facilitate the work of preparation for the systematic treatment of 
the order in the North American Flora, the final parts of which are 
now being written. The kindness of those who have contributed 
specimens is much appreciated. The hearty cooperation of num- 
€erous correspondents tends to insure a reasonably full treatment 
in the forthcoming work. 

Anerror in the preceding number of this series may be pointed 
out here. The type specimen of Uvedo Holwayi (Bull. Torrey 
Club 33: 518. 1906) is on Tsuga heterophylla (Raf.) Sarg. The 
error was due to a confusion in the mind of the writer of the char- 
acters belonging to the two species of hosts. TZ. heterophylla 
is the lowland hemlock, which was formerly referred to the 
eastern 7: canadensis. Both it and the alpine hemlock are found 
in the vicinity of Glacier, B. C. Professor Holway, who was in 
the Selkirks from July to September of 1907, reported the rust at 
the time very abundant on the lowland species, but rare on the 
other. He has sent a specimen on 7: Mertensiana, collected at 
Glacier, B. C., August 18, 1907. 


Puccinia cinerea sp. nov. 


O and I. Pycnia and aecia unknown. - : 

II. Uredinia hypophyllous, scattered, oblong, sma ne 4 
mm. wide by 0.5-1.5 mm. long, tardily naked, pulveru pa 
Orange-yellow, ruptured epidermis conspicuous ; etghe 
broadly ellipsoid, 18-23 x 23-29 #, wall pale-brown, abou i 5 Ly 
thick, finely and inconspicuously echinulate, pores 5 or 6, scatte y 

III. Telia compound, amphigenous, scattered, ag on 
0.1~0.2 mm. wide by 0.5-1 mm. long, long covered by t P 
dermis, cinereous, surrounded by a thin stroma ; teliospores oblong 
or oblong-clavate, irregular by compression, 16-21 X 4 iy 
wall dark cinnamon-brown, I-1.§ /# thick, thicker at apex, 3 5 /; 
Smooth ; pedicel short, tinted. 

583 


584 ARTHUR: NEw UREDINEAE 


On Poa nevadensis Vasey, Fort McKinney, Wyoming, August, 
1808, Williams & Griffiths (Griff. W. Am. Fungi 355; type); P. arida 
Vasey, Wood River, Nebraska, July 28, 1906, /. 7. Bates 3930, 
Loup City, Nebraska, June 22, 1907, /. M. Bates; Poa sp., Bil- 
lings, Montana, September, 1898, Williams & Griffiths (Griff. W. 
Am. Fungi 355@); Piedmont, Wyoming, August 4, 1901, L. i 
Pammel 2179. The species resembles Puccinia epiphylla (L.) 
Wettst. (P. Poarum Niels.), but in the uredinial stage is readily 
distinguished by the slightly larger spores and absence of para- 
physes, and in the telial stage by the more pronounced stroma, 
paler sori and larger teliospores. Rev. J. M. Bates has found it 
a number of times growing intermixed with Oxygraphis Cymbalaria 
(Pursh) Prantl, bearing aecia, and suggests that the two forms 
may be genetically related. 


Puccinia perminuta sp. nov. 

O-and I. Pycnia and aecia unknown. 

II. Uredinia amphigenous or only epiphyllous and caulicolous, 
scattered, oval, small, 0.1-0.3 mm. long, tardily naked, pale-yellow, 
pulverulent, ruptured epidermis noticeable ; urediniospores globoid 
or broadly ellipsoid, 15-18 x 16—22 p, wall very pale-yellow, 
thin, 1 or less, sharply echinulate, pores about 6, scattered, 
obscure. 

III. Telia amphigenous or only epiphyllous and caulicolous, 
oval, small, 0.1-0.3 mm. long, often confluent, covered by the 
epidermis, blackish ; stroma usually wanting ; teliospores oblong, 
12-16 x 25-39 , slightly or not constricted at septum, obtuse at 
both ends, wall chestnut-brown, smooth, thin, I-I.5 /#, much 
thickened above, 5-10 4, concolorous; pedicel very short, colored. 

On Agrostis hyemalis (Walt.) B.S.P., Sugar Grove, Ohio, Sep- 
tember 23, 1905, W. A. Kellerman 4299 (type); Houston, Texas, 
April 17, 1869, H. W. R [avenel], uredinia only (specimen in her- 
barium of U. S. Department of Agriculture, said to be on 777 
chodium); A. perennans (Walt.) Tuckerm., Durbin, Pocahontas 
County, West Virginia, August 28, 1902, W. A. Kellerman 3960. 
The species differs from P. Agrostidis Plow. in the smaller spores 
of both sorts, and a less development of stroma, and in other less 
prominent characters. No one has yet made a suggestion as to 
its probable aecial connection. 


ARTHUR: NEW UREDINEAE 585 


Puccinia praegracilis sp. nov. 

O. and I. Pycnia and aecia not definitely known. 

II. Uredinia amphigenous, scattered, oblong, small, 0.1-0.2 
mm. wide, by 0.2—0.3 mm. long, soon naked, pale-yellow, pulveru- 
lent, ruptured epidermis barely noticeable ; urediniospores broadly 
ovoid, 16-19 x 18-21 p, wall rather thin, about I yp, pale-yellow, 
closely and minutely echinulate, pores about 6, scattered, obscure. 

Ill. Telia amphigenous, oblong or linear, 0.1-0.3 mm. wide, 
by 0.3-1 mm. long, irregularly confluent, covered by the epider- 
mis, purplish-black ; stroma none ; teliospores oblong or linear- 
oblong, 12-13 x 30-42 #4, slightly or not constricted at septum, 
obtuse or truncate at both ends, coronate with short tubercles 
above, wall golden-brown, smooth, thin, 1 #4, somewhat thicker 
above, 2—4 exclusive of tubercles, and darker-colored ; pedicel 
broad, very short, concolorous. 

On Agrostis Thurberiana Hitchc., Glacier, British Columbia, 
1200 meters, September 5, 1902 (type) ; July 29, 1907, BWeD. 
Holway. This species differs in its smaller and more delicate 
uredinio- and teliospores from Puccinia Rhamni (Pers.) Wettst. e, 
coronata Corda), to which it bears considerable resemblance, and 
from other species on Agrostis by the coronate teliospores. Col- 
lections were made at three or four localities, in the same general 
tegion. In each case the rust grew in connection with aecia on 
Limnorchis stricta (Lindl.) Rydb. (Habenaria gracilis S. Wats.), 
and the collector believes the two forms are genetically related- 
The first collection is accompanied by this note: “ This grew ad- 
joining the Habenaria aecidium, and nowhere else. There were 
two localities, one a high meadow where it was quite abundant, 
and another where only a half dozen plants of the Habenaria grew, 
and between these plants the rust was found, the orchid leaves 
still showing the old aecidia.” 

Puccinia Chaetochloae nom. nov. 

The uredinial stage of the species was described in the previous 
paper of this series. Since then the telia have been detected by 
Dr. Bessey in a specimen gathered at Miami, Florida, January 16, 
1907, which makes it possible to transfer the rust to the genus 
Puccinia, Yt may be described as follows : 

Il. Uredo Chaetochloae Arth. Bull. Torrey Club 33: 518, 
1906 


III. Telia amphigenous, few, scattered, oblong or linear, small, 


586 ARTHUR: NEW UREDINEAE 


0.1 mm, wide by o.5—1 mm. long, tardily naked by a longitudinal 
slit; teliospores ellipsoid, often irregular, 23-26 x 32-37 p», 
rounded at both ends, slightly or not constricted at septum, wall 
chestnut-brown, concolorous, thin, I-—I. , rarely thickened 
slightly at apex, smooth; pedicel colored, short, often obliquely 
attached. 

On Chaetochloa macrosperma Scribn. & Merr., Miami, Florida. 
Telia collected January 16, 1907, Ernst A. Bessey 59. 


Puccinia panicicola sp. nov. 

O and I. Pycnia and aecia unknown. 

II. Uredinia amphigenous, numerous, scattered, oval, 0.1-0.3 
mm. wide by 0.2-0.4 mm. long, soon naked, pulverulent, dark 
cinnamon-brown, ruptured epidermis noticeable; urediniospores 
broadly ellipsoid or obovoid, 23-25 by 26-30», wall dark cinna- 
mon-brown, rather thick, 1.5 4, closely and strongly echinulate- 
verrucose with blunt points, pores 3-4, sometimes only 2, equa- 
torial. 

III. Telia not seen. 


On Panicum molle Sw., Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba, March 


I, 1907 (type), March 6, 1903, C. F Baker; Cuautla, State of. 


Morelos, Mexico, October 12, 1898, £&. W. D. Holway 3045; 
Panicum hebotes Trin., Jalapa, State of Veracruz, Mexico, Octo- 


ber 5, 1898, &. W. D, Holway 3083. No teliospores have been. 


seen by the writer, but a few were seen by the collector, according 
to a note in the packet of the last-named collection. The species 
is much like P. eslavensis D. & H., but the urediniospores are 
smaller, more strongly sculptured, and have thinner walls with 
fewer pores. 


Puccinia quadriporula sp. nov. 

O and I. Pycnia and aecia unknown. 

II. Uredinia hypophyllous, scattered, roundish or oblong, 0.4- 
I mm. long, early naked, somewhat pulverulent, cinnamon-brown, 
ruptured epidermis inconspicuous ; urediniospores broadly ellip- 
soid or globoid, 17-21 x 22-26 #4, wall cinnamon-brown, medium 
thin, 1.5—2 y, finely and evenly echinulate, pores 4, equatorial. 

III. Telia hypophyllous, scattered, roundish or oblong, 0.4-! 
mm. long, soon naked, somewhat pulvinate, blackish-brown, ruP- 
tured epidermis noticeable ; teliospores clavate-oblong, 16-21 X 
42-48 p, usually rounded above, rounded or often narrowed below, 
wall chestnut-brown, concolorous, rather thin, 1-1.5 , thicker at 


apex, 9-104, smooth; pedicel slightly tinted, about one-half 
length of spore. 


cen a at i —— - a = af 


i am U 
_ broadly ellipsoid or globoid, 18-23 x 24-27 #, 


ARTHUR: New UREDINEAE 587 


On Carex vulgaris Fries (C. Goodenovii J. Gay), Isle au Haut, 
Maine, September 25, 1899, /. C. Arthur (type); C. spectabilis 
Dewey, Glacier, British Columbia, August, 1907, &. W. D. Holway. 
Only one species of Puccinia on Carex possessing four equatorial 
pores in the urediniospores has heretofore been recognized from 
North America. That species, Puccinia minuta Diet., on C. ver- 
rucosa from Alabama, is easily distinguished by its much larger and 
more nearly globose urediniospores, and other less evident char- 
acters. The two widely separated stations indicate that it is not un- 
common in the northern regions, although little material is yet 
available for study. 


Puccinia minutissima sp. nov. 

O and I. Pycnia and aecia unknown. 

II. Uredinia hypophyllous, scattered, round or nearly so, 
0.2-0.3 mm. across, early naked, chestnut-brown, pulverulent, 
ruptured epidermis conspicuous ;_urediniospores globoid or broadly 
ellipsoid, very small, 13-16 x 16-20 4, wall chestnut-brown, 
medium thick, 1-1.5 p, finely echinulate, pores 2, in upper part, 
evident. : 


spores oblong-clavate, 15-22 x 42-644, slightly constricted at 
Septum, apex rounded or obtuse, narr 
chestnut-brown, concolorous, smooth, I-I. at sides, much 
thickened above, 9-13 #1; pedicel one fourth length of spore or 
less, firm, tinted. oe 

On Carex filiformis L., in sphagnum swamp, Lansing, Michi- 
gan, September 5, 1885, /. C. Arthur (type); ina sphagnum bog, 
London, Ontario, Canada, October, 1898, /. Dearness (Ellis & 
Ey, Fungi Columb. 73782) ; Kewanna, Indiana, October, 1893, L. 
M. Underwood (part of some specimens in Ellis & Ev. dees 
Columb. 258). The species is especially characterized by : e 
Unusually small urediniospores, but is also well marked in other 
respects. 

Prospodium bahamense sp. nov. 


O. Pycnia unknown. 


, : ‘ seen 
rediniospores intermixed with the teliospores, few , 


walls golden-brown, 


588 ArTHUR: NEw UREDINEAE 


not noticeably laminate, medium thick, 2.5-3, sparsely and 
strongly verrucose, pores 2, opposite and equatorial. 

III. Telia hypophyllous, minute, scattered, or crowded into 
seemingly pulvinate groups of 0.2-1 mm. across, early naked, 
blackish, ruptured epidermis not noticeable; paraphyses numer- 
ous, peripheral, united at the bases, terete, 9-10 X 55-644, 
acuminate, somewhat incurved, wall firm, about. 2 » thick, dark 
chestnut-brown, smooth ; teliospores few in a sorus, broadly ellip- 
soid, 24-27 x 32-39 4, rounded at both ends, slightly constricted 
at the septum, wall chocolate-brown, rather thick, 3.5-4.5 », gela- 
tinous layer golden-yellow, not conspicuous except at apex and 
sometimes at base where it produces an umbo-like thickening of 
2~-3 pt, closely and rather coarsely verrucose ; pedicel pale amber- 
colored throughout, once to once and a half length of spore, with 
- whorl of rather large, much branched appendages, near the 

ase. 

On Tecoma bahamensis Northrop, New Providence, Bahamas, 
March 12-24, 1907, Elizabeth G. Britton 6596. A. very distinct 
species, intermediate in the character of its appendages between P. 
appendiculatum and P. Amphilophii. The paraphyses are particu- 
larly noteworthy. Being large and stout, and very dark-colored, 
they are especially conspicuous. But they are unique in the way 
in which they adhere at the bases to form a circle about the spores. 
The sorus may be readily separated ‘as a whole from the tissue of 
the host, with the spores in place. It then appears campanulate, 
like a partially opened flower, borne on a slender, pale pedicel, 
which is formed of the greatly compressed portions of the para- 
physes and spore-stalks where they pass through the epidermis. 


Calliospora Petalostemonis sp. nov. 

O. Pycnia chiefly hypophyllous, preceding or accompany ing 
the telia, numerous, scattered, conspicuous, golden-yellow becom- 
ing brown, subcuticular, conical, 80—1 toy wide, about half as 
high ; ostiolar filaments 30-50 p long. 

III. Telia hypophyllous, scattered, small, roundish, 0.3-0.6 
mm. across, chocolate-brown, somewhat pulverulent, ruptured 
epidermis somewhat noticeable; teliospores ellipsoid, 23-29 * 
35-45 #, rounded at both ends, slightly or not constricted at sep- 
tum, wall laminate, inner layer light chestnut-brown, medium 
thick, 2~2.5 , pores two in each cell, lateral and opposite, outet 
layer gelatinous, pale-yellow, rather thin, 1-1.5 4, very finely and 
rather sparsely verrucose ; pedicel colorous, about 6 y in diameter, 
short and largely deciduous, not swelling in water. 


ARTHUR: NEW UREDINEAE 589 


On Petalostemon oligophyllus (Torr.) Rydb., Pecos, New Mex- 
ico, 1903, Z. D. A. Cockerell. Both the pycnia and telia of this 
| species are most abundant and conspicuous. It differs from Uro- 
| pyais Petalostemonis (Farl.) DeToni in the absence of uredinia and 
| paraphyses, and in other less evident characters. 

_ Aecidium Petalostemonis Kellerman & Carleton, sp. nov. 
__ O. Pycnia amphigenous, sparsely disposed in indefinite groups, 
_ inconspicuous, subepidermal, globoid, 70-100 # in diameter by 
_ 90-100 p» high; ostiolar filaments 30-45 y long. 
: I. Aecia amphigenous, gregarious, irregularly arranged in in- 
- definite groups, on discolored spots occupying all or part of a leaf, 
short, about 0.2 mm. across; peridium colorless, margin some- 
_what lacerate, spreading or somewhat recurved, peridial cells 
| thomboidal, overlapping, outer wall rather thick, 5—7 y, not con- 
 Spicuously striate, smooth, inner wall medium thin, 3-4 y, rather 
_ finely verrucose ; aeciospores broadly ellipsoid or globoid, 18-24 
X 20-28 y, wall colorless, rather thin, 1-1.5 4, evenly and rather 
- finely verrucose. 
On Petalostemon candidus (Willd.) Michx., Manhattan, Kansas, 
_ June, 1886, W. A. Kellerman (Ellis & Ev. N. Am. Fungi 7845), 
Lincoln, Nebraska, May 27, 1902, John L. Sheldon ; P. purpureus 
: (Vent.) Rydb. (2. violaceus Michx.), Manhattan, Kansas, June 6, 
_ 1887, Kellerman & Swingle, Stockton, Kansas, June 6, 1906, 
E. Bartholomew (Bartholomew, Fungi Colum. 2296); ?. seas 
_ Nutt., Merriman, Nebraska, July 11, 1899, /. 2. Bates. It is also 
: recorded on P. multiforus Nutt. from Kansas (Trans. Kansas 
- Acad. Sci. 10: gt. 1887), and on an undetermined species of 
_ Petalostemon, above Big Horn, Wyoming (Proc. Davenport Acad. 
Sci. 7: 252. 1889). This name was used by Kellerman and 
Carleton over twenty years ago in a “ Second list of Kansas para- 
- Sitic fungi, together with their host plants,” contributed to the tenth 
Volume of the Proceedings of the Kansas Academy of Science, but 
_ Without a description. The name was written “ Aecidium Petalos- 
_ monis Farl.,” and during the year following the type collection 
was issued in Ellis & Ev. N. Am. Fungi as “ /uccina Petaloste- 
| Monis Farl.” Since that time it has been variously ascribed to 
_ Farlow and to Kellerman & Carleton, or as “I” of Puccinia Petal- 
_ %Stemonis or Uropyxis Petalostemonts. Under the last name Sy a 
_inhis Monog. Uredinearum appends a partial description, ee wit a 
Cut using a distinctive name Or positively referring it to Uropyats. 


= s Bates eh 


aE Se aaa en ee 


590 ARTHUR: NEw UREDINEAE . 


The form can not belong to the life cycle of Uropyxis Petalos- 
temonis for numerous reasons. No aecial stage has yet been dis- 
covered for any species of that genus. Should one ever be found, 
it will doubtless have subcuticular pycnia and aecial paraphyses, 
having no true peridium, as occurs in Phragmopyxis, which is 
simply Uropyxis with three-celled teliospores. Beside, U. Petalos- 
temonis is known to have a primary uredo accompanied by pycnia, 
which excludes the likelihood of an aecial stage. Finally both 
from structure and analogy the form may be considered as part of 
some heteroecious grass rust. 


Aecidium fluxum sp. nov. 


O. Pycnia chiefly epiphyllous, few, inconspicuous, subepidermal, 
honey-yellow, subglobose, small, 75~90 in diameter by 66-80 # 
high ; ostiolar filaments long, 80-112 p. 

_ I. Aecia chiefly hypophyllous, few, widely separated in indefi- 
nite groups, short, small, 0.1-o.2 mm. in diameter ; peridium color- 
less, irregularly lacerate, recurved, peridial cells rhomboidal in 
longitudinal section, 27-35 » long, overlapping, outer wall rather 
thick, 5-7 », transversely striate, smooth, inner wall about half as 


thick, somewhat striate, finely verrucose; aeciospores globoid, | 


20-25 in diameter, wall pale-yellow, thin, about I 4, irregularly 
and rather prominently verrucose. 

On Amorpha canescens Pursh, Colorado, 1907, H. L. Shanté, 
communicated by E. W. D. Holway. A delicate and inconspic- 
uous species. It may be remarked that Aecidium Amorphae Cooke 
(Grevillea 6: 137. 1878) is the primary uredo of Uropy*is 
Amorphae (Curt.) Schrét., while the present form is part of a 
heteroecious species, doubtless one of the grass or sedge rusts. 


Aecidium Boehmeriae sp. nov. 


O. Pycnia epiphyllous, few in small groups about 1 mm. across, 


honey-yellow becoming brownish, punctiform, not conspicuous, 


globose or depressed-globose, small, 70-90 in diameter by 50-7 at 
high ; ostiolar filaments up to 6 5 » long. 

I. Aecia hypophyllous, gregarious or sometimes 
groups 2-10 mm. across, on larger discolored spots, short, small, 
about 0.1 mm. in diameter, rather pale-yellow ; peridium colorless, 
margin erose, recurved, peridial cells rhombic, small, 16-23 
long, inner wall medium thin, 3-4 4, moderately verrucose, outer 
wall medium thick, 5~6 yp, striate, smooth; aeciospores & 


in annular 


loboid, 


ARTHUR: NEw UREDINEAE 591 


: often angular, very small, 10-13 # in diameter, wall pale-yellow, 
_ very thin, 0.5-1 », very finely verrucose, appearing smooth. 
On Boehmeria cylindrica (L.) Willd., Takoma Park, District of 
Columbia, June 6, 1898, collector uncertain, fungi of the T. A. 
Williams collection, distributed by the U. S. National Museum. 
This species is morphologically similar to the common Aecidium 
Orticae, belonging to Puccinia Caricis, but scarcely half the size 
throughout, and with other distinctions. The fungus has been 
collected in other localities along the Atlantic coast and in Indiana, 
but no specimens are in the writer's herbarium. 


Caeoma occidentale sp. nov. 

O. Pycnia amphigenous, scattered, minute, inconspicuous, 
; subcuticular, honey-yellow, hemispherical, 65-100 4 in diameter 
_ by 23-32 pw high. 
I. Aecia from a limited mycelium, hypophyllous, sparsely ar- 
: ranged in two rows on yellow spots occupying part or all of a 
leaf, roundish to oblong, 0.3—I mm. or more long by O.3-0.4 mm. 
_ wide, soon naked, orange-yellow ; peridium wanting ; aeciospores 
_¢atenulate, broadly ellipsoid, 20-24 x 27-32 4, wall colorless, 
_ medium thin, 1.5-2.5 », moderately and rather closely verrucose. 
~ On Pseudotsuga mucronata (Raf.) Sudw. (Pseudotsuga Douglas 
 Carr., Adies Douglasit Lindl.), Beaver River Valley, British 
~ Columbia, alt. 860 meters, July 27, 1907, Z W. D. Holway. 
This rust is interesting as the second foliicolous caeoma on 
Pinaceae in North America. The other occurs on 7suga canadensis 
= in the North Atlantic region. The eastern and western species differ 
: greatly in size of spores, and other characters. 


Uredo Grayiae sp. nov. 

II. Uredinia amphigenous, scattered, sometimes esabia 
- Toundish, 0.5—1 mm. across, soon naked, pulverulent, choco ate- 
_ brown, ruptured epidermis somewhat noticeable ; ap rg Abe 
. ellipsoid or obovate-ellipsoid, 19-23 X 32-42 4; wall dark ic a s 
= Nut-brown, somewhat lighter below, rather thick, 2-2.5 4, Sug oy 
_ thicker above, 2.5~3.5 -, moderately verrucose above, gh 
= along the sides, pores 8 in two transverse zones equidistant from 
_ the equator. 

On Grayia spinosa (Hook.) Mog. (G. 


polygaloides H. & A.), 
Harter 1506, communi- 
kable in the close 


: F; allon, Nevada, August 21, 1907, L. -. 
_ Cated by C. L. Shear. The species is remar 


592 ARTHUR: NEw UREDINEAE 


resemblance of the spores to those of some species of Ravenelia, 
The upward thickening of the walls, the distribution of color, 
pores and sculpturing, are characters when taken together that 
would indicate a member of the subfamily of Raveneliatae, but 
_ the family of the host is widely removed from any represented in 


that group of rusts. Its relationship is, consequently, problematical. 


Uredo inquirenda sp. nov. 

II. Uredinia amphigenous, scattered or in circinating groups, 
round, 0.5 mm. across, subepidermal, soon naked, dark cinnamon- 
brown, pulverulent, ruptured epidermis noticeable ; urediniospores 
oval or obovate, 18-23 x 28-36, wall cinnamon-brown, rather 
thin, I-1.5 4, somewhat thicker above, 1.5-2.5 4, evenly and 
strongly echinulate, pores 8, unevenly spaced in two zones of 4 
each, equidistant from the equator ; pedicels more or less persist- 
ent, slender, usually once or more length of spore ; paraphyses 
none, 


On undetermined plant, bearing the local name of ‘‘ Washing- 
ton Vine,” Auburn, Alabama, December 12, 1889, Geo. F. Atkin- 
son 1051. This species, like the preceding one, possesses the 
characters of the Raveneliatae, and for this reason has special 
interest. The rust appears to have been very abundant, all of the 
leaves of the collection being well covered with sori. The mate- 
rial came into my hands about three years ago among a lot of un- 
determined specimens, kindly sent from the herbarium of Cornell 
University for study. Since that time much effort has been 
expended to ascertain the probable identity of the host, but with- 
out making the slightest advance. Dr. E. M. Wilcox and Prof. J. 
F. Duggar of Auburn, Ala., have made inquiries and can find no 
trace of the original plant, or of any plant to which the name of 
“Washington Vine” is now applied. The collector is unable to 
recall any helpful information, and other botanists familiar with 
the southern flora do not recognize it. There are only individual 
leaves in the collection. These are 4-6 cm. long by I-2 cm. 
wide, rather thin, green both sides, smooth, entire, lanceolate, ses 
sile, or narrowed into short petioles. It is probable that the plant 
is not a native of the southern states, but has been cultivated for 
ornament, 

PuRCUE University, 

LAFAYETTE, INDIANA 


COE SE LS el CN ES SIN to oe ea ESS FS ee a 


Notes on a parasitic Gnomonia* 
CLAUDE WILBUR EDGERTON 


In the month of July, 1906, while looking for the presence of 
anthracnose on the canes of the blackberry, Rubus nigrobaccus, in 
the vicinity of Ithaca, New York, I found in the garden of Pro- 
fessor Whetsel a few canes that were affected with a pyrenomycete, 
a member of the genus Gromonia. Thinking that this might be 
the perfect stage of the anthracnose, I gathered material and made 
a study of it. The result of the study showed that the fungus 
had no connection with the Gloeosporium, yet from the fact that 
it seems to be undescribed in this country and. may occasionally 
cause disease of the blackberry canes, it seems well to make a 
note of it with drawings and photographs. 

The disease evidently made its appearance in the spring, as 
Spots were noticed on the canes at pruning time. But no effect 
on the canes had been noticed at that time. Leaves developed 
normally, blossoms appeared on the stems, and the fruit set, so 
that the plants had the appearance of being perfectly healthy. It 
was not until the fruit was a little over half grown that the effect 
of the disease was noticed. Very suddenly, the leaves and the 
fruit above the spots wilted and dried up. The effect on the plant 
seemed to be that of girdling. The appearance of the canes 
was very similar to the cane blight of raspberries caused by a 
species of Coniothyrium, as described by Stewart and Eustace. 
The plants were in this condition when they were first observed 
by the writer. The spots at this time were very evident, being 
two to five inches in length and completely encircling the stems, 
somewhat lighter in color than the healthy regions and possessing 
a dry, dead appearance. 

An examination of the spots showed the presence of numerous 
black perithecial beaks, which appeared to the naked eye as small 
black setae, protruding through the dead cortex (FIG. I). The 
main body of the perithecium was imbedded in the host tissue. 


* Contribution from the Department of Botany, Cornell University, No. 123. 
+ New York Experiment Station Bulletin no. 226, Geneva, N. 


* 


94 EDGERTON: GNOMONIA 


The microscopic characters of the fungus as I have determined 
them are as follows: The perithecia (FIG. 2) are subglobose, 200- 
260 x 175-220 p, filled with the numerous asci. The asci (FIGS. 3@, 
4) are long-clavate, 30-50 x 6-9 p, and contain as a rule but four 
spores, though occasionally some aborted spores may be seen at 


ees 


Fic. 1. Gnomonia Rubi Rehm on stem of Rubus nigrobaccus, Shows the beaks 
of the peritines protruding through the cortex. 


the base. The pore through which the spores escape, although 
not as prominent as in some other members of the genus Gnomonta, 
is surrounded by the thickened cellulose ring which appears as 4 
refractive dot on each side of the opening. The spores (FIG. 3¢) 
are in one or two series, filling nearly the whole ascus, about 


PA eee Te EE eT ee See Oe ee Tee a eS 


EDGERTON: GNOMONIA 595 


14-19 X 3-5. They are two-celled, the two cells being equal, 
constricted at the septum, somewhat fusoid, quite often guttulate. 
Each end of the spore is continued into a long hyaline point, but 
this falls away very readily so that the end of the spore has a 
rounded appearance (FIG. 3@). Paraphyses are absent. 

Cultures of the ascospores were made in bean agar. The 
spores germinated readily by sending out a germ-tube at each 
end (FIG. 3¢). No germ-tube was seen coming from the side of 
the spore. A much-branched and septate mycelium resulted 


Fic. 2, Photomicrograph of a section of a perithecium of Gnomonia Rubi. 


which spread rapidly over the agar, forming a very thin sub- 
merged growth. Pieces of the agar were transferred to sterilized 
bean pods and blackberry stems. On_ both substrata, growth 
continued rapidly. In about ten to fourteen days, perithecia with 
the same appearance and structure as those originally found on 
the blackberry began to form. The only observable difference 
Was in the beak of the perithecium. This was much longer on. 
the perithecia formed in pure culture, and quite often it was bent 
back in the form of a hook near the apex. This same variation 
in the length of the beak in pure culture has been noticed by 
Klebahn * in another member of the genus, Gnomonia veneta 


aie er re ee ey *. wo? me 
*KLERAHN, H. Ueber einige Fungi imperfectt und die zugehérigen Ascomyceten 
f, 


Ormen. Jahrb. fiir wissensch. Botanik 41: 519. J: ¢ 


596 EDGERTON : GNOMONIA 


(Sacc. & Speg.) Kleb. In no culture in the laboratory nor on 
the material collected on the blackberry was I able to find a trace 
of a conidial stage. 

This fungus was first named by Rehm, Guomonia tetraspora 
Wint. var. Rudi Rehm, but in volume IX of the Sy/oge Fungorum, 
Saccardo considers it a good species and uses the name Guomonia 
Rubi Rehm. The latter name seems to be preferable and will be 
used here. Some of the material was sent to Rehm and the iden- 
tification was confirmed by him. 


Vipear. 
Wy 


. 


z 


s 


Fic. 3. Gnomonia Rubi Rehm. (2) Asci from perithecia from the blackberry- 
(4) Asci from perithecia in pure culture. (c) Ascospores. (d) Ascospores as they 
appear after losing their appendages. (e) Ascospores germinating. (7) The same 
rai stage. (g) Irregularly thickened mycelial thread, a common condition in old 
cuitures, 


ies 


To prove the connection of the fungus with the disease on the 
canes, inoculation experiments were attempted in 1907. Early in 
the spring, in the greenhouse, some young plants were inoculated 
with a pure culture of the fungus. The plants were very young, 
the canes being perfectly green. This inoculation was a failure ; 
the fungus did not seem to be able to attack the young actively 
growing canes, ; 

Later in the season, on May 9, about ten or twelve blackberry 


EDGERTON: GNOMONIA 597 


plants growing wild near Ithaca were inoculated, the inoculations 
being made at various places on the canes. As a result of these 
inoculations, two plants became infected with the disease. Why 
the other eight or ten inoculations did not take may possibly have 
been due to a loss of virulence, caused by growing the fungus for 
ten months. on artificial media. However the wild blackberry 
plants may be more resistant to the attacks of these forms than 
the cultivated varieties and this may have had something to do 
with the poor infection. One of the successful inoculations was 
on a wound made by cutting off the entire upper third of the plant. 
The disease followed down the stem and in a few weeks perithecia 
were produced in abundance. In the other successful inoculation, 
the pure culture of the fungus was inserted in a wound made by 
removing one of the small side branches. The disease spread in 
all directions, finally encircling the stem. The plant was not 
killed as suddenly as the original plants that were found, but died 
more gradually. Fruit set on the branches, but most of it dried 
up before it matured. Perithecia were produced on the diseased 
portion about three or four months after the inoculation. How- 
ever, these were not produced in such great abundance as they 
were on the original plants. 

The results of this study seem to show that the fungus Gxo- 
monia Rubi Rehm is a weak facultative parasite, a form that will 
grow rapidly as a saprophyte on the dead canes and will if conditions 
are suitable adapt itself to the living cane. It does not seem 
probable that it is a form that is liable to become a serious pest to 
blackberry canes, but rather one that may appear as a parasite 
only occasionally, only when the conditions are right. 


A synopsis of the New England species of Tetmemorus’ 
JosEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN 


With the present records all four species of Ze¢memorus found 
in the British Isles are known from New England. The species 
of Tetmemorus are not striking in their appearance and one study- 
ing plankton rarely meets with them. In New England the spe- 
cies appear to be mostly found in sphagnum pools and also as a 
rule seem to be more common at an elevation, being found very 
abundantly in certain mountain ponds with sphagnous borders. 

The figures given by Wolle were poor and in some cases were 
referred to the wrong species. The corrected synonymy for the 
various species is given. The measurements are from New Eng- 
land specimens only. Records for which specimens have been seen 
are followed by an exclamation point. While based upon New 
England material this should cover the whole northeastern United 
States. 


TETMEMORUS Ralfs, 1844 
Cells usually fusiform-cylindrical, straight, with a slight median 
constriction, and a narrow incision at the center of the apices: 
cell circular or elliptical in end view : cell-wall usually punctate 
or slightly scrobiculate : each semicell with a single chloroplast, 
with a central row of pyrenoids. 


1. Termemorus Bréprssoni (Menegh.) Ralfs 


Closterium Brébissonti Menegh. Linnaea 14: 236. 1840. 
Tetmemorus Brébissonii Ralfs, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 14: 257. pl. 
8. f. 1. 1844. — Brit. Desm. 145. A. 24. f. 1, a, 6, ¢. 1848. — 
Wolle, Desm. U. S. gt. pl. 20.f- 4 2: pl. 50. f. 36. 1884. 
Cells subcylindrical, attenuate toward the apices, much more 
so in side view, about 6 times as long as wide ; apices broadly 
rounded in both front and side views ; cell-wall minutely punctate 
in longitudinal lines ; chloroplasts with 4-5 pyrenoids. 
Length 189-236 #: breadth 34-37 #: isthmus 20-31 #4. 
Marne: Orono (W. West). New HAMPSHIRE = North Wood- 
stock! MassacHusEtts ; Guilder Pond, Mt. Everett, Mount 
599 


600 CUSHMAN: TETMEMORUS 


Washington! Lake Quinsigamond, Worcester (Stone) ; Tewks- 
bury (Lagerheim); Waverley (Johnson); Bridgewater! Lake 
Watuppa, Fall River! Ruope Istanp: Wainskut Pond, North 
Providence (Baz/ey). 


2, TETMEMORUS GRANULATUS (Bréb.) Ralfs 

Closterium granulatum Bréb., in Cheval. Microscop. et Usage 272. 
1839. 

Tetmemorus granulatus Ralfs, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 14: 257. f/. 
@. J, 2. 1844.—~ Brit. Desm. 147. p/. 24. f. 2. pl. 33. J. 4 
1848. — Wolle, Desm. U. S. 91. pl. 50. f. 33, 34. 1884. 
Cells decidedly attenuate toward the apices in both front and 

side views, about 51% times as long as wide; apices narrowly 

rounded ; cell-wall scrobiculate in encircling lines at the base of 
the semicell, becoming irregular and more crowded toward the 
apex ; chloroplasts with 4—5 pyrenoids. 

Length 168-260 pv: breadth 34-46 w: isthmus 22-38 p. 

Maine: Orono (W. West). New Hampsuire: Pudding Pond, 
North Conway ! Intervale ! Noone’s Station ! North Woodstock ! 
Massacuuserts: Guilder Pond on Mt. Everett, Mount Wash- 
ington! Lake Quinsigamond, Worcester (Stone) ; Tewksbury 
(Lagerheim) ; Pondville! Lake Watuppa, Fall River! Wigwam 
and Almanac Ponds, Nantucket! Ruopr Istanp: Providence 
(Bailey). 

3. TETMEMoRUS LAEVis (Kiitz.) Ralfs 

Closterium laeve Kitz. Phyc. Germ. 132. 1845. 

Tetmemorus laevis Ralfs, Brit. Desm. 146. pl. 2g. f. 3. 1848. — 
Wolle, Desm. U. S. gl. pl. 20. f. 3. pl. 50. f. 35. 1884. 

Tetmemorus minutus Wolle, pl. 20. I. 7-9. 1884. 

Cells subcylindrical, about 4 times as long as wide, gradually 
attenuate to the apices, which are broadly rounded; cell-wall 
minutely punctate ; chloroplasts with 3-5 pyrenoids. 

_ Length 70-127 w: breadth 19-23 #: isthmus 17-19 /. 

Maine: Orono (W. West). Massacnusetts: Lake Quin- 

sigamond, Worcester (Stone) ; East Bridgewater ! Lake Watuppa, 

Fall River! Sandwich ! Chilmark ! Nantucket ! 


4. TETMEMoRUS miNUTUS DeBary. 
Tetmemorus minutus DeBary, Conj. 41. pl. 5. f. ro. 1858. 
Cells attenuate toward the apices in both front and side views, 


A a ee ae a ne ee ee ee 


CusHMAN: TETMEMORUS 601 


more so in the latter, about 3 times as long as wide ; apices spree! 
rounded ; cell-wall slightly punctate ; chloroplasts with I or 
pyreno oids. 

Length 65 : breadth I9 p. 

MassaAcuHusetts: Guilder Pond, on Mt. Everett, 600 meters, 


Mount Washington ! 


ey to the New England species of Tetmemoru 
Cells large, el times as long as wide; cell- wall ae or punctate in a 
definite pattern, at least near the base of the sem 
Ecilcularions or punctulations in definite iol eden lines ; cells very slightly 
attenuate from base to apex 1. 7. Brébissonii. 
Scrobiculations in horizontal oo at the base of the semicell, elsewhere scattered, 
gradually attenuate from base to apex. 2. ulatus. 
Cells smaller, less than 5 times as long as wide; celJ-wall irregularly vite 
Cells about 4 times as long as wide ; chloroplast with 3-5 pyrenoids. 
3. TZ. laevis. 


Cells about 3 times as long as wide ; chloroplasts with 1 or 2 pyrenoids. 
4. 7. minutus. 


Boston Society OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


Notes on Carex — III 
KENNETH KENT MACKENZIE 


” Carex latebrosa sp. nov. 

Carex Gayana hyalina Bailey, Proc. Am. Acad. 22: 135. 
1886. Not Carex hyalina Boott. 

Growing in dense clumps, somewhat stoloniferous, the culms 
3-9 dm. high, roughened on the angles, especially above, much 
exceeding the leaves. Leaves with well-developed blades usually 
three to six to a culm, all on the lower third, the blades 
8-35 cm. long, 1.5-4 mm. wide, flat or somewhat involute, 
roughened on the margins and towards the apex ; spikes linear- 
elliptic, 1 cm. long or less, from about seven to thirty, aggregated 
into a linear or linear-oblong head, 2-4 cm. long, 4-8 mm. wide, 
simple or slightly compound, the lower spikes more or less 
separate ; spikes largely and often entirely staminate, or usually 
bearing one to several perigynia at or near the base ; bracts absent, 
or the lower occasionally present, shorter than the head, some- 
what enlarged at base, acuminate or short-cuspidate ; scales ovate- 
lanceolate, from short-cuspidate to obtusish, usually acutish, straw- 
colored (without a trace of green at maturity), hyaline, wider and 
longer than the perigynia which are completely concealed (except 
where the scales get broken), the whole head appearing as a mass 
of straw-colored scales, with occasional dark spots, showing the 
concealed perigynia ; perigynia ascending, brownish at maturity, 
plano-convex, ovate (rather narrowly), 3.5 mm. long, 1.5 mm. 
wide, broadly rounded at base, tapering into the beak which is 
about one-half the length of the body, the body slightly spongy 
at base, nerved on the outer, nerveless but narrowly margined 
above on the inner surface, the beak serrulate, its apex in age 
somewhat bidentate; perigynia thin, readily separating from 
achenes at maturity; achenes lenticular, with suborbicular face, 
about 1.5 mm. long; stigmas two. 

Although referred by Professor Bailey as a variety to the North 
American plant which has been passing as Carex Gayana E. Desv. 
(Carex simulata sp. nov. infra), it seems to me that this plant is 
more closely related to some, of the forms of Carex marcida 
Boott. It does not possess the characteristic short-beaked perigy- 
nium of the former plant, and this has caused mos. specimens 
collected to be referred to the latter plant. However, it 1s readily 


604 MACKENZIE: NoTES ON CAREX 


distinguished at sight from all forms of Carex marcida, and is 
clearly entitled to specific rank. The most easily noticed points of 
distinction may be contrasted as follows : 

Perigynium very abruptly contracted into a very short beak, about one-fifth the length 

of the body. C. stmulata. 
Perigynium tapering into a beak, one-half the length of the body or more. 

pikes with one to several inconspicuous perigynia, the head appearing a mass of 

straw-colored scales; staminate flowers conspicuous; blades 1.5—4 mm. wide. 

: C. latebrosa. 

Spikes with about ten perigynia concealed by the scales, but conspicuous ; scales 

tinged with green or brown; staminate flowers inconspicuous ; blades 1.5 mm. 

wide. C. marcida. 


The following specimens of Carex latedbrosa (all in the Colum- 
bia College herbarium except the New Mexico specimens and the 
fine specimens collected by Palmer) have been seen : 

Mexico: Sonora, Thurber 652, 185-(type); Durango, Palmer 
96, 1896 (N. Y. Bot. Gard.) ; San Bernardino, Sonora, Thurber 
337, June, 1851; Camp Tezotal, Sonora, Schott 4, 1855. 

Nevapa: Unionville Valley, Watson 1227, October, 1867 ; 
Spring Valley, Watson 1227, September, 1868. 

New Mexico: Cienega, &. O. Wooton, July 12, 1906; Mo- 
gollon Creek, Mogollon Mountains, Socorro County, O. B. Met- 
calfe, July 14, 1903. (Both in Herb. N. Mex. Agric. College.) 


v Carex simulata sp. nov. 
“Carex Gayana Desv.” Boott, Ill. Car. 3: 126. pl. 477. 

Culms 3-5 dm. high, from long running rootstocks, roughened 
on the angles, especially above, much exceeding the leaves. 
Leaves with well-developed blades two to five to a culm, all on 
its lower third, the blades erect-ascending, 8-30 cm. long, 2-4 
mm. wide, flat, roughened on the margins and towards the apex } 
spikes 5—15, densely aggregated into a linear-oblong, oblong oF 
ovate-oblong head, 12-25 mm. long, 6-10 mm. wide, the indivi- 
dual spikes not separate, but readily distinguishable, the more 
strongly pistillate ovate-oblong in outline, 7 mm. long, 3.5 ™m. 
wide, with about ten perigynia at base and the inconspicuous 
staminate flowers above, while other spikes are almost entirely 
staminate with an occasional perigynium, whole heads being almost 
entirely staminate or little staminate, as the case may be; bracts 
absent, or the lower one or two, if present, shorter than the head, 
long-cuspidate, enlarged at base; scales brown with hyaline 
margin, strongly cuspidate, wider and noticeably longer than the 


Snes taht” Flee ey sk tote eeD Se gat et 


MACKENZIE: NotTEs ON CAREX 605 


perigynia, which are completely concealed ; perigynia ascending, 
brownish at maturity, plano-convex, broadly ovate, 1.8 mm. long, 
1.4 mm. wide, broadly rounded at base, abruptly narrowed into a 
minute bidentate beak about 0.25 mm. long, hardly spongy at 
base, nerveless or nearly so, not margined, but the upper part of 
the body and the beak serrulate ; achenes lenticular with broadly 
elliptic face, 1 mm. long; stigmas two. 

The earliest description of Carex Gayana E. Desv. which I 
have seen (C. Gay, Fl. Chil. 6: 205) was published in 1854 ac- 
cording to the title-page of the work. However, the plates of 
this and some other species seem to have been issued in 1853 as 
Cyperaceae chilenses (Historia de Chile), and plate 73, figure 3, re- 
ferred to in the description in Gray’s work is here found. The 

specimens on which the species was based were collected in Chile, 
but Dr. Boott took up the name for a plant found in western North 
America, known to him from Fendler’s zo. 88z and Bourgeau’s 
from “ Base of the Rocky Mountains.’”’ This last-named specimen 
is figured by him (f/. gr7) as “‘ Carex Gayana Desv.,” and other 
authors who have had occasion to deal with the North American 
plant have followed him, although not without misgivings, the 
North American plant having been collected but little until recently. 
The real Carex Gayana, however, is a plant bearing much the same 


; general resemblance to the North American plant, now named by 


me Carex simulata, that Carex stenophylla Wahl. does to Carex 
marcida Boott. The differences noted may be thus contrasted : 
Culms 3.5 dm. high; heads 12-25 mm. long, linear-oblong to ovate-oblong ; scales 
cuspidate ; heads much exceeding the leaves. : simulate. 
Culms 1-2 dm. high ; heads 8-18 mm. long, ovate ; scales acuminate ; heads little 
exceeding leaves, C. Gayana. 
Of this species I have seen the following specimens : 
Wyominc: Chug Creek, Albany County, A. Welson 73 16, June 
29, 1900 (type, in Herb. N. Y. Bot. Garden); Headwaters of Clear 
Creek, 7; weedy 3336, July-August, 1900; Point of Rocks, Mer- 
rill & Wilcox 665, June 19, 1901; Clear Creek, 7. A. Williams, 
August 12, 1898. : 
Cotorapo: North Park on edge of Wyoming, Osterhout, Sep- 
tember 1, 1897; Rocky Mts. (Colorado?) Vasey 595. 
Montana: Montana Valley, Madison County, 4. & E. Nelson 


_ 6483, September 3, 1899. 


606 MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX 


Wasuincton: Falson Valley, Suésdorf, May—July, 1884. 
New Mexico: Fendler 881, 1847. 


/Carex perglobosa sp. nov. 
“Carex incurva Lightf.?” Bailey, in Coulter, Manual Rocky Moun- 

tain Region 390. 

Culms erect, 12 cm. high, growing in small clumps, from run- 
ning rootstocks, smooth on the angles, usually exceeding the 
leaves. Leaves clustered towards the base of the culms, the 
blades erect or somewhat spreading, 2-8 cm. long, 0.75—1.5 mm. 
wide, flattened at base, narrow but hardly involute above, slightly 
roughened towards the apex ; head erect, very globular, about 1 
cm. in diameter, the spikes entirely undistinguishable, the staminate 
flowers apical, very inconspicuous ; perigynia numerous ; bracts 
absent ; scales ovate-orbicular, brownish with silvery hyaline 
margin, obtusish or acutish, rather wider than, but exceeded at 
maturity (usually strongly) by, the perigynia; perigynia brownish 
at maturity, ovate-elliptic, 4 mm. long, 2.25 mm. wide, somewhat 
inflated and slightly nerved on both faces, rounded at base, gradu- 
ally tapering into the serrulate bidentate beak which is one third 
or less of the length’of the marginless body ; achenes lenticular 
with oblong-orbicular face, 1.75 mm. long, 1.25 mm. wide; stigmas 


This species which occurs in the high mountains of Central 
Colorado has heretofore been referred to the circumboreal Carex 
incurva Lightf., a species which in America extends south in the 
Canadian Rocky Mountains as far as Banff, but which I have not 
seen from the United States. The species are, however, clearly 
distinct, and may be distinguished from one another as well as 
from Carex vernacula Bailey (C. foetida Am. authors) as follows - 


Leaf-blades 2-3.5 mm, wide; perigynium little exceeding scale at maturity. 
C. vernacula. 
Leaf-blades 1.5 mm. wide or less ; perigynium much exceeding scale at maturity. 
Head suborbicular to short-oblong, the spikes apparent ; perigynium 3 mm. long; 


1.5 mm. wide, stipitate, not inflated. C. incurva. 
Head orbicular, the spikes not apparent; perigynium 4 mm. long, 2.25 mm. wide 
not stipitate, somewhat inflated. C. perglobosa. 


The following specimens have been examined, all from Colorado: 

Mt. Baldy, Summit County, Mackenzie 167, August, 190! 
(type, in Herbarium K, K. Mackenzie); Parry 385, 1861; Gray's 
Peak and vicinity, Patterson, September 2, 1885; Silver Plume, 
Rydberg, August 21, 1895. 


MACKENZIE: Nores on CAREX 607 


v Carex agrostoides sp. nov. 

Culms 4-8 dm. high, exceeding the leaves, roughened on the 
angles, the lowermost sheaths bladeless, conspicuous, the rootstalks 
short. Leaves with well-developed blades two to four to a culm, 
usually 2-3 dm. long, long-attenuate, 1-2 mm. wide, strongly 
involute, roughened towards the apex; head decompound, 4-7 
cm. long, 8-20 mm. wide, the lower one or two branches more 
or less separated, the upper closely aggregated; spikes very 
numerous, closely sessile, distinguishable with difficulty, ovate- 
oblong, usually 2-5 mm. long, 1.5-2.5 mm. wide, containing one 
to several perigynia in the middle, the remainder staminate ; bracts 
absent, or few and short (15 mm. long); scales ovate-oblong, 
obtusish to short-acuminate, brownish, with usually broad, whitish 
midrib, and conspicuous hyaline margins, wider than but slightly 
exceeded by the mature perigynia; perigynia lanceolate-cuneate, 
plano-convex in cross-section, 3 mm. long, 1 mm. wide, rounded- 
truncate at base, tapering at apex into a beak longer than the 
body, with serrulate margins and bidentate apex, the body nerve- 
less on inner, nerved on outer, surface ; achenes lenticular, 1 mm. 
long, 0.5 mm. wide; stigmas two. 

This species has long been represented in the Columbia College 
herbarium by two rather fragmentary specimens, but it was not 
until I received from Prof. E. O. Wooton two fine sheets collected 
by himself that I felt justified in describing it. Probably most 
closely allied to Carex latebrosa (supra), it is readily distinguished 
not only by the decompound head, but also by the narrow, long- 
beaked perigynia. The name given to this plant by me owes its 
origin to the strong resemblance the head has to the dried up, 
congested panicles of some species of Agrostis. 

The following specimens have been examined : 

New Mexico: Luna, northwest of Mogollon Mountains, 
Socorro County, altitude 6500 feet, Z. O. Wooton, July 28, 1900 
(type consisting of two sheets in Herb. New Mexico Agricultural 
College); Mangus Springs, Rusby 425, May, 1881 (Columbia 
College herbarium). | : 

: eng pagan Mountains, Rusby 426, April, 1881 


(Columbia College herbarium). 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 
(1907) 


aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by 
Americans, published in oe or based upon American material ; the word Amer- 
ica being used in its broadest sen 

Reviews, and papers which ins exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture, 
manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and 
no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is 
made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted 
wholly to botany. Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in 
some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor 

to errors or omissions their kindness will be appreciated. 
ndex is reprinted monthly on cards, and davnahed in this form to subscribers, 


at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each 
subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscription. Corre- 
spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey 


Botanical Club. 

Abrams, L. R. A new maple from Southern California. Torreya 7: 
217-219. f. 4. 19 N 1907. 

Acer bernardinum sp. Nov. 

Allen, J. A. Mutations and the ch distribution of nearly 
related species in plants and animals. Am. Nat. 41: 653-655. 2 
N 1907. 

Ascherson, P. & Graebner, P. Potamogetonaceae. Das Pflanzenreich 
4": 1-184. f. 1-76. 29 O 1907. 

Bailey, W. W. Some African flowers. Am. Bot. 13: 30-33. O 
1907. 

Bartlett, H. H. Ueber das Vorkommen von Juncus Dudleyi Wiegand 
n Deutschland. Allgem. Bot. Zeits. 13: 147, 148. S 1907. 

Bennett, A. Notes on Potamogetonaceac. Jour. Bot. 45: 373-377- 
1 O 1907. 

Black, J. M. Habitat of Odontoglossum crispum. 
326-328. N 1907. 

Blankinship, J. W. Plantae Lindheimerianae. Part III. Ann. Rep. 
Missouri Bot. Gard. 1907: 123-223. 1997: [Illust. ] 

Boulenger,G. A. On the variations of the evening primrose ( Ocnothera 
biennis L.). Jour. Bot. 45: 353-363. 1 O 1907. 

Britton, E. G. Notes on nomenclature VIII. Bryologist 10: Too, 


tor. 2 N 1907. 


Orch. Rev. 15: 


609 


610 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Burrell,W.H. Leucobryum glaucumSchp. Bryologist 10: 107-111. 
Pf 22. 2 N: 1907. 

Caldwell, 0. W. The teaching of botany in the high school. School 
Rev. 15: 661-670. 1907. 

Campbell, D. H. Studies on some Javanese Anthocerotaceae—1. Ann. 
Bot. 21: 467-486. A/. 44-46. O 1907. 

Cannon, W. A. An electric thermoregulator for paraffine baths and 
incubators. Plant World 10: 262-264. f. 53. N 1907. 


Chandler, H. P. Notes on two California Nemophilas. Bot. Gaz. 
44: 381, 382. 16N 1907. 

Clute, W. N. Our prairie sunflowers. Am. Bot. 13: 25-27. O 
1907. [Tllust.] 

Collins, F.S. Some new greenalgae. Rhodorag: 197-202. pi. 76. 
26 O 1907. 
Includes new species in Pleurococcus, Chaetomorpha, Cladophora, and Vaucheria 

(2), natives of the United States. 

Copeland, E. B. Key to the families of vascular plants in the Philip- 
pine Islands. Philipp. Bur. Educ. Bull. 24: 21-34. 1907. 

Copeland, E. B. Outline of a year’s course in botany. Philipp. Bur. 
Educ. Bull. 24: 5-19. 1907. 

Crocker, W. Germination of seeds of water plants. Bot. Gaz. 44: 
375-380. 16 N 1907. 

Dahlstedt, H. Ueber einige siidamerikanische Zuraxaca. Ark. Bot. 
6": 1-19. f. 7-8. 2F 1907. © 
Includes Zaraxacum andinum and T. rhusiocarpum spp. nov., natives respectively 

of Argentina and Patagonia. 7 

Daufun, M. H. A teratological flower of Campanula rotundifolia. 
Plant World 10: 265, 266. N 1907. 

Dean, B, Notes on Asiatic museums. Pop. Sci. Mo. 71: 481-497: 
J. 1-16. D 1907. 

Demetrio, C.H. A list of the mosses collected in different parts of 
Missouri. Bryologist 10: 103-106. 2 N 1907. 

Dismier, G. Sur la valeur spécifique des épaississements intralamel- 

laires des dents péristomiales dans les espéces du genre Philonotts. 
Rev. Bryol. 34: 112-1 14. N 1907. 

Dobbin, F, Concerning willows. Am. Bot. 13: 33-36. O 1907- 

Drummond, J. R. The literature of Furcraea with a synopsis of the 
known species. Ann. Rep. Missouri Bot. Gard. 1907: 25-75- pl. 
Ing. . 196%. 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 611 


Dunham, E. M. Mrs. Mary L. Stevens. Bryologist 10: 106. 2N 
I9o7. 

Eaton, L. 0. Notes on plants of Chesterville, Maine. Rhodora 9: 
207, 208. 26 O 1907. 

Fernald, M. L. Savicornia europaea and its representatives in eastern 
America. Rhodorag: 204-207. 260 1907. 

Fink, B. Further notes on Cladonias — XIII. Cladonia cristatella 
and Cladonia coccifera. Bryologist 10: 97-100. f/. rz. 2 N 1907. 

Gager,C. S. The self-pruning of trees. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 
8: 252-254. N 1907. 

Gager,C.S. The tardy defoliation of the trees. Jour. N. Y. Bot. 
Gard. 8: 254. N 1907. 

Garrett, A.O. Effect of fireon an apple tree. Plant World 10: 264. 
N 1907. 

Giirke, M. Cactaceae Florae Uruguayae auctore J. Arechavaleta. 

* Monats. Kakteenk. 17: 161-166. 15 N 1907. 

Girke, M. Cereus anguinus Giirke n. sp. Monats. Kakteenk. 17: 
166-171. 15 N 1907. 
Native of Paraguay. 

Giirke, M. Zchinocereus polyacanthus Engelm. 
£9 < 190, 1730118 W100, Fina 
Native of the southwestern United States and Mexico. 

Hamet, R. Monographie du genre Kalanchoe. 
Il. 7: 869-900. 31 O 1907. 
Harshberger, J. W. An unusual method of vegetative reproduction in 
Dionaea muscipula. Bot. Gaz. 44: 382, 383. 7 7. 16 N 1907. 
Harvey, J. C. Orchid collecting in Mexico. Orch. Rev. 15: 350, 
351. N 1907. 

Harvey, L.H. Branching sporangiophores of Rhzzopus. Bot. Gaz. 
44: 382. 7, r.. 16 N 1907. 

Hassler, E. Plantae paraguarienses novae vel minus cognitae — VI. 


Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 7: 917-931. 31 O 190 oa 
Includes descriptions of new species in Peperomia (3), Polygala (2), Dryopteris (2), 


Polypodium, Elaphoglossum (3), Cyathea, Danaea, Odontonema, Justicia, and So- 
lanum, 


Monats. Kakteenk. 


Bull. Herb. Boiss. 


Hebden, T. Some British Columbia lichens. Bryologist 10: tor, 
102, 2 N 1907. 

Hemsley, W. B. Shortia uniflora. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 3: pl. 8166. 
N 1907. 


Native of Japan. Notes appended on several American Diapensiaceae. 


612 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Holm, T. Axemonella thalictroides (L.) Spach ; an anatomical study. 
Am. Jour. Sci. IV. 24: 243-248. f. 7-5. S 1907. 

Holm, T. Studies in the Cyperaceae— XXV. Notes on Carex. Am. 
Jour. Sci. IV. 23: 422-432. f. 7-77. Je 1907. 

Howe, M.A. Phycological studies —III. Further notes on Halimeda 
and Avrainvillea. Bull. Torrey Club 34: 491-516. p/. 25-370. 17 
D 1907. 

Includes A. simulans sp. nov., native of the West Indies. 

Humphrey, H. B. The marine biological laboratory of the Leland 
Stanford Jr. University. Plant World 10: 245-250. f. 47-49. N 
1907. 

Hus, H. T. A. An abnormal Odontoglossum Cervantesii. Ann. Rep. 
Missouri Bot. Gard. 1907: 95-97. A/. 9. 1907. 

Hus, H.T.A. The germination of Hydrastis canadensis. Ann. Rep. 
Missouri Bot. Gard. 1907: 85-94. 1907.  [lIllust.] 

Hus,H.T.A. Virescence of Oxalfs stricta. Ann, Rep. Missouri Bot. 
Gard. 1907: 99-108. p/. ro, 17 +f. 1-4. 1907. 

Kellerman, W. A. Obituary: Professor A. P. Morgan. Jour. Myc. 
13: 233-236. 30N 1907.  [Illust.] 

Kellerman, W. A. Saccardo’s recent arrangement and nomenclature 
of the fungi. Jour. Myc. 13: 242-246. 30 N 1907. 

Kneucker, A. Bemerkungen zu den ‘“ Cyperaceae (exclus. Carices) et 
Juncaceae exsiccatae’’ VI Lieferung 1907. Allgem. Bot. Zeits. 
13: 29-32. F 1907; 48-51. Mri1g07; 65-67. Ap 1907. 
Many American species included. 

Knight, 0. W. Three plants from Maine. Rhodora 9: 202-204. 
26 O 1907. 

Lager, J. E. Collecting orchids. Trans. Mass. Hort. Soc. 1907+ 237- 
49. 1907. : 

Leather, J. W. Schreiner and Reed on deleterious excretions by roots. 
Torreya 7 : 220, 221. 19 N 1907. 

Leue, A. List of trees growing in the parks of Cincinnati, arranged 
according to their natural order. Ann. ee Park Dept. Cincinnati 
1906: 46-sr. 1907. 

Liebelsperger, W. H. Some rare and sneinelibn plants of Berks 
County, Pennsylvania. Torreya 7: 214-217. 19 N 1907. 

Life, A.C. Effect of light upon the germination of spores and the 
gametophyte of ferns. Ann. Rep. Missouri Bot. Gard. 1907: 109- 
122, f. 2,2. 1007. , 


SEE Ce ea En Se 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 613 


Lloyd, F. E. Pima Cajion and Castle Rock in the Santa Catalina 
Mountains. Plant World 10: 251-259. f. 50-52. N 1907. 

Loeske, L. Zur Systematik der europaischen Brachythecieae. Allgem, 
Bot. Zeits. 13: 1-3. Ja1g07: 21-23. F 1907. 

_ Contains references to American species. 

Lorenz, A. Notes from Waterville, New Hampshire —II. Bryologist 
10’: 102, 103. 3: IN 1607, 

Lovejoy, A.O. The place of Linnaeus in the history of science. 
Pop. Sci. Mo. 71: 498-508. D 1907. 

Lutz, A. M. A preliminary note on the chromosomes of Oenothera 
Lamarckiana and one of its mutants, O. gigas. Science II. 26: 
151, 152. 2 Au 1907. © [Illust.] 

Mazza, A. Saggio di algologia oceanica. Nuova Notar. 18: 1-36. 
Ja 1907; 67-98. Ap1g07; 126-152. Jl1907;177-195. O 1907. 

Moore, S. L. Alabastra diversa— Part XIV. 4. Note on some 
South American plants. Jour. Bote 45: 404-406. 1 N 1907. 
Includes Jacaranda Roberti sp. nov., native of Brazil. 

Morgan, A. P. North American species of Agaricaceae. The 
Melanosporae. Jour. Myc. 13: 53-62. 30 Ap1go7; 143-153. 25 
Jl 1907; 246-255. 30 N 1907. 

Murrill, W. A. Polyporaceae. N. Am. Fl. 9: 1-72. 19 D 1907. 

Nash, G. V. The Ames collection of orchids. Jour. N. Y. Bot. 
Gard. 8: 250-252. N 1907. 

Nash, G. V. A visit to Letchworth Park. Torreya .7: 209-214. 
19 N 1907. 

Norén, C. O. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Juniperus communts. 
Uppsala Univ. Arsk. Mat. & Natur. 1907': 1-64. f/. 1-4. 1907- 


_ Norton, A. H. The dwarf mistletoe on the southeastern coast of 


Maine. Rhodorag: 208. 26 O 1907. . 
Pace, L. Fertilization in Cypripedium. Bot. Gaz. 44: 353-374- 
16 N 1907. _ [Illust.] 
Petrak, F. Zur Systematik der Gattung Adoxa. a Bot. Zeits. 
13: 92-94. Je 1907. 

Ramaley, F. Plant zones in the Rocky Mountains of Colorado. 
Science II. 26: 642, 643. 8 N 1907. 

Reed, H. S. The value of certain nutritive elements to the plant cell. 
Ann. Bot. 21: 501-543. / 7, 2 O 1907- 

Reichenbach, F. Zchinocactus Fritit. Monats. Kakteenk. 17: 174, 
175. 15 N.1907. 
Native of Argentina. 


614 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


Robinson, C. B. Botrychiums in sand. Torreya 7: 219, 220. 19 
N 1907. 

Rolfe, R. A. Cattleya labiata. Orch. Rev. 15: 335, 336. N 1907. 
Native of Brazil. 

Rolfe, R. A. Cycnoches Egertonianum. Orch. Rev. 15: 337-340. / 
37. N 1907. 

Native of Guatemala, 

Rolfe, R. A. Paphiopedilum x Olivia. Orch. Rev. 15: 297, 298. 7 
337. O 1907. 

Rosenstock, E. Beitrige zur Pteridophytenflora Siidbrasiliens. Hed- 
wigia 46: 145-167. 15 F 1907. 

Includes descriptions of new species in L/aphoyglossum (4) and Danaea (2). 

Saunders, C.F. Flowers of a dry land. Am. Bot. 13: 27-30. O 
1907. 

Schrenk, H. von. Branch cankers of Rhododendron. Ann. Rep. Mis- . 
souri Bot. Gard. 1907: 77-80. 1907.  [Illust.] 

Schrenk, H. von. Disease of sycamore trees. Plant World 10: 265. 
N 1907. 

Schrenk, H. von. On frost injuries to sycamore buds. Ann. Rep. 
Missouri Bot. Gard. 1907: 81-83. p/. 7. 1907. 

Schuster, J. Zur Systematik von Casta/ia und Nymphaea. Bull. 
Herb, Boiss. 11. 7: 853-868. 30'S 1907; go1-9g16. 31 O 1907+ 

Setchell, W. A. Two new hypogaeous Secotiaceae. Jour. Myc. 13: 
236-241. pl. 107. 30N 1907. 

Secotium tenu pes and Elasmomyces russuloides spp. nov., natives of California. 

Stephani, F. Species Hepaticarum. Bull. Herb. Boiss. Il. 7: 837- 
852. 30S 1907. 

Stevens, F.L. Two interesting apple fungi. Science II. 26: 724, 
725. 22. 1604; 

Stevens, W.C. Plant anatomy from the standpoint of the develop- 
ment and functions of the tissues, and handbook of micro- -technic. 

-i-xil. 1-349. f.7-736. Philadelphia, 1907. 

Trelease, W. Additions to the genus Yucca. Ann. Rep. Missouri 
Bot. Gard. 1907: 225-230. pl. 12-17. 1907. 
Includes descriptions of two new species of Yucca, natives of Manion: 

Trelease, W. Agave macroacantha and allied Euagaves. Ann. Rep. 
Missouri Bot. Gard. 1907: 231-256. pl. 18-34. 1907. 

Vinson, A, E. Some observations on the date. Plant World 10: 
259-262. N 1907. 


INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 615 


Warnstorf,C. Neue europaischen und aussereuropaischen Torfmoose. 
Hedwigia 47: 76-112. 30S 1907. [lllust.] 
Includes descriptions of 14 new American species of Sphagnum. 

Whetzel, H. H. Some bacterial diseases of plants: their nature and 
treatment. Trans. Mass. Hort. Soc. 1907: 117-130. 1907. 

Wilkinson, T, J. Breaking into botany. Am. Bot. 13: 36, 37. O 
1907. 

Winslow, E. J. Notes on spore dispersal in Sphagnum. Bryologist 
10%. 131i) aN 3907. 

Wooton, E. 0. & Standley, P. The genus Androsace in New Mexico. 
Bull. Torrey Club 34: 517-520. 17 D 1907. 
Includes descriptions of two new species. 

Young, R. T. The forest formations of Boulder County, Colorado. 
Bot. Gaz. 44: 321-352. f. 7-12. 16 N 1907. 


INDEX TO VOLUME 34 


New names, and the final members of new combinations, are in bold face type. 


591 

Studies oe Aes flora 
£ Southern California, 

santnorsede chus, 313; 


Abies Douglasii, 
AB seer Tek 


*°F acini, 


314 
Acanthospermum australe, 368 


hybridus, 78, ht ; hybridus panicula- 

tus, 79; Palmeri, 78; retroflexus, 78; 

spinosus, fig ee stis, 79; viridis, 79 
Amauroderm 7 


psilostachya, 75, 404; t 


Acer, 284; dasycarpum, 369; plata- Amelanchier, 461; alnifolia, 462, rd 
noides, 234; rubrum, 367; sacchay Manat 463 
rinum, 369 ff erica, Mos sses from tropical, 569 
Acerates, 205 “si iene Seat literature, — to 
Acnida cannabina, 79; tamariscina, 79 ; a -1905), 5 (1906), 105, 267, 
mariscina tubercula wis ‘e gee ee. 213, 319, 379, 4395 
Acroc a Coffeae, ide 609 
Acropterygium, 250, 251 bits BH “Code of Hotenieal Nomen- 
Acrostichum psig 243, 257 clature, 167 
oot ciliosa, 35; ramosa American rinses s, 
Aden ae te ee. 264; fascicu-| American ee age 
sain nsifolium, 263 merican species a “Antrophyum, 4 45 
Aecidium cube +590; Boehmeriae, Amorpha canescens, 590; herbacea, ee 
590; candidum, 64; Cannonii, 210; — quinquefolia, 408; Ritchii, 
3 Ipomoeae, 69; Ipo- 4093 tchii, 409 
oeae-pandur nae, 68; berm Anchistea pases ica, 
md s, 589; Garanhatl 210; Urtica An meda flo ease 352 grandi- 
I folia, 20 206; lat ifolia 2043 
Aeschynomene virginica, 3 Novae-Caesareae, 204; Parlatorei, 
ripcems Aes glabra, 349; Pavia, 352 188, 203, 204, 
Agaricus amboinensis, 477; bulbosus,| Andropogon tener, 373 
- 48; campestris, 302; Pe etuomua Androsace, 517-520; arizonica, 519; 
47 diffusa, 517-520; glandulosa, 518, 
Ae ratum arsagers 519; occidentalis, 517-520; ine- 
totum, 517-519; pla ysepala, 518, 


hyenas, a per- 
eri 


Bliti, 62, 64, 76, 77; 
brasliensis, 745 candida, 61, 63, 64, 
7 63; 


Lepigoni, 61, 64, 71, 815 OC 
talis, 62, 64, , 81; platensis, 62, 
64, 77, 79, 81, 82; Portulacae, 62, 64, 
77, 81, 83; quadrata, 64, ; si- 
birica, 61, 63, 68; Solivae, 74; 
me at 73; Swertiae, 62, 72, 
: Tillaeae, 64, gi: bg as tere 
8 64, 70, 72, 74 ; tropica. 
61-63, 68, 81, 82 
Albugo, The genus, 61 
nus rugosa, 3 
Alopecurus, 398 
ly sum, 183; macrocarp 181 
aranthus, 77, 82; Bigelovii, 98; 


bieides, 78; Blitum, 77, 79; crispus, 
» emarginatus, 78; 


graecizans, 78; 
61 


519; septen- 


519; puberulenta, 51 
ie. a 518; subulifera, 518 
Androsace ew Mexico, 517 
Antennaria ‘plaithaiaitolia 76 
thostomella, 313; destruens, 313; 
ilacis, 313 


3 
-| Antr cabeinen, 


Antrophyum, 145458; anetioides, 449, 
ory: 


456s Bo 447; agama 
448, 449, ae ase aut: carnosu 
449; cayennense, 448, ' st 
Desvauxii, 457; discoideum, 448, 449, 
454, : sianum, 449, 453; 
ensiforme, 48-450; falcatum, 449; 
Feei, 451, 452; Galeottii, 449; gigan- 
teum, 457; immersum, 7 
mani, 449, 453, 454; lanceolatum, 
445, 448, 449, 451, 452, 454; lineatum, 
44 + minimum, 457; se ane tt 
445; spathulatum, 452, 453; su 


448, 452-455, 457; Wercklea- 


618 INDEX 
Antrophyum, The genus, 445 Benepict, R. C. The genus Antro- 
Apeibopsis discolor, 199 phyum, 445 
Arabis, 429; Drummondii alpina, 437;| BErry, CE W. Contributions to the 
furcata, 65; glabra, 68; longirostris, Mesozoic flora of the Atlantic 
; Lyallii, 437; lyrata, 65; oreo-| coastal plain, 185 
pila, 437; rostrata, 429; virginica, Beta, 
5 etula atavina, 193; — 367 
Aragallus, 423; angustatus, pes ‘Bidens cernua, 404; c a, 405; 
argophyllus, 423; » 405 ; frondosa, prey laevis, ge? 


Pp 
424; Besseyi, 422-424; Blankinshipit 
422-424; collinus, 423, 424; Lagopus, 
423; cates filed 421-424; soit eed es 


424; multiceps, 423; nanus, 423; 
atens, 421; sericeus, 421, 424 
Aralia, 2015 sroenlandiea, 201; New- 
ber erryi, 206; palmata, 201; 

spinosa, aa: 5 6 
Arenaria marina, 72 
Aristida ie 351, 

Armillari 


Tia, 104; ventricosa, 104 
Pic arbuitifolia, 365 
Artemisia biennis, 75 ; canadensis, 76; 
ludovieiana, 40 
ARTHUR, J. C. New species of Uredi- 
5 3 
duckie, 237% 


Cornuti, 239; lanceo- 


lata, 3 

Asimina triloba, 103 

Aspergillus ther: ae 

Aster Novae-An negli 394; oblongi- 
folius, Pony sagittifoliue, 304; squar- 
rosus, 

Astragals, fed atratus, 48; campestris, 
49, vallarius, 49; div ating 
st Haydenianus, “n: multifloru 


tegetari 
Atlantic coastal cwlee, — flora 
of 


Atrip i. 
Aven as sativa, 286, 287 
Avrainwilles, 491, 505-508, 512, 513; 


laetivirens, 512; levis, 
longicaulis, 508-512; 


Sage 
co 
1) 
we 


505, 
508-512, Rawsoni, so 08, 510, 
516; sordida, sr2 


Avrainvilen, Further notes on Hali- 


4901 
Avtonta Bvansi, 57-59; jamaicen- 


s, 
Aytonia irom Jamaica, Two new spe- 


cies of, 5 
Azolla satelite 364 


oo. Berta af 
Ba prs new Utricularia 
se ong Island, 579 
Resident 388, 393; oe 3933 
ermanii, 393, 304, 405 
Batodendron arboreum 1, 364 

Bazzania, 561 


y ee 
al 80; erecta, 80 
" Sonaae 


: ” altenitelie 
grandiflora, 146; 
ovalifolia, 146; 


al 
- 
oO 


Pickeringii, 

Botanical literature, American (1901- 
1905), 51; (1906), 105, 267, 

» 161, 213, 319, 379, 439, 483, 


521, 609 
ah inp Nomenclature, American Code 


Bothrodiscus, 312; pinicola, 313 
Botrytis, 498; cana, 408; peas: 391, 
408; m oe 401; nivea, 401 
viticola, ; vitis Periher 40 7 
outeloua cligostachya, 208; prostrata, 

208 


|| Brachysteleum, 141 
radburya virginiana, 364 
66; arvensis, 66; pease re 
66; integrifolia, 66; = 68; 
gr 6 


ast 
. gr: - 


fossil mosses, ere des iptio 
of .a — a cies from Florissant, 


olorado : 
Bruguiera {as PE 272; ef10- 
tala, 27 
jhevetitenaca 558 : 
Bryonia, 222, 330, 339, 340; alba, 222; 
dioica, 222, 331 


: Bryonopsis lacunosa erythrocarpa, 414° 


Bryopteris, 4, 533, 557-559, 561, 564 
566; diffusa, 357-559 9, 561; rape 
557-559, 563-566, 568; tic 
565; Gaudichaudii, : 58; tenuicaulis 
559, 565, 566; trinitensis, 566; 
nitensis intermedi ia, 

m, 571; argenteum, 570 


S755 


INDEX 


BuRLINGHAM, G. § — ome Lactarii 
rom Windham County, Vermont, 85 

Bursa, 65; Bur. aS aia 65, 66, 68 

convolvula- 


Caeoma Amaran thi, 77; 


on the flora of 


Calliospor - Petalostemonis, 588 
Callis prucunde 55 


Calonyction aculeatum 
Calycobol sheusmions: ~ 
eMarginatus, 44; ferrugineus, 
; glab a8) Pringlei 144, 


145; pulchellus, 145; sericeus, 144, 
145; spectabilis, i umbe ellatus, 
146; velutin 
Cameli lina microc mnie et 66; = 66 
Campulosus aromaticus, 363, 
Campylopus concolor, 569; Pittieri, 
Canadian Rocky Mountains, Two new 
willows from the, 157 
Capnoides Dig eee ae Cu- 
ickii, ye 


statum 

e. sella i ursa Simao ne i. 

Carallia integerrim 2 

oa ahaa pages ar 

Carduus, : arvensis, 78; lanceola- 
18, 95> pnt ab 753 i aa 75 

Carex, 151, 587; agrostoides, 607 
australis, 151; austrina, 1 18% : ent 
brevisq my 358; filiformis, 587; 
foetida, 606 ; Cayana, 603-605; Gay- 


; tumulicola, 154, 155; oo 
I 53: vernacula, 606; verrucosa, 587; 


Carolinas and Virgini ie midsummer 
journey through din coastal can & of 


the, 351 
Carpinites microphyllus, 193 


gracillima, 993 hispida, 39; humi- 
lis, 37; lanceolata, 37, 38; lauta, 


619 


37; Leonardi, 36; sosaoeeton at 
lutea, 40; lutescens, 37, 41; Magna 
sectaunballi, 
arvula, 40; 
ohatin: 40, 41; purp 
cens, ere rhexifoli ia, 36, 37; rupi- 
36; ade 
viscida, 
at ~~ macula- 
uteopurpuratum, I2 
niecone 533,. 553; cee sopesetss 
tiae, 554 56; Haenke se ee 
einen. 554; Lehm 
Bk4, 557, 5060; 567; Leiboldii, 
556, 557 
aoe - 436; crassicaulis, 436; 


‘os 


hastatu 

Celastrophyllum crenatum, 197, 206; 
Newberryanum, 197; undulatum, 197 
eltis occidentalis, 416 

Centaurea, 40 

Ceratolejeunea, S. r0, 25; 17,5843. bren= 
telii, brevinesivis, 7 15; por- 
tor sis, 15, valida, 15 

ee hua. i 

Cercis canadensis, 

eriops aiugretsane one 

Ceuthospora 

Chaetochioa Pe a6: macrosperma, 
586; ata 397; viridis, 396 

Sree ustralis, 263; foliosa 
australis, 

Cha casei nacia dete: 


Cheiranthus, 68; as shag 66: outieon: 


Chenopodium, 82; rubrum, 82 

Chloris elegans, pine 397 

a ; hastata, 436 

Chloroplegma, 

Chondrophora Ro 9 

Chondrophyllum Soak, 198, 
6; orbiculatum, 19 

Cinnamomum, 20 Heerii, 188, 200, 
06; intermedium te) 


20 
ne viol acuminatus, 200; affinis, 200; 
i, 200; harkerianus, 200; 


Hee eerii, 200 

© trullus vulgaris, 4 14 
Cladium marisco ke. 581 
Cladocephalus, 513; scoparius, 513 
& ium Oxycocci, 306 

Cc ; 


thys- 


: 79 
ystina, 102; 


ame 
noides, 102; pew fferi, 102 


361 
309 


ay 
ae 
erium, 309, 310; obtura 
Canis nobilis, 97 


620 


Closterium oe 599; granula- 
tum, 600; lae 

passer plain a ee Carolinas and 
Virginia, A midsummer journey) 
ems the, 351 

Cobaea, 226, 230; scandens, 239 - 

Coccinia indica, 414 

of seek gale Nomenclature, 

n, 167 
Collybia devopbili 345; hirticeps, 098; 
bs ea, 345; zonata, 98 


90 
Cololejeunea, 3, 5, 8; floccosa, 12 
Description of new fossil 


om, 139 
Coltricia cinnamomea, 465; perennis, 
st 


Colu 533 
au cienie vindobonensis, 192 
Concerning some West American fungi, 


Coniosporium, 84 


to the Mesozoic i of 
ntic Bare a I 
Copvolvalacene Studies in the > North 
Convolvulus aquaticus, 149; erianthus, 
149; humi stratus, dk pote incanus, 
70; Pickeringii, 14 hoe 55 Oehaey & 
Sherardi, 148; pio ae tricho- 


Coox, M. T e embryology of Rhi- 
zophor sss 271; The emb 
ology of ytidophyllum, I 

Corallina discoidea, ; incrassata, 
501; Flabellum, 495; tridens, sor 

oe aneba, 466; badia, 466; 

rmatodes, 466 ee 466; 
poeta, 466; semilac 466 

Coriolus, 468; pected ee. typu 

467; cuneatif 467; elonga- 
, 467; Maximus, 467; m nus, 

46 ernicipes, 

ornus florida, 366 

Coron i ne 

Cortina 

Co rvdalis Branders 426 

Corymbis flav 


Costa Rican or rchids 
Crataegus sais py punctata, 311; 
saligna, 


Credneria, ie 200; denticulata, 199; 
Zenkeri, 199 
Cressa, 143 
Crucianella, 
Cucumis angulatus, 414; Anguria, nan : 
elo, 414; odoratissi simus, 414; 


tivus, 333, 415 
Cu curbita, 222, 342; 


maxima, 415; 


INDEX 


moschata, 
222, 
Cucurbitaceae, ee features of pete 


a8 ovifera, 415; Pepo, 


Cu Soe sat erratica, 349; 
Sorbi, 


Cusuman, J. A. A synopsis of the 
a ew England species of Tetmemorus, 


Cyathula eigen 79 
irene: 224, 424,245, 237, a4; 
lodens, 223; Hystrix, 406; 


be ih exp 

kyeladictvou “cubense, 574; limbatum, 
574; Regnellii, 57 

Cyclomycetell 

Cyclo gee. 468; cichoriaceus, 
468 ; icrocyclus, 468 

Cyeno ches Rossianum, 121; Warscew- 


Sekodon “dactylon, 208 
a, 364; rotundus, 3 


ato Tri 4 
Cyrilla, 352; 1 — 365; 370 
aaa ag endophylla, 3 

Cysto 63; Amaranthacearam, 775 


Ainoeeh thi, 77; i 
Pape = be ‘brasilie sis, 73; can 

69; Con volvilacea arum, 69; Con- 
veivuacearam Sw 
3; Cyathu 


: ntus, 
4; Sals olae, joa ye recs 84; 
sibiricus, 68; nulosus, 73, 743 
Tillaeae, 76; espana: 69, 743 
Tragopogonis spinulosus, 73; tropi- 
cus, 68 


Daedalea eee 480; applanata, 
a Hobso 480; Palisoti, 480; 
anda, nate “sanguinea, 468 
ak one ty es 
Dendrolejeunea, : 
Jentaria diphylla — 66: laciniata, 66 


Dewalquea groe a 194 
i ia, 365 


Jicranodontium setosum, 570 
Jicranolejeunea, 4 

icranopteris, 3-247, 250; arach 
noides, 240; oftii, 251-253, 
258; bicolor, 251, ; 


media, 252, 258; jamaicensis, 
251, 28; linearis, 250, res lon- 


INDEX 


gi pea he 2a mellifera, 251, 259; 
orthoclad 251; al- 


mata 
250, 251, 260; pteridella, 251, 2 
retroflexa, 251, 260; strictiusina, 


1433 scandens, 
569; 


252, 261 
Dicranostyles, 43 
Dicranum frigidum, Eisen Far 
pte iridifolia, 121 
Dic os mme ensiformis, 449; lance- 


ihe “Haydenianus, 420 ; micran- | 
thus, | 

Dinema paleaceum, 118 

Diospyros primaeva, 188, 204 

Diplasiolejeun e 

Diplopterygium, ai. 


251 
eo aberrans, 103; Asiminae, 


Dr re caroliniana, 68 
Drepanolejeunea, 
Dufourea, 144; 


bo 
iS} 


glabra, 145; sericea, 


Earliella corrugata, 468 


Ecballium, 337 
Eccilia gag 100; are Agog 3475 
Subacus, 100; unicolor, 
Behidockios colona, 364 : 
Echinospermum Lappula, 68 
EDGERTON, uA Notes on a parasitic 
Gnomonia 
Eleocharis Robbinsii i, 581 
Elfvingia Elmeri, 476; Age 476 
Elleanthus caricoides, 119, 124 
f Zea An pooner 
of glands in the, 125 
Embry st oe of Rhizophora Mangle, 


Embryology of Rhytidophyllum, The, 


fdia macropodus, 573 
Senet ma dem 
—_ 3473 


modes- 
Pecki- 


an 99; m, 
Bpidendram aie a, ee 4 scare 
116; ochra 1183 
bea pices 118 


240, 398 
Frechttes perpen; ia, 404 
Erige annuus, 40 ae Lapa cet 


hs ; ramo 
ME Sscdl oP eccdentice, ats septangu- 


are, 581 
Erysibe sphaerica Caryophyllacearum, | 
Eucalyptus, 202; attenuata, 203; Gei 

nitzi, 201-203, 206; linearifolia, 
. 203; nervosa 3 


621 


Eecerna tel Onees 20; trifaria, 32 


Eupatoriu 404; ageratoides, 404; 
siaoahyeo lee: a urpureum, 
404, 406; rine bait 366 

Euphorbia _ eriog 364, 370; 
maculata, 364, i: 
urotia lanata, 211 

Evans, W. Hepaticae of Puerto 
Rico, 533 

Ev eka: 143, 149; ovalifolius, 146; 
prostratus, 149; rotundifolius, 149 


Excretions by roots, The production of 
deleterious, 279 


Fagus americana, 364, 366, 372 
| Faro i tennis, 469; Wi 


ightii, 469 
pollen- formation in the 


aS 
ww 


m 
Fe ville 223-225, 237, 241; cordifolia, 
23 
Ficus: 199; daphnogenoides, 188, 194, 
20 aos aoa 194, 206; Woolsoni, 


Flabellaria luteofusca, Bae 3 
Flammula 
Flora 
on the, 
Florissant. New species of fossil moss 
rom, I 
mes Conte bork vis, 478; luzonensis, 
6; an 478; philip- 
pinensis, 477; pullus, 479; pyrrho- 
8: semilaccatus, 466; se emi- 


of raga "california, Studies 


ican, 139 


Fradelia, 
Franseria venaitol ja, 
Frase 
castes panes 364 
Frullania, 2, 4, 39, 558, 566; di- 
chotoma, 558; diffusa, 558; filicina, 
558, ae spilt 55 
Fu * rceli ia, 
Funalia philippinensis, 469; versa- 
S, 
Hiunaria calvescens, 570; hygrometrica, 


Fungi, Concerning some West Ameri- 
can, 207 

Fungi, New species of, 97, 305, 345 
urther notes on Halimeda and Avrain- 
villea I 

Gaertneria acanthocarpa, 75; discolor, 

Gacer, C. S. An occurrence of glands 
in the embryo of Zea Mays, 125 

Ganoderma amboinense, 477; subtor- 


622 
natum, . 477; hee maaan 478 
Genus Albugo, | 
peers rene in Ne ew Mexico, The, 
Rett ee — 445 
Geranium carolinianum, 400; disse 
tum, 400; > 400; Soma 


ma ens 
- Richardsonii, a Robertianum, 


Gibbera, 310; obturata, 310 | 
Glands in the embryo of Zea Mays, An | 

occurrence of, 125 2 
Gleditsia "gras x | 
Gleichenia, 243, 2 Me 


oluta, 253; 
Hai a, a pivlctiuacs. as trachy- 
rhiz 2 

Gleshentieee. Preliminary review of 

North American 
nigh 


> z 


Glomerella, 31 3} ; rafomacilans Vac- 
cinii, 314, 

Glottidium vesicarium, 364 

pa cicis um, ; Cockerelleae, 

Glyptostrobus Ungeri, 140 

ys phaliu purpureum, 404; spathu- 
atum, 

Gnomonia, 593-597; Rubi, 594-597 ; 
tetraspora Rubi, 506; veneta, 595. 
Gnomonia, Notes a parasitic, 593 

Gomontia siedigere 07 

xonolobus, 2 

Go nisin Lasianthus, 365, 360 

Gossy 230 

as 4 polatodes, ab spinosa, 5901 
jae ITH -oncerning some West 


n fun 
Guignardia Bidwellii, 316; Vaccinii, 
Gallenia pie 430; 

rostrata, 
Gibetrhesin bracteata, 265; 
ms, 205 


longirostris, 430; 


diver- 


Gymnosporangium, 459; Betheli, 450, 
Sse clav ess s, 46%: durum, 460; glo- 
ts Imag tee 61, 
463; Libocedei Ae 


INDEX 


Smet ae a and Roestelia, New 
cies of, 459 


spe 
Gecsteceh tinctoria, 365 


Habenaria, 585; blepharigottis, 365, 
581; cristata, 365; gracilis, 585 

Halimeda, 491, 493, 495, 4 
cuneata, 494, 498, 499; discoidea, 
95-500, 514, 515; favulosa, 501, 502, 
504; eae: 49I, 500; in ncrassata, 


501, 503; incrassata ovata, 503; 
fe) 


» 502 
Y pabytiok, 495-497 
disca, 401, 497, 500 seaee 492, 
494, 500, 502, 504; simulans, 503, 
; tridens, 493, 494, 501-504, 


ve 

Halimeda and Avrainvillea, * Fuethes 
no on, 491 

fonts sa atrata, 

Hapalopilus ilu: 470; 
ob a us, 470 

Haplocladium mierophyllum, 574 

a ah ge lla, 103 

HARPER, M. ye idsummer journey 
roca the coastal plain of the Car- 
olinas and Virginia, 351 

Haynes, C. wo new species of 
Aytonia foie Jamaica, 57 

lpr ong mi 457, 

458; Wercldesna, 458 

198, 201; primordialis, 201, 


48; atratiformis, 48 
licnoides, 470; 


458; pu- 
Steders, 


20 
Hedysarum Mackenzii, 425; utahense, 
2 
wits Sn 404-406 ; 
S, 404; 
ne earn 
Maximiliani, 405; oe 4053 
scaberrimus, 40 str 05; 
vecine ruben 408; sero: 127, 
135, 
Helicosporiam Tiliae, 103 
Heliocarpus, 402; smecivanns, 402 
Helminthosporium inaequale, 307 
Helvella 
Hemionitis 445; Gatien 452; cajan- 
is, 453; gigantea lanceo- 


annuus, 404 


ta 

Hepaticae of Puerto Rico, 1, 533 

Herberta, 561, 562 

Herpestis verticillaris, 76 

Hespe 0 nthus, 431, 434; lineari- 
folius, 434 

a esperis, 430; appear 66 
ete a 250, 

Heterothrix, 432, 433; longifolia, 
= Se rantha, 

Hexagona ceeviisatulaian: 469; ciliata, 


ee en ee ee ee ee he ee ee 


ae ae Wh hee 


ysis Saoerihe RN ara 


INDEX 


470; cucullata, 470; orbiculata, spi 

Thwaitesii, 469; Vibecinoides, 470 

Wightii 6 

Hibiscus, ‘militaris, 364, 369, 373 

Hibiscus militaris, 

Hortuick, A. & BRITTON, 
can fossil mosses, with description 
of a new species from Florissant, 
Colorado, 139 

Holomitrium Maxoni, 572; proliferum, 


junciformis, 4 
oblongifolius, 50, 418; paucl 


gus, 418; goons ts re sel stipi- 
tatus, 419; strigulosu ig20s 
tenellus, 418-420 een ca 50; 
nifl 49 

Homalolejeunea, 544 

ile grace 571 

Hor ny vulgare, 

Hou Studies in Lee North 
Asiaiteon Convolvu lacea 

Howe, M. A. Ph poke studies 49t 

Hydnum Kauffmani, 348; 


tipes, 101 
 patings phyllum, 12; ciliatum, II 
Hypericum fascic wlatum, 


Hypnum, 140; Hii; 139;5.24 

: a 140, 142} vdentt 
9, 142 

Pe tay 314 


Ibervillea, 320-335, 339, 349; Sonorae, 
320, 330, 338, 340, 343 
Tbervillea Sonorae, The: stem of, 329 
bra 


Impatiens, 02: aurea, 403;  biflora, 
403 ; Nolitangere, 4 403 
Index’ to American botanical literature 


(1901-1905), a (1906), 105, 267, 
pe nage 161, 213, 319, 379% 43% 


Tnoeybe “decipientoides, 100; decipi- 
Ior 


Tacietes uma siestae 471 
Inula salic 
Todan — prose SNE 430, 434; pin- 
nati 
Tpomoea "Cates 70; carolina, 70; in- 
¢carnata, 71> lapa, i. lacunosa, 
ss — 70; mexicana, 70; 
nas. 73% durata, 71, 813 
Picasa, yr; simulans, 71; - 


loba, 71 
Irpex maximus, 467 


623 


Isochilus linearis, 116 
va, 405; am brosiaefolia, 75; ciliata, 
75; een IN 395, 405 


amaica, Two new species of Aytonia 
from, 


Journey through the coastal plain of 
the Ca chert and Virginia, A mid- 
ummer, 3 

Jubula, 4, one 

uglandi 


tes, 192 
uglans cinerea, 284 
eaten eg s, 374; effusus, 364; scir- 
compositus, 374 


Phair 557; birotunda, 18; 
brachiata, 546; lata, 12; dila- 
tata, 558; filicina, 557, 558, 563-565; 


versalis, 534, 537; trinitensis, 566 
unip californica utahensis, 460, 
461 ; munis, 140 ; scopulorum, 460; 
virginiana, 364 


Kalmia, apae a 204 
wakamia 
Kentrophyta minima, 420; tegetaria, 
fii, 42 


western species 


pollen- Teruel in 

pasate 221 

_ A. The stem of Ibervillea 
gf ipa 329 

Koeleria, 209 


actarii from Vermont, Some; 
Lactarius, gh affinis, 90, a ee 


circellatus, i QO; deceptivus, 
6, 90, 95; deliciosus, 90, 93; dis- 
tans, 95; osus, 90, fuligi- 
nosus, 91 3; Gerardii, 91, 95; 
griseus, 88, 91, 95; hysginus, 91, 94; 
Indigo, 93; insulsus, 94; isabelli- 


95; ocul 6, 
95; pane, gt, 95; 


, OT, 94; sot BIE 
ray. 94; regalis, 86 + 
mus, 86, 91, 933 rimosellus 
95; rufulus, ; 
stibdulcis, 86, 89-91 
oculatus, 89; subpurpureus, 91, 93; 


624 INDEX 


theiogalus, 92, 93; _torminosus, > 93; Linder 


trivialis, 94; turpi s, - ; uvidus, Pr acctasecuae piyresnua, 367 
92, 93, ‘102; vellereus, 92, See vole- | eatin: 196, 197; dubium, 196, 
mus, 92, 95; xanthogalactus, 346; “eh Mee - , 196; oblongifolium, 196; 
zonarius, 94 aevu 196, 197; semialatum, 
Laelia acuminata, 118; HOLS AAS 085 Tul =i 206, 7 d 
118; rubescens, 118 sioclaibleepals 196, 197; angustifolia, 
od ai sas 41 . & ivy simplex, 19 
226-228, 231, 23 | Literature, gremtiricds me Pea Beat 
iaine brachyealyx, sore decape- 1905), 51; (1906), 105, 5753 
talus, 907), 161, 213, 319, pts Ab: 483, 
Lasevnly tine 189 | 521, 609 
Laurus, » 18 ‘ bared Island, A new Utricularia from, 
avatera, 230, 239 
Lejeunea, 4, 18, 533, 558; barbiflora, top edaeeibons melaleucum, 309; Oxy- 
540; Bongardiana, 546, 54 9;| cocci, 30 
brachiata, 546, 548; Breutelii, 7; 85 Lopholejeunea, I, 21-23, 29, 32, 535, 536, 


13; catenulata, 7, 8, ro-12; com pli- 


550, 553, 557; ‘Anderssonii, 21; denti- 
cata, 546; Crescentiae, 554, 556, 557;| stipula, 32; eulopha, 22, 32; fimbri- 
eulopha, 22; filici 563; filiformis, » 32; Howei, 30, 32, ; Muel- 
18; floc osa, wee geminiflora, 18; leriana, 24, 27, 29, 30, 32, 34: 
granulata, 539; Guilleminiana, 546, Sagraeana, 24, 26-3 i ae 
548, 549; Haenkean 54; oxogramme, 445; lineata, 450 
phylla, 553, 554, 556, mi incrassata Ludwigia maritima, 368; suffruticosa, 

0, 2; Lehmannian 553 : 364; virgata, 3 
556; Leiboldii, 554; Mariei, 30, 32; Lupinus amplus, 41, argenteus, 43, 453 
t » 20; Muelleriana, 27, 29, | argenteus argophyllus, 43; Bakeri, 
30; portoricensis, 8, 10, 15; agrae- 44; brevicaulis, 45; canescens, 43; 
ce re, nettis, 7; Sy eivemets,| decunibens 44; dichrous, 44; flavi- 
5; subfusca, 26, 27, 30; taeniopsis, caulis, 43; foliosus stenophyllus, et 
539, 540; tenuifolia, 18; transver- olosericeus, 43; laxiflorus, 41, 
salis, 537; transversalis Hookeriana, laxispicatus, 42; eres 43 
540; vincentin yallii, 45; Maco unii, 
Lemna, 364; eras 302 chys, 44; marian a a yes 
Lentinus, 104; ventricosus, 104 philus, 43; ornatus glabratus, 41; 
Lenzites applanata, 480; Palisoti, 480; pseudoparviflo orus, hah pusillus, 45, 
Py 480; platypoda, 480: re- o A ress 443 ms, 45; SCa- 
anda, 480 45; Sch Sheree ait steno- 
Leos hore Shine 103; punctipes, phyllus, 42; subulatus, 43; tenel- 
02 


Lepidium alyssoides, 427; Bourgeaua- ipesne icon Lycopersicon, 392 
num, 428; rachybotryum, 427; | Lycopodium, 1309, 140; shed S77 
43 


» 427; Lyi ctvlaa, 143; scandens, 


ensi ; 66, Eastwoodia ; 
427; Fletcheri, — Jonesii, 427; Mackenzir, K. K. Notes on Carex, 
montanum, 427; erale, 428; Sa- I5I, 60 03 : 
tivum, 68; weorpallosins, 427; virgini- | Macromitri rium Husnoti, 573 
cum, 6 ete tiliacea, 348 
Lepigonum mediu Macropodium, 429; laciniatum, 429; 
Lepiota cepaestipes, fr ; Xylophila, 97 Ghat €, 429 
Leptilon cana ense, adia sativa 
Lepto teat mucronata, 208; viscida, 208 Magnolia, io: "amplifoia, 195; Capel- 
sg sito um prion, tum, 572 er- 


inii, 188, 195, 206; glauca, 367, 3713 
: : 
Lemnets ssa ie Oxye . 


: randiflora, 364, 371 : longifolia, 199». 
E i yeocci, 311 macrophylla, 196; Newbe rryi, 195, 
eskea microphylla, 574 06; obtusata, 195 
Lil : » 231; Cateshaei, 365 Malapoenna, 189 
Li obium Spongia, 364 Malvastrum ‘aeons 264, 265; vis- 
Taonorchis Stricta, 585 saan 264 

Imonium, 368: carolinianum, 368: 

Nashii, 368 eae 


os 
Ma sheared, polymorpha, 240 


INDEX 


Marchesinia, 533, 543-546; Bongardi- 


ana, 546; rachiata an 548, 549, 
567; Guilleminiana 6; Mackaii, 
544, 545; robusta, 
Marshallia graminifolia, 3 
Mastigolejeunea, 549, 550, 552, 
557, 559; auriculata, 549, 551, 552; 
bes ah 0 


? 

ria, 73; matricarioides, 75 
a iridifolia, 121; Valenzuel- 
ana 


5 fat 
ximowiczia, 330, 334; Sonorae, 330 

Melica imperfect a, 209 

Melothria, 225, 237; sc 415 

Mertensia, : arachnoides, 249; 
farinosa, 2 uosa, 254; fulva, | 
255; furcata, 257; glabra, pone glau- 
cescens, 250; gleichenioides, 261 
grandi 257; 9583 palmata, 259; 
pectinata, 260; pubescens, 255; fi 
gida, anes “subtesperma 25 

Mesoso 


rus 

rors fora of the Atlantic coastal 
plai 

Mrampelis 223; 
234, 236, 237, 241, 


225, 227-229, 231, 
242; lobata, 223, 


406, 
Microchloa indica, 20 
Microporellus subbdealbatus 471 
Microporus Pe 4 
Mic paabiigestcane go ans, ae : ge ae 
4; Tuerckheimii, 
cat rae journey through we coastal 
plain of the Carolines. en Virginia, 


351 
Momordica balsamina, 415; charantia, 
I 


Montia om Sig minor, 317 
Sa Rae 

Mosses from ig? colbal America, 569 
okie’ scabrella, 415 

Murriti, W. A. Some Philippine Poly- 


poraceae, 

Myrica, 191, 192 191; brooken- 
Sis, I91; Be sues, 192; caro- 
linensis, 373, 374; cerifera. 367, 373, 
374; © ns, 191, 206; Gale, 374; 
abner 191; praecox, cou pu- 
mila, 365; raritensis, 191; rigida, 192 

Myrtophy 202: Geinitzi, 201, 202; 


Warderi 
Myrtus setae ed I 


Nasu, G. V. Co — Riess scares 113 
Naucoria’ semiorbicularis, 1: sororia, 
: tabacina Racker 


Hic, abietina, 11, Pe peal oR 573 
Ni ava, II 


17; 


7, 8,1 
43° Scantats, 


625 


ae 
nsis, I ae 
Ne ew En gland seccies ‘oe cluembia. 


mh ea - bag, portori- 


599 
New Mexico, The genus Androsace in, 

I 
New species of Aytonia from Jamaica, 
New species of fossil moss from 
Florissant, 13 
New species of fungi, lee: 305, 345 

f e, 583 


es 
Ss 


a ia 
| New wilows si om the Chesnis Rocky 
Mountains, 
Nigr — ere) 478 
Nigroporu urus, 471; vinosus, 471 
Nitrophila, 210; occadeatal lis, 21 


stra re, American Code of Bo- 
tani 
orth ‘ecieih resleesid nern 143 


North American Picks caponaien: 61, 
38 

North Carolina, Contributions to the 

Mesozoic ss of, 

Notarisia, 1 

Notes on cae 151, 603 

N fe on Halimeda cad Avrainvillea, 


arasitic Gaomoania, 593 
ymphaea 5 iar) 183; fluviatilis, 371 

Neca biflora, 352, 367 Sot aaa 358; 
sylvatica, 352; uniflora, 36 


Notes ona 


ae ba Fe of _ in the embryo of 
a Ma 


ays, 
prneee ara albidum, et 
He pee — 2, 5, 536, 5 


idiu 
Omphaianths, 1,47, 10, 20; ogra 


20, 21, 33; gemin ia 

Pa ee 98; pes, 3 ks 

te integrella, 345; sts ah Ey 348: 

roti ; 345 

( meaetie yc eun 

Onoclea crpueiack 243 

Orchids, Costa Rican, 113 

Ornithocephalus, 123 

Orobus dispar, 419 

Oxalis Wrig 64 

Oxydendrum arboreu 

Oxygraphis on wae 584 

( ? 

Ox 


— a, 424 
mum, omni- 


et 305; 


utelii, 13, 15, 


626 INDEX 


Pachypodium, 429, iy ome. seats Phragmopyxis, 
oh li =| Phycolog! cal stu 8 


Panicum caespitosum, Pe teeted. un siguataly 388, 380, 391; Cactorum, 

des, 364; hebotes, 586; molle, olocasiae, 380, 390; in- 
Parasitic Gnomonia, és - a, 593 sg 389, Baie 392, 408; Nico- 
Parietaria pennsylvanica |  tianae, i 


omnivora, 391; 
Parthenium, 73; Wbarises Bel 753 re-| Phase, si prs Thalictri, 389, 
pens, 


| 
Parthenocissus quinquefolia, 408; tri- | Pieris a 3523; nitida, 352 


cuspidata, 409 Se mat dy a: 
Passiflora incarnata » 364 | Pinus, 284; nae, be Baise foie 
Peck, C. New species of fungi, 97, | then , 364, 373, sulari 


Perbiella hymenii, 102; hymenioides, | 
| 367, 376; Taeda, 358, ete 361, 367, 
Pedicularis bracteosa, 35; Canbyi, 353: hit ti virginiana, 
lia, | Pis 


siifo 
Peltandra niin 239 Plagiochasma elongatum, 58; Wrightii, 
Peltolejeun 
Penicillus Plaglorhabdus, Crataegi, 310, 
Peperomia pelea, 68, ; Oxycocei, 
Perono plas ara, a P ihe Celtidis, | Planera, 193; 3733 Scointtan 364, 3723 


153 cuben aa 
Peronospora, 495: 308, 399; 412, 413 ; wae 93 
ralis, 406; Cactorum, 390 Celis, Plasmopara, 394, 395, 398, 399, 


ioe : 193; cretacea, 193, 206; 


3 4 
415; ‘conglomerata, 400; Conii, 4 413; australis, 406; Celtidis, 415; 
cubensis, 412, 413; entospora, 468 Sahensie 4133 een 394, 3953 
Epilobii, 401; Geranii, 399; Gono- Epilobii, 401; Gera 399; ees 
lobi, 411; graminicola, 396; gramini- lobi, 411; Halstedii, aah Heliocarp 
cola Setariae-italicae, 396; Halstedii, 402; Impati ientis, apa) ellerm: oe 
li ia i 394; nivea, 401 rs) ducens, 4025 


noensis, 407; 403 pusilla, 400; ri bicoli, 410; Viburni, 
infestans, 389, 391; Kellermanii, 394; 410; Vincetoxici, 411, 412; viticola, 
macro 08 


1 ‘ Ta, 401;| 40 
nivea, 401; nivea Geranii, uals ie Platanus, 373; affinis, 200; Heerii, 2003 
pi eeu 


mS, 402; ribicola, 410; cola, occidentalis, 364, 490, 472 
athe ce! age Umbe Hifetarasn’ | Platylejeunea, 534; granulata, 5393 
401; viticola, 398, 407 ransversalis, 537; vincentina, 542 


Satta ase North American, 61, Platysom ma, 243, 244 
8 'Pleurophragma, 431, graci- 
Petalostemon, 589; candidus, 5890; lipes, 433; Satepritoitan, 433, 4343 


multiflorus, 589; _oligophyllus, 589 5 | platypodum, 434 
fon ae 589; villosus, 589; viola-| Pleurothallis minx. 115, : it 
589 =i polyliria, Phe Valen 
Phacidium 


08 lana t, 22 

Phalaris arundinacea, 398 Poa seat _ 584; nevadensis, 584 

Pharbitis hederacea, 71: purpurea, 71 | Poacites, I 

aseol S, 30 | Pogona atn um 6 rtile, 

Philippi e Polyporaceae, 465 a -formation in "the Cucurbitaceae, 
ire I 


ma cystisporea, 312; leptidea, 308 | Polygala cymosa, 364; lutea, 365, 379; 
Phoradendron flavescens ramosa, 3 
Phragmicom sk 5433 Bongardiana, 546, | Pifpmanie Uvedalia, 364 
548. 567; enulata, To. 12; catenu-| Polypodium dichotomum, 243, 250, 255; 


ie facdmintees! 12; filiformis, i - areata, 257; glaucum, 249; lineare, 

granulata, 539; Guilleminiana, 546 . 2 . 

548; Haenkeana, ss4, 556, 557; ocell- Polyporaceae Some Philippine, 465 

pita. Si transversalis, 537 Polyporus affinis, 472; albomarginatus, 
206 


Phie 190, T91, 20 478; anebus, 466; atypus, 467; bigac 
ragmoléjeunce, 552 | omarginatus, 470; australis, 476; 


eR 
een 
> eeainnieee cman teeter 
aereapnngsieninitgamtmaimemet 


INDEX : 627 


bivalvis, 469; brevi- | 
brunneolu s, ns A a 
r 47 


bicolor, 466; 
porus, 470; 
nosus, 47 
bicus, 4733 cervino-il ee 


corrugatus, 468; 


7 
fuscobadius, 468; gram alus, 
472;  holosclerus, os ptu 
472; intybaceus, 468; s, 468; 
Kermes, 478; laeticolor, 478; lanatus, 

6; mariannus, 468; Meyenii, 467; 
microcyclus, 6 murinus, : 
ostreaeformis, 474; palensis, 472; 
pectinatus, 479; Peradeniae, 466; 
Perula, 472; phocinus, 466; po 


si | 
surinamensis, 473; tornatus, 765, 
vernicipes, 468; vibecinoides, as 
vibecinus, 473; Wightii, 469; xan-_ 
thopus, 472; zonalis, 473; zonalis | 
| 
Ss, 3 
Polystictus badius, 466; ee 

468; cilicioides, 470; Didricksenii, | 


ae Ge 
Sag age ne a4 ;  lanceolatum, 
; lin 
oytrichadelphs pee 571 
eth 
| 


] 
Po thystina, 11 
Sintedecta “condata, 364 
Populites affinis, 

Populus Se 378) * deliesdies, 373 
Porana 

] 

J 

I 


3 
palik frutic ticosa, 28 
w of the North Ameri-_ 


can G 243 
Prevostea, 143, 144; amazonica, 145; 
ferruginea, 145; glabra, 145; sericea, 
144, 1453 spectabilis, 146; umbellata, | 
146; vel 44 
Production of iewoen excretions by 
27 
Bree podium Amphilophii, 588; appen- 
diculat a8: bahamense, 587 
Protomyees ‘graminicola, 39 


Psathyrella betulina, 101; caespi- 
osa, 34 

Pseudoperonospora, 380, 399, 412, 41 33 
6 amp 407, 413, 415; cubenst 


Ps cna sal aa 

Pseudotsuga Donglasi, as ; mucronata, 
591r 
eridium aquilinum, 367 

Pteris dichotoma, 243, 257 


Pterocaulon undulatum, 365 

short ggasreengiry — 199; carolinen- 
Ss, 198, ; scudifolles: ly 

eredneriifolius, 199, 206; modestu 


ss 
ee 4, hig 
P hot or 
Puccinia, 585, 587; Agrostidis, 584; 
58 


a, 583 ro 
oi 584; ceived, 5 
tiae, 210; Gonolobi, 411; 
587; minutissima, 587; panici- 
cola, 586; et rminuta, 584; re 
setemdule. 5 ; Poutim, 584; p 

ee ses : iain cina: yg ane 


to mR ° eae ¥52533 
Pycnoporus sanguineus, 473 
gt hase albomarginatus, 478; 
caliginosus, 478; endotheius, 478 ; 
fastuosus, 479; lamaensis, 479; 
rrillii, 479; pectinatus, 479; 
Williamsii, 479 


_Quamoclit Quamoclit, 71 
psi aeier Hy 193 
Orie reus,- 188, 192, 193; alba, 366; 
Cascabast: 351, 367, 372; cinerea, 
‘+ ; 


3 
sphenobasis, 1092 virginiana, 3643 
Wardiana, 192 


Roper sativus, 65, 67, 81 
venelia, 592 
‘Rebouli hemisphaerica, 2 
SCHREINE 
production of J arias "excretions 


y ro 
Bie least 144; glabra, 145; sericea, 


I 
Reseda, 65 
Review of the North American Glei- 


inotrichum Sumstinei, 
ie ——, 508-10; fs 
to; tomentos 


a, 
Wie seein ia pene ana Sat, $73 
Rhizophora Mangle, 271; mucronata, 


272 
Rhizophora Mangle, The embryology of, 


271 
Rhizopus, 285 


628 


Rhus, 
366 

Riynchostegam SE Lp eae 
Knowltoni, 

Bhysotheca, 389, ak 399, 413; au 
tralis, 399, 406, 407; Epilobii, 99, 
401; Geran nii, 399; Gonolobi, 

; Halstedii, 


192; acuminata, 192; copallina, 


571; 


r 

urni, 399, 410; viticola, 

Rhytdophy im, 179; crenulatum, 
; tomentosum, 170, 183, 
emb 


; 184 
Rhytdophyim, The 


ryology of, 


Ribes albinervum, 411; divaricatum 


411; rubrum, 411; rubrum subglan 
Py 
icin 128; communis, 135 


Rigidoporus surinamensis, 473 
Roc wtazate flora, Studies on the, 


ains, a new willows 

e Casitas 

Roestelia, 459; Betheli, 461; 

’ tes 463; 
463 


Hark- 
Harknessi- 
anoides, 4 
Roestelia, New western species * a 
Roots, The Geidusticn of deleterious 
exeretions by, 2 
Rori a Armoraca, 65, 67; hispida, 67; 
aster obtusa, 67; wore 
67; seatiices 67; Walteri, 
RowLere new Mallow 
from the Canadian Rocky Mou 
tains, 157 
us nigrobaccus, 593, 


Rub 594 
Rudbeckia fulgida laciniata, 405; 


» 394; 
triloba, 405 
Russula, 86 
Rypserc, P prenee on the Rocky 
ountain flora, 35, 
Rynchospora corniclat 364; fusca, 
581; semiplumosa, 3 
Sabal glabra 


Sabbatia ee 364; lanceolata, 


Sabina scopulorum, 460; utahensis, 460, 
461 

Sagittaria Moree 18 

Salix, 157, 

harretione 

oli 


» 158; nigra, 367; 
> 288; wyomingensis, 187 


INDEX 


enca canadensis, 364 
arcobatus, 210 

’ Secheptte flava, 365, 371; minor, 365 

Sa ners $, 201; acutilobum, 201; har- 

erianum, 200; hastatum, 201; varii- 

ribs 

Saururus cernuus, 

, Schoenocrambe Tinifotium, 67 

' Schombur gkia 

: Sesauawan, O. he E The pro- 
suas on of deleterious excretions by 


27 
lerospor, 388, 395; Farlowii, 207, 
; graminicola, 396, 397; 
ieacranss 3908; macrospora, 398; 
Magnusiana, 398 
Scoliosorus, 447-450; ensiformis, 449 


Secale, 221 
Selaginella acanthonota, 377 


ee admistum, 574; sub- 
implex, 
enecio, 73; aureus, 76; nage ree 
75 artianus, 75; luge 76; 0 
bh or nig 76; bay sbseee 2 76; 
ta, 76; serra integriusculus, 76; 


308 
ae heterophylla, ” 88, 189 
Serapias flav 
Repeat: pode pt ly 361 
Suear, C. L. New species of fungi, 
Stephen as 


Lindheimeri, 330 
6, 415 


Silph 21, 239% gia denna 405; 
laciniatum, 405; perfoliatum, 40 
terebinthinaceum, ete ; trifoliatum, 


Sinapis alba, 
Sisymbri 


8 
fficinale, 67 
Smilax lanceolata, 364: laurifolia, 365 
olanum tuberosum, 392 Ae a 
Solidago canadensis 405; Riddellii, 
id 


pe ae formation in 


sonii, ia pinnata, 65, 67, 4 
Sordaria 
 Sorosporium Exiochloae, 209; Montiae, 
; ovarium, 


Southern California, Studies on the 
flora of, 


INDEX 


Spartina glabra, 3 
Species of pe citi American, 445 
Species of Aytonia from Jamaica, 57 
Species of fungi, New, 97, 305, 345 
Species of Gymnosporangium and Ro- 
estelia TM, 459 
Ss U gee New, 583 
yore obturat 310; obturata | 
€p hylla, 309; Sah 309; Sclero- 


310 
os pomorum, 30 7 
oe 309; Asiminae, 103 |Ta 
Sp si 92; medium De cataices, | 
| 


569 
reer per BReR. 473 
Spo 10s ghee 309; 
Oxy- 


obturatum opin m, 309; 
cocci, ak 5 phacidioides, 310; pulvi- 


natum 
Sporotichum Quercuum, 306; ae tl 
306; sulphureum f. Quer 


Srubeay. P. & Wo OOTON, E. O: The 
genus Androsace in New Mexico, 
I 


Stanfordia, 428 

Stanleya, 431 

Stanleyella, 431, 435; Wrightii, 435 
“aang caroliniana, 368; Limonium, 368 


Stem of Iber villea Sonorae, 329 

Seven aaa 

Stictolejeune ps me 536, 545, 
560; K sent I, 3, 73 Squamata, 
i; 5, 7 T3, 33 

Streptanthus, 428, 430, 431; lineari- 
olius, 430, 434; longifolius, 435; 
longirostris, 430; maculatus, 431; 


semen: 435; wyomingensis, 431, 


Streptochaeta, 126 
atopteris 4 
Siudivg Phyediowical, 491 


Til 
sere in nae th American Convolvu- : 


lace 14 
Studies in N ah American Peronospor- 


S$, 61, 
nage on the flora of Southern Cali- 


fornia, 263 
seca on the Rocky Mountain flora, 


eitlana. fe 147, 149; angustifolia, 
147, 148; aquatica, 148, 149; elliptica, 
1490; coiteaienes. 148; evolvuloides | 
angustifolia, 1493 umistrata, 147, 
148; peduncularis, 147, 148; Picker- 
ingii, 148, .149; rotundif olia, 148, 
149; trichosanthes, 147, 148; vil- 
Pama’ < 


oa, Ot 
Srabieciaien, ee a 537, 544, 545, 


629 


barbiflorum, 540, 542, 567; 
rece: bi fo pope egaret Io; granu- 
latum, 539, matum, 5; 
eee ee 537, 538, 540-543, 


w England species 
etmemorus, pet , 
Syrrhopodon Hobsoni, 573 


Taxilejeunea, 18 
xodium sg ee hae 352, 367; imbri- 
wade 
Tecoma a bahamensis, 588 ; radicans, 364 
Tetmemorus, 599-601; Brebissonii, 599, 
601; granulate, 600, 6o1 ; laevis, 600, 
Ol; minutus, 600, 601 
Tetmemorus, A synopsis of the New 
England species of, 59 
Thalictram, 234; purpurascens, 234, 
392 
4323 


Thelypodiopsis, aur 
elegans, je 


431, 
4323 4323 


432 


um 
fat 
434; linearifolium, 430, 
folium, 431, 435; micranthum, 431, 
Palmeri 433; 


435; » 432; Sagittatum, 
utahense, 429; Wrightii, 431, 434, 
rsa 330, 337, 339, 
Thi Bursa-pastoris, 68: ranean 


ng uttallii, 6 
Thyella tamnifolia, 
be pasceeoinionia Be ss, 558, 560, 566 
Tilia , 348 


x a4 tat 
aise sparsiflorum, oo: variuuatasl, 
Toft racemosa, 365 


Torula, 
Tr nebo ahor porrifolius, 76, 81 


losa, ob dermatodes, 466; 


sis, 474; luzonensis, 474; Rian 
474; gitey 468; Os 
474; 8 abescts. 4743 verautifin 469; 


Wiliamsti, 475 


Trichantha 
Trichodiu 
E crarcasisariens ids 415 


630 
Trichostema lanatum, 265; lanatum 
enudatum, 265; Pari: ii, 265 
Trifolium Aitonii, 46; confusum, 46; 
dasyphyllum, 47; 1 le, 47; 
latifoliu 46; longipes, 46;° mon- 
SP ce Pa rryi, 47% pedun neula- 


ng 583; Mertensiana, 583 
Tw ew - of Aytonia from 
«Jama ica, 
new willows from the Canadian 
7 


eid cky Mou 
Typha latifolia, 3 
Tyromyces Elmeri, 475 


Udotea, 495, 512, 513; conglutinata, 
513; Desfontainei, 513; abellats, 
495; Flabellum, 495 ; luteofusca, 513 
tomentosa, 512 

oD merican — 243 


NDE ye 

Uredineae, New species of, 

Uredo, 63; Bliti, 77; ee 63, 
candida Tragopogi, 72; Chaetochloae, 
585; Cheiranthi, 64; Convolvulae, 
68; i 


ayiae, 591; Holwayi, 
., ; Portulacae, 83; 


rago 
rate gy ios 2093 eit 209 
Uropyxis, 589, 590; rphae, 590; 
- Petalostemonis, 589, 
yee Boutelouae, 208 ; Calandriniae, 
» Claytoniae, 317; Cyno odontis, 
oat  heterogena, 208 ; hypodites, 208 ; 


crochloae, 207 

Utricularia, 579, 580; cornuta, 579; 

juncea, 579-581; resupinata, 581; 
simplex, 581; virgatula, 580-582 


Utricularia from Long Island, A new, 
579 


Vaccinium crassifolium, 365; macro- 
carpum, 307-309, 311, 312, 314-316 
ucheria gem wieats, hamata, 507 

Verbesine encelioides 

Vermont, Some foment tiki 

Verno nia angustifolia, 365; eek, 

-- kos? noveboracensis, 405, 40! 


INDEX. 


aes ee 410; dentatum, 

nudum Opulus, 410; 
can scens, 410 

Rat Catjang, 287. 

Vignea, 151 

Viens gon poet: bares Desgeot 

tum I, 412; su uber: 

ummer journey snail 


093; vini 
Vittaria, 451, 457, 458; costata, 4573 
lanceolata, 450; lineata, 458 


Warscewiczella Wendlandii discolor, 123 


ae! 
bd ele alates helvetica, 140 
I 


strain 

WILLIA R. S. Mosses from tropical 
Am oe 

Willows from the Canadian Rocky 


* Sindic es in North 
can ‘Peronosporales, 61, 387 
wie tigen County, Some La ctarii from, 


85 
Wasisa % O. & Stanviey, P. The 
genus Androsace in New Mexico, 517 


anaes TPR eT y 
anthoxali galitosvaien 2643 

x Prightii, 264 
Xylobium foveatum 


ylophacos sgostne 49; aragal- 
oide 


iy 


Xylothermia montana tomentosa, 263 


Zea Mays, 125, 132, 136, 2 
Zea Mays, An se currence 6 glands in 


the embryo of, 125 


ostera, ma 

Zygadenus glaberrimus, 365 

Zygostates, 123; costa ricensis, 122, 
124 


BULL. TORREY CLUB : VOLUME 34, PLA 
; TE 34 


SA, 


1 
izes 
AR 
aon a= roa RN ‘ 
: "3 
eA 


¢ 
a 


UTRICU LARIA VIRGATULA Barnhart. 


BHE BRYOLOGIST 


WITH THE JANUARY, 1908, NUMBER BEGINS ITS 
ELEVENTH YEAR and VOLUME 
It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics, 
and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original, and artistic dra rawings 
and half-tones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, erematan 
as well asamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a yea: 


Address, Mrs, ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. 


INDEX TO 
AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 


This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on 
library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the 
rate of one cent for each card. 
Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of 
the Torrey Botanical Club, 
‘WILLIAM MANSFIELD, Coitece or PHARMacy, 115 W. 68th St., N. Y. City. 
Beginning with January, 19037, the Index has also been reprinted on paper, on one 
side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $37.00 @ year, 


HERBARIUM SPECIMENS DESIRED 


especially Pedicularis and allied genera, also Labiatae, 
Ericaceae, Primulaceae, Ranunculaceae, Cyperaceae and 
Will purchase or give European specimens in ex- 
Correspondence solicited. Address : 
HENRY DAUTUN, 
139 Franklin St., Jersey City, N. J. 


Ferns. 
change. 


North American Flora 


Chane work is designed to present descriptions of all plants growing 
independent of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include 
Greenland, Central America, the Republic of Panama, and the 
West Indies, except Trinidad, Tobago, and Curacao and other islands off 
the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is essentially South American. 
It will be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York 
Botanical Garden through the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund 
bequeathed by Charles P. Daly. 

t is planned to issue parts as rapidly as they can be prepared, tne 
extent of the work making it possible to commence publication at any 
number of points. The completed work will form a series of volumes 
with the following sequence: 

Volume 1. Mycetozoa, Schizophyta, Diatomaceae. 
Volumes 2 to 10. i 


Volumes 20 to 30. Dicotyledones. 

The preparation of the work has been referred by the Scientific Direc- 
tors of the Garden to a committee consisting of Professors L. M. Under- 
wood and N, L. Britton. 

Professor George F. Atkinson of Cornell University, Professors Charles 
R. Barnes and John M. Coulter of the University of Chicago, Mr. Fred- 
erick V. Coville of the United States Department of Agriculture, Pro- 
fessor Edward L. Greene of the United States National Museum, Pro- 
fessor Byron D. Halsted of Rutgers College and Professor William Tre- 
lease of the Missouri Botanical Garden have consented to act as an advis- 
ory committee. 

The subscription price is fixed at $1.50 for each part ; it is expected 
that four or five parts will be required for each volume. A limited num- 

r of separate parts will be sold at ¢2.00 each. Address, 


THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN 


rg, was issued May 22, 1905. Vol. 22, Part 2, including Saxifra- 
gaceae and Hydrangeaceae by J. K. Small and P. A. Rydberg, Cun- 
oniaceae, Iteaceae and Hamamelidaceae by N. L. Britton, Pterostemo- 
naceae by J. K. Small, Altingiaceae by Percy Wilson and Phyllono- 
maceae by H. H. Rusby, was issued Dec. 18, 1905. Vol. 25, Part 1, 
including Geraniaceae by L. T. Hanks and J. K. Small, Oxalidaceae 
and Linaceae by J. K. Small, and Erythroxylaceae by N. L. Britton, 
was issued Aug. 24, 1907. Vol. 9, Part 1, Polyporaceae (pars), by 
W. A. Murrill, was issued Dec. 19, 1907 


| 


ESTABLISHED 1851 


EIMER & AMEND 


205-211 Third Ave, 


Corner 18th Street NEW YORK 


MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF 


Chemicals and 


Chemical Apparatus 


Sole Agents for 
AF tae 
Our Specialties KAHLBAUM’S 
MICROSCOPES ¢ a C. P. Chemicals 
d : and Reagents 
an 
ACCESSORIES = CARL 
) SCHLEICHER 
& SCHULL’S 
MICROTOMES C. P. Filters 
outro SCHOTT & 
GENOSSEN’S 
cree aes Famous Labora- 
and | tory Glassware 
j And for many other 


WEIGHTS 


reno es European 
s in our line. 


COMPLETE LINE OF 


Bacteriological Apparatus 


WE HANDLE 


EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR 4 LABORATORY 


Inspection of premises cordially invited. 


PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- 
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 


¥, Agee OF THE DEPARTMENT : 


Monograph of the North Ahericia Potentilleae (1898). 
By Per pr Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896—7. 
Uarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 
2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT ? 
Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. 
. 2. Nos i 


2 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00 

Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00 
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00 
Vol. 5. Nos. 1o1—125 1896-1897 rice $5.00 
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00 
Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00. 
Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903—(current). 


List of separate numbers available on application, 
A Text-book of General oer (1896). By Albert 
Schneider, Fellow in singe td 1895-1 


1896. 
230 , 76 yg Price $4. aS Me) ; $3.80 (paper). 
Published. ey Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamt 


partment Paviees propositions ‘dlasive . PAH of her- . 


barium material for any of the above named ‘Sm cane Address 
Dr. Carlton C. Curtis, Columbia Universit iv, oe ty City, 
4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and 


ge oon volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 12 pages; Vol. 642 
pages; Vol. 3» 588 pages; 4162 figures in ae text, Mnairhtinig every 
Species described. 

Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, 
$9. = ah the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- 
ately, 

5. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth ease se 
By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1 

Duodecimo, 1 58 pages, 35 figures. Published by Heats Holt & 
Co., New York. Price, $1.00. 

Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Un- 
derwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907. 

uodecimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & 
Co. Price ¢1.s0. 

7. Nature and Development of Plants (1907). By Carlton Clar- 
ente Catia Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 
1895-1906 ; Instructor in Botany. 1 


Octavo, 471 pages; 342 astraticn: Published by Henry Holt 
& Co., New York. Price $3.00 


Po nie 
— 


fey SS 
» Rats aaa. Ae 


— MEMOIRS OF THE TCRREY BOTANICAL CLUB 


.A series of technical paper’ on botanical subjects, published at irregular intervals. 
Price $3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchange. 

Vol. 1, No. 1; not furnished separately : 

Bailey, Liberty Hyde. Studies of the types of various species of the genus Carex. 
Pages 1-85. 25 My 1889. 

Vol. 1, No. 2; not furnished separately ely 


Es 

Martindale, Isaac Comly. Marine a of the New aes coast and adjacent 
: waters of Staten Island. Pages 87-111. 24 Au 1889. sont. 
3 Vol. 1, No. 3; price, 75 cents ates 


Spruce, Richard. Pupaticee ee: in Andibus 
1885-6, acl, H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages I er 20 
Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cents: - ie ' 
Sturtevant; Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. sw os 30. My ‘oe » 


“Rolie orientalis, © annis 
Ja 1890. ee 


* Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished separa 
Halsted, Byron David. "Reserve food-materials in — ‘a eo parts. 
Pages 1-26, plates 1, 2, 10S 1890. i 


Vor 2, No. sh price, 75 cents 

: ea Vail, Anna Murray & Hollick, Charles Arthur. Contavawses to the botany of © 

ne ' Virginia. Pages 27-56, plates 3, 4- ee D 1890. 

. Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnished epant ely: 

Holm, Herman Theodor. Co — to the knowledge of e germination ek 3 
some North minis plants. Pages 57-108, yam eee 15 ee $808. 2 
Vol. 2, No. * ee 75 cents 

iJliam Efner. The genus Polygala in North America. “Pages 109- 


‘Wheelock, William 
$62; goD SSor 


Vol. 3, No1; not furnished separately : 


- gmall, John Kunkel & Heller, Amos Asthur- Flora of western North Caroli 
and contiguous territory. Pages 1-39. 20 2. Tee 


, No. 2; price, $2.00 
Moron. Vajadacene of North America (vith illustrations a all 
shes aoe on plates 20-74. 15 Mri 93. : 
Pear 3, No. 3; not furnished separat ely : 
Rusby, Henry n enumeration of the plants collected in Bolivia ty M: 
Bang. cits t “ ate Ap 1893- | 
Vol. 4, No. a: not furnished separ rately : 


Marcus. Index Hepaticarum. Part 1, ogy of 


- Underwood, Lucien 
~~" qagt. 10 Je 1893. 
= Vol. 4, No. ar not furnished — : 
‘Small, Jobn Kunkel & Vail, Murray. Report o she panied es 
: tion of southwest ern Virginia dara the season - 1802. “Page eal 

73 5-82. 18 x Sey Ap ae su 
Rus foxy 8 i; Senate of a plants scale i i a 

mn Part oe "Pages 203" eh 10 Mr-17 nate ae 
0. 4; sche 


a 


et ®, $3.00: 
phyta ing without cultivation in northeastern 
377. 4D 1893-3 Dr oe 
. 6, No. 1; price, $1.25 
ae enumeration of the plants atlecied in Bolivia by Miguel 
fear ny 17 N 1806. 
| Vol. 6, No. 2; not furnished separately : 
es Tevision of the North American Ltotheciaceae and Brachythecia. 
30 JI 1897. 
- Vol. 6, No. 3: price, 50 cents: 
ot. The.life history of Sphaerella lacustris ( Haematococcus 
11-246, plates 56, 5 87 (colored). 8 Je 1899. 
Vol. 6, No. 4; price, 50 cents 
, Gucien Marcus. A review of the genera ‘of ferns proposed prior to 
2 -283. 1D 1899. 
Vol. 6, No. 5; price, 25 cents 
es gee distribution in Pea upper Mississippi Teles 


- Vol. 7; price, $3.00: ak: 
very. The Hepaticae and Anthocerotes of California. Phe 3! ; 
. 5 Au F899. Eee” 
Vol. 8, No. 1; not furnished separately : = 
The comparative embryology of the Rubiaceae. Part I 
: thigh tee Part AU, eK 27-112, plates 5-15. ral 


1; price, $1.75: : 
merican aegis Pages: I-1 4, + Pats rg